milt ^ei^^ ICthrarteB ^0rtl| Carolina State ^ntUersttg ^I|t8 boofe faas presenteb bg Mike Mohr This book IS due on the date indicated below and is subject to an overdue tme as posted at the circulation desk EXCEPTION: Date due will be earlier if this item is RECALLED. 200M/06-99-991212 £^ yZou/ /^fi^t^t^y^ LIVE STOCK A CYCLOPEDIA FOR THE FARMER AND STOCK OWNER INCLUDING THE BREEDING, CARE. FEEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF Horses, Cattle, Swine, Sheep and Poultry WITH A Special Department on Dairying BEING ALSO A COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR SPECIAL EDITION VOLUMES I, II, III, IV, V, VI, and VII COMBINED BY A. H. BAKER, M. D., V. S. Fouuder and for 27 years Dean and Professor of Theory and Practice of Veterinary Medicine, Cfiicago Veterinary College. Associate Authors HON. JONATHAN PERIAM, HON. W. I>. HOARD. Author Cyclopedia of Agriculture, Etc. Editor and Publisher Hoard's Dairyman With special contributions from the following professors of the Ontario Agricultural College of Guelph, Ontario, Canada. G. K. I>AY. B. S. A. J. HrOO REED, B. S. A. Professor of Agriculture and Farm Superintendent. Professor of Veterinary Science H. H. DEAN. B. N. A. W. R. GRAHAM, B. N. A. Professor of Dairy Husbandry. Manager and Lecturer Poultry Department WITH ONE THOUSAND EXPI.ANATORY ENGRAVINGS PUliLISHED BY INTER-COLLEGIATE PRESS KANS.\S CITY, .\I(). 1914 Copyright, 1914, by The Thompson Publishing Co Copyright, 1913, by THE THOMPSON PUBLISHING CO. Copyright. 1911, by THE THOMPSON PUBLISHING CO. Copyright, 1909. bj THE THOMPSON PUBLISHING CO. AUTHOR'S INTRODUCTION THAT knowledge is power is an oft repeated maxim. It is a truism, and that knowledge is safety is quite as great a truth. With these thoughts as an impelling motive this book is written for the farmer and stock owner. It is the purpose to tell them what they should know concerning the details of a great interest — one which pertains to every farm and to every one owning a horse, cow% or other domestic animal. It is time that such book is written. Its facts are given in language such as the unprofessional stock OAvner can understand, and its remedies are such as he can procure and apply. Its teachings concerning breeds, breeding, training and the general care of live stock — its instructions in the charac- teristics of the various breeds of all domestic animals — their points of excellence and strength — have both educational and financial value which it is believed should be wdthin the reach of every stock owner. Since my previous book on the same general subjects was written, many diseases have developed and important advances made in popular vet- erinary practice. The general demand for all this information has been most manifest and the meeting of that demand would seem to be in the line of imperative duty. In the veterinary departments special effort has been made to give the causes producing disease, so that knowing the cause the disease may be obviated. Prevention is better than cure, and this fact is emphasized throughout the volume. Equal care has been observed in describing and giving symptoms, so that the reader may, with as unerring certainty as possible, know the nature of the disease, and hence, what to do — and when to call for professional treatment. When the services of a skilled veterinary surgeon are required it has been imperatively advised, and care has been taken to distinguish between popular treatment and that requir- ing scientific and skillful management. In prescribing remedies the effort has been to give those within the reach of the farmer — such as he can procure, prepare, and easily administer. In like manner unfamiliar words and technical phrases have been avoided as far as possible, consistent with scientific accuracy of statement. Clearness and conciseness of expression have been carefully consulted, and, to further conduce to a correct understanding, elaborate glossaries V VI AUTHOR'S INTRODUCTION are appended explanatory of the meaning of words in the book not famil- iar to everyday life. We have reached a period of progressive farming — a period of the application of the best and most approved methods with the view to the largest and most profitable results. It is a period of sharp competition when every industry to be successful must be directed with the detailed knowledge of facts and conditions that determine success or failure. In the general material progress, live stock interest has more than kept pace. It has widened in scope and method and extended in its markets till it has compassed the earth. In its highest development it is demanding the application of scientific and practical up-to-date information. At no pe- riod in history has the farmer and his product occupied positions so commanding. The political economists have discovered the importance and the dignity of the farmer's position as the producer of the world's wealth as contrasted with the mere trafficker in what the farm produces. In that product live stock stands as one prime essential, in all pervading extent, in quick conversion to money, in vast volume and in profit. In the evolution of quality its progress has been marvelous. In the care- taking and in improved breeding is this progress and profit largely due. But it is a fact that in this book-making age there is no well authenti- cated, systematic, up-to-date work in compact, convenient form accessible to the farmer in which the known facts and principles of the art of im- proving and breeding domestic animals, and of the causes, symptoms, prevention and cure of diseases, are presented for popular study and easy reference. Yet, such is the fact, notwithstanding the paramount imports ance of live stock to the farmer, and the wonderful progress that has been made in its improvement. The present effort is to supply this want. The importance of the subject cannot well be overestimated. When we con- sult statistics giving the millions of dollars invested in live stock in this great country, when we consider that the bulk of this immense value is distributed among those of minor wealth, as the farmer and small stock owner, who have inadequate access to educated veterinary practitioners, and who are not fully informed as to the practical principles applicable to the most successful and profitable breeding, training and general care of domestic animals, its importance is most apparent. Long experience and observation lead to the belief that a carefully arranged and classified work giving the facts in the art of breeding and general care of live stock, de- AUTHOR'S INTRODUCTION VII rived from the experience of the practical and most successful stock men, will be of incalculable benefit to every owner of domestic animals. In the following pages the value of kind treatment has been urged with marked frequency, and the fact is mentioned with no apologetic in- tent. It is urged as a policy both humane and profitable. What can be done to improve the condition and advance the comfort of these true friends of humanity is in the interest of economy. There is a much needed reform in the breeding, care and treatment of domestic animals, and the endeavor is here made to direct the way and point out its advantages. In treating of the various breeds of live stock, it has been the purpose to give the special characteristics, with the excellencies and defects in each, so that the reader may know exactly which will serve best his profit- able success. In this, partiality for any one breed has. been avoided and an honest effort made to point out the adaptability of each to special pur- poses. This much needed information will enable the reader to select for special objects with unerring judgment. There has been an undevi- ating purpose to avoid the too common custom of advocating the claims of any one breed or class of breeders, at the expense of another, or in con- tradiction to correct statement. The methods of advertising specialties, too common in such books, have been scrupulously avoided. To judge accurately the value of a horse, cow, or other animal of the farm, as also its particular features of excellence, from general appearance, manner and physical form, has been given special attention. This is sus- ceptible to almost exact knowledge. Intelligent study of the facts here given ought to enable any one to determine the characteristics of a horse, or cow, or other animal, and whether it is best adapted to the purpose for which it is wanted. Not only can the matter of physical constitution and adaptability to a specific purpose be determined, but it is also within the power of the intelligent observer to detect vicious habits, disease and unsoundness by the same analytic observation. A special feature of this work has been to give this information in such clear, specific and analytic form, both by written word and illustration, as to make any intelligent reader a good judge of the value and qualifications, so to speak, of any horse, cow, or other domestic animal. The age of an animal has an important bearing in estimating both value and use. To cover this point of vital interest we have, in the Horse VIII AUTHOR S INTRODUCTION and Cattle department, introduced illustrated Charts giving the formation of the teeth at the various ages, accompanied by such explanation and in- struction as will enable any one, by a little s'udy and observation, to ascer- tain with almost perfect accuracy the ages of tlicco animals at any period. The great value of this knowledge is readily seen and cannot well be over- estimated. "With this information, and the ability to understand special characteristics and defects, instruction in which .: ~"?ip given and illus- trated in such careful detail, the arts of the joc!::^/ '.vi.. jz oltectually pro- vided against. The subject of training has received elaborate consideration, and as the value of an animal depends greatly on the care and success with which it has been trained, it is believed that the atl ition given to it will be pro- ductive of valuable results. In this, as in other departments, gentle and humane methods are advo- cated as the most satisfactory as well as the most profitable. Allied to this, the directions and facts given concerning proper shelter, convenience and economy in building, are deemed of interest and value. In the attainment of clearness, the generous and prodigal liberality of the Publishers in illustrating, by accurate, well executed and striking en- gravings, every department and chapter of the work, desen^es special attention. As aiding and strengthening the enforcement of fact, this feature, made at enormous outlay, is of a practical value impossible to exaggerate. In conclusion, the hope is indulged that the farmer and stock raiser who will attentively read these pages, and reduce to practice the suggestions here given, will find such increase of success, profit and pleasure in his noble calling as to justify his good opinion and the endorsement of this volume. If so, the author's purpose in writing it will have been accom- plished. Chicago, III. E§ o > V/!1 D O Ui O 5 < '^^^■— — ml n 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS. BOOK I— PART I, THE HORSE.— HISTORY, MANAGEMENT, AND CHARACTERIS- TICS OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. CHAPTER I. HIS ANCIENT AND MODERN HISTORY. PAGE Connected with Man from the Earliest Historical Period. — I. The Horse in Ancient History. — II. The Horse in Civilization. — III. Preserving Breeds in Purity.— IV. The Wild Horse of To-Day.— V. Fossil Horses.— VI. Horses of Asia. — VII. European Horses. — VIII. Artificial Breeding and Diseases. — IX. Opinions Relating to Breeding. — X. In-Breeding of Hor- ses.— XI. Value of Hereditary Characteristics. — XII. A Careful Study Necessary. — XIII. About Object Lessons 41 CHAPTER II. ILLUSTRATING THE ANATOMY OF THE HORSE. Frame-work the Index of Value. — II, Master the Details of the Skeleton. — III. Division of the Several Parts. — IV. Comparative Anatomy of Man and the Horse. — V. Analyzing the Skeleton. — VI. The Foot. — VII. The Head and Neck. — ^VIII. Bones and Muscles of the Front Limbs. — IX. The Hind Limbs 53 CHAPTER in. THE MUSCULAR SYSTEM AND INTERNAL FUNCTIONS OF THE HORSE. The Economy of the Muscular Covering. — II. Muscles of the Head and Neck. — in. Muscles of the Shoulder and Back. — IV. Muscles of the Hind- er Parts. — V. Muscles of the Fore Limbs. — VI. Muscles of the Leg and Foot. — VII. Studying the Structure. — VIII. Internal Economy of the Horse.— IX. External Parts of the Horse 68 CHAPTER IV. OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE AS INDICATING VALUE. Action the First Requisite of a Grood Horse. — ^11. Fast Walking Horses. — III. Horses for Different Kinds of Work.— IV. The Head Illustrated Outwardly. —V. The Body and Limbs.— VI. Bad Fore Quarters.— VII. The Body as Seen From the Front.— VIII. Wha.t a Critical Horseman Said. — IX. Front View, Showing Bad Fore Quarters. — X. The Hinder Parts Illus- trated.—KI. The Propelling Power.- XII. What the Ancients Knew of Horses. — XIII. What One Need not Expect 88 IX X TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER V. THE HORSE'S TEETH, AND HOW TO TELL HIS AGE. PAGE I, The Dental Formula.— II. The Teeth are the True Index of Age.— III. The Foal's Teeth. — IV. Differences Between the Teeth of Foal and Horse. — V. Allowances to be Made. — VI. Illustrating by the Chart 113 CHAPTER VI. BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. Influences of Country and Climate.— II. The Farm Horse.— III. The Clydesdale Horse. — IV. The Norman-Percheron. — V. The Percheron of To-day. — VI. The Conestoga Horse. — VII. Road Horses. — VIII. Trot- ting Horses. — IX. Hunting Horses. — X. Light Driving Horses. — ^XI. Coach Horses.— XII. The Cleveland Bay.— XIII. The French Coach Horse.— XrV. The Hackney.— XV. Ponies.— XVI. The Vermont Draft ' Horse.— XVII. The Narragansett Pacer.— XVIII. The Shire.— XIX. The Belgian Horse. — XX. Characteristics of the Belgian Horse 120 CHAPTER Vn. THOROUGHBRED HORSES. English Thoroughbreds. — 11. Herbert's History of the English Horse. — m. The First London Race Course. — IV. Horses Taken to England by Crusaders. — V. Bone and Bulk Imparted to the English Horse. — VI. The Horse in th'e Times of Henry VIII and James I. — ^VII. American Thorough- breds.—VIII. The Arabian 152 CHAPTER VIII. ABOUT TROTTING HORSES. I. The Breeding of Trotters. — 11. Progenitors of Fast Trotters — 'Messenger. — III. Imported Bellfounder. — IV. The Modern Trotter. — V. What Gold- smith Maid Was Like.— VI. The Movement in Trotting.— VII. Disuse of the Trotting Faculty.— VIII. Highly Bred Horses. — EX. Strains of Trot- ting Blood IG'J CHAPTER IX. THE BREEDING AND REARING OP COLTS. Importance of Accurate Knowledge.— IL Breed From Mature Animals.— III. No Profit in Inferior Horses. — IV. Heredity in Animals. — V. Pe- culiar Organic Structure.— VI. Heredity of Disease.— VII. Atavism or Breeding Back— Breed to None but the Best.— VIIL Variation and De- velopment.—IX. Transmission of Qualities.— X. The Impress of Color and Form.— XI. Relation of Size in Sire and Dam.— XII. Breed Only From Pure Sires.— XIII. The Best are Cheapest in the End.— XIV. Se- lection of Stallion and Mare.— XV. Service of the Stallion.— XVL The Period of Gestation-Treatment.— XVII. Treatment After Foaling.— XVIII. How to Know if a Mare is in Foal.— XIX. How to Know the Foal- ing Time.— XX. The Foaling Stall.— XXI. Abortion, or Slinking the Foetus.— XXII. How to Raise a Colt 183 TABLE OF CONTENTS. XI CHAPTER X. ASSES AND MULES. The Mule and Hinny Defined.— II. The Ass.— III. Antiquity of the Mule.— ^^^ IV. Breeding-Jacks.— V. Longevity of the Mule.— VL The Value of Mules for Labor.— VII. Mules are not Vicious.— VIII. The Breeding of ^"^^^ 199 CHAPTER XI. HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. The Old System and the New.— II. Th^ American Way Better than the Eng- lish.—III. Difference Between Breaking and Training.— IV. First Lessons —V. Learning to Lead.— VI. To Make a Colt Come to You. VII.— Lessons in Sound Signals.— VIII. Flexions.— IX. The Proper Age for Work.— X. Harnessing and Driving.— XI. The Age for Real Work.— XIL How to Sub- due a Wild Colt.— XIII. Handling a Vicious Colt.— XIV. Subduing a Vi- cious or Tricky Horse.— XV. Training a Stallion for Service.— XVL Training for Draft.— XVII. How to Have a Good Plow Team.— .XVIII. * Forming a Good Saddle Horse.— XIX. The Different Gaits.— XX. Train- ing to Trot in Harness.— XXI. Forming a Trotter.— XXII. To Train a Racer.— XXIII. Saddling.— XXIV. Harnessing 208 CHAPTER XII. STABLES AND OTHER SHELTER. The Economy of Comfort.— II. How to Build Stables.— Ill Where to Keep Harness.— IV. Temperature and Ventilation.— V. The Arrangement of Stalls.— VI. Construction of Mangers and Racks.— VII. The Hay and Straw Loft.— VIII. An Economical Granary.— IX. The Wagon and Carriage Floor. X.— The Harness Room.— XI. The Stable-Yard and Out-Sheds.— XIL Grass Lots near the Stable.— XIIL A Good Supply of Water.— XIV. Cleaning the Stable 224 CHAPTER XIII. FEEDING, WATERING AND GROOMING. The Good that a Sieve Will Do.— II. How to Feed.— in. When to Feed.— IV. What to Feed.— V. Condiments.— VI. How to Make Mashes.— VII How to Make Gruel.— VIIL The Quantity of Grain to Feed.— IX. Hay and Straw.— X. Grooming.— XI. When to Groom.— XIL General Stable Care —XIII. Blankets and Other Clothing 232 CHAPTER XIV. HUMANITY AND COMMON SENSE. The Economy of Humane Treatment.— IL Common Sense in all Things — III. Thrift and Unthrift Contrasted.— IV. Cruelty and Improvidence vs Thrift and Kindness.— V. Why the Horse Requires Intelligent Management —VI. How to Know an Intelligent Master.— VII. Pictures from Real Life —VIIL The Kind Man Will Have a Willing Team.— IX. The "Good Fel- low's" Cruelty.— X. How to Use One's Means 24P XII TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER XV. HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. PAGE I. Accurate Knowledge Necessary.— II. Buying Cheap Horses.— III. A Guar- antee of Soundness. — IV. Know What you Buy for. — V. The Proportions of the Horse. — VI. Description of Eclipse. — VII. What Constitutes a Grood Horse. — \JU. Models for Buying. — IX. The Racing and the Trotting Form. —X. The Roadster.— XI. Saddle Horses.— XII. A Horse of High Form.— XIII. Buying for Blood. — XIV. Choosing the Brood Mare. — XV. Selecting the Stallion.— XVI. How to Detect Vices and Defects.— XVII. Some Faults and Imperfections.— XVIII. What is Unsoundness? 249 BOOK I— PART II. DISEASES OF THE HORSE.— HOW TO KNOW THEM, THEIR CAUSES. PREVENTION AND CURE. CHAPTER I. SYMPTOMS AND GENERAL TREATMENT. Introduction. — IT. Outward Manifestations of Disease. — III. Symptoms of Internal Diseases. — IV. Importance of Prompt Treatment. — V. Know What You are Treating. — VI. Nursing and Feeding Sick Animals. — VII. Ex- planation of Terms Used. — VIII. Graduation of Doses. — IX. How Often to Give Medicines. — X. Forms of M'edicines, and How to Administer 273 CHAPTER n. FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. Corns. — ^11. Quittor. — ^III. Quarter and Sand Cracks. — IV. Seedy Toe. — V. Pricking from Nails. — VI. Acute Founder or Laminitis. — VII. Chronic Founder or Laminitis. — VIII. Pumiced Feet 281 CHAPTER III. FEET OP THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES, CONTINUED. I. Thrush. — II. Navicular Disease. — III. Contraction of the Foot. — TV. Grav- el.— V. Canker. — 'VI. Calks. — VII. Fracture of the Bone of the Foot. — VIII. Stone Bruises.— IX. Side Bone 299 CHAPTER IV. SHOEING AND CARE OF THE FEET. What a Shoer can do. — 11. How to Prepare the Foot for the Shoe. — III. Where the Bearing Should Rest. — IV. Weight of Shoes and How to Fit Them —V. Care of the Feet in the Stable.— VI. The Floor of the Stall 310 TABLE OF CONTENTS. XIII CHAPTER V. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. PAGE I. Bone Spavin. — II. Bog Spavin. — III. Occult Spavin. — IV. Blood Spavin. — V. Thoroughpin.— VI. Curb.— VII. Ring Bone.— VIII. Splint.— IX. Sprain of Back Tendons of the Fore Legs. — X. Broken Down 314 CHAPTER VI. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES, CONTINUED. I, Capulet or Capped Hock and Elbow.— II. Fractures.— III. Open Joint.— IV. Broken Knees.— V. Knee Sprung.— VI. Cocked Ankles.— VII. Windgalls. — VIII. Shoulder Lameness and Sweeny. — IX. Cramp of the Muscles of the Thighs 334 CHAPTER VII. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES, CONTINUED L Stifled.— II. Hip Lameness and Hipped.— III. Stocking.— IV. Elephan- tiasis or Lymphangitis. — V. Scratches or Cracked Heel. — VI. Grease. — VII. Mud Fever. — VIII. Furunculus or Carbuncle. — IX. Dislocations. — X. Wounds. — XI. Sore Shins. — ^XII. Osteophytes, Following Sore Shins. —XIII. Porcelaneous Deposit— XIV. String Halt.— XV. Interfering.— XVI. Overreaching.— XVII. Forging.— XVIII. Rupture of Muscles. — XIX. Atrophy of the Muscles 350 CHAPTER VIII. BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 1. Caries. — II. Necrosis. — III. Osteo Porosis. — V. Exostosis of the Jaw. — VI. Broken Back.— VII. Sprain of the Back.— VIII. Broken Ribs.— IX. Broken Tail.— X. Fracture of the Skull.— XI. Tumors.— XII. Goitre.— XIII. Inflamed Parotid Gland.— XIV. Fistula of the Parotid Duct.— XV. Fistulous Withers.— XVI. Poll Evil.— XVII. Inflamed Jugular Vein.— XVIII. Saddle Galls.— XIX. Sit Fasts.— XX. Surfeit— XXI. Dropsy.— XXII. Chordes.— XXIII. Rupture or Hernia.— XXIV. Warts.— XXV. Rat-Tail.— XXVI. Itchy Tail.— XXVII. Itchy Skin.— XXVIH. Melanosis. —XXIX. Hide Bound.— XXX. Eczema 371 CHAPTER IX. DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. I. Tumor in the False Nostril.— II. Polypus.— III. Catarrh.— IV. Nasal Gleet. — V. Laryngitis, Roaring and Whistling. — VI. Quinsy. — VII. Bronchitis. — VIII. Pneumonia. — IX. Heaves. — X. Congestion of the Lungs. — XI. Pleurisy. — XII. Hydrothorax. — XIII. Chronic Cough 392 CHAPTER X. DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. I. Teeth— Ache, Decay, Filing— Wolf Teeth.— II. Tongue Laceration.— III. Sore Mouth. — IV. Lampas. — V. Pharyngitis. — VI. Choking. — VII. Gas- tritis.— VIII. Stomach Staggers. — IX. Dyspepsia. — ^X. Spasmodic Colic. — XI. Flatulent Colic. — XII. Rupture of the Stomach, Intestines or Dia- phragm.— XIII. Constipation. — XIV. Diarrhoea and S'upergation. — XV. Dysentery.— XVI. Enteritis.— XVII. Peritonitis.— XVIII. Calculi.— XIX. Intussusception and Gut Tie 408 XIV TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER XI. DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM. PAGE I. Phrenitis, or Inflammation of the Brain. — II. Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis. — III. Apoplexy. — IV. Megrims. — V. Tetanus or Lockjaw. — VI. Paralysis. —VII. Sunstroke 429 CHAPTER Xn. DISEASES OF THE HEART AND BLOOD VESSELS. I. Inflammation of the Endocardium. — II. Enlargement of the Heart. — III. At- rophy of the Heart. — IV. Induration of the Heart. — V. Fatty Degeneration of the Heart. — VI. Obesity of the Heart. — VII. Cyanosis or Blue Disease. — VIII. Rupture of the Heart. — IX. Rupture of a Blood Vessel. — X. Aneur- ism.— XI. Phlebitis, or Inflammation of a Vein. — XII. Thumps 437 CHAPTER XIII. GENERAL DISEASES OF THE BLOOD. I. Influenza — ^Epizooty — "Pink Eye." — II. Purpura Hemorrhagica. — III. Rheu- matism.— IV. Abscesses. — V. Erysipelas 441 CHAPTER XIV. CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. I. Glanders and Farcy. — II. Strangles. — III. Rabies or Hydrophobia. — IV. Horse Pox or Equine Variola. — V. Surra. — VI. Mycotic Lymphangitis, or Japanese Farcy 448 CHAPTER XV. DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. I. Nephritis, or Inflammation of the Kidneys. — II. Congestion of the Kidneys. — in. Cystitis, or Inflammation of the Bladder. — IV. Paralysis of the Blad- der.— ^V. Eversion of the Bladder. — VI. Spasm of the Neck of the Bladder. — VII. Rupture of the Bladder. — VIII. Diabetes Insipidus or Profuse Stal- ing.— IX. Haematuria, or Bloody Urine. — X. Suppression of the Urine, or Dysuria. — XI. Dribbling of the Urine, or Enuresis. — ^XII, Stricture of the Urethra.— XIII. Gonorrhoea.— XIV. Foul Sheath.— XV. Urinary Calculi. —XVI. Millet Disease of Horses 459 CHAPTER XVL MALARIAL FEVER IN HORSES OR PERNICIOUS ANEMIA, SWAMP FEVER, OR SURRA. I. Definition. — II. Etiology. — III. Symptoms. — ^IV. Diagnosis. — V. Field Work. — VI. Treatment. — VII. Conclusions 470 CHAPTER XVII. DISEASES OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. I. Symptoms. — II. Treatment. — III. Sarcocele. — ^IV. Varicocele. — ^V. Degen- eration of the Testicles. — VI. W^arts on the Penis. — VII. Degeneration of Penis. — ^VIII. Extravasation of Blood in the Penis. — IX. Paralysis of the Penis.— X. Maladie Du Coit, or Dourine 477 TABLE OP CONTENTS. XV CHAPTER XVin. PARTURITION. PAGE Natural Parturition. — ^11. Different Presentations. — III. Attention to the Mother.— IV. Attention to the Foal.— V. Difficult Parturition in the Mare and Cow Compared. — VI. Difficulties Due to the Mother. — VII. Dif- ficulties Due to the Foal. — VIII. Obstetric Instruments. — IX. When the Foa! !S Born Dead, or the After-Birth Retained. — X. The Umbilical Cord of Foal. — XI. Various Presentations Illustrated. — XII. Various Positions of the Foal. — XIII. Dorso-Lumbar Presentation. — ^XIV. Sterno-Abdom- inal Presentation. — XV. Mechanism of Parturition. — XVT. Mechanism of Parturition in the Anterior Vertebro-Sacral Position. — XVII. Mechanism of Parturition in the Anterior Vertebro-Pubic Position. — XVIII. Mechanism of Parturition in the Anterior Vertebro-Ilial Positions. — XIX. Mechanism of Parturition in the Posterior Lumbo-Sacral Position. — ^XX. Necessary Aid in Normal Parturition. — XXI. Spaying, or Castration of the Mare 483 CHAPTER XIX. DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. Of the Male: — I. Inflammation of the Testicles. — II. Hydrocele, or Dropsy of the Scrotum. — III. Evil Results of Castration. — IV. Wounds of the Penis. — V. Gonorrhoea. — VI. Phimosis and Paraphimosis. — VII. Mastur- bation. Of the Female: — ^VIII. Parturition. — IX. Metritis, or Inflammation of the Womb. — X. Inflammation of the Ovaries. — XI. Leucorrhoea. — XII. Puer- peral Fever. — XIII. Mammitis. — XIV. Hysteria. — XV. Abortion 507 CHAPTER XX. DISEASES OF THE LIVER. Congestion of the Liver. — II. Hepatitis, or Inflammation of the Liver (Acute or Chronic). — III. Ceroma, or Fatty Degeneration. — IV. Cirrhosis, or Fibrous Degeneration. — V. Jaundice, Icterus, or Yellows. — VI. Biliary Calculi, or Gall Stones. — VII. Hypertrophy. — ^VIII. Atrophy. — IX. Soften- ing, or Ramollissement, with Rupture 514 CHAPTER XXL DISEASES OF THE EYE. Specific Ophthalmia, or Moon Blindness. — II. Simple Ophthalmia, or Con- junctivitis.— in. Amaurosis, Gutta Serena, or Glass Eye. — IV. Glaucoma. —V. Iritis. — VI. Lcucoma. — VII. Cataract. — VIII. Filaria Oculi, or Worm in the Eye. — IX. Entropium. — ^X. Ectropium. — XI. Torn Eyelids. XII. Cancerous Tumor in the Eye.— XIII. Obstruction of the Lachrymal Duct 518 CHAPTER XXII. I. Intestinal Worms. — II. Bots. — III. Lice. — IV. Mange. — V. Ringworm 526 PARASITIC DISEASES OF THE HORSE. XVI TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER XXIII. VICES IN THE STABLE. PAGE I. Cribbing.— 11. Wind Suclting.— III. Gnawing the Manger, Clothing, etc.— IV. Kicliing while Eating Grain. — ^V. Wasting the Grain. — VI. Pulling Back, and Brealdng the Halter.— VII. Balking 533 CHAPTER XXIV. CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF STABLES, AS RELATED TO HYGIENE. I. Necessity for Stables. — II. Construction of Stables. — III. Feeding and Watering Stock. — IV. The Care of Stock when in Stable. — V. Additional Directions for Giving Medicines. — VI. Detection of Disease 537 CHAPTER XXV. OPERATIONS. I. Anaesthetics, and How to Use Them.— II. Bandages.-^III. Bleeding.— IV. Blistering. — ^V. Casting. — VI. Castration. — VII. Extirpation of the Eye. —VIII. Firing.— IX. Lithotomy.— X. Lithotrity.— XI. Neurotomy.— XII. Nicking and Docking. — XIIL Opening an Abscess. — XIV. Tapping the Chest, and Tapping the Abdomen. — ^XV. Pricking. — XVI. Probing and Opening a Fistula.— XVII. Spaying.— XVIII. Sutures.— XIX. Tapping Belly for Flatulence.— XX, Tenotomy.— XXI. Tracheotomy 547 CHAPTER XXVI. CONCERNING THE VETERINARIAN'S CERTIFICATE OF SOUNDNESS. I. Examinations in this Country and in Europe.— IL What th'e Veterinarian Should See to, for His Client.— III. Conditions Modifying the Certificate. — IV. The Seller's Guarantee Should Cover Vices 559 CHAPTER XXVII. POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. I. General Rules. — II. Poisoning from Drugs, Minerals, etc. — ^III. Poisoning while Grazing. — IV. Poisoning of the Skin. — V. Poisoning from Stings. — VT. The Loco-Weed Disease 561 CHAPTER XXVIII. INSTRUMENTS, APPARATUS, AND MEDICINES. I. What Instruments to Keep, and How to Use Tttem. — II. Surgical Apparatus and Appliances. — III. A Cheap and Serviceable Surgical Outfit. — IV. Vet- erinary Medicines and Doses. — V. When and How Often may the Dose be Repeated? — VI. Simple Directions for Preparing and Using Medicines. Vn. Weights and Measures. — VIII. Standard Remedies and Their Application 572 CHAPTER XXIX. RECIPES FOR THE HORSE. Recapitulation of Recipes in Part II 589 TABLE OF CONTENTS. XVII BOOK II— PART I. CATTLE— HISTORY, MANAGEMENT, AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. CHAPTER I. E\RLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. PAGE Wild and Semi-wild Herds.— II. The First Chroniclers and Breeders of Cattle.— III. The Original Type.— IV. Undomesticated Herds of Europe and Asia.— V. Spanish-American Breeds.— VI. The Devons.— VII. The Herefords.— \ail. The Durham or Teeswater Breed.— IX. Irish Cattle. —X. Scotch and Highland Cattle.— XI. Swiss Cattle.— XII. Dutch Cattle. — XIII. Fossil Cattle.— XIV. The Wild Cattle of England.— XV. Native Districts of some Breeds 599 CHAPTER II. STRUCTURE OF THE OX. I. Comparative Description.— II. A Good Cow Described in Verse.— III. SIceleton of the Ox.— IV. Analysing the Head.— V. External Parts of a Fat Ox.— VI. Teeth of the Ox.— VII. Age of Cattle Told by the Chart 620 CHAPTER III. DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. Ancient and Modern Breeding.— II. Cattle of the Campagnas. — III. Pioneers of Improved Stock.— IV. Illustrations of Noted English Breeds.— V. Do Not Attempt to Form a Breed.— VI. How a Breed is Formed.— VII. Breeding for Certain Uses.— VIII. Variation in Type.— IX. In-and-in Breeding and Breeding in Line. — X. Altering the Character by Crossing. -^I. Influence of Shelter and Feeding.— XII. Heredity in Cattle.— XIII. Hereditary Influence of Parents.— XIV. Atavism.— XV. Peculiarities of Ancestors Perpetuated.— XVI. How the Short-Horns were Bred up.— XVII. Shorthorns During the Last Fifty Years.— XVIII. Three Short-Horn Strains.— XIX. The Three Principal Types of Cattle. CHAPTER IV. THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. Early Systems of Breeding.— II. Bakewell's Ten Rules.— III. What the Breeder Must Know.— IV. Compare Results.— V. The Assimilation of Pood.— VI. The Breeder Must be a Good Farmer.— VII. Breeding for Beef.— VIII. Breeding for Milk.— IX. Breeding for Labor.— X. The Breeds for Beef and Milk.— XI Some Facts About Beef.— XII. Value of Sires in Different Herds.— XHI. Know What You Breed for.— XIV. Defini- tion of Terms.— XV. How to Start a Herd.— XVL How the Herd will Grade— XVII. Taking a Line Cross.— XVIII. Some Specimens of Close Breeding.— XIX. The Gestation of Cows 643 XVIII TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER V. SHORT-HORN CATTLE. PAGE I. Short-Horn Breeds.— H. The Old Teeswaters. — HI. Origin of Modern Short-Horns.— IV. WTiat Made Them Famous.— V. The Bull Hubback.— VI. Beef From the Old Teeswaters. — VII. Short-Horns in America. — VIII. The Great Ohio Importation. — IX. Kentucky and Other Importations. — ^X. Importation of Bates Cattle. — XI. Canadian Short-Horns. — XII. West- ward March of the Short-Horn. — XIII. Short-Horns as Beef Makers. — —XIV. The Patton Family of Short-Horns.— XV. Grade Cows and Steers. —XVI. Short-Horns Critically Described.— XVII. The Head.— XVIII. The Neck.— XIX. The Body.— XX. The Legs Short and Straight.— XXI. The Loin Broad.— XXII. Wide in the Crops.— XXIII. The Back Straight and Broad.— XXIV. The Ribs Barrel-Shaped.— XXV. The Touch.— XXVI. The Hide.— XXVIL The Hair. — XXVIII. The Color.— XXIX. Beef Points Illustrated.— XXX. Scale of Points for Short-Horn Bulls.— XXXI. Scale of Points for Short-Horn Cows 654 CHAPTER VI. THE JERSEYS, ALDERNEYS AND GUERNSEYS. A Fashionable Breed.— II. The Guernseys.— IIL The Alderney in Youatt's Time.— IV. The Jersey of To-Day.— V. Crossing the Jerseys.— VI. The Jersey Described. — VII. Milk 'Mirrors. — VIII. Guenon's Theory of Milk Mirrors.— IX. Their Practical Utility.— X. The Escutcheon Marks.— XI. Good Milkers in all Breeds.— XII. Value of Heredity.— XIII. Influence of Good Digestion and Assimilation. — XIV. The Milk Veins. — XV. The Udder and Twist Veins. — ^XVI. Mr. Sharpless' Opinion. — ^XVIL Symmetry Essential Whatever th'e Breed.— XVIII. The Jersey not a Dairy Cow.— XIX. Scale of Points for Jersey Cows and Heifers.— XX. Rules in Award- ing Prizes.— XXI. Scale of Points for Jersey Bulls.— XXII. Estimating the Value of I'oints.— XXIII. Color and Size.— XXIV. From a Practical Stand-point 679 CHAPTER vn. MIDDLE HORNED CATTLE — THE HEREFORDS. The Valuable Breeds of Middle-Horns— II. The Hereford Color.— III. The Herefords Fifty Years Ago.— IV. Youatt's Testimony.— V. The Herefords in America.— VI. The Importation of 1840.— VII. Hereford Grades Forty Years Ago.— VIII. The Ohio Importation.— EX. Herefords in Canada.— X. Early Imported Herefords not Fairly Tried.— XL The Herefords West.— XIL The Hereford as a Work Ox.— XIII. The Hereford Cow.— XIV. Points of the Hereford.— XV. The Hereford of To-Day in England.— XVI, High and Authoritative Praise.— XVII. Distribution in the Southwest and Far West 700 CHAPTER VIIL MIDDLE HORNED CATTLE— THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. Antiquity of the Devons.— II. The Devons Comparatively Small Cattle.— IIL Natural Grazing Grounds of the Devons. — TV. Working Qualities of the Devons.— V. Their Deceiving Appearance. — ^VI. Points of the Devon.— TABLE OF CONTENTS. XIX PAGE VII. Notable Characteristics.— VIII. The Legs of the Devon.— IX. The Body and Tail.— X. The Devon Cow.— XI. Mr. Allen's Testimony.— XII. They are Active and Handy. — XIIL In the First Class for Beef. — ^Xllla. Polled Durham Cattle.— XIV. Weight of the Devons.— XV. Sussex Cattle. — XVI. The Sussex Color. — XVII. Distinguishing Marks of the Sussex —XVIII. The Sussex Cow.— XIX. Glamorgan Cattle.— XX. Dutch Belted Cattle.— XXL Holstein-Friesans.— XXIL Characteristics.— XXIII. Milk and Butter Records.— XXIV. Types 708 CHAPTER IX. POLLED CATTLE. I. Polled Cattle in General.— II. The Galloways,— III. Points of the Gallo- way.— IV. The Limbs and Head. — V. The Skin. — VI. The Color. — VIL The Galloways in America. — VIIL Polled Angus Cattle. — IX. Color of the Polled Angus. — X. Angus Cows as Milkers. — XL The Angus Compared with the Galloway 731 CHAPTER X. DAIRY CATTLE — THE AYRSHIRES. The Antiquity of Ayrshire Cattle. — II. Ayrshire Ancestry. — III. The Ayr- shire as Milker. — IV. Quality of the Milk. — V. Mr. Youatt's Opinion. — VI. Quality of the Flesh. — VII. The Ayrshires in America. — VIII. Ayrshire Points Eighty Years Ago. — IX. The Ayrshire of To-Day. — X. Points of Ayrshire Cattle. — XL Escutcheon or Milk Mirror. — XII. The Points Summed Up.— XIIL The Body.— XIV. The Skin.— XV. Milk Points.— XVI. The Head.— XVII. The Neck, Body and Limbs.— XVIII. Importance of Good Teats.— XIX. Color, Style and Condition 737 CHAPTER XL DAIRY CATTLE — THE DUTCH BREEDS. L Antiquity of Dutch Cattle as a Distinct Race. — II. Friesian and Batavian Cattle.— IIL Dutch Cattle Older than those of Holstein.— IV. Establish- ment of Regular Cattle Markets. — V. Importation of Danish Cattle into F^iesland. — VI. Facts about Dutch Cattle. — VIL Varieties Described. — VIII. Races of Dutch Cattle.— IX. Dr. George May's Testimony.— X. Breeds of North and South Holland and West Friesland. — XL Their Color and Form.— XII. Yields of Milk.— XIIL Feeding Qualities.— XIV. Dutch Cattle an Artificial Breed.— XV. The Earliest Importations.— XVI. The Le- roy Importation. — XVII. The Chenery Importation. — ^XVIII. What Prof. Roberts Says. — XIX. Measurements Adopted for Dutch Friesian Cattle. —XX. How to Select Dairy Cows 747 CHAPTER XII. DAIRY CATTLE AND DAIRYING. A Proper Foundation for the Industry. — IL Care, Housing and Feeding.— III. The Soil.— IV. Organization.— V. The Growing of Crops.— VI. The Man behind the Cow. Missouri Chief Josephine — Hegelund Method of Milking 763 XX TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER XIII. THE RAISING AND ECONOMICAL. FEEDING OP CATTLE PAGE I. Importance of Proper Care while Young. — II. Difference between Good and Bad Care.— III. The Starved Calves at Grass.— IV. The Other Side.— V. Good Winter Keeping for Calves. — VI. When and How to Castrate. — VII. General Classes of Cattle.— VIII. Special Classes.— IX. Full Feed- ing and Early Maturity. — X. Economy in Feeding. — XL The True Policy with Young Stock. — ^XII. Feeding the Young Calves. — XIII. Feed Grass and Oats Early. — XIV. Where the Profit Comes In. — ^XV. Feeding for Beef and for Labor. — XVI. Reaching Results. — ^XVII. When and How to Feed. —XVIII. Out-Door Feeding Where Corn is Cheap.— XIX. A Good Condi- ment.—XX. So-Called Perfect Foods 776 CHAPTER XIV. PASTURAGE AND FEEDING FOR PROFIT. I. Study the Conditions. — II. Provide against Droughts. — III. Kinds of Feed to Raise. — IV. Pasture the Poor Man's Wealth. — V. The Valuable Clovers. —VI. Alfalfa or Luzerne.— VII. Clovers Not Generally Valuable:— VIIL Forage and Feeding Plants. — IX. Grass is the Most Valuable. — ^X. Grasses of Special Value. — ^XI. The Coming Grasses for the W^est. — ^XII. The Time to Pasture.— XIII. Feeding in Winter.— XIV. W^atering.— XV. Feeding in Summer. — XVI. Economy of Full Summer and W'inter Feeding. — ^XVII. Summing Up.— XVIII. Finishing a Steer.— XIX. Wien to Sell 786 CHAPTER XV. DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. L A. Profitable Industry. — IL Our Dairy Products. — III. The Dairy Buildings. — IV. How the Factory is Built. — V. The Management of Milk. — VI. Patent Crcarr-cries. — 'VII. Driving off Animal Odors. — VIII. Temperature of the Dairy Room. — IX. Butter Making in Europe. — X. Dairy Butter in the West.— XI. How to Color Butter.— XII. Salting.— XIII. How to Pack Butter. — ^XIV. Preparing a Package for Use. — ^XV. Cheese Making — Cheddar Chees'e. — ^XVI. Cheshire Cheese. — ^XVII, How to Prepare Ren- nets..— XVIII. Dairy vs. Creamery and Factory 795 BOOK II— PART II. DISEASES OF CATTLE.— HOW TO KNOW TIIEM; THEIR CAUSES, PREVENTION AND CURE. CHAPTER L GENERAL PRINCIPLES. I. Importance of this Department of Practice. — II. Pathology of Cattle and of the Horse Compared. — III. Action of Remedies in Cattle. — ^IV. The Only Safe Principles for Most Cattle Owners. — V. Familiarize Yourself with the Phenomena of Health. — VI. The Pulse, Respiration and Temperature. — VII. Other Special Signs of Disease TABLE OP CONTENTS. XXI CHAPTER II. CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. PAGE I. Contagious Pleuro-Pneumonia. — II. Rinderpest or Cattle Plague. — HI. Texas Fever, Spanish or Splenic Fever. — IV. Contagious Eczema, Foot and Moutli Disease, or Epizootic Aphtha. — ^V. Anthrax. — VI. Variola Vaccinae or Cow-Pox.— 'VII. Tuberculosis and Phthisis Pulmonalis. — VIII. Can- cerous Ulcers or Osteo Sarcoma. — IX. Lumpy Jaw. — X. Contagious Abor- tion of Cattle 813 CHAPTER III. NON-CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. I. Plethora. — II. Anaemia. — III. Rheumatism. — IV. Uraemia. — V. Septi- caemia and Pyaemia.— VI. Purpura Hemorrhagica. — VII. Haematuria, or Red Water in Cattle. — VIII. Malignant Catarrh. — IX. Malignant Sore Throat 834 CHAPTER IV. DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. I. Simple Catarrh or Cold. — II. Laryngitis, or Common Sore Throat. — III. Bronchitis. — IV. Pneumonia. — V. Plurisy. — VI. Hydrothorax. — VII. Em- physema of the Lungs 841 CHAPTER V. TUBERCULOSIS, CONSUMPTION OR WHITE PLAGUE. I. Animals Susceptible to Tuberculosis. — II. Animals exempt except by inoc- ulation.— III. Predisposing cause of Tuberculosis. — IV. Tuberculosis in Cattle. — V. Tuberculosis in advanced stage. — VI. Signs of Generalization of the Tubercle. — ^VII. Generative Tuberculosis 849 CHAPTER VI. THE TUBERCULIN TEST OF CATTLE FOR TUBERCULOSIS. I. The Diagnosis of Tuberculosis. — II. The Origin of the Tuberculin Test. — III. The Nature and Application of Tuberculin. — IV. The Value and Re- liability of the Tuberculin Test. — V. The Harmlessness of Tuberculin. — VI. Conclusions regarding the Tuberculin Test. — VII. Summary of Direc- tions for Making the Tuberculin Test 853 CHAPTER VII. DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. r. Glossitis, or Inflammation of the Tongue; and Paralysis of the Tongue. — IL Hoven, or Tympanitis. — III. Impaction of the Rumen, or Maw-Bound. — IV. Impaction of the Omasum, or Fardle-Bound. — ^V. Dyspepsia. — VI. Con- stipation.— VII. Diarrhoea, or Scours. — VIII. Dysentery. — IX. Enteritis. — X. Peritonitis. — XI. Rupture, or Hernia. — XIL Strangulation, or Gut-Tie. 859 CHAPTER VIIL DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. I. Nephritis, or Inflammation of the Kidneys. — II. Retention of the Urine, or Dysuria. — III. Incontinence of Urine, or Enuresis. — IV. Albuminuria, or Albuminous Urine. — V. Haematuria, or Bloody Urine. — ^VI. Cystitis, or In- flammation of the Bladder.— VIL Llthiasis, or Gravel.— VlIL Calculi 871 XXII TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER IX. DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. PAGE I. Malpresentations, etc., in Parturition.— II. Prolonged After-pains.— III. Retention of the After-birth.- IV. Abortion and Miscarriage.— V. Uterine Hemorrhage, or Flooding. — VI. Inversion of the Womb. — VII. Metritis, or Inflammation of the Womb. — VIII. Puerperal Fever, or Metro-Peritonitis. — IX. Parturient Apoplexy. — X. Leucorrhoea, or Whites. — XI. Gonor- rhoea.—XII. Mammitis, or Inflammation of the the Udder.— XIII. Sore Teats. — XIV. Nymphomania and Sterility 876 CHAPTER X. MILK FEVER — ITS SIMPLE AND SUCCESSFUL TREATMENT. I. Preliminary Statement. — 11. Name and Synonyms. — III. Description of Disease.— IV. Causes.— V. How to Know it.— VI. What to do.— VII. Prevention 897 CHAPTER XI. DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. I. Phrenitis, or Inflammation of the Brain. — II. Apoplexy. — III. Epilepsy. — IV. Paralysis. — V. Tetanus. — VI. Rabies or Hydrophobia. — VII. Nervous Debility at Parturition 903 CHAPTER XII. DISEASES OF THE SKIN. I. Simple Eczema. — II. Chronic Eczema, or Psoriasis. — III. Erysipelas 90G CHAPTER XIII. PARASITIC DISEASES OF CATTLE. I. Hoose or Husk (Verminous Bronchitis). — II. The Gadfly and Grub (Oestrus Bovis). — III. Lice. — IV. Tapeworm. — V. Mange. — VI. Ringworm. — Vll. Hookworm Disease of Cattle 908 CHAPTER XIV. SCABIES OF CATTLE, OR MANGE. I. Its Cause. — II. Form and Life History of the Scab Parasite. — III. Trans- missibility of Mange. — IV. Disinfection. — V. Treatment. — VI. General Di- rections 914 CHAPTER XV. DISEASES OF THE EYE. ' I. Ophthalmia or Conjunctivitis. — IL Fungus Haematodes, or Bleeding Cancer. — III. Torn Eyelids. — IV. Inversion and Eversion of the Eyelids. — V. For- eign Substances in the Eye 921 CHAPTER XVI. ACCIDENTS, ETC. I. Choking. — II. Fractures. — ^IIL Wounds. — IV. Dislocations. — V. Sprains. — VI. Wens.— VII. Bloat in Cattle 923 TABLE OF CONTENTS. XXIII CHAPTER XVII. OPERATIONS. PAGE 1. Tapping the Chest, and Tapping the Belly. — II. Tracheotomy. — III. Tap- ping the Rumen (Paunch) for Hoven. — IV. Rumenotomy. — V. Castration. —VI. Spaying.— VII. Tapping the Bladder of the Ox or Bull.— VIII. Sutures and Bandages. — IX. Caesarian Operation. — ^X. Bleeding 927 CHAPTER XVIII. RECIPES FOR CATTLE. Recapitulation of Recipes in Book II. — Part II 931 BOOK III— PART I. SWINE.— HISTORY. MANAGEMENT, AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. CHAPTER I. HISTORY AND STATISTICS OF SWINE. I. Origin and Antiquity of the Hbg. — II. The Native American Species. — III. Swine of Europe, Asia, and Africa. — IV. The Wild Hogs of Europe. — ^V. Teeth of the Hog. — VI. Brought to America by Columbus. — VII. Location of Principal Markets 939 CHAPTER IL BREEDS OF SWINE. I, Sires of Improved Breeds. — II. Chinese Swine. — III. Neapolitan Swine. — IV. The Hog of India.— V. English Breeds— the Berkshire.— VL The Essex.— VII. The Black Dorset— VIIL The Suffolk.— IX. The Yorkshire. — X. Lancashire Breeds. — XI. American Breeds. — XII. The Chester White. XIII. The Poland-China.— XIV. The Cheshires.— XV. Jersey Red Swine. XVI. Duroc Swine.— XVII. Thin Rind, or Hampshire Hog.— XVIII. Summary of Breeds 945 CHAPTER III. THE BREEDING AND CARE OP HOGS. I. Practical Value of Improved Breeds. — 11. Care in Selection. — III. Age of Breeding Swine. — IV. How to Select Breeding Animals. — V. Form and Feeding Qualities. — VI. The Care of Breeding Stock. — VII. Farrowing. — VIII. Weaning the Pigs.— IX. Castration.— X. Gestation of Sows.— XI. Necessity of Good Care.— XII. Ringing a Hog 964 CHAPTER IV. THE FEEDING AND SHELTERING OF SWINE. I. Feed the Breeders for Health.— 11. The Proper Food for Swine.— III. Sum- mer Feeding for Pork.— IV. Grasses and Clovers.— V. Roots.— VI. Grain the Main Reliance.— VII. Feeding in the Fields.— VIII. Gleaning in the XXJV TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE Fields and After Cattle.— IX. Value of Mast for Hogs.— X. Hog-feeding in tlie South.— XI. Feeding in Close Pens.— XII. Hog Barns.- XIII. The Best Form of Hog Barn. — XIV. Comparative Value of Light and Heavy Hogs. — XV. Economy of Full Feeding from Birth. — XVI. Mixed Rations for Hogs. — ^XVII. Grain should be Ground. — XVIII. Wet Feed Better than Dry.— XIX. Cooking Food.— XX. Feeding Potatoes.— XXI. Pumpkins for Hogs. — XXII. Conclusions 971 BOOK III— PART II. DISEASES OF SWINE.— HOW TO KNOW THEM, THEIR CAUSES, PREVENTION AND CURE. CHAPTER I MALIGNANT AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES. The Prevention of Diseases. — II. Malignant Epizootic Catarrh. — III. Con- tagious Fever of Swine. — IV. Contagious Pneumo-Enteritis. — V. Splenic Fever, or Malignant Anthrax. — VI. Summary of Treatment for Malignant Diseases. — VIl. Rules for Disinfection. — VIII. Difficulty in Giving Medi- cine to Swine. — IX. W^atch Symptoms Early, and Use Preventives 983 CHAPTER II. THE COMMON DISEASES OF SWINE. Inflammatory Diseases. — II. Pneumonia, or Inflammation of the Lungs. — III. Quinsy, or Inflammation of the Tonsils. — IV. Apoplexy, Staggers, or Congestion of the Brain. — V. Colds, or Rising of the Lights. — VI. Catarrh or Snuffles. — VII. Measles and Trichina. — VIII. Trichina Spiralis. — IX. Other Intestinal Parasites. — X. Parasites of the Skin. — Mange or Scab. — XI. Lice.— XII. Diarrhoea.— XIII. Leprosy.— XIV. Skeleton of the Hog. . 991 BOOK IV— PART I. SHEEP AND SHEEP HUSBANDRY.— EMBRACING ORIGIN, BREEDS, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT; WITH FACTS CONCERNING GOATS. CHAPTER I. ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS. Native Country of Sheep. — II. Their Diversified Character. — III. Anatomy of the Sheep.— IV. Top and Vertical Views of Skull.— V. Dentition of Sheep.— VI. Points of Sheep Explained.— VII. Divisions of Fine Wool.— VIII. Comparative Value of Fine and Coarse Wool. — ^IX. Ranging and Flocking of Different Breeds. — X. Regions Adapted to Sheep. — XI. Points of Excellence of the Principal Breeds. — XIL Standard for American Merinos.— XIII. Standard for Middle-Wooled Sheep.— XIV. Standard for Cotswold Sheep 1001 TABLE OF CONTENTS. XXV CHAPTER II. VARIETIES OP SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. PAGE Long-Wooled English Sheep. — II. Lincoln Sheep. — IIL Romney Marsh Sheep. — ^IV. Leicester Sheep. — V. The Cotswolds. — VI. New Oxfordshire Sheep. — VII. The Oxford-Downs. — VEIL Middle and Short-Wooled British Breeds. — IX. White-faced Mountain Sheep. — X. Black-faced Highland, or Scotch Sheep. — XI. Hampshire-Downs. — XII. Shropshire-Downs. — XIII. South-Downs. — ^XIV. Other Breeds of Great Britain. — XV. Dorset Sheep. — XVL Fine-Wooled Sheep. — XVII. American Merinos. — XVIII. The Atwood and Hammond Merinos. — XIX. The Rich Merinos. — XX. About Sheep in General.— XXI. The Average Wool per Sheep.— XXII. Summary of British Breeds.— XXIII. The Sheep in Australia.— XXIV. The Wool Harvest.— XXV. Where the W^orld's Sheep are Located.— XXVL The World's Greatest Wool Supply • 1014 CHAPTER III. BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEEP. Constant Watchfulness Necessary. — II. The Breeding Age of Sheep. — HI. Crossing. — IV. Coupling. — V. The Proper Time for Coupling. — VI. Gesta- tion.— VII. Keep a Record of the Breeding. — VIII. Management and Train- ing of Rams. — IX. Pasturage for Sheep. — X. Water. — XI. Protection from Insects. — XII. Early and Late Pasture and Feeding. — XIII. Winter Feed- ing.—XIV. Sheep Barns.— XV. Grading the Sheep.— XVI. Feeding Troughs and Racks. — ^XVII. Castration and Docking. — XVIII. Weaning the Lambs.— XIX. Lambing Time.— XX. The Nursery.— XXI. Tagging Sheep. —XXII. Washing and Shearing.— XXIII. Tying theWool.— XXIV. Dipping and Anointing Sheep.— XXV. A Word About Goats.— XXVI. A Profitable Industry.— XXVII. Habits of the Angora.— XXVIII. An Assistant to the Farmer. — XXIX. Angoras in the United States. — XXX. Capabilities of the Milch Goat 1041 BOOK IV— PART II. DISEASES OF SHEEP.— HOW TO KNOW THEM, THEIR CAUSES. PREVENTION AND CURE. CHAPTER I. GENERAL DISEASES. Referring to Scientific Terms. — II. Inflammatory Diseases. — III. Distemper, or Epizootic Catarrh. — IV. Grubs in the Head. — V. Hydatids on the Brain. — VI. Apoplexy. — ^VII. Inflammation of the Brain. — VIII. Inflammation of the Eyes. — IX. Swelled Head. — X. Vegetable Poisoning. — ^XL Tetanus or Lockjaw. — XII. Paralysis or Palsy. — XIII. Rabies or Canine Madness 1069 CHAPTER n. PARASITIC AND OTHER DISEASES. Scab, Ticks and Lice.— II. Foot Rot.— III. Foul in the Foot. — IV. Swollen Foot and Gravel. — ^\''. Maggots from Blow Flies. — VI. Intestinal Worms. — VII. The Rot or Liver Fluke.— VIII. Lung Worms.— IX. Sheep Worried by Dogs. — ^X. Sprains, Strains and Bruises. — ^XI. Care When Lambing. — XII. Navel 111.— XIIL Bare-Lot Method of Raising Lambs to avoid Nodule Disease IO74 XXVI TABLE OF CONTENTS. BOOK V— PART I. POULTRY.— HISTORY, MANAGEMENT, AND CHARACTERIS- TICS OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS. CHAPTER I. ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OP FARM BIRDS. PAGE T. Origin of the Word Poultry. — II. Types and Native Country of Barn-Yard Fowls.— III. Changes Due to Breeding. — IV. Division of Fowls. — V. The Wild Turkey.— VI. Ducks.— VII. Geese.— VIII. The Swan.— IX. Pheas- ants.—X. Guinea Fowls.— XI. Peafowls.— XII. Anatomy of the Hen 1085 CHAPTER II. BARN-YARD FOWLS. I. English Breeds — Dorking Fowls. — II. Silver Gray Dorkings. — III. Gray Dorkings. — IV. Fawn-Colored Dorkings. — V. Black Dorkings. — VI. Bolton Grays, or Creoles. — VII. French Fowls— tHoudans. — VIII. La Fleche Fowls. —IX. Creve Coeurs. — ^X. Breda or Gueldre Fowls. — XI. Spanish Fowls. — XII. Hamburg Fowls — Black Hamburg. — XIII. Penciled Hamburgs. — ^XIV. Leghorn Fowls. — XV. White Leghorns. — XVI. American Breeds. — XVIL Dominique Fowls. — XVIII. Ostrich Fowls. — XIX. Plymouth Rock Fowls. .1096 CHAPTER III. GAME FOWLS, AND OTHER RARE BREEDS. I. Game Fowls and their Varieties. — II. Earl Derby Games. — III. Brown- Breasted Red Games. — IV. Duck-Winged Games. — V. White Georgian Games. — VI. Game Bantams. — VII. Other Bantams. — VIII. The Seabright Bantam. — IX. Japanese Bantams. — X. Frizzled Fowls. — XI. Rumpless Fowls.— XII. Silky Fowls 1119 CHAPTER IV. ASIATIC FOWLS. I. The Various Asiatic Breeds. — II. Dark Brahmas. — III. Light Brahmas. — IV. Cochin Fowls. — V. General Characteristics of Cochins. — VI. White Cochins.— VII. Buff Cochins.— VIII. Partridge Cochins 1131 CHAPTER V. NEW. POPULAR BREEDS OF POULTRY. L Wyandottes. — II. White Wyandottes. — III. Wyandotte Bantams. — IV. Langshans. — V. American Javas. — VI. The Orpingtons 1143 CHAPTER VL INCUBATORS AND BROODERS. — ARTIFICIAL INCUBATION. I. The Antiquity of Artificial Incubation. — II. Incubators vs. Hens. — ^IIL When Chicks Bring Money. — IV. Keep Up With the Times. — V. Care While in the Brooder. — VI. Feeding Young Chicks. — VII. How to Make an Incubator. VIII. How to Operate the Incubator. — IX. A Cheap Home-Made Incubator. —X. How to Make the Brooder 1148 TABLE OF CONTENTS. XXVIl CHAPTER VII BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. PAGE I. A Study of Points Necessary. — II. Explanation of Points. — III. Points of the Head. — IV. Ttie Plumage Illustrated and Explained. — V. Ideal Shape of Fowls.— VI. Breed to a Fixed Type.— VII. Number of Hens to Each Cock. — ^VIII. How to Mate. — IX. Breeding Upon a Mixed Flock. — X. Incuba- tion of Various Fowls. — ^XI. General Management of Fowls. — XII. Proper Food for Fowls. — XIII. Poultry Houses and Coops. — XIV. Feed Boxes and Drinking Fountains. — XV. Breeds for Market. — XVI. Breeds for Eggs. — XVII. How to Fatten.— XVIII. Killing and Dressing Fowls.— XIX. Pack- ing and Shipping to Market. — XX. Glossary of Terms Used by Poultry Fanciers 1157 CHAPTER VIII. THE TURKEY, AND ITS VARIETIES. I. Varieties of the Domestic Turkey. — II. The Bronzed-Black Turkey. — III. The Common Turkey,— IV. The Ocellated Turkey.— V. English Turkeys.— VI. Rare Varieties.— VII. The Care of Turkeys 1173 CHAPTER IX. GEESE AND THEIR VARIETIES. I. The Management of Geese. — II. Embden or Bremen Geese. — III. Toulouse Geese. — IV. White Chinese Geese. — V. Hong Kong Geese, — VI. The African Goose.— VII. The Canada or Wild Goose.— VIII. Egyptian Geese. .1186 CHAPTER X. VARIETIES OF DOMESTIC DUCKS. I. Ducks on the Farm. — II. Varieties Best Adapted to the Farm. — III. Alyes- bury Ducks. — ^IV. Rouen Ducks. — V. The Common White Duck. — VI. Cayuga Black Ducks. — VII. Muscovy Ducks. — VIII. Black East India Ducks. —IX, Call Ducks.— X. Pekin Ducks.— XI. Other and Rare Ducks 1193 BOOK V— PART II. DISEASES OF POULTRY.— HOW TO KNOW THEM, THEIR CAUSES, PREVENTION AND CURE. CHAPTER I. THE CARE AND TREATMENT OF SICK FOWLS. I. Division of Diseases into Groups. — II. Apoplexy. — III. Vertigo. — IV. Paraly- sis.—V. Crop-Bound.— VI. Diarrhoea,- VII, Catarrh.— VIII, Bronchitis. —IX. Roup.— X. Gapes.— XI. Pip.— XII. Consumption.— XIII. Inflam- mation of the Egg Passage. — ^XIV. Leg Weakness. — ^XV. Rheumatism. — XVI. Poultry Lousiness.— XVII. Chicken Cholera 1205 XXVIII TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER II. A StJMMART OF DISEASES OF POULTRY AND THEIR REMEDIES. PAGE I. Diseases, Bad Habits and Insect Pests. — II. Importance of Cleanliness. — III. Diseases.— IV. Bad Habits.— V. Insect Pests 1211 CHAPTER III. DISEASES OF THE TURKEY, CAUSES, PREVENTION AND CURE. I. Parasites and Diseases. — II. Insect Parasites. — III. Gapes. — IV. Black- head.— V. Tapeworm. — VI. Diarrhosa. — VII. Cholera 1219 BOOK VI. BEES.— HISTORY AND CHARACTERISTICS, WITH DIRECTIONS FOR THEIR SUCCESSFUL MANAGEMENT. CHAPTER I. VARIETIES AND PECULIARITIES OF BEES. I. Natural History of Bees. — II. The Three Genders of the Honey Bee. — III. Varieties of the Honey Bee. — IV. The So-Called Queen, or Mother Bee. — V. The Number of Eggs Laid. — VI. Drones or Male Bees. — VII. Neuter or Worker Bees. — VIII. Varieties of Honey. — IX. Wax and How it is Formed. — X. Plants Adapted to Production of Honey 1227 CHAPTER II. THE GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF BEES. I. Hives. — II. Number of Swarms Profitably Kept on a Farm. — III. Swarming. — IV. Hiving New Swarms. — V. Taking the Honey. — VI. Wintering Bees. — VII. Implements of Use. — ^VIIL A Motherless Swarm. — IX. Fastening Empty Combs in Frames. — X. Feeding Bees. — XI. Enemies of Bees. — XII. Foul Brood.— XIII. Conclusion 1235 Glossary of Scientific Terms, in General Use 1243 BOOK VII— SUPPLEMENTARY. CANADIAN AUSTRALIAN AFRICAN AND OTHER MATTER. HOG CHOLERA. The Various Forms Assumed. — U. Investigations in Swine Plague. — III. Contagious, or Infectious Principle, etc. — IV. FYost and the Virus. — V. Measures of Preventive. — VI. The Disease as Observed in Swine. — VII. Glossary of the Preceding Scientific Terms. — VIII. Conclusions 12T3 TABLE OF CONTENTS. XXIX SWINE. PAGE I. Judging Hogs of Bacon Type. — II. The Fat Hog. — ^III. Large Yorkshires. — IV. Tamworths. — V. Berkshires 1281 HORSE BREEDING. I. The Law of Heredity.— II. The Law of Variation.— III. The Law of Habit.— IV. The Law of Atavism or Striking Back, — V. The Law of Correlation. — VI. The Law of Fecundity or Power to Reproduce. — VII. In-Breeding and In-and-in-Breeding. — VIII. Cross Breeding. — IX. The Relative Influence of Parents. — X. Influence of a Previous Impregnation. — XI. Intra-Uterine Influence.— Xn. Sex at Will.— XIIL Carriage Horse.— XIV. Saddle Horses and Hunters.— XV. Cobs.— XVI. Roadsters.— XVII. Points of the Horse.— XVIII. The External Conformation of the Horse.— XIX. Con- formation of the Heavy Draft Stallion. — ^XX. Conformation of Mare or Geld- ing.— XXI. Conformation of Coach Stallion. — XXII. Conformation of Car- riage Mare or Gelding. — XXIII. Conformation of the Hackney Stallion. — XXIV. Conformation of the Standard-Bred Stallion.— XXV.- Conformation of the Thoroughbred Stallion. — XXVI. Conformation of the Thoroughbred Gelding or Mare 1297 DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. I. The Dairy Cow. — II. Feed. — III. Butter Making. — IV. Special Points on Butter Making. — V. Creameries. — VI. Cheddar Cheese. — VII. Salting the Curd. — VIII. Curing the Cheese. — IX. Farm Cheese. — X. Dairy Buildings. —XI. Town and City Milk and Cream Trade.— XII. Condensed Milk.— XIII. Imitation Butter.— XIV. The Testing of Milk.— XV. Marketing Dairy Produce 1335 TEXAS CATTLE FEVER. THE TEXAS-FEVER TICK AND METHODS OF EXTERMINATING IT. I. Life History of the Tick. — II. Development on the Ground. — III. How to Free Cattle of Ticks.— IV. Picking or Brushing Ticks off Cattle.— V. Smearing or Spraying Cattle with a Disinfecting Solution 1351 THE DEHORNING OF CATTLE. I. Dehorning by Snubbing Head to Stanchion Rail. — II. Treatment After De- horning.— III. To Prevent Horns Growing on Young Calves. — IV. Apply- ing the Caustic. — V. Age When Caustics are not Effective 135& POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. L The Purple Loco Weed. — II. The White Loco Weed. — III. Poisoning By Loco Plants. — IV. Symptoms of Loco Poisoning in Horses.— -V. Symptoms of Loco Poisoning in Cattle. — VI. Symptoms of Loco Poisoning in Sheep. — Vn. Treatment of Locoed Animals. — VIII. Summary 1361 POULTRY. The Selection of Breeding Stock 1367 Diseases Peculiar to South Africa 1371 Alphabetical Index 1379 ILLUSTRATIONS. PAGE Abdominal injury, position assumed by horse suffering from 425 Abdominal injury, unnatural attitude indicative of 421 Aberdeen-Angus cattle, Heatherton herd of 672 Aberdeen-Angus bull Delamere 629 Aberdeen-Angus heifer, "Scottish Queen" 749 Aberdeen-Angus bull, Kyma's Heir... 735 Actinomycosis of the lower jaw 829 Actinomycosis of the upper jaw 830 Adult bronze turkey — male 1176 African ewes, Tunis or 1055 African rams, Tunis or 1054 Africander breed, best group 761 Africander cow, best 761 Allowed to shift for itself 1048 Anatomy of foot 282 Anatomy of foot 295 Anatomy of the hen. (Fig. 1) 1095 Anatomy of the hen. (Fig. 2) 1095 Angora buck, imported 1056 Angora kid 1058 Ankle boots in common use 366 Anterior presentation, hind-limb de- viation 499 Anterior presentation, extreme down- ward deviation of the head 501 Apoplexy, parturient 893 Application of an ammoniacal blister 426 Application of steam to the nostrils with the jet 841 Aphtha 545 Australian merino ewe of 1911, a champion 1038 Australian merino ram of 1911, "Don- ald Dinnie," a champion 1039 Ayrshires, group of 612 Ayrshire cattle 617 Ayrshire cows 653 Ayrshire cow. Flora 3d, a typical cow. Imported 662 Ayrshire Heifer, Lola of Rosemont, 17895 662 Ayrshire cow, high grade 722 Ayrshire cow, model 738 Ayrshire Patti 1339 Azoturia 441 Badly formed back and shoulder, etc. (Fig. F) 1328 Baker, A. H. 2 Balling iron 861 Bandage for large lacerated and open wounds, many-tailed 924 PAGE Bandage, many-tailed 548 Barred Plymouth Rock, male 1116 Barred Plymouth Rock, female 1116 Barred Plymouth Rock, female and feathers 1136 Barred Plymouth Rock, male, head of 1223 Barred Plymouth Rock, female, head of 1223 Barred rock cockerel, (No. 1) 1367 Barred rock cockerel, (No. 2) 1368 Barred rock hen, (No. 3) 1368 Barred rock hen, (No. 4) 1369 Bee moth 1241 Bee veil 1237 Bellows and smoking tube 1238 Berkshire boar, famous 967 Berkshire hogs 944 Berkshire sow, a prize winning 954 Bim of Dentonia 1349 Bird-louse of the horse, trichodectes or 530 Black breasted red games 1101 Black Cayuga ducks, pair of 1202 Black Cochins, trio of 1091 Black Dorset sow 952 Black-faced ram 1049 Black Hamburg hen 1108 Black Javas 1099 Black Langshans, pair of 1104 Black Minorca cockerel 1111 Black Spanish 1113 Black tongue, gloss-anthrax or 823 Bleeding, raising the vein before.... 548 Bloody urine, horse suffering from.. 465 Blue Andalusian hen 1100 Blunt Hook 489 Board and feeder. Cook's division. . . .1240 Bones of the foot, sectional view of the (Cut 4) 59 Bone of the foot, front and back view of the (Cut 6) 60 Bones of head and neck, showing (Cut 7) 61 Bones and muscles of the fore legs, (Cut 8) 63 Bones of the knee, showing, (Cut 9) 64 Bones and articulation of the foot, (Cut 10) 65 Bones of the hock, (Cut 11) 67 Bone spavin 317 Bone spavin, cured 317 Bone tumor of the lower jaw 377 Bony tumor 373 Bots fastened to the stomach, unable to let go 529 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XXXI PAGE Bots in the stomach — 1 532 Bots in the duodenum, or intestines —2 532 Bot, a 528 Bots 532 Bottom of foot, showing a stone caught between the sole and shoe 307 Brace for spavin 325 Brazilian cow of the old native breed 601 Breast and limbs, front view, show- ing good 99 Broken knee, when tlie joint is opened, Baker's brace for 340 Broken knee, manner of probing dirt sac 342 Broken knee, manner of opening the dirt sac 342 Bronchitis, a horse dressed for 399 Bronchitis, a painful cough or 398 Bronze turkey, male, young 1175 Bronze turkeys, a pair of 1179 Brooder in position, the 1155 Brown-breasted red game 1121 Brown Leghorn cock, head of a single comb 1146 Brown Leghorn hen, head of a single comb 1146 Brown Swiss bull 611 Buff Cochin cock, back view of 1100 Buff Cochins, pair of 1091 Buff Cochins, pair of 1091 Buff Leghorn cockerel 1088 Buff Leghorns, a pair of 1097 Buff Orpingtons 1174 Buff Turkeys 1175 Buff Wyandottes, a pair of 1106 Burning for lampas 411 Champion Berkshire sow 949 Calks or treads on the coronet 305 Canker of the sole 304 Canker of the frog 304 Capped elbow, or shoe boil 334 Capped hock 346 Caries 371 Carmon at twelve years of age 223 Catching the blood 550 Cavalry horses selected for the U. S. army, two choice 180 Centrifugal extractor 1239 Cephalo-sacral position of the foetus 497 Chester whites 938 Chester white sow 947 Chester whites, group of 940 Chester white hogs, old style 956 Chester white boar 970 Chester white boars, a group of 966 Cheviot wether sheep 1008 Cheviot 1022 Cheviot lambs, bunch of yearling 1035 Choking 412 Circulatory apparatus (Plate II) ... . 84 Cleaning the legs, the lazy man's way of 540 i^eveland bay stallion Royalty 239 Clydesdale stallion, highbred 89 PAGE Coach or brougham horse, choice... 91 Coach horse, first prize winner To- ronto horse show 40 Coach horse, French 119 Coach mare, imported German 134 Cobs, choice 92 Coffin bone, exostosis of the 543 Colored Rouen ducks, trio of 1194 Colored Egyptian geese, pair of 1196 Columbian Wyandottes, a pair of. . . .1115 Common scab, a comparatively early case of 1075 Concealed knife 879 Constipation, a sufferer from 424 Congestion, a case of 400 Congestion of lungs 405 Cornish Indian game hen 1108 Coughing, the act of 406 Cow, affected with lice, appearance of a 909 Curb, misuse of 410 Cracked heel 355 Crampon, the. To prevent horses slipping in frosty weather 311 Creamery and cheese factory, ground plan of combined 797 Crested white ducks, pair of 1196 Cribbing ; . . . 533 Cross-bred wether sheep . . , 1042 Crow-bait, effect of dropsy 385 Dairy cows, four 671 Danish bull, "Faurholm" 756 Danish cow 756 Dark Brahmas, a pair of 1224 Deformed hoof, a 298 Dehorning with saw, cow's head snubbed to stanchion rail 1356 Denrodex 1074 Dentonia's Island Queen 1346 Dermal mycocis, mare showing char- acteristic lesions of 525 Dermatocoptes equi 530 Dermatophagus equi 530 Device for casting cattle (2 illus- trations) 848 Devon bull, Moxhem 7564 661 Devon heifer, "Fashion 5th" 709 Diagram of foot, showing the posi- tion of the coffin bone 307 Diagram of a foot, showing position of wing of cofiln bone 308 Digestive apparatus (Plate III) 86 Dipping lambs for sh'eep scab, trough for 1082 Diseased hocks, three. Illustrating bone spavin, bog spavin and blood spavin 316 Diseased hock joint 539 Diseases of the uriuary organ, symp- toms attending 459 Dishing on the trot 330 Dislocation of the patella, simple method of preventing a recur- rence of 925 Distonum Lanceolatus 1079 XXXII LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, PAGE Dominique fowl 1112 Dominique, male, American 1129 Dominique, female, American 1130 Dominique, male, American 1142 Dorking coclv, silver gray 1145 Dorset ram, American 1052 Dorset sheep 1000 Dorsets 1032 Dorset horn sheep, group of 1020 Draft horses, imported 121 Drastic poisoning 563 Drone 1228 Dropsy of the belly, ascites or 886 Dry and clean the legs in cold weather, the proper way. How to 541 Durham cattle, pair of 659 Duroc-Jersey boar 945 Duroc Jersey sow 958 Duroc Jersey sow, one year old 970 Duroc sow 960 Dutch cow, a 936 Dysentery, chronic 865 Earl derby game 1120 Eczema, or "rat tails," chronic 906 Egg drawer 1152 Elephant leg 352 Elephant leg, discovering the 354 Embden and African cross 1189 Embden Toulouse cross 1191 Embden geese, a trio of 1090 Enlarged knee, from speedy cut.... 365 Enteritis, a test 425 Enteritis, another test for 426 Epizootic aphtha 821 Erysipelas, carbuncular, black leg or quarter ill 823 Essex boar and pig 951 Essex sow 947 Essex sow 952 Eustrongylus gigas 995 Ewe-necked vicious brute (Fig. G)..1328 Excessive use of caustics, bad effects of 830 Express delivery horse, a choice 257 External parts of the horse, showing (Cut 8) 81 Eye affected by serena 520 Eye, extirpation of the 552 False quarter, or deficiency of the outer wall 286 False quarter, relieved of bearing on the shoe 290 Famous ones, one of the 150 Farm chunk, a good 280 Fasciola hepatica 1079 Feeding hopper, a perfect 1167 Feeding hopper, a stool 1167 Feeling the pulse, a proper method of 434 Fistulous withers, slight enlarge- ment which may end in 380 Fistulous withers, worst stage 380 Flatulence, the low choke with 413 Flatulent colic, ruptured or last stage 419 PACE Flatulent colic or tympanites, an ad- vanced stage of 430 Flemish cow 642 Flexor tendons of fore legs 331 Fluid flowing from the chest through the cannula, the 927 Foot, view of, showing toe pared to avoid seedy toe 291 Foot with a weak sole 293 Foot and mouth disease, epizootic aphtha or 820 Foot and mouth disease, head of cow with 837 Foot, the sole of a, showing nail wound and how to pare it out.. 292 Foraging for themselves : . . . .1165 Forceps 393 Fore quarters, showing a good shoul- der, side view of 97 Fore quarters, showing different bad conformations, front view of.... 98 Fore quarters, showing bad confor- mation, side view of 102 Forrest squirrel 112 Forward deviation of posterior limbs in anterior presentation 502 Foundered feet, various stages of. . . 296 Foundered horse 294 Founder or bronchitis, a fit subject for 397 Fountain, a good form of 1166 Fractures of bone, transverse and ob- lique (2 illustrations) 924 French coach stallion, imported 242 French coach stallion, Perfection. . . . 270 Friesian calf "Rascal" 678 Friesian cow "Palenstein IV" 678 Friesland bull, "Paul" III, best im- ported 726 Fungus haematodes 922 Gadfly, at various stages of develop- ment, the 528 Gadfly, grub of 908 Gadfly, ox 908 Gadfly, the 528 Gadfly, grub of 1070 Gadfly, sheep 1070 Gaited saddle stallion, Highland Chief, champion 50 Gaited saddle mare. Lady Glenn, champion 144 Galloway bull, a 785 Galloway heifer, one-year-old 760 Galloway prize winner at Smithfield, England, a 1347 Galloway steers, group of young 618 Gallus Sonneratii 1087 Gape worm 1208 Gastritis, chronic 414 Gastro-enteritis 562 Genders of bees, the. Bee-keeper and swarm 1226 Georgian games, white 1123 German coach stallion, imported.... 45 Girton ensign 153 .';« ^iW^ ^fl^^^KI mt^ ^^^^^^K.^. B'^mk: " ^^^^Myg ';;■ .; >*;,i|j^'- ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H '-^'ii: ■ ^®^^' ^^^^^^^A ^^^^^^^^^BI^B^^^A ^^^M ■^ LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. xxxra PAGE Giving a ball, the old way 542 Giving a ball, the proper way of 544 Glanders, bad case of 449 Glanders, in the last stage 450 Glanders, when the discharge has be- come purulent 450 Gnawing of the manger 534 Goitre or bronchocele 379 Golden penciled Hamburgs 1107 Golden Wyandottes, a pair of 1139 Goniodes stylifer of the turkey 529 Good form, a. Rear view of the horse, showing full thighs, etc 366 Good and bad back (3 illustrations) 1329 Good and bad hindquarters (4 illus- trations) 1329 Good and bad points, rear of horse (9 illustrations) 1331 Good and bad points, legs and front of horse (18 ills.) 1332 Good head, but deficient neck of horse (Fig. D) 1327 Grapes 357 Gray African geese, pair of 1187 Gray Toulouse geese, pair of 1189 Grease cracks, second stage of con- firmed 357 Grease exudation, first stage of con- firmed 356 Grease, first symptom of 356 Grimson robe 659 Group Berkshire swine 948 Guernsey cow, Cassiopeia 691 Guernsey bull, Dolly's Duke 711 Guineas, a trio of 1093 Hackney ponies, registered 142 Hackney stallion, Ely Assurance.... 139 Hackney stallion, Ely Wise Lad 139 Hackney stallion, "Squire Rickel".. 52 Haematopinus 996 Halter, a good form for a 211 Hampshire down sheep 1023 Hampshire ewes 1027 Hampshire or thin rind barrows.... 958 Head and neck of horse, ill-formed (Fig. C) 1327 Head carried naturally 220 Head carried in unnatural position.. 220 Head of American Dominique, male. .1366 Head of Breda, or Gueldre 1088 Head of single wattled Brahma fowl 1088 Head of steer, showing result of prop- er dehorning 1358 Head of redcap cock 1366 Head of steer, showing bad appear- ance caused by improper dehorn- ing 1358 Head of taenia solium 993 Head of sheep, vertical section 1003 Head presentation 485 Heads, side and front view of — ^bad. . 95 Heads, side and front viev of — good 94 Heaves, bad position — for head of horse affected with 403 PAGE Heavy drafter of the show ring order. A choice 260 Hegelund method of milking, first manipulation in the (2 illustra- tions) 773 Hegelund method of milking, second manipulation in the (2 illustra- tions) 773 Hegelund method of milking, third manipulation in the 774 Hemorrhage from the liver, test for. . 517 Hen-louse, or dermanyssus of the horse 529 Hereford bull, Mark Hanna 755 Hereford bull. Prime Lad 605 Hereford heifer, "Bean Real's Maid" 704 Herefords, a group of 1341 Highland bull, "Laoich" 750 Hinder parts, bones of (Cut 2) 56 Hindquarters, good 103 Hindquarters, back view of bad 108 Hindquarters, side view of bad 106 Hindquarters, back view of good. ... 107 Hock when blistered, a 550 Hock joint, showing the enlargement of bog spavin 319 Hog house 980 Hog sick of hog cholera, chronic type 1272 Holland cow 677 Holstein cows, four champion 602 Hblstein cow, "Margaret Cornelius". 1336 Holstein-Friesian cattle, group high grade, etc 741 Holstein-Friesian cow, Segis Inka. . . 627 Holstein-Friesian cow 710 Honey knife 1-238 Hoof crack, closing a — by the use of thin wire 289 Horns showing proper and improper cutting (2 illustrations) 1357 Horse, points of the 1315 Horse's head, open to view (Cut 1). . 68 Horse's head with cold, a 393 Houdans, Pair of 1163 Hoven, ox suffering from 860 Ideal shape of fowl 1162 Impaction of large bowel 424 Incubator complete 1153 Incubator, how to make an (inner box) 1150 Incubator, interior of 1151 Incubator ready for the egg drawer. .1153 Incubator, sectional view of 1153 Infections anemia, horse in last stage of 526 Inflammation of the brain, mad from 378 Inflammation of the brain 429 Inflammation of the bowels, move- ments in 413 Inflammation of the kidneys, ox suf- fering from 871 Influenza, a horse with 443 Injured tendons 538 Injury by the bit 410 XXXIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. PAGE Intestines of a hog 1272 Inversion of the vagina, to prevent. . 890 Japanese bantam cock, black-tailed 1145 Japanese game cock, long-tailed 1128 Jersey bull, "Golden Hero" 680 Jersey bull, Pedro's Pretty Pogis... 707 Jersey cow, Henbury Gentle 661 Jersey cow. Imp. "Jersey Venture," champion 596 Jersey cows at National Dairy Show, Chicago, four champion 762 Jersey cows, six owned by the Uni- versity of Missouri 598 Jersey cow, Financial Countess 633 Jersey cow, Gail Rivers 629 Jersey cow, Laska 692 Jersey cow 682 Jerseys, group of 683 Jersey Lily 1338 Jointed hooks 879 Judging dairy cattle, points observed in 767 Jugular vein, inflamed 382 Jumping horses. Wonderland and Roseberry, American 231 Kerry cattle 663 Kicking, a device to cure the habit of 229 Kidneys, inflammation of the 460 Lady Stirling 3d, No. 6230 725 Laminitis, acute (Foundered) 297 Lampas iron 411 Langshans, black and white 1084 Lard worm, Stephanurus Dentatus or (3 illustrations) 995 Laryngitis, effect of 396 Laryngitis or sore throat 843 Leghorn cockerel, rose-comb white.. 1145 Leicesters, group of Berdes 1016 Leicester lambs 1026 Leicester sheep, group 1030 Lessons in bandages tor various dis- eases, some (4 illustrations) 370 Light Brahma 1124 Light Brahma male and feathers 1133 Light Brahma female and feathers. .1134 Light Brahmas, a pair of 1224 Light jowl and good neck; shoulders well proportioned, etc 1282 Limburger cow of Germany, the.... 936 Limousine beef cattle (French) 785 Lincoln ewe, Gibson's 162 1024 Lincoln ram, Gibson's 155 1025 Linden tree 254 Longhorn bull 619 Longhorn cow, head of 619 Longhorn cow, English 806 Lord of Dentonia 1349 Louse, bird 909 Louse, calf 909 Louse, ox 909 Louse of the horse or ass, hoemato- pinus, or blood-sucking 530 Low heeled, flat foot, a 303 PAGE Lower leg and foot, vertical section of the (Cut 5) 59 Lower part under ground 1156 Lump jaw 829 Lungs, emphysema of the 848 Lung of a glandered horse, section of a 450 Lymphatic gland of throat swollen.. 394 Lymphangitis, mycotic 457 Making the incision with the knife.. 927 Malarial fever, an acute case, first stage 470 Malarial fever, a second attack, sec- ond stage 471 Malarial fever, a chronic case, third stage 472 Malignant catarrh, last stage 839 Malignant sore throat 840 Malpresentation, first 880 Malpresentation, second 881 Malpresentation, third 881 Malpresentation, fourth 882 Malpresentation, fifth 883 Malpresentation, sixth 884 Malpresentation, seventh 884 Malpresentation, eighth 884 Malpresentation, ninth 885 Malpresentation, hydrocephalus with 886 Mange mite 531 Matchless of Londesboro', at rest. . . . 256 Megrims, expression characteristic of 432 Melanosis, predisposed to 389 Melanosis 390 Merinos, group of 1013 Mexican oxen 601 Milk fever, apparatus for treatment of, etc 897 Milk fever, first stage 898 Milk fever, second stage 898 Milk fever, final stage, comatose con- dition 900 Milk goats, American 1060 Milk goat, American 1061 Milk goat, American 1063 Milk goat, American 1065 Milk goat, young 1062 Milk mirror of Holstein cow, great. . . 688 Milk mirrors of Jersey cows, great (4 illustrations) 690 Missouri Chief Josephine 770 Missouri mules 198 Moon blindness 518 Morgan colts, one and two-year-old herd 51 Morgan colts, pure bred 179 Morgan filly, two-year-old 132 Morgan filly, yearling 266 Mother, the 1156 Movable frame hive 1235 Movable frame filled with comb 1236 Mule and typical of the class, a choice 205 Mule, 19 hands high, an 8-year-old, western 202 Mule, prize winning 203 Muscles in walking, the (Cut 2) 69 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XXXV PAGE Muscles of the head and neek (Cut 3) 71 Muscles of shoulder and adjacent parts, showing (Cut 4) 74 Muscular covering, rear side view of the (Cut 5) 76 Muscles of the hindquarters, showing (Cut 6) 77 Musty fodder, gamasus of 910 Narragansett turkey, male, the 1172 Nasal gleet 395 Nervous system (Plate I) 82 Neurotomy, diagi'am, showing the course of the nerve that is sev- ered in 301 Norman cow, the 715 Nose bag, for steaming horse with cold 394 Nose bag for steaming 842 Object lessons on feet (4 illus.) 326 Obstruction of lachrymal duct 525 Ocellated turkey hen, young 1178 Opening the eye when searching for foreign bodies, manner of 520 Ophthalmia, simple 520 Osteophytes on the pastern bone 539 Ostrich fowls 1115 Oxford downs, group of 1021 Ox prepared for bleeding 930 Outer and inner wing plumage (2 illustrations) 1159 Outline of fat bullocks (4 illustra- tions) 622 Pacing stallion, Joe Patchen 171 Pacing stallion, John R. Gentry 174 Paralysis of hind legs, horse suffer- ing from partial 374 Paralysis of lower lip and tongue, right sided 377 Paralysis of the tongue from an in- jury 860 Park horse, a choice 248 Partridge Cochins 1102 Partridge Cochins, a pair of 1137 Partridge Cochin Hen 1140 Partridge Wyandottes, a pair of.... 1106 Parturition, instruments used in dis- eases following (9 illustrations) . 877 Patella, dislocation of the 925 Peacock 1094 Percheron mare, six years old, prize winning 127 Percherons, front view prize winning 197 Percheron stallion Casino 201 Percheron stallion. Fronton 166 Persian shsep, group 1046 Peutastoma Toenoides 528 Place to tap the rumen 862 Plant of the purple loco weed, a.... 1361 Plant of the white loco weed in flower 1362 Playing with the grain 535 Pleurisy, acute 846 Pleuro-pneumonia 814 PAGE Plymouth Rock, short-legged (No. 5). 1370 Pneumonia, horse with 401 Pneumonia, the position assumed by the horse during an attack of 401 Points in Jersey scor-card, illustrated 694 Points in Jersey scor-card illustrated 696 Points of the fowl 1160 Points of the head of cock 1158 Points of the leg 538 Points of poultry, illustrated 1157 Points of sheep, exterior 1004 Poitou-Ass 196 Poland China boar 959 Poland China hogs, prize winning 943 Poland China sow 949 Polish cow, the 907 Polish hen, bearded silver 1086 Polled Durham herd 607 Poll-evil during the first stage 381 Poll-evil in its second stage 382 Polypus 393 Pony stallion. Sir Horace 184 Position of the organs of mare, the. . 506 Presentations, abnormal 482 Presentation, anterior 494 Presentation, anterior, fore limb crossed over the neck 495 Presentation, dorsal (or back) 491 Presentation, ventral (or belly) 492 Pricking from nails 291 Prize winning Percherons, rear view. 237 Probang, two forms of 412 Prolapsed uterus, support No. 1 for 878 Prolapsed uterus, support No. 2 for. . 878 Prurigo, showing signs of 389 Purpura 444 Quarter crack 286 Quarter crack and remedies 287 Quarter crack, cut across the top 289 Quarter crack, showing the hoof broken only part way up; dressed, pared and shod 289 Queen Bee 1228 Queen cell, furnishing a 1239 Quidding, a horse 409 Quittor, after it has broken out at the top, a 284 Quittor in active suppuration, a 284 Rabies, countenance of a horse with. 453 Racks with troughs for feeding sheep 1051 Ram, best imported (German) 1019 Rambouillet rams, group of 1007 Ram, first prize best bred O. R. C...1018 Recumbent position 484 Red Polled Angus bull 721 Red Polled cattle, English group of (3 illustrations) 736 Red polled heifer and bull 733 Red Pyle Game cock 1128 Removing urine from the ox, opera- tion for 930 Respiratory organs in the head of a horse, diagram showing 39? XXXVI LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. PAGE Result of imperfect vision, a frequent 523 Rhode Island Reds, a pair of rose comb 1097 Right transverse position 487 Rinderpest 818 Ring bone 322 Ring bone and navicular disease 324 Ring bone, diagram showing pastern and pedal bone of a horse af- fected with severa 328 Ring bone, foot of horse affected with 328 Roadster and many times a cham- pion, a choice 191 Roaring, one test for 560 Rot, the 1081 Rumen exposed for mechanical re- moval of its contents 863 Rumpless fowls 1127 Ruptured pig 998 Saddle-bred stallion, Copeland 182 Saddle-bred stallion, undefeated year- ling 247 Saddler, a choice Sve-gaited 140 Saddler, a choice three-gaited 255 St. Valentine, 121,014 636 Sand crack, dressed, shod and ban- daged 290 Sand crack, pared away at the sides and bottom 290 Sarcoptes Equi 531 Scab, common, advanced case 1068 Scab, common 1068 Scalded mouth 411 Scale of measurements 251 Scratches, as seen in the hollow of the pastern 543 Section of horse, showing internal economy, longitudinal (Cut 7)... 80 Seedy toe 290 Seabright bantam 1125 Sectional view 1155 Section of head of ox 623 Sensation of Dentonia 1346 Seton in the throat of a horse, a 407 Shading a horse's eyes when suffer- ing from inflammation, manner of 522 Shapely, muscular neck of draft horse (Fig. E) 1328 Sharp hook 489 Sheep of eleven countries, the 1040 Sheep tick with eggs 1076 Shetland ponies 151 Shire filly, "Miss Constance" 125 Shire mares 156 Shire mare, "Queen of the Shires".. 163 Shire stallion, "Blaisdon Pluto" 159 Shire stallion, Draymaster 155 Shire stallion, "Holland Major," im- ported English 245 Shoe, a plain 312 Shoe, diagram of, showing clip 291 Shoe left on too long 302 Shoes, right and wrong fitting 309 Short-Horn bull, "Gypsy King" 630 PAGE Short-Horn bull, "Master Recorder". 794 Short-Horn bull, "Matoppo," best im- ported 667 Short- Horn bull, points of 674 Short-Horn cow in outline 632 Short-Horn cow. Ruber ta 657 Short-Horn heifer, "Bapton Daisy".. 668 Short-Horn heifer, Constance XV., a.. 1343 Short-Horn ox in prime condition 624 Shoulder and elbow, dislocation of (6 illustrations) 369 Showing cuts and quality of beef, Fig. 1 808 Showing cuts and quality of beef. Fig. 2 808 Showing points 1161 Shropshire rams, group of 1015 Shropshire yearling ewes 1031 Shuck's bee feeder 1240 Sick horse, a 545 Side view of a fore hoof shod so as to quicken the action 313 Side view of hoof and shoe 313 Side view of a short-toed hind hoof of a forger 313 Silky fowls, pair of 1126 Silver duckwing game cockerel 1128 Silver-laced Wyandottes, a pair of. . .1090 Silver-laced Wyandotte, female 1141 Silver-laced Wyandotte, male 1141 Silver-laced Wyandotte pullet, a 1174 Silver Prince, No. 7939 725 Silver-spangled Hamburgs, pair of.. 1105 Silver-spangled Hamburgs 1114 Single-comb Brown Leghorns, a pair of 1089 Single-comb Brown Leghorn cock... 1110 Single-comb Rhode Island Reds 1089 Single-comb White Leghorn cock.... 1135 Skeleton shown against outline of liv- ing horse (Cut 1) 54 Skeleton, the (Cut 3) 58 Slteleton of the hog 997 Skeleton of Leicester sheep 1002 Skeleton of the ox 621 Skin, opening of the 556 Skull of a Polled sheep 1003 Slate turkey hen 1177 Sleepy staggers, stomach of a horse with 415 Sling in use 338 Small frame 1236 Soaking the feet in hot water in case of founder 294 Sole of foot 283 Sore mouth, with the angles and cheeks swollen 410 Sore mouth, with the angles excori- ated by the bit 410 Sound and contracted feet 288 Sound foot 322 Southdown lambs, group 1029 Southdown sheep 1045 Southern chunk, a choice 259 Spanish" Merino ewe imported to Aus- tralia in 1828, type of 1036 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. xxxvii PAGE Spanish Merino ram, imported to Australia in 1823, type of 1037 Spasmodic colic, tlie first stage of.. 416 Spasmodic colic, second stage of 417 Spasmodic colic, third stage of 418 Spavin, bone 314 Spavin, bone, hocks, with skin re- moved 315 Spavin, two stages of, cured spavin and sound hock 321 Splints, diagram showing the differ- ent locations of 329 Splints of a serious kind 329 Stallions Carnot and Trappiste, im- ported Belgian 129 Stallion, first prize two-year old Mor- gan 136 Stallion, Hannibal, imported German coach 137 Stallion. His Grace, Suffolk 122 Stallions, imported Belgian 123 Stallion, prize winning saddle 133 Sterno-abdominal position of the foetus 498 Stifled horse, device for a 351 Stitching with a fixed Seton needle. . 361 Stomach pump, using the 892 Stomach of ruminants, compartments of the 859 Straight hook 880 Strangles, a bad case of 452 Strangles, irregular 453 Strangles, opening the abscess of. . 555 Strangles, simple form of 383 String halt, a bad case of 364 Strong, muscular neck and head, etc. (Fig. H) 1328 Strong, upright, high heeled foot, a. . 303 Strongylus Filaria, male enlarged 1079 Suffolk horse, Cloot V 160 Suffolk sheep 1047 Suffolk stallion, Epatant 160 Sultan cock 1145 Sunstroke, effects of 434 Supporting the udder, method of 895 Surfeit, a horse afflicted with 384 Sussex cow, outline of a 720 Sussex steer, "Young Daisy" 718 Suture, quilled 557 Suture, uninterrupted 556 Swelling of the jaws, cheeks and muzzle, etc 838 Swiss contrivance for slaughtering cattle 805 Tail presentation 486 Tamworth boar 950 Tamworth sow 965 Tamworth sow, improved 1287 Tandem team 1298 Tank 1152 Tank, showing how to construct it.. 1156 Tape-worm got by eating beef, head of 910 Teat Syphon, the 826 Test for mange 531 Test for sprain on the back 375 PAGE Tetanus, feeding a horse with 545 Tetanus, showing how far an animal.. with is capable of motion 433 Tetanus, the test for 432 Texas fever Protozoe, and the ticks which transmit them (10 illustra- tions) 1352 Texas tick 909 Thoroughbred horse, good head of a (Fig. A) 1327 Thoroughpin, enlargement, forming.. 323 Thoroughpin and bog spavin, diagram showing dissection of 323 Throat blistered, a horse with the.. 394 Toggenburg goats, imported (Figs. 1, 2, 4.) Schwarzwald goat (Fig 3). 1064 Toothache, a horse with 408 Toulouse geese, a group of gray 1185 Toulouse geese and feathers 1204 ■ Toulouse goose, standard 1192 Tracheotomy, performing 558 Tracheotomy, the structures met with in the operation of 558 Treatment, helping him to stand for. . 435 Trichina Encysted magnified, muscle 994 Trichina Spiralis, adult intestinal 994 Trichodectes of the sheep 1076 Trochar and Cannula (2 illustrations) 860 Trotting or road horse, good head and neck of (Fig. B) 1327 Trotting stallion, Allerton 169 Trotting stallion, Joe Young 173 Trough, combination 1050 Tuberculosis, a cow affected with ad- vanced 853 Tuberculous dairy cow, a visibly 857 Tumor in false nostril, face of horse 392 Tunis sheep, American 1028 Twisted rope 890 Tying an artery 270 Umbilical hernia, trut.. for 870 Umbilic cord of foal 490 Umbilicus in charbon, swelling of the (navel ill) 1080 Urethral canal, etc., of the ox 872 Uterine hemorrhage, exaggerated illustration of 889 Utilizing pieces of comb 1240 Various cuts of a side of bacon, etc., diagram showing 1283 Veins of the foot, showing the 543 Veins of the horse's foot 312 Vertical section of the head 622 Victoria boar 979 Wagon horse, a choice 91 Warts, head covered with 388 Well proportioned shoulder, good top line, etc 1283 Welsh cow 758 Welsh ox 699 West Highland cow of Ireland 642 West Highland feeding ox 609 XXXVIII LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. PAGE Where to tap the rumen for hoven, diagram showing 861 Where joint oil is 340 White Aylesbury ducks, group of.. 1200 White call ducks, pair of 1199 White-crested Black Polish Fowls, pair of 1103 White Embden geese, pair of 1187 White-faced black Spanish fowls, pair of 1122 White Guinea fowl 1093 White Indian games, pair of 1098 White Holland turkeys, a pair of.. 1181 White Leghorns, a pair of single comb 1117 White Muscovy ducks, pair of 1197 White Orpingtons, a pair of singte comb 1139 White Pekin duck 1195 White Pekin ducks, group of 1190 « White Plymouth Rock, female 1118 T\niite Plymouth Rock, male 1118 White turkeys 1176 White Wyandottes, a pair of 1174 Wild and African cross 1202 Wild goose, gray 1202 Windgalls, as they appear upon dis- section 346 Windgalls, showing situation and forms of 346 PAGE Wintered, badly 776 Wintered, well 776 Wintered with good shelter and feed.1048 Womb, inversion of the 890 Wooden gag 861 Wool, division of 1005 Worker 1228 Worms, appearance of colt suffering from 527 Work of the larvae in comb 1241 Worms, horse rubbing his nose against a wall — a symptom of. . 527 Wyandottes, a pair of silver-laced. .1132 Wyandottes 1144 Yorkshire boar 946 Yorkshire boar 1292 Yorkshire sow, improved 1288 Yorkshires 982 Young Brown Chinese geese, pair of.ll88 Young goose crosses — Embden and African 1199 Young goose crosses — Embden and Toulouse 1198 Young Light Brahma, half breeds, group of 1142 Zebrulas as exhibited at the St. Louis World's Fair, the 206 Zebrula mares 207 BOOK I PART I THE HORSE HISTORY, MANAGEMENT AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS THE HORSE. CHAPTER I. HIS ANCIENT AND MODEnN HISTORY. CONNECTED WITH MAN FROM THE EARLIEST HISTORICAL PERIOD. 1. THE HORSE IN ANCIENT HISTORY. II. THK HORSE IN CIVILIZATION. III. PRESERVING BREEDS IN PURITY. IV. THE WILD HORSES OF TO-DAY V. FOSSIL HORSES VI. HOUSES OF ASIA. VII. EUROPEAN HORSES. VIII. ARTIFICIAL BREEDING AND DISEASES, IX. OPINIONS RELATING TO BREEDING. X. IN-BREEDING OF HORSES. XI. VALUE OF HEREDITARY CHARACTERISTICS. XII. A CAREFUL STUDY NECESSARY. XIII. ABOUT OBJECT LESSONS. The period when the horse was first subjected to the use of man extends so far back beyond the origin of written history, that no mention is made by Avriters of the native country of this noble animal. That his native territory was the hill and plain regions of tropical or sub-tropical Asia, there is, however, little doubt, since it is in such regions, the world over, that this animal, upon regaining his freedom and becoming semi- wild, soonest multiplies into vast herds. In none of the most ancient inscriptions is the horse found represented in a wild state, but always in connection with man. The fabulous stories of the centaur, a creature half human and half horse, arose from the imagination of those savage tribes who were conquered by more enterpris- ing and partly civilized foes, who had acquired the art of subjecting the horse to use. It is stated that a Thessalian tribe, the Lapithge, first subjected the horse, and hence acquired the name. But the horse was known in a civilization far anterior to that of this Thessalian tribe, though no record is made of the horse in a wild state even by his earliest masters. Hence we infer that the horse was not a native of Egypt, but was intro- duced from some other country into the civilization of that land, the earliest on record except that of China. I. The Horse in Ancient History. The first record made of the horse in sacred writings, is in the time of Joseph in Egypt, at which period the horse had been subjected to harness. At the time of the Exodus under Moses, the horse was extensively used m war. The Grecian mythological stories give accounts of the use of horses in war, particularly at the siege of Troy, but they aeeiii to have been confined only to the use of heroes. Coming down to the true historical perioa, we be^n to find the use of horses quite universal, for pleasure as well as for war ; and as civilization began to colonize the earth, the hoise closely followed. Wliere thecriginal 43 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. country of the horse really was matters little, except as an interesting fact, whether in Asia, or on the soil of Africa, to which his near relations, the Zebra and Quagga, are certainly indigenous. It is certain, howovorj that in Media and Persia, and the fertile plains of Thessaly and Thrace, on the great meadows of the Danube, in the Ukraine, on the banks of the Dnieper and the Don , and other of the great grazing grounds of Europe and Asia, the horse found congenial soil and early became semi-wild. So, after the conquest of America, transplanted here, he became semi- wild, and soon occupied vast tracts on both sides of the tropics, in count- less herds. IL The Horse in Civilization. In extending civilization the horse has always occupied a place next to man, carrying him quickly and safely on long journeys, aiding him to explore new regions, or bearing him beyond the reach of savage foes. In the earlier stages of civilization, oxen tilled the fields, tvhile sheep furnished clothing and food, until latterly the labors of tillage have been almost entirely transferred to the quicker and more intelligent horse. Among the nations which flourished between ancient and modem times, the Arabs seem to have regarded the horse with the greatest esteem and kindliness. Among no people were more care and attention bestowed in his breeding, and nowhere else was the horse so made the companion of man. Hence in no other country, from the seventh to the seventeenth century after Christ were horses found combining such high intelligence, with great speed and lasting endumnce in travel. The Arabs were thus enabled to furnish the infusion of blood that has resulted in the English and American thoroughbred, that has stamped its measure of value upon nearly all the more highly prized of the modem sub-families if Jiorses. Yet neither the English horse, nor the American horse, nor indeed the so-called wild horses of America, retain any characteristic of an al)ori- pnal breed. They are, all of them, purely artificial \a their breeding, )r the descendants of horses artificially bred. m. Preserving Breeds in Purity. As among the Arabs, so among all the civilized nations of the earth, the great care is to preserve breeds in their purity. Hence pedigrees were established, first among the Arabs, and later for the English thoroughbred, while within the last thirty years stud-books are becoming common for the various valuable breeds of horses that have originated from time to time. Breeders are also beginning to understand the value of kind and careful treatment, as well as of careful training, in their influ- ence upon hereditary traits. These things seem to be far better appre- ciated in America than in England. To the early and careful handling THE HORSE, HIS ORIGIN, ETC. 43 of colts in this country, making them companion-servants, rather than machine-slaves, subjecting them to the rule of kindness, rather than the law of brute force, in short to training rather tiian to breaking, is due the docility of American horses, in contrast to the temper and stubborn acquiescence of English horses ; and this we believe is coming more and more to be generally acknowledged. IV. The Wild Horses of To-day. Of the so-called wild horses of the various countries of the earth, we have the authoiity of Mungo Park for the fact that wild horses exist in great herds, in the country of Sudamar, far to the southward of the great desert of Sahara, and in all that district extending to Nubia and Upper Abyssinia, where there are fertile, well-watered, grassy plains, and partially wooded countries. In northern Asia, and especially in southern Siberia, vast droves of wild horses are known to exist ; and in all that great pasturable region inhabited by the Tartars, both in Russian Europe and Asia there are countless herds semi-wild. These Tartar horses are said to owe their origin to the cavalry steeds turned loose in 1657, at the siege of Azof. In Canada, and in the Falkland Islands horses released from control become wild and sustain themselves in that condition. It is stated that horses released from the dominion of Man, and gone wild, have been found in Hayt' and Jamaica. The great pampas and other grassy plains of Centra' America, North and South of the equator, including the Empire of Bra. zil, and also in Mexico, Texas, California, and elsewhere in the southerly portion of the great plains of the United States, once contained immense droves of wild horses, the progenitors of which, escaping from the Spanish conquerors of these countries, at length multiplied into countless numbers. At the present day however there are but few that are not claimed by proprietors except perhaps in some isolated regions near the Equator. v. Fossil Horses. The fossil remains of horses are not rare in America. These fossil remains, have also been found in Great Britain, in the oldest formation, and of such extreme antiquity as to have been contemporaneous with the elephant, rhinoceros, tiger and hyena, in Great Britain, and with the mammoth and other similar fossils in America. These classes of animals were entirely different from the animals of to-day, and the only means of marking the lapse of ages intervening since they lived, is the succes- sion of geological formations, and changes that have since taken place, carrying to total extinction the series of animals that then, and subse- quently, up to the advent of man, successively occupied the earth. 44 C3YOLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. VI. Horses of Asia. Aside from th- modern breeds of Euro[)e which will be treated of separ* ately, the Arabian is the most cclcl^ratcd and undoubtedly combines more good qualities than any other Asiatic l)reed. In India there are many horses of more or less repute, the most valu- able of which is said to be the Turco, a cross between the Turcoman, a breed of South Tartar}^ and the Persian horse. It seems to be a fine animal, as it is said to be stately in movement as it is beautiful in form, and tractable in disposition. With the exception of the Turcoman, or horse of Soath Tartary, the Tartar and Calmuck horses are small, and jil shaped. They have the reputation, like our Indian ponies, of being able to perform long journeys under heavy burdens, while subsisting on the most indifferent food. The horses of China are also small with but little excellence in any point. Ill shaped and spiritless, they seem effete like their masters, who possessing the most ancient civilization of the earth, were slowly Init surely retrograding, until they came into contact with the civilization of Europe. In Turkestan there appear to be two distinct races of horses. One is described as being heavy-headed, ewe-necked, with long legs and weak bodies ; while the other has high crests and long bodies with limbs of good bone and substance. In Bokhara, is a small, stout, shaggy breed of horses, with very long manes and tails ; they are called Kussaks, and are considered excellent little animals. Vn. European Horses. In the chapters devoted to special breeds, the more important will be treated of separately. We shall only notice here such as have no promi- nence among the celebrated sub-families of the horse. The German States have horses noted chiefly as being large, well- formed and well-adapted to the purposes of heavy draft. Belgium and Holland also have breeds of horses large, strong and well-formed. The Flemish horses were at one time much valued in England for draft and heavy coach hor.ses, and they undoubtedly form one of the principal ele- ments in the pedigree of some of the more celebrated of the English horses. The Hungarian horses are supposed to have the same general origin with the German horses. They are, however, lighter, more active, show more spirit and better action, which is probably due to a more recent infusion of oriental blood. Italy has not as good horses now as formerly. Some of them however, are large, handsome, spirited animals, which do good service in carriage THE HORSE, HIS ORIGIN, ETC. 46 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. harness. The same may be said of the horses of Spain, The commoa use of mules, both under the saddle and in harness, is not conducive to careful breeding in horses, still in Spain there are many fine horses espe- cially for saddle use ; the pure blooded Spanish barb being elegant, sprightly and docile. Norway, Sweden and Finland, have a hardy race of little horses, which run half wild in the woods. They have fairly good forms, an^^ are active and spirited. The people, however, give themselves but little troul)le in breeding them. In Iceland the horses are still smaller, active, hardy fellows, who pick up a scanty living for themselves, when not at work. Their origin is attributed both to the Swedish horse and those of the Shetland Islands, and they have points of resemblance to both. Thus it is seen that each country has its own peculiar breed of horses, the result of local peculiarities. The further we go North the more dwarfed they become until some of them are found but little, if any, larger than the best of the larger breeds of long wooled sheep. As we go Soutii to the tropics the horses increase in size until we reach the middle region of the temperate zone, where the largest and heaviest, as well as the fleetest and most valuable are found. Continuing still fur- ther southward the horses begin again gradually to decrease in size until as we reach the tropics we find them but little larger than the animak v/e call pony-horses. They are moderately swift, and of the most enduring bottom. The horses of Arabia have been celebrated in all modem times, and justly so, for the reason that owing to careful breeding and the kindest treatment, in connection with the most excellent training, they came to possess the pei-fection of form, united with great speed and en- durance, and almost human intelligence. That careful and scientific breeding was understood and appreciated by the ancients is evidenced by the lines of the first lyric poet of the time of Augustus Caesar, which we find translated freely, but pointedly as follows ; " The brave begotten are by the brave and good. There is in steers, there is in horses' blood The vu-tne of their sires. No timid dove Springs from the coupled eagle's furious blood." VHI. Artificial Breeding, and Diseases. It is well known that wild animals like savage tribes are little subject to disease It is the ai'tificial surroundings, and artificial living which produce diseases unknown in a state of nature. Hence, on the farm, animals are less susceptible to disease than in city stal^les, where the lite of the horse is purely an artificial one, and where he must be depenaeru THE HORSE, HIS ORIGIN, ETC. 47 48 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOClUii. upon man, even for the water he drinks. Unfortunately he is too often dependent upon ignorant and brutal "helpers" who, the moment the eye of the master is turned, shirk their duty and the animal suffers. Hence the absolute necessity that all large stables should possess in the person of the foreman a competent head, and one whose sympathies are with the helpless an-Mials under his charge. Such a person will not only earn his wages fully, l)ut will save largely to the owner every year by his constant watchfulness and '-are. Artificial breeding also gives rise to a num- ber of diseases, peculiar in themselves, and which may only be guarded against by intelligent care. Among the most serious of these are abortion, and all that class of diseases incident, to animals kept in confinement in large numbers, and which, with other diseases of domestic animals, will be treated of separately in appropriate departments of this work. IX. Opinions Belating to Breeding. In tracing the history of horses, and all that relates to their care and treatment, we shall find various opinions relating to breeding. The sys- tems of in-and-in-breeding, and cross-breeding, each have intelligent and successful advocates. In-and-in-breeding may be defined as being the breeding together for generations, of closely related members of a fam- ily of animals. For fixing a breed and for perpetuating the special ex- cellences sought, there is no doubt of the soundness of the practice. It is in this way and l)y careful selection of parents that all new breeds are established and fixed. What distinguishes the successful from the un- successful breeder, is the knowing, or not knowing, just how to select, how long to breed in, and in departing from the rule, so to select the new sire, that there may be no violent change of characteristics. For it is a well established fact that long-continued in-breeding reduces the constitutional vigor of the animal while it is fixing excellencies for per- petuation. Bakewell, Collins, Bates, Webb, and many other emi- nent breeders of modern times, have been most successful in this direc- tion, with cattle and sheep. The modern breeds of swine, also, owe their chief excellencies to this system, though in them it is modified by more frequent infusions of far related blood, since swine are peculiarly liable to degeneration of the vital forces, scrofula, and other diseases, supposed to be due to too close inter-breeding of near relations. X. In-Breoding of Horses. In horses, in-and-in-breeding has never been practiced to the same ex- tent as with cattle. The horse is bred chiefly for his muscular p'jwers and endurance. To this is required to be added, beauty of form, and as supplementary to speed and endurance, great lung po^\ 3r and constitu- tional vigor. Hence, when a sire poesesses t>>«ae merits in an eminei^ THE HORSE, HIS ORIGIN, ETC. 49 degree, he is eagerly sought far and wide. In the selection of mares, this vigor of constitution, combined with ample room for tli3 develop- ment of the foal is sought. Hence the breeder seeks to breed to such sires as shall endow their foals with their own special characteristics, be- ing careful only that the cross shall not be a violent one, such as might produce decided alterations of form from that previously had. XI. Value of Hereditary Characteristics. Intelligence, stamina, great muscular power, constitutional vigor, and absence of congenital or hereditary disability, must all be taken into ac- count in selecting sires. If the blood of an animal has been sul)- ject to any hereditary disability, as consumption or other disease arising from weak lungs, or has shown a lial)ility to form curbs, spavin or other bone disease, such an animal should be Q'scardcd. Intelligence is a he- reditary characteristic of special families which should be carefullj^ looked to. Here again we find that this quality may be steadily increased by careful training. This is especially noticable in dogs bred for a sin- gle jjurpose, as shepherd dogs, pointers, setters, retrievers, etc. The he- reditary instinct becomes at length so strongly marked in them, that the young animal takes to its special task of its own volition, and before the age for regular training is reached. In like manner certain breeds of horses are nole^' for their wonderful intelligence, as are the Arab horses, owing to hundreds of years of careful breeding, and to the training im- parted by the maste ', who is the friend and companion of his horse. XII. A Careful Study Necessary. To most surely and successful 1}^ compass all this, the breeder must carefully study the horse from various standpoints. He must be familiar with the anatomy, or hony structure, the muscular development, the vital organs, the organs of digestion, and the other viscera of the animal. Again, the outward conformation is of the utmost importance, since from this a fair indication of all the rest may be arrived at. The girth and the barrel will give a good indication of the heart, lungs and digestive apparatus. From the head, the intelligence and docility of the animal may be clearly established. The shoulders, the loin and the haunch will' be the index to the muscular power, and the bone and sinew may be accu- rately estimated from a proper examination of the limbs by one who will carefully study the succeeding chapters. XIII. About Object Lessons. Object lessons, the delineation of a subject by charts, plates and figures, have come to be regarded as one of the most important factors in modern education. They bring to the eye exactly what a thing is, and 50 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR its precise location. Hence, there has been prepared for this work the most accurate illustrations of ever}' subject u[)on which it treats. In connection with this, the plainest descriptions and explanations are given, avoiding, as much as po.ssible, technical scientific terms. These, when used, are exj^lained, so far as possible, and should be learned by refer- ence to the glossary since now-a-days, they are coming to be more and more used in every-day life, and in all languages, where used, mean ex- actly one and the same thing. 11 the latter part of this chapter has been somewhat discursive, it seemed necessary to a fair understanding of what is to be said in the succeeding ones. In the next chapter we take up the horse in the rela- tion of the bones to the body. Its scientific name is Anatomy^ — short enough and comprehensive. THE HORSE . HIS ORIGI^T, ETC. 51 52 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. ' f^flf' CHAPTER n. ILLUSTRATING THE ANATOMY OP THE HORSE. I. FRAMR WORK THE INDEX OP VALUE. II. MASTER THE DETAILS OF THE SKELETON. IIL DIVISION OF THE SEVERAL PARTS. IV. COMPAR- ATIVE ANATOMY OF MAN AND THE HORSE.-^-V. ANALYZING THE SKELETON. VL THE FOOT. VII. THE HEAD AND NECK. VIIT. BONES AND MUSCLES OF THE FRONT LIMBS. IX. THE HIND LIMBS. I. Frame Work the Index of Value. A close and cc»mprehensive study of the anatomy and physiology of the animals of the farm, is of the first importance to every person who breeds, rears, or buys them, with a view to profit from their sale. In the case of the horse it is especially necessary that this study be care- fully made, since, in the perfection of the several parts, constituting solidity and fineness of bone, a firm and complete muscular development, large, healthy lungs, and the highest state of normal activity of the digestive organs, lies the real value of this most useful of the servants of man. The owner or purchaser must also know distinctly what an ani- mal is intended for, and should select him with special reference to the ser- vice required, whether it be for special work, for trotting, racing, road-driving, light or heavy draft, or for what is termed general utility. With reference to these several uses the bony structure of the animal is of the first importance, since it is the skeleton upon which all else is built. Without a knowledge of the bones, the situation of the muscles cannot be accurately determined, or their actions, in connection with the several parts, to which they are attached, and especially their action on the liralDS be definitely understood. II. Master the Details of the Skeleton. Hence we must first master the details of the bony structure. Next the muscles may be studied, and from this we may easily understand the minute but important action of the several parts as a whole. While the ordinary observer will be altogether misled, in estimating the value of an animal from his outward appearance and movements, he who has carefully studied the physical proportions with the eye of a care- ful anatomist will quickly and accurately understand the true value of the animal from the relation of the several parts one with another. For these habits of accurate observation will readily detect, in the i'iving horse, the true character of the bony structure, and especially of the muscular system, which covers and envelops it. In ordei to make the bony structure plain to the reader it is here shown by 63 u CTCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK 420) COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. diagrams or object lessons, since this is the most graphic, and at the same time the most accurate, metliod of presenting information of tm& kind. To make our object lesson still more easy we give m the engraving, not only the fi-arae-work. but this resting on or shown against a back ground illustrating the outer form and contour of the horse. THE ANATOMY OF THE HORSE. 55 The skeleton, as shown in the engraving, may be divided as follows : 1 — Cranium, or Head. 2 — Cervical vertebrae, or bones of the neck. 3 — Dorsal vertebroe, or bones of the withers and back. 4 — Lumbal vertebrae, or those of the loin between the false ribs and the upper edge of the Haunch "Bone. 5 — Sacral vertebrae, or those of the rump, or lying between the haunch bone and tail. 6 — Caudal vertebrae, or bones of the tail. An observation of the dotted lines will show these correctly. 7 — The Ribs, showing their coiTect position. 8 — Sternum, or the breast bone. 9 — Scapula, or shoulder bone. 10 — The front limbs. 11 — The Pelvis, the cavity of the body formed by the union of the haunch bones with those of the back and hip, and formed by the Sacrum at the top, the Ilium at the sides, the Ischium and the Pubis at the bottom. 12 — The hind limbs. m. Divisions of the Several Parts. Thus we have given the entire skeleton of the horse, showing the bones as they appear in their natural positions and relations to each other. We next proceed to a more detailed study of the several parts. The Head and Back Bones. — The head may be divided into two parts, the skull and the face, each having its jDarticular bones, the variation of which may affect the proper grinding of the food and thereby influence the general condition of the animal, to say nothing of the relation be- tween the shape of these bones and the horse's intelligence. The verte- brae are divided into five groups, of which the Cervical or neck, contains seven bones ; the back, or Dorsal, eighteen ; and the Lumbar, six. The Lumbar vertebrae really belong to the back, and added to the eighteen Dorsals, make a total of twenty-four. The Sacral vertebrae are five in number, and the Caudal fifteen, making a grand total of fifty-one verte- brae in the animal. The Ribs. — The ribs are eighteen in number and are jointed to the transverse processes of the vertebrae, and curve, with some variations in their outline and direction, down to the sternum. Seven or eight of them are true ribs, and are composed of cartilage and attached to the breast bone and to the vertebrae, to allow full expansion of the lungs in breath- ing. Thus the spring of the ribs, as it is called, is most important to the horseman. The remaining ribs are called false ribs. They are not attached to the breast bone, but are united by cartilages, each on its own side, the union terminating in the sternum. Thus, all the ribs act in con- cert, giving play not only to the lungs, but also to other viscera. The Sternum. — The Stermum, or breast bone, in the young horse, is composed of six bones, but in the fu!l grown animal these become uni- ted into a single piece. The front of this bone is convex and sharply 56 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND CO^n'LETE STOCK DOCTOR. keeled and its upper part projects so as to be plainly outlined in what Is called the point of the breast, that part wliich the lower portion of the collar just covers. The Hinder Limbs. — The Hinder Limbs are the ^jropelling power of all animals, and especially so in the horse. Hence the haunches are strong and the upper portion is pow- erfully developed in muscle, and the lower correspondingly so in ten- dons. The illustration will give a perfect view, and the exj^lanation the proper names of the parts. The names and reference to the letters and figures are as follows : a, Sacrum ; b, Ilium ; c. Ischium. These bones constitute the Pelvis, as seen at a, d, c, and b, b. The other bones are : e, Femur ; f , Patella ; g. Tibia; h, Fibula; i, Tarsus; j, Metatarsus ; k, Digit. The figures 1, 2, 3, refer to the Phalanges of the foot, corresponding to the toes in man. The Haunch or Pelvis.— The Pel- vis is made up of six bones, three on each side, all firmly united into one. The Ilium is strongly attached to the Sacral vertebrae, and may be called the keystone of the pelvic arch, while the lateral prolongations of the Ilium produce the prominences just above and in front of the hind-quarters. The Ischium or hip-bone is a backward continuation of the Ilium, and bears an enlargement which projects on each side a little below the tail. The pubis is a single bone and is connected with the others, forming an inverted arch with them, and composing the upper surface of the lower part of the pelvis. rv. Comparative Anatomy of Man and the Horse. The anatomy or bony structure of the horse is not so widely different from that of man as at first sight it would seem to be. Indeed, it was discovered by Aristotle in the days of the ancient Greeks that the horse, though a hoof ed, and apparently a siugle-toed animal, actually has the r.ONK8 OF UINUER I'AKTS. THE ANATOMT OF THE HORSE. 57 rudiments of toes enveloped in the flinty hoof which has developed around the foot and protects it from the rough soil over which the animal travels. And when a parallel is once found to exist even between the toes of the horse and those of man, there is nothing strange in the fact that other parts of the skeleton closely correspond. The names of the different portions of the limbs of the horse and of man are given below, in par- allel lines, so the reader may see at a glance, those exactly correspond- ing, though called by different names. A reference to the skeleton proper, as given in the cut, page 54, will show the precise location of each of the bones mentioned in the horse. Front Limbs. MAN. .fORSK. Ai'iu (Humerus) coiTesj)onds to the - - Lower Ijouc of shoulder. Fore arm " " - - Arm. Wrist (Carpus) '• '' - - Knee. Hand (Metacarpus) " " - - Leg, cannon and sphiit hones. Knuckles " " - - Fetlock. Finger " " - - Pasterns. HiBd Limbs. MAN. HORSE. Thigh (Femur) corresponds to the - - - Upper hone of thigh. Knee " " _ - _ stifle joint. Leg " •' _ - - Thigh. Ankle (Tarsus) *' '* _ _ _ Hock. Heel " "... Point of hock. Foot (Metatarsus) " "... Leg. Ball of Foot " " _ . . Fetlock. Toe " " _ - _ Pastern and foot. This is quite different from the generally received idea of the compar- ative anatomy of man and the horse, and yet it is strictly true. This the skeleton will show, the proper names of each bone being given. The •study is interesting, and the exijlanations will enable any one to fully understand the names and location of the parts. V. Analyzing the Skeleton. The bones of the spine, (vertebrae) have already been mentioned. The parts of the skeleton as shown in the next figure, are : A, Cervical Vertebrae ; BB, Dorsal Vertebrae ; C, Lumbar Vertebrae ; D, Sacrum, the bone which forms the bac^'v part of the pelvis ; E, Coccygeal bones, or those forming the tail ; FF, Ribs ; G, Costal cartilages, or the carti- lages joining the ends of the ribs ; H, the Scapula or shoulder blade ; I, the Humerus, or the upper part of the fore leg ; KK, the Radii, or outer bones of the fore legs, below the humerus and knee ; L, the Ulva. This is the larger of the two bones of the upper part of the fore leg, lying behind the radius and extending from the knee to the lower part of the chest; M, the Knee, (Carpus). This is composed of 8 bones, viz: 58 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 1, Scaphoid, or boat shaped bone ; 2, Semilunar, or bone resembling a half moon ; 3, the Cuneiform, or wedge-shaped bone ; 4, the Trapezium, resembling the geometrical figure of that name ; 5, the Trapezoid, re- CuT 8.— The Skeleton. sembling a trapezoid ; 6, the great bone of the knee, (Os Magimm) ; 7. the Hook-shaped bone, (Unciform bone) ; 8, the pea-shaped bone, (pis- iform bone) ; NN, the big bone of the fore leg, the cannon bone or large metacarpal ; O, Splint bone, or small metacarpal ; PP, Sessamoid bones — two small bones in the substance of the tendons, where the fore leg is joined to the ankle ; QQ, Phalanges. These are : 1, the upper pastern bone ; 2, lower pastern bone; 3, the first bone in the leg, (os pedis), inside the hoof, the coffin bone, and the navicular or ship-shaped bone, not marked here. The Hinder Parts. — Coming to the hinder parts, R shows the pelvis. This is formed by : 1, the Ilium or flank bone ; 2, the Pubis, or fore part of one of the bones of the pelvis ; 3, the Ischium, or hinder and lower part of the hip bone. S, the Femur or thigh bone ; T, the Patella or small bone covering the stifle joint ; U, the Tibia or the large, long bone between the hock and the stifle joint ; V, the small, long bone ►behind THE ANATOMY OF THE HORSE. 59 and attached to the Tibia ; W, the Hock, which is composed of the follow- ing small bones : 1, buck point of the hock, Os Calcis ; 2, the Astraga^ '.us or upper bone of the hock, supporting the Tibia ; 3, Cuneiform Mag- num, the largest wedge-shaped bone ; 4, Cuneiform Medium, or middle- sized wedge-shaped bone ; 5, Cuneiform Parvum, or smallest wedge- shaped bone ; 6, the small or cubical-formed bone. X, Large Metatarsal or front bone of the hind leg, between the hock and pastern joint; I, Small Metatarsal or small bone of the hind leg, in rear of Large Meta- tarsal . The Head. — 1, the lower jaw, (Inferior Maxilla); 2, the upper jaw, (Superior Maxilla); 3, outer part of the jaw, (Anterior Max- illa) ; 4, bone in front of the nostrils, (Nasal bone) ; 5, the prominent cheek, (Malar bone); 6, the forehead, (Frontal bone); 7, Parietal bones or sides and ipper part of the skull, (wall) ; 8, Occipital, or bone of the hinder part of the head ; 9, Lachrymal bone, inclosing the lach- rymal gland and duct ; 10, Squamous or scaly portion of the temporal bones; 11, Petrous or hard part of the Temporal bones, inclosing the organs of hearing. VI. The Foot. Cut 4. We will now enter upon a more critical examination fi of the foot, one of the most important parts in the anatomy of the horse. We give a cut showing the bones, as they lie, plainly named, and also a vertical ^UT 5. section of the lower leg and foot. The several parts here ill- ustrated are: oj, can- non or large Metacar- pal bone ; 6, large Pas- tern bone (Os Suffra- ginis,) c, one of the Sessamoid bones; J, Os coronas, small pastern bone ;e, navicu- lar bone ; /, Pedis or coffin bone ; <7, g, g. Flexor Perforans or penetrating tendon ; h,h, Flexor Perforatus or penetrated ten- don ; ^ , extensor tendon ; /, suspensory ligament ; X', k. Capsular ligament or membraneous elastic bag surrounding the joint ; Z, fetlock jomt ; m^ pastern joint , Sectional view of the bones op the FOOT. Vertical Section of the Lower Lecj and Foot. n, coffin joint ; o, horny crust of hoof ; p* 60 cyclopedia of live stock. ak» complete stock doctok. Cut 6. p^ tiomy sole ; g, the frog ; r, sensible laminse ; ^, the sensible frog ; m, the cush- ion ; V, the navicular joint. The next fig- ures show front and rear views of the bones of the foot, c, c, Coffin bone ; rf, Sessamoid bone ; 6, 6, Small pastern a, The large pastern, ^ ' *= ^ Fkont and back view of the bone of the foot. Vn. The Heaa and Neck. Coming again to the head and neck we are prepared readily to under- stand their atanomy. The names given to the several parts are as fol- lows : a, frontal bone ; h, parietal ; c, occipital ; c?, temporal ; e, malar ;/, lachrymal ; g^ nasal ; 7i, superior maxillary ; «, pre-maxillary ; A;, inferior maxillaries (lower jaw) ; Z, orbit. The bones of the neck, (cervical ver- tabrse) are named ; i, atlas ; 2, dentata ; 3, third ; 4, fourth ; 5, fifth ; 6, sixth; 7, seventh. Of the bones of the neck, the atlas is a ring-shaped bone with broad lateral projections. It articulates with the skull, and has great freedom of motion on the next bone (dentata). On the artic- ulation of these two vertebrae, principally depends the power of turning the head. The remaining bones of the neck resemble each other closely, and have various small processes for insertion of the ligaments and nuis- cles, and upon their flexibility depends the power of flexing and arch- ing the neck. The Head. — The bones of the head may be divided into two groups ; the cranial and facial. The cranial bones include all those which cover or inclose the brain, and are mostly in pairs, or are on what is called the mesial line of the skull, but may, for convenience, be spoken of as single bones. The bone of the forehead (frontal bone) «, forms the space between the eyes and ex^tends to the top of the head with a narrowing outline. It therefore occupies the most central part of the head and is important as from its shape and surface it gives space for the brains. In succeeding cuts the facial expression of horses will be given, showing the different grades of intelligence in horses ; the broad and ample forehead indicat- ing intelligence and high breeding. The parietal bone, 6, extends back from the frontal to tne poll, and has a ridge or crest of great strength and firmness along its upper sur« face, sloping down like a roof on each side, covering and protecting the brain. THE ANATOMY Or THE HORSE. 61 TiiO c capitals J, covers the entire back part of the head and lies imme- diately behind the parietal. It has to support the whole v/eight of the ix-'ad, and from its position is exposed to greater strain than any other part of the skull. It is articulated by two rounded protuberances (con- dyles) at the base to the first vertebra (atlas) of the neck. On the b 1 n SHOWING BONES OF HEAD AND NECK. t-uter side of che occipital and beyond the condyles, are two pointed projections (styliforni pr cesses) to which some of the mur.cles of tho neck are attached, and which assist in supporting the head. The temporal bone^ cZ, unites with the pi.rietal above, and with the occipital beliirc. It contains the int:nial parts of t!ie ear, and is provi- ded with a hollow for the articilation of the lower I'av^, and in fri>nt jclikethi ejrk^EkiJv o- Ui© fronti.i Cotiuuing^ fc:rward,it trnites with 02 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. tht cheek-bcno (malar), e, ncaking up the zygomatic arch and forming tiie greatsst part oi the orbit, composed of a smzM bone in th? inner corner of the eye (lachrymal),/. Just before the frontal is the nasal bene, g, one of the principal bones of Ihe face and covering the mem- brane of the nose. The large bone, (superior maxillary), h, occupies the side of the face and holds all the grinding teeth (molars) and the tusk of the upper jaw. The pre-maxillary, i, unites with the two last named bones, holds the nippers (incisor teeth) and completes the frame- work of the nose. The lower jaw consists of only two bones, the inferior maxillaries, k. They terminate in two processes, directed upward. The terminal . projection (condyloid process) articulates with the temporal bone, at the base of the zygomatic arch, forming the hinge, upon which the whole lower jaw moves. The second process (cpronoid) passes under the arch, receiving the lower end of the large temporal muscle arising from the parietal bone, and moves the jaw in the act of chewing. There are two small bones in the lower part of the cranium, under the parietal, 6, called the Sphenoid, and the Ethmoid, which connect the principal bones of the skull, but are not visible externally. viJLi. Bones and Musclea of t;ht» Fro^t Limbs. Coming again to the limbs, we represent in cut 8 on the next page, for the sake of comparison, both the bones and muscles of the front limbs side by side, since it will serve as a -convenient object lesson at one view. Bones. — A — Radius. B — Point of Ulna. C — Knee (Carpus). F — Ses- amoids, behind the fetlocks. G — Upper and Lower Pasterns. H — Coffin Bons. T — Navicular. tVcUScies. — ^ — Extensor carpi radialis, i — Extensor digitarum Ion- gior. j — Extensor digitarum brevior. k — Abductor pallicis longus. ef — External flexor, mf — Middle flexor, if — Internal flexor. Bonesof the Arm, — The upper portion of the fore leg.in the horse is called the arm, and in man the corresponding bone is the fore arm. In the horse it consists of two bones, the radius A and the ulna B, and extends from the elbow to the knee. The ulna is situated behind, and, to some extent, above the radius, there being a considerable projection received between the heads of the lower bone of the shoulder (elbow), forming a powerful lever, into which are inserted the muscles for extending the arm. The ulna continuing downwards^ terminy,tes in a point behind the middle of the radius. Bo^ligS of the Knee. — Cut 9 on page 70 shows in detail the various bones 5f tbft Imce : Fig. 1. the left leg, outer side ; Fig. 5?, a front view. The leosiiioa wjd action of the knee, render it especially liable to shocks ap4 THE ANATOMY OF THE HORSE. 6.S iars, or strains. Hence it is protected by being formed of a number of bones, strongly united by ligaments, each bone being protected by car- tilao-e, and resting on a semi-fluid cushion, so that any shock may be dis- tributed over the whole number of distinct bones. The names of the bones are as follows : a, Radius ; h. Pisiform ; c, Cuneiform ; (?,Lanare ; e, Scaphoides ; /, Magnum ; ^, Unciform ; i. Cannon ; j. Splint. These two latter are called Metacarpals. Fig 1 Cut 8.— Bones amu Muscles op the Fore Legs. By reference to cut 9 on page 64. the arraugemeut and shape of the several bones will be readily understood. A large, flat knee is essential in the horse, since it not only carries plenty of integument, but allows free play to this portion of the leg. Fig. 1 shows the knee flexed and Fig. 2 iae knee at rest. 84 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The true carpal bones are seven in number. Six of these are placed in two rows, each containhig three bones in front of the joint, while the seventh, the pisiform, (Trapezium), is placed behind them, forming the point of insertion for some of the muscles of the arm. It also aids iu protecting the tendons running down behind the leg. Fig. 1. Pig. 2. CUT 9.— SHOWINC} BONKS OK TlIK KNEE. Bones of the Leg. — Between the knee and the fetlock are three bones, the shank (cannon) and two splint bones, as shown in cut 8, page 03, Fig. 1. D. These form the leg, the corresponding part in man being the metacarpus. The cannon bone articulates at its upper extremi- ty with the lower row of the bones of the knee and below with the upper pastern of the fetlock joint. It has scarcely any muscle, those parts not covered by tendons, as well as the parts so covered being envel- oped directly by the skin. The legbone is nearly straight, rounded in front and flattened or slightly concave behind. The splint bones, slender bones attached to the camiou to strengthen it, diminich to a point before they reach 2 ^ TTIE ANATOMY OF THE H(»{8E. 65 the fetlock joint. Behind this are two supplementary bones, called ses- amoids, 6, in cut 10, and page 65. These serve to protect the back of the joint and some important ligaments passing over it. More fully to illustrate the lower part of the front limbs, we give four figures, show- ing the bones and articulations of the joints of the foot. CUT 10.— BONES AND ARTICULATIONS OK THE FOOT. The names of these bones are as follows : a, cannon, or shank ; 6, sesamoids ; c, fetlock joint ; d, upper pastern ; e, lower pastern ; /, cof- fin bone J g, navicular bone. The upper and lower pasterns, d, e, have considerable motion one on the other to allow the fjoot to be bent back. The toe is formed by the coffin bone. This is surrounded and covered in by the horny hoof. Hence, its form is never seen unless dissected for. Another small bone, the navicular, g, lies behind and partly within the junction of the coffin and lower pastern. Like the coffin bone, it is inclosed by the hoof. GO CYCLOPEDIA OF MVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. IX. The Hind Limbs. The bones of the limbs terminating and inclosed within the body of the horse, as well as the whole of the front limbs have been carefully illustrated and described. Many persons suppose, if they understand something of the anatomy of one limb, that they understand them all. This is a mistake, for while th,ere are points in common, there are many differences. -Hence the necessity of illustrating every part fully in order that the reader may get a full comprehension of every part. Further on we give a cut showing the bones of the hock joint and portions of the bones above and below. In the illustration, page 50, the anatomy of the entire limb may be studied. Anatomy of the Hind Limbs. — The great bone of the thigh (femur) which articulates with the upper bone (ilium), which in turn is joined to the back, is very strong, stout and short for its bulk. It is also further strengthened by large projections (trochanters), placed in the direction of the length, or longitudinally, for the attachment of important mus- cles. The upper extremity of the femur has a rounded head on the inner side, fitting into, and articulating with, a homy cup (acetabulum) formed at the junction of the three pelvic bones. At the lower end are two prominences fitting into depressions in the true bone of the thigh (the lower part of which is shown in the preceding illustration) and in front of which is placed the knee cap (patella), making what is called the stifle joint, which, anatomically, corresponds to the knee in man. The thigh bone is made up of two parts, the tibia, or bone proper and a small bono at the top (fibula), which reaches' down the bone for about one-third its length. It is attached to the large bone by cartilage, and corresponds to the small bone (ulna) in the shoulder of the horse. The next illustration shows the bones of the hock. Figure 1, back view, inner side ; figure 2, front view, outer side. Bones of the Hoclc. — ^The names of the bones of the Hock (Tarsus) as shown in cut 11 are: a, Tibia; b, Os Calcis ; c, Astragalus; d, Cu- noides ; e, Naviculare ;/, Outer Cuneiform ; h, Splint ; i, Cannon, (shank bone.) The hock is as important as it is complicated. It corresponds to the ankle and heel in man, and is a prime factor in the means of progression. Like the knee of the horse, it consists of small bones, interposed between the upper bone. Tibia, and the Cannon bone below. These are six in number, ^ given above. The projecting bone at the back, the heel bone, (Os Calcis), is moved by tendons arising from muscles in the lower part of the limb. One of the Main Springs. — ^The principal one of these is the tendo* Achillis. In all fast anixuals it is much developed, since an increase m THE ANATOMY OF THE HORSE. 67 the length of this lever adds force to the spring ; for it must be remembered that progression is simply a succession of springs. Hence in all four- footed animals, the chief motive power lies in the hinder limbs and hence, Fig. 1. Fig. 2. CUT 11. -BONES OF THE HOCK. again, the reason why these are so much developed. Whether the animal be required for draft or saddle, the propelling power requires t6 be espe- cially studied. The skeleton is the frame-work upon which all this is developed. CHAPTER m. THE MUSCUTx^R SYSTEM AJSTD INTERNAI, PUKCTIONS OF THB HORSE. TSE ECONOMY OP THE MDSCULA.K COVERING. 11. MUSCLES OF THEJaEAD AWD TJECK. III. MUSCLES OP THE SHOULDER AND BACK. IV. MUSCLES OF THE HINDER PARTS. Y. MUSCLES OP THE FORE LIMBS. VT. MUSCLES OF THE LEO AND FOOT. VII. STUDYING THE STRUCTURE. VIII. INTERNAL ECONOMY OF THE :10RSE. IX. EXTERNAL PARTS OF THE HORSE. I. The Economy of the Miiscular Covering. While, as already stated, the bones are the frame-work of the animal, the covering of the bones, viz : the sinews, muscles, nerves, membranes r etc., are really what constitute the motive power of the animal. With the nerves and membranes we shall have little to do ; their study will not be necessary to a correct understanding of the value of a horse to the farmer, breeder, or buyer. The bony and muscular development being perfect, and the digestive apparatus, the viscera, and all that pertains there- to., being healthy , the nerves and membranes may be taken for granted £is being in good order. We therefore proceed at once to a consideration of the more important organs which constitute the working parts of the horse. This we have most carefully illustrated on the next page by a cut, show- ing the entire figure of the horse with the principal muscles laid bare. They need not be referred to here, since they will be named further on in considering the illustrations of the several parts. The engraving is considered necessary, as showing the connection of the parts, one with another, as the animal appears in walking. A Vertical Section of the Head. — A section of the head may here bc^ studied to advantage, as showing not only the bony and muscular struc- ture, but the brain and ganglia as well. In the study of this figure we find at a, the frontal bone, showing the cavity or channel, (sinus) beneath; 6, the wall bone (parietal) covering the brain; c, the nose (nasal) bone; (?, the bone (occipital) at the back of the head ; e, e, the first bone of the neck, (atlas) showing the spinal mar- „ , „ . „ _ , row in the center ; /*, the sieve-like Cut 1. Horse's Head, Open TO View. . , .,x i. J, ^ i . ,. xi. (ethmoia) bone through which the nerve, (olfactory) giving the sense of smell passes ; g, the wedge-like hone, (spJienoid). This, with the ethmoid bone, supports the base of th'^ brain. At A, between C and D is shown part of the lower, (max- 68 THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING. 69 illary) jaw bone, Avith the lower nipper {incisor) teeth. Coming to the numerals: 1, is the large portion of the brain, (cerebrum) ; 2, the small brain ( cerebellum) ; 3, the upper portion of the spinal marrow {me- dulla oblongata), where it leaves the small brain; 4, the spinal marrow itself. The capitals show, at .4. the thin bony plates, (turbinated bones) in the form of a scroll, which serve to distribute the lining membrane of the nose; B, the cartilaginous division, {septum nasi) between the nostrils; C, C, the lips; D, the tongue; E, the valve of the larynx {epiglottis) ; F, the wind pipe, {trachea) ; G, the gullet {aesophagus) . 70 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Economy of the Head. — We have heretofore spoken of the l)ones of the iicad hciiiiz; in ])airs. So also are the various organs of the hody as a rule, namely : the ears, eyes, nostrils, lips, the lobes of the lungs, the va'ives of the heart,, the kidneys, etc. Thus the two frontal bones (a) make up the forward part of the head. The wall bones (b) cover the outer lobes of the large portion of the brain. The occipital bone (d) is strong and solid, and at its back contains the spinal marrow, and some nerves and arteries which pass from the brain ; at the point where it is jointed to the lirst.bone of the nock it is rounded and smoothed to make the articulation perfect. The sphenoid bone (^) forms the hiferior and central part of the skull (cranium). Near the bones of the face (facial 6o?ies), are sinuses or channels, that are named from the bones which they pierce or channel. The bones of the head are of two kinds, the soft and scaly, (squamous), and the hard, (petrous), hones. The temporal bones are likewise of both kinds ; the hard portion contains the organ of hearing, and on its inside surface are openings for the passage of the auditory nerve, and on its outside larger openings for the passage of sound. n. Muscles of the Head and Neek. The muscles of the head are not many. Those of the mouth, nostrils, ears and neck, are the most important from the standpoint of the breeder. Cut 3 on the next page we give shows, at two views, the various muscles of the head and neck. The Muscles of the Head. — n, the cheek, {Massctcr) muscle ; b, tem- poral muscle, ( tetnporalis) ; c, circular nuiscle, (oi-bicular is), surrounding the eye ; d, the raising muscle, (levator) ; e, orbicularis ovis ; f, the di- lator naris lateralis ; y, Zygomaticus; h, nasalislabii superioris; i, de- pressor labii inferioris. Muscles of the Neck. — j, complexus major ; k, splenius; I, levator an- gull scapulae ; m, Hyoideus; n, sterno-maxillaris ; o, levator humeri oi deltoides. The massetcr (a), forms the cheek of the horse, extending along a ridge by the side of the head, below the eye to the rounded angle at the rear of the lower jaw ; its function is to close the jaw. The tem- poral muscle, (b), also assists in the action, and the dimpling seen above the eye in the process of chewing, arises from the action of tliis nuiscl© while opening and closing the jaw. The action of the muscle orbicularis is to close the eye-lids. Above the eye, passing inward and upward, over this muscle is the levator nmscle (d). Its office is to raise the upper lid. The nxuscles of the ear are not conspicuous. Oi>e of them proceeds from the base of the ear, extends forward and turns the ear forward. The second, situated l)eliind the car, turns it inward and backward, while the third muscle, a narrow st«-ip, descends at the back of the chee»i, and turns the ear outward. THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING. 71 The muscular covering of the frontal and nasal bones is not promi- nent and docs not require mention here. Muscles of the Nose and Lips. — The muscles of the nose and lips are important, since on them depend the act of gathering food, and also the expansion and contraction of the nostrils in breathing. They are also ^ Tig. 1. Cut 3. — Muscles ok the Head and Neck an index, together with those of the ears, in discovering much of the temper of the horse. Orhiciilansoris (e) is one of the most important of these. It entirely surrounds the mouth, and by its action closes or opens the lips. A pyramidal muscle (dilator naris lateralis) (/) covers the whole of the nostril, and also raises the upper lip. The muscle sho^vn at h (7iasalis lahii superioris) extends from a de- pression in front of the eye towards the angle of the mouth and divides 72 CTCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, into two parts to permit the passage of the side dihitor of the nostril (/), one branch passing straight to the corners of the mouth : its use being to raise it. The other branch expanding under the side dilator, not only assists in dilating the nostril, but also in lifting the upper lip. The under lip is drawn back by the narrow muscle (/), which is inserted into the lip below the angle of the mouth. Passing along the side of the jaw, it disappears under the masseter or cheek muscle (a). Muscles of the Neck. — One of the principal muscles of the neck rises from the transverse processes of the first four or five dorsal vertebne, page 54 (3), and also from the five lower bones of the neck (2), same page. The fibers from these two points, uniting form one large muscle, which, in fact, makes up the principal lower part of the neck, and which, diminishing in size as it passes towards the head, terminates in a tendon inserted in the {occipital) bone covering the back of the head. See page 61 (c). Immediately above is the muscle splenius (k,) page 71 . It is used for raising the head. This muscle arises from the entire length of a strong and elastic ligament {ligamentum nuchce), having its origin from the back of the occipital l)one, to which it is attached immediately below the crest. At first cord-like, it passes over the first joint of the neck and adheres strongly to the second bone of the neck, on which the principal weight of the head is thrown ; it thence proceeds backward un to its termination on the elevated spinous processes of the bones of the Avithcrs. Thus the withers have to support the entire weight of the head and neck, when held in their usual position. To return to the fiplenius. It is inserted directly into all the bones of the neck except the first, but having with this and the temporal bone, a sep- arate and distinct connection. To its form and development, the muscu- larity and beauty of the neck are chiefly due. The tiiick crest and mas- sive neck of the stallion, is princij^ally due to its great development. If overloaded with cellular tissue or fat, the neck mil be clumsy. These facts cannot be too carefully borne in mind, for whatever the condition or breed of the horse it is this muscle which gives character to the neck. Behind the splenius, and extending along the upper margin of the neck, is a muscle (levator angidi scapulae') (I). Inserted in the back of the head, and attached to the first four bones of the neck and to the great ligament, it descends to the shoulder, out of sight. It.s action is reciprocal on the neck and shoulder, according as one or the other may be fixed at the time. Muscles of the Front of the Neck. — On page 71(fig. 2, m.) immediately below the head at its junction with the neck, its upper extremity, con- spicuous, is the muscle hyoideus. It is attached to the hyoid bone of THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING. 73 the tongue, which it retracts ; descending along the front of the neck to the shoulder, it is for the greater part of its length, covered by other muscles. The principal depressor muscle of the head, called sterno-max- illaris, (n,) partly covers the last named. It rises from the upper part of the point of the breast, (sternum) ^ covers the lower front of the neck, proceeds upward by the side of the retracting muscle of the tongue, and is inserted by a flat tendon into the rear angle of the lower jaw. It is not a large muscle, since it requires but little force to depress the head. Extending from the back of the head and upper part of the neck, along the front of the shoulder, to the top of the fore leg, and beyond the sterno-maxillaris^ is a long and important muscle (levator humeri, or deltoides) page 69 (o) having a double function to perform. The head being held up by its own proper muscles, it then becomes the fixed point from which the levator humeri raises the shoulder. But its action can be reversed. With the shoulder as a fixed point, the head can be depressed l)y means of a small slip of the muscle being carried forward to the point of the breast bone to bear the head in that direction. In conclu- sion, it may be stated that the muscles are all arranged in pairs, some- times, but rarely, in contact ; so that in speaking of them in the singular, their i)ositi()u and function is to be understood as applying to each side of the animal. III. Muscles of the Shoulder and Back. In every science the use of Latin has generally been adopted in nam- ing the several parts and objects. The reason of this is that the true and exact meaning of the names is thus preserved with scientific accuracy, which could not always be the case if these terms were loosely translated from and into the various languages of the earth. In English and in other languages there are several names for one and the same oljject Once named in scientific nomenclature the object remains fixed and clearly defined by its scientific name as long as the science lasts. Sometimes it would take many words to express the same meaning, and when neces- sary the meaning of the scientific term is explained. Sometimes thers is no common name, and hence we are obliged to depend upon the Latin name. For instance the trapezius is the muscle whose office it is to raise and support the shoulders, assisted by another important nmscle, (serratus major) (g,) a muscle that is hardly visible externally, since it is situated between the ribs and shoulder blades, and forms the main connection between them. Hence in explaining the illustrations we use these terms, explaining them, so far as may be necessary, in the body of the text. 74 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The muscle, trapezius, previously noticed rises from the ligaments oi the neck, and the principal ])oncs of the withers, terminating in a pomled shape on a prominent part of the shoulder blade, and is at x. CUT 4. MUSCLKS OK .snOUr.DEll AND AD.TACKNT I'ARTS The muscle occupying the outer surface of the shoulder blade (scap ula,) on the front side of the spine or ridge of that bone is termed antea spinatus, and is shown at ft, on pages 69, 74 and 76. It proceeds to the lower bone of the shoulder, and dividing into two parts, is inserted into the two prominences in front of it. Its use is to extend the bone forward. Situated on the other side of the shoulder blade and inserted into the upper and outer head of the bone, draAving it outward and raising it, is Uie nmscic called postea fijnnatus. Behind it is a small muscle (^teres "Elinor) ((Z,) or little pectoral. Its office is to draw the shoulder forward towards the breast. Inside the arm, at its junction with the body, is an important and :jonspicuous nmscle, the large pectoral nmscle (pectoralis major) shown THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING. 75 at pm, page 76. This muscle pulls the whole fore leg inwards keep- ing it in a line with the body, so as to induce an even and regular action of the limb. On the outside of the shoulder, and easily seen when a horse is in motion, are two muscles, («") (anconfieus longus) and (/) anr.onmus externum) whose office is to straighten and extend the arm. That is, to bring the front limb down i)erp(Midicularly, and in a line with the lower bone of the shoulder {humn-ns). Arising from the lower bone of the shoulder, they arc inserted into the point of the elbows. The nmscles which bend the arm ui)wards are not visible in the living animal, being almost entii'cly coveied l)y those of the shoulder. The principal muscle of the back is the latissimus dor.n, shown on page 74 as extending from the shoulder to the haunch, and on pages 09 and 76 at the * ; it is strongly attached to the processes of the back bones and ribs, and is employed in raising the fore and hind quarters, and in rearing and kicking. The portion Avhich comes nearest the surface is that part which is covered by the saddle. No portion of it, however, is distinctly apparent without dissection. IV. Muscles of the Hinder Parts. The muscles shown in cut 4, arc : x. Trapezius ; «, PectoraliR minor ; b y Antea apinatns ; c, Postea ffpinatus; d. Teres minor -, e, Anconcmis longrifi; y, AncoiuEUfi externum; g, S err ahis major •* , Latissinms dorsi ; pm, Pectoralis inajor. These two latter are figured in the illustration on page 76 The Muscles of the Hind Quarters. — The illustration on page 77 shows all the prominent muscles of the hind quarters laid bare. Their names and references are as follows: /, Glutoeus externus; m, Glutceus medius; w, Triceps fem,oris -, o. Biceps; p, semi 3Ie7nbranosus, (shown on page 69) ; q, Muscidus facice latce ; r. Pectus; s, Vastus externus; u, Gracilis; v, Extensor pedis ; iv, Peronoeus ;x, Flexor pedis ; y, Gastroc- nemii ; z, Flexor metatarsi. The Muscles Described. — The muscles of the hind parts are mostly strongly marked, and the situation of the principal ones will be easily recognized. With them will be included those concerned in or connected with the motion of the hinder limbs. Among the most prominent of the muscles on the front and outer parts of the haunch is that one (the Glu- tceus medius) arising from the processes of several of the vertebroe of the loins and from the prominent parts of the ilium, (the side bone of the pelvis heretofore described) and terminating at its insertion in the greyt trochanter or projection on the upper bone of the thigh (femur). 'JO CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. It is an important and powerful muscle and is used in raising and bring- ing forward the upper bone of the thigh. It has been not inaptly called the kicking muscle, and is shown at m, on pages 69 and 76 and 77. The glutceus exfernus, I, is a slender muscle attached to the kicking mus- cle and has a siiiiilMi- orii^in and function. It may be calknl the assistant kickinir muscle. CUT ij.— KEAl: SIDE VIEW OF THE MUSCULAU COVERING The Three Headed Muscle. — When the horse is in motion a conspic- uous muscle of the hind-ciuarter is the three headed muscle of the thigh {triceps femoris) , shown at n. This is really three muscles in one, each having a common origin and united together. It comes from several of the bones of the spine, including some at the root of the tail, and from various parts of the haunch bone. It curves downwards and forwards, dividing into three heads. These are inserted broadly into the upper part of the lower bone of the thigh behind the knee {stifle joint). Its action straightens the leg, and it has great power in carrying the animal forward, for while the glutei muscles bend the leg before it takes the spring, the triceps, acting in opposition, forces the leg straight and lifts the body forward. The hinder margin of this muscle may be seen in all horses, parallel to the outline of the buttock, but it i« prominent in racing THE ECONOlVrY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING. 77 and trotting horses, when proper exercise has l)rou<>ht them into condi- tion. Parallel with the triceps and immediately behind it is the biceps, shown on pages 69, 70 and 77, at o. Springing from the sacrum and the first bones of the tail, it descends to the inner side of the lower bone of the thigh, forms the outer rear border of the haunch and assists in straight' ening the leg. Another flexor of the leg, forming the inner rear border of the haunch, and uniting on the mesial line with its fellow muscle of the other quarter is the semi membranosus, shown on page 76, at p, and also od page 69, at pp. ! / CUT 0.— SIIOWINU MUSCLES OK THE HIM> (^CARTERS. At the outer front part of the haunch, is a peculiar muscle which binds down and secures the other nuiscles in front of the haunch. It is the mtisculus fascice latce, shown at q, pages 69 and 77. It arises from the forward portion of the crest of the ilium and is enclosed betweea two layers of tendinous substance which disappear below the stifle. 78 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The Rectus, r, forms tlie front edge of the thigh, and proceeds from the ilium, in front of the hip joints, and is inserted into the knee cap, (^patella) at the stifle joint. This muscle forms the front edge of the thigh. The vastus exturnu^, s, is a large muscle behind the rectus and is also inserted into the patella. Only a part of it can be seen externally, and both this and the rectus are powerful extensors of the thigh. The sartorius, or tailor's muscle, is a narrow strip descending inside the thigh, and terminating just below the stifle joint. It bends the leg, {tibia), and turns it inward. It is h:udly visible. The gracilis, u, lies by the side of this muscle, and at the rear of it, occupying the i)rincipal surface of the insid6 of the thigh, (femur). It is inserted into the uppei part of the lower bone of the thigh, (tihia). V. Muscles of the Pore Limbs. These have been delineated on page 63 in. comicct ion with the corres- ponding bones ; their names are there given. The elbow is the lever into which the muscles for extending the arm are inserted. They are of great power, and they extend up to the muscles of the shoulder, with which they are connected in reciprocal action. VI. Muscles of the Leg and Foot. The most important of the muscles wiiich move the lower portion of the leg and foot, is the extensor pedis, seen on pages 69 and 77, at v. It comes from behind the stifle, from the extremity of the two bones of the thigh, (femur and tibia). Descending to the hock, its tendons pass under a sheath, confining it to its place in front of the joint. Thence it continues to the foot, and, widely expanding, is inserted in front of the coffin bone. The peronoeus, seen at page 69 and 77 at w, comes from iha fibula^ and taking much the same course as the last-named muscle, but in a more lateral direction, the tendon passes on the outside of the hock and de- scends to tlie foot with the extensor pedis. These two muscles act to lift the foot forward. Between them is another naiTow muscle, which acts with them, and the tendon of which is seen just above the hock. One of tl>e jirincipal muscles for bending the foot is the flexor pedis, shown at pages 69 and 76 and 77 at x. Rising from the upper part of the tibia, it becomes tendinous before reaching the hock, and as a round, large cord i)asses through a groove at the back of that joint. Then descending behind the shank bone, it is inserted in the two pasterns. At the liack of the thigh (tibia) may be seen the extremities of the gastrocnemiij pages 69 and 76 and 77aty. The united tendons (tendon THE EC!ONOMY OF THE ^roSCULAR COVERING. 7^ AcMUes) puss to tne point of the hock where they are inscrte*]. In the horse the gastrocnemii are important muscles, and are aided by the plantaris. The flexor metatarsis is the muscle which bends the leg. It is on the inside of the thigh {tibia), and is shown on pages 69 and 76 and 77 at z. Originating above the stifle on the upper bone of the thigh {femur), it is inserted into the shank and inner splint bone. VII. Studying the Structure. Thus we nave carefully gone over the l)ony and muscular structure of the horse, giving only such information as is indispensable for every hoiseman to have. The artist, from careful study of the anatomy and physiology of an animal, is able to draw and paint it correctly. The horseman should study it from the same standpoint. Thus both will l)e enal)led to carry in the mind the appearance of a well-developed horse. The surgeon studies anatomy from a somewhat different standpoint. He wants to understand the various articulations, muscles, arteries, tendons, nerves, ganglia and viscera, with a view to surgery and the cure of dis' cases. The horseman and breeder studies anatomy and physiology to arrive at a better understanding of what goes to make up a good animal, endowed ^^^th speed, style, or d(n'elopnient for draft. VIII. Internal Economy of the Horse. We next discuss the internal economy of the horse. For a better un- derstanding of the subject, we give a longitudinal section of the horse, showing Thorax (cavity of the chest, windpipe, etc.). Abdomen, Pelvis^ etc. — See next page. POSITION OF THE INTERNAL ORGANS OF A HORSE (hALf). (1) External Massetcr Muscles, cut off. (2) Parotid Gland. (2') Parotid Duct. (3) Buccal Glands. (4) Oesophagus. (5) Trachea. (6) Lungs. (7) Heart. (8) Sternum or Breastbone. (9) Diaphragm divid- ing the hollow of the chest from the stomach. (10) Stomach. (11) Liver. (12) Spleen. (13) Pancreas. (14) Kidney. (15) Ovary. (15') Oviduct (16) Ureter. (16') Position where the Oviduct enters the Uterus. (17) Rectum. (18) Vagina. (19) Bladder. (20) Colon.' (21) Caecum. ^22) Small Intestines. (23) Abdominal Wall. 80 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 3 "^ O w 11 THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING. 81 THE EXTERNAL MUSCLES OF THE HORSE. — Levator Labii. 2. — Nasalis Longus. 3. — Dilator Naris. 4. — Alae Narls. 5. — Insertion Levator Labii. 6. — Commissure. 7. — Orbicularis Oris. 8.— Depressor Labii. 9. — Buccin- ator. 10.— Zygomaticus. 11. — Masseter. 12. — .\ttollens. 13. — Tendon of Sterno-M axill- aris. 14. — Sterno-Maxillaris. 15. — Subscapulo-H.voideus. 16. — Splcnius. 17. — Com- ple.xus Major. 18. — Levator Humeri. 1<). — Trapezius. 20. — Latissimus Dorsi 21 — Cervical Serratus Magnus. 22.— Dorsal Serratus Magnus. 23 and 24.— Pectoralis. 25. — Antea Spinatus. 26. — Postea Spinatus. 27. — Teres Externus. 28. — Caput Magnum 29. — Caput Medium. 30.— Humeralis Obliquus. 31.— Extensor Metacarpi Externus. 32.— Extensor Metacarpi Obliqutis. 33.— Flexor Metacarpi Externus. 34.— Flexor Metac- arpi Internus. 35.— E.xtensor Pedis. 36.— Flexor Metacarpi Medius. 37. — Extensor SuiTraginis. 37a.— Flexor Pedis Externus. 38— Flexor Pedis Internus. 39.— Abdominal Wall. 40. — Obhquus Abdominis. 41.— Obliquus Abdominis. 42. — Intercostales. 43. — Superflcialis Costarum Anterior. 44.— Superficialis Costarum Posterior. 45. — Transver- salis Costarum. 46.— Gluteus Magnus. 47.— Gluteus Externus. 48.— Triceps Temoris. 49 and 50. — Biceps. 51. 52 and 53— Vastus Externus. 54.— Gastrocnemius. 54a. — Gastroonemius Tendon or Hamstring. 55.— Extensor P-'d's. 56. — Peroneus. 57. — Peroneus Tendon. 58.— Flexor Pedis. 58a.— Flexor Pedis Externus. 59.— Flexor Pedis Internus. 82 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING. 83 03 ^o i ^ 4-> l-H > o !U 1-1 u o ^ S OJ 03 3 o ' (L) ^ 6 a, OJ a; (U 2 s^ T 03 ■Jl "rt ^ > 'rt 2 03 .s .2 t« ry5 ^3 'd OJ ^ 2 3 > 'd %t) X X ^ c5 o o a. 6 o ;_, rt '-■ 3 v2 03 (L) 3 3^ 03 ,0 13 o ,ii a. o o o3 3. 3 03 03 03 3h V c 2 c/2 o a. 2 o .2 .2 .2 -5 (-1 .2 8 V-1 .2 13 o 1-1 D &f '5h c/} C/2 < c/;} cH ^ CM ^ E p (U ^ > 0:J Ts S '^ uo •'■6 1^ C/D — ■ ^ _; oi CO '^^ ^ 1—1 tH T-\ T—l T-i T— i CO (M o i 'x 03 O 'x o So 8 X r2 13 03 2 o a 03 o a 1 ,13 Oh .2 03 > 03 1 Oh 73 2 ,5 3 ''5 03 03 1 CI a m O c^ hH ^ CO w Oh o; 'Jh V-i OJ r^ % 03 O oi a; .2 to ^ (U "o .s > > .2 < ^ (^ O O-i u o 7} 13 a OS a a; > u 1 i 13 a (U O a 1 o3 OJ > 03 oi u iJ 4-1 X W 03 03 a; 1h 03 i S 3 o3 a (U Oh 13 .2 'o Oh C/2 'a3 > < 13 ■^ ^ t/3 in (U OJ CO as o T-H c4 CO ^ lO CD 1- CO d d 1—5 ci co' 0 ^ tH rH (M CM C! G^ (M CO CO CO CO t— 1 a 1 ^ i G M-H HH w OJ o •"' o " V w ,i2 w u4 1 U ^ Oh t: «^ fc 2 ^ o d (U C^ ^ ^ o 1^- o •- Us . t ^ < X .2 rd 13 'B S OJ (73 03 o o 03* 03 .2 Vh t: 03 .'2 2 03 03 >^ u 03 *?, 03 01 'x 03 >-. t-i "x 13 t/) o t: 03 13 o o .2 OJ t: o3 t: ^ ^^ OJ 03 u 03 O o3 03 13 ■go ''5 \-\ o o o t; O 03 u .2 8 ^ ffi £ pC K ^ S c3 £ 2 o T— 1 (N CO -* lO o t-' 00 oi d 1—1 Ol CO ■^ lO CO i> ^6 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. THE ECONOMY OF THE MUSCULAR COVERING. 87 < to O o t— I < X S o t/3 o (U u ^ ..-< ^1 ^: -(-> o rt 03 « c O O C/} n. 2 OC/}PL,pi<^^pqp &^ o T-H oi CO -f^' lo ---i t-^ CO O s I (« • 3 j:^ biO biO • rt c3 r— 1-. a, (U n (U j; ffi rt o d C/2 C/2 X 4J ;_ . (U c Oh o Dh o •^ o ^- OJ dJ biO *^ Q, A >A lO CD 1- CHAPTER rV. OUTWARD APPEARAITCE OP THE HORSE AS INDICATING VALUE. X. ACTION THE FIRST REQUISITE OF A GOOD HORSE. II. FAST WALKING HORSES. HI. HORSES FOR DIFFERENT KINDS OF WORK. IV. THE HEAD ILLUSTRA- TED OUTWARDLY. V. THE BODY AND LIMBS. VI. BAD FOREQUARTERS. VII. THE BODY AS SEEN FROM THE FRONT. VIII. WHAT A CRITICAL HORSE- MAN SAID. IX. FRONT VIEW, SHOWING BAD FOREQUARTERS. X. THE HIN- DER PARTS ILLUSTRATED. XI. THE PROPELLING POWER. XII. WHAT THE ANCIENTS KNEW OF HORSES. XIII. WHAT ONE NEED NOT EXPECT. I. Action the First Requisite of a Good Horse. A horse, like every other farm animal, is to be bought with a view to the use for which he is intended. The buyer must therefore know what he wants the animal for ; if for slow draft a very different frame will be required from that needed when fast work is to be done ; and yet the general symmetry of the animal must be looked to in every case. Fur- ther on the various breeds will be illustrated. The present chapter will deal simply with the outward conformations, showing good and bad forms, just as the preceding chapters have illustrated the bony structure and the muscular development Action is of course the first requisite whatever use the horse is intec ued for, and fast walking is the ground- work upon which to build all other action. We give on the next page an illustration of a horse, as seen in a fast^valking gait. Action in General. — Good action can never be gotten out of a lazy, lubberly horse. The animal must have spirit and ambition, whatever the breed. Action is of only two forms: smooth, safe, low action, and high, showy, or parade action. The latter is never admissible, except when the horse is intended only for show and parade, or for a certain class of carriage horses, or for slow driving or riding in parks or other places of public resort. It is unsafe, unless the animal be intelligent and naturally sure-footed ; for a high stepping dolt is generally bad-tempered, and as unsafe as he is ungainly. When slow-and-safe and fast-and-safc action are combined in the same animal, he is invaluable and should not be lightly parted with. Good action is attained when all the limbs are moved evenly and in accord one with the other, the hind limbs being kept well under the animal, ready for any emergency. The action should be square in walk- ing or trotting and without paddling -with the fore legs, or straddling behind. It is true that paddlers are staunch and sure footed, and horses that straddle behind are sometimes fast, but thio is in spite of such action, and not on account of it. They are never admissible, either in fine harness or under the saddle. 88 OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. 89 II. Past "Walking Horses. It IS seldom one sees a hOrse that will walk four and a half or five miles an hour in regular 1-2-3-4 time, nodding his head in cadence. Yet unv horse that conforms to the configuration shown in the cuts hereafter criven^inTthis chapter may easily be taught to do it, either under the sad- die or in harness. Some horses may be taught to walk six miles an hour, but they are rare. As a rule, fast-^walking horses may be taught to trot fast, thouo-h some fast-walking horses are too broad-chested, to trot fast, 90 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVp STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOC FOR. and they will roll in galloping. It is for this reason that we give the' illustrations, showing the perfect conformation for perfect action. A horse that is good at all gaits, is a horse perfect in his conformation. Ilcncc, a perfectly-formed horse will well repay careful training, for such a one will bring a large price for the time and labor spent upon his edu- cation ; or if it be a mare that is to be kept for show, and later for breed- ing, the labor of training will not have been thrown away III. Horses for Diffarent Kinds of "Work. Speed and bottom, which indicate the superior bone and muscle of good breeding, combined witlj great lung and heart power, whatever the breed, are whatns desired in a horse. The nearer the animal comes to the llasl rations given, the better will he be for general utility, and measurably so whatever the labor desired. The horse for heavy draft will be coarser, more stocky, heavier in the bone, not so flexible in the limbs, more upright m the shoulder, longer-haired, and perhaps with less courage. Occasionally, however, a thoroughbred makes a first-class work horse, if trained to get down steadily to-the work. This very" flexibility enables him to take a hard and long-continued pull without injury, and it brings the oblique shoulder of the blooded horse straight in the collar. Yet thoroughbred horses are not draft horses, and were never intended to be, though they have imbued nearly every valuable breed existing to-day with some of their best characteristics. rv. The Head Illustrated Outwardly. The head is the seat of intelligence in all animals, and without intelli- gence we cannot have a good servant. The illustrations on pages 98 and 99 show the formation of heads from good to bad. Those on page 98 show the perfectly-formed head of a well-bred horse, present- ing a side and front view, that may be taken as a type constituting perfec- tion, as near as may be. The side view exhibits the head fine and taper- ing to the muzzle, and the chin handsomely developed. The brow is smooth, distinct, and yet not heavily prominent. The eye is large, full, clear, and has a placid, intelligent expression. The ears are fine and flex- ible, rather large, but well pointed, and alive with intelligent motion. The jaw is strong but fine. Observe the musculaiity of the neck, and at the same time, its lines of swelling and delicate grace. Observe especi- ally the manner in which the head is set upon the neck. Again, it will be seen that the face is dished slightly, showing spirit, tempered to intelli- gent tractability N(Sw take the front view of the same head. Observe the great smooth swelling forehead looking really broader between the eyes than it is. Why? It will be seen that the eyes are apparently at the sidd of tUs OUTAVARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. A CHOICK WAGON HOHSE. Note the conformation of great physical endurance indicated by his ob- liquely set shoulder, depth and compactness of body, shortness of back, closeness of coupling, unusual leiii;ih of croup, well set pasterns, and sood shaped feet. His height is 16 liands and his weight 1450 pounds. CHOICE COACH OR BROUGHAM HORSE. Note the compactness and smoothness of form with rotundity of body. Height, 15-2 hands; weight, 1175 pounds. This horse meets the principal re- quirement of high action combined with beauty of form. The whole outline of the horse is carried out in easy, graceful curves pleasing to the eye. 92 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. CHOICE COBS. Note the com-pactness and smoothness of form with rotundity of body. Cobs are small coach horses that are driven singly, in pairs, or tandem fash- ion (one in front of the other) usually by ladies, though they may be used by gentlemen as well. They are small horses of a stocky build, plenty of quality, good length of neck, a neat head, and high action. They stand 14-1 to 15-1 hands high and weigh from 900 to 1150 pounds. The action of the Cob should be mu^h the same as that of the coach horse, or a little higher both above and behind. As horsemen say, "They must be able to gpt away smart" — they should be quick on their feet and able to move off at a ''good, clip," carrying their knees high and bringing their hocks well under the body. OUTWARD APPEARANCE OP THE HORSE. 93 head, and yet look straight forward. The temporal bones at the side o( the eyes, and the occipital bone at the top of the head between the eais, are prominent. The nostrils and lips are large and flexible, and if one could turn back the folds of the nostrils at the ends, we might see a moist and healthy inside surface. In the living head corresponding to the fig- ure, all this would be apparent. If we examine the side and front views of the heads shown on the opposite page, the side view at the top indicates a head somewhat heavy, with the nose and lower jaw too thick. The nose swells out above the nostrils. The face is not dished, but is depressed. The eyes ure bright, but with a somewhat wild expression. The eyebrows are prominent; and the head broad. The ears are thrown back, and the muzzle is cruel in its expression. Tlie head is set on the neck at too great an angle. The expression, as a whole, is indeed that of anintellig^'nt and spirited horse, but it is the intelligence of malice, and th. spirit of self-will. In the front view, it will be seen that the eyes are too close together, and are in the front of the head rather than the sides. The ars are pointed close together and backward, as though the animal only ^\ anted the chance to do mischief. The face is full of strong lines, but not smooth ones. They are those of a stubborn animal that may do as you wish, if he cannot or dare not do otherwise. The next figure to the right shows not only a cruel, but a stupid expression. There is alack of intelligence, A/hich, in the horse, means spirit, courageous docility, and a generous desire to do the will of a kind master. While this head does not show particularly bad form, yet the general expression, drooping ears, and the dull eye, show less character than the average horse should possess. There is yet another form, and a worse one. It is shown at the bottom of the page. Here we have self-willed obstinacy, and a wild, sulky dis- position. The profile is curved, giving a Roman nose, and the eyebrows are raised, indicating self-will and wildness. The firm jaw and lower face are cruel. It is a face that never goes with a horse safe to drivi single, or to ride, except in the hands of one who is perfectly master of himself, and at the same time, always watchful and firm. Thus we might go on describing all the peculiarities of temper down through nervous timidity, as shown by the thin, clean face, the cowardly head, the idiotic, and even the head showing evidences of insanity ; for that there are horses subject to hallucinations, aberrations of mind, and even actual insanity, there is no doubt. The cowardly, the vicious, and the idiotic horse is never safc: The aberrant and the insane horse is always dangerous, even to the most practiced horseman, since neither caresses nor punishment avail. They will run their "muck" at any hazard. 91 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. SIDE ANT> FRONT VIEW OP HEADS— GOOD. (See Explanation.^ OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE SIDE AND FRONT VIEW OF HEADS— BAD. (See Explanation.) 96 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. V. Body and Limbs. The figure given on page 97 shows a side view of the head, neck, shoulder, and fore limbs, as they should be seen in a perfectly formed animal. On pagel02are side views of the fore quarters of horses, even down to those which easily tecome distorted from labor or use. In the perfectly formed horse, the neck is muscular and fine at the top, where it joins the head. There is no useless flesh, though where it joins the shoulder it is full and yet fine in proportion. The shoulder is deep, ob- lique or slanting. The shoulder-blade is high, giving stability to, and at the same time fully supporting, th' withers. The breast is prominent, but narrowing to the point where the legs leave the body. The arm is long, muscular, and tapering to the knee. The joints are large, but firm and compact. The fetlocks are long but flexible. The hoofs are rather large, and are round, deep, tough, and sound. It iij the shoulder of a (^ad- dle horse, of speed, bottom and endurance, that is seen in. the cut. Few horses, even of the highest class, possess this perfect ideal conforma- tion. For the harness, the shoulder may be less oblique. The horse of all work, is more rigid and upright in limb and shoulder than the more speedy one ; yet the illustrations we give may be taken as the standard in judging a horse intended for every kind of work. The general appear- ance of the best animals of the various breeds is shown by cuts in their appropriate places in this volume. A comparison will show that while there are differences, yet the rules here laid down will apply generally to all horses, modified only by the differences required to enable a particu- lar breed to perform special labor. The trotting gait, as exhibited in a high-caste roadster, combining style Anth high ac^tion and great and long continued speed, w ould be execrable in a saddle horse The spr ngy, nervous action, and the long s'ride of the elegant saddle horse, would not go far towards pulling a dead weight, however honest and courageous the attempt might be — and Ave have seen thoroughbreds as honest and courageous at a dead pull as could be desired in a draft horse. "While the highly-bred horse, especially the road horse, will fill more places than uny other, yet the horseman must seek the animal best suited to his purpose. A study of the various models we present will enable any intelli- gent person to judge for himself, as well as an exjDert whom he would have to pay for his services. It should certainly prevent the palming off of any "sorry brute," as is often done upon those who, while scorning intelligent study, imagine they "know all about horses." VI. Bad Pore-Quarters. In the illustrations on page 102, the upper left hand figure shows a straight ehoulaer, the chest heavy, and the limbs placed too far under;. OUTWARD APPEAHANCE OF THE HORSE. 97 The arm seems long, but this is because it lacks muscular development. The shanks lack strength near the knee and pasterns, and there is a lack of strength generally. In the upper right hand figure, the shoulder is not only bad, but the legs and pasterns are weak. There is too much length from the hoof to the joint above. To the uneducated eye the pasterns might seem Hexible. It is, however, the flexibility arising from weakness. The SIDE VIEW OF FORE QUARTEUS, SHOWING A GOOD SHOULDER. (See Explanation). muscles which carry the tendons lack strength, and with age the power of holding them in position will decrease. If the reader will turn again to the chapter illustrating the muscular development of the horse he will understand these points better. 98 CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE "^TOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. I "J u FRONT VIEW OV rUivi:--QUAUTi:ilS, SIIOWIXO 1>IPFE1;ENT BAD CONFOIIMATIONS. OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. 99 FRONT VIEW, SHOWING GOOD BREAST AND LIMBS. (See Rxplanatlon.) 100 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The left hand lower figure exhibits a shoulder tolerably well placed, but the limbs are set too far under, and the pasterns are too straight, so that the animal appears to stand on his toes, and there is a general lack of muscle and sinew. The lower right hand figure will convey a good idea of what old age, abuse, hard work and want of care will bring to either of the three pairs of shoulders and limbs just noticed. Abuse and ill-usage might ruin the living representative of the perfect figure on page 97 but the linib.s would remain comparatively sound to the last. VII. The Body as Seen from the Front. In the illustration on page 99 the neck and shoulders are oval or egg- shaped. The chest seems narrow rather than broad, but this is because the muscular development about the breast bone is ample and full. Observe how grandly the muscle above the arm swells out, and what mag- nificent muscularity the arm presents with the two great thews running down to the knee. The joints are large and ample, as they should be, but also firm. The hoofs are tough and hard. Look carefully at the white space between the limbs rurining from the hoofs upwards. See how the neck, gradually rising from the chest, shows strength and a perfect proportion of one part to the other. The joints are compact and rounded, to meet the articulating shank and fetlock bones. The staunch strong hoofs are rather open behind, but show no indication of a flat foot. Set this and the preceding illustrations against the wall, retire until you get a perfect view, study them as an artist would a subject, compare them with the living animal, and, if you buy a horse for breeding or other use, buy as near to the model as possible. VIII. What a Critical Horseman said. One of the best authorities of all wi-iters on the horse, a highly edu- cated Englishman, whose estimate of an animal Avas always made from the standpoint of general excellence, the late Henry William Herbert, in his exhaustive work, "The Horse of America," sa^^s : "The points of the physical structure of a horse on which the most, indeed the whole of his utility depends, are his legs. Without his loco- motors all the rest, however beautiful it may be, is nothing worth. Therefore, to these we look first. The fore-shoulder should be long, obliquely set, with a considerable slope, high in the withers and thin above. The upper arm should be very long and muscular, the knee broad, flat and bony, the shank, or cannon bone, as short as may be, flat, not round, with clean, firm sinews ; the pastern joints moderately long and oblique, but nor too much so, as the excess produces springiness and weakness ; the hoois firm, erect or deep, as opposed to flat, and the feet OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. 101 generally large and round. In the hind-legs the quarters should be iaro-e, powerful, broad when looked at in profile, and square and solid from behind. Avoid Straight Hams. — "The hams should be sickle-shapea, not straight, and well let down, so as to bring the hocks well toward the gi'ound. The hocks should be large and bony, straight, not angular and convexly cur- ved in their posterior outlines ; the shanks, corresponding to che cannon bones, short and flat, and the hind feet similar in form to the front. The back should be short above, from the point of the withers and shoulder- blade, which ought to run well back to the croup. The barrel should be round, and for a horse in which strength and quickness are looked to, more than great speed and stride, closely ribbed up. A horse can scarcely be too deep from the tip of his shoulder to the intersection of his fore-leg — which is called the heart place — or too wide in the chest, as room in these parts gives free play to the most important vitals. The form of the neck and setting on of the head are essential not only to the beauty of the animal, but to the facility and pleasure of riding or driving him ; hence, with an ill-shaped, short, stubborn neck, or ill set on head, the animal cannot by any possibility be a pleasant-mouthed horse, or an easy one to manage. A Clean, Strong Necl<. — " The neck should be moderately long, con- vexly arched al)ove from the shoulders to the crest, thin w^here it joins the head, and so set on that when yielding to the bit it forms a semi-circle, like a bended bow, and brings the chin downward and inward until it nearly touches the chest. Horses so made are always manageable to the hand. The converse of this neck, which is concave above and stuck out at the wind-pipe like a cock's wattle, is the worst possible form ; and horses so made almost invariably throw up their heads at a pull, and the most exceptionable of brutes, regular star-gazers. The head should be rather small, bony, not beefy, in the jowl ; broad between the eyes, and rather concave, or what is called basin-faced, than Eoman-nosed, between the eyes and nostrils. The ears should be fine, small and pointed ; the eyes large, clear and prominent, and the nostrils wide and well opened. A horse so framed cannot fail, if free from physical defect, constitutional disease and vice, to be a good one for any purpose — degree of strength, lightness and speed, being weighed in accordance with the purpose for which he is desired." IX. Front View Showing Bad Pore-Quarters. On page 98 are four figures. The upper left hand one shows a fair leg down to the knee ; from that point down it is bad. The toes are turned 102 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. SIDE VIEW OF FORE-QUARTERS, SHOWING BAD CONFORMATION. ( See Explanation. ) OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. 103 very much out; such a horse has not due strength, and the action will be increasingly bad with age. The figure to the right shows the reverse of the preceding. The knees are turned out, and the toes are turned in— a horse unsightly, weak and dangerous either to drive or ride. GOOD HiND QUARTEKS. (See Explanation. ) The lower left hand figure is unsightly enough. The legs sprawlirg, weak, straddling, with timed out toes. Some might think that such u 104 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. horse had a sure foundation to stand on ; perhaps so, if he always stood at the manger. Such horses might be tolerably sure-footed, if not hard driven, and carefully managed. They are often seen in the hands of persons who ^ill not pay for accurate information. The good judge of horseflesh lets them severely alone. The lower right hand figure is as bad as possible all over, — a weak- legged, knock-kneed, splay-footed brute that is unserviceable, dangerous and costly to the owner. This conformation often goes with what some call style. Horsemen term them "weeds." Thus we have carried the reader through a careful study of the front half of the horse. If carefully studied and the information kept fully in mind, the reader may reasonably expect to be able to buy a horse with good fore parts, from an outside view, upon his own judgment. X. The Hinder Parts Illustrated. The adage that if the fore-quarters of a horse are strong enough ( o hold him up, the hind-quarters will carry him forward, is true in a sense, since if ahorse is perfect in his fore-quarters, the hind-quarters are pretty sure to be good. Yet the majority of horses if they break down at all do so first in their forward lim]:>s, spavin being one of the principal disa- bilities of the hind limbs. The real facts are that the proportions of the whole animal must be harmonious, each part assisting the others while at the same time it is doing its own appropriate work. This will be more fully understood by referring to what has been said in the chapters on Anatomy, on the muscular conformation. As already stated, the hind quarters are the real propelling power of the animal. The forward motion is given by successive springs or leaps, very clearly shown when the horse is galloping. Then the fore parts act more in the nature of a balance than either . miking or trotting, or in that artificial movement, the amble or pace. In the last named the change of the center of gravity is from side to side in connection with a slight one front and rear. In walking and in trotting the change of the center of gravity is more equally distributed between the sides and forward center. In running, the change of gravity is almost entirely from front to rear. XI. The Propelling Power. If it is to do its work effectively, the propelling power must be provi- ded with a large loin, strong, muscular quarters, great lenglh of hip; strong, dense and necessarily fine bones ; strong joints, and flat, wide legs, with sinews steel-like in their strength, and standing out like great cords. It is this great tendinous develoiiment that gives the lower limbs the flat appearance, seen in all horses of great power. The bones them- selves are not flat ; the bones and tendons however combine to form a flat OUTWARD APPEABANCE OF THE HORSE. 105 leg. On page 103 is an illustration of a perfect hind-quarter, seen from the side. On page 106 are four figures showing fair to bad hind-quar- ters. The horseman, m studying his animal, should observe whether if, when viewed from the side, the horse stands perpendicularly on each fool alike. There should be no straddling-out, or gathering together of the limbs, but he should stand straight, square and distinctly alike on each limb. If he does not stand in this way, move him forward on level ground and observe if, in coming to rest, he assumes the position we have describ- ed ; if not, something is Avi'ong. Examine him for defects, injured back or sinews, ring-bones and splints in front ; and for bone spavin, blood or bog spavin, curb or thorough-pin behind. If he stands as in the figure, page 103, showing good hind-quarters, the horse is right, if free from other blemishes. If the fore-quarters are as shown on pages 97 and 99 ?ide and front view ; and, if on looking at the horse from behind, he present the appearance as shown on page 107 you will have to hunt a long time to find his mate. Look Well to the Limbs. — Study carefully whether the pasterns or outline of the hock joints are nearly perpendicular or angular. Exam- ine to find if they show a convex, curved projection or protuberance just above the point of union with the shank bone. If not, there will be little danger of curb, or of a tendency thereto. Avoid a cow-hocked horse, viz: ahorse with the hocks drawn in. It is an ungainly and serious malformation, for such an animal vriW be weak. Do not buy a straddling horse. He may be strong and perhaps fast, but never elegant in his movements. We repeat that no horse is fast because he goes wide apart, though sometimes a horse is fast in spite of this defect. There- fore! do not buy a straddling colt in hopes of getting a trotter. Medium Good to Bad Quarters. — On page 106 are four figures, side views of hind-quarters. Many persons would call the one on the upper left hand side, fine. It is not bad. The buttocks are round, for fat may give a round buttock. But they lack character, real muscular develop- ment, and the legs are too straight and far behind. The left hand lower figure is fair in its general outline, but the animal stands too straight on the pasterns, and the legs are thrown too far for- ward. Never buy a horse which, to use a horseman's phrase, "can stand in a half -bushel." They are like a horse which, to use a similar phrase, "can travel all day in a half-bushel." The right lower figure has not a bad quarter. The limbs, however, are badly placed, and the position is cramped. The upper right hand figure is bad in every way — "goose-rumped," "cat-hammed," weak in the hock and ankle, while the legs are thrown to equalize thestram. 100 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE S'lOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. silJE viKW OF liiNi>-QUARTEKS— BAD. (See Explanation.) OUT^VAUD ArPEARANCK OF THE HOKSE. 107 The Quarter from Behind.— Looking at the horse from behind, the quarters should be full and s(iuare. This will be the case if the gracilis 'M-i- Morfectly shaped. The gracilis iro the nnisclos which give the pecu- "^^V^ BACK VIEW OF uiNU-QUAKTEKS— GOOD. (See Explanation.-) liar swell to the inside of the thigh, and are described in tho chai^iei on muscular formation. The outside muscle of the great bone of the leg, and the tendons, connecting with the {tihia) cannot well he too large, 108 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. BACK VIEW OF BAD UIND-QUAUTEBS. (Seo KxphuiuUoU.) OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. 109 hock, should be large and plainly visible. The hocks should be large, strong, firm, well knit, smooth and free from blemish. The fetlocks should also be large but round and firm, and the hoofs strong. If the horse is flat-footed he is weak hoofed, and this defect should never go with ahorse of strong bone and muscle. If, in moving forward, the animal lift the feet squarely, and carry them straight forward, without turning or straddling, and if they are set down as squarely and promptly as they were picked up ; if the conformation is as illustrated in the several good figures, it is a horse to buy, if you want to pay for a good one, or to keep, if you already possess him. If it be a mare do not fear to breed her to the best sires in the land. She will not disappoint you in her colts, if the sire be as perfect. As the converse of this we refer the reader to the figures on page 108, showing the gradations, from inferior to bad. The study of these figures should enable one to avoid cow-hocked, pigeon-toed, bow-legged, straddling, or splay-footed brutes. XII. What the Ancients Knew of Horses. That the ancients were critical judges of horses, there is no doubt; and that their standard was not far below that of to-day, the following extract from a translation from Xenophon, who wrote more than two thousand years ago, will show. It is also interesting by reason of the accurate advice it gives for judging a horse. The perfect horse of this ancient Greek writer was not a thoroughbred, as we understand the term, but he was a good, strong, well-muscled, enduring horse, and one of fair size. Here is what Xenophon says ; <' We will write how one may be the least deceived in the purchase of horses. It is evident, then, that of the unbroken colt one must judge by the construction, since, if he have never been backed he Tsall afford no very clear evidences of his spirit. Of his body, then, we say it is necessary first to examine the feet, for, as in a house, it matters not how fine may be the superstructure, if there be not suflicient foundations, so in a war horse there is no utility, no, not if he have all other points per- fect but be badly footed. But in examining the feet, it is befitting first ^o look to the horny portion of the hoofs, for those horses which have the horn thick are far superior in their feet to those which have it thin. Nor will it be well if one fail next to observe wlVether the hoofs be up- right, both before and behind, or low and flat to the ground ; for high noofs keep the frog at a distance from the earth, while the flat tread with equal pressure on the soft and hard parts of the foot, as is the case with bandy-legged men. And Simon justly observes that well-footed horses can be known by their tramp, for the hollow hoof nngs like a cymbal 110 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. when it strikes the solid earth. But having begun from below, let us ascend to the other parts of the body. It is needful, then, that the parts above tlie hoofs and below the fetlocks (pasterns) be not too erect, like those of the goat; for legs of this kind, being stiff and inflexible, are apt to jar the rider, and are more liable to inflammation. The bones must not, however, be too low and springy, for in that case the fetlocks are liable to be abraded and wounded if the horse be galloped over clods or stones. The bones of the shank (cannon bones) should be thick, for these are the columns which support the body ; but they should not have the veins and flesh thick likewise. For if they have, when the horse shall be galloped over difficult ground they will necessarily be filled vnih blood, and will become varicose, so that the shanks will be thickened, and the skin be distended and relaxed from the bone ; and, when this is the case, it often follows that the back sinew gives way and renders the horse lame. But if the horse, when in action, bends his knees flexibly at a walk, you may judge that he will have his legs flexible when in full career ; for all horses as they increase in years increase in the flexibility of the knee. And flexible goers are esteemed highly, and with justice, for such horses are much less liable to blunder or stumble than those which have rigid, unbending joints. But if the arms, below the shoulder-blades, be thick and muscular they appear stronger and handsomer, as is the case also with a man. The breast also should be broad, as well for beauty as strength, and because it causes a handsomer action of the fore legs, which do not then interfere, but are carried well apart. " Again, the neck ought not to be set on like that of a boar, horizon- tally from the chest; but, Yi^e that of a game cock, should be upright toward the chest and slack toward the flexure ; and the head being long should have a small and narrow jaw-bone, so that the neck shall be in front of the rider, and that the eye shall look down at what is before the feet. A horse thus made will be the least likely to run violently away, even if he be very high-s[)irited, for horses do not attempt to run away by bringing in, but by throwing out their heads and necks. It is also very necessary to observe whether the mouth be fine and hard on both sides, or on one or the other. For horses which have not both jaws equally sensitive are likely to be too hard-mouthed on one side or the other. And it is better that a horse should have prominent than hollow eyes, for such an one will see to a greater distance. And widely opened nostrils are far better for respiration than narrow, and they give the horse a fiercer aspect ; for when one stallion is enraged against another, 01 if he become angry while being ridden, he expands his nostrils to their full width. And the loftier the crest, and the smaller the ears, the OUTWARD APPEARANCE OF THE HORSE. HI more horse-like and hand 'ome is the head rendered ; while loftj withers give the rider a surer seat, and pioduce a firmer adhesion bet\A een the body and shoulders. "A double loin is also softer to sit upon and pleasanter to look upon than if it be single ; and a deep side, rounded toward the belly, renders the horse easier to sit, and stronger and more easy to keep in condition ; and the shorter and l)roader the loin, the more easily will the horse raise his fore-quarters and collect his hind-quarters under him in going. These points, moreover, cause the belly to appear the smaller ; which, if it be large, at once injures the appearance of the animal and renders him weaker and less manageable. The quarters should be broad and fleshy in order to correspond with the sides and chest, and, should the}^ be entirely firm and solid, they would be the lighter in the gallop, and the horse would be the speedier. But if he should have his buttocks separated under the tail by a broad line, with a wider space between them, by so doing he will have a prouder and stronger gait and action, and will, in all respects, be the better on them. A jjroof of which is to be had in men, who, when they desire to raise anything from the ground, attempt it by straddling their legs, not by bringing them close together." XIII. What One Need Not Expect. We have, in the foregoing chapters and in this, illustrated and explained the several parts of the horse and his excellences so fully that none need go astray in studying the points of an animal. If these illustrations and explanations are borne in mind, a horse may be accurately judged by his actual bone and muscle, whether fat or lean. The intelligence of an animal may also, by the same study, be accurately estimated. A fat horse is generally smooth and round, and many a sorry brute has been fattened for the purpose of palming him off on the unwar3\ We need not expect a fat horse to go right to work, and keep fat. The horse for hard work must first be brought into condition, and this means working off the mere fat, and getting down to bone and muscle. We must not expect a horse to be useful because he is big, unless he is wanted for heavy draft. If the draft is heavy it should be slow, and thus the horse may be big and also keep fat. For general work, the medium- sized horse is the best. A pair of horses, each 16 hands high and weigh- ing 1,200 pounds are well suited for city teaming and other ordinary draft, except the hauling of heavy trucks. A fifteen-and-a-half hand, 1,100-pound horse is suitable for the road, and if one-half hand less in height and correspondingly light in weight, say 1,000 jjounds, he will do quite as well in single or double harness. Sixteen-hand horses are also suitable for coaches and heavy carriages, while the lighter animals will 112 ClDJOVES>lA Ot LJVB STOCK ANV OOMFLBIS STOCK OOCXOE. -. keep 'constantly in vie\^ what you want the animal for, but do not buy any horse because lio happens to strike your uneducated fancy. You ce*- tainly will not do so, if you have carefully studied the preceding chap- ters. CHAPTER V. THE HORSE'S TEETH ; AND HOW TO TELL HIS AGE. I. THE DENTAL FORMULA. II. THE TEETH ARE THE TRUE INT>EX OF AGE. III. THE FOAL*S TEETH. IV. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE TEETH OF FOAL AND HORSIt Iv. ALLOWANCES TO BE MADE. VI. ILLUSTRATING BY THE CHART. I. The Dental Formula. The names and numbers of the teeth of the horse are as follows : In- cisors (front teeth or nippers) | ; canine, oi tushes or hook teeth, in the male only, { ^ : molars, or grinding teeth f f, making forty in all. This is for tlie male. The mare has but thirty-six, since she lacks the tush- es, or canine teeth. These sometimes also fail to develop in the geld- ing. II. The Teeth are the True Index of Age. Almost every horseman is supposed to be able pretty accurately to de- termine the age of his horse. Amon.Gj old horses, the eyes, the sharpness of tlie jaw bones, and the bones of the tail, are, by many, claimed to o-ive a clear indication of the animal's age. But these are all fallacious. They may be, and in fact are, helps, but the only true indication is given by the teeth; and to the educated eye, these are sufficient to tell the age accurately up to eight years, and thereafter with sufficient accuracy for all practical parpua^o. From the time the colt is foaled until death, the teeth are constantly undeigoing change. Hence, if a person carefully studies the changing conditions of the teeth, he may accurately determin^i the a"-e either of the colt or horse. The incisors furnish the chief indica^ tion,butto some extent the tushes or hook teeth, and the grinders give valuable assistance, since they may correct, or corroborate, what is seenin die incisors. To assist in this study we give in this chapter, a chart show- ino-, from accurate drawings, the precise appearance of the teeth from colt-hood up to the age of twenty-nine years. This chart, with the ac- companying explanations, will enable any person of intelligence to judge the age of a horse, even thouuh ne have been »*Bishoped,*' as the making of false marks on the teeth in called, troiu the name of the rascal who in vented the practioeo m. The Foal's Teeth. When just foaled, the colt has no front teeth, but in most cases twelve back teeth appear just above the gums. At from two to three months of age four central nippers appear, two in each jaw ; in six weeks another looth comes out on each side of these, or four more nil together; and 113 114 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. at the age of eight or nine months the four corner nippers are seen. At this age the colt has all his teeth, upper and lower. They are the foal's teeth and are changed by the fifth or sixth year for the permanent or horse's teeth. As before stated, the three front double pairs of grinders are seen at birth, and are aftenvards changed. The fourth double pair, those seen from the eighth to the ninth month, are the first that remain stationary, and are found in the mouth of every year-old colt. The fifth double pair (fifth four), appear in the second year, while the sixth doul)lc pair generally come in the fourth or early in the fifth year. These three double pairs of back teeth remain unchanged, as also do the tushes oi hook teeth. The tushes do not appear at a fixed age ; sometimes they are seen in the stallion at the end of the third year, and sometimes uot i; Qtil the middle or the end of the fourth year ; sometimes they do not come t.ntil the fifth 3'ear, and occasionally not until the sixth j^ear. The mare ttever has them, and in the gelding they occasionally fail to develop. TV. Differences Between the Teeth of Foal and Horse. The difference between the nippers of the foal and those of th«p horse should be carefully studied. They differ, ( 1 ) by their regular con • ical formation; (2) by a narrow contraction called the neck, visibh; almost in the center of the body of each tooth, while nothing of the kind is seen in horse-teeth; (3) by their smaller size, even when full grown. The milk teeth (those teeth which are shed), taken from the jaws of dead foals and comf)ared with horse-teeth similarly obtained, are found to be only about half as long as the latter. The breadth is not to be depended on, since the milk teeth of large foals appear almost as broad as those of small horses. When the nippers become horse-teeth they form a great contrast to the middle and corner teeth. The size of these last will at once show them to be milk teeth. (4) The outer sur- face of the foal-teeth is smooth and striped with brown, while on horse- teeth the same surface is divided by a dirty yellow indentation inclining toward the center, which is sometimes double upon the upper teeth. A study of the nippers of the hoi^se taken at different ages will mater- ially assist the beginner. . The incisor and all other teeth, consist, first of the enamel or hiting or grinding surface ; then of a bony substance, and lastly of the root imbedded in the jaw. The teeth of the foal as well as of the horse, are constantly but slowly worn away in the act of feed- ing. If the animal feed on sandy or gintty, and especially on shon pasture, the teeth are worn faster ; if he feed on longer grass, and on the prairies the teeth wear slowly. Horses kept in the stable, have less wear on the nippers than those which have to forage for themselves. Thus in old age the teeth, ODce two and a half or three inches long, will THE HORSE S TEETH, AND HOW TO TEI,L HIS AGE. 115 finally be not more than halt an inch in length, and the breadth decreases in about the same proportion. There is this difference, how- ever, between the teeth of the foal and those of the horse. The thick- ness and breadth of the foal's teeth are constantly decreasing from the grinding surface or enameled part ^jward the root, while the teeth of the horse decrease by contraction. The grinding surface of a nipper, which has not been used, is three times as broad as it is thick, and is hollowed from the top downward, the hollow having two sharp edges inclosing it. This hollow is called the mark. In the center of this mark the kernel is seen. This is a tube commencing at the end of the root, and contains the nerve, which must not be confounded with the mark. The mark is the outer depression, lying next to the sharp edges. The inner cavity is a funnel shaped socket of enamel, a hard shell. Around this, and in- side the outer shell, is a thick fluid, which remains as long as the tooth retains sensibility, but becomes by degrees a gray matter. Figure y, ou the chart, will illustrate this. Again, the outer edge of an incisor (nipper) always risen a line or two - -a line is the twelfth part of an inch — above the inner edge. Ttius, at first, only the outer edges of the upper and lower nippers meet, and the inner edges do not touch until the outer edges are sufficiently worn to al- low them to meet, or until they are of an e(|ual height. Horse-teeth reach this condition in about a year. When the colt is two-and-a-half years old, the teeth begin to shed, and the permanent or horse-teeth be- gin to appear. The chart. Fig. 7, A, will explain this gro^vth, and Fig. 7, B, will show still further development and Avear. The grinders have but little to do in determniing the age of a horse, but still they assist thereto. The crowns of the grinders are entirely covered with enamel on the top and sides, but the grinding of the food wears it away from the top and there remains a compound surface of al- ternate layers of crusted enamel and ivory, which serve, in grinding the food, to fit it for the stomach. Nature has therefore made an additional [)rovision to render them strong and enduring. To illustrate this we represent a grinder sawed across. The fine dark spots show bony matter. The shaded portions show the enamel, while the white spaces represent a strong bony cement uniting the other parts of the teeth. In the dental formula at the beginning of this chapter we have given 40 as the number of teeth for the stallion, and 36 for the mare, the stallion having 4 hook teeth, or tushes {canines), which the mare lacks. Sometimes, however, the mare has imperfect teeth in the portion of the mouth corresponding to that of the tushes in 116 OYOIiOFEDlA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCb. DOCTOK. the stallion. JVenty-four of the teeth in both horses and mares are sit- uated in the upper part of the mouth, that is back of the tushes, or above the lips. These are the true teeth or grinders {inolars). They are divided into six double pairs, counting from below upwards. Those situated next the nippers of a mare, or the tushes of ahorse, and in all the four rows, are called, first ; those next, second, and so on until the last doul)lo pair arc reached, which are called back teeth. There are also sometimes in young horses imperfect teeth, just before the grinders, ig- norantly denominated wolf-teeth, and are supposed to cause blindness. They sometimes do produce irritation of the eyes, from inflamation by sympathy, and should be removed with the forceps. In the lower portion of the mouth, or that portion surrounded by the lips, there are twelve teeth, six in the upper jaw and six in the lower j:.w. These are the nippers (^incisors). They occupy the entrance to the mouth, and each six are in the form of an arch. These teeth are divided into three pairs in each jaw. The four central ones, two in each jaw, are called "nipping teeth," or nippers. The two outside teeth in each jaw are "corner teeth," and those between the corner teeth and the nippers are called middle teeth. It is the attrition of the upper surface of these teeth on each other in eating that causes wear, and thus enables us to judge with tolerable accuracy of the age of the horse, — usually to a cer- tainty up to eight or nine years ; quite closely up to fourteen or fifteen years, and approximately up to the age of twenty-five or thirty years - The nippers (incisors) of the upper jaw are broader and thicker than those of the lower jaw. The tushes (canines) are placed singly, one in each side of the upper and lower jaws, between the corner teeth and the grinders, but nearer the corner teeth of the upper than of the lower jaw, so that they never come in contact with each other. The age at which a horse attains the full number of teeth is from four-and-a-half to five years. He is then, in horseman's phrase, said to have a "full mouth." From this time onward the more a permanent incisor loses in length by wear, the more it loses in width, and the nearer the worn surface approaches the root, becoming narrower and thicker in appearance. Another fact is Avorth remembering; as the horse advances in age the gums recede, so that a smaller portion of the teeth is covered. Hence the reason that the teeth become narrower and thicker with age. It is from being uncovered ; and hence again, aged teeth are longer in their visible portions than those of younger horses. V. AUowances to be Made. Large horses have larger teeth than small ones. The rules given are for horses of medium size. Some horses have harder bones than others, THE horse's teeth, AND HOW TO TELL HIS AGE. 117 and harder teeth. The difference in food and in pastures has already been spoken of. Some breeds of horses develop more slowly than others. Spanish horses develop slowly. Again, a false system of feeding will mature an animal sooner than if he were fed in the ordinary way. But animals which develop slowly generally live longer than those which develop quickly, so that in the end, the years of service, judging from the teeth, are about the same. The slowly-developed horse is, however, olJer by perhaps one or two years than would appear from his teeth. In like manner, the age of a mule is difficult to determine with exacthess, though it may be determined closely enough ; and a mule of twelve or fifteen years of age, if he has not been injured, has many years of ser- vice yet in him. VI. Study The Chart. Nine men in ten, in examining the teeth to ascertain the age, will look at the upper jaw. The lower jaw is really that which should be exam- ined, and for this reason, the dealer or person who wishes to deceive usually confines his operations to tampering with the incisors of the lower jaw. Again, the teeth of the lower jaw show wear, and change their appearance more surely than those of the upper jaw. Hence in studying the teeth for age, both jaws should be looked at, and thus a careful study of the chart will be of the first importance. In relation to this matter, Youatt says: "Stabled horses have the mark sooner worn out than those at grass, and a crib-biter may deceive the best judge by one or two years." While it is true, that a horse kept on dry hay and dry grain, will do so, it is a fact well known that horses feeding on gritty pastures, or sandy pastures, where they are obliged to bite close to the ground, will wear their teeth very much faster than others. It should not be difficult, either, to detect a confirmed crib-biter. The teeth will not only be worn from grasping the object in the act, but the edges a!so are apt to be broken or scaled, from the slipping off of the teeth in the act of letting go. In relation to tampering with the teeth, by filing, burning, etc., it ought not to deceive any one. Upon this subject, Youatt says : "Dis- honest dealers have been said to resort to a method of prolonging the mark in the lower nippers. It is called bishoping, from the name of the scoundrel who invented it The horse of eight or ninej'ears old is thrown, and with an engraver's tool, a hole is dug in the now almost plain sur- face of the corner teeth, and in shape and depth resembling the mark in a seven year old horse. The mark is then burned with a heated iron, and a permanent black stain is left ; the next pair of nippers are some- times lightly touched. An ignorant man would very easily be imposed 118 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOU on by this trick ; but the irregular appearance of the cavity, the diffusioD of the bhick stain around the tushes, the sharpened edges or concave inner surface of which, can never be given again, and the marks on the upper nippers, together with the general conformation of the horse, can never deceive the careful examiner." Thus we bce how necessary it is that more than a superticial examina- tion be given, and for this reason, we advise a careful study of the chart. As the horse becomes aged, or after eight years of age, the lower jaw is the sure index, since the marks there naturally wear faster than in the upper nippers. The lower jaw is the one that is moved in gathering food and in grinding it, and hence the greater wear; besides this, cavities in teeth of the upper jaw are greater than in those of the lower jaw ; hence the wear must be greater to obliterate the mark. In fact, tue person who aspires to be a critical judge, must examine the teeth of horses kept on hay and hard grain, those fed on cut feed, and those from various pas- tui-es. Yet, except this critical knowledge is required, a study of the chart will answer for all purposes. In the horse, the incisors are divided into three pairs in each jaw, being the twelve front teeth. The first pair, above and below are the two central front teeth. The next two teeth on each side in each jaw are called the middle teeth, and the two outside teeth in each jaw, are the corner teeth. The canines are called hooked teeth, from their form, and sometimttf. tushes. They are two in each jaw, lying between the incisors and grinders. The grinders are the double or back teeth of the jaw, but: the term grinder is used to denote the rough surface of the cutting teeth, and the mark is the depression in the surface of the teeth. Another thing that should be noticed, is, that the teeth are regular, for irregular teeth, that is teeth some of which are longer than others, will wear unevenly. Thus allowances must be made here, when it is necessary to determine the age exactly. Again, the general rule is to estimate the age from May 1st of each year. Thus, a colt born on the first day of January would be called only one year old on May 1st of the next year, when, in reality, he would be sixteen months old. This is taken advantage of in racing, and hence foals are desired to be born as near to the first of January as possible. But if born in December, the racing colt would count as one year old the suc- ceeding May. Yet practically, this makes no difference to the farmer, but only to those who rear horses for the turf. THE horse's teeth, AND HOW TO TELL HIS AGE. 119 CHAPTER VI. BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. .. INFLUENCE OF COUNTRY AND CLIMATE. II. THE FARM HORSE. III. THE CLYDESDALE HORSE. IV. THE NORMAN-PERCHERON.-^V. THE PERCHERON OF TO-DAY. VI. THE CONESTOGA HORSE. VII. ROAD HORSES. VIII. TROTTING HORSES. IX. HUNTING HORSES. X. LIGHT DRIVING HORSES. XL COACH HORSES. XII. THE CLEVELAND BAY. XIII. THE FRENCH COACH HORSE. XIV. THE HACKNEY HORSE. XV. PONIES. XVI. VERMONT DRAFT HORSE. XVII. NARAGANSETT PACER. XVIII. THE SHIRE. XIX. THE BELGIAN HORSE. XX. CHAR- ACTERISTICS OP THE BELGIAN HORSE. I. Influences of Country and Climate. Every country of the earth has a breed or breeds of horses, each with its peculiar characteristics; and the horses of Asia, Africa, Europe and America have their points of difference as strongly marked as do the hu- man inhabitants of these grand divisions of the globe. Besides the pe- culiarities resulting from local influences of climate, topography, etc., the horse has others which are due to the treatment and training received at the hands of his masters, since from a long course of artificial breed- ing and feeding, he has become a purely artificial animal, except among barbarians or savage tribes. Among savages, his hard environment has made him degenerate — has in fact reduced him to a condition inferior to that of the horses found running wild where they have increased and multiplied on pasturable lands, after having escaped from domestication. The horse in the latter condition has already been sufficiently mentioned in the fii*st chapter. In the present chapter we purpose to notice only the more important breeds of civilization, or those that have acquired celebrity for their valuable qualities. II. The Farm Horse. The farm horse is the most important member of the equine family, for the reason that he is used by the largest number of people, and is employed in the production of that which sustains life in man. The farm horse cannot lay claim to the dignity of a distinct breed, as he is composed of mixed blood, and is dependent for whatever valuable quali- ties he possesses, upon the intelligence of the people by whom he is bred. The majority of farm horses are inferior to the more respectable of the fixed breeds, though of late years they have steadily increased in valuable qualities, through the introduction of superior blood; and in many districts they are, as they should l)e, bred with reference to their sale for particular uses, after they have partially paid for their care by their labor on the fai-uL The Horse of All Work. — The farm horse should essentially be a hoi-se of all work, of good style and action, and of about 1200 pounds weight. 120 BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTIC 122 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Such hoi-yes will be able to do anything that may be necessary to be done about the farm, plowing, reaping, hauling, or drawing the family car- riage to church. When of suitable age they will bring good prices, the best of them for use as carriage horses, and others for anything except heavy draft in cities, for express work, drawing omnibuses and other labor, requiring style and action, combined with strength. The figure BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 12^ page 99 front view, and page 103 side view, and page 107 back view of hind quarters "will illustrate our meannig. Light Farm Horses. — There is another horse that may well tind a place on all large farms, a horse al)out tifteen hands high and weighing i»oU to lOr'A) pounds. Sucli trom coh, a square-built, active animal, good for the saddle and all light work. Such a horse is represented on the preceding page. The tail, however, 'ihould never be docked : for docking is a barbarous ])ractice, and one now 124 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. happily gone out of fashion The Morgans, or rather their crosses, when bred up to the weight last mentioned, make admirable horses oi this claGS. The Gold Dust Hopses of Kentucky.— The Gold Dus^ Horses, which were originated by breeding from Morgan stallions on good thorough - bred niaros, and carefully selecting for generations, make admirable light farm horses. High-strung, elegant, fast-going, staunch, and able for all light work on the fann, either for the saddle or harness, as light driving buggy horses in single harness, or for the light caiTiage iu double harness, they are most excellent animals. m. The Clydesdale Horse. Another class of horses that may be made profitable on the breeding farm are what are known as draft horses proper. In the United SUites, the best representatives of this class are the Clydesdales and the Norman- Percherons. The Clydesdales are an English-Scotch breed of great power, bone and substance, and are capable of drawing immense loads. In Canada there are many excellent representatives of this breed, and in the West they are attractmg more and more attention every 3'ear. The West of Scotland has long been famous for its excellent draft hor- ses. Their origin is probably due m part to the blood of Flemish mares, thouirh but little is authentically kno^vn of their ancestry. Whatever their origin maybe, it is certain that they have made Scotland famous for its draft-horse stock, and much of the excellence of the draft horses cf the North of England, where the Clydesdale originated, is due to an infu- sion of this Scottish blood. In England these heavy horses are useful to farmers in working their tough clay soils. In the United States, especi- ally in the AVest and South, the alluvial nature of the soil does not re- quire such strength of team in plowing ; l)ut the vast amount of hauliiif to be done in and near cities, where the railroad and steamer traffic of the country centres, will always cause a demand for large, ablc-l)odied draft horses. The Shire horse seems to have taken the place of the Suffolk horse in England, so we have seen them in the United States. They are a larger horse than the Clydesdale, more upstanding with, perhaps, better hoofs. The hairy lower limbs, like the Clydesdale, is against them, in the eyes cf the American farmer. Like the Clydesdale, they are magnificent draft animals, strong, true and honest, but we do not think they stand hard city pavements much better than the Clydes. The back and body is more eymmetrical, in our view, than that of the Clyde. Like the Clyde, their BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTIC& 125 126 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTCa. walk and trot is majestic but slow, and they are not better suited to West- ern agricultural soils. When lirst introduced into Canada and the United States, both the Clydes and Shires attracted great attention until the Percherons and heavy Normans were introduced. The style, endurance, quicker action and muscular effort was superior, in the eye of the Western man; hence, the Norman and Percheron became the favorites, and they have gained, rather than lost, ever since. This the show rings at our great fairs continue to si ow. Nevertheless, the Clyde and Shire continue the favorites among many breeders and farmers. For export to Great Britain, they are in request. rv. The Norman-Percheron Horse. Norman-Percheron horses are now generally divided into two classes : the Norman, a heavy, muscular, closely-built animal of great bone and muscle, weighing sometimes 2,200 to 2,300 pounds, and the Percheron, a liirhter, cleaner built and more active animal, attaining a weight up to 1,800 pounds. Both these strains of Norman blood are among the best of draft stock ever introduced into America. They are superior in some respects to the famous Conestoga horse of Pennsylvania, now prac- ticallv extinct. Much has been written about these excellent animals, both by partisans and by those who have investigated their history with a view to arrive at the real facts in relation to their ancestry. On the one hand it is contended that they arose from a cross of the Arabian upon the heavy native horses of Normandy ; and the defeat of the Sara- cens by Charles Martel, in which great numbers of their adrairal)le cav- alry horses fell into the hands of the French, is cited in support of this view. Many of these Saracen horses, it is said, were brought to Nor- mandy and to La Perche, and hence the commingling of blood which resulted in the present admirable breed. The old Norman war horses were heavy, bony, slow, but strong, and capable of enduring much hard- ship. They were admirably adapted for their day, since they were capa- ble of carrying a knight in his heavy armor. Ao-aln, it is asserted that the Norman horse is descended from a race then peculiar to Brittainy , and used for draft, rather than for war. Another writer asserts that the Percheron is descended from a remote cross between the Andalusian, mixed ^vith the Morocco barb, and again crossed upon the Norman, because, it is said, the Norman was too slow, and the Andalusian too light, for a knight in full armor. The old Norman horses are said to have transmitted to the race their great bone and muscle, while the Arab, or Andalusian, or whatever the cross may have been, BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 127 added spirit, action, speed and bottom. Whatever may be the facts as to their origin, both the sub-famihes of the Norman-Percheron combine •j:izi: wiNxixc i'i;):ci ii-;i;i:)M make — six years old. Spttjially phuloaiaplied for this work. the strength of the old Norman barb with something of the speed of the Arabian, and are capable of carrying great weights and of drawing heavy 128 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. loads at a fair rate of speed. A pair of the lighter Perche horses (ciMled in France Diligence horses, from their use in drawing the coaches of this name) are capable of going at a speed of seven or eight miles an hour. These horses may now by regarded as having become a fixed race, cap- able of reproducing itself perfectly, unchanged, and without deterioration through generations, when pure sires are bred to pure dams. Bred to inferior mares, the stallion marks his impress wond^ifully upon the )iro- o-eny, and the pure mares also transmit their characteristics in the same vvouderful manner. V. The Percheron of To-Day. The Percheron makes a capital cross upon any of the large, roomy mares of this country. When the Percheron is bred to this kind of dams, the progeny will possess gi-eat size, and will partake essentially of the qualities of the sire. If this progeny is again bred to a pure sire, the result is a three-quarters-bred horse that is but little inferior to tlie Per- cheron in all that constitutes power and capability for w^ork. The Percheron is not w^hat would be called a fast horse. He is r^ot suited for pleasure driving, and yet he is capable of making long jour- neys at a speed fully equal to that of horses of more pretentions to speed. An instance is given where 58 miles out and 58 miles back w^as accomplished ])y a Percheron horse, in two days, the traveling time out beino- four hours and two miimtes, while m returning the time was four hours, one minute and a half ; and this ^dthout being urged wath the whip. Again, a horse of this breed was driven 55 3-5 miles over a hilly and difiicult road in four hours and twenty-four minutes, without distress to the animal. In outward appearance the Percheron presents a head that is not long, with broad brow and slightly dished face, showing intelligence, in which respect he resembles the Arabian. The neck is of fair length, strong, muscular and well-arched, but, like the head, well proportioned to the close-ribbed, lound-barreled , short-backed body. The hind-quarters and shoulders a.*e muscular, the lower part of the leg short, hairy and pos- sessing immense tendons. The hoofs are hard, sound, free from disease ; but the Percheron is somewhat inclined to be tlat-footed. The height is from fifteen to sixteen hands, though many excellent specimens of the breed are somewhat under fifteen hands, especially the lighter Percheron proper. The same description will apply to the Norman proper, except that he is larger and somcNvhat coarser. Their general color is gray, running from iron-gray to the handsomest dappled gray. So difficult is it to draw the dividing line between the Norman and the Percheron, that the editor of the Percheron-Norman stud book seemed undecided just what, and what not, to admit into the stud book. Hence BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 129 the plan was adopted of giving a full account of the breeding, and crosses, so far as obtainable, and admitting to registry all stallions and mares im- ported from France as Percheron, Norman, Percheron-Norman, or Nor- man-Percheron. 130 CYCLOPEDIA OF lAV^ STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. VI. The Conestoga Horse. It is unfortunute that the Conestoga, one of the very best of Ameri- can horses for draft, for all Avork in fact on the road or on the farm, should have been allowed to become extinct. Strong and able in every respect, a handsome, quick-stepping animal, and as honest as an ox at a dead pull, the Conestoga horse possessed qualities which entitled his breed to perpetuation. His original home was the Conestoga Valley, of Pennsylvania, and hence the name. This valley was originally settled by Germans, who undoubtedly brought with them the heavy German and Danish horses of their native land. Under the ample feed and genial climate of the Conestoga Valley , these foreign horses were, by careful selection, and an occasional dash of the staunch thorough blood of those days, developed into a race of horses ranging from sixteen to seventeen hands in height, weighing from 1250 to 1500 pounds, and proving to be among the most valuable horses ever known for drawhig great loads over hill and mountain. A cross of the Cleveland Bay upon large, round - barrelled, roomy mares might again result in something like this horse. The experiment would be well worth the trial by breeders, who have thcf will and the years before them to originate a breed of horses, that would be capable of doing any work, from deep plowing, to wagoning and heavy carriage work. Though the Conestoga is no longer bred in purity, there are yet many mares in Pennsylvania descended from this stock, which if crossed with the Cleveland Bay, as we have known him, would, the breed being carefully perserved in, produce a stock of horses possessing most of the valuable (|ualities of the Conestoga. There are many such horses, in the pastures of Ohio and Pennsylvania. They are high headed, rather long in the limbs, not quite good in the barrel ; but, if bred as we have described the outcome would be most satisfactory. The Cleveland Bay is not really a draft animal, but is most excellent as a horse of all work, and will he described further on. VII. Road Horses. Many persons get their ideas of what a can-iage horse, and especially a driving horse, should be, from English books, and from travelers who have visited that country. So far as action for show, in harness and the saddle, are concerned, they are admirable models, omitting their docked tails, which, are happily going out of fashion there : and which, in this country of generally dry roads and stinging insects, are not to be toler- ated at all. The model English roadster is a horse in high condition for service, not overloaded with fat, but in a condition of nmscular strength and ability that would be difficult to better. A horse for similar road service should be 15 to 15 1-2 hands high, of good style, and well-mus- cled throughout. If he be half to three-quarters bred from accepted BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 131 trotting families, so much the better. In fact, in the United States, as has for many years been the rule in England, the road horses of the bet- ter class, a:re strongly imbued with thorough blood. Such were the Morgans, and such are the Gold Dusts, while many gentlemen's driving horses now-a-days are closely bred to the blood of Hambletonian, Bell- founder, Abdallah and other famous getters of horses for the trotting course. In another part of this work will be found portraits of the American type of trotting horses, among them Goldsmith's Maid, and the highly-bred roadsters. The road horse should not only be a horse of good substance in l)one and muscle, but he should also be an animal of fine style, a quality which is not always found in the trotting horse of the race course. If he can go fast and safely ^^^th high action, it is better ; but style he should have, and his temper must be without fault. His head must be light and held well up, the limbs strong and clean, the shoulders and pasterns oblique, and having that springy, nervous action characteristic only of high breeding. VIII. Trotting Horses. "The trotting horse" of the turf has appropriated the name because he is par excellence the fleetest and most highly- valued of trotters. The road horse, though having the samG gait, falls short of l)eing a "trotting iiorse," only in that he cannot make speed with the wheel-and-harness kings of the turf. If a trotter have great speed the lack of style in him is overlooked. If he is stylish and fast enough for line driving he will bring a good price as a roadster, even though he do not possess great speed. A trotter which lacks both style and speed degenerates into a mere hack. IX. Hunting Horses. Another valuable class of horses, especially in the South, are what would be denominated in England, light hunting horses. The light hunt- ing horse must be well-bred, able to gallop at speed, and to leap ordinary obstacles, as hedges, ditches and fences ; in this country he should be taught to swim easily and take to the water promptly, especially when deer is the game hunted. Thoroughbreds, that are not fast enough for the turf, make capital hunting horses, for foxes, and, in open, smooth country, for deer and prairie wolves ; but they are not capable of carry- ing heavy weights in a rough country, or over serious obstacles, and under such conditions necessarily soon come to grief. No matter what may be the blood of a horse, if he do not take kindly to the water and to leaping, he would be dangerous in the extreme to ride to hounds, or at least would soon fall behind the chase, which is but little less mortifying to the true huntsman than to he landed in a ditch. The hunter of to-dav 132 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AXD COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. is far better-bred and lighter than those which men now in middle age rode in youth, though a three-quarters-ljred horse, of the jMonmouth- Eclipse blood, upon which as a boy we followed the chase in Illinois, up to thirty years ago, was well-enough bred for to-day. He was a large, slashing horse, that never refused a Virginia fence, ditch or water, — there were no hedges in the West in those days — and never brought the rider to grief, though sometimes disaster seemed near enough as we went BKEKDS OF HOKSES AJMD THKIK CHARACTERISTICS. floundering in and out of deep, muddy streams. The horse, the deer- hound, the mastiff and the boy were all good friends, a ventable happy family who were in at the death of many a deer and prah-ie wolf, before fences obstructed the chase m Northern llUnois. \t^^ k A Heavier Hunting Horse. — ^The next illustration shows a heavier hunting horse for the saddle, when speed and bottom are desired. He is a horse of good style and action, capable of long and high speed under 134 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. the weight of a man of 180 pounds — and heavier men should never hunt. Such a horse should be capable of great speed when called on, able, and wiUing to take any leap a sensible man would put him at, and sure-footed to a high degree. To this end, every hunting horse should have large lungs and heart, the best possible form, hard, firm bones, BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 135 strong 1 3ndons, and great muscular power. He should be cleanly formed, oblique shouldered and fetlocked, with high withers. If, in addition, he have what is called a double loin, he will cany his rider safely and easily, and combine in his form all the requisites of a good saddle horse, that will leave any cold-blooded horse blown in a very short trial of bottom ; for the horses we have been describing are not found outside the range of highly bred animals. Nevertheless, it must be remembered that the hunting horse is not to be put to the labor of draft ; in fact, he should never be harnessed. He is a saddle horse, and the form required to move easily in harness, and especially under a load, would soon unfit him for the saddle, and for the hunting field. X. Light Driving Horses. The light driving horse is not required to have high speed ; eight to twelve miles an hour is sufficient ; but he must be of unimpeachable style and action. Such horses are much sought, for driving on smooth roads, in parks and pleasure-grounds, where style and luxurious surroundings are the rule. They are also valuable for any service when only one per- son, or, at most, two light ones, are to be carried, since they will often go rapidly over roads with one person where heavier horses would labor. Here, again, we present an English type which shows a horse, the per- fection of style and action, in movement. Sometimes they are fast, but not when going in the form shown in the illustration. The head is out of position for fast work, but is right for style and dainty movement. It will be observed that there is no check' reit. The horse has been trained under a curb, and requires nearly as light a hand to manage as though under the saddle. XI. Coach Horses. The carriage horse bears to the coach horse the same relation that the light driving horse bears to the roadster. Horses, for the light or medi- um-weight carriage, should be handsome in appearance, and of better speed than those used for the coach or boxed-in vehicle. Any road- horse of 1050 to 1100 pounds will be suitable for the light or medium carriage. For the coach, a more stately animal is sought. He may have rather long limbs, if he is otherwise of suitable form and of good style ; but he must not be deficient in muscular power, since a fair speed is required, and without muscle no liorse can drag a coach over muddy, difficult roads. The illustration we give of an English coach horse shows a long-limbed, rangey horse, stylish and muscular. He should be from 16 to 17 hands high, with clean-cut head and neck, since only this class of horses can acquire the high stepping action, so much sought by 136 CTCLOFtDlA Oh LIVE 8TOCH AND COMPLETE 8TOCB DOCTOF those able to own, and have driven for them, in the functions usual in city \ie by the wealthy. In the United States, for the heavy coach, the Grer- jian Coacn horse is preferred by many. The better class are admirably atted therefor. The horse, however, that most closely fills the bill, both rj: the family carriage, ttie close coach, and the Ira^, to our mmd. Is the French Coach horse, having great style, ele- gant proportions, up- right carriage, high speed when necessary, andundaunted courage, and the proof is that in these last years of the last decade of the cen- tury, they aretaking the bulk of the prizes at the horse shows. East and West. The flash action of Indra fully shows pure trotting style. Is there better hock and knee action than that of Palestine, shown on page 260, or more grace, dignity and majesty than in Perfection, ^hown on page 270? These won, over all breeds of any age or size, and with Palestine, the Challenge Cup, at Chicago in 1897. FIKST PUlZlL) TWO-YEAR-OLD MORGAN STALLION. Specially photographed for this work. XII. The Cleveland Bay. We come next to a class of horses always held in the highest esteem for their many valuable qualities. It is a horse that is now bred to a de- gree of perfection that leaves little to be desired in all that goes to con- stitute si^e, style and ability to perform any labor that may be requir- ed - except the heaviest drudgery. The Cleveland Bays are good carriage BKKKI)!S OF HORSES AJND TllKlH OHARACTKKISTICS, 1.S7 horses, good and stout wagon or plow horses, and they match together about as easily as Devon cattle, combining, as they do, plenty of staunch ihorough blood, with tair size and constitutional vigor. WTien lirst intro- duced into the W est, they speediJy grew into favor, but later the Percheron and especially the French Coach horse and the German Coach horse, as 'X)mbhiing full size, speed and greater strenp^th, have superseded them in 9 138 OTCLOPEDIA OF LIVE 8TOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. great measure. The Cleveland Bay is remarkable for color, a pure bay, dashed only at the fetlocks and in the forehead with white. XIII. The French Coach Horse. The French Coach horse is as near perfection as a speedy, showy horse, of great courage and endurance, of ample height and contour can be, and of weight sufficient to carry a good weight at a fast pace when called on. Their colors, too, are solid, as to the body, being, as a rule, when well bred, bay, brown or black, relieved often with a white star in the fore- head, with dashes of white on the fetlocks. Their breeding has been most careful and scientific, having been entirely under the control of the Govern- ment of France. This consists, first, of stallions owned by the Government itself; second, stallions belonging to private individuals inspected and approved by the Government, such approved stallions receiving from the Government, as long as they are so kept, from 300 to 3,000 francs per annum, according to their breeding and superior excellence; third, author- ized stallions — animals that by Government inspection are pronounced of good quality and worthy of public patronage; therefore, the fixity of type is fully perfected. The French Coach breed, instead of being the product of a multiplicity of ideas, has been developed under the exclusive guidance of the Director-General of the National Studs of France, and as these offi- cials are educated in the same school from generation to generation, are taught to value the same form, seek for the same qualities, and pursue the same system, we can understand how it has been possible for them to attain such high perfection and great uniformity in the horses of the country. The power exercised by the Inspector-General is extraordinary, controlling as he does the selection of the 2,500 stallions owned exclusively by the Government and the thousands of others annually inspected, which must obtain his approval before receiving their permits and subsidy; and further, all breeders are confined exclusively to the use of animals inspected and licensed by this department. This places horse-breeding entirely under Government control as far as the stallions, which greatly control results, can do. Hence, we do not hesitate to state, as an individual opinion, that, as now constituted, they are the peer of any other coach horse in the world. XIV. The Hackney Horse. As a well-bred harness horse, high stepping, active, swift and elegant, the English Hackney now stands in the first class, both East and West. Some men, who ought to know better, imagine that they have Mongrel blood in them. Far from it. An English authority of note, in 1894, says that it is to the Darley Arabian (imported into England in 1706), that all the noted Hackney sires of to-day are to be traced without a flaw. The Darley Arabian begat Flying Childers, which was the sire of Blaze, which cKtfcDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 139 X > a -, ^ o f p O - ^ 140 •VCL01'i:i)I A OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOH A CHOICE FIVE-GAITED SADDLER. This horse is pronounced by expert judges to be almost perfection in type. Note his length of neck, height of withers, shortness of back, strength of loin and long, level croup. Such a conformation is well suited for carrying weight. The picture shows him to be a little too straight in the front pasterns. Height, 16 hands; weight, 1175 pounds. Five-gaited saddle horses, sometimes spoken of as gaited saddle horses or American saddle horses, are distinctly an American product. A recognized type has been brought about by skillful selection and breeding for more than half a century. The principal requirements are that they possess at least five ol the recognized distinct gaits under the saddle, to-wit: walk, single foot or rack, running walk or fox trot, trot, and canter. The five-gaited saddler should stand from 15 to 16 hands high and weigh from 900 to 1200 pounds, the most desirable height being 15-2 to 15-3 hands and weigh around 1050 to 1150 pounds. He should be of a kind disposition, have a good mouth, possess courage and ambition, and the conformation of a weight carrier. His head should be fine, clean cut, and breedy looking; his neck long, arched, and set on an oblique shoulder with muscles extending well into the back, the withers high and well finished. An oblique shoulder is Imperative or he will not be able to go the required gaits with ease to liimself and rider. In order to carry weight well he should possess a strong, level, short back and be closely coupled. His legs and quarters should be well muscled, croup not droop- ing, and he should carry a long, flowing tail. BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 141 begat Shales, and from this latter sire are descended, in a direct line, such well-known Hackney sires as Driver, foaled in 1765; Fireaway^ foaled in 1780; Fireaway, foaled in 1815; Wildfire, foaled in 1827; Phenomenon, foaled in 1835; Performer, foaled in 1846, and Denmark, foaled in 1862. The progeny of Denmark is known all over the world through his son Danegelt, who is the sire of Matchless of Londesboro, Ganymede, Lord Wilton, Saxon, Gen. Gordon, Astonishment, and others too numerous to mention Although many Arabian stallions found their way into England in the course of the fifty years prior to 1800, the infinite superiority of those old Eastern sires, the Darley Arabian, imported in 1706, and the Godolphin Arabian, about 1730, has never been surpassed and it is remark- able, but nevertheless true, that these two animals not only founded the English race horse, or Thoroughbred, but also the Hackney breed. They have continually increased in value of late years, and bring high prices when bred by horsemen of intelligence and aptitude in their art. The Gaited Saddler. The "combined" horse or Gaited Saddler is a product of Kentucky. It is a horse combining fine action, docility and intelligence to acipiire gaits, and, as now bred, has the heredity that makes the several gaits come natural Hence, when acquired, they are not lost from disuse. It is an animal that is as good in the light carriage as under the saddle. Now is it the fact that light driving injures the horse for saddle purposes, as some suppose? It is true that combined horses are not plentiful, but they are becoming more and more so year by year. But do not acquire the belief that any harness horse may become a saddler. The walk, trot and canter does not constitute the saddle horse of to-day. The gaited saddle horse must have saddle horse breeding, saddle horse action, saddle horse instinct, and saddle horse education. XV. Ponies. Ponies are much sought, of late years, for children's riding, and for pony carriages. Indian ponies, Canadian ponies, and Shetlands have all been called into requisition, while in the West and South the smaller Mustangs of Texas are used. Unless taken young, the Mustangs are wild, intractable, and often vicious. The Indian pony is fast becoming extinct, and Canadian ponies are also growing scarce. These latter, many of them^ are really hand- some, small horses, of thirteen to fourteen hands high, hardy, docile and of tne most steadfast nerve, courage and bottom. They are self-willed, but perfectly tractable if not abused. Shetland ponies are stili smaller, and rougher; but they are ambitious little fellows, and scamper along easily at a good pace, with a twelve year old boy or girl on their backs. The illus- cratioD show.s a grpnp gf these hardy little animals. It is claimed that 142 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, no true Shetland can be more than eleven hands high, and some of those in the extreme northern isles of Toll and Unst do not exceed seven and W'-lMm a half hands. The average is from nine to ten hands. Although the eroallest of ponies, they are the most perfect in form, rounc? mi closed BREBDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 143 ribbed-up, with lean bony heads, wide between the eyes, and otherwiso well shaped, very muscular, with coarse bushy manes and tails. They are gentle and easily trained ; and it is said that some of them are capable of canying a light man forty miles between sunrise and sunset. The Mustang. — The Mustangs are undersized and not handsome ; de- scended from horses gone wild after escaping from the early Spanish ad- venturers, they have degenerated owing to the scanty fare and hard usage received at the hands of their Indian masters. They are of various colors, as are all the semi-wild horses of Texas and Mexico. The Indian ponies found in the West are undoubtedly of the same origin as the Canadian pony. They are pure, but modified, Norman, escaped from domestication and bred in a half wild state by the Indians of the Northwestern States and Territories. They arelarger and heavier than the Indian horse or Mustang of the Southwestern plains and are in every way superior animals. Some- times they are fom-teen hands high, but the average is about thirteen hands. They are compact, closely ribbed, stout, muscular, couragous little fellows, docile and sagacious in the extreme, with wavy tails, and shaggy manes falling on both sides of the neck. If carefully bred in high northern latitudes, and well-trained, they would make admirable chil- dren's ponies and would readily sell for large prices to the wealthy. XVI. The Vermont Draft Horse. TWs is another breed of horses of most admirable qualities, specimens of which are now very rare, probably because their use in cities has been superseded by the introduction of the Percheron, Clydesdale and other heavier animals. The Vermont draft horses would weigh from 1,150 to 1,200 pounds ; of fine breeding, clean-limbed, handsome, muscular, with fine crests, capable of drawing heavy loads at a good pace, they were in the days preceding the advent of the locomotive, the crack horses of the stage companies of the Northern New England States. As cavalry horses, they were said to have no superior, since they moved with speed, alertness, and with great force and power by reason of their weight. It is to be hoped that we may find, in the Cleveland Bay and his crosses, as good an animal of all work, both for saddle and harness. XVII. The Narragansett Pacer. Here is another of the extinct races of American horses, one that is said to have originated in Rhode Island, from an Andalusian stallion brought from Spain at an early day. They were largely raised, during the last century and the first part of the present century, for exportation to the West India Islands for the use of the families of the planters. Their only gait was a pace of the most perfect and easy-going descrip- tion. They are reputed to have been so easy-going that ladies could ride CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. them forty miles a day for many days in succession without experiencing excessive fatigue. Tliat they were horses of great ])ottom, and some- times of extraordinary speed, is undoubtedly true. The Colonial divine, Dr. McSparren, in his "America Dissected," speaking of the horses of Virginia, says: "There were plenty of a small sort of horses — the l)est in the world, like the little Scotch Galloways ; and 'tis no extraordinary journey to ride from sixty to seventy miles in a day. I have often, but on larger pacing liorses, rode fifty, nay, sixty, miles a day, even here in CHAMPION GAITED SADDLE MARE LADY GLENN. New England, where the roads are rough, stony and uneven." Again, speaking of the Narragansett pacer particularly, as an animal for export, he says : " They are remarkable for swift pacing , and I have seen some of them pace a mile in a little moie than two minutes, and a good deal less than three." The good doctor probably did not hold a timing-watch on them The stoiy, however, is fully as credible as that oth sr story of Flying Childers having ruu a mile in a minute. WJMMWl)»f"l'-!|'< r-"' Ft ^ BREEDS OF HORSES AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS, 145 XVIII. The Shire. The Shire horse traces his history to the days of the Roman conquest — one of the oldest of the well defined breeds of unbroken lineage. He was used in the early periods as a war horse because of his size and ability to bear heavy burdens when armor was worn. He was in general use for this purpose in the 16th century. Paintings dating back to the 15th century represent him in the perfection of form. The special home of the Shire horse is in England, especially in the east central part in the counties of Norwich, Derby, Leicester, Notting- ham, Northampton, Huntington, Lincoln and Cambridge. He is found, of course, in other sections of England, including the low-lying lands. He is mentioned in English history as the Great Horse, the War Horse, the Cart Horse, the old English Black Horse, the Lincolnshire Giant, as well as the Shire. Some of these names were current at the period of Oliver Cromwell. Like every other standard breed he has improved by the infusion of blood, notably the north German and Flanders blood, which is represented in the best samples of the English horse. Like the other standard animals, he is today in his perfection the result of more or less mixed breeding. In the latter part of the 18th century Robert Bakewell greatly im- proved the Shire under the name of the Leicestershire Cart Horse. This improvement was made by systematic crossing with English stallions. He pursued a careful course of selection and added greatly to the value of the breed. It was during the 18th century that this horse came into special use for draft and farming puiposes, as the coat of armor had become obsolete and, hence, the demand for Roman war less imperative. As a draft horse he came into special demand with the improvements of roads and the use of coaches. In a most interesting historical work Gilbey gives illustrations of Shire horses which are copies of paintings by distinguished artists of a period dating as far back as 1792. There are many of these well known paintings which established the existence and the popularity of the Shire horse at that period. The old-fashioned type of Shire horse was, however, coarse and slow, with big heads, coarse ears, thick lips with long hairs on them. The pasterns were straight, the legs hairy and the shoulders heavy. They were mild of tempera- ment but sluggish in action. The pictures would indicate great excess of hair, which does not exist. The modern English Shire, while retain- ing these characteristics, they are modified, but, as at present, his body was massive, compact and round, his limbs strong, his chest notably broad and his neck and back short. The present characteristics of thick mane, hairy legs below the knee and down to the heels have always per- tained to him. As a draft horse for heavy weight, he bred to staunch thorough- breds to refine, and to give style, symmetry and speed to the foals ; to Percherons, or Clydesdales, to increase the size and strength for draft ; to the Cleveland Bay, to begot handsome, able horses for the farm and car- riage, and to well-bred trotting stock to get good horses for the road, and for all work. An historic animal strikingly illustrating our meaning was the widely celebrated horse Gold Dust, a horse of mixed blood, got by Vermont Morgan, out of a dam nearly or quite thoroughbred, it will serve to s^ "tw a result of cross breeding. The progeny partakes more of the thorough than of the mixed blood. The famous Shales, a half-bred horse foaled in England, early in the century, and noted during his whole life as a most wonderful trotter, shows the result of a thoroughbred sire, with a dam of mixed lineage. Here the pre- ponderance is in favor of the thoroughbred sire. The noted Der- vish shows an example of pure breeding, and probably of close, or at least line, breeding. He was a little bay Arab, of great style and fineness, remarkable for his darting, square trot ; that is, for throwing out the fore-leg, and str.'''ghteniiig the knee before the foot touched the ground. Vlll. The Best are Ctieapest in the End. The highly-bred trotters of to-day, those quite or nearly thorough- bred, show the value of breeding ni line, that is, we repeat, the breeding together of animals of close descent, or those having characteristics in common. Many of our best thoroughbred racers show examples of in- and-in breeding, and, as a rule, those bred in the same line of descent are more uniform in their qualities, than those which have been produced by the union of many sub-families of the same original blood. The objec- tion to close in-and-in breeding is, that, if persisted in, it will ultimately result in weakening the constitution, while at the same time it refines. To establish a breed it must be closely followed, departing from the rule only when undue delicacy of constitutional vigor is feared. In the wild state, gregarious animals, such as horses and cattle, breed in-and-in for two or three generations, or until the strongest males become enfeebled with age, or are obliged to succumb to j^oungcr and more Aigorous ones ; which is in accordance with the principle of the survival of the fittest, and may be called a modification of in-and-in breeding alternated with breeding to line. The same rule would be a sound one, if modified by careful selection, in the artificial breeding of domestic animals, always keeping in mind that in sheep, and especially in swine, the rule must not be so closely followed. But in all this, remember constantly that tV' THE BREBDIXa ANU REARINQ OF COUTS. 193 best are always cheapest in the end. It is true that the breeder's purse must be considered ; but, be he rich or poor, it is always a money-losing business to breed to an ill-formed male because he is cheap. Xrv. Selection of StaUion and Mare; The selection of the stallion, while it vnW depend primarily upon what the colts are intended for, should always be for the good there is in him. He should be of full medium-size lor the breed, and should possess the (characteristics we have previously stated, in writing of breeds. He eihould be masculine in every fiber, with the distinguishing beauty, strength, fire and courage of the male. Never breed to a feminine-look- mg male. The outcome will alwaj's be a failure. Selection of the Mare. — The selection of the mare is no less important. It is she tiiat is to nourish the foetus, and after birth give suck to the young. The mare, whatever her size, should not be coarse at any point. Her beauty needs to be feminine, just as that of the stallion must be masculine. She should carry more muscle or flesh than the horse, be more rounded in outline, but be finer in head, neck and limb, and thin- ner in mane and tail than the stallion. Her strength should be that of fleetness, her fire that of docile playfulness, and her courage that of am- bition to perform. She should have a larger pelvis, relatively, than the horse, and her barrel should be rather rounder and more roomy. Her milking qualities should of course be good, for upon them depends, in a great measure, the future usefulness of the colt. XV. Service of the Stallion. The mare may be served just as she is coming into heat, but bettei Just after her greatest passion of heat has passed. The best time for service is early in the morning. After being served let her remain quiet, or, if she seem fretful, walk her slowly about, and, after fifteen minutes, turn her into a pasture that she may amuse herself eating grass ; but not in a pasture where there is other stock. A mare will usually receive the horse on the eighth or ninth day after foaling, even though she exhibit no particular sign of heat ; if not, she may come into heat when the coH is about four weeks old. Treatment after Service. — After being served, try her with the horse on the ninth day ; if she refuse, try her again on the seventh day follow- ing ; upon a second refusal, try her again on the fifth day after that ; if she then refuse, she may be fairly conceded to be with foal. Above all things, the mare should bo kept away from teasing horses ; from badly castrated geldings ; from ridglings, or horses imperfectly gelded, and bear- ing one testicle in the body ; from yearling colts, and from other mares in heat. When once the time of heat is known, and service given, the /194 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. mare should be returned to the horse as recommended, so that the time may not run over when the mare should receive the horse. Forty-four weeks being the usual time the mare goes with foal, if the service of the stal- lion is delayed it will bring the birth of the next foal too late, perhaps, in the next year ; and, possibly one year may have to be intermitted in breed ing. XVI. The Period of Gestation. Gestation, the carrying of the young, continues, on an average, eleven months or forty-four weeks. This period ma}^ however, according to the observations of Mr. Youatt, be diminished by five Aveeks, or extended by six weeks. Thus it will be seen that there is a variation of nearly eleven weeks, or nearly three months. M. Fessier, a French observer, counting 582 mares, finds the longest period 419 days, the shortest 287 days and the average 330 days. In an observation by M. Gayot on twenty-five mares,the average was 343 days, the longest period 367 days and the shortest period 324 days. Small marcs, as a rule, go a shorter time than large ones, and a mare is apt to carry a horse colt longer than one which is a female. The observations of M. Fessier may be taken aa the most conclusive, since they were extended over a period of forty years. Treatment During Gestation. — The mare should not be worked imme- diately after being served. Once quieted, it is proper that she have ordi- nary work until within about three months of the time of foaling. After this she may do light work, not fast work, with benefit to herself and the foal. Care, however, must be taken that she do not slip or strain herself, nor fall down XVll. Treatment After Foaling; After foaling, and until the colt is a month old, the mare should do no work. In fact, no valuable mare should do any work, certainly not more than enough for exercise, until the colt begins to eat grass and grain freely. There are more colts dwarfed, and mares injured, by the dam being worked hard while sucklingthe colt, than at any other time, and by all other means Avhatever. She is then weak, liable to become overheated, and any disability experienced by the mare will surely be participated in by the foal XV 111. How to Know if a Mare is in Foal. As already stated, if the mare refuse the horse upon the third trial, on the twenty-first day after service, she may be considered to be with foal. Between these trials, however, if the mare be not gravid, or in foal, the lips of the vagina will be moist, bright, and of a fresh florid THE BREEDING AND REARING OF COLTS. 195 appearance, and with a fresh drop of fluid at the lower part, which beinv the whip and spur, vvhich are, even now, freely and needlessly used by some brutal teamsters, as well as by many really liumane persons, who have never sought to un- derstand the intelligence of the hor.se, .ind far less that of the other do- mestic animals under their care. Hence, to persons of this latter class, the horse is a slave, whereas, to the intelligent master, he is a servant anx- ious and eager to do his will. The clement of fear cannot, of course, be entirely dispensed with in training. A wilful animal must be subdued at any cost of punishment , but this punishment should be as intelligently and humanely administered as in the case of a child. Those who train animals should first, themselves, lear-n to know what the animal means 208 3 I ^ P o o HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 209 by his mute language ; in the case of the horse, for instance, they should know at a glance what is meant by the play of the ears, the arch of the neck, the expression of the eyes, and the attitude generally. These things once understood, more than half the difficulty of training is over- come. II. The American Way Better than the English. It has often been remarked that English horses are wilder, more dan* gerous and difficult to subdue, have stronger resisting powers, and are more liable at any time to exhibit freaks of temper, than American-bred horses. This is quite true, and for the reason that, in England, the old system of horse-breaking is more in vogue than in this country. In England, colts are not raised on every farm, as in the United States and Canada, to be the friends and the pets of the children. Their keepers are generally ignorant servants, who seem to think that horses have but two impulses — to eat and to iiijure. In America, colts are the pets of the boys of the family, and, while running with the mare, they become habituated to all the sights and noises of the farm. They never come to know their real strength as a resisting power against man ; that power lies dormant, because on the farm, as a rule, they have no occasion to exercise it We have accordingly insisted, as the result of experience, that the education of animals should begin at a very early age, when the power of resistance is small. For, if once an animal finds that the supe- rior intelligence of the master is more than a match for brute force, kind- ness and careful lessons will thenceforth easily complete the education of all farm animals, and especially that of the young horse. III, Difference Between Breaking and Training. The difference between "breaking" and training must already be appar. ent to the reader. The aim of the first is to subdue, and force is promptly resorted to as the ■eadiest means to this end. The compara- tively-weak but intelligently directed brute-force of the master will, of course, generally v/in, and the animal, broken in spirit, becomes an autom- aton, performing through fear what he cannot avoid by resistance. In those cases where the superior force of the animal wins, he is thencefor- ward vicious and tricky, and passes from one master to another, until, worn out in the struggle, he either ruins himself or becomes the drudge of some reckless and brutal teamster. Training, on the other hand, consists in teaching the young animal to know that, while the master must be obeyed promptly and implicitly, he is truly an indulgent master, requiring nothing but what is necessary to be done, and, once the task is performed, that the rewards of care and rest will follow. 210 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. No horse l)roken by inaiii-strength and brute-force is quite safe for a woman to ride or drive, unless she be a complete horsewoman. The more wilful of them are never safe for any woman to drive. A horse carefully trained, however, is always safe for a woman to drive, if she be not especially nervous, and has accustomed herself to the guidance of horses ; the only exceptions being such animals as by defective organiza- tions are naturally vicious, cowardly, timid from imperfect sight, or tainted with insanity. These defects have already been mentioned in the chapter on breeding, under the head of heredity. rv. First Lessons. As before stated, the first lesson to be imparted is that of reliance on the will of the master. This lesson in obedience should be given at weaning time, or when the colt is first haltered to be stabled. If it has been haltered, as recommended, when quite young, there will be no resist- ance. If this has not been done, tiie colt must be driven into a confined space where it cannot escape. Take the halter in both hands, and keep liolding it to the colt until it will touch it with the nose. Do not hurry. The important thing here is to show the animal that there is nothing dan- gerous about a halter. When the colt ceases to fear, place the halter on the head quickly, and fasten it. If it show no serious fear, tie it up at once. If it seems frightened, allow it to wear the halter a little time before tying up. When you fasten it, do so securely, for at some time or other it will try to break away. When this occurs, halter and strap should be strong enough to resist every effort. When it ceases to pull, it is thoroughly halter-wise, so far as standing quietly is concerned. It will have ceased forever to pull at the halter simply to free itself. V. Learning To Lead. The next lesson before the colt is learning to lead. You should have a small yard, into which you can take the colt. Provide yourself with a light switch, and also with a line about ten feet long, to be tied to the end of the halter. Let the colt play around in a circle, if it chooses, for a time. Approach him gently, take the halter by the nose-band with the left hand, while holding the switch in the right hand. If the colt rear, support yourself with the right hand, by grasping the top of the neck to keep the colt down. Use no undue violence. Do not strike it. When it gets through floundering, it will thereafter be quiet. Next take the halter in the right hand, and bid the colt go on. If it refuse, tap it uncler the belly wnth the switch, until it moves. If it rears again, again subdue it. So continue until it moves forward. Then talk to it, and pet it, and it will soon lead kindly, turning to the right or left at will HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 211 VI. To Make a Colt Come to You. Have a lone flexible whip. Place yourself just so far ahead of the colt that you can easily touch him in the flank, and then bid him "come here," at the same time pulling on the halter. If he will not come, tap him m the flank, or on the fore legs, and so continue until he obeys. If he pulls back, checkhim, and continue touching him until he comes up. Then pet him and give him a small taste of sugar, or something he likes. Continue in this way until he comes readily at the word. The colt will not always become perfect under the first or second lesson. Perseverance wnll accom- plish each and every other lesson more easily than if violence were used. VII. Lessons in Sound Signals. We have shown that the first lessons are to accustom' the colt to prompt obedience to the will of the trainer, as expressed by the voice or signals. The voice, however, must be the chief reliance. The signal by sound, should precede the signal by sign, or the check by the strap or rein : and should always precede the tap of the whip, when the whip is necessary. A child is taught to speak through its po^Ner of imitation. If it never heard spoken language, it would never learn to articulate speech. So, the same word should always be used, to induce the perform- ance by the colt of a certain act, as : Whoa ! Back ! Go on ! Come here ! When this has been accomplished, and the colt has been taught to stand at rest, to lead quietly or to circle about the tutor, at the end of the rein, he should next be taught to follow the master about the yard -with- out leading, first with the halter strap in the hand, the tutor backing as the colt follows, and afterwards with the strap over the neck of the colt. The preliminary lesson in backing may be taught, l)y taking the colt by the head, standing in front of him, and using the word "back," at the same time, pressing in the proper direction, and tapping it on the breast, if necessary. After a time the animal will back promptly and continuously at the word. This lesson, and all others of flexions, must be taught with the bridle and bit, since to back easily and properly, the head must be raised. In all first lessons the form of the halter is important. AVe give that of a good one, which will not hurt the colt unless he pulls strongly on it. Upon ceasing, the halter will let up of itself. When once the animal is taught to stand quietly, an ordinary halter may be ,^g(J^ A GOOD FOBM FOR A HALTliB, 212 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Vm. Flexions. That tlie colt may be able promptly to turn in any direction, what are called flexions should be practiced. The more simple of these are, raising the head high, putting it down close to the ground and then rais- ing it, turnnig the head to the right or the left side, with the nose close to the bod}^ but obliquely to it, etc. Full instruction in these flexions need not be perfected until the animal is two or three years old ; and, in fact, but little of this exercise is actually necessary, except with the-sad- dle horse. For saddle horses, flexions are especially important, since the object of them is to render the head, neck, body and li'Jibs supple and capa- ble of varied action. A curb-bit is necessary to their proper performance, and hence only preliminary and simple lessons should be given the colt, for the curb should not be used until the animal is nearly ready for work. At the proper age, put on a bridle with a curb-bit, taking care that it fits properly in every part. Between the chain and jaw, the finger should sRp easily, and the bit should just touch the upper part of the lips, and that only in the slightest manner. Stand in front of the horse, take the off or riiiht rein with the right hand about six inches from the branch of the bit, and the near or left rein with the left hand, at about half the dis- tance from the branch. Draw the right hand to the body, and press with the left, so as to turn the bit in the mouth. If the horse backs, follow hmi up, pressing steadily until he lowers his head, and flexes his jaw. Then slip the left hand along the rein until it is ojiposite the right hand and press the head to the breast, holding it curbed perpendicularly but obliquely to the right, until the horse A\ill maintain the position himself. Then flex the jaw to the left by a reverse action to that above given. Teach the horse to raise his head high and perpendicularly, hy taking each rein, six inches from the branch, and raising, and pressing slightly back. Teach him to lower the head by a contrary action. Next teach him to sway the head to the right and to the left, to raise and lower the head alternatel3s by means that will readily suggest themselves. It will surprise you to find how soon the average horse will understand. In all this, use no undue violence, and above all bear in mind that a curb-l)it is a powerful lever, and must be carefully handled. When the animal is perfect in these flexions, take the reins :n the left hand, near the branches of the bit ; and standing close by and facing the shoulder, holding the head fairly up, and to you, induce the animal to move his hind feet, in a circle from you, the fore feet remaining stationar}^ as a pivot. This lesson perfect, make him stand firm behind, and move his fore parts from you in a circle. There are many other flexions taught in t.he menage ; but the foregoing are suflScient for a saddle horse or light HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 213 driving horse , and these are not necessary unless the animal be intended tor this kind of work, or for racing or trotting. Remember one thing, teach only one lesson at a time. Again, let us repeat the caution, never to use undue violence, and never lose your temper, never speak loud, or jerk the reins, or act upon ;5udden impulse. Keep cool. Your object is to train, not break the will. When the animal understands the wish, and performs it, reward it with something it likes, and let it rest; a bit of carrot, or sugar for instance, goes a great way with a young horse. IX. The Proper Age for "Work. The preliminary training may go forward from the time the colt is six months old, until the age of two years is reached. It will by this time be quite submissive to the will of the tramer, and without fear. A pad, with light stirrup-leathers attached, may be put on, and the colt be allowed to play about the yard with it, at the end of the rein. A well- fitting bridle may be put on, with keys attached to the center of the bit, w ith which the colt may amuse itself. When the colt is one year old and over, the crupper-strap may be put on, and the little animal may be reined loosely to the top of the pad. Later, the side reins maybe put on, and the head gradually Orought into position. The colt, if stabled, should be regularly cleaned. His feet should be raised, and the hoofs lightly tapped with a hammer. He should be taughtto lead, walk and trot, beside the trainer. Thus at the age of two years, if well-grown, he will be ready to be trained to light work, or, as it used to be put, "broken to harness," Under the course of treatment w'e have laid down, he will have learned the use of the reins, — to go back, or forward, and to turn to the right or left at the word ; and above all, he will have confidence in himself, and no fear of his master. In nine cases out of ten, if the colt has been taught to lead beside a well trained team, and used to the rattling of xhe wagon, he will go off pretty much like an old horse, except for his super- abundant life, the first time he is harnessed. X. Harnessing and Driving. Two years is the best age for putting the colt to light work. He has better teeth then than at three years old, and has arrived at the. period when careful driving will assist to spread and develop the frame. The colt will, of course, first have been taught to allow himself to be harnessed and unharnessed kindly. Put the harness on carefully and hitch him up beside a well-trained horse, usually on the off side, and start the team ; then, if he plunge, he can do no m.ijchief. Tie the dou- ble-tree of the old horse, so that he can pull all the load if necessary 214 CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. and bid them go. If the colt plunge and rear, keep the steady horse in motion, and talk to the colt. If he show too much temper, a few sharp cuts of the whip will bring him to terms, but in punishing him strike but once, and repeat if necessary. This discipline, administered with caie, and driving to make them way-wise, is all the difficulty one need ever nave with colts. XI. The Age for Real Work. Having performed light work, when from two to three years of age, let the colts have rest during the twelvemonth from three to four years of age. They are then shedding their principal teeth, and should be allowed to grow. At five 3'ears they may be put to real work, and they will then go on getting better and wiser, until they are eight years old, at which age a horse should be kind and without fear under any circumstances, and fit for any one to drive, who can hold the reins, aiid has judgment enough to keep from running against obstacles. This may seem like a long course of training, and one accompanied b^ much trouble. It all, however, comes in the regular routine of farm life, and must be midertaken in one way or another, unless the animal be intended for mere drudgery. XII. How to Subdue a Wild Colt. The narrative of how the writer once subdued, and rendered perfectly amenable to the will, a pair of wild, high-bred four-year-old colts, that had never even been haltered, may prove interesting. The colts had been purchased from a person who was a capital and humane horseman, but believed in never handling a colt until four years old — and this is cer- tainly better than imperfect handling. The two were driven together, into a close stall. From the outside of the stall, after many trials, in which no violence was used, but, on the contrary, soothing words, strong cavesson halters, such as are shown in the illustration, were put on the ani- mals and buckled. A rope twenty-four feet long, and with a powerful snap hook in the middle, was attached to the ring of the halter, leaving the ends twelve feet. Two men were placed at each end of the rope, whose only duty was to keep it spread, and, so accommodate themselves to the movement of the colt, as to keep it as nearly within bounds as possible. Our horseman friend superintended one colt, myself the other. The colts were allowed to find their way each into separate yards. The men picked up the ends of the rope, and the struggle began. The masters' part was simply to direct the movements of the men, and talk, each to his own colt. In ten minutes the rearing and plunging of one colt was over, and in less than fifteen minutes the struggles of the HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 215' other had ceased ; in less than twenty minutes each of the colts, ex- hausted, allowed the hand of the master to be placed on the nose, and himself to be gently fondled. Standing a short distance before the colt, with a flexible whip in hand and a cord attached to the ring of the halter, the men still holding the ends of the rope, but slack, I bade the colt come forward, tapping it on the knee after every word, with the end of the whip. The colt did not fear the master, only the assistants, and soon first one, and then the other, came foirward promptly, and within an hour would follow like a dog. They were led home and put in the stable. The next day they were bitted, and their training proceeded steadily. Within a week each of them was ridden, and in ten days they were harnessed together and driven. They were broken, during the season, to light driving under sharp curb- bits, accustomed to various odd sights, and having first been rendered submissive to the voice and will of the master, never showed fear that could not be quieted by a word. Xni. Handling a Vicious Colt. Some colts are naturally vicious. The head of such an animal is rep- resented in one of the illustrations given with Chapter IV. If you un- fortunately have one, get him into a close stall, fasten him securely in, halter him and get him in the yard, using ropes to the halter-ring, not less than twenty feet at each end. After he has struggled and exhausted himself, proceed to make him lie down. This can be done in the follow- ino- manner. Have ready a strong bridle with a snaffle-bit, and put it on him ; also fasten around the refractory youngster a good ])added sur- cingle, with a strap for the fore leg having a loop that will draw tight around the fetlock. Raise the leg, l)uckle the end of the strap securely around the arm^ and you have him so he cannot kick. Fasten a longer strap with a similar loop, but no buckle, around the off fetlock ; pass the end under the surcingle, taking the end in the right hand, while theleftgrasps the bridle by both reins ; cast off the hampering ropes, and as the horse rears to free himself, pull tight the strap that has been passed under the sur- cino-le, and when he comes down it will be on the knees. As he strug- gles, press his head from you, by pulling the off rein tight over his neck, and he will fall over on the side. When he gives up entirely, and lies still, the horse should be fondled, the straps taken off, and after a time, ne should be allowed to rise. If not entirely subdued, the same thing must be gone over again. This is essentially Mr. Rarey's plan. It need never be resorted to ex- cept under extraordinary circumstances, and the operator must have 216 CICLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. been accustomed to handling horses, and understand the movements nec- essary in overcoming vicious and rearing animals. Another plan is to hopple the horse and throw him down, but the one we have described is the best and most successful. It should never be attempted, however, except in a yard so thoroughly covered with some soft material that the animal will not hurt itself in falling. XTV. Subduing a Vicious or Tricky Horse. No person who is not well assured of his own power, should have any- thing to do with a vicious horse, especially if the animal be vicious from some physical infirmity, such as partial insanity, wicked temper, etc. If the horse has been made tricky l)y a previous timid owner, the case is not so bad. Go into the stable where he is tied, and speak to him in a firm voice. Put a strong snaffle bridle on him, take it by the bit, and order him to back. If he do not obey, strike him sharply with the whip on the fore limbs, holding him with the left hand, yourself partly facing to the rear, but so you can see every motion of the eye and ear. If he kick, cut him sharply ^ath the whip (a raAvhide is best) just above the hock, over the fleshy part of the leg. If he rear, cut him over the fore legs —never, however, giving more than one stroke at a time. When he backs, take him into a small, close yard, and make him obey you, coming forward, backing, or standing, as you order. If he again show signs of temper, or unruliness, proceed to make him lie down, as before directed. But a horse that has been in the habit of having his own way with a previous master, is thereafter never safe for any one to drive, except him who has become his conqueror. In making a horse lie down, never use undue violence. Once the straps are fastened, you have him completely in your power. Let him struggle; it will do him good. You have simply to watch, keep him from hurting you, and seize the proper moment for subduing him. Once you have him down, and quiet, show him a buffalo robe, or any other object he dislikes ; touch him with it, and let him touch it with his nose. When he at length smells at it, let him satisfy himself that it will not hurt him. At the first attempt at putting him down, if he get tne advantage, let him rise and then try again. When, however, you have him in your power and quiet, soothe him : pass your hand repeatedly over his body ; breathe in his nostrils ; open his mouth ; gently stroke his ears and nose, and let him taste of something he likes. Thus, by using judgment, knowing your own power and ability to manage an animal, the most vicious can be subdued to your will, if not to that of other drivers. But, once you undertake to subdue a horse, do not leave him until he gives up completely. HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 217 XV. Training a Stallion for Service. For the reason that a stallion is stronger, more courageous, higher in nervous force, and more self-willed than the gelding, it is absolutely necessary that his actual training begin from the time he is a year old. He must be stabled, unless a pasture be provided where he may run every day. The ordinary training to halter, and in the flexions, learning to go forward, to back, to stand, to go kindly under the saddle and in harness, may be proceeded with much as in the case of any other colt. In addi- tion to these exercises, he should be taught to circle at the end of the long bridle rein, to the right and to the left at the word of command, to describe the figure eight, to kneel, to sit on his haunches, and to rear and to come as suddenly down at the word of command. These lessons being acquired, he should be exercised in them frequently, and be also taught to come instantly to his master at the word, without bridle or halter- rein. It will take time, all this, but henceforth he will not be found drago-ina his keeper about as though he were a toy attached to him." When the actual season of service is at hand, it will save many an accident, when in contact with unruly mares. Sooner or later, there may come a time when the stallion will resist authority, and then there must be no hesitation. The whip must then be used sharply and strongly, to subdue him. If he comes at you with mouth open, strike him suddenly a stinging blow across the nose. If he rears, cut him across the fore legs. If he kick, strike across the hind legs, just under the stifle. The whip should be strong, long, flexible, of the best workmanship and loaded with lead at the handle. We have known its use, in striking a frantic brute behind the ears, to bring him down. Remember what has been said about not striking more than once. Let there be a distinct interval between each sharj) stroke, accompanied by as distinct a word of command. There is really little danger, to the cool horseman. The horse and master should never lose temper at the same time. If so, the strongest brute-force will certainly conquer. After a stallion is once thoroughly trained, never trust him to any but a thoroughly compe- tent groom, and one of calm courage. He is too valuable an animal to be either abused or spoiled. And during the season of service, never allow him to be ridden from one station to another. He should be led beside another horse, even when taking his daily exercise. This exercise should be thorough, out of the season of service, except for a period of rest of a month's duration immediately after the season. During the season, 218 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. the exercise must be sufficient to keep the muscular condition well up. and the digestive organs in perfect order. Thus only can you expect to have the most perfect colts as the produce of your sire. XVI. Training for Draft. A horse to be used safely for draft, requires less training than any other. He has but one thing to learn ; viz : to exert his strength to the best advantage when occasion requires. To accomplish this, he should be daily exercised at a dead pull, being careful always not to overload, until he has acquired his maximum strength, which will not be until the age of eight or nine years is reached. Training to the Wagon. — The wagon-horse should be trained to trot steadily with a light load, and to walk fast with a medium load. He must turn readily to the right and left, and describe short circles ; he should also be taught to stop suddenly, by throwing himself in the breechings, so as to hold a wagon steady in going down hill, and last, but not least important, he should be taught to back all that he can draw forward. XVII. How to Have a Good Plow Team. A plow team should be thoroughly under control. The animals should be trained to the word, fully as much as to the rein, and taught to obey promptly the slightest signal. They must be evenly matched for strength and agility ; for a fast, fresh horse, and a slow, dull one, together, are bad enough anywhere, but worst of all at the plow. With suchateam, no plowman can do good work, and without good plowing we need not expect good crops. The team should be taught to move forward without crowding together or pulling apart ; at the end of the furrow, the horse describing the least segment of the circle, should keep a little behind the other when coming about, so as to avoid being step- ped on ; and in the case of coming short-about, as in turning corners, he should make the turn by a series of short steps. To accomplish this, the team must be talked to, though few take the trouble to do it, and hence we seldom see a really perfect plow team, one that can accomplish their task with the least labor to themselves and their driver. XVm. Forming a Good Saddle Horse. The forming of a saddle-horse, perfect in all his gaits, and amenable to the slightest sign of the bridle, voice, or heel of the rider, is more difficult than any other special training. It can only be done under a sharp curb-bit, and, to use this pi-operly, the rider must have perfect command of himself in the saddle, and the lightest possible hand in using the reins. He must first become a horseman himself, before he can train a horse to the saddle. The animal should be perfectly flexed, HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 219 to render supple every portion of the body and limbs. He must be taught to go with head well-up and haunches well under him, to describe short circles and the figure eight, to turn, using the hind feet as a pivot, and also with the fore feet as a pivot ; and he should know how to wheel suddenly without danger of unseating his rider. This latter is accom- plished by a turn of the hind feet, the fore feet being in the air, and just after the impulse is partially given for the forward movement. A saddle-horse should also be taught to change the leading foot, while in motion ; and under whatever gait. The idea will be caught from the manner in which a person changes the leading foot in catching the step of another person. The horse's head is to be turned somewhat out of line by pressure on the bridle-rein, and also l)y pressure of the opposite foot of the rider. This will throw the head and croup out of the natural line of progression somewhat, as is done at starting, and then by a pecu- liar movement of the limbs their motion is changed. Thus, if the horse is leading with the right fore-leg, turn the head to the right, and, with the heel turn the croup to the left, and vice versa. Once learned, it is never forgotten. XrX. The Different Gkiits. The natural gaits of the horse are walking, trotting and galloping. Walking is jierformed in 1-2-3-4 time, and in regular cadence. The ordhiary trot and the jog trot are l)ut modifications of the walk. Galloping is performed in 1,2-3,4 time, and the faster the stride, the more nearly simultaneously are the fore feet and hind feet brought down, so that when the horse is running at speed, the movement is apparently in 1-2 time. Then the animal is extended to the utmost, Avith head and tail straight out. The gait is truly a succession of leaps, and soon exhausts the animal. The slower the gallop, the less should the animal be extended, and the more should the head be raised and the haunches thrown under the body. Thus when an animal acquires the distressing, but fashionable, promen- ade canter, if he is handsome and has other corresponding accomplish- ments, he is almost priceless. The promenade canter is taught by rein- ing the horse in to get his head well up, and then restraining him to the pace required. Thus the slower he goes, the more upright he holds him- self. To teach this, the spur must be used, but with discretion. The canter then is a slow gallop. The hand-gallop is faster and is an easy gait for the horse, since he goes at half speed and in a natural man- ner. The running gait is not distressing until the violent exertion begins to tell on the wind and bottom. 220 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Besides these, and other artificial modifications of the gallop, the pace and its modifications, are the only other gaits which a horse may be taught : forlcaping, wheeling, rearing and springing forward or from side to side, are all forms of the gallop. The amble is Sf)inctimes classed as a modified pace. It is, in reality, a slow gallop, easy and smooth, and, like any other saddle gait, must be taught under the curb. The true pacing horse lifts the fore and hind feet simultaneously on a side, first on one side and then the other. Like running at speed, it is performed in 1-2 time. The rack is a modified pace. Instead of two feet being lifted simultaneously on the one side and then the other, the feet are lifted in 1-2,3-4 time, but not regularly as in the walk. Single-foot, again, is a trained rack. Some horses take to it easily, and in fact almost naturall}^ just as some horses take to pacing natur- ally. But it often takes time to instruct the horse therein, though once acquired, it is not soon forgotten. No written instructions can be given for adapting all these gaits, except such general rules as are laid down for rendering the animal amenable to training. Once, by practice, you have imparted the gait, be sure to give the animal a kind word, and a rewarding caress. XX. Training to Trot in Harness. If a horse have the trotting instinct, all that is necessfiry in order to develop it is perseverance and training. The head shoul d be carried toler- ably high, but not unnaturally so. The conformation of the horse must be studied, (see Chapter IV), and to assist tbe reader further, two cuts are given, one showing a horse's head, stramed unnaturally and AN UNNATURAL POSITION. IIEAO (AKRIEI) NATURALLY. by the bearing rein, the other showing the head drawn up naturally Avith the bit. In the one case the head is strained up by both check rein and curb, while in the other it is simply held in proper position by the curb. There is no objection to the use of the check rein if it be not improp- erly used. It serves to keep the horse in shape under a slack rein, and from putting his head to the ground, when standing at rest A matter in relation to driving in light harness, under the curb, may here be worth relating. We once trained a nnir of fine roadster colts to HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 221 drive together in harness, solely under a pair of sharp curb-bits. This was thirty years ago. We were told that we could get no speed out of them, and that there would be danger of their falling. The lagt we knew to be nonsense, and the first we found to be a mistake. There were few teams that could out-foot them on the road ; and, trotting at speed, they seemed to be going upon a slack rein. Not so, however; their mouths had never been calloused by the sawing of the "pulling bit," and they were amenable to the slightest sign. In fact, they were kept in perfect form, but it required delicate handling to do it. How much more ele- gant was this than the "g'lang" style adopted by too many persons when driving for pleasure on the road. Train, therefore, a pair of horses or a single light-driving horse, under the curl) always, and, then, if you wish, you may drive them handsomely under the snafile. XXI. Perming a Trotter. All that is required in a horse for trotting a race, is that he go fast enough. The training of trotters is a fine art, and one in which but few persons gain eminent success. Yet, a fair amount of the speed that is in a horse, may be gotten oat of him, by strict attention to feed, wa- ter, grooming and proper work. He must be exercised every day to bring his muscles into proper condition for fast work, and at some period in each exercise, he must be made to trot as fast as he can, without break- ing into a run. Thus his speed may be gradually increased, until at last he will forget the impulse to run, and if, in urging liim strongly, he goes off his feet, he can readily be made tp catch the stride again, by chang- ing the bit ; that is by pulling him a little out of line, as in making a horse change his leading foot. It is not necessary that you pull him hard to make him trot fast. The pull should only be hard enough to keep him steady and up to his gait. The real Avork is done by long continued driving, and by lengthening his stride, by means of every persuasion possible. Do not expect to suc- ceed the first or second year with a colt. A horse seldom comes to his full trotting power, until he is seven or eight years old, and often not until he is eleven or twelve. Hence, the large prices the fast ones bring. XXII. To Train a Racer. With running horses, as with saddle horses, it is necessary that they first be trained into i^erfect ol)edicnce ; and the lessons in flexions must also be attended to, so that their limbs and bodies may be rendered supple. This part of the training having been thoroughly accomplished, all that is required is to keep them in perfect muscular condition, by proper feed- ing, gi'ooming and exorcise. They are then taught to increase their stride by daily speeding them, extending the trial from time to time until they 222 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. attain their best speed. This training should begin at two years old. At three, they should be given an extended stride, and they will reach their full powers at four, five or six years of age. The training of colts to run fast races at two years old, is severely to be condemned, if the future usefulness of the animal is to be considered. Nevertheless, as long as it is found profitable by breeders and trainers, it will no doubt be practiced. The training of running horses, like the training of trotters, is a fine ai-*-. Yet the general principles, we have given, may be understood by all. A diet of oats and hay, the best of stable care, and daily work upon a proper course, under the eye of an intelligent master, arc the things necessary to get the speed out of well bred horses ; and no other than properly-bred animals should ever be trained for great speed. It is not in them. The horse being in motion, the rider throws nearly all his weight in the stirrups, steadying himself with his knees and thighs. The rear of the body is thrown back and the loin arched, so as not to carry the Aveight too far forw^ard. The trainer must know how to ride with the gi-eatesl ease to the horse, and to assist the movement by every means in his power ; thus, the leg, from the knee, will be slightly thrown back, so that by stiffening the leg, the rider's center of weight may be easily changed, without his ceasing to bear firmly in the stirrups. These directions are for riders or jockeys of medium weight. Lightei ones ride with longer stirrups, supporting themselves more by the thighs. The best race-riders scarcely, if at all, touch the seat of the saddle. This gives a good command of the horse, but is only used in race-riding, since it soon tires out the rider. The same position, however, will ease any horse in galloping over bad or rough ground, or any space that mus^ be quickly ridden over. XXnr. Saddling. It will only be necessary to add some general directions to this chapter. In saddling a horse, for whatever purpose, do not use undue haste. Do not throw the saddle on, especially if the horse be young, or in the least inclined to nervousness. Go about the matter quietly and in a business- like way. See that the saddle fits. If it do not, make it fit. See that the girths are properly adjusted, and tightened, and that the crupper- strap, if there be one, is smooth and well fitting. The bridle must also be looked to ; see that it is strong, properly put on, and of the right length from the head-piece to the bit. Before mounting, look again to the girths. They may need tightening another hole. XXIV Harnessing. in harnessing a horse it is also necessary that the gear be perfect in its fit, and not heavier than oooa<^on rsquireK. See that the back hand doet HOW TO TRAIN A HORSE. 223 not pinch, that the hames fit the collar, and that the collar fits the horse For draft, especially, there should be room enough between the lower part of the collar and neck for the hand to be easily thrust between. If it is a breast collar, see that the draft-band is at the right place on the breast. For light work, a horse may have a closer-fitting collar than for heavy work, but whatever the worlv, the collar should be made to fit the horse, and not the horse to fit the collar. A horse may, indeed, work in a badly fitting harness. So may a man with an ill made tool. Pulling aC tlie Halter. When a horse acquires the habit of pulling on the halter, it is very dif- ficult to break him. We have already stated the prevention; the first halter put on the colt should be strong enough to resist all attempts ai breaking. CARMON, AT TWELVE YEARS OF AGE. Standard bred carriage stallion, shown as "Glorious Thunder Cloud." At the head of the Government Stud at the Colorado Experiment Station. A strong bitting harness and fastenings that cannot be broken are arranged so that, when the horse pulls back, the whole weight of the pull will come on the jaw. One effort will satisfy him of his in- ability to break loose, and the punishment will be such that he will not pull thereafter. CHAPTER XII. STABLES AND OTBCR SHELTER. I. THE ECONOMY OF COMFORT. II. HOW TO BUILU STABLES. III. WHERE TO KEEP HARNESS. IV. TEMPERATURE AND VENTILATION. V. THE ARRANGEMENT OF STALLS. VI. CONSTRUCTION OF MANGERS AND RACKS. VII. THE HAY AND STRAW LOFT. VIII. AN ECONOMICAL GRANARY. IX. THE WAGON AND CAR- RIAGE FLOOR. X. THE HARNESS ROOM. XI. THE STABLE-YARD AND OUT-SHEDS. XII. GRASS LOTS NEAR THE STABLE. XIII. A GOOD SUPPLY OF WATER XIV. CLEANING THE STABLE. I. The Economy of Comfort. Ill building a stable, or other structure for housing animals, however rough it may be, the economy of comfort should be as carefully studied as though the building were intended for the family. Even the wealthiest do not always do this. Everything may be elegant and costly, and yet there is often less real comfort and economy, in the arrangement of their stables and barns, than is found in the poor man's buildings which, though rough, may, nevertheless, be arranged with an intelligent aptitude for making a place for everything needed and proper facilities, crude though they be, for doing the work and providing for the comfort of the occu- pants in the easiest but most thorough manner. The selection of the site is of importance, since much depends upon this, when drainage and ventilation are considered. A commanding situ- ation is generally selected for the dwelling house, and there is no reason why the next-best location should not be taken for the stable. The horse- stable should, if possible, be a building separate and distinct from the barn. In a suburban place, it need not be entirely hidden from the house. Neither, on the farm, is it proper that it be glaringly exposed to view, to save steps in the morning. In either case the stable may be somewhat hidden by planted trees, but not so much so as to cut off the free circula- tion of air. On the farm, if there is a chance for a bank-basement, breeding-cattle, requiring extra care, may occupy the basement; but never put horses there. Like birds, they require an abundance of air, but must not be exposed to drafts. The stable should be comfortably warm in winter and cool in summer. Attention to this point not only secures economy in feeding, and perfect health, but promotes that pecu- liar luster and softness of the hair, which all the grooming possible can- not give without it. II. How to Build Stables. The stable floor should not be less than sixteen feet wide. The walls should be at least eight feet high, though nine is better ; and the horses 224 STABLES AND OTHER SHELTER. 225 should stand in a single row, when but few are kept. The heads of the animals should be toward the wall, so that the ventilators may admit air directly to them, and as near the top as possible. If more horses are kept than a single row will accommodate, in a barn of the size wished, they may stand in a double row, with sufficient space behind each row that t ley canoot kick each other. Thirty-four feet in width will be ample. m. Where to Keep Harness. For farm or draft horses, che harness may hang in the stable on pegs seven feet high, at the rear of each horse. But carriage harness, or other fine gear, should be hung in the harness room, out of the way of dust and the effluvia of the stable. The harness room is, indeed, the proper place for all harness, but few persons will take the trouble to carry it there, and it is, on the whole, economy to hang it as we have stated, especially when there is abundant light admitted to the stable of draft horses from proper windows, and the ventilation is perfect. IV. Temperature and Ventilation. The proper temperature for the stable is fifty degrees, ranging to sixty- five in summer, but never below forty in winter. The reason is obvi- ous. The horse is especially sensitive to cold, and when the temperature is less than fifty degrees, the system becomes chilled. This may be obvi- ated by clothing; and, here again, is one of the most important matters in stable management, both on the score of economy and of comfor';, though it is one too generally neglected. The proper heat of the body must be kept up in some way. It is cheaper to do so by means of cloth- ing, than by extra feeding. So, in summer, a thin sheet keeps the body cool, and is especially useful in protecting the animal, measurably, from flies. Ventilation, again, is all-important, since by this means not only is' the proper supply of fresh air constantly admitted, and without undue drafts, but it is also an important means of regulating the temperature, espe- cially in winter. If the stable be made with hollow walls, the ventilation may come up through these. In any ease, however, the air s-hould be admitted as high up as possible. A simple means of admitting air is by the use of sliding panels, which may be moved easily up and down, if hung with sash-weights, as in the case of windows. If the windows themselves are the ventilators, the same rule will apply. Not the least important, in this connection, are the pipes for conveying the impure air up through the building and out at the roof. The main ventilating trunk should be not less than four feet square, beginning at 226 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. the center of the stable and leading to the peak of the roof. Funnel- shaped branches, opening behind each two or three horses, should connect with the main trunk. If the main ventilating trunk be provided with proper doors, it may serve to convey straw down from above for bedding, and also hay, if open mangers are used ; and it may be remarked, in passing, that open mangers are altogether the best, to our way of thinking. An excellent additional means of ventilation to supply cool air in sum- mer and warm air in winter, is Mr. Wilkinson's plan of sub-earth venti- lation. This consists, simply, in laying an eight or ten-inch tile tube at a depth of four to six feet under ground, and extending for 300 to 400 feet away, to an out-lot. The air coming from this pipe will always be cool, or about fifty degrees in winter, and seldom more than that m sum- mer. If four funnel-shaped openings are provided at the upper end of the upright tube, it will always catch air from whatever direction the breeze comes. This means of ventilation is especially valuable in country dwell- ings, cellars and dairies. V. The Arrangement of Stalls. Large stalls are best, and each horse should have a separate stall. Whether built cheaply or elaborately, the stalls should vary in width from five feet, to five feet six inches, according to the size of the horse, and should be ten feet from front to rear. The partition-posts at the rear should ])G round, not less than five inches in diameter, with a gain cut on the inside, to admit the ends of the plank forming the sides of the stalls. The partition planks may lie betw^een cleats. The posts may in- cline inward or not. If they do so incline, the bottom should be ten feet from the wall, and the top eight feet. The sides should be four and a half feet high, of two-inch plank, and if on the top of this there be placed a strip of strong wo ven-wi re cloth, two feet higher, it will prevent ugly horses from biting or gnawing each other, and at the same time allow good-tempered ones to get their noses near together for companionship. The floor should be double, and the upper one should be in three parts ; that is, the first three feet in front, of hard-wood, two-inch plank should be laid close and nailed solid ; the other two sections, of narrow, hard- wood plank are nailed on strong end-pieces, and with half-inch spaces between. These are to be hinged to other plank nine inches wide, next the sides of the stall, so as to shut together at the middle, to within half an inch of each other. Thus, all tlie liquid matter passes directly through to the solid and water-tight floor beneath, made of planed and grooved plank, and ending just inside the posts, in a narrow gutter, whence it is conveyed away to a tank. STABLES AND OTHER SHELTER. 227 Thus the animals are always clean, and the upper floor is readily raised tor the daily washing it should receive. The solid dung and litter may be wheeled outside, or if there is a basement, throw it down through a trap door, to be made into compost. If the expense of such a floor, as that described, is deemed too great, the floor may be made of hard-wood plank, or better, of smooth cobble stone laid in sand. Hard-rammed clay makes a most comfortable floor to stand on, if it be kept repaired, and straw enough is used for bedding to keep the animals clean. Plenty of straw must be used, what- 4. 254 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AM) COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. it is difficult to define their distinct points, seriatim. A sixteen-hand mare, handsome and fairly bred, generally brings first-class roadsters, when stinted to good trotting sires. If you are going to breed them, select go §2 those that come nearest to the forms we give. If you aie going to buy for use on the road, select the form to correspond to the models, and then insist upon a thorough and extended trial, and take a guarantee before you pay a high price for one or a pair. HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 255 XI. Saddle Horses. The saddle horse is the most difficult of all to get in perfection, except the fastest turf and trotting horses. They must be handsome, large enough to carry the weight easily, be perfectly trained; and then the A CHOICE THREE-GAITED SADDLER. This is an exceUent type for carrying weight Note tlae long, oblique should- ers, the high withers, short, strong back and loins. This horse is a little coarse and heavy in the throat latch, but otherwise a good model. Weight, about 1125 pounds. The "walk, trot and canter," are the three gaits of this class of saddler, and in general type and conformation, they are much the same as the flve-gaited horse, but are required to go only three gaits. A good point to be looked for in a three-gaited horse, or all saddle horses for that matter, is to get a confor- mation that will place the rider well back, showing as much of the horse in front of him as possible; thus lightening the weight on the forehand. The "walk, trot and canter" horse is strictly an English type, which has become popular in America in recent years. better the breeding, the more valuable they are. The illustration on the next page shows a good form for a model, if the hoi-se is to be used both for driving and for the saddle — one that will perform well, look well and not easily tire. Such a horse will, upon mares of high style but rather light in the limb, and perhaps with the pasterns somewhat 256 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. too weak, get high-caste, easily-trained, flexible goers, that will sell any- where. And those not of perfect form for the saddle will make good driving horses, or good horses for general utility ; for it must be remem- bered, that, whatever the breed, only comparatively a few may be trained to a degree ;i]>prn;i(liiiiM ]iri rcciiiiii. l>ut, the better the stock, the more perfect animals the breeder will secure. XII. A Horse of High FomL For fine action, high form, ability to carry weight and good perform- ance, especially in the hunting field, a hoi-se at least three-quarters HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 257 bred is to be preferred. The taste for hunting is largel}^ indulged in in the South, and, as wealth increases, it will become more and more fash- ionable in the West. In fact, the demand for horses of high form and A CHOICE EXPRESS DELIVERY HORSE. Note the conformation of ^reat physical endurance indicated by his obliquely ■^et shoulder, depth and compactness of body, shortness of back, closeness of coupling, unusual length of croup, well set pasterns and good shaped feet. Height, 16 hands; weight, 14riO pounds. A typical expiess horse is rather an up-standing, deep bodied, closely coupled liorse with good bone, an abundance of quality, energy and spirit. He should .stand from 15-3 to 16-2 hands high and weigh from 1350 to 1500 pounds in good flesh. The average express horse is about 16 hands high and weighs about 1400 pounds in working condition. His head should be neat, his neck of good length and crest well developed. His shoulders should be obliquely set, coupled with a short, well muscled back and strong loin. His croup should be broad, rounding and well muscled, his quarters dee^ and thighs broad. He should not be "goose- rumped" nor cut up in the flank. His underpinning should be of the very best, his cannons broad and clean and hoofs of a dense, tough horn of a waxy nature. The horse above shown is typical of that class and practically a perfect sample. breeding, for saddle use, is increasing in the West, and many Kentucky and Tennessee horses are bought for this purpose. It must be con- fessed, that as a rule they are not as good as they ought to be, many of 17 258 CtCLOttiDlA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. them ranging as under-sized. Colts from a "horse of good form and action," on proper mares, staunch, handsome and well-bred, will turn out to be the animals desired. Such a horse will have a great stride, fine leaping powers, and the bottom to carry weight at high speed. It must be admitted, also, that such a stallion, when found, would cost a rather large sum of money ; but the colts would sell correspondingly well. "Why should not every well-to-do farmer, who breeds horses, breed good ones, and for a particular purpose? There is no reason why he should not have a well-trained and well-bred saddle horse to sell, when called for. There is no finer country for training than the "West and the South- west, and the training could easily go on during the use of the colt. It the reader has given close attention to the chapter on training, the abil- ity to succeed will come with practice. But do not try to make a good saddle horse out of a "plug." It cannot be done I XIII. Buying for Blood. A person who l)uys blooded horses with a vie^v to breeding must not only understand the form and the various other qualities that go to make a good horse, as we have described them, but he must also understand pedigrees, or else depend upon some friend who does. There are about as many chances of raising a crack colt from the ordinary thoroughbred, even of unstained lineage, as there are of drawing a prize in a lottery. The sire and dam must not only be of perfect lineage, but the descent must be direct through a line of winning horses. Such sires are not numerous, and are in the hands of but few breeders. The well-to-do farmer cannot expect to compete with them, but he can secure blood that will improve his stock yearly, and give him many fine saddle-horses ; and, those likely to fail as saddle nags will make handsome and fast-sell- ing horses for general work on the road. XIV. Choosing the Brood-Mare. In buying a brood-mare the first thing to be considered is her blood ; next her development ; next her freedom from disability and disease, which latter is called soundness. Last, but not least, her temper must be carefully looked to. A fretful, ill-tempered mare is totally unfit to breed from ; and yet, undoubtedly, a majority of farmers consider a mare good enough to breed from, even when worn out with work. A well-bred mare of this kind is certainly more fit than one of ill breeding and badly developed, or one balky from bad temper, or suffering froni hereditary disease. A sensible breeder will reject all mares of this kind. HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 259 The Value of Partly-Bred Horses.— The real value of all draft, as well as speed, horses lies in their crosses and grades. When bred on roomy mares the half bloods make magnificent animals, losing, it is true, much A CHOICE SOUTHERN CHUNK. Note the quality and finish and the absence of draft horse blood. A little \nore depth of flank would improve her appearance. Southern Chunks, as they tre termed in some markets, are small horses that are bought by dealers for the southern markets. They are used by southern planters for tilling their lanas and for riding and driving. The southern farmer does not cultivate deeply and the soils are light, consequently, he does not require very large horses. Southern Chunks are small horses, standing from 15 to 15-3 hands high and weighing from 800 to 1250 pounds. They are rather fine of bone, possessing an abundance of quality and are more rangy in conformation than any of the other Chunks, having more of the light horse blood. of the wonderful appearance of strength, as shown in the original breed, whatever it may be; but if they lose in this respect, they become finer, a.s the uncritical would view it — really so, when bred upon good blooded 200 CYCLOPEDIA OK LIV i.M I'l.irii'; s'I'ock: doctor. In the half-bred Clydesdales, as seen in the accompanying illustrations, the limbs are finer and much of the shaggy covering of the limbs is lost. The breadth of the forehead is well preserved, also the strong, hand- somely supported neck, the fine shoulder and breast, the length of arm, the short leg below the knee, the strong fetlocks and hoofs, and the round-barreled, well-ribbed bodv and fine loin A CHOICE HEAVY DRAFTER OP THE SHOW RING ORDER. For several years he was a First Prize Winner at the International Live Stock Show at Chicago. Note his abundance of quality, smoothness of finish, obliquity of shoulder, and correctly set pastern. For hard service a little. more depth of body would be desirable. His height is 17 hands and his weight 2150 pounds. This is the class of draft horse used by wholesale mercantile houses, packers, brewers, coal dealers, contractors, lumbermen, and firms having heavy teaming work. They are in demand in all large cities. They are wanted also for export, but during the past few years prices have been too high in the United States to make exportation profitable and consequently but few draft horses have been exported. The supply is much short of the demand, causing sharp competition, and consequently Drafters are bringing good prices on the open market and the indications are favorable to permanent, active demand and permanent high prices. In the rear view of the same gelding, is shown clearly the excellent eye and prominent brow, the fine neck, the active, pointed ear, the great l)ower of limb, the broad quarters, the muscular thighs, and handsome tail. Such animals will sell anv where. HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE. 261 XV. Selecting the Stallion. Stonehenge says: — "In choosing the particular blood which will suit any given mare, ray impression always would be, that it is desirable to fix upon the best strain in her pedigree, if not already twice bred in-and-in, and then to put to her the best stallion available of that blood. In some cases, of course, it will happen that the second best strain will answer better, because there happens to be a better iiorse of that blood to be had than of the superior strain, which would otherwise be preferred. If, on the other hand, the mare has already been in-bred to the extent of two degrees, then a cross will be advisable; but I am much inclined to believe, from the success of certain well-known cases, that even then a cross into blood already existing in the mare, but not recently in-bred nor used more than once, will sometimes answer." Traits of Sire and Foal. — "The choice of particular stallions, as dependent upon their formation, is not less difficult than that of the mare, and it must be guided by nearly the same principles, except that there is no occasion for any framework especially calculated for nourish- ing and containing the foetus, as in her case. As far as possible the horse should be the counterpart of what is desired in the produce, though sometimes it may be necessary to select an animal of a breed slightly exaggerating the peculiarity which is sought for, especially when that is not connected with a preponderance of fore or hind-quarters. Thus, if the mare is very leggy, a more than usually short-legged horse may be selected, or if her neck is too short or too long, an animal with this organ particularly long, or the reverse, as the case may be, should be sought out. But in all cases it is dangerous to attempt too sudden alteration with regard to size, as the effort will generally end in a colt without a due proportion of parts, and therefore more or less awkward and unwieidly." Sound Animals. — "In constitution and general health, the same remarks exactly apply to the horse as the mare. All hereditary diseases are to be avoided as far as possible, though few horses are to be met with entirely free from all kinds of unsoundness, some the effects of severe training, and others resulting from actual disease, occurring from other causes. With regard to fatness, there is an extraordinary desire for horses absolutely loaded with fat, just as there formerly was for over-fed oxen at Christmas. It is quita true that the presence of a moderate quantity of fat is a sign of a good constitution, but, like all other good qualities, it may be carried to excess, so as to produce disease ; and just as there is often hypertrophy, or excess of nourishment of the heart. or any bony parts, so is there often a like superabundance of fat, causing '262 CYCLOPEDIA OF LITE STOCK AND COMFLJi;Tlil STOCK DOCTOR. obstruction to the due performance of the animal functions, and often ending in premature death. This is in great measure owing to want of exercise, but also to over-stimulating food ; and the breeder who wishes his horse to last, and also to get good stock, should take especial care that he has enough of the one and not too much of the other." XVI. Vices and Disabilities, and How to Know Them. A horse is reduced in value, in proportion to his disability for labor or other use. A blind horse will do as much work in a horse power as one that can see. For any labor where sight is required, he is prac- tically useless. A horse "dead lame" is useless anywhere. Unsound- ness is a disability. Vices are dangerous, and defects also detract from the price of the animal, and, as in the case of stunil)ling, are also dangerous. Balking, backing, kicking, pulling at the halter, run- ning away, rearing, shying, etc., are vices, and all of them dangerous ones. Crib-biting, the tail turned to one side, stumbling, etc., are defects, and more or less serious, according to the use to which the horse is to be put. For the saddle a stumbler, among defective hor- ses, is next in danger to the horse with the vice of backing. Then follows probably shying, which is a vice if occasioned by bad usage of the trainer, or a defect if occasioned by weak eyes or cowardice. Youatt notes vices as follows : 1. — Restiveness. — "The most annoying and the most dangerous of all. Whenever it appears in the form of kicking, or rearing, or bolting, or in any way that threatens danger to the horse, it rarely admits of a cure," This is really the starting point of nearly all the vices of the horse, and generally ends in some one or more determined vices, more often perhaps in difficulty of shoeing, from the brutality of the smith. The cure is difficult. The prevention of nearly every kind of vice may be accomplished by firm, temperate, and yet kind management. 2. — Backing or Gihbing. — "These are so closely allied that it is not easy to separate them. It is frequently the effect of bad breaking. To detect, rouse the temper of the animal. 3. — Biting. — "There is no cure. It is caused by foolish or timid mas- ters or servants, in handling a bad tempered horse. The biter will usually throw back his ears, when approached by a stranger. 4. — Getting the Cheek of the Bit Into the Mouth. — "This is to be detected by bridling the horse, and enticing the movement of the mouth. It is nc^ serious, since a round leather guard on the inside of the cheek of the oit will prevent the vice. 5. — Kicking. — "Examine the horse for swelled hocks, or other injury about the hind leajs. Examine the stall for marks of kickinfr. Notice if HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE, 263 the horse remains kind, when a strap is placed under the tail. A kicker in harness should never be tolerated. 6. — Unsteadiness While Being Mounted. — "This may be from eager- ness to start, or from irritability. The first is unpleasant, the latter dan- gerous. When confirmed, it is a vice. The prevention is never to allow a horse to start until the word is given. Firmness and gentleness in training must be observed. 7. — Rearing. — "This is always unpleasant, and, when confirmed, most dangerous. It is usually caused by a sharp curb in the hands of an unpracticed rider. Drawing the horse up suddenly before starting him, is the usual test. 8. — Running Away. — "Once the habit is confirmed, there is no cure. And once running away, the horse seldom forgets the vice. A good horseman may manage such a horse under the saddle, with a sharp curb. In harness, the horse is dangerous to the best of drivers. It is difiicult to detect. Laceration of the mouth, bruises and scars, ..rt indications. 9. — Shying. — "This can only be detected by trial. If occasioned by cowardice, or from weak eyes or near-sightedness, it is dangerous. If irom piavfiilnei*f«, it may be cured by firmness and gentleness. 10. — Vicious to Shoe. — "This is caused by timidity or brutality in the shoer, with young horses. If confirmed, it will be shown when a shoer, strange to the horse, handles him." XVII. Minor Disabilities. Among defects, that may, or may not — some of them — be classed as vices, are the following, condensed from Youatt : 1. — Crib-Biting and Wind- Sucking. — They are analogous to each other. The first is gripping any hard substance, with contraction of the windpipe, the other a violent sucking motion, attended with a peculiar sound. 2. — Cutting. — The marks will be shown. Proper shoeing will often remedy this. If not, boots or other artificial appliances must be used. 3. — JSfot Lying Down. — A serious disability to a hard-worked horse. Give such horses a loose box, good, evenly laid bedding, and plenty of room. 4. — Overreach. — Striking one shoe with the other. A heavy shoe, or toe-weights forward, will sometimes remedy this. If in old horses, it may amount to a serious and dangerous disability. Young horses may outgrow it. 5. — Pavnng. — A serious defect, or vice, of irritable horses. There is no remedy save confining the fore feet. 264 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETK STOCK DOCTOR. 6. — Quidding, and Swallowing the FoodWithout Grinding. — The first is occasioned by bad teetli, or disease, as sore throat, catarrh, etc. The latter from the same cause, or greediness. The cause must be removed. In the case of greediness, it is difficult. 7. — Rolling in the Stable. — More a vice than a disability. It may be either. A horse inclined to roll, should always be given the end of the halter in a straw yard, before being tied in the stall. Rolling in the stable is a vice dangerous to the horse. 8. — Slipping the Halter. — A trick of which a horse can never be cured. The remedy is a halter that cannot be rubbed off, or a strong loose box that cannot be broken down. 9. — Stumbling and Tripping. — A disability, that ])y bad usage and pun- ishment may become a vice. It is always dangerous, and the result of infirmity. The only test is trial over rough ground. Some horses, however, are more apt to trip on even than on rough ground. 10. — Weaving "consists in a motion of the head, neck and body, from side to side, like the shuttle of a weaver passing through the web, and hence the name which is given to this jjeculiar and incessant motion. It indicates an impatient, irritable temper, and a dislike to the confiuemnet of the stable ; and a horse that is thus incessantly on the fc(!i, will seldom carry flesh, or be safe to ride or drive. There is no cure for it, but the olose tying up of the animal, except at feeding time." XVTII. What Is Unsoundness? Upon this head we condense from Youatt, retainining his language, as follows: "That horse is sound in whom there is no disease, nor any alteration of structure in any part which impairs, or is likely to impair, his natural usefulness. That horse is unsound that labors under disease, or that has some alteration of structure that does interfere, or is likely to interfere, with his natural usefulness. The term natural usefulness must be borne in mind. One horse may possess great S[)eed, but is soon knocked up ; another will work all day, but cannot get beyond a snail's pace ; one with a heavy forehead is liable to stumble, and is con- tinually putting to hazard the neck of his rider ; another, with an irritable constitution and a washy make, loses his appetite, and begins to scour if a little extra work is exacted from hnu. The term unsoundness caimot be applied to either of these ; it would be opening far too wide a door to disputation and endless wrangling. The buyer can discern, or ouijht to inow, whether the form of the horse is that which will render him likely HOW TO RUT \ND SETT. A HORSE. 265 to suit his purpose, and he should tiy nirr sufficiently to ascertain his natural strength, endurance, arfi mannei L>f going. Unsoundness, we repeat, has reference only to disease, j.- *^^o that alt ration of structure which is connected with, or will produce d'>eat>:. anc ■es^in the usefulness of the animal," 1. — ''Broken-Knees certainly do not constitute unsound'. ess after the wounds are healed, unless they interfere with the action al the joint, for the horse may have fallen from mere accident, or through tha fault of the rider ; but no person would buy a horse with broken knees until he had thoroughly tried him, and satisfied himself as to his form and action. 2. — '' Capped- Ilocks may be produced by lying on an unevenly-paved stable with a scanty supply of litter, or by kicking, in neither of which cases would they constitute unsoundness, though in the latter they would be an indication of vice ; but in the majority of instances, they are either the consequence of sprain of the hock, and accompanied by enlargement of it, when they would be unsoundness. A special warranty should always be taken against cap[)ed-hocks. 3. — ''Contraction is a considerable deviation from the natural form of the foot, but not necessarily constituting unsoundness ; it requ. es, however, most careful examination on the part of the purchaser )r veterinary surgeon, to ascertain that there is no heat about the quarter, or ossifica- tion of the cartilage ; that the frog, although diminished in size, is not diseased ; that the horse does not step short and go as if the foot wen tender, and that there is not the slightest trace of lameness. 4. — " Corns manifestly constitute unsoundness. The portion of the fool in which they are situated will not bear the ordinary pressure of the shoe ; and any accidental additional presure from the growing down of the horn, 01' the introduction of dirt or gravel, will cause serious lameness. 5. — "Cough. — This is a disease, and consequently unsoundness. A horse, therefore, should never be purchased with a cough upon him without an especial warranty ; or, if the cough not being observed, he is purchased under a general warranty, he may be returned as soon as it is discovered. 6. — "Boaring, Wheezing, Wliistling, High-blowing^ and Grunting, being the result of alteration of structure or disease in some of the air passages, and interfering with the perfect freedom of breathing, and especially when the horse is put on his speed, without doubt constitute unsoundness. There are decisions to the contrary, which are now universally admitted to be erroneous. Broken-wind may be regarded as still more decidedlv unsoundness. 266 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 7. — "Crib-biting. — Although there is some difference of opinion among veterinary surgeons on this point, crib-biting must be regarded as unsound- ness. This unnatural sucking in of the air must be to a certain degree injurious to digestion, must dispose to coiic, and so interfere with the strength, and usefulness, and health of the horse. Some crib-biters are good goei-s, but they would have probably possessed more endurance had they not acquir.^d this habit; and it is a fact well established, that as soon as a horse begii-s to become a crib-biter, he, in more than nine cases out of ten, begins t) lose condition. 8. — "Curb co.istitutcs unsoundness while it lasts, and perhaps while the swelling remains, although the inflammation may have subsided : for a YEARLING MORGAN FILLY. horse that has once thrown out a curb, is for a while at least, very liable to do so again on the slightest extra exertion. A horse, however, is not returnable if he should spring a curb five minutes after the purchase, for it is done in a moment, and does not necessarily indicate any previous unsoundness or weakness of the part. 9. — "Cutting, as rendering a horse liable to serious injury of the legs, and indicating that he is either weak, or has an awkwardness of gait inconsistent with safety, should be considered as unsoundness. HOW TO BUY AND SELL A HORSE, 267 10. — ''Enlarged Glands. — To a slight enlargement of the glands under the jaw much attention need not be paid ; but if they are of considerable size, and especially if they are tender, and the gland at the root of the ear partakes of the enlargement, and the membrane of the nose is redder than it should be, we should hesitate in pronouncing that horse to be sound. We should fear the commencement, or the insidious lurking, of disease. 11. — ''Enlarged Hock. — A horse with enlarged hock is unsound. The structure of this complicated joint being so materially affected that, although the horse may appear for a considera])le time to do ordinary work well, he will accasionally fail even as to that, and a few days' hard work will always lame him. 12. — ''The Eyes. — That inflammation of the eye of the horse which usually terminates in blindness of one or both eyes, has the peculiar char- acter of remitting or disappearing for a time, once or twice, or thrice, before it fully runs its course. The eye, after an attack of inflammation, regains so nearly its former natural brilliancy, that a man well-acquainted with horses will not always recognize the traces of former disease. After a time, however, the inflammation returns, and the result is unavoid- able. A horse from four to six years of age that has had one attack of this complaint, is long afterwards unsound, however perfect the eye mav seem to be, because he carries about with him a disease that will again break out, and eventually destroy the sight. Whether, therefore, he may be returned or not, depends on the possibility of proving an attack of inflammation of the eye, prior to the purchase. (See ophthalmia, page r)"2().)- All defects of the eye should be provided against by special guarantee. (See \n\\i,o 250.) 13. — "LamenesSy from whatever cause arising, is unsoundness. How- ever temporary it may be, or however obscure, it lessens the utility of the horse, and renders him unsound for the time. How far his soundness QVtiy be afterwards affected, must depend on the circumstances of the case. A lame horse is for the time an unsound one. 14. — " l^eurotomy . — A question has arisen how far a horse that has undergone the operation of the division of the nerve of the leg, and has recovered from the lameness with which he was before affected and stands his work well, may be considered to be sound. In our opinion there cannot be a doubt about the matter. A horse on whom this operation has been performed may be improved, may cease to be lame, may go well for many years ; but there is no certainty of his continuing to do so, and he is unsound. 15. — "Ossification of the lateral cartilages constitutes unsoundness, as interfering with the natural expansion of the foot, and in horses of nuick work almost invariably producing lumeness. 268 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 16. — ^'Pumiced-foot, — ^When the union between the horny and sensible lamellae, or little plates of the foot, is weakened, and the coffin-bone is let down, and presses upon the sole, that horse must be unsound, and unsound forever, because there are no means by which we can lift up the coffin-bone again into its place. 17. — '■'Quidding is unsoundness for the time ; but the unsoundness will cease when the teeth are properly filed, or the catarrh relieved, or the cause of this imperfect chewing removed. 18. — '« Quittor is unsoundness. 19. — '<■ Ring-bone. — Although when the bony tumor is small, and on one side only, there is little or no lameness, and there are a few instances in which a horse with ring-bone has worked for many years without lame- ness ; yet, from the action of the foot, and the stress upon the part, the inflammation and the formation of bone have such a tendency rapidly to spread, that we must pronounce the slightest enlargement of the pasterns or around the coronet, to be a cause of unsoundness. 20. ''Sand crack is manifestly unsoundness ; but it may occur without the slightest warning, and no horse can be returned for one that is sprung after purchase. 21. — ''Spavin is unsoundness, whether bony or blood-spavin. In the first, lameness is produced, at least at starting, in ninety -nine cases out of a hundred, and there is enlargement of the hock, which rapidly spreads with quick and hard work, although the horse may be capable of, and may even get better at slow work. Blood-spavin is unsoundness, l)ecause, althou ,'a it may not be productive of lameness, at slow work, the rapid and powerful action of the hock in quicker motion will produce perma- nent, although not considerable lameness, and which can scarcely ever be with certainty removed. 22.— "Splint.— It depends entirely on the situation of the bony tumor on the inside of the shank-bone, whether it is to be considered as unsoundness. If it is not in the neighborhood of any joint, so as to interfere with its action, and if it does not press upon any ligament or tendon, it can be no cause of unsoundness. 23. "Tliickening of the Bach Sineivs, if pronounced, and occasioned with thickening of the leg, is unsoundness. 24.—" TJioroughpin, when of great size, and thrush, when pronounced, should undoubtedly be regarded as unsoundness, and is so regarded by good authorities." In fact, in many disabilities, the most discriminating judgment shoulci be used. Since a disability that would detract but little from a horse for one use, might render him comparatively worthless for another. BOOK 1 PART II Diseases of the Horse HOW TO KNOW THEM; THEIR CAUSES. PRE- VENTION AND CURE 270 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. Diseases of the Horse. CHAPTER I. SYMPTOMS AND GENERAL TREATMENT. I. INTRODUCTION. 11. OUTWARD MANIFESTATIONS OF DISEASE. III. SYMP- TOMS OF INTERNAL DISEASES. IV. IMPORTANCE OF PROMPT TREATMENT. V. KNOW WHAT YOU ARE TREATING. VI. NURSING AND FEEDING SICK ANI- MALS. VII. EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. VIII. GRADUATION OF DOSES. IX. HOW OFTEN TO GIVE MEDICINES. X. FORMS OF MEDICINES AND HOW TO ADMINISTER. I. Introduction. The horse, especially when subject to artificial care and conditions, and more especially in cities and large stables, is liable to pretty much the same diseases, or, at least, to diseases similar in their nature to those of man. Besides various epidemics, such as lung diseases, colds and influen- za,— diseases arising from injuries, and bad care, involving diseases of the skin and its integuments, and of the ligaments, muscles and bones, are quite common in horses. Such diseases are comparatively rave in the human family, for the reason that horses are often put to terrible strain in running, leaping, drawing heavy loads in the mud, and on rough pavements, etc. These, from the want of proper knowledge, or from neglect, assume the most serious forms, and often totally unfit the horse for active labor, if they do not entirely ruin him. The importance of common-sense treatment and training has been fully elucidated in the preceding pages. The importance of proper care, sufficient clothing, grooming, good ventilation, and kindness in their gen- eral treatment has also been insisted on. If the information to be given in the succeeding pages, relating to proper care in sickness, is observed, much trouble and loss will ])e saved to the farmer, who is often necessarily precluded from calling in the services of a competent veterinary sur- geon, because, in many country districts ,there are none. The object of this work, therefore, is to give, in plain language, the necessary treatment of such diseases as may be cared for, by other than the professional surgeon ; and to give such advice as will prevent the oc- currence of many disabilities, which, if taken out of the list, by their prevention, would very much lighten the task of the veterinarian. These should l)c well known and carefully studied by every horse owner, for thus might often be i)revented spavin ; curb ; splint ; ringbone ; caries, 271 272 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. in its various forms ; swellings of the muscular integuments, causing se rious trouble ; injuries tc the sinews, causing breaking down ; poll evil and oti?.er astulous affectio^is ; fractures ; founder ; grease ; inflamma- tions of the glands and yetrxs ; cra^cked hoofs ; quittor ; hernia and many other diseases, not reccgaiaed by the horse owner, as a rule, until they tiwie beconxe serious. A careful attention to symi)toms which will be given in plain language, and the application of appropriate remedies, will save the owner money, and at the same time will also save the most intelligent servant, and if allowed to be, the faithful friend of man, much terri])le torture. The feet ar.d linibs are most liable to disease. Those who have suffered fron» che torture of a tight boot, can only form a paiiial idea of the agony of ti horse sulfering from disease of the feet, and especially from navicular disease, attacking, as it does, the most delicate organs, encased in the horny covering of the foot. The causes of disease, therefore, how to know it by outward symptoms — for the horse cannot tell his distress, except by mute signs, and what to do, will be told in the following pages. In cases where danger is present from contagious and utterly incurable diseases, as glanders, or incurable infectious diseases as hydrophobia, the animal should be quickly and mercifully killed, and buned deej) out of the way o- ianger. tX. Outward Maoifestations of Disease. To make plain what would otherwise not be readily comprehended, the diseases will be illustrated by cuts. These cuts will often present the disease m its strongest forms, whereby the same difficulties will be the more easily recogiii^ied in their lighter manifestations. Man}^ of the dis- eases of the skin, and especially of the bones, may go on for a long time without the cause being surely known. Hence the illustration of some internal diseases, as shown outwardly, will be very mstructive. The mo3t of them are caused by neglect or abuse. Their treatment will be ^ylven in their proper places, as, for instance, those of the feet, in the next chapter. The condensed description of their origin, with references to the illustration on the next page, will enable them to be readily recognized. 1 — Discharge from nose, either mucus or pus, or both. This may occur not only in glanders, but also in acute and chronic catarrh. 2 — Profuse flow of saliva, resulting from a severe wound or swelling of the tongue, the mouth being partly open. 3 — Loose, flabby Up, an evidence of partial paralysis of the part. 4 — Fistula of the lower jaw, from an ulcerated tooth. This sometimes involves a large part of the lower jaw. 6 — Fistula, of the upper jav), from same cause. 6 — Blind eye. Frequently, accompanynisr a blind eye there is a con- tinuous flow of tears over the cheel:. DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 'Zl'S 7 — Salivarij fistula ; a fistulous opening into the duct that conveys the saliva from the parotid gland to the mouth. 8 — Large, long, drooping ear. Some horses have ears so large that they droop from their own weight. 9 — Small short ear, sonivjlimes called "Hare Ear." 10 — Poll evil; a running sore on the back of the neck, originating in a boil, or from striking the poll a hard blow, as on a low ceiling, etc. 11 — Itch or Mange; itchy skin diseases, causing the animal to rub him- self, oftentimes till the hair and mane are all rubbed off. 12 — Ewe neck; the neck appears to be put on wrong side up; instead of curving upward and forming a handsome crest, it curves downward. 13 — Bony tumor, caused by a blow on the jaw bone, from striking against ihe manger or other hard body. 14 — Goitre; the common name for an enlarged thyroid gland. 15 — Enlarged jugular vein, following bleeding, when badly done. 16 — Swelling of parotid gland, from a bruise or undue compression. 17 — Fistula from imj^roper bleeding: the wound fails to heal. 18 — Farcy buds on I he neck. 19 — Abscess on breast, from truise from a collar, or other contusion. 20 — Swelling of ike lymphatic glands of the l)reast. 21— Fistulous withers; a chronic discharge following the formation of an abscess, caused by a bruise. 22 — Sway back; c. back unusually hollow. 23 — Saddle gall, fonnir.g a sitfast when chronic. 24 — Eel back; a rough unt^vsn outline over the croup, 25 — Drooping rump — an extrsme case. 26 — Coarse, j^^inted hip, one liable to be knocked down. 27 — Atrophy of the muscles, from disease or a bruise, or else from Jong standing lameness, allowing wasting to take place from disuse. 28 — Rat-tail; hair off from disease of the skin of the tail. If it drops out badly once, it seldom returns. 29 — Thickened tendons (involving also (heir sheaths), at the back of the leg, from sprains, and causing severe lameness. 30 — Splint; a bony tumor, the ossification of an L'flusion thrown out between the cannon and splint bones. 31 — Gall on fetlock joint, from Interfering. 32 — Enlarged fetlock joi d, from neglected or ill-treated sprain, etc. 33 — Malformed pastern, which is too long and low; from this faulty confornia'ion, the fetlock is liable to come too low, inducing sprains. 34 — Ridge in the hoof. Any ridge or wrinkle in the hoof indicates ihe existence of fever in the coronet at some previous time. 35 — Ox foot; a foot resembling that of an ox, either as a natural 18 274 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AUTD COMFLETE STOCK DOCTOE. peculiar conforniatioii or from disease of the coffin joint, causing ii bulg- ing of the hoof in the front part of the foot. 36 — Quarter crack; a split in the fibers of the hoof from faulty nu- trition of the part, allowing it to become brittle. 37 — Indurated enlargement of the knees^ from sprains or bruises. 38 — Stilt foot, from disease of the foot around the heels or quarters. 39 — Contracted hoof, either from disease or disuse. 40 — Mud fever (Erythema); inflammation in the skin from exposure to ice water and mud. There is swelling of the leg, scabby condition of the skin, and the hair falls out. 41 — Mallenders; inflammation of the skin in the flexure of the knee ; the skin becomes dry and hard, with transverse fissures, and the knee is chronically enlarged. 42 — Shoe boil; a tumor caused by lying on the shoe. 43 — Navel rupture; the intestines protrude through the unclosed navel opening, l»eing held in only by the skin. 44 — Inguinal hernia ; the intestines pass down through the abdominal rings and inguinal canal, and, in stallions, into the scrotum. 45 — Flank (or ventral) hernia; the abdominal wall having been rup- tured, the bowels protrude through it, being retained only by the skin 46 — Stifle lameness, from a sprain, kick, puncture or other wound. If dislocation of the patella occurs, the horse is said to be stifled. 47 — Farcy buds; enlarged (sometimes ulcerated) lymphatic glands. 48 — Bog spavin; distension of the synovial bursa, with lameness. 49 — Sallenders; a skin disease in the flexure of the hock joint; the same disease in the flexure of the knee is called mallenders. 50 — Bone Spavin ; a disease affecting the bones of the hock joint, and generally accompanied by ,'i bony tumor on some part of the joint. 51 — Bursal enlargement of fetlock, in front; a soft, puffy swelling. 52 — Hoof with rings, indicating previous fever, usually laminitis. 53 — Sand crack; same as quarter crack, but comes in front, 54 — Flat foot. The bones and hoof are flat and large, being the op- posite of the straight, upright foot. 55 — Quittor; a running sore or fistula of the quarter, the opening be- ing above the coronet, and the sinus running downward, inside the hoof. 56 — Grease heel; a deep-seated skin disease, with an offensive dis- charge ; due to humor in the blood, and aggravated by filth and neglect. 57 — Big leg, from neglected disease of the limb. 58 — Wind galls; soft, puffy swellings that appear to be filled with air, but, really, with synovia or joint oil. 59 — Blood spavin ; a distension of the vein at the hock from pressure upcii it by a bony tumor. DISEASES Oif" THE HORSE. 275 60 — Throughpin ; a puffy enlargement at the upper and back part of the hock joint, usually appearing both on the inside and outside. 61 — Weak, small thigh, from faulty development. 62 — Capped hock, an enlargement on the point of the hock, usually filled with serum ; caused by a bniise, oftenest by kicking in the stall. 63 — Curb; an enlargement of the back of the hock, from sprain. 64- — Saddle gall, from uneven pressure of the saddle. III. Symptoms of Internal Diseases. Iiiloniiil diseases cannot be illustrated except to de[)ict the actions of thoanimal when suffering with derangement of the internal organs or their connections. Their actions, such as position, standing, lying, rolling, kick- ing, jumping, running etc. ; inclinations, such as the appetite, either rav- enous or lost ; thirst, either excessive or none, etc., are all condensed into one word, Symptoms. They express the feelings and appearances of the animal, and these, along with a few scientific observations, are all we have to rely upon to diagnose (recognise) the disease. Hence, it is of vital importance to be cognizant of the actions, habits, constitutional condition as to pulse, respiration, digestion ; color and quantity of the excretions ; nature, quality and quantity of food required ; characteris- tics of age, length of time in uterOy development and longevity ; in fact all the characteristics of health, in order to be able to know when an ani- mal is sick. The sooner sickness is recognized and given the jiroper treatment, che sooner health will be restored and the less will be the lia- bility of death and loss ; and from a humane point of view, the less the animal will suffer from extensive lesions. IV. Importance of Prompt Treatment. A stitch in time saves nine. There is nothing in which this true saying applies more forcibly than ui the treatment of ailments of all kinds, either external or internal. For instance, a horse goes lame from a corn ; if attended to properly it is cured in a week ; if neglected it festers, spreads, works up through the foot and breaks out at the top of the hoof, forming a quittor, which takes from one to three months to cure. the animal necessarily being idle nearly all the time. Or the horse catches cold, has catarrh, running from the nose and eyes, sore throat, cough and loss of appetite ; and if promptly and properly treated he may be cured in from two to ten days. But if neglected for a Jay or two, to see if hewMll get well without any botheror expense, the disease is almost sure to run down onto the lungs and cause a sickness very painful, of long dura- tion, considerable expense and possible fatal termination. V. Know What You are Treating. Therefore we would urge as a matter of very great importance that the course adopted in case of sickness or lameness be applied promptly and 276 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK 4K1> COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. thoroughly, yet with sufficient ctiution to be convinced that you are on the right track, so as not to be treatinsf an ankle because it is cocked when every particle of the lameness is in the foot, or dosing a horse for bots when the trouble is pleurisy, or giving a. dog medicine for inflammation of the l)rain when he is suffering from rabies. These and niaiiy other siinihir mistakes have come under the observa- tion of the writer. One notable case, in which many might have been deceived, was seen not very long ago ; a horse was blistered from one knee up the leg, over the shoulders and withers and down on the other side to the knee for sprain and soreness in the shoulders, when every bit of the disease lay in the feet. It was a case of acute founder. We relate this to impress upon the reader the necessity of careful, deliberate study of a case before taking ac^tion ; but when the derangement is conclusively located go ahead and appl}^ promptly the remedies prescribed. VI. Nursing and Feeding Sick Animals. Much ingenuity can be displayed in nursing a sick animal. In order to do it intelligently the nurse must be familiar with the habits and require- ments of the animal in health. A few simple rules will assist the ama- teur. Make the animal as comfortable as possible, warm in winter and cool in sunmier. Give plenty of fresh air to breathe, but in all cases avoid a draft ; ventilation without drafts is the rule. Clothing for horse? is often necessary, woolen blankets in winter and linen sheets and nets in summer. Hoods to cover the head and neck are often needed if the stable is not sufficiently warm. The proper temperature for the stable that is used for the hospital is from 55 ^ to 60 ° F. This is warm enough for all animals except very weak lambs and sick dogs ; they require a warmer room, from 62® to 70 "® F. A part of the dwelling house is the best for them, if they are not too numerous. See that the place is dry and the drainage good. An elevated location is better than a low-lying one. The food wants to be simple, clean, nutritious, easy of digestion by being cooked, changed occasionally and administered often and in small quantities. Give green food, always, when it can be got. Oats, corn, barley, bran, shorts, etc., may be scalded with boiling water, covered and 'eft to steam till cold, and then given. It is a great advantage to have the grain ground. Hay and water should always be given in Liberal quantities ,• and see that they are clean and pure. Warm milk for calves, and the same diluted and sweetened a little for Jambs and foals ; beef lea, law eggs, porridge of either oat or corn meal and milk for dogs, and the same for pigs will be found to be the best diet. In feeding sick ani- mals g-ive a little, often, l)ut be careful not to over-feed, as that is liable DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 277 to throw the patient back aud increase fever. Horses, cattle, etc., need *;o be fed three or four times a day ; foals, calves, lambs, dogs, etc., every two to four hours. Fever patients should have pure water near, so tlicy i^aii hel[) them- selves when they wish it. Those suffering from diarrhoea or excessive purgation should be watered four or five times a day, but in smallei quan- tities. Rest should always be given to sick animals ; many cases prove fatal from working too long after being taken sick, or from being put to work too soon after recovery. VII. Explanation of Terms Used. To some readers a few words of explanation may be necessary in ordei to the proper understanding of the drugs and their doses. Alteratives change the conditions and functions of organs. Ancesthetics deprive of sensation and suffering. Anodynes allay or diminish pain. Antacids are antidotes to acids. Anthelmintics kill or expel worms. Antiperiodics arrest or retard the retui-n of a paroxysm in periodic dis- eases. Antiseptics prevent, arrest or retard })utref action. Antispasmodics prevent or allay cramps. Aperients gently open the bowels. Aromatics, strong-smelling stinmlants, dispel wind and allay pain. Astringents cause contraction of vital structures. Carminatives, warming stimulants (Aromatics). Cathartics, Purgatives, freely open the bowels. Cholagogues increase the secretion of bile. Demulcents sheathe and protect irritated surfaces. Diaphoretics, Sudorijics, cause perspiration. Discutients dispel enlargements. Disinfectants destroy infecting matter. Diuretics increase the secretion of urine. Ecbolics, Pai'turients, cause contraction of the womb. Emetics induce vomiting. Expectorants increase the secretion from the air tubes. Febrifuges counteract fever — lower temperature. Laxatives (Aperients). Narcotics allay pain and produce sleep. Refrigerants diminish heat. Sedatives depress nervous power or lower circulation. 278 CiOLOPEDIA OF LIVB STOCK AND COMFLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Soporijics induce sleep. Stimulants temporarily excite the nervous or circulatory system. Sialogogues increase the secretion of saliva. Stomachics improve digestion. Tb?^^t•s gradually and permanently improve digestion and nutrition. Vermifuges kill and expel worms. VII. Graduation of Doses. The relation of quantity of medicine to the age of the patient is thu? given })y Prof. Low : The doses given may be held applicable to full grown animals of medium size, therefore some allowance must be made in any case in which the patient exceeds or comes short of the average of his kind. A similar modification must be made as regards young anim- als, not only on account of their smaller size but also of their greater susceptibility. The following table may serie as a guide : HORSE, ETC. OX. SHEEP. SWINE. DOGS. DOSE. 3 years. 11^-3 " 9-18 m'ths. 5-9 " 1-5 - 2 years. 1-2 " 6-12 m'ths. 3-6 " 1-3 •' 13^ years. 9-18 m'ths. 5-9 " 3-5 " 1-3 " 15 m'ths. 8-15 " 6-8 " 3-6 " 1-3 " }4 year. 3-6 moths. 11^-3 " "*^45 days. :lO-20 " 1 part. Allowance must also be made for a nervous temperament which usually renders an animal more impressible, for habit or continued use which tends to decrease the susceptibility for individual drugs, for idiosyncrasy which can only be discovered by observing the action of the agent on the particular subject, and for the influence of disease when that is likely to affect the action. Thus in most diseases of the brain and spinal cord, and in some impactions of the stomach, double the usual quantities of pur- gative medicine will be necessary, while in influenza and ether low fevers half the usual doses may prove fatal. In acute congestion of the brain, stimulating narcotics (opium, belladonna, hyoscyamus,) would aggravate the symptoms, etc. IX. How Often to Give Medicines. Febrifuges, or doses intended to reduce fever, such as aconite, bella-n dona, spirits of nitre, solution of the nitrate or chlorate of potash, or any form of ammonia should be repeated as often as every two hours in bad cases, and from that to three or four times a day in mild cases. Alteratives may be repeated once or twice a day. Purgatives may be repeated after twenty to thirty hours in bad cases, and after forty to forty-eight hours in mild cases. Tonics should be repeated once, twice or thrice a day. Stimulants, especially alcoholic, may be repeated after two to six hours. Ecbolics may be repeated after half an hour ; ano- dynes after half an hour ; other remedies as reauired. DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 279 X. Forms of Medicines and how to Administer. Medicines should always be given in the food or drink, when possible, to av^oid worrying the patient and also to avoid the danger of choking from the liquid running into the lungs. When the medicine is nearly inodor- ours and tasteless it can be mixed with bran mashes, or other soft feed. Aloes should be made into a roll the size and shape of your linger and wrapped in thin paper or put into a gelatine capsule, and passed back onto the root of the tongue of the horse. Liquid medicine, in large doses, is given as drenches out of a strong- necked bottle or horn, the head being elevated and the neck of the bot- tle inserted at the side of the mouth and ^ y poured verj'^ slowly in, the head being kept raised till all is swallowed. If the patient coughs while being drenched, let /l^^^^Sl^^Wl^iilil^v,^' the head down instantl}^ regardless of the loss of the medicine, for, if kept up, it is apt to run into the lungs, and cause death in two minutes. Small doses are best given with a s}^- , T ,1 '^u ^1 1 Xi. 1 1 M-A^NNER OF GIVING a DREKCH TO mge ; open the mouth with the left hand ahorse. and insert the syringe in the left side of the mouth, and shoot the con- tents well back into the throat. A syringe or s-poon may be u«ed on all small animals. Medicine for cattle and and sheep needs to be more bulky and watery, on account of the great size, comparatively, of the stomach, and Avhen not practicable to administer it in the food, it siiould be dissolved in from one to two quarts of water for cattle, and one to two pints for sheep, and given as a drench from a bottle or horn. Care should be taken to avoid letting the animal bite the bottle ; keep the neck of it firmly up agai^ist the roof of the mouth between the two rows of upper teeth. If the animal should break the bottle, let the head down instantly and remove the broken glass as quickly as possiblco 280 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE 9T0CK DOCTOB. A GOOD FARM CHUNK. This horse has a little too much length of body and not enough deptB. Height, 15-3 hauds; weight, 1350 pounds. Horses of this type may be found on the market at all seasons of the year, but during the spring months they form an important feature of the trade. They are adapted to use on the farm and are in most urgent need during the season when crops are being planted. They are usually mixed breeding, draft blood predominating, commonly known among farmers as "all purpose horses." For this class low down blocky horses are wanted, not so heavy as the Eastern Chunks. Farm Chunks are usually lighter of bone and often slightly blemished or unsound. Since farmers do not usually care to pay for high priced horses they are often compelled to accept those with slight injuries, such as small side bones, curbs, wire marks, etc. In general, the typical Farm Chunk should be a moderately sized, all around good individual standing from 15 to 15-3 hands high and weighing from 1200 to 1400 pounds. The sample here given is well representative of the class. CHAPTER II. FEET OP THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. I. CORNS. II. QUITTOR. III. QUARTER AND SANI> CRACKS. IV. SKEDY TOE. V. PRICKING FROM NAILS VI. ACUTE FOUNDER OR LAMINITIS. VII. CHRONIC FOUNDER OR LAMINITIS. VIII. PUMICED FEET. I. Corns. There is no ailment so common to horses' feet as corns. Fully nine- tenths of the lameness in the feet are from this source. Qauses. They are the result of uneven pressure of the shoe, too much bearing on the quarters, especially the inner one, and too heavy bearing on the heels. This results from the shoes being left on too long without beiiu'- reset, and the feet pared down and the heels opened to remove the surplus growth of hoof, that would be worn off if the foot were not shod. Corns arc often caused by contraction of the foet, the pressure on the walls of the quarters, by the contraction of the hoof, being very great. It is necessary, as a rule, to shoe horses' feet, and in order to keep them healthy the shoes should be reset about once a month, the sole and wall reduced to their proper size, heels opened, and the ragged surface, if any, trimmed off the frog. The effect of the too heavy bearing on the quarters and heels is SOLE OF A ^Q bruise the soft parts underneath, giving rise to soreness, and s3il a after a day or two a reddish or puq^le spot will appear, varying rol'*fid[cI^ in size from a ten cent piece to that of a quarter of a dollar. If \£g L" new ^^^ bruising is light, the corn may become caloused and remain a constant source of lameness, but not very severe, for a long time ; but, if it is bad, the corn soon festers, matter forms and increases, spreading in all directions, till it gets vent either by being opened at the bottom, or breaks out at the top at the jmiction of the hoof and hair, forming a quittor. How to know it.— Li^meness appears, slight at first, but increasing very fast from day to day. The horse will show an inclination to favor the sore quarter, and will not wear the shoe quite so much on that heel. By applying the hand to the foot, you will notice heat in the sore part. 281 282 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. ^■^ FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 288 Tapping the foot gently with a hammer will make the horse flinch when the sore spot is reached, and he will point the foot (thrust it out forward) restingitonthe toe, raising the heels com- pletely off the ground. If there are corns on ])oth feet, he will change feet, mil point first one, then the other. If the corns are small and not very sore, the lameness may diminish with travel, so that when well warmed up he will sole ok go quite sound, till he stands at rest again. Then he will *'^^'^' go off lamer than ever. When the corn is festered, he will poS/of a'coTn""' be very lame, indeed, will only touch the toe to the ground, will move with the greatest difficulty and reluctance. When the shoe is removed, you will find the purple spot in the quarter, between the wall and the bar, near the heel. What to do. — Remove the shoe, pare out the quarter well, so as tore- move all pressure, and let out any matter that may be under the sole ; then put the foot into a linseed poultice made up soft with hot water. Leave it on twenty-four hours, then renew it. While the poultice is off, examine the foot to see if it needs any more paring ; if the hole is deep, you will need to cut the hoof well away to allow the matter to escape freely ; for if you do not, it will work up through to the top of the hoof. Before putting the poultice on again, pour into the corn a little pure carbolic acid, or turpentine, or dilute nitric acid — diluted one-half with water. Dress it in this way once a day till all soreness is gone, and the horse will stand on the foot as well as ever. Then leave off the poultice. If proud flesh comes up in the hole, burn it down with powdered blue vitriol. The hoof you have pared away will soon grow again. When it has stopped running, apply the vitriol once a day, which will dry and heal it. When it is all dry, and the horse walks sound on the foot, put on a bar shoe to protect the weak quarter, giving the frog gentle pressure ; pour warm tar into the hole, and stuff oakum or tow soaked in tar under the shoe. When shoeing afterwards, bear in mind to avoid too heavy bear- ing on the heels. When that quarter has grown out again, and is strono^, the bar shoe may be replaced, by an open one. If the foot is much contracted, take the bearing off the quarters by reducing the walls a little, so as to have the appearance of the shoe hav- mg been sprung off the heels, but let the shoe be perfectly level. Open the heels well up towards the hair, so as to give the feet a chance to spread while growing. When a foot is much inclined to have corns, the shoe should be reset often — every two or three weeks — and the quarters well cleaned out each time. Extra care will have t») be taken of the feet that have once been affec- t-ed with corns, to keep them soft. Soak them in a tub of either cold or 284 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTORc warm water. Some add salt, soda, etc. , but it is better clear, as the only virtue lies in the moisture. Many of the substances used are injurious to the hoofs, by making them brittle. Or pack the hoof with linseed meal, or oil-cake meal, wet up with hot water. If there is much heat and fever, put on swabs, either made of felt or pieces of old blanket or woolen cloth, folded and tied around the pastern, and left to hang down over the feet, and wet frequently with hot water. A horse that has chronic corns can be cured by shoeing him with tips reach- ing half way back to the heels, letting the heels come to the ground and take wear. This gives frog pressure also and spreads the quarters, which will in time gi'ow the corns completely out. A little fly blister rubbed into the coronets of the fore feet will stimulate a healthy growth of horn, and as- sist in overcoming the conditions of the hoof that helped to induce the corns. n. Quitter. Quittor is the name given to a disease of the foot, when the festering of any other sore works up through, and breaks out at the top of the hoof at the junction with the hair. Causes. — It is usually the result of a neglected corn, prick of a nail, gravel getting into a nail hole, or a festered corn working up through to the top of the hoof. How to Know It. — It usually occurs on the quarters, anywhere from the heels to two or three inches forward, but is oftener seen on the inner quarter, because corns are most often found there. It makes its appearance, after the horse has been lame for some time, by swelling at the coronet. Sometimes the first active swelling of the part is as large as a hen's egg. In the course of a day or two it breaks and discharges In active suppuration, matter, whcu the horse will be relieved of some of the before the pus has . i . i i broken out at the top. pam, which has bccu very intense during the formation of the sore. Sometimes the foot can scarcely be put to the floor at all, and may be kept pawing most of the time. After the quittor has been run- ning two or three days, the flesh around the opening will turn purple and A get soft, and the matter will spread, extending each way, ^^^^'■"Mm^ but more towards the front. In a couple of weeks pipes ^wiSfil^B^ ^^^ have formed, pointing downwards in all directions, ^^g^Mr having one common center in the opening at the top. If ^^^S^^^0 ^®* alone, the walls of the pipes will thicken and harden, A QUITTOR. and the enlargement at the top will increase, sometimes to oiit at t1feiop° ^" the size of a man's fist. All this time the lameness con- tinues very great, and, if allowed to run on for three months or more, the foot becomes so full of pipes and so large, hot and painful as to require FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 285 very persistent and thorough treatment to stop the disease, and can never be reduced to its natural size and form. In extreme cases lameness is per- manent, with a tendency of the toe to turn up, and the horse walks on his heel. What to do. — If taken as soon as it breaks open at the top, poultice the foot for twenty -four hours, to soften all the parts. Then give the diseased part vent at the bottom, to allow the matter, if any, to run out there if it will; but if none is found at the bottom, do not cut the hoof to make it bleed, as that would only make another sore, and would do no good. Open it freely at the top; probe it with a piece of smooth, rounded whalebone to find how deep the hole goes, and in what dii'ection. Then follow the probe down with the knife, and open right out and down the hoof, as far as the hole goes, taking out a V-shaped piece of the wall to allow the matter to escape at the bottom, instead of making it come out at the top. Scarify the purple flesh to set up a healthy inflannuation in the part. Then sponge it out with warm water to cleanse it, and follow with a lotion made as follows: No. 1. 2 Drachms sulphate of copper, Yi Pint water. Mix. Inject it well down into the wound, twice a day. If it burns and causes a scab to come on the flesh, dilute it a little after using it three or four days. If after a week or ten days the wound does not appear to be getting weU, change to the following: No. 2. 3 Drachms sulphate of zinc, Yi Pint water. Mix. By being careful that the opening is down to the bottom all the time, to let the matter out, you will have no trouble in curing it. Keep the shoe otf till the foot is well enough to work ; then put on a bar shoe so as to protect the weak quarter. In very bad cases, in which there are several pipes running in as many directions, it is absolutely necessary to open up each one fearlessly. Then go on with the lotions given above, and change occasionally to the following: No. 3. 1 Drachm corrosive sublimate, Yz Pint water. Mix. In long continued treatment it is advisable to alternate the lotions, one week on, and one oflf. The hoof will grow faster on account of the inflammation in it, so that it will be necessary to have the foot pared down occasionally. When the discharge is all dried up and the disease cured, blister the enlargement to reduce it. After the blister has taken hold, grease the part once a day, till it is nearly well, then repeat the blister. Soak the foot often, and pack it with oil-cake meal to keep it soft. 286 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. m. Quarter and Sand Cracks. These are cracks in the hoof, usually lengthwise of the fibres of the hoof, though sometimes the hoof breaks across the fibres for a dis- tance of an inch or so. But the crack rarely extends through the hoof into the laminae, or quick, consequently it does not cause lameness. ^ Quarter cracks come on the quarters, usually on the in- side, on account of that quarter being thinner and weaker than the outer one. Sand cracks come on the wall of the foot, anywhere forward of the quarters, and are so called on account of their l)eing more common in sandy parts of the country. These cracks are due to a ])rittle condition of the lioof, :ind a want of elasticity in the fibres. Causes. — Poor assimilation, or faulty distribution of the food and a want of proper imtrition to the hoof, are principal causes giving rise to a slow growth. AVhat does grow is hard, brittle and inelastic. Sometimes the hoofs become cracked from the heating, drying influences of sandy roads, stony pavements in cities, and long continued want of moisture to the feet. When the feet are in this condition, any severe work or pounding of the hoofs is liable to break them . Racers and trotters are particularly subject to them , because the tracks are sometimes very hard, and the tre- mendous exertions of the horses, and the pounding of the Or deficiency of the , ,. , . i i ^ outer wall. fect Oil the track, are peculiarly trying to the hoofs ; and unless they are in first-class condition, they are apt to crack. How to know it. — A crack or split in the hoof, it may be only at the top or at the bottom, and very short, or in the centre, from top to bot- tom ; or it may extend clear from the top to the bottom. It may extend inward but a little way, or it may be deep, clear into the quick, so that the soft parts are pinched between the edges of the crack, making it bleed and causing great lameness. The lameness may come on gradually or suddenly. It depends upon whether the crack starts on the surface and increases in depth with every strain, or whether it breaks right through to the quick at once. In the latter case, the horse will go dead lame immediately, and oftentimes the blood will run from the crack. But in the former case he will not be lame till the crack does extend through to the quick. As in all cases of lameness in the foot, wheic there is pain, he will point the foot, that is, thrust it forward, to rest it. FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 28-; Top or wall Iron for burmnq hole:> Actual/, thxckjvess ofwaJjts of'JhOOt' w; ^ v-< '/s \ 0 \ J^> ^ \ <^< ^y \ Quarter -crnrtc witio cross cue Die chnuf) (i/id naiJ nmcdu-^ appliecL. Toe crock. tVaJl removed to sfio^ nbsorptiorv of coffin hone 'Treated by cLainpuig wUJv nai/s \ Ocukcd^'fiaMs One eJfect of Quarter CracA OUAHTER-CRACK AND REMEDIES 2 COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The shoes will be worn off more at the heels, and when pointing them he will extend the feet and rest them on the heel, turning the toes up as much as possible, because the trouble nearly all lies in the toes. Horses with chronic founder will choose the soft parts of the road, but will avoid the water and mud holes as much as possible. In feeling of the feet you will notice them very hot nearly all the time, and there will be ^ rings on the hoofs, from uneven growth of horn. The feet will very soon become much contracted and the HOOF. hoofs brittle. ^tin^ 'iXacu?e^''o; WHot to do.— You canuot do anything to cure it, but chronic founder. j^. ^.^^^ ^iB allcviatcd by kccpiug the feet as cool and soft as possible with poultices, clay puddles and foot baths. In addition, rub a little fly blister around the coronets once a month, and reset the shoes often. VIII. Pumiced Peat. Causes. — When the inflammation in the feet, from acute laminitis, is neglected, or allowed to run on several days before the proper treatment is applied, the connection between the sensible and insensible laminae, or leaves, is destroyed by the effusion that accumulates between thejn and soaks them apart, letting the toe of the bone tip on to the sole. , pushing it down to the ground, or nearly so, and making the lower sur- face convex instead of concave, as it should be. Sometimes the toe ot the bone will be punched quite through. How to know it. — Take up the foot, and instead of seeing a nice, cup- shaped sole, 3'ou will find it bulged down towards the ground, making it oval the wrong way. If the bone is punching through, you will notice it, and it will leave no doubt in your mind as to what it is. The horse will be lame with all the characteristic symptoms of chronic founder. What to do. — Nothing can be done to cure it, but if it is not very bad, careful shoeing, to keep all pressure off the sole, by means of a shoe, well concaved on the bearing surface, will help to keep him on his feet; then, by keeping the feet as cool as possible, he can be made serviceable for easy work. When the toe of the bone pushes through, he is of no more use, and might as well be destroyed, to mercifully put him out of his misery. CHAPTER HI. PEET OP THE HOBSE AND THEIR DISEASES, CONTINUED. I. THKUSH. II. NAVICULAR DISEASE. III. CONTRACTION OF THE FOOT. IT. GRAVEL. V. CANKER. VI. CALKS. VII. FRACTURE OP THE BONE ©F THE FOOT. VIII. STONE BRUISES. IX. SIDE BONE. I. Thrush. Thrush is the name given to a disease of the frog. It is a rotting or ulceration of the frog, and is attended with a very offensive, black, wat- ery discharge. The frog rots completely off sometimes, and extends down in the cleft between the heels, to a depth of from half an inch to two inches. Causes. — Uncleanliness, standing in a filthy stable, especially in their own excrement. The filth remaining in the foot a long time and exclud- ing the air, sets up decay which runs into ulceration. How to know it. — The ragged frog, offensive smell, black discharge, deep cleft between the heels, which causes them to drop in towards each other, making them look very much contracted, are evident signs. In bad cases the animal sometimes goes lame, but not in mild cases. Still, great harm results from neglecting it, on account of the injury to the shape of the foot. What to do. ^Trim off all the ragged parts of the frog, clean out all the holes and crevices with a case knife, or some similar instrument, then apply a linseed poultice, with charcoal powdered over the surface. After twenty-four hours clean it all off, and dress the affected f)arts with calo- mel well introduced into all the cracks, with the case knife. Repeat this once or twice, letting a day intervene between the applications. When it is all dried up, dress the part with pine tar. Prevention. — Pick out the feet well, each day, to let the air in around the frog, which is necessary to keep them healthy. n. Navicular Disease. One of the tendons of the leg {the flexor pedis perforans) passes down the back of the leg to the foot, and around beneath the navicular bone and joint of the foot, that lies directly above the frog. The tendon, passing between the bone and the frog, attaches itself to a rough hollow on the sole of the coffin bone. Disease in that part of the tendon, bone or joint is navicular disease- 299 300 CYCLOPEIrlA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The tendon is inflamed, sore and swolen ; the inflammation extends to the joint and from that to the bone, Avliich becomes rough and porous from having its fatty portion al)sorbed. The edge sometimes gets so sharp and rough as to saw through the tendon. This will let the fetlock down onto the ground, and the toe will turn up. Causes. — It is caused by a very severe sprain of the tendon in its lower portion ; any severe bruise on the frog or heels ; the prick of a nail en- tering the foot far enough to wound the tendon or joint ; or it might be caused by great contraction, the hoof pressing on the ends of the navi- cular bone, interrupting nutrition, thereby setting up disease. How to know it. — There will be lameness of a peculiar kind. In the earlier stages the horse will go out quite lame, from a dryness of the joint, but will improve as he goes farther, though not so as to go sound ; for the tendon being injured it would be impossible for the lameness to disappear altogether with exercise. He Avill wear the shoes most at the toes, will point the feet when standing, alternating them if both are af- fected, and rest them on the toes. As the disease progresses, the gait becomes short, and the horse is liable to stumble, going too much on his toes, forming lameness known as groggy lameness. Upon pressure of the thumb down into the hollow of the pastern, be- tween the heels, tenderness will be noticed, and usually some swelling ; the hollow will be tilled up, and the pastern will be straightened up, nearer the perpendicular than is natural, and the knees will soon begin to go over. What to do.— When the first symptoms are noticed, viz : slight lame- ness, with inclination to stumble, going out a little lame and soon warm- ing out of it, tenderness to pressure in the hollow of the pastern and to tapping on the frog and heels, take off the shoes, pare out the feet well, open the heels, reduce the frog a little, and put on a wide-webbed, open shoe with the heels raised half an inch, to take off the bearino- from the heels and frog, and to relieve the tension on the tendon. Then put the foot into a hot, soft, linseed poultice ; change it once a day, and continue it right along for a couple of weeks. If matter should show itself anywhere, you may be sure you have made a mistake in the disease. The matter must come from a nail or a corn, for matter never shows itself in navicular disease. Trace the pus, if any, to its origin, and treat it as prescribed for Pricks from Nails, and Corns. After ten days or a fortnight, if the horse is better, take off the poul- tice and apply a fly blister to the hollow of the pastern, if it is swollen ; FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 301 if not, let it alone. After the blister has been on for twelve hours, smear fresh lard over it. Continue this once a day, till the scabs come off ; then turn him out to grass, with the shoe on, but reset it once a month, with the same directions carried out as given above. If it is impracticable to turn to grass, keep the foot soft for a couple of months, by soaking in a foot-bath, or poultice-boots occasionally. He had better not be worked or driven during this treat- ment. Even after you think he is well, the high heel had better be continued for a couple of months. If this does not cure, the next thing to be done is to have a frog seton inserted. This requires the skill of a qualified veterinary surgeon, and the foot must be kept in a poultice boot six weeks. A long rest and proper shoeing afterwards will also be neces- necessary. In all chronic cases, or those that will not yield to treatment, all there remains to be done, is to perform neurotomy. This also requires the skill of the surgeon ; it never should be done, except as a last resort, and when the horse is useless from incurable Ipmeness, from this or any other disease in the feet. III. Contraction of the Foot. Causes. — Contraction is thought by many to be an original disease, coming on without any departure from a healthy foot previouslj^ ; but this is a mistake, except in very rare instances. It is nearly always the effect of some other disease, especially when bad. Contraction accom- panies navicular disease, corns, founder, sprains of the tendons, liga- ments and muscles of the leg or shoulder. Any long-standing lame- ness, of the foot or leg, is always accompanied by contraction of that foot from the continual rest it gets in being favored every time the horse stops ; when standing, he always points that foot, and rests it til] compelled to start again. At the same time, the healthy foot expands on account of getting more than its share of the work ; so it is only a ques- tion of a short time for the feet to become very uneven, one small and the other large ; and they will no longer be mates. When you see this con- dition you may look for chronic lameness ; it is most likely to be in the feet, either navicular disease, or chronic founder. But contraction, to a certain extent, is the inevitable result of shoeing, A colt's foot, before being shod, is large, round and open-heeled, the quarters spread out like wings, and the whole foot on the under side hae DIAGRAM. Showing Ihe coursi. of the nerve thai is severed in neu- rotomy, a is the nerve leading tc frog. 302 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. the appearance of a large saucer. In shoeing, the quarters have to be narrowed more than the toe, because they are spread more, and in their expanded condition cannot bear weight on a shoe ; the toe gets broken and worn off, while running, so it never spreads to the same extent as the quarters. The cause of the colt's foot being so round and open is, that he has run on the turf without shoes, the feet have gathered so much moisture, been kept so soft, stepping on the earth or into the mud, that they act like a sponge, being compressed w^ien stepped on, and expanding as soon as the weight is relieved, so that the hoof spreads a little every time the foot is raised. Another reason is, the foot being in moisture nearly all the time, the hoof grows faster, and extra fast growth is inclined to spreading, w^hereas a slow growi,h is inclined to contraction ; and as soon as the colt is shod and put to work the slower growth of the hoof begins, and w^ith it contraction. Good shoeing will do a great deal towards preventing contraction and keeping the feet in good condition ; and bad shoeing will ruin a foot in very little time. n There is no more prolific cause than leaving the shoes on six, eight or twelve weeks without being reset, for the shoe, being nailed to the hoof, compels it to grow down in the form prescribed by the shoe. And when it is removed, and the hoof pared down to its natural size, you will find the heels very much contracted. An- other common cause is standing on hard floors, allowing the feet to become all dried up. What to do. — When there is no other disease in the foot, and con- traction comes from bad or neglected shoeing, pull off the shoes, pare the feet down liberally, so as to be able to press the sole with the thumb, open the heels right up to the soft parts, rasp off the quarters quite thin, leave the frog as large as possible, in fact do not touch it at all. Then rub in a little fly blister to the coronet, smear the quarters with hoof oint- ment once a day, and turn out to pasture on soft ground. If you do not wish to turn the horse out, the shoes may be put on again ; in doing so, let them be plain shoes with no calks, medium weight, perfectl}" level on the bearing surface, and beveled off to avoid bearing on the sole. Reduce the quarters so as to relieve them of any bearing on the shoe, SHOE LEFT ON TOO LONG. Causing the hoof to prow over the shoe quarters, and to contract. rEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 303 and let the frog come right down to the ground. Set the shoes once ev- ery three or four weeks, and repeat the above treatment each time, and in the course of three or four months, you will have a decent foot. There are several methods of spreading the heels by force, but in the long run they are all impracticable, and cannot be recommended. In addition to the above treatment, the feet may be packed with any soft packing, or a wet sponge held to the sole by any one of the many devices for that pur- pose ; or the horse may be stood in a soak tub of either hot or cold water f. couple of hours in the forenoon, and the same in the afternoon ; or i tand him in a clay puddle, as prescribed for founder. A LOW HEELED, FLAT FOOT. Seldom afflicted with contraction A STRONG, UPRIGHT, HIGH HEELED FOOT. Predisposed to contraction. rv. Gravel. Causes.— Gravel is apt to work up into a sore of any kind in the foot, and cause'great pain, irritation and lameness. It often gets into a corn, or into a nail hole, made either by a prick in shoeing, or by a nail picked up in the road. It may get into a quarter crack, calk, or any wound whatever, and always causes an increased inflammation, and aggravates any existing difficulty. How to know it.— Examine the wound carefully, to avoid pushing the gravel farther in. Jt will be readily detected by feeling hard, grating grains in the wound, or by the dirty appearance of the wound itself ; it will look black and unhealthy. If neglected, it will work up through and break out at the top, forming a quitton It sometimes gets into a crack that forms between the wall of the quarter and the sole, either from the sole shrinking away from the wall, or the wall being broken away from the sole. What to do.— Trim the hoof away around the opening, ao as to have plenty of room, then wash it out, rinse it out with a syringe, by shooting 104 CrrCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AN1> COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. the water into the hole with some force ; then dig it all out carefully, and inject into it carbolic lotion : No. 6. 1 Part carbolic acid, 30 Parts water. Mix. Then a[)ply a poultice, hot and soft. Repeat this once a day till the hole is filled up with sound, healthy flesh. Then a[)ply the treatment pre- scribed for corns. V. Canker. When any extensive disease of the feet necessitates the exposure of much of the soft structures, instead of the flesh becoming nicely covered with hoof, and coming out smooth, it sometimes sprouts up into a shreddy, leathery substance, that will not grow together and form hoof, but remains spongy, enlarged, soft and tender. CANKER OF THE SOLE. The horny sole being re- moved. CANKEK OF THE FROG. The horn laid back to show the diseased parts. Causes. — Neglected or badly treated wounds, they boing also affected by the air in which the horse is kept during the healing of them ; low, damp, dirty stables, without drainage or ventilation ; and the horse standing in his own excrement during their treatment. It is more common among draft horses and those of a phlegmatic nature. How to know it. — By the uneven surface, growing up in leaves that extend down, sometimes from a half to three quarters of an inch. What to do. — Bad cases are usually considered incurable ; when such exist, the foot never can be made to grow into a tine, solid hoof. But in most cases the disease will yield to proper treatment. Pare away all you can without bleeding it; then dress it with pow- dered blue vitriol. Keep the sole and all diseased portions dry ; this is most important, as moisture prevents a solid growth, and promotes a fungous growth. If any pas comes out between the leaves, insert, well down into FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 305 the hole, a stick of lunar caustic. Dress it in this way once a day till the leaves are all reduced to a solid surface, then, if it is raw flesh, and not too prominent, apply burnt alum or air-slacked lime, alternating them occasionally with the vitriol. Keep the sore part perfectly dry all the time. When it is well started, and good quality of hoof is growing, dress it with pine tar and tow. The horse may be shod as soon as it is well enough to be dressed with the tar ; before that time the shoe is better off, the foot being in a canvas bag and the horse running in a box stall. VI. Calks. Causes. — Calks are cuts and bruises on the coronet, or soft parts above it, caused by one foot stepping upon the other, and the calk of the shoe, if sharp, cuts into the flesh. It is most common in fall, winter and spring, when mud and snow are deep • the horse getting stuck is almost Bure to step on his own feet. CALKS OR TREADS ON THE CORONET. What to do. — If the wound is in the skin, and of any length beyond one inch, take a stitch in it, or more if needed. Put the stitches half an inch apart, first clipping off the hair along the edges of the wound. If any artery is cut, so as to bleed a stream, put a dry sponge over it and bandage with a coarse cotton bandage, tight ; leave it on ten or twelve hours, then remove and dress with the carbolic lotion : No. 6. >^ Ounce carbolic acid, I Pint water, Mix. Sop it on and bandage just tight enough to keep the parts in their proper position. Remove the bandage twice a day, wash the wound with warm water and castile soap, and dress with the above lotion. When the edges are united, or if the stitches tear out, which they are very apt to do, and expose a raw surface, apply the White lotion: No. 7. 6 Drachms sulphate of zinc, 1 Ounce sugar of lead, 1 Pint water, Mix and shake. 306 CYCLOPEDIA OF lilVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Dress the wound with this three times a day, washing it as often as necessary to keep it clear of pus. If the wound is inclined to gape open, continue the bandage a few days. If the calk is in the coronet, running down under the hoof, it will fes- ter, and pus will accumulate and cause great lameness ; the part will swell, and will be red, hot and tender to the touch ; the lameness being so great in some cases as to prevent the animal putting the foot to the ground at all. Pare away all ragged edges, and as much of the hoof, following the sore down, as confines any pus ; remove any hair or other foreign matter that may have got into it ; then apply a poultice, after dressing with the carbolic lotion. No. 6. Change the poultice twice a day, using the car- bolic lotion each time, and examine the wound carefully to ascertain if there is a sack or pocket containing pus below where it is pared out. The hoof needs to be reduced to the bottom of the wound and kept so. Continue the poultice until the hole fills up, and the lameness is nearly or quite gone ; then discontinue the poultice and dress three times a day with the White lotion. No. 7. Lay the horse up till the wound is well enough not to be injured by sand getting into it. If any proud flesh springs up, burn it down with burnt alum. When the hoof is growing down, apply a mild blister of flies to the coronet, and trim the new growth from time to time to keep it smooth. The flesh which fills up the hole in the hoof must be kept down even with the deep edge of the old hoof, otherwise the edges press against the flesh and prevent it from healing. Vn. Fraotare of the Bone of the Foot. Causes. — This does not occur very often, but we see it occasionally. It is caused by striking the foot with great force against any hard sub- stance, especially if the foot receives the blow on the quarter. The bone of the foot may also be fractured by being run over with a loaded wagon ; or by being stepped on by a heavy horse, the foot coming on the top of the hoof in front breaks the pyramidal process, (the point rising from (he center of the coffin bone.) How to Know it. — Extreme lameness comes on suddenly, soon after the accident, and increases with time. The foot swells around the coro- net, and is very tender, and the horse will not put any weight on it at all. What to do. — Remove the shoe and ascertain, if possible, the location of the injury by pressure, tapping and pinching ; then pare or file away FEET OF THli: HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 307 the hoof over the spot, so as to give it a chance to swell and relieve the pressure. Put the foot into a poultice ; change it once a day, and relieve the pain as much as possible by paring away all the hoof you can over and around the part ; it will grow again long before the horse is fit to work. If any hole forms for the escape of the pus, you may be sure there is a broken piece of bone that is acting as an irritant, and must be removed. Follow down the hole, paring away the hoof as much as is necessary to remove all detached pieces, for every piece that is separated from the main body will have to come out. When all the pieces are removed, dress with the carbolic lotion. No. 6, iwice a day, letting the poultice come over it until the discharge is stop- ped, and the hole filled up with flesh. Then dress it with the White lo- lion. No. 7, three times a day. Trim the new hoof as it grows to make it frrovr down as evenly as possible. When sufficiently healed to be safe to turn him out, do so, and let him run two or three months. In most cases the wound will fill up and heal with very little trouble, and the foot will be nearly as good as before. DIAGRAM OF FOOT. Showing the position of the cof- fin bone, which is often frac- tured. vm. stone Bruises. Causes. — Bruises are often found on the feet, especially around the heels. They are usually caused by stepping on round or pointed stones, or other hard substance. Sometimes they are slight and get well without any treatment other than a day or two of rest. But sometimes they result seriously, when the bruise is so deep that suppuration takes place, and is liable to spread or work up through and break out at the top, like a corn . Sometimes the bruise is so severe as to destroy the life of the soft parts undemeatli, causing them to slough out bodily as soon as the hoof over the spot is removed, leaving a hole large enough to put your finger into. Sometimes it comes by a very hard blow on the heel of the shoe, which bruises the quarter, and all of its attachments, from the bone, 60 that a core as large as the end of your thumb sloughs off the wing of the coffin bone. When the injury is so great it must be promptly treated, or it will break out at the top and form a qaittor. BOTTOM OF FOOT. Showing a stone caught between the sole and shoe- 308 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. How to know it. — There will be lameness, according to the extent of the injury. Upon examination a tender spot is found on the sole or frog, or on one of the heels. Lameness increases from day to day. \Vlien the shoe is removed no nail hole is found, nor any discoloration denoting a corn ; but the tender spot exists ; it is not where tenderness from navic- ular disease would be found, therefore you come to the conclusion that it is a bruise. What to do. — The shoe being removed, put the foot into a poultice for twenty-four hours. Then pare down on the bruised spot and liberate any pus that may have formed ; if none is found without cutting too deep, replace the poultice and tr}'^ again the next day. A pair of pinch- ers will help to locate the bruise l)y pinching all around the foot. If the tissue is bruised off the wing of the coffin bone, it will come out like a core when it is sufficientl}^ rotted and the sole is cut away underneath ; if it is not cut away the disease will go on and break out at the top of the hoof. When the core is taken out, dress it with the carbolic lotion, No. 6, and replace the poultice. Continue this treatment till the hole is filled up with sound, healthy flesh. Then dry it up with pondered blue vitriol by applying it once a day ; omitting the poultice and leaving the sole dry, but keep the foot cool and soft with DIAGRAM OF A FOOT. ^^^^^^ ^-^^ sLVound the Wall of the foot, and wet ^'ffn'^'K°^o^te°n°badiy ^bruised ^ith cold watcr scvcral times a day. When dry, and som'etimes fractured. ^Jj.ggg ^^J-^ ^^^j. ^^-^^ ^^^ ^^^ p^|. ^^ ^^^^ g^iOe SO aS to protect the weak spot ; do not have any bearing on that portion, IX. Side Bone. Side bone is a hardening of the lateral cartilages of the fore feet. These cartilages are situated in the quarters of the feet, one on each side, and are attached to the wings of the coffin bone. They extend above the quarters of the hoof, are covered only with the skin, and can be felt readily ; they are found to be very pliable in health, but are per- fectly solid in cases of side bone, being ossified. They are the resuH of inflammation in the lateral cartilages. Causes. — Any severe injury to the quarter, by the horse stepping on his own feet, getting the foot caught under a root in a woody pasture, contraction of the heels setting up inflammation by undue pressure, quit- tor, very severe nail wounds, or severe bruising of the heels ;anditoftei> accompanies navicular disease. FEET OF THE HORSE AND THEIR DISEASES. 309 How to know it. — The quarters are enlarged upwards from the hoof, are as hard as bone, and perfectly inelastic. In the early stage there mil be heat, soreness, pain upon pressure, and lameness. What to do. — AVhen the quarters have been bruised or injured, in any way, foment with hot water in cold weather, and cold water in hot weather. Apply the water as continuously as possible, and wrap them in woolen BigTit fUting. Wix>ng fiUing. RIGHT AND WRONG FITTING SHOES. cloths saturated with water between the times of bathing. When the sore- ness has left them, and there is no more lameness, discontinue the water treatment, and apply a fly blister over the spots. This will cause any remnants of inflammation to be absorbed. After they are once thoroughly hard they seldom or never cause any further lameness, but there will al- ways be a clumsy, stiff action, due to a want of elasticity. CHAPTER IV. SHOEING AND CARE OF THE FEET, I. WHAT A SHOER CAN DO. II. HOW TO PREPARE THE FOOT FOR THE SHOE. III. WHERE THE BEARING SHOULD REST. IV. WEIGHT OF SHOES AND HOW TO FIT THEM. V. CARE OF THE FEET IN THE STABLE. VI. THE FLOOR OF THE STALL. I. What a Shoer Can Do. Horse shoeing is a trade in which a great deal of skill can be exhibited. A good shoer can keep the feet in the very best condition as far as shoe- ing is concerned, and a poor one can ruin a set of feet in a very short time. n. How to Prepare the Foot for the Shoe. The foot should be carefully prepared by being rasped down to its proper size and all superfluous growth of wall and sole removed. To do this requires judgment, for there are scarcely two feet alike. Some grow faster than others ; some are high-heeled and some low, some have thick soles and are very concave, while others have thin soles and are flat. Flat- footed horses have the latter, and the extreme in the other direction is seen in the club-foot. In flat feet the toes are long and thin and are spread out, the heels low and soles thin. In club-feet the toe is short, the wall straight, almost pei-pendicular, the heels high and strong., and the soles thick. The flat foot needs very little paring and is seldom afiiicted with contraction, while the strong foot is very prone to contrac- tion and needs considerable trimming to prepare it for the shoe. The flat foot is more subject to laminitis, bruises, pricking and gravel ; the strong one to corns, quittor, contraction and navicular disease. Both the flat foot and the strong foot are objectionable ; the medium is the best foot. 310 SHOEING AND CARE OF THE FEET. 311 III. Where the Bearing Should Rest. In paring the foot for the shoe, the wall wants to receive the most of the bearing, though the sole near the wall can take some of it. The heels ought to be lowered the least trifle to reduce their bearing, and should be opened about half way up to the hair in a V shaped manner to allow the foot to expand a little every time the weight comes on it, so as to avoid as much as possible the evil of contraction, which, as already stated, is the inevitable accompaniment, more or less, of shoeing in all cases. If there are any ragged edires on the frog, trim them off, other- wise the frog need not be touched. IV. Weight of Shoes and How to Pit Them. In making the shoe it should be perfectly level on the bearing surface, beveled off gently all around from about three-eighths of an inch from the outside to the inside, so as to avoid giving any bearing on the sole, and to facilitate the removal of any gravel that might work in between the shoe and sole. Let it be of good length, and of a weight to suit the horse ; some require heavy and some light shoes. Fore shoes vary in weight from ten to twenty ounces ; hind ones, from eight to twelve ounces. On the ground surface it is well to bevel towards the centre, thereby widening the web which protects the sole from bruises and pricking from nails. Let the toe be rounded off for driving horses to prevent as their work will allow. The driving horse is usually better on a plain shoe, while the draft horse needs calks to give him a purchase on the ground so as to pull heavy loads. The hind shoes are best with a small toe calk, and the heels raised by leaving the shoe a little thicker to level it up to the toe calk. Shoeing for diseased feet, (pathalogi- cal shoeing, ) has been treated on in con- nection with the diseases of the feet in the two preceding chapters. In finishing off a foot with the rasp, after shoeing, the wall should not be rasped above the nail clinches, as it destroys the oily, unctious cover- ing that is there to keep the fibers tough and pliable, and prevent sand crack. THE CRAMPON, TO PREVENT HORSES SLIPPIMG IN FROSTY WEATHER. 312 CTCLOrJ£DIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPI^TE STOCK DOCTOR. V. Care of the Feet in the Stable. A PLAIN SHOE. With large, sharp-headed nai winter use. Care of the feet in the stable has a great influence on their health. Horses that are kept on floors and pavements continually, and even country horses in dry weath- er, should have the feet either soaked out in a foot bath or clay puddle, or packed with moist sponge or oil-cake meal two or three times a week. If it is not done, they dry and contract from want of moisture, get brittle, and have sand and quarter cracks, and lose nearly all toughness. When the hoof is brittle and inclined to crack, in addition to the above, a hoof ointment, made and ap- plied as follows is beneficial : No. 8. 4 Fluid ounces pine tar, 4 Fluid ounces whale oil, Mix. Rub a little well into the coronet and upper part of the hoof once a aay, If the ointment gets too thin in warm weather, a couple of ounces of mut- ton tallow may be added to give it a better consistency. VT. The Floor of the Stall. Confinement to the stable, even under the most favorable circumstan- ces, has a tendency to produce diseases of the feet, such as are compara- tively rare among farm horses which enjoy constant exercise at work or running in the pasture. The anatomy of the horse's foot is such that exercise is absolutely necessary to keep up the circulation of blood under the hoof, and the bad effects of inaction are only aggravated by requiring the animal to stand on an unnecessarily hard surface. The confined horse endeavors to supply the lack of outdoor exercise by stamping and pawhig, and should have a soft surface of eailh or sawdust to paw upon. Pawing and stamping serve the specific purpose of keeping the blood moving under the hoof ; crib-biting on the other hand is often merely an exhibition of the restlessness an active animal feels at being cooped up. VEINS OF THE HOUSE'S FOOT. The network of veins without valves situated immediately under the secretive membrane of the hoof. SHOEING AND CARE OF THE FEET. 313 Side view of a Fore Hoof shod so as to quicken the action in a forger. Note the short shoe, heel calks in- clined forward to the rolled toe. In constructing the floor of the stall the health and comfort of its occupant ill also be promoted, if care is taken to avoid having his fore feet rest upon a higher level than his hind feet. The op- posite practice, that of building the stall floor to slope from the man- ger backwards, is too often resorted to for the purpose of securing surface drainage ; but it is a blunder to do this. When in the open field and free to choose Side view of a Short-toed Hind Hoof of a Forger, shod to slow the action and to prevent injury to the fore heels by the toe of the hind shoe. Note the elevation of the short toe by means of a toe calk and the projection of the toe beyond the shoe. When such a hoof has grown more toe, the toe calk can be dispensed with and the shoe set farther forward. Side view of Hoof and Shoe. Note the straight toe, weak ring formation running parallel to the coronet, clinches low down, and on a level, length of the shoe, and the under bevel of the toe and heel. his ground, the horse will se- lect for a rest a gentle slope on which he will stand with his fore feet resting on a lower level than that oc- cupied by his hind feet. It is the po- sition in which there is least strain upon the back mus- cles of the foot and leg while standing — the one in which the horse rests easiest. CHAPTER V. LEGS OP THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. I. BONE SPAVIN. II. BOG SPAVIN. III. OCCULT SPAVIN. IV. BLOOD SPAV- IN. V. TIIOKOUGHPIN. VI. CURB. VII. RINGBONE. VIII. SPLINT. IX. SPRAIN OF BACK TENDONS OF THE FORE LEGS. X. BROKEN DOWN. 1. Bone Spavin. Spavin IS an arbitrary name given to disease of the hock joint, in which inflammation is an early symptori. Effusion follows it, and ossification of the exudate forms a bony lump on the joint, usually on the inner side near the front, but it may occur on any part of the joint. It always affects the joints more or less and causes great lameness, which is usually susceptible of a cure, but sometimes defies treatment, and permanent lameness is the result. The hock joint is composed of a ti-ue hock joint that works like a hinge, and three flat gliding joints below it before we come to the cannon bone, and on each side of the cannon is a splint bone the same as in the fore leg. The connection between the ;ij splint and cannon bones is ligamen- tous. The spavin usually takes its origin between the cannon and the inner splint bone, and extends up to the joint and around it, and some- times involving the whole hock, ex- (Tpt the true hock joint, stiffening i( and interfering Avith the action \cry seriously. Causes. — It is often caused by a -prain of the ligamentous connection 1h tween the cannon and inner splint. Sometimes the sprain may affect the ligamentous connection between the (annon and the outer splint, but nsnally it is on the inner side, on account of the line of the center of gravity being more to the inside, bring- ing more weight to the inside than to the outside. It is sometimes caused by a bruising of the joint itself by kicking, jumping, running, pulling heavy loads up hill, bringing great strain on the hind legs, 314 BONE SPAA'IX. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 315 316 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 317 How to know it. — In the early stage there will be lameness, more or less acute, according to the amount of injury to the joint. The lameness will be distinguished by a stiffness in moving from side to side in the stall, by backing out and going off on the toe of the foot for a few steps, but soon improving with exercise till he will go all right after having gone a few steps, and remains so till stopped and allowed to cool off, when he will go off worse than ever, until warmed up again. The cause of this CURED BONE SPAVIN. BONE SPAVIN. is : By standing the joint becomes dry, and great pain attends the flex- ion of it, but the exercise excites the secretion of synovia, (joint oil) which lubricates it, and the horse is comfortable till the joint gets dry again. Upon pressure, a soreness and heat will be found, usually just at the bottom of the joint on the inside, ])ut well to the front. A. slight amount of swelling may l)e noticed, but not much until the aecorid stage is reached, when a hard, bony enlargement will spring up and extend more or less, sometimes only involving the splint, cannon and the first bone of the gliding joint. But at other times it extends clear around and in- volves all the gliding joints, the calois and cuboid parts of the joint, and it leaves bony deposit around the tendons ])otween the splint bones at the back of the hock. The enlargement is best seen by standing at the side of the horse, about a yard from the shoulder, when, instead of the smooth, straight declination of the inside of the hock, you will detect the lump just above the end of the cannon. Sometimes the lump is farther back ; then it can be seen better by stooping down in front, and looking between the fore leg". Occasionally it will be seen only on the back part of the hock ; ther it usually escapes detection even by ex- perts. What to do. — If taken when it is in the first stage, before any effusion is thrown out, it can be cured by treating vigorously to remove the in- flammation. This is best done by continuous applications of hot water 318 CTCIiOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLEIB STOCK POCTOE. or poultices ; raise the heels of the foot about an inch and give absolute rest till all lameness and soreness are gone. Then turn him out to grass or straw yard for three or four months. But if the spavin runs on to the second stage, in which effusion is thrown out and ossification is begun, a good smart blister, well rubbed in after the soreness is taken out by the hot applications, will perform good work in some instances. If it is not improved by the first application repeat it. The blister is made as follows : No, 9b yi Ounce powdered cantharides, 2 Ounces lard, Mix. Also prepare No. 10. 2 Drachms red iodide of mercury, 2 Ounces lard, Mix. Mix the two blisters together and rub it well in, first cutting off the hair. After twelve hours, smear fresh lard over the place. Repeat the lard once a day till the scabs are all off and the skin is nearly healed ; then repeat the blister, and so on till he is cured. This treatment is effec- tual if begun in time and vigorously applied, and sufficient rest given afterwards. It may absorb nearly all of the enlargements. If this fails, or if the case is allowed to run on to the third or confirmed stage, in which the lump has become thoroughl}^ ossified and the gliding joints more or less incurably affected, the only hope of doing anything to any advantage is to produce anchylosis (stiffness) of the joint. For when the articular surface of the joint is much affected it cannot be cured and restored to soundness, so the only thing to do is to stop the lameness. The most effectual way to do this is to apply the actual cautery (firing iron), which produces so great an amount of artificial inflammation, causes such an increased flow of nutrition to the part, that, when accompanied by rest, it destroys the joints that are affected, by stiffening them. There are several ways of applying the firing iron, but the most common is to pass the iron, with a dull edge, over the part affected, in lines running obliquely each way, forwards and backwards, from a centre line drawn perpendicularly from about the centre of the hock on the inside to a point on the cannon about an inch and a half below the hock. Draw similar lines on the front and back of the hock, and then draw the oblique lines from one to the other, giving it a feathered appearance. In bad cases it is advisable to fire on the outside of the hock, too, as a surer means of removing the lameness, but, on account of the iron leaving scars where- ever it touches, this outside application is usually objected to, unless the first firing fails and it has to be repeated ; then it should always be car- ried clear around. It is the opinion of some authorities that every case casj be cured of lameness by repeating the firing, if necessary, half a aozei. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 319 times, but it is accepted as a fact, by most surgeons, that when the articular ends of the bones are ulcerated there will be permanent lameness. Apply the blister, No. 9, well rubbed in with the hand, immediately after firing. Some operators delay the blister till next day, but it is preferable to rub it in before the leg gets sore and swollen from the firing. Tie up the horse's head for twelve hours to prevent him biting it. After twelve hours, grease over, and repeat the application once a day till pus begins to form under the scabs ; then wash it once a day with warm water and soap to prevent blemishing by the pus burrowing under the scabs. When dry, rub the grease in. Give him absolute rest in the stable for four weeks ; then give him a three or four months' run at grass ; and when beginning to work again, let it be gently for some time. While this treatment is going on, it is advisable to have a high-heeled shoe on the foot of the lame leg ; let it be raised an inch. When shoe- ing, after he is well, continue the high calks for a month or two. There are numerous patented spavin cures in the market, some of which have more or less merit ; but ais a rule, the above is the only relia- ble treatment. Some of the nostrums claim to be able to cure a spavin in twenty-four hours without breaking the skin, but they are humbugs of the worst kind. Sometimes very strong corrosive blisters are recom- mended, such as corrosive sublimate, etc., but they are cruel in the extreme and not as likely to cure as the treatment laid out above, which, being the most humane, although pretty severe, is the best to pursue. When firing, it is advisable to cast the horse to keep control of him and be able to perrorm a better operation, and the hair should be shaved off. II. Bog Spavin. This is the name given to an enlargement of the hock by distension of the synovial bursa. The synovial membrane of the joint becomes in- flamed and secretes a superabundant amount of joint oil which distends the membrane and enlarges the joint sometimes to the size of a child's head. It can be alleviated by good treatment, but when once well-dis- tended it can seldom be radically cured, and very many unfortunate animals carry the big joint with them to the bone yard. Causes. — It is caused by severe sprain of the joint, the inflammation extending to the synovial membrane, and sometimes even to the joint. Sometimes the origin of it lies in the joint itself from severe bruising by concussion when jumping, kicking or being kicked. It is also caused by wounds fr^m being stabbed with the fork by reckless grooms, or pricks from nails in the stall, when a restless horse demolishes it by kicking. „^^^ ,^^^^^ ^-^ HUCK. JOINT. How to know it.— There will be a large, soft swelling showing the en. on the inner and front aspect of the hock. The swelling Bo|TpTvin.°' is of the same character as wind galLi * it seems to be filled with air, but o20 CTCLOFEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOlt. it is synovia. In mild cases there is little, and, sometimes, no lameness •, but in bad cases there is lameness of a general character, stiffness in the hock, more pain evinced when starting than after a little exercise, heat, soreness upon pressure, and a tendency to get worse rather than better, even with treatment. What to do. — Bathe it as continuously as possible with either hot or cold water for twelve hours, then apply an oil-meal poultice, hot and soft. Continue the poultice for several days, changing it once a day, and bath- ing with hot water at the time of changing. AVhen the soreness and lameness are gone apply the following liniment twice a day ; No. 11. 3 Ounces tincture of iodine, 1 Ounce aqua anunonia, 1 Ounce turpentine, 1 Ounce glycerine, Mix. Rub well in with the hand till the skin is quite sore ; then grease it once a day till it is healed, then repeat. Keep it pretty sore for a few weeks, giving perfect rest. Then turn the horse out for a long time. Some recommend bandages, but they are not practical since they are very difficult to keep on and always chafe the skin above and below, necessitating their suspension from time to time to allow the skin to heal. Puncturing the sack is i)rescribed by some, but it is very dangerous and cannot be recommended. III. Occult Spavin. Occult spavin is similar to bone spavin in all respects, except that there is no enlargement, and no external evidence of any lesion whatever. The lameness is severe, persistent and of the same character as inl)one spavin, the horse going off on the toe, working out of the lameness with exercise in the earlier stages, but the lameness is often permanent through all the subsequent stages. Causes. — Severe concussion on the ends of the bones in the joint How to know it. — There will ])e the charactei-istic bone spavin lame- ness, but the disease will show no outward marks. A very sure test is to drive the horse enough to warm him up and get the spavin to working well, then let him stand half an hour, then take the toe of the foot of the lame leg in your hand and raise it as high as possible so as to Hex the hock joint. Hold it there two or three minutes, then drop it and rush the horse off on a smart trot. If it is spavin he will go off on three legs for a few steps, and bring the toe down first as he warms up again, and after a little will go all right until stopped and allowed to cool. What to Do. — When it is satisfactorily located give it the same treat- ment prescribed for bone spavin. LEGS OP THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 321 322 CYCLOPEDIA OF LJVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. v. it I ■kt 5^ 4 LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 823 IV. Blood Spavin. Causes. — Blood spavin is u distension of the saphena major vein as it passes over the enUirgementof bone spavin. Th; vein is constricted and the blood dammed up to a certain extent, causiig a distension of the coats of the vein and giving the leg the appearance of having a very large bone spavin on it. It seldom does any harm. How to know it. — Stand at the shoulder and view the hock as directed for bone spavin, and you will see the enlargement in the same position as the bone spavin. What to do. — Upon examination with the hand, the enlargement will l)e found to be soft and readily rubbed down, which should be done often. This is the only treatment of any virtue. V. Thoroughpin. This is of the same nature as bog spavin (distension of the 83010 vial bursa) but occui's between the os calcis, forming the point of the hock, and the rest of the joint. It seldom does any more harm than to form an eyesore. Lameness from it is very rare^ Causes. ^Tt is produced by many of the same causes that are ascribed to boir spavin, though the principal cause is hard work, consequently it ENLARGEMENT. Forming: thoroughpin. DIAGRAM. Showing dissection of thor. oughpin and bog spavin ; al- so the junction of the two affec- tions. is oflon seen in draft horses, hack horses, stage horses, and animals for general utility. It is also often seen on stallions that are used for serv- ing mares, the strain thrown on the hind legs being very great. It is often seen in young growing colts when large and heavy for their age, owing to the immense weight brought upon young and tender joints. How to know it. — Unsightly puffs are seen just in front of the point of the hock. They are soft and appear to be filled with air ])ut it is syn- ovial fluid that distends them. Thoroughpin usually accompanies bog spavin^ but it may exist without the latter. 324 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. ) perfora/iS. \ Flexor ypert'orcUus. NavLcuZarBLsecLse, ailer Stonehen^e . RINGBONE And navicular^ disease'. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 325 What to do. — When first seen, apply a cooling lotion, made as follows : No. 12. 1 Ounce muriate of anuuonia, 1 Ounce saltpetre, 1 Quart water. Mix. Bathe the part with hot water, ml) dry and apply the lotion three times a day, giving absolute rest. Follow this up for a week, then, after bath- ing with the hot water, appl}^ the liniment No. 11, well rubbed in, twice a day. When the part gets sore from the liniment, hold up a few days and grease the part with lard till nearly healed, then repeat. It cannot be permanently cured, for, when made to absorb by the treatment and rest, it will return with work. In case of a young colt getting thoroughpin, shorten his allowance of feed a little for a couple of months, and the i)uffs will become absorbed. VI. Curb. Curb is an enlargement on the bitck of the hock and a little below. It is seen in the form of a bowed section about four inches in length ; some- times it is swollen up as thick as an inch from the health}^ form, and some- times the enlargement is so slight as to be hardly noticeable. When in the inflammatory stage the swellings cause lameness, but when once well harden- ed they seldom do. The seat of the injury lies in the calcanco-cuboid ligament and others lying near it. That form of hock known as curby hock is most liable to it. The form that merits that name is curved from the foot t6 the stifle, extending back- ward outside of the perpendicular line drawn straight from the posterior point of tlie hip to the ground. It is sometimes called sickle or cow hock. On account of the curved out- liiKi of the leg there is a greatly increased strain on the back of the leg at the point of the greatest curvature. This is found at the hock, hence we frequently have curbs on such legs. Causes- — A sprain of the ligaments of the back part of the hock, fre- quently produced during severe exertions in jumping, running, trotting, pulling heavy loads, etc. How to know it. — Standing at the side of the horse, opposite the hind parts, and looking across the legs you will notice a curve on the back and lower portion of the hock, instead of a straight line, as there ought to be BRACE FOR SPAVIN. 326 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Weakness of liga- Bowed Side ments of lower joints tendons. bone, causing fetlocks to descend. . PAIR OF FORE FEET OP REGU- LAR FORM IN REGULAR STANDING POSITION. PAIR OF FORE FEET OF BA.SR- NARROW FORM IN TOE-NAR- ROW STANDING POSITION. PAIR OF FORE FEET OF BASE-WIDE FORM IN TOE- WIDE STANDING POSITION. FORMS OF HOOFS: a, side view of an acute-angled fore foot (shod); b. side view of a regular fore foot, showing the most desirable degree of obliquity (45°); c side view of a stumpy, or "upright." fore foot; obliciuity above 50°. In a, b, ce, note particularly the relatiom between the length of the shoe and the overhanging of the heels. Note also the toe roll of the shoes. OBJECT LESSONS ON FEET. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 327 in a healthy leg, from the point of the hock to the fetlock pad. In recent cases there is lameness, heat, soreness to the touch, and, like all sprains, it grows worse with exercise. What to do. — In a recent case when the sprained tendons and ligaments are sore, swollen and hot, apply the cooling lotion. No. 12, bathing the part with hot water three or four times a day for half an hour at a time. Raise the heel an inch, continue this treatment till all soreness is gone, about a week or ten days, then apply the blister, Nos. 9 and 10, mixed. When the blister has taken well, grease it once a day for a few days till it is healed, then blister again. Give three or four weeks' rest. If this does not cure, or, if there is no improvement in two weeks, resort to the firing iron. Draw a line down the back of the leg, over the curb, and then draw lines obliquely to it in the form of a feather. The lines should be burnt about half way through the skin, but in no case burn clear through, for that would make abadbiemish. Rub the blister, No. 9, well in over the firing. Grease that the same as in the milder treatment, and wash it occasionally to remove scabs that may have pus underneath, which must l)e liberated. In old, chronic cases that have been neglected or have not yielded to other treatment, resort immediately to the firing iron, as rec- ommended above. Prevention. — Avoid breeding animals that have curby hocks, for they are very objectionable, and the form of the leg, in most cases, is trans- mi t ted. VII. Ring Bone. This is an exostosis (bony enlargement) on the pastern, around the ujiper or lower pastern joint. It usually runs clear around the leg in the form of a ring, hence its name. It usually forms around the upper pastern joint, but sometimes affects the lower one. In the latter case it is under the coronet, and is then worse, as itcannotbe got at to be treated, and is more likely to cause permanent lameness from its extension to the navic- ular joint, involving it in the inflammation and anchyolsis. When the ringbone comes under the coronet, it often grows so large and extends so much as to make a large, ugly, stiff, club-foot of the handsome, elastic pedal extremity of the horse, and gives rise to permanent lameness. But when it forms around the upper joint it does not usually grow very large, and is quite susceptible of treatment. Sometimes the bony deposit is only in front or on one side, or on both sides and not in front, in either the upper or lower forms. Causes. — A sprain, a blow on the bone from a kick, stumbling and striking it on a stone, stab from a fork tine, in fact, any severe in- jury setting up inflanmiation on or near the bone, is apt to result in a ring- bone. For the nutritive material sent to the legs and feet is of a bony 828 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. DIAGRAM. Showing Pastern and Pedal Bone of a horse affected with Severe Ring- bone. t. The joint between the pastern bones, showing the groove in which the tendon of the extensor p e d character, that is, makes bone, so when an effusion is thrown out it be- comes organized or forms i)ai't of the living system, and ossifies, the size of the deposit depending upon the extent of the inflammation. There is a theory among scientific men, that liability to throw out bony enlarge- ments, especially around joints, is hereditary in the form of an ossific diathesis, which is borne out hy actual eX' perience in breeding ; marcs or stallions affected ^vith spavin, ring-bone, splint, enlarged knees, etc., are apt to transmit them to the offspring. We frequently see foals two months old with ring-bones, and sometimes with spavins and curbs, making it very convenient for dealers to excuse their presence by saying the colt was foaled so, and that it never will hurt him. Which may be true enough in one sense, for the affected parts be- come solidly anchylosed, and as strong as any other part, muscle reposes. and pcrhaps stronger, for the extra deposit acts as a sup- *'tween^ Uie" lower ^Qi't to the wcak part ; the part being naturally weak, in- pastern bone and I i t . . „„ the bone of the t^erited from one of the parents, the deposit is an effort of nature to strengthen it. Therefore, the practice of breeding from stallions or mares that are unsound from any bony deposit, except those caused by some known accident, is to be most emphatically condemned. How to know it. — ^In the acute stage, (when it is beginning to grow) there will be lameness that works off with, exercise ; and also soreness, heat and swellino- when examined carefully with the hand. When it has run on to the second stage, and become hardened into bone, it will be felt around the pastern joints in lumps, or in a ring running clear around the pastern. Or it may be spread over the surface of the bone as if plastered on. Nature may effect a cure by anchjlosing the joint, which will stop the lameness, but there will be a certain stiffness always ; or ulceration of the heads of the bones may take place and cause permanent lameness. As lono- as it is in the stage in which the lameness works off with exercise, there is a chance of curing it by stiffening the joint. But when there is permanent lameness the chances of a cure are small, al- thouo-h it is best to try, and repeat the trial too. What to do. — In the first stage apply hot baths, and fol- low them with the cooling lotion, No. 12, three or four times a day till all active inflammation is gone ; then blister with Nos. 9 and 10, mixed. After the first blister has healed, repeat it. But when the ringbone will not yield to this treament and goes on increasing in size, hardness and lameness or when it has reached the second stage without treatment, there is nothing so effectual as the actual cautery (finng is applied in lines running up and down parallel with each FOOT OF A HORSE. Affected with ringbonC; The pastern joints being entirely stiffened. iro***. ) It LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 529 other, beginning at the corner of the pastern and extending arouna the front of it to the opposite side ; but do not draw lines in the hollow of the pastern, as the flexion of the leg would keep the part eternally sore. Apply the blister. No. 9, immediately after firing. Remove the shoes and give absolute rest (no exercise at all) for four or five weeks ; then turn to pasture for a couple of months. If the lameness is not cured, or shows no prospect of curing, in four or five weeks, repeat the operation, drawing the irons in the same lines made by the first applications. The lines may be made from the coronet to the lower edge of the fetlock joint, a distance of from two to four inches, according to the length of pastern. A short pastern is more liable to ringbone from the greater amount of concussion it sustains through its lack of elasticity, which the long pastern has. The foot will always grow faster after the leg has been fired for ring))one, therefore the shoes will need to be reset of tener than on a healthy foot, and the hoof reduced. VUL. Splint. Splint is an enlargement on the cannon bone just below the knee, usually on the inside, but it is sometimes seen or the outside. Splints are quite conmion on the fore legs ; in fact, nearly all horses that have seen DIACJKAM. Showing the different locations of splints. 1. High splint near the knee. a. Low splint far below the knee. 3. Bony tumor, often miscalled a SPLINTS OF A SERIOUS KIND. Splints involving the knee joint. 2. Splint interfering with the back tendons. 3. Small splint under the tendon of the ex- tensor muscle. splint. much service have them, but they are occasionally seen on the hind legs. The usual seat of them is between the cannon and inner splint bones. Sometimes they attain to the size of a hen's egg, but usually are quite small. They generally cause some lameness when growing, but rarely do so after they become hard. Causes. — Slipping, jumping, running, kicks, bruising the bone, etc., anything that may sprain the ligamentous attachment between the can. non and the splint bones. Sometimes the splint comes on the surface^ 330 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. and then it does not cause much lameness, but when it comes under the periosteum (the covering of the bone) it is very painful. When splints come from bruises they may come on any part of the leg. How to know it. — In the early stage there will be lameness of a pecu, liar kind, in that the horse will go sound on the walk and will trot lame. Upon examination a sore spot is found below the knee on the inside of the leg. By feeling of it, with the leg flexed, you can locate it immediately. In the later stages a bony lump will form on the leg, adhering di- rectly to it. When the lump is an inch or more below the knee, it is no permanent detriment, but if it is closer to the knee than one inch, it is objectionable, as it is apt to interfere with the action of the knee. When it does affect the knee it usually causes permanent DISHING ON THE lamOUCSS. TROT Thought by some to What to do-— If noticed when the injury first occurs, h'^if 'an^'irroneous applv either hot or cold water with the cooling lotion, dish' [he fore^fe^t No. 12, till the sorcuess is nearly gone and then apply }TavT no "spunts! as tlic bllstcr, Nos. 9 aud 10 mixed. Give a couple of them. ""^ weeks' rest. Feed on light, soft food while idle. When the lameness and soreness to the touch are excessive, especially if the nodule is small, the trouble lies beneath the periosteum and requires the operation periosteotomy to split the covering of the bone to allow the exudate from the inflammation to escape, which will relieve the tension. It is done by cutting a small hole in the skin and pushing in a thin, long blade and cutting the periosteum over the lump. No change need be made in the shoeing. IX. Sprain of Back Tendons of the Pore Legs. Sprains of the back tendons are very common on account of the severe strain they are put to in all cases of unusual exertion. In such cases, a large amount of the effort is made by the forelegs, especially m racmg, where the strain upon the fore legs in grabbing the earth and pulling the body exceeds that of the more powerful hind legs in pushing it, hence the frequency of theee sprains. There are four ligaments and tendons m the leg below the knee, and the degree of injury to the horse in case of sprain, depends upon which tendon is most affected. That of the one nearest the bone being the worst, the next one to it being next, and so on to the last on the posterior surface, injury to that one being of least account. UauseS- — Sprains received during severe exertion in running, jumping, trotting fast, slipping on uneven ground, stepping on the edge of a hole LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES, 331 with the toe, letting the heel drop, and sometimes cuts or bruises by a blow across the l)ack of the leg, overreaching, etc. How to know It. — Severe lameness will be a prominent symptom, the more so the more important the tendon is in the leg. The suspensory ligaments lie next to the bone, and sprain of them can be felt on either side of the leg according to which branch (the inner or outer) is affected, for sometimes only one, especially the inner, is sprained. When it is the suspensory ligaments that are affected, the swelling will be upon each side near the bone, and not far from the fetlock joint. These liga- ments are the main support of the leg, and when sprained, the lameness is far more severe than when any of the oth ers are affected. When the one next to the suspensory ligament is sprained, the swelling w\\\ be on the sides between the latter and the outside tendon. This tendon, next to the suspensory liga- ment, is called the pcrforans. The outside one is the per- foratus, swelling of which is seen on the back of the leg, cui*ved backwards like a bow. Sprain of the latter is of the least importance of any of them, as the damage done is slight, being easily cured, and not causing much lame- ness compared to sprain of the others. Sprain of the mctacari)al ligament is next in importance to that of the suspensory ligaments. They are often af- fected in common with the pcrforans. Swelling of it, the metacarpal, is found near the bone just below the knee, but usually extends to all parts immediately surrounding it. There will be swelling, heat, pain and soreness ; when the injured spot is touched the horse 'vill rear some- times in his effort to draw the leg from your grasp. In resting the leg he will thrust it forward and cock giving it the appearance of being swollen on the and in walking he will not straighten the fetlock back to its natural posi- tion but will maintain it in the cocked position. If neglected and allowed to become chronic, the tendons contract and hold the fetlock in that posi- tion ever after. What to do. — Remove the shoe and replace it with heels raised an inch, to take the strain off the back tendons ; apply hot fomentations to the part as continuously as possible till nearly all the soreness is gone, wrap the leg in a woolen bandage and keep it wet and hot, applying the water FLEXOK TEN- D O N S OP FORE LEGS. I. The pcrforans. 3. The perfora- tus. 3, 4. Ac- cessory muscles. 5, 6. "Restrain. ^"S ligaments. 7. The pedal cartilage divi- ded. 8. The navicular bone. the fetlock, front part, 332 CYCLOPEDIA OP UVB STOCK AN© COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. three or four times a day. Bathe the leg between times with the cooling lotion, No. 12, or make one as follows : No. 13. 1 Pint strong vinegar, 1 llaudfiil common salt, 1 Pint water. Mix. Bandage as tight as the soreness of the leg Tvill allow, with a dry cotton or linen bandage, immediately after applying the liniment. AVhen the soreness is nearly gone apply the following liniment, well rubbed in after bathing with hot water, twice a day, and increase the tightness of the bandage from day to day : Ho. 14. 1 Ounce tincture arnica, 1 Ounce tincture opium, 1 Ounce turpentine, 1 Ounce alcohol, 1 Ounce licpior annnonia, Water, to make one pint. Mix. If the liniment irritates the skin much, suspend it for a few days and grease with fresh lard till healed, then repeat it. Give this treatment and rest for three or four weeks, then if there is a probable cure, turn the the horse out for a run at grass ; if not, clip off the hair and blister well with No. 9. When the blister has taken, smear over it some fresh lard to keep the air from it and prevent pain. After two days it will need washing, and when dry grease it. Eepeat this once a day till healed, and give -?. long rest. If all these means fail to effect a cure, or if the case is an old, long standing one the firing iron must be resorted to. Clip off the hair and fire in lines feathered as directed for curb. We would rec- ommend in this, as well as in all similar cases, that the operation of firing be done by a qualified veterinary surgeon, for it is very easy to ruin a good horse by firing too deep ; it is an operation that requires exjDerience and good judgment. It will be found in most cases in which the suspensory ligaments are sprained, that the firing iron will have to be used, as they are very obstinate and will not yield to mild treatmefit. But in most cases in which it is the others that are affected the milder treatment will be effectual. To get the thickening out of the blistered leg, after the treatment is done, shower the leg with cold water tAvo or three times a day, and also give it plenty of hard rubbing and bandage. Omit the high heels as soon as the soreness is gone from the tendons and before giving the treatment requiring the long rest. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCmENTS AND DISEASES. 333 X. Broken Down. Causes. — Broken down is the terr.i applied to rupture of the suspensory ligaments. It is most common among racers, because the strain their fore legs are put to in a race exceeds the strain of all other kinds of work. The force of the stroke comes on the fore legs. They gral) the earth, pull the body forward, and when the body is passing the poise, and just before lifting the forward foot off the ground, they give a trcmenduous push that sends the body forward and at the same time high enough to avoid falling on the nose while gathering their feet for another spring. It is during the spring, just after the body has passed the poise, that breaking down takes place. Kow to know it. — The ligaments are ruptured, the toe turns up and the fetlock pad comes down to the ground, completely ruining the animal. What to do. — In cases of complete break down it is an act of mercy to destroy the animal. But horses are often so nearly broken down that they are ruined for all kinds of active labor, yet might be saved for breeding purposes by giving the leg thorough treatment, and a year's rest. The same treatment prescribed for sprain of the back tendons mil apply to this, especially the firing, which is absolutely necessary. Treatment for Blood Poison:— This is usually due to absorption of the putrofaetive matter of gangrene or ulceration, or the pus of internal or large abscesses. How to know it: — Fever, loss of appetite, langour, rapidly iuereasing weakness, emaciation, ana?mia and palor. What to do. —Take of quinine six drams, alcohol four ounces, glycerine four ounces, water to make one pint, mix, give two ounces every two to four hours. If recovery is not prompt call in a qualified veterinarian. Treatment for Sallenders or Mallenders:— Mix a half teacupful of lard, one oz. of gum cauii)h()r and two dr. mercurial ointment and apply twice a day. If more serious, treat as for "grease." CHAPTER VI. LEGS OP THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES— CON- TINTJED. I. CAPUI.ET OR CAPPED HOCK AND ELBOW. 11. FRACTURES. Til. OPEN JOINT. IV. BROKEN KNEES. V. KNEE SPRUNG. VI. COCKED ANKLES. VII. WINDGALLS. VIII. SHOULDER LAMENESS AND SWENEY. IX. CRAMP OF THE MUSCLES OF THE THIGHS. I. Capulet or Capped Hock and Elbow. The elbows and points of the hot-ks fire liable to injury, giving rise to swellings of the nature of tumors. They are filled with a watery exu- date, slightly tinged with blood. If not emptied and properly treated they become caloused and organized into a solid fibrous mass in the course of a month or so. When this takes place, the callosity on the dlbow becomes very heavy and hangs from the elbow, a very unsightly mass, sometimes as large as a child's head. The callosity on the point of the hock never gets so large as on the elbow, but becomes just as hard and unsightly, and is more noticeable being farther from the body. Causes. — Bruising is the only cause. It is usually long continued, hence the gradual dcn^elopment into a hard fibrous tumor. The one on the elbow is caused by laying the point of the ell)ow on the shoe or on the hard floor. Some horses have the habit of pawing the bedding all back before lying down, and letting the elbow come directly on the floor, while others always lie with the elbow on the shoe. Either way of lying, if continued for any length of time, w\\\ bruise these points and a watery exudation is formed, which fills the sack. If not evacuated it increases, and may suppurate and break, or it may become organized and solidify, the walls thicken and the whole become a solid mass. CAPPED ELBOW^ OK SHOE BOIL. The one on the hock is usually caused by kicking cither in the stall or harness. It is often seen on nervous, high-spirited horses that do not get, 334 LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 335 work enough, become restless in the stable and go to kicking to amuse and exercise themselves, and thus bruise the points of the hocks against the sides of the stall ; if kept in a box stall, they are just as apt to do it. It is also often seen on draft horses that arc Avorkod to the cart ; being hooked too near to the box, they strike it with their hocks every time their legs are raised. Sometimes it is caused by runaways or by pieces of timber falling on the hocks. How to know it. — In case of the elbow a scurfy, wrinkled appearance indicates the danger, and if not attended to and tlic cause removed, it goes on growing day by day, till a large tumor is developed. Some- times by a sudden shifting of the position of the feet in lying, a large, hard, hot swelling may spring up in one night ; it may be only a couple of inches thick, but may be eight or ten in diameter, very sore to the touch ; but w^hen the tumor grows gradually it is not usually very sore. When on the hocks, the points are found much swollen, hot, tender and sore to the touch. The trouble usually comes on suddenly with one or two nio-hts' locking. What to do. — When hot, sore and of short duration, remove the cause ; give a laxative of one and a half or two pints of raw linseed oil ; foment the parts with hot water, with a handful of common salt in it, for an hour or so, then rub dry and rub gently in, the following liniment: No. 16. 1}4 Ounce tincture arnica, 1^ Ounce liquor ammonia, 1 Ounce tinctiu-e opium, Water to make one pint, Mix. Repeat morning and night for two or three weeks, and if the case is j> V-iild one, this treatment will cure it. In case it is the elbow and there is a soft fluctuating feeling, tap it with a knife and let the water out, making the opening large enough to pass your finger in. Syringe out the sack with warm water and follow it with No. 6. Repeit it twice a day, continuing the external treatment the same as before. After the oil has operated, give one of the following powders in the feed morning Hnd night : No. 16. ^^ Ounces rosin, 2 Ounces saltpetre, Powder and mix, DiAide into twelve powders. It should bfe borne in mind that the cause must be removed absolutely, m order to have the treatment of any avail, otherwise it will all be lost, and the tumor will continue to grow in spite of all you can do. When he SS6 CrCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. lies on ttie floor, give more bedding; if on the shoe, apply a roller to the pastern, as large as jour arm, so as to let it take the bearing on the arm instead of the elbow on the foot. If it is a very bad case, it will be well to keep the horse standing a few days. If it still remains large and hard, change the injection to the following : No. 17. 1 Drachm iodine, 1 Drachm iodide of potash, 1 Ounce alcohol, 1 Pint water. Mix. Inject a little, twice a day, after usingthehot water as before. When dry apply tincture of iodine twice a day, till it gets vervsore, then grease it with fresh lard till healed, and repeat it. If it becomes hard and solid, the only remedy lies in dissecting it out bodily. The operation is quite simple. Cut the opening in the skin in a line running up and down, then cnt the cellular tissue around the tumor and dissect the whole lump out, being very careful not to cut into the elbow joint. If an artery or vein is cut so as to bleed a stream, take it up and tie it, sew the skin together, and dress it three times a day with the lo- tion. No. 6. If the stitches break out, and the wound gapes open, it is no use to resew it, but dress it three times a day with No. 7, and it will draw together as it heals. We would urge in this connection the employ- ment of a qualified veterinary surgeon to perform operations in every case, as the use of the knife requires a thorough knowledge of the anat- omy of the parts, as well as experience to avoid giving unnecessary pain to the animal. Where it is the hock that is affected, the same treatment will suffice in all matters of detail until you come to puncturing the sack, when you must stop. Never cut into a capped hock except in a rare, 3xaggerated case, and then employ a veterinary surgeon to do it. Hand-rubbing will do a great deal towards making it absorb. As soon as the inflammation is well reduced, and all points working satisfactorily, the horse may as well be at work as idle. Prevention. — G-ive the horse plenty of bedding ; do not allow a faithful friend to sleep on the bare floor. Give plenty of exercise to avoid mis- chief in the stable, that may run on to bad habits and vices. n. Fractures. Causes. — ^Fractures of the limbs are very common among horses, not that the bones of horses are more brittle, but they are more exposed to accidents than those of any other animal, man not excepted. They are 60 active, quick-motioned, fleet and heavy, that when an accident occurs LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 337 the effects are apt to be disastrous ; for, like a railway train, the unlucky animal does not have many chances to come out whole. All bones of the body are liable to fracture, but the bones of the legs are more so from being more exposed. In runaways, the animal often comes to a sudden stop by falling or colliding with some heavy, solid object. Then he is sure to suffer ; any one of the limbs may be broken, or it may be the ribs, back, neck, head, jaws, hips, etc. Kicks are very often the causes of fractures, especially of the legs — the cannons, thighs or arms being the bones which most frequently suffer. The bone of the foot is often broken by striking with great force against a stone, post, or any other solid object. The pastern is sometimes split through its entire length by jumping. The writer knew of a case of fracture of the can- non bone of one of the hind legs by catching the toe in the girth of the harness when kicking flies, breaking the bone short off. Fractures are divided into the following classes : Simple — when nothinf^ else is broken but the bone ; compound — when the ends of the bones punch through the flesh and skin ; complex— when the bone is shattered into many pieces, and one or more pieces may prick through ; transverse — when the bone breaks short off ; oblique — when the fracture is in an obliqe direc- tion across the bone ; green stick — when the bone breaks like a green stick, splitting and bending and twisting without breaking directly off. The bone may be only cracked, or broken without misplacement. The bones of old horses are more liable to fracture than those of young ones, becoming brittle with age. How to know it. — ^When the fracture cannot be seen, but is suspected, manipulate it a little, listening attentivel}^ at the same time, and you will hear the grating of the ends of the bone together, which is an unmistak- able symptom ; for grating or rubbing of rough ends toget'ier is never heard in health. Great lameness is inseparable from a fracture, be it ever so slight. When the bone is only cracked, there will be great lame- ness, with few if any conclusive symptoms to indicate fracture, but by careful examination a sore place can be felt ; the horse will not bear a pound on the limb, and will keep lifting it as if in great pain. In all cases there will be a rise in frequency of the pulse and respirations from the nervous shock and pain ; more or less inflammation follows, and the temperature will be raised a little. As the length of time increases after the fracture, if nothing is done to relieve it, all the symptoms in- crease, the nostrils dilate, the countenance becomes haggard, and ex- presses anxiety, the eyes become injected, the injured limb swells, be- comes hot, and in all fatal cases, when the inflammation reaches its height, mortification begins and extends towards the body, when death is 338 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. only a question of a few hours. The p:irt gets cold and clammy, ape- culiar offensive sweat rises on the surface, the skin, if white, l)ecomes purplish, but if l)hu>k, the discoh)ration cannot l)e seen. As soon as mor- tification sets in the pain ceaseSo What to do.— If it is a fracture of the cannon, arm, thigh, femur (tiic ])()ne Ix'tween the hip and stifle), shoulder or back, ninety-nine times out of a hundred the case is fatal if displacement takes place, and espe- cially so if it is a compound or complex fracture. If it is a fracture of the back, ])arah>i- of all part> Ixhind 1 lie IVacfuv will ensue. In any of J2gacs8>f-^ f<7 SLING IN USE. the above instances, the horse may as well be destroyed, for it is utterly impossible to keep him quiet till the ])ones knit ; thoy would repair as readily and as substantially as those of man, if we could put him to bed and keep him there six weeks. But take what measures you may, in most cases you wnll fail from no other reason than that he keeps mov- ing about, swinging the leg, and behaving in a very restless manner gen- erally, which prevents the ends of the bones from remaining m quiet contact long enough to grow together. The bones of dogs, sheep and sometimes cattle, grow together very readily because they are more quiet, and favor an injured leg more than a horse. If it is the shoulder or thigh, it is so deeply imbedded in muscle that it is verj difficult to set the bones, especially if the fracture is oblique, for the muscles contract and draw the ends of the bones past their proper positions from two to six inches, and it is an utter impossibility to bring the ends togetiier again even with the aid of pulleji' LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 339 But if it is a fracture of the foot, pastern, fetlock, hip or any other part ^here there is no displacement, a cure can usually be made. After put- ting the horse in a roomy, comfortable, loose box, put him in slings to take the weight off the injured leg, and relieve the weight from the others. Make the broken limb as straight as possible, then envelop it f.or a distance of five or six inches in plaster of Paris, or if that is not handy, soak a piece of sole leather in water until quite soft, and mould it to the form of the leg, and bind it on so as to keep it perfectly tight and solid, and in its place. Splints may be put on outside of the leather. A starched bandage is very good in connection with the splints. Have the starch very stiff, fill the hair with it and then begin to wind, not tight but just enough so to keep the parts in their places ; put on a considerable quan- tity of starch with each wind of the bandage ; after making about half a dozen turns, put on the splints, one on each side, and one on the back, but none in front ; then continue the bandage four or five turns. If the lee swells, so as to make the bandage too tight, slit the banuage up a little way at either end. Leave the whole thing on al)()ut five or six weeks, keeping the horse in the sling all the time, just tight enough to give gen- tle pressure on the belly and he will lie in it at his pleasure. If he acts unruly at first, quiet him by talking to him, and he will very soon get ac- customed to the arrangement, and like it. If any pieces of bone become detached they will act as foreign matter and must be removed. Any such complication in a leg already done up in a starched bandage, or in plaster, will be recognized by increased swel- ling in the surrounding parts, and also by heat and soreness, uneasiness and increase in temperature, pulse and respiration. The natural condition being: Pulse 36, respiration 10 to the minute, and temperature 98.5® F. The pulse is taken on the angle of the lower jaw, as the artery passes around the under side on its way to the face. Temperature is taken by a clinical thermometer inserted in the rectum, and allowed to remain in two minutes. Respiration is taken by counting the breaths, one m and one out making a respiration. When the hip is broken down, making what is known as "hipped," there is nothing to do except to give time and what constitutional treat- ment is indicated. Fracture of the shoulder blade is treated in the same way, except that it might be advisable to put the horse in slings. In all cases watch the symptoms and treat them as they require, oat it would be well always to give the following mixture : — j^o. 18. 1 Drachm tincture aconite root, 2 Ounces spirits of nitre, 2 Drachms fluid extract belladonna, 1 Ounce nitrate of potash, 1 Ounce carbonate of ammonia, Water to ooake one pint, MlTfo' 340 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Give one ounce (two tablespoonfuls) every two, four or six hours, ac- cording to the requirements of the case. This is the dose for ji fell sized adult horse, a young or small one in proportion. Continue this as long as there is any fever. Give all the cold water to drink the horse wishes, but give it little at a time and often. If the neck is broken, death ensuet* immediately, on account of the nervous communication to the heart, lungs and stomach being cut off, and so they stop working. m. Open Joint. Open joint is one of the most serious accidents that horse flesh is lia- ble to, and unfo'.-tu 'lately is quite common. Causes. — Cuts, bruises, pricks from nails, pricks from the fork in handling the manure and bedding, falling on the road, kicks from othec horses, etc., are common causes. BAKER'S BRACE FOR BROKEN KNEE WHEN THE JOINT IS OPENED. WHERE JOINT OIL IS. The lines mark the points where synovia (or joint oil) is interposed between the different structures. How to know it — A wound, of course, is present, and a discharge also is seen when it is at all serious. The character of the discharge de- termines the extent of the injury ; if it is an open joint, in addition to pus there will be a discharge of joint oil (synovia). Synovia is inodor- ous ; has no smell ; amber colored when fresh ; whitish yellow when co- agulated I thin and watery, but at the same time is of an oily nature when fresh ; coagulates on exposure to the air. When the discharge LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. ;^41 partakes of the character given above, especially in the latter particular, and is accompanied by more or less fever, good appetite, gradual wast- ing of muscular tissues, (though somet'mes the wasting of tissue is rapid), tucked up appearance, hard unyielding swelling, with great sore- ness to the touch, and extreme lameness, there need be no doubt but that there is an open joint. What to do. — If neglected and allowed to run its own course it will be fatal ill uhnost every case ; the horse will die from irritative fever, ex- haustion and inanition. Sometimes it is fatal even with the best treat- ment, therefore it is of the utmost importance that remedies be promptly applied, and vigorously pursued. When an open joint is recognized, wash the wound with tepid water with a few drops of oar1)olic acid in it ; if the wound is deep, and there is pus mixed with the synovia, syringe it out gently, with the lotion. No. 6 ; gen- erally, however, it is best not to syringe, probe nor push in the wound any more than is a])solutely necessary ; but let all the treatment tend towards filling up the wound with healthy granulations. As soon as the wound is nicely washed, make a paste of the following; No. 19. 2 Drachms glj^cerine, 1 Drachm carbolic acid, Flour to make a thick paste. Make a plug of the paste and insert it into the wound ; then smear solid extract of belladonna over all the hard swelling around the wound, and let a cold poultice made of oil-cake meal go on over the whole. Change the poultice and dress it twice a day. When the suppuration ceases, and there is a clear flow of synovia, omit the plug and let the poultice come directly in contact with the wound. Keep the horse as quiet as possible ; curry food and water to him, so as to avoid the least motion. If it is practicable apply apparatus to stiffen the joint during the treatment. A convenient appliance will ])e described in the next article on broken knees. The most difficult thing in the treatment of open joint is to stop the flow of synovia without checking the flow of pus. For whenever there is pus in a wound it nmst come out, or damage will l)e done ; at the same time you cannot wash and syringe an open joint to get rid of the pus as you would an ordinary wound, because that would tend to keep the wound open and continue the flow of synovia ; consequently there is an opportunity, usually, to display very fine judgment. Give, internally, tonics composed of : No. 20. 2 Ounces pure sulphate of irou, 2 Ounces chinehona bark, Powder and mix. Divide into twelve powders. 342 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Give one night and morning in tlie feed. is nearlv well. Continue this till the wound IV. Broken Knees. Broken knee is a term used to designat<^ contusion, abrasion and laceration of the soft parts — skin, ligaments and membranes — over the knee joints, but not the bones. Tt is quite common, especially where horse-back riding is fashionable, and fox hunting and steeple chasing are ]>racticed. Sometimes the knees are only bruised or the skin broken, and then it is very si)nple and recovery is quick. But they are often broken right through into the joints, opening them completely and allow- ing a raj)id flow of synovia. Sometimes they are ea.sily cured, and at other times defy all treatment, and the joints become ruined and stiffened; and sometimes large spavins grow upon them. They sometimes prove BROKEN KNEE. Manner of probing the dirt sac of a broken knee. COCKED ANKLE. Ilesult of corns anc similar diseases. BROKEN KNEE. Manner of opening the dirt sac of a broken knee when it is found necessary lo do so. fatal by the excessive amount of irritative fever produced; the horse becomes very much emaciated, tucked up in the flanks, runs at the eyes, and weakness is great. Whenever the joints are opened, you have a very serious case at the best, and one that will tax the patience and judgment of the attendant. Causes. — Knees are always broken by falling on them. The causes of falling may differ. Work horses drop upon their knees sometimes when starting very heavy loads, and if on stony or gravelly roads, are very apt to break their knees. Driving horses stumble and fall on their knees when they are sore in the feet, stiff in the legs or lame in the shoulders, and often open the joints. Saddle horses are the most liable to broken knees ; if ridden slowly, on smooth roads, the weight on the back makes them more liable to stumble; if ridden across country they often come upon their knees on the other side of a fence or ditch. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 343 How to know it. — There will be a contused, lascerated, ragged wound ; the skin hanging in shreds, hair bruised off, the ends of tendons protrud- ing and curling like bands of white tape. A discharge of synovia (an oily looking, aml)er colored liquid) takes place, and in bad cases the Avhite glistenii^g bones of the joint can be seen and felt. What to do. — If the wound is dirty with sand, gravel or other sub- stance, wash gently to remove it. If the ends of tendons or ligan»ents protrude, clip them off with scissors close down to the edge of the wound ; draw the ends of the skin together and bind on a soft piece of old linen to keep the i)arts in place and the air from ii:, wetting the wound and linen with lotion No. G. Then proceed to have the l)race made as seen in the illustration on page 340, for it is absolutely necessary to keep tbe knee stiff and perfectly quiet, so as to get as small a secretion of synovia EiS possible. Splints arc generally used, but they always irritate the log where they come in contact, and fail in a great measure to jirevent motion ; but when Baker's brace is used, neither the knee nor any joint below it c;an be flexed a particle. To make the brace, take a rod of good iron half an inch sipiai'e, and of ii length sufficient to reach from the ground to at least three inches above the knee ; rivet a band two inches wide and six inches long on to the upper end of the bar, and bond it to fit the fleshy part of the arm ; then bend the rod in its passage down the ])a('k of the leg to fit a healthy limb in its natural position when the weight is on it ; make a three-quarter book at the bottom, bending backward, to hook into the eye in the bar of the shoe, so that it can be inserted and removed at pleasure without re- moving the shoe. Insert two rivets or a staple at the top, and another set midway between the knee and fetlock, to receive the strai)s that bind the leg to the brace. Let the straps be an inch wide, and pad between them and the leg, especially over the shin. Pad the band well to prevent abrasion of the skin. The shoe may be an old one that fits the foot, with the heels carried out at least an inch beyond the heels of the foot, and turned upward a little ; weld on across the heels of this shoe a bar three quarters of an inch wide, with an eye in the center to receive the hook. The shoe needs to be nailed on very strongly, or the horse will tear it off in his efforts to flex the leg, Avhich he v/ill try to do at first, but he will soon get accustomed to it, and walk around, lie down and get up the same as a man with a stiff leg. The strap at the top wants to be buckled tight enough to keep the brace in place, the one at the center of the cannon tight enough to keep the leg well straightened back in its natural position. The shorter brace is used in the same way in case the fetlock or pastern joint is cpsaed ; then it is not necessary to stiffen the knee. 344 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. When the brace is adjusted, remove the bandage and linen, and apply directly to the wound a soft, cold, oil-cake meal poultice, wet somewhat with the lotion, No. 0, after it has taken up all the water it will. When ready to be applied, sprinkle the poultice over with finely powdered char- coal. This will encourage and promote healthy, solid granulations and prevent much suppuration and sloughing. Some sloughing and suppu- ration will have to take place on account of the wound being contused in- stead of being made by a clean cut, as with a sharp knite. Dress the wound in this manner twice a day ; continue it right along till the flow of synovia is stopped, even then it is better to leave the dressing on a few days more to further reduce the inflammation in the part. If the ends of the tendons protrude at any time they must be clipped off. If there is high fever give the following mixture : No. 21 . 1 Drachm tincture aconite root, 1)4 Ounce sweet spirits nitre, 1}4 Ounce nitrate of potash, Water to make one pint. Mix. Give a tablespoonful every two hours, till the ])ulse is improved arc fever abated. Feed lightly for a good while. V. Knee Sprung. Knee sprung is not a disease, but is the effect of disease. When the legs are healthy, the center of gravity passes dov;n through the center of them, and out at the heals ; but in case of knee sprung, the center of gravity passes back of the knees, giving them a very bowed appearance. It always comes on gradually, and may stop at any stage, and never ge: worse ; but sometimes it goes on to so great an extent as to render the animal almost useless. Horses often sleep standing, and do it with safety, no danger of falling, as long as the legs are sound, but when the knees are so bowed forwards as to throw the center of gravity on a line forward of the origin of the suspensory ligaments the horse will fall when he goes to sleep standing. Causes. — ^The most common cause is sprain or other injury of the back tendons of the leg. The ones most often sprained, and injury to which is most likely to cause knee sprung, are the suspensory ligaments, and the metatarsal ligament. Sprain of these, without proper treatment and rest, is sure to be followed by knee sprung. Sprains of the other ligaments, long continued soreness in the feet, sore shins, soreness in the joint, etc., are also frequent causes. In fact any abnormal condition of the foot or leg below the knee, that gives rise to long continued lameness and resting the heels or leg by knuckling the fetlock, is sure to be fol- lowed by a going over on the knees, from contraction of the back tendons LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 345 and ligaments, which hold the parts in th.it position ever after, unless relieved by the operation called tenotomy. How to know it. — The legs of somid horses are straight from the el- bow to the fetlock. Hence, any deviation from that position indicates something wrong. Stand opposite the shoulder of the horse, and notice the leg ; any bending forward from the straight line at the knee creates suspicion. Any bad case, and many mild ones, are accompanied with thickening of the back tendons, indicating neglected sprains. What to do.— There is nothing to be done, except in recent cases, which are rare. A case that has not been longer than two or three months in coming may be benefitted by clipping the hair from the back tendons, wherever there is any thickening or soreness, and showerino- with cold water several times a day for two or three days, and then ap- plying blister, No. 9, well rubbed in. Remove the shoes, pare down the feet and open the heels. Tie his head up, so he cannot bite the blister, for thirty hours ; then grease it once a day till nearly healed, and turn him out for a long run at grass. If he is not improved in a month, re- peat the blister. In old, chronic, incurable cases the operation called tenotomy, can be performed sometimes to very great advantage, but not as often as in ease of cocked ankles, which form the subject of our next article. The operation will be therein described. VI. Cocked Ankles. The fetlocks are often knuckled forward, but this, like knee spruno-j is only a symptom of some other trouble. The fetlocks are, however, often mistaken for the seat of the.lameness, and are blistered and muti' lated, of course without any benefit. Causes. — Sprains of the suspensory ligaments, when low down around or below the fetlock joint ; lameness in the bursa of the pcrforans ten- don, as it passes over the fetlock ; bruises on the heels ; corns ; quittor ; navicular disease, or nail in the foot — anything that makes the horse rest the heels or lower and back part of the leg. Sometimes in bad eases of shoulder lameness, the leg is rested in such a nianner as to let the back tendons contract so as to throw the fetlock forward. How to know it. — It is recognized by the ankle joint being thrown for- ward like a knuckle ; the heels raised slightly ; the tendons contracted : and absence of any soreness or thickening in the joint itself. What to do. — Spare no time nor pains to find the cause and remove it, and the effect will cease. Ninety-nine times in a hundred it is only symptomatic. In a great majority of cases the cause will be found in the feet ; treat them, and the ankle will straighten up. 346 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. In long-standing cases the tendons become so contracted as to render a return to a natural position an impossibility ; in such cases tenotomy is sometimes practiced to advantage. A small opening is made in the skin about midway between the knee and fetlock ; a small blade is run in, edgeways, and through to the skin on the opposite side, but not through it ; then turn the edge up and cut off the tendons, stopping before the gkin is cut above them, being careful not to injure the suspensory liga- ments. If they are severed, the animal is useless and might as well be destroyed. To perform the operation, a knowledge of the anatomy of the parts is necessary ; hence it is advisable always, when possible, to employ a competent veterinary surgeon. VII. WindgaUs. The tendons, iis they pass down the back of the leg, are covered with a sheath moistened with synovia ; and where they pass over the fetlock WINDGALLS. Showing situation and form* of WindgaUs. CAPPED HOCK. WINDGALLS. As they appear upon dissection. joint are synovial burste, to prevent friction ; there is also synovia between the tendons to prevent them from rubbing against each other. When, from hard work, tlie membranes secreting the synovia become irritated, they are excited to secrete more than their natural (piantity, and the ac- cumulation of it forms the soft, puffy swellings around the fetlocks, either fore or hind. They are always caused by work. It is an old, popular idea that these swelling are filled with air, hence the name. They seldom cause lameness, except in the early stage, or in the very last stage, when they become ossified ; in the first stage the lame- ness soon passes off ; in the last it is permanent. How to know it. — Soft, puffy swellings appear after considerable work, around the fetlock. They are usually the size of your thumb, l)ut in some cases they grow to the size of a hen's egg. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 347 What to do. — Make frequent applications of cold water, or cooling lotion, No. 12; and after a couple of da3^s apply liniment, No. 11, well rubbed in, twice a day, and bandage tightly over it, till well blistered. Then omit the liniment but continue the bandage, vnth grease applied to the skin, giving the puffs all the direct pressure possible. Pieces of cork laid over the puffs, and bandaging over them is very effectual. When the skin is sufficiently healed, repeat the liniment. Continue this treatment for three or four weeks, and then give the horse a run at grass or in a straw yard. This will be effectual if persevered with ; l)ut as soon as the horse is put to work again, either road or heavy draft, the windgalls will return. Vin. Shoulder Lameness and Sweeny, Shoulder lameness is common. Sweeny is rare, but it is often imag- ined and severely treated for, when the cause of lameness is very remote. Sweeny is wasting of the muscles of the shoulder blade, leaving the spine on the blade exposed the whole length, with hollows on each side that you could nearly lay your arm in. Causes. — Shoulder lameness is usually caused by a sprain ; it may be of the ligaments of the joint or of the muscles around the joint. Sprain of the latter is most common. The sprain may be produced by slipping, falling, stepping on the heel of the fore shoe with the toe of the hind .shoe, especially in the mud or snow, or catching the hod under a 2'ootor railroad track. Sweeny is usually caused l)y the shoulder being badly bruised by the collar in hauling heavy loads, or plowing, or by the horse falling and bruising the shoul- der. How to know it. — Lameness is a characteristic symptom ; the shoulder and leg are carried forward all of a piece ; no knee action ; the shoulder carried forward and the leg swung ; at the time the leg is ])cing taken forward the head is nodded down at the start and suddenly jerked up toward the finish of the action. There is an inability to raise the leg to steji over an obstacle a foot high, but he will drag the leg over. Swell- ing, hep.t and soreness are noticed. In case of sweeny the muscles are wasted as described above, and much the same action of the leg will be noticed. In recent cases of either, the horse will rest the leg by flexing the knee and resting the foot on the toe without extending it. In mild cases, when he is able to travel, rest will seem to cure him and he will go out sound, but will go lame 'Sfter a little, and get worse the farther he goes. If allowed to run on without treatment, sprain of the shoulder, espe- cially if it IS ot the joint, becomes chronic, extends to the bones, affect- ing the heads of them and causing permanent lameness. 348 CYCLOPliDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOE. What to do. — In all cases of shoulder lameness where there are heat, swelling, soreness to the touch and lameness, foment with hot water, never with cold, for half an hour at a time, three times a day. It is welJ to add a handful of common salt to a pail of the hot water. When it has dried after washing, rul) well in tlic liniment. No. 14, morning and night. In most cases, if taken immediately and the above well applied, a cure will be effected, if rest is given, in from one to four weeks. If this faik to cure, a blister well rubbed in over the affected part will do good ; use No. 9. In nine cases out of ten, when the lameness is in the shoul- der, remedies applied to the joint of the shoulder will be effectual. A common mistake is made in applying blisters over the shoulder blade and withers, which only cause pain and often leave blemishes, without doing one particle of good, except necessitating a long rest ; but it is better to have some other excuse for the rest. When these means fail, the last resort is the seton. Vfhen well ap- plied it produces counter irritation, that can hardly fail to cure unless there is porcelaneous deposit on the heads of the bones in the joint. When the exact source of lameness is located, pass the seton down over it just beneath the skin, letting it run always as nearly perpendicular as possible. Let it pass eight to fourteen inches under the skin, and leave the ends projecting three or four inches. The seton is best made of strong, coarse, unbleached muslin, torn into a strip, one inch and a half wide. Fasten leather buttons on each end to prevent it coming out. Smear it once or twice a week with a little fly blister to promote a dis- charge and increase the irritation. Foment and wash thoroughly clean with hot water morning and night. If the horse is inclined to bite and pull the seton, tie one end of a stick to his halter, and the other end to the surcingle to hold his head and neck straight. A needle made on puri)()se is needed to insert the seton ; it should be fully a foot long. The seton should be left in thice weeks in mild cases, and four to six weeks in bad and clironic cases. Always give from one to three months' rest after removing the seton. Sweeny is treated by mild blisters of flies in ointment as in No. 9, or in tincture, rubbed in gently, and repeated every fortnight for two or three months. The horse is better at grass Avliile this treatment is ]>eing given. It will stimulate the muscles to rc-devclop. Gentle exercise is better than absolute rest. IX. Cramp of the Muscles of the Thighs. The muscles of the thighs are very subject to cramp in hard- worked horses, especially in old ones. These cramps are often diagnosed wrongly, are mistaken for dislocation of the stifle, are in fact rarely rec ognized except by an expert. LEGS OP THE HORSE, THEIR ACCmENTS AND DISEASES. 349 Causes. — Very severe exertion, especially if prolonged to any great extent ; the muscles become fatigued, and the nerves in them exhausted ; then if the horse is forced to continue working, cramp is very apt to take place. It is sometimes seen in cases where horses are being made to swim ; cramps seize these muscles and render them for the time use- less, being often the cause of drowning. How to know it. — The horse is going along apparently all right, ex- cept that he is laboring from fatigue, when suddenly one or both thighs cramp and draw all into knots ; a constriction will be seen in the hollow of the thigh ; the point of the hock is drawn up, and the horse crouches with his hind parts ; in fact he is drawn down and is utterly unable to move. On account of the position the hind legs assume, the trouble is often mistaken for dislocation of the stifle. When both legs are affected the horse often falls in the most intense agony, being una])le to stand longer. When only one leg is affected it is usually drawn upwards and ])ack\vards ; he is unable to extend it. If left alone, the cramps may pass off in the course of a few minutes, or they may last several hours. What to do. — Get hot water as quickly as possible, and apply it, bath- ing the leg continuously till the muscles relax and the leg is let down, and the horse walks as w^ell as ever. Then rub dry and rub well in liniment No. 15, In the absence of that high wines, tincture of camphor, arnica, hot vinegar, etc., are good. Give the patient a few days' rest. Leakage from Navel: — If a portion of the naval cord remains im- mediately after birtb, the tying of it carefully may be all that is needed. If this does not prove sufficient, apply Monsell's solution of iron with a feather three times per day. Allay inflamation by fermenting with hot water. Give internally one-fourth teaspoonful of Salol in a tablespoonful of castor oil and a little milk three times per day. When these remedies fail it will be necessary to pass a needle through the tissue back of the opening containing a strong silk thread and tie so as to include as little of the skin as possible. Apply tar water to keep flies away in summer. Sometimes rheumatism accompanies or follows such condition of the colt. If so, see treatment for that under appropriate heading. Keep the colt quiet and warm. Give more nourishment as it grows better. Navel Infection: — ^Thisis known by an inflamed or swollen condition of the parts and may be the result of weakness in the breeding, the colt falling an easy victim to filthy surroundmgs. Cleanliness and a prompt disinfecting and tying of the cord should head off any trouble in that line. Wormy Corn Disease: — This ailment is designated in this way for want of a better heading. It usually comes on with the advent of a new crop of corn, the quality of which is inferior. The remedy is obvious: Feed sound grain. The unsound usually rises to the surface when thrown into water and may bo skimmed off. For pasturing stalks see * 'Cornstalk Disease" in Cattle Department. Engorgement: — ^This usually happens when the horse fills his stom- ach with grain, the swelling of which may cause death in a few hours. Give a purgative— No. 48 — and follow with occasional doses of raw linseed oil . Exercise him constantly until free passages are obtained. Allow no water. CHAPTER VIL jiiaS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES, CON- TINUED. lo STIFLED. II. niP LAMENESS AND HIPPED. III. STOCKING. IV. ELEPHAN- TIASIS OH LYMPHANGITIS. V. SCRATCHES OR CRACKED HEEL. VI. GREASE. VII. MUD FEVER. VIII. FURUNCULUS OR CARBUNCLE. IX. DISLOCATIONS. X. WOUNDS. XI. 60RE SHINS. XII. OSTEOPHYTES, FOLLOWING SORE SHINS. XIII. PORCELANEOUS DEPOSIT. XIV. STRING HALT. XV. INTER- FERING. XVI. OVERREACHING. XVII. FORGING. XVIII. RUPTURE OF MUSCLES. XIX. ATROPHY OF THE MUSCLES. I. Stifled. The term "stifled" is usually applied to a horse suffering from any derangement of the stifle joint, but properly it is only applicable when there is dislocation of the pulley bone, (the patella). The patella is sometimes thrown out, but not as often as is generally supposed, and al- ways on the outside, there being a ridge or flange of bone on the inside which prevents it going that way. The ligaments of the stifle are often sprained, giving rise to lameness more or less severe. Causes. — Dislocation is produced by a slip and a twist at the same time, the weight probably being upon that leg at the time ; the animal re. covers from the slip and finds himself with the leg as far back as it can be got, having carried the body forward on it, and when ready to bring th«j leg forward he is unable to move it. The leg remains protruding back- ward until help comes to relieve the awkward situation. Sprains are caused in the same way, but to a less extent. How to know it. — Dislocation is recognized by the position of the leg as described above, with inability to move it forward. The horse can be made to back, but he will swing himself back over the injured leg with- out raising it off the ground. The other legs are moved all right, but this one remains with the foot in one position as if riveted to the ground. Lameness from sprains is recognized by a labored action in carrying the leg forward ; the leg is carried farther forward than in health, and is swung outward, flexing the stifle as little as possible. When made to trot, all symptoms are exaggerated. Upon a careful examination with the hand there will be found a thickening around the ligaments and soreness upon pressure. When brought to a standstill he will rest the leg. 350 LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 351 What to do. — In case of dislocation tie a rope to the pastern and pull it forward and a little outward at the same time, the mar, handling the rope standing about a yard from the horse's shoulder ; then anothe" man standing at the stifle shoves the bone back into its place, by pushino toward the horse's flank. It will slip in with a snap. Then put en a high-heeled shoe, the heels raised two inches, and bathe the stifle as con- tinuously as possible with the cooling lotion. No. 12. When the inflam- mation that follows is gone, apply a blister all around the joint, use No. 9. Give a long rest. If this does not cure in four or five weeks, a seton may be put in over the joint, running up and down about four inches ; wash it clean once or twice a day with liot water, and leave it in from two to four weeks. When entirely well, replace the shoe with an ordi- nary one. DEVICE FOU A STIEl.El) HORSE. Showing the manner of replacing the patella, in case the stifle is thrown out. Treatment for sprains of the stifle is the same as prescribed for dislo- cation. Do not omit the high-heeled shoe, and give plenty of rest. If it is a mild case a strong liniment may be effectual ; apply No. 14. The more heroic treatment may be applied when the mild fails. II. Hip Lameness and Hipped. Lameness and accidents are commonl}' found affecting the hips. The points of the hips often knock against door posts, trees, stakes and posts in the pasture ; and also when falling the hip is often the first point to strike. At such times a point is often broken, or the Avhole hip is knocked down, giving a one-sided appearance to the hips, wiien they are known as hipped. Causes. — Ordinary hip lameness is caused by spraining the ligaments or muscles around the joint. It may be done by slipping, falling, being kicked by other horses, etc. 852 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. ELEPHANT LEG. How to know it. — Lameness in the hii) is rather hard to diagnose on account of its usually being so deep-seated. A bad case of hip lameness lis known by a short step, about half the length of that of the sound leg, while the whole leg is carried together, all of a piece, and swung outward somewhat. When standing he will not always rest the leg, butmay stand perfectly sound on it and only show lame- ness when moving, showing it entirely by [labored action, the leg being brought forward )wly and with difficulty. ^Manipulation will usually find soreness di- Irectly over or near the joint, and upon close examination, when standing behind and com- paring the two sides, there will be found a slight swelling in the region of the injury. Sometimes the sprain is in the back part of the joint ; then the labored action is seen more in backing, the horse going forward [with little or no difficulty. In case of fracture there will be a very perceptil)le deficiency or falling away in that region, accompanied by great lameness and soreness to the touch. What to do. -Ii^ cases of fracture all that can be done is to make the horse as comfortable as possible and apply anodyile lotions and liiii^ ments, accompanied with hot applications, either water or vinegar, and the Imiment, No. 15 ;and also give along rest, from one to three months. The bones cannot be got at to be set ; so all there is to be done is to let nature do the work. The animal will alwaj.:; remain one-sided, and will generall}^ go a little one-sided, partly cornerwise, in tl e road ; but he will be just as useful as ever for ordinary work. Sprain of the hip is treated the same as any other sprain. Rest, hot water, and liniment. No. 14, well rubbed in, twice a day, will generally cure in from one to three weeks. But in bad cases a blister is often required; rub No. 9 well in over the affected part. If this fails to cure a seton is the last resort. Let it be a piece of strong unbleached muslin, an inch and a half wide and ten inches long. Run it upwards and down- wards, about four inches, under the skin. Leave it in from three to six weeks. Keep the place running by applying a little fly blister to the string from time to time. Give absolute rest during this treatment, and when the seton is removed, turn the horse to pasture or straw yard for two or three months. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 353 III. Stocking. Stocking is the name given to swelling of the legs, usually confined to the parts below the knees and hocks, although in bad cases it extends above these joints. Causes. — Weakness of the tissues of the legs, being unable to support the pressure above ; weak, watery, impoverished condition of the blood, and the legs being the most dependant part, it settles on them. Stand- ing still is a very common cause, so much so that there is a good deal of it just from standing from night till morning. It is most common in badly drained and illy ventilated stables ; and young horses are more subject to it than older ones. It is often a symptom of some disease that requires attention ; for stocking in disease is always a symptom of weakness which needs tonics and stimulants. How to know It. — Swelling of the legs without other symptoms of dis- ease ; the swelling entirely disappearing with exercise, but returning when standing any length of time. What to do. — Give the following tonic, one powder night and morn- ing, in the feed : No, 22. 1)4 Ounce pure sulphate of iron, 2 Ounces nitrate of potash, Powder and mix. Divide into twelve powders. Shower the legs with cold water in hot weather, but omit the water in cold weather, give gentle exercise to reduce the swelling, and when coming in from exercise or work, bandage them tight; if in summer, use cotton bandages ; in winter use flannel. Avoid all strong, irritating or blistering applications. If necessary, repeat the powders. Remove the bandages when going out for exercise, and give the legs hand-rubbing. rv. Elephantiasis or Lymphangitis. This disease, sometimes called weed, is more particularly a blood dis- ease, but oeing located entirely, by outward appearances, in the legs, we will consider it in this connection. It is usually seen in fat animals, rarely in poor ones. It is a species of surfeit and indicates a fat, ple- thoric condition of the system, more so than the excretory organs can take care of. It usually attacks one leg, and that a hind leg, though sometimes it is seen in both hind legs, and occasionally in the fore legs. It comes on suddenly after standing still a day or two or more. It often develops between Saturday night and Monday morning. The lymphatic glands of the leg become inflamed and unable to perform their func- tions, and the superfluous nutritive material is thrown back ; the coats of 354 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. the lymphatic vessels become weak and the fluid oozes through them, infiltrates the cellular tissue and makes a leg something like that of an elephant. Causes. — Too high feeding with too little work. When horses are worked every day it will seldom develop, but when a too highly fed horse is left in over Sunday, a rainy day, or from a nail in the foot, etc., the big leg will be found next morning. How to know it. — An immense leg is seen on enteving the stable. It is hot, painful, sore ; if touched on the in^'-ilv. or the thigh the horse will raise the leg as high as possible, sometimes so high as to throw himself down. It is with the greatest difficulty that the leg is moved at all. There is a high fever, accelerated pulse, temperature raised, breathing increased in frequency, mouth hot, great thirst, and usually loss of appe- tite. It is as liable to happen in winter as in summer. DISCOVERING THE ELEPHANT LEG. What to do. — The treatment applied is with a view to depletion, to re- duce the system to its proper condition in regard to the amount of fat it is capable of taking care of. So the first thing to be done is to give a ball of Barbadoes aloes : No. 23. 5 Drachms Barbadoes aloes, 1 Drachm gentian, 1 Drachm ginger, Syrup or soap to mix. Make it into a ball the shape of your finger, and, grasping the tongue with your left band, draw it down between the front teeth and pass the ball back onto the root of the tongue with the right hand, keeping the hand up against the roof of the mouth ; do it fearlessly, for you cannot get hurt so long as you keep firm hold of the tongue with the left hand. The ball being safely down, put a teaspoonful of saltpetre into a gallon of water and give him to drink. Repeat this every three or four hours till the urine is increased in quantity and clearer in color ; then continue it two or three times a day. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 355 Bathe the leg with hot water with a handful of salt in it, for an hour or two, having che water as hot as a man can bear his hand in. Then bind the leg in woolen clothes to keep it thoroughly warm, let them reach cjear to the body, and avoid all drafts. Restrict the diet to hay, water and bran mashes till he is able to go to work again. As soon as the soreness will a^Jow of exercise, give him a walk of a couple of hours twice a day, increasing it from day to day. This may be kept up till all sore- ness and inflammation are gone, when he may go to work again ; which will be before all the swelling is gone from the leg, but the exercise will help to reduce it. On coming in from work apply a wet bandage tight : and give plenty of hand-rubl)ing when going out. Bring the horse back to his feed gradually, and yvoid overfeeding. Prevention. — If a horse is working hard every day, and consuming large quantities of very nutritious, heating food, the regular allowance should be cut down one half when he is laid up for a single day or more. He should receive a large, wet bran mash for supper on Saturday night, no oats or corn at all, and only one-half, or two-thirds at most, of the regu- lar allowance on Sunday. If this rule is followed no elephant leo-s will ^^e found on Monday morning ; but if the full allowance of strong grain is fed Saturday night and all day Sunday, the horse is liable to this and tbany other disorders. V. Scratches or Cracked Heel. Scratches or cracked heels are simply chaps and cracks around the heels and in the hollow of the pastern ; they correspond to chapped hands in man. They are usually very simple, but sometimes arc quite severe and require considerable perseverance to cure them. Causes. — Exposure to cold mud, snow, slush and ice-water without proi)er care in fall, winter and spring. It is unknown in hot weather. How to know it. — The skin is swollen in the hollow of the pastern ; and around the heels, cracks and chaps extend in all directions ; and larger cracks will run around the leg where it is the most flexed. When dry, they will be hot, sore to the touch, and painful. Sometimes the flexion in moving will cause the animal to raise the feet a couple of feet high at first, but with exercise the soreness partially disap- pears. What to do. — When the horse comes in, wipe off the parts as nicely as possible, bandage them with flannel to keep them warm, and when dry clean them thor- oughly with a brush, not touching them with water at all. Washing with warm water would do no harm cra.ckeu ueel, if they were well dried afterward, but to be on the safe side it is better 356 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVK STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. not to wash them at all. When clean, apply casmoline, petrolina, arnica jelly, carbolic salve, or an ointment made of lard and pounded alum in equal parts. Any of these may he applied, both when coming in and when going out. If they get very bad, give him a few days rest. If proud flesh springs up in the cracks, burn it down with bui-nt alum. If necessary to rest the horse for them, give him a tcaspoonful of saltpetre in the feed morning and night for three or four days. Prevention. — Never wash the feet and legs in cold or wet weather, say after November 1st, till April. It is good for them to be washed in warm weather ; it softens the dry, hard hoofs, and cools off the horse when heated ; but it is objectionable in cold weather. When coming in from cold slush and mud, dry and (tlean the feet and legs thoroughly. VI, Grease. Grease is the name given to a disease of the lower jjartsof the legs that seems to be ascgravated scratches, ])ut it is entirely distinct from FIRST SYMPTOM OF GREASE. Scratching one leg with the other foot. FIRST STAGE OF CONFIRMED GREASE. EXUDATION. scratehes. Scratches lies in the upper or cuticular layer of the skin, and grease is inflammation of the deeper layers. It is so called from the nature of the discharge, which is profuse, and greasy in appearance. It has a very offensive odor. Causes. — Neglected scratches often runs into grease, but there must be other conditions favorable — impure blood, tendency to surfeit, hide- bound and general bad condition. It is just as likely to appear in warm xv^eather, when it is the result of surfeit, as it is to appear in cold weather, when it results from neglected scratches. How to know it. — The legs are swollen to the knees and hocks, and an offensive, greasy matter is oozing from the pores. When bad they are so sore as to cause considerable lameness. The discharge comes at much, and often more, from above the fetlocks as from below, and LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 357 mostly from the long thick hair on the back of the legs. Draft horses are most subject to it. Itching of the part is an early symptom. When grease is neglected, proud flesh sprouts up through the openings made by the pus, and after a while they become caloused and horny, andthenthey are called grapes. At this stage of the disease the swelling of the leg has become chronic, and can never be reduced. What to do. — Give the horse a purgative of aloes, No. 23. Feed on bran mashes a few days. When the purging has stopped give a teaspoon- ful of saltpetre in the feed morning and night for three or four days. Apply hot poultices, with powdered charcoal sprinkled over the top, to the SECOND STAGE OF CONFIRMED GREASE GRAPES. CRACKS. The stage of Grease in which horny lumps are seen, called Grapes, Jegs, changing them once a day ; continue them till the active iuflamma tion is nearly all gone, then leave them off and apply lotion No. 24. 1 Ounce sugar of lead, 1 Pint water, Mix. Apply three times a day. Wash the parts often enough to keep them clean and poultice them occasionally to keep the inflammation out. While using the lead lotion, give a tablespoonful of epsom salts in the feed once a day. If proud flesh springs up burn it down with burnt alum. When the disease is cured, if there is any thickening remaining in the legs, work, hand-rubbing and bandaging will reraove it. VII. Mud Fever. This is fever in the skin of the legs, from the feet to the knees and hocks. The skin is covered with scabs as if it had been blistered, and when they come off the hair usually comes with it, leaving the legs bare. Causes. — Chilling cf the skin by standing or working in cold mud and ice-water. The skin becomes thoroughly chilled, almost like frost- bitten, and when warmed the reaction is so great as to produce much 358 CYCLOPEDIA OF LITE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. fever which leads on to the conditions spoken of above, and sometimes to furuncle and carbuncle. It is most common on limestone roads, the soil being irritating. How to know it. — Swelling of the legs is seen. After being exposed for a day or more to cold, wet mud, or ice-water, they will be found to be very hot and sore next morning. After a few days the hair will be filled with scabs that cling tightly to the skin, but after a few days more tbey will loosen and come off, bringing the hair with them, leaving the legs entirely bare sometimes. There is usually more or less systemic fever with rheumatic tendencies. What to do. — If had, leave the horse in for a few days, wash the legs with warm water and bathe them afterwards with lotion. No. 24. Repeat this two or three times a day. When the swelling begins to go out of them and the skin gets scaly, grease them with fresh lard once a day well rubbed in. Give internally two tablespoonfulls of Glauber's salt three times a day for a few days and follow that with No. 22. Mud fever often runs into f urunculus which will next be described. Vm. Furunculus or Carbuncle. Furunoulus is the name applied by Prof. McEachran to what is called by many mud fever in an aggravated form, when it takes the form of carbuncle. It attacks the legs, but usually is confined to the coronary region and pastern. It acts a good deal like a bad boil, swells very large, gets very hard and is awfully painful, so much so that when it comes under the coronary band or on the front of the pastern it is often fatal, especially on the hind foot. Causes. — All the causes that belong to mud fever are applicable to furuncle, and, in addition, an unhealthy condition of the blood which always has a tendency to aggravate any malady. How tc know it. — Extreme lameness is usually the first symptom noticed ; a reluctance to put the weight on the foot ; a continual raising of the foot, indicating great pain ; the horse does not lie down ; great fever in the system ; mouth hot ; eyes red ; nostrils dilated and more or less blowing ; swelling of the coronet in the region of the carbuncle, unless it is situated an inch or more above the coronet. When this has run on for twenty-four hours the skin breaks in rags and in the course of the next ten hours it sloughs off and a core goes with it varying in size from a cherry to that of a man's thumb. Sometimes the skin sloughs off from a surface as large as the palm of a man's hand. When these cases are fatal the horse dies from irritative fever and exhaustion from pain. The appetite is not always affected, the pain being so great a drain on the system that the horse will often eat more than usual ; but in all cases he loses flesh fast and becomes thin and tucked up in a very few days. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. ^"9 What to do. — When first noticed, give a ball of purgative medicine made up as directed in recipe No. 23, regulating the quantity of the aloes by the size of the horse ; give from three to five drachms. Then give tincture of aconite root in ten-drop doses every two hours till the purga- tive begins to work ; then stop. Apply a linseed poultice, hot and soft, to the inflamed part. Change it twice a day till the sloughing takes place ; then wash it with a weak solution of carbolic acid — one part of carbolic acid to forty parts of water — and renew the poultice ; dress it in this way till the sore begins to granulate nicely, then omit the poultice, and dress three times a day with lotion No. 7, washing it often enough to keep it clean. Pf the swelling comes directly under the coronet the tension will be im. mense, on account of the little elasticity in it ; the soft parts underneath cannot swell, and therefore the pain will be unbearable unless it be cut. So we would recommend in such cases to sever the coronet by passing a probe-pointed knife in under it and cutting outwards. If it bleeds pro- fusely, which it is likely to do, tie it up loosely for a while with a cotton bandage. Subsequent treatment will be the same as given above. Feed liberally all the time. The healing of the wound will appear to be slow, but patience is required, as the skin will not form over the surface all at once, but must grow over from the edges. If lotion No. 7 is well ap plied there wiU be no proud flesh nor other hindrance to the healing pro cess IX. Dislocations. Dislocations are very rare in the horse, except that of the stifle, which is described in the article under that head. The shoulder and hip joints are imbedded so deeply in muscle, and the sockets of the joints are so well guarded by the cartilage that surrounds them that dislocation oi those parts is seldom met with. The bones, femur and humerus, frac- ture through their necks before their heads give way from their sockets. The elbow, knee, hock, fetlock, pastern and cofiin joints are all so well guarded by flanges, central ridges, depressions, width of joints, etc., that fractures almost invariably take place before dislocations. In order for a dislocation to occur, many of the strong ligaments that surround and hold their joints togther would have to be ruptured and torn from their attachments, which would be nearly if not quite as serious as a fracture, and in most cases, except that of the stifle, destruction of the horse would be the cheapest treatment ; for a great length of time would be required to effect a cure, and the result would be very unsatisfactory. But in case of a valuable stallion or mare, that might be used for breeding it would be well to give them a chance, by putting them in the 360 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. slings and using hot fomentations, and careful bandaging to support the injured joint, at the same time giving internally, mixture No. 21, to keep down any fever that might arise from the injury to the synovial mem- brane. And after bathing with hot water, which ought to be done three or four times a day, the following liniment may be used, and bandage right over it, applying the bandage middling tight: — 25. 1 Ounce tincture aruica, 1 Ounce laudanum, Water to make one pint, Mix. X. Wounds. What to do. — Wounds are common, and in most cases have to be treated, at least for the first dressing, at home by those who happen to be upon the premises, owing to the urgency of the situation. Bleeding is often profuse to a dangerous degree, and when stitches are required it is always desirable to insert them while the wound is fresh. For the stitch- ing is not only much more painful and less successful when postponed, but aftei a lew hours, when swelling and suppuration have begun, it is useless, for the edges will not unite and the stitches will certainly tear out, adding to the soreness and blemishing that follows. Hence it is very important for some one about the place to act as surgeon, at least for the time being. When the skin and flesh are laid open by kicks, calks, cuts, collisions, etc., the first thing to do is to stop the bleeding. Arterial blood is bright scarlet, venous blood is dark blue. When an artery is cut apply the compress above the wound, towards the heart, to intercept the blood as it is coming down. If it is a vein that is cut apply the compress below the wound, for the veins conduct the blood towards the heart. The compress may be a cork bound on the artery or vein, or a wad of cloth, or a piece of dry sponge with a bandage Avound over it pretty tight. If the wound is in a position that will not admit of bandaging and there are arteries or veins cut, so as to be dangerous, they must be caught up and tied. In the absence of proper instruments an artery can be taken up with a fine pair of nippers and the end tied with a piece of silk. But in many cases it is unnecessary to tie the artery, since the bleeding may be stopped by filling the cut with scrapings from the flesh side of sole leather, cob-webs oakum, tow, lint, etc., or a solution of copperas, or the tincture of iron may be thrown into the wound. if no bleeding is taking place, proceed at once to sew up the wound. f Jse a needle that is strong and not liable to break while being pushed LEGS OF THE HOUSE, THEIR AC(;ibKNTS AND DISEASES. 8ol through the skhi, Jiiid silk thread, douhU'd to prevent, its tearing out. Make the stitches about three-fourths of an inch apart and tic each one before taking another. Clip off the hair from the edges of the wound so that none will be doubled under, and bathe it with the carbolic lotion, No. 6. If the wound is on the leg it is best to draw the skin together with a few stitches, even though they are certain to tear out, and, after dressing with the lotion, apply a bandage smoothly over the wound just tight enough to hold the parts in place. Then let it alone till it begins to suppurate, when it needs washing with warm water and castile soap to clean it, and dress as before with lotion and bandage. When the stitches burst, cut them out. stitching with a fixku When the wound is filled up with flesh even seton needle. mth. the surface, change the lotion to No. 7, and leave off the bandage. [f the wound is on the body and cannot be bandaged use lotion No. 6, till the flesh has made considerable headway towards filling up the hole and then change to No. 7. If the bone is affected and caries (ulceration) begins, drens it twice a day with lotion : }^ Ounce hydroclilotic acia, ^ „ 1 Pint water, *®-^ Mix. Apply it with a swab directly to the caried spot. The flesh in such m case may be dressed with the other lotions the same as above. If the joint is nffected, treatment for it particularly will l)e found un- der the head of Open Joint. If the tendons are cut off so as to let the fetlock down to the ground and the toe turns up, it is very serious indeed. Put the horse in slings and keep him there until the wound is healed and strong. It will take two months or so. Cut off with a pair of sharp scissors any tendon that protrudes, support the leg in its natural position so that the ends of the cut tendons meet, draw the skin together, bandage and treat as above. Put on a high heeled shoe to relieve the strain and if there is weakness after healing apply No. 14 until mildly blistered an grease with fresh lard. If but one tendon is cut, apply the same treatment. XI. Sore SMns. Younc racers are very apt to have sore shins from too much galloping Sefore the bones become thoroughly hardened. The bones all along the from the foot to the knee, become quite sore, somewhat enlarged ,$62 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. and cause lameness. The consequences of sore shins are quite serious as they often render the colt unable to go on with his training. The in- flammation is often followed by an ossification of the effusion that is thrown out and gives the leg the appearance of having patches of bone plastered over the shins under the skin. Causes. — Too much galloping when the bones are soft and young, and the soreness is often, aggravated by too much rubbing when coming in from exercise. The bones should never be rubbed hard nor very much, but the tendons on the back of the legs may have all the rubbing they can get. Sore spots on the legs are often produced by bruises, kicks from the toes of stable boys' boots, kicks from other horses, etc. These last named causes are often followed by bony enlargements on any part of the legs, or the enlargements may come directly on a joint, when very serious results may follow. How to know it. — Soreness forward, shown by a short, stiff, stilted gait ; if more in one leg than the other there will be lameness. There is soreness to the touch, more or less swelling all over the surface of the shin bones, or at any point of injury when it is the result of accident. The swelling is soft at first and spungy, but in a few days becomes quite hard and has the feeling of bone. The soreness may extend over the whole surface, or it may be confined to that part near the joints, espec- ially the fetlock and pastern. The animal is inclined to knuckle at the fetlock, and go over on the knees. What to do. Give absolute rest ; remove the shoes ; foment the legs with hot water for half an hour at a time three times a day, and follow the hot water each time with the lotion. No. 12, and bandage loosely, wet- ting the bandages and legs with lotion No. 27, as follows : No. 27. 1 Ounce tincture arnica, 1 Ounce tincture opium, Water to make one pint, Mix. Continue this treatment till all soreness is gone, then, if necessary, apply a little of the blister. No. 10, rubbed in once a day till pretty well blis- tered, then grease once a day till healed, and repeat. In mild cases, where the first symptoms are shown, frequent bathing, say three times a day, with lotion No. 27, and loose bandaging, will pre- vent its full development, especially if rest is given. In bad cases the rest needs to be prolonged to several months. The same rules and recipes will apply when enlargements come on the bones from kicks and other bruises. The firing iron may be drawn over the spot when near or on a joint, if other and milder measures fail. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 303 Xn. Osteophytes, Following Sore Shins. This is the name given to the bony deposits that follow sore shins. There are several different kinds. The velvety, or villous resembling hour frost, is usually spread all over the bone in a uniform layer, and is seen ou bones of young racers, hack horses and sometimes driving horses. The splintered or laminated kind grows more in excrescences and splintered as in spavin. The warty or stalactite kind grows like a wart with either a pedicle or stem on a narrow base, or may-be a small sur- face on a large base, or a large excrescence spread on the bone over con- siderable surface ; these are seen on any bone as results of bruises, etc., and sometimes appear around the hock and knee joints. Many other forms may be seen, like tarry matter poured over the bone hot, and hard- ened while cooling, etc. Causes. — Hard work of any kind making the bones sore, inflammation sets ni and then deposits follow as a natural result. Accidents, bruises, kicks, etc., contribute their share. How to know it, — The bony enlargement can be seen and felt. In addition to that there will, in all probability, be more or less lameness. In the absence of lameness there will be a stiff, short, stilted gait ; more or less knuckling of the fetlocks and going over on the knees — knee- sprung. It is most often seen in hack horses, saddle and buggy horses that get much work. What to do. — Treatment is unsatisfactory in that it requires a long tmie, continuous rest and considerable attention, and after all, the horse is not much improved ; but it is always best to give it a trial, especially in young and valuable horses. In the early stages the same treatment pre- scribed for sore shins is applicable, which see ; and in the later stages repeated applications of the blister No. 10, and a long rest will help him some, if it is an old, chronic case ; and if it is a recent case, it will cure. xm. Porcelaneous Deposit. Causes. — Often in bad cases of spavin and ringbone, and in many other joints of the body, an ulceration of the head of the bone takes place in the joint, the cartilage becomes absorbed and lets the ends of the bones together, and as a result of friction, a bony deposit is made on the ends coming together which gets rubbed and chafed till it is polished as smooth, hard and glossy as porcelain, hence the name. How to know it, — By negative symptoms rather than positive. The horse is always evenly lame ; the lameness does not work off with exer- cise : no treatment does any good, and the true nature of the trouble can only be determined by a post mortem examination. 364 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. What to do. — Give the afleeled joint the treatnu'iit prescribed under its proper head, exhaust all known remedies, and when you utterly fail to produce a cure, you may come to the conclusion that there is porcela- neous deposit in the joint which is incurable. No treatment is of any avail. XIV. String Halt. Causes. — Strinp; halt or spring halt is a purely nervous affection in which the cause cannot be defintely located, but which may be due to any local disorder. It often exists witliout any visible lesion. How to know it. — The leg is jerked up towards the l)ody with every step, sometimes so strongly as to strike the belly with the fetlock. Some- times it is very slight, only sho\ving in moving from side to side in the stall, or only when starting forward or backward. Sometimes both legs A BAT) CA.'^K OF STTilNf! HAT.T. are affected. It is usually worse when starting; sometimes it is so bad that the horse has hard work to start at all and will stand and jerk up first one leg, then the other; but once started he goes without hesitation. But it is very fatiguing and wearing; and the horse seldom accumulates any flesh. What to do. — ^The treatment is very unsatisfactory, seldom or never resulting in any benefit, but it is best always to treat any local disorder of that region tis it requires, with a hope that it Avill alleviate the ner- vous jerk. LEGS OF THE llOUSK, THKIK ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 385 XV. Interfering. Interfering is the effect of ii variety of causes that make the horse brush the foot that is going forward against the other leg. It may be either fore or hind. He may brush any part of the leg according to the height to which he raises the foot, sometimes the knee or above it, the shin or the coronet, but usually the fetlock. The fetlock is brushed when the horse is walking or on a dog trot ; the coronet, on the walk with very low action ; the shin, on the trot when the feet are raised higher than when the fetlock is brushed ; the knee, on the trot with very high knee action; above the knee, when there is exces- sively' high action. The effects of interfering are always bad, but particularly so when it is the knee that is injured. Interfering is usually conlined to brushing the foot against the leg, but sometimes the foot is brought against the leg in such a manner as to strike it, causing the horse to go off on three legs for a few steps, and doing great injury by bruising the part. This is sometimes done by horses that do not l)rush luibituall}^ but from some misstep the foot is brought forward with a swing and strikes the other leg in its passage. Causes. — Colts, before being shod, seldom or never inter- fere, l)ut often do it as soon as shod, while in other cases the fault does not appear until some bunijlino; shoeinjj is done. mi , • • .1" ^ . ? , ENLARGED Ihe shoemg is a common cause; tiie foot is often pared knee, prot.? down too much on the inner side, tipping the fetlock in so as speedy cut. to l)ring it in the way of the other foot ; the shoe is sometimes left too full on the inner side, projecting out so far as to brush in passing ; beinof shod too heavy or too light often causes it. Colts interfering when shod first, is due to the increased weight of the feet, but when the muscles become accustomed to carrying the shoes it disappears. Mal- formation is a common cause ; the fetlocks are sometimes tipped in ; the toes turned in or out giving a s\vinging motion to the fore feet. Weak- ness is a common cause, and also thinness in flesh. How to know it. — There is often lameness from rt without any visible marks on either leg or foot ; in such a case chalk the foot, or smear lamp- black on it and move the horse and it will be demonstrated. But the point struck is usually very plain, also a polished surface on the foot, and sometimes blood on the hoof. What to do. — The first thing to l)e done, alwa3's, is to apply a l)oot to the place on the leg that is brushed. Nicely-fitting boots for all parts of the leg are made of both cloth and leather, that protect the part from injury ; this done, proceed to remove the cause. If jt is \n the shoeing 366 CYCLOPEDIA OF MYB STOCK AHD COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. take the horse to a shoer who is an artist in the business, and by close examination ascertain what changes can be made. As a rule no two feet are alike, and it requires an artist and a mechanic to change the position of the feet and legs relatively. A good rule to follow in all ordinary cases is to shoe so as to tip the fetlocks out, giving the feet room to pass by without brushing. This is done by leaving the inner side strong and paring down the outer side, which will throw the centre of gravity in a new line and often prove successful. Instead of leaving the inner side of the shoe full make it rather scant. If the shoes are too heavy, lighten them ; if too light, or too large, change them. If the horse is overworked, thin and weak, give him a rest and a little better feeding. There is no plan much more effectual than to spread the legs with good solid flesh, making them travel wider. If the knee gets larger and the swelling fills with liquid, tap it carefully and let the liquid out. Other points are not likely to be bruised badly enough to cause an effusion. After the cause is removed foment with either hot or cold water and apply lotion, No. 12 ; repeat it three or four times a day. Gentle exercise may be given if the swel- ling is not too large and sore. When below the knee bandages may be used to advan- tage. When the swellings become hard and calloused the liniment. No. 11, may be rubbed in twice a day after a hot bath, rubbhig the part dry before applying the liniment. A GOOD FORM. Rear view of a horse showing how full thighs spread the legs and prevent inter, fenng. ANKLE BOOTS IN COMMON USE. The cuts above illustrate the application of a few of the most com- mon forms of boots, used to prevent injury by interfering. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 367 It should be remembered that there is no chance of reducing the enlargement until the cause is removed. A boot should be worn till the tendency to interfere is obviated. XVI. Overreaching. Causes. — Overreaching is catching the toe of the hind foot on the heels, quarters and shoe of the fore foot, often cutting the quarters badly, in- juring the hoof and causing it to grow down from the wounded part, giving rise to quarter cracks, weak quarters and rough, horny patches over the heels and pasterns. What to do. — This is a fault that has to be overcome by proper shoe- ing. Usually, shoeing quite heavy forward and very light behind will make the horse take up the fore foot quicker, and get it out of the way of the hind foot before the latter strikes it. But in trotting horses, this is insufficient ; for, when trotting fast the hind foot passes by the fore foot on the outside to get an extra long reach ; but they often fail to do it nicely and cut their quarters badly. This is usually overcome by weighting the hind foot on the outer side of the toe, cornerwise, as it were, to the foot ; this will have a tendency to throw the foot outward and forward at the same time. But in slow-going horses this is impracticable, and dependence nmst be placed on shoeing. The heels of the fore shoe need to be very short, the toe of the hind shoe set well back under the hoof, and the toe calk, if any, set well back on the web of the shoe ; but in such cases, if the work of the horse will allow, it is best not to have any toe calk at all — let the shoe be plain. While trying different plans to overcome the habit, apply quarter and heel boots to the fore feet to avoid ruining them. XVII. Forging. Forging is the habit of clacking the hind and fore shoes together when trotting. It is not productive of any harm other than wearing off the toe of the hind foot ; but it is very disagreeable and annoying to the driver, and fatiguing to the horse. Causes. — The position of the feet at the time of the clack is differ- ent from what it is popularly supposed to be. The prevailing impression IS, that the toe of the hind shoe comes in contact vnth the heel of the fc^-e shoe, but that is a mistake. As the fore foot is being raised off the ground, with the heel already raised and the foot in th3 act of rolling on the toe, the toe of the hind foot comes flying in under the heel of the fore, and the two shoes come together, the toe of the hind against the web of the fore, making the cladding noise. It often f/ears off the to© of the hind foot badlyr 368 CICLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND CUMPLIUTE STOCK DOCTOR. What to do. — The object to be gained is to increase the action and activity of the fore leg, to get the foot out of the way of the hind foot. Shoe light behind and heavy forward. Let the weight of the fore shoe be mostly on each side, and the web at the toe as narrow as possible, setting the toe calk, if any, as far forward as you can. Set the hind shoe back from the toe a (juarter to half an inch, and the toe calk as far back on the web as possible, and very small. Leave the toe of the hoof projecting over the shoe. XVIII. Rupture of Muscles. Causes. — i'be muscles are sometimes ruptured across the fibres by over rxcition, severe sprains, etc. How to know it. — (ircat lameness is apparent as an early syni[)tom. Swelling, heal, soreness and pain are noticed in the course of from two to six hours after the accident. There will be unwillingness, amounting almost to inability, to move. When the inflammation has entirely sul)sided and the swelling is all gone, there will be a depression in the muscle at the seat of the injury from absorption of the injured jDortion. What to do. — During the active inflammation, foment with hot water as continuously as possible, and apply in between bathings, the anodyne linin)ent. No. 27. When the inflammation has all subsided and the hol- low in the muscle has formed, apply the tincture of cantharides, lightly rubbed in once a day, till it is pretty well blistered, then suspend it and grease the part once a day till it is healed, and then repeat the blister. Continue this treatment for several weeks and the muscle will generally re-develop. Give gentle exercise during the treatment. XIX. Atrophy of the Muscles. This is a wasting away and shrinking of the muscular tissue, leaving a flattened or hollow surface in the place of a full, round muscle. It is similar in effect to rupture of the muscles, but is more extended. Causes. — Sprains, strains, bruises, severe pressure, etc. How to know it. — A flattened or hollow surface will be found in the place of the muscle. Compare the part with tho corresponding muscle on the other side, and you will notice the affected muscle has wasted away. What to do. — Repeated applications of the tmcture of cantharides will usually make the muscle re-develop, but if it does not succeed after trying for three or four weeks, insert setons over the wasted portion about two or three inches apart, the length of the atrophy ; apply a little fly blister to the setons about twice a week. Foment them with hot water twice a day. Leave them in three or four weeks. Give gentle ex- ercise. All means frequently fail to make the muscle re develop. The animal is often just as useful, bvittbe wasted muscle is a constant eye-sore. LEGS OF THE HORSE, THEIR ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 369 J Brace for diiloctUioii or Ui.e nlboM- applied to the horse, la, The aainr bnfce seen, atonm. 2, Brnce for cLislocatiOTt of fetlock 2n. The name brace appU^sd to the hor^. J.Brace for sprained or iU.stx>cot£(l .^hnuhler, Ja.rhe sn.me. brace applied, tv the sh^aUter. DISLOCATION OF SHOULPER AND KLBOW 3/0 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. BANDAGE FOR THE CROUP. BANDAGE FOU TOP OF THE NECK. BANDAGES FOR THE FRONT AND SIDES OF THE NECK. THE EYE BANDAGE. SHOE WITH IRON EXTEN- SION, The extension constitutes one iind of a splint. POULTICE FOR STRANGLES. EAR BANDAGE. SOME LESSONS IN BANDAGES FOR VARIOUS DISEASES. CHAPTER Vm. BODY OP THE HOESE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. I. CARIES. II. NECROSIS. III. OSTEO POROSIS. V. EXOSTOSIS OP THE JAW. VI. BROKEN BACK. VII. SPRAIN OF THE BACK. VIII. BROKEN RIBS. IX. BROKEN TAIL. X. FRACTURE OF THE SKULL. XI. TUMORS. XII. GOITRE. XIII. INFLAMED PAROTID GLAND. XIV. FISTULA OF THE PAROTID DUCT. XV. FISTULOUS WITHERS. XVI. POLL EVIL. XVII. INFLAMED JUGULAR VEIN. XVIII. SADDLE GALLS. XIX. SIT FASTS. XX. SURFEIT. XXI. DROPSY. XXII. CHORDES. XXIII. HERNIA. XXIV. WARTS. XXV. RAT-TAIL. XXVI. ITCHY TAIL. XXVII. ITCHY SKIN. XXVIII. MELANOSIS. XXIX. HIDE BOUND. XXX. ECZEMA. I. Caries. This is molecular death or ulceration of a bone. It may affect any bone in the body. The bones most frequently af- fected by caries are the teeth ; the lower jaw, from injury from the bit ; the jaw bones, from diseased teeth ; bones of the neck, from poll evil ; spines of the back, from fistulous withers ; bones of the tail, from docking — in fact, any bone sus- caries. taining an injury of sufficient severity to cause a or the lower jaw-The eflFect sloughing of the bone substance. ° ^'"^*p" Causes. — Wounds, either contused, lacerated, or clean cut, affecting the bone, are liable to be followed by inflammation, ulceration, and sloushinsr of the bone substance. How to Know it. — A peculiar, offensive odor is the first indication that the bone is affected — an odor of decayed teeth ; the discharge that comes directly from the bone is small, but there is sufficient mixed with the pus from the fleshy surface to give the whole the characteri.stic odor. The surface of the bone is usually rough when felt with the finger, and has a tendency to spread if neglected. The surrounding parts always swell considerably, and become, in long-standing cases, quite hard and cal- loused. What to do. — Wash the part, and make an opening on the under side, if possible, to allow a free escape of the pus ; scrape the diseased surface of the bone Mith a dull edge, and dress twice a day, with the following lotion : No. 28. 2 Drachms hydrochloric acid, J^ Pint water, Mix. 371 372 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE t TOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Apply with a swab directly to the diseased spot on the bone. This will have the effect of arresting the caries, and promoting a healthy granu- lation on the surface of the bone, which will fill up the hole. Continue this lotion till all disease of the bone is certainly gone ; then change to No. 7, which will heal the flesh wound, or use a little tincture of myrrh, or gum balsam. Jf it is cold weather, compound tincture of benzoine (Friar's balsam) is probably the best for flesh wounds. These latter may be api)licd two or three times a day. Treatment of parts re(iuii'ing particular appliances will be fouiul under their proper heads. II. Necrosis. This is death of a pari or the whole of a bone ; usually seen in the long, harder bones of the body, and (juite often in the lower jaw-bones of horses that i)ull very hard on the bit. Necrosis is sometimes seen affect- ing the cannon bones of young racers, causing the whole bone to run out, and a new one to form, but it is very rare. Causes. — External violence is the usual cause, setting up inflammation of the periosteum (the covering of the bone), and cutting' off the nutri- ment of the bone, so that it perishes. How to know it. — There will be one or more openings in the skin and flesh, through which the pus will find its way ; the odor of decayed teeth will be present, and occasionally a small piece of dead bone will p-iss out with the pus; this dead bone is called sequestrum. The discharge is irritating and excoriates the surface it runs over. What to do. — Make the openings large and dependent to allow a free escape for the pus, and remove the sequestrum as fast as possible, for the sooner it is removed, the sooner the sore will get well. Keep the parts clean, and dress three times a day with the following lotion, if the iisease is on the surface, so that it can be got at easily: No. 29. y^ Ounce carbolic acid, }4 Pint raw linseed oil. Mix. But if the pus cavities run deep, inject lotion No. 5. If the legs are aifected, put the horse in slings. III. Big Head, (Osteo Porosis.) Big head is the common manifestation of constitutional or generalized osteo porosis. It is a disease of the bones of tlie body, in which they become inflamed, swollen, softened and, finally, degenerated into cheesy matter, so soft as to be easily punctured. It may be confined to the bones of the head, either upper or lower jaw, or both, or it may attack the bones of the legs or back, causing lameness and stifl'ness and finaJy breaking down by rupture of the attachments of the ligaments, necessitating destruction of the animal. It is most often seen in the central and southern portions of the United BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 37.") States, and occurs in all classes, breeds and ages of horses; sometimes in single scattered cases and sometimes affects a major portion of a herd. Causes. — The cause is unknown, but it is thought to be due to germs of some sort in the her])age that causes the inHamnuition of the bones that leads on to the degeneration of them. It can not be attributed to any i)articular kind of food, for it occurs in horses on hay and grain, in colts at grass, in horses with good care as well as in the starved and abused ones. How to know It. — Slow, painful mastication with an inclination to chew on one side of the mouth by turning the sore side up, and twisting the head, will be the first symptoms noticed. After a few days the side of the face v/ill begin to swell in the region of the fangs of the molar teeth; great ten- derness will be evinced upon pressure; the gums will swell and extend down between the teeth; specula? of bone pierce through and make the surface rough {md cause bloody saliva to flow profusely from the mouth. After the disease attains to considerable size the nose will turn over towards the sound side; the lining of the nose swells so as to almost obstruct the breathing, giving rise to considerable roaring. If the skin is pierced the bone will be found to be easily punctured. When the back and legs are affected he will be stiff" and lame with or without local swelling or soreness, resembling rheumatism, when suddenly, with some exertion, he will break down in some joint, usually the fetlock. This sometimes occurs when rising from a recum- bent to a standing position, or when being driven. What to do. — In the early stage it oftentimes can l)e helped by giving a change of food or pasture, and giving the following powder, night and morning, for a month, in soft food: Half an ounce of hyposulphite of soda, Two drachms pi-ecipitated phosphate of lime. Mix, and give as one dose. See that the drinking water is good, and give plenty of common salt. V. Exostosis of the Jaw. This consists in the growth of bony tumors on the lower jaw, where they are quite often seen. Causes. — It is usually caused by some ex- ternal injury, often by the curb-chain. How to know it. — They are sometimes spread over a large portion of the jawbone, with a very broad base; sometimes they are in the form of little nodules the size of the end of a bony tumor. man's thumb, with a very small base. They caused by curb-chain. become perfectly hard and do nt) harm, usually, further than to be an eyesore. What to do. — Treatment is useless, owing to the late stage of the inflammation. If the true nature of the disease is known while the tumor is forming, repeated blistering with No. 10 will do much good. 374 OrCX4}FlSDIA OF LITE STOCK AND OOMFL^TTB STOCK DOOTOB. VI. Broken Back. Causes. — The back is sometimes broken by heavy objects falling on it ; this quite frequently happens in Northern cities by snow and ice slid- ing off the roofs of houses. Sometimes the horse falls through traps and holes, and the back is sometimes broken when being cast for opera- tions. How to know it. — If the spinous processes only are broken, there will not be much change in outward appearance ; but the crepitation charac- teristic of all fractures will be noticed and probably some alteration in the straight outline of the back will follow — it will become depressed in the region of the fracture. But, if the back is broken so as to press HORSE SUFFEKING PROM PARTIAL PARALYSIS OF HIND LEGS. upon the spinal cord, it will cut oif all sensation and power of motion from all parts back of the fracture. This inability to move and feel is paralysis and is due to the pressure of the broken bones upon the spinal cord. Sprain of the psooe muscles is sometimes mistaken for broken back, but the distinguishing difference is very plain, and the test easily applied. Prick the tail or any part back of the fracture with a pin ; if there is no sensation the back is injured, and the spinal cord is enduring pressure ; but if thej9Soce muscles are only sprained, while there will be inability to move the hind legs, there will be sensation and ability to move the tail ivhen pncked with a pin. BODY OF THBi HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. !75 What to do.— If the spinous processes only are fractured, the animal will recover. Put him into slings if he can stand when raised ; if not, leave him on the floor, as he is safer and more comfortable there than in the slings, unless he can bear the most of his weight comfortably on his feet. Apply cold water rugs to the fracture, and bathe the part occa- sionally with tincture of arnica or camphor. After the active inflamma- tion has subsided, stop the cold water and just give the horse time, and nature will mend the fracture. But if any of the l)roken pieces of bone do not reunite, and continue to act as irritants, cut down upon them and remove them. If the back is absolutely broken, so that there is inability to move, and no sensation in the hind parts, particularly if there is displacement, treat- ment is useless, and the animal ought to be destroyed, for it is only a question of a few days for him to die, and he might be saved all the suf- fering accompanying a natural death. In case there are broken bones to remove, it is best to wait till the irritant is located by the abscess that is sure to follow; then, when the abscess is soft, tender, and nearly ready to break, open it sufliciently to allow the finger to enter, and remove the pieces that are acting as thorns. VII. Sprain of the Back. Causes. — Sometimes the back is only sprained by slips or falls, but if the sprain is severe, many of the same symptoms will be noticed, and the TEST KOR Sl'KAIN OF TUK BACK. ligaments, and sometimes the coverings of the spinal cord, are involved these are amenable to treatment but recovery is often slow. 370 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVK STOCK /iND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. How to know it. — Sprain of the back is diagnosed by pressing the thumb and finger along the spines, and by throwing the weight suddenly on the tender spot, when pain will be evinec^d. What to do. — The treatment consists in clii)ping off the hair along the back, and rubbing in well the blister, No. D. Oil the blister once a day afterwards. Repeat it if necessary after a couple of weeks. Give a long rest and a run at pasture. VIII. Broken Kibs. Causes. — The ribs are often broken by falling, colliding with trees, walls, etc., while running away, kicks from other horses, etc. If dis- placement occurs, the ends are apt to puncture the pleura (the mem- l)rane that lines the chest and covers the lungs), and the lungs ; in either case the effects may be very serious, from hemorrhage and inflammation in the parts wounded. How to know it. — If there is no displacement there will be no external alteration in the l)ody, and the diagnosis must be based upon rapid breathing, the breath being cool, and effort to raise the flanks forming a (Tease along the sides of the belly to avoid working the ribs in breathing, unwillingness to move, and upon the horse persistently remaining standing. If displacement takes place there will be either a bulging in or out, according to whether the ends are tipped in or out, but they are usually tipped in, leaving a hollow over the fracture, and puncturing the pleura, in which case there will be, in addition to the symptoms above mentioned, more evidences of pain and some bleeding from the nose, loss of appetite for a day or two, and more or less fever, according to the amount of injury done to the chest and its contents. What to do. — After moving the horse as carefully as possible to his loose box, apply a bandage with surcingles directly over the fracture, and draw them middling tight, to prevent working of the ribs. Then watch the symptoms, and treat them as they arise, to subdue fever, stop hemor- rhage, etc. The fever is best kept under control with the following mix- ture : No. 30. 1 Drachm tincture aconite root, 2 Drachms fluid extract belladonna, Water to make four ounces Mix. Give a teaspoonfuU every two hours, if there is much fever, till it is reduced. Feed on soft feed. Give perfect quiet till the horse is willini' and able to take gentle exercise, which will be in four or five weeks. Two months should elapse before the horse is put to work. BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 377 IX. Broken Tail. Causes. — The tail is sometimes broken at the dock, or where it joins the body, by the horse falling through floors to a floor below, or by some heavy weight falling from above, or by rearing up and falling back ; in fact, any accident that may break the back will break the tail if the blow strikes in the right place. The place where the fracture is most likely to occur is about three or four inches above where the tail leaves the body, — at the point where the tail begins from the upper part of the pelvis, called the sacrum. The sacrum being without joints and inelastic, is protected by the flat bones of the pelvis, but just Avhere the protection ceases the tail begins, so that in case of a fall on the rump, the tail is most likely to break at ics origin. How to know it. — There will l)e a sudden dropping of the outline of the upper and back part of the rump ; the dock will be dropped down into the space between the posterior joints of the hi[)s, pressing down the anus, and making it very difficult, if not impossible, for a mare to be delivered of a foal. A mare with the dock broken down never should be bred. What to do. — Nothing can be done for it except to try and raise the l)Hrt by iiiiroducing the hand into the anus, but a.s nothing CiUi be fixed to retain the parts in position, the attempt will not be at- tended with success. It is no permanent injury fur work, but is a great eyesoro. X. Fracture of the Skull. Causes. — The skull is often fractured by kicks, blows, bruises, collisions in runaways, etc. RIOHT-SIDED PARALYSIS OF LOWER LIP AND TONGUE. Engraved for this work from a Photograph. BONE TUMOR OF THE LOWER JAW (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH). How to know it. — Besides the external marks of violence, there will be either stupor or delirium from pressure on the brain, and more or less 378 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. fever may follow; also accumulations of serum in the ventricles of the brain, delirium, convulsions and death. What to do. — Trephine the bone and remove the portion that is pressed down into the skull and is liable to cause pressure on the brain. Keep the wound clean and treat it as a simple wound. If the pulse rises and fever sets in, give the fever mixture, No. 30, and apply ice poultices (chopped ice and bran) to the head continuously for several days and nights, if he gets better it will be in the course of three or four days, but if the fever rises and delirium increases it will terminate fatally in UNEVENLY WORN OFF JAAV TEETH. (a) The remaining sharp points causing wound in upper jaw (&). FILING THE REMAINING UNWORN PROJECTING TEETH. (a) In the same way any sharp points of the balance of the jaw teeth are filed. It is necessary, however, to first place a wedge between the teeth. from three to six days. If he gets down and raves and fights furiously, he had better be hobbled to prevent him from injuring himself and his attendants. If necessary he may be thrown down on a soft bed and con- fined, when it will be easier to apply the ice and give the medicine, and increase the chance of recovery. In this, as in all fevers, give the patient all the water he will take — in small quantities and often. If it is in cold weather keep him warm and dry. XI. Tumors. Causes. — Tumors are prenatural growths, that develop on any part of the body. They may be fatty, fibrous, bony, cartilaginous, gland- ular, and fungoid. They develop without any apparent cause. Some- times they do little or no harm except to blemish the appearance i at BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 379 Other times they do a great amount of harm ; interrupt the circulation, breathing, mastication, cause paralysis when on the brain, and injure the eye when near it. How to know it. — Fatty tumors,, as the name indicates, are fatty in composition, and grow oftencr on the internal organs, sometimes around joints. Fibrous are hard, caloused, fleshy lumps like shoe boils, lumps on the ribs, etc. Bony tumors are similar in structure to bone, though not so dense ; they grow on bones, and are often the results of bruises. Cartilaginous tumors are those that grow on cartilages, and are a part of them ; are seen on the brisket, shoulder blades, etc. Glandular tumors are hypertrophied glands, abnormal growth of the glands, and they become indurated and i-emain so — see goitre and inflamed parotid gland. Fungoid tumors, are those that sprout up like fungus ; they are exuberant Igranulatious, and bleed easily when touched ; they are seen quite often iiround the eyes, and may grow from the surface of any wound. What to do. — Treatment of tumors, almost always involves surgery iLhat requires a qualified veterinary surgeon to perform. The knife should never be used to any extent, except by an expert. XII. Goitre. This is hypertrophy of the thyroid gland, that is situated on the under side of the neck, about five to eight inches below the angle of the lower jaw, on each side of the windpipe. It sometimes attains the size of a child's head, and presses against the trachea, so as to interfere with the breathing. Causes. — The cause is unknown. How to know it.— By the large, hard lump on the side of the neck. It is mova- GOITRE OR BRONCHOCELE. , , • •.• j 11 ble, insensitive, and grows slowly. What to do. — Wash it thoroughly once a day with hot water and soap, to remove all dirt, scurf, etc., then, when dry, rub well in a piece as large as a chestnut of the following ointment : No. 31. 2 Drachms iodide of potash, 2 Ounces lard, Powder and mix. Continue tnis for three or four weeks Treatment may be carried on while working. Xm. Inflamed Parotid Gland. These glands are situated on each side of the throat, running from very near the ear to the angle of the lower jaw, and are about the size of a medium sized hand. 380 CirCLOFEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, Causes. — They become inflamed occasionally from cold settling in them, or from injury. How to know it. — There will be considerable enlargement, and soreness upon pressure in that region ; hot, dry mouth ; painful mastication, and more or loss general fever. What to do. — Bathe them with hot water and apply linseed poultices. Give internally fever mixture. No. 18, till the fever is subdued. If the gland suppurates and comes to a point in any spot, open it, and continue the poultices as before. XrV. Fistula of the Parotid Duct. Causes. — Sometimes from a tumor or lump of hardened food in the region of the parotid duct (in the cheek opposite the third molar of the upper row of teeth), the opening of the duct becomes obstructed, inflammation sets in, and the duct often breaks out in a fresh spot. And on account of there being a constant flow of saliva, the opening soon becomes flstulous. How to know it. — A sore is found on the cheek, usually on the outside, but sometimes on the inside ; but the inner one does little harm as the saliva is not wasted. The saliva flows continuously, but more freely during mastication. What to do. — Clip off the hail- around the opening, and remove any irritant or obstruction on the inside ; see that the natural opening is clear. Scarify the edges of the external opening to make a fresh wound of it ; then apply the paste. No. 19, to the opening, and let a cold linseed poul- tice go on directly over it. Dress it in this manner twice a day, and the fistulous opening will soon close if the natural passage is kept open. XV. Fistulous Withers. Causes. — When the withers become bruised, swollen and festered, and SLIGHT ENLARGEMENT WHICH MAY END FISTULOUS WITHERS— WORjT STAGE. IN FISTULOUS WITHERS. running sores follow, pipes are formed and constitute fistulous withers, (Ihistelce of the horse doctor and cow leech). BODY OF THE HOUSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 381 How to know It. — A constant discharge is seen to come from the swelling around the withers and run down over the shoulder. The pipes conveying the pus are white, with thick w^alls, and very tough. The pu&i is ordinary healthy pus, unless the bones of the spine are affected, which is often the case, and then the pus will have the strong offensive odor characteristic of caried bone. What to do. — The knife must be used freely, but cautiously, and it is urged, as in all similar cases, to employ a qualified veterinary surgeon if possible. But if it is impossible to procure one, make the best of a bad case and open the sinuses right up from top to bottom. If there is a large hollow space on the tops of the bones under the skin, open the skin right up from end to end, letting the cut run lengthwise the horse. If the ends of the bones are exposed and caried, rough, diseased, and smelling badly, the diseased portions must be removed either with bone forceps or a fine saw, and dressed twice a day with lotion No. 28. Dress the pipes with lotion No. 1, twice a day for a week, then change to No. 5, alternating them. If the bones of the withers are exposed, but not caried, use loti(m No. 5 on them and alternate it with No. 7 ; use one a week, then the other. XVI. Poll-evil. This is a fistulous sore affecting the bones of the neck near the top of the head or poll. Causes. — It starts with a bruise from striking the top of the head against a low ceiling, doorway or roof of a car when being shipped, rearing and falling backwards, etc. Suppuration sets in ; the pus breaks out on the top, like any other abscess, bu.t burro\\s down into the bones at the same time, dift'ering in this respect from ordinary ahscesses, so that, within a few days after l)ursting on top, it has burrowed down so as to reach the bones or the joint between them. In old, long-standing cases the disease some- J'*^' '-"^vil ddking the first times causes the Ugamentum nuchoe to become so rotted and eaten away by the suppurating process as to break, letting the head drop. The animal in this case is rendered useless. How to Know it. — There is always more or less tumefaction and flow of pus, which runs down the sides of the neck. The pus has a strong, disagreeable odor coming from the tendinous muscle, and, when coming from the bone, it will have the characteristic odor of caries. 382 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AN1> COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. POLL-EVIL IN ITS SECOND STAGE. In the course of a week or so, pipes form, and their walls get thicker and thicker as they are allowed to run. What to do. — As in the treatment of all fistulous sores, the sinuses must be opened up and a free dependent opening made for the pus. It is more ditiScult to do this in poll-evil than in almost any other case ; but the sinuses usually run down into the muscle of the neck more or less. Follow them and open them up freely ; then, there being a free con- nection between the top of the sore and the bottom of the sinuses, wash it out thoroughly and inject lotion No. 5, twice a day. If it is noticed in its incipient stage, apply a linseed poultice, hot and soft, till it is ready to open ; then open it and inject lotion No. 5, twice a day; continue the poultice till the holes all fill up with fine, solid, healthy, granulations ; then apply lotion No. 7, three times a day. If the bones are affected so as to expose a caried surface, wash them off with warm water and scrape the rough surface to expose the healthy bone; then dress it by applying lotion No. 28, twice a day v/ith a swab till the exposed surface of the bone granulates so as to feel like velvet when touched with the finger; then change to lotion No. 29. Alternate lotions No. 29 and No. 5, one Aveek on and one week off. If proud flesh springs up, keep it down with powdered bluestone. XVn. Inflamed Jugular Vein. Causes. — This disease is not so common as it used to be in the days of bleeding. Bleeding is rarely resorted to now-a-days ; hence the infre- quency of this trouble, for it is always the possible sequence of bleeding. As the effect of this inflammation, the vein is liable to become obliterated, filled up and caloused so as to remain so, the work of returning the blood to the heart being done by the vein on the other side of the neck. A horse with a jugular vein obliterated, cannot graze on account of the rush of blood to the head, owing to the lessened capacity to return the blood from the head freely. How to know it. — In the active stage of inflammation the vein and contiguous parts will be swollen, sore and hot. In the later, chronic INFLAMED JUGULAR VEIN. stagc, thc vciu wiU bc a hard, ine- Position of a horse with inflammation of the jugular vein, lastic I'ldgC runuino" doWU frOm the bond to the body, above the windpipe. BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 383 What to do —After bleeding, watch the vein for several hours. If it bleeds, and the blood coagulates, and the vein begins to swell, bathe it with warm water, and manipulate the clot to try and break it down, and make it pass on. Continue this till all danger of obliteration is past. Once the vein has become obliterated, nothing can be done. If the inflammation continues and abscesses are likely to form, apply a blister of tincture of cantharides, after having removed the pin. If sinuses form .-ind sacks of matter are found, open them freely, and continue the hot fomentations and poultices ; syringe the sinuses and abscesses with lotion No. 5. When the sinuses and wounds fill up, if any flesh presents itself too prominently, dress it once a day with burnt alum. « .,,, simple form of STRANGLES. XVIII. Saddle GaUs. Causes. — When a badly-fitting saddle is ridden any length of time, oj- a saddk^ is kept on a back unaccustomed to carrying one, the back gets bruised, scalded with the sweat, chafed with the saddle, and the skin rubs off in spots, leaving raw sores exposed. The same applies to the collai-, breast i)latc or harness saddle. What to do. — Foment them with hot water with a little salt in it, three or four times a day, wipe dry and apply lotion No. 24, or the following : No. 32. 1 Ounce vineofar, }4 Ounce tannin, 1 Quart water, Mix. Sometimes the skin will become dead, and continue to hold on fast to the flesh like a scab ; this must be removed with the knife before it can begin to heal. Make it a clean, fresh, active wound, and it will heal readily with the above treatment. It is absolutely necessary to remove the cause by either leaving off the saddle, collar, etc., till it heals, or by remodeling the same so as to give an even bearing on the back or shoulder. xrx. Sit Pasts. Causes. — These are large, calloused, tumor-like lumps on the back, as a result of saddle galls, or on the points of the shoulders, from collar galls. When the animal is continued at the work that causes the galls, these calloused swellings make their appearance. What to do. — Any treatment other than the knife is of little use. They can be easily dissected out by cutting around them carefully and takmg them out ])odily ; then treat the wound as a simple wound. Keep all 384 CYCLOPEDIA CF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK L.OCTOR. pressure off till it is thorouglilj healed. A breast collar can often be used in the place of the ordinary collar, while Avaiting for the wound to heal. XX. Siirfeit. Surfeit is the term applied to the breaking out of pimples on the skin. It is an effort of nature to throw off some of the impurities of the blood, due to plethora. When the body gets fat and the blood rich, the liver and kidneys often become inactive, and that throws an extra amount of work upon the sldn ; and surfeit is the effort of nature to get rid of super- fluous heat and effete matter. A HORSE AFFLICTED WITH SURFEIT. Causes. — Too high living, with too little exercise. How to know it. — A rough, scabby surface will be found on the skin. Sometimes it comes out, suddenly, all over in little blotches, that may disappear in the course of a few days, or may scab over, owing to the surface fever that usually accompanies it. Little or no difference, otherwise, is noticed in the health, of the horse. There is sometimes a great amount of itching, and sometimes none. What to do. — From the nature of the affection, the treatment indicated is to deplete the system. The best way to do is to give a full dose of purgative medicine, restrict the food, and give more exercise. The best purgative for the horse is from four to seven drachms of Barbadoes aloes, according to the size and age of the patient, and the time of year. Six drachms is the dose for an ordinary-sized horse. Larger doses may be given in the spring than in the fall. The dose must be diminished in BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 885 size for tender years, even if the colt is as large as he ever will be. The aloes may be given in a bolus the size and shape of your finger, and passed back into the throat with the right hand, while holding the mouth open with the left ; or it may be given dissolved in a pint of warm water, with a bottle. Feed on bran mashes for a couple of days after taking the ball. After the ball has finished working, give a tablespoonful of the following mixture, night and morning, in the feed : No. 33. 2 Ounces nitrate of ootash, 2 Ounces rosin, 2 Ounces linseed meal, Powder and mix. No local treatment is needed, except to give all the necessary grooming the condition of the skin will allow. XXI. Dropsy. Causes. — Dropsy is rather the result of disease, or the result of a peculiar condition of the system, than a disease itself. It depends upon CROW-BAIT — EFFECT OF DROPSY. a debilitated condition, the result of other weakening diseases, especially of the kidneys, and starvation ; it sometimes comes from diseased and irregular teeth. How to know it. — It is manifested by swelling of the legs, belly, and sheath ; languor ; pallor of the visible mucous membranes ; indifference to food ; emaciation with weakness etc. What to do. — It is of paramount importance to remove the cause the first thing ; therefore examine the teeth, extract any that are decayed, rasp 383 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. off the .sharp edges next to the cheeks ; sometimes one gets broken, and the one opposite, having none to wear against, grows long and sticks directly into the gum, making mastication very difficult and painful — in this case, rasp or saw it off. If the cause lies in n debilitated condition from some other disease, tonics are indicated. If the appetite is good, give the following powder : No. 34. 1 >2 Ounce pure sulphate of iron, 1 Ounce nitrate of potash, 2 Drachms foeuugreek seed, 2 Ounces linseed meal, Powder and mix. Give a tablespoonful night and morning in soft feed. If there is not sufficient appetite to take medicine in the feed, give the following : No. 35. 1 Ounce tincture of iron, 1 Ounce tincture of gentian, Water to make twelve ounces. Mix. Give one ounce (two tablespooiif uls ) three times. Tempt the appe- late with whatever he may fancy ; sometimes when a horse won't eat oats h-e will eat corn or apples, carrots, cabbage leaves, etc. Con- tinue the tonics till all signs of dropsy are gone, and give gentle exer- cise as soon as the strength of the horse will allow. XXII. Chordes. This is a name applied to cramps of the muscles of the neck and loins ; it is of a rheumatic nature, and is most common in spring, fall and win- ter. Causes- — E-^posure to cold and damp by sleeping on the ground in wet, cold weather. How to know it — It may be known by swelling of the muscles of the affected parts, tenderness on pressure, neck twisted around towards one side, and is stiff, so that the horse cannot feed off the ground. The horse under these circumstances is stiff and sore all over. What to do- — Apply hot rags, wrung out of very hot water, and laid ou the sore muscles. Keep him warm and in a dry place. Give one of the following powders in soft feed three times a day : No. 36. 1 Ounce colchicum seed, 1 Ounce nitrate of potash, 2 Drachms foeuugreek seed, Mix. Divide into twelve powders> Give gentle exercise. BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 387 XXIII. Rupture or Hernia. Hernia or rupture is the breaking away of the parts that contain the bowels, sometimes in one place and sometimes in another. The different hernias are named from their location : Scrotal hernia is rupture into the scrotum, and the bowels pass down through the abdominal rings into the scrotum ; this only occurs in stallions. Inguinal hernia is rui)ture into the groin through one or both abdominal rings. Ventral hernia is when the abdominal walls are ruptured and let the bowels through into the skin ; this is most liable to grow to enormous size. Umbilical hernia is rupture through the opening through which passed the cords during foetal life, and which never has closed. Causes. — The last mentioned one is from a natural defect ; the othei-s are from blows, kicks, great strains in jumping, pulling, falling, and in the case of the stallion, it is usually caused by the exertion peculiar to his labor. How to know it. — There is a soft, puffy swelling on a surface that ought to be smooth ; it is easily pushed back and remains so as long as pressure is maintained. Scrotal hernia is found in the scrotum ; the scrotum is larger than it ought to be, and the hernia is often attended by very serious results, such as colic, strangulation of the gut, inflammation of the bowels in that region, moililication and death. Inguinal hernia is found in the groin or flank, and is nearly as bad as the scrotal. All the different kinds of hernia are liable to fatal termination as described for the scrotal. Sometimes the omentum or caul (the membrane holding the bowels together) only is protruded; then it is not so bad and not liable to a fatal termination unless the opening enlarges and allows the bowels to protrude too. What to do. — Try and reduce the hernia by pushing it back ; then introduce skewers crosswise through the skin over the opening, and wind silk around the skin, below the ends of the skewers, middling tight ; then put on a compress and give the part considerable pressure. If this is not successful there are other operations, such as opening the skin and sewing up the opening in tiie abdominal wall with catgut sutures ; inject- ing salt and w;>ter under the skin, etc. But these all require the skill of the veterinary surgeon. Scrotal hernia is the hardest to overcome, and nothing but castration will do it in some cases. Introduce the hand into the rectum and endeavor, if possible, to remove the gut from the hole leading to the scrotum. This done, put the horse in a stall where the hind legs stand the highest, and feed on concentrated food, with as little bulk as possible, and give perfect rest. If this fails, he will have to be castrated by using the clamps and enclosing the external coverings of the cord, except the akin. 388 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XXrV. Warts. Description. — Warts arc small, rugous, mammillary tumors of very little vitality. They may come on any part of the body, but usually come in the greatest numbers and most frequently on the head. They are composed of filaments that are semi-fil)rous, and are rooted in the skin. Some- times they are tough and hard ; at other times they are soft, and bleed easily. They are flat or pedunculated. What to do, — If they are pedunculated, clip them off with a pair of scissors, or tie them off with a silk thread ; then, when done bleeding, cau- terize tiieni Avith lunar caustic, or touch them with HEAD COVERED WITH a rcd-hot irou. The latter may be resorted to, to wAurs. g^^^p ^j^g bleeding if necessary. If they are flat, burn d^em with mtric acid once a day, till they are destroyed. When well burned down, grease them once a day with fresh lard. It may be added that attempts at charming them off do not generally succeed. XXV. Rat-Tail. This is loss of the hair of the tail, from disease, destroying the hair follicles, and leaving nothing to reproduce hair from ; conse- quently it is incurable. It is called rat tail, from its resemblance to the caudal extremity of a rat. Sometimes a rat tail is not so bad but that it will pass for a light tail, and sometimes there are only half a dozen hairs, nearly ruining the appearance of an otherwise good looking horse. XXVI. Itchy Tail. This is an itchy condition of the tail at its origin or dock. Causes- — It is caused either by filth, surfeit, worms in the rectum, mange, or some other parasitic disease. How to know it- — The horse is continually rubbing his tail against posts, the fence, or anything he can reach, till he rubs off nearly aH the hair from the dock. What to do- — Wash it well with soap and water once a day, and satu- rate the hair with a strong lotion of salt each time. If that does not cure, give injections of salt and water, and apply lotion No. 24, to the tail three times a day. If that does not effect a cure, give the horse a purg- ing ball. No. 23 ; and use lotion No. 32 on the tail. BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES. 389 XXVn. Itchy Skin. This is scientifically known as prurigo. It is an itchy condition of the skin all over the bod}^ which some- times makes the horse almost frantic, rubbing, scratching and biting himself continually. Causes. — It is one form of surfeit when not due to mange or hen lice, and is caused by a heated, surfeited condition of the body, which mani- fests itself in this manner. What to do. — Give the horse a pur- gative. No. 23, and when he has fin- showing signs of prurigo. ished purging, give a tablespoonf ul of the followiug, in bran mashes morn- ing and night. No. 37. 4 Ounces Epsom salts, 2 Ounces nitrate of potash 4 Ounces hn^ed meal, Mix. Wash him all over with soap and water, and when dry, sponge him over with vinegar. If practicable, give green food for a month. XXVni. Melanosis. This, although a constitutional disease, is only seen to be recognized during life, on the surface of the body, therefore it will be described in this chapter. PREDISPOSED TO MELANOSIS. Color and class of horses usually affected with melanosis. Melanosis is considered to be a species of cancer. It is a black tumor forming on any part of the body — in the lungs, liver, muscular and areolar or connective tissue. It is, in the latter, immediately under the "390 CTCLOPEDTA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOri-OS. skin that it is found during life in the horse ; usually around the tail. Pus cavities and abscesses are apt to form around them. One fully six inches deep, and located under the tail was seen by the author lately. They seem to be confined to white horses ; even grays are not afflicted with them. Causes. — The cause lies in the blood — in the form of a predisposition to cancer. How to know it. — Black tumors form under the skin but show through quite distinctly; they are usually flat and irregularly round, about half an inch or an inch thick, sometimes not larger than hickory nuts, and sometimes they are seen the size of a man's hand. Nasty, disagreeable sores often form around them. What to do. — When they first make their appear- MELANOsis. ance, they can be cut out with perfect safety. If Dock of a horse afflicted sorcs fomi, clcau them out, scarify the surfaces and with melanosis, showinp loss of ha the disease. eflTectof drcss thcm with lotion No. 5, three times a day. Give internally the following mixture : No. 38. 2 Ounces potassium iodide, 1 Pint water, Mix. Give two tablespoonfuls morning and night, in a bran mash. Continue this for about three weeks ; then omit two weeks and repeat. XXIX. Hide Bound. Causes. — Hide bound is the effect — not the disease itself — of some derangement in the system, that interferes with the general health, and gives rise to a generally unthrifty condition. It may be due to indigestion, diseased teeth, exposure to cold, and starvation. Abuse is a common cause ; no horse can thrive and look handsome that is pounded, jammed and banged around. How to know it. — The skin is as tight on the body as a glove on the hand, and the hair all stares the wrong way. A thin condition is usually an accompaniment of hide bound. The hair is dry, and skin dirty — full of dandruff. What to do. — Remove the cause — if exposed to cold storms, sheltei him. Examine the teeth, and if the edges of the molars are sharp, rasp them off with a, rasp for the purpose. If starvation be the cause, feed better, and the skin will begin to loosen as soon as the horse begins to thrive, and will become oily and soft. If the manure has a strong smell, j^ive him a purgative, No. 23, and a teaspoonful of saleratus in soft feeu, once a day, for a while. Give regular exercise. BODY OF THE HORSE, ITS EXTERNAL ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES 391 XXX. Eczema. This is the name applied to a scabby, pimply condition of the skin. Causes. — Heat, either from the sun, or fever in the skin from getting wet and the sun coming out hot and scalding the back, or getting wet and remaining so a long time in the fall, this chills the skin, and the fever is the reaction and eczema is the result. How to know it. — The skin is covered over the neck, back and hips, and sometimes over the belly and sides, with scabs usually about the size of your little finger nail, and as thick as they can stand, giving a rough, pimply appearance and feel to the skin. It seems to cause no inconvenience, not affecting the health at all, nor even to cause itching. What to do. — Treatment is unnecessary, for as soon as the horse is sheltered from the sun in summer and storms in the fall, the scabs will gradually come off. Grooming will assist in removing them. When they are removed the hair has a rough, dirty appearance for a few days, but will soon regain its smoothness and luster. JACK AND STALLION SORES. A form of eczema is often seen in jacks and stallions due to overfeeding and idleness. It breaks out on the legs or any part of the body and is inclined to become chronic, in fact it often defies treatment. These sores sometimes itch so badly that the animal will bite or rub them till the skin is destroyed, leaving them ugly, raw, suppurating surfaces. What to do. — Give the animal a purgative, No. 23, and repeat every two weeks for two to four times. Give internally as an alterative one ounce of glauber salt night and morning in soft feed for about a week in between purgatives. Reduce the grain rations one-half, and mix a double handful of dry bran with each feed. Locally, — Wash the sores with soap and water once or twice a day, dry them with absor])ent cotton and apply a little of lotion No. 7, after shaking the bottle well. The lotion may be applied three to six times a day. Keep the animal from rubbing or biting it if possible, for one bite or a rub will do more harm than can be cured in a week. A little petrolatum may be rubbed in to the skin around the sore once a day. EMGLISH FEEDING TABLE WITH SEPARATE PLACE FOR HAY, OATS AND WATER. The rack basket Is fastened under the table. Parts of dust falUng at once to the floor, (a) Oats crib, (6) water bowl, (c) rack basket, (rf) halter hook. CHAPTER IX. DISEASES OP THE RESPIBATORY ORGANS. L TUMOR IN THE FALSE NOSTKIL. II. POI.rPUS. III. CATARRH. IV. NASAJ< GLEET. V. LARYNGITIS, ROARING AND WHISTLING. VI. QUINSY. VIl. BRONCHIIIS. VIII. PNEUMONIA. IX. HEAVES. X. CONGESTION OK THE LUNGS XI. PLEURISY. XII. HYDROTHORAX. XIII. CHRONIC COUGH. DIAGt; JVI SHOWING RESPIRATORY ORGANS IN THE HEAD OK A HORSE. l._The nostril leading direct to 2.— The larynx, situated at the commencement of the windpipe. 3.— The tongue. 4. — The oesophagus or gullet. 5. — The soft palate, which lies upon the tongue and affords a resting- place whereon reposes the epiglottis, or the guardian cartilage to the entrance oJ the larynx (3). 6.— The guttural pouches, or large membranous and open sacs, containing nothing but atmospheric air. 7.— Nasal or trontal smuses. 8.— The false nostril. I. Tumor in the False Nostril. The false nostril is the small pouch or cul de sac on the outer side of the lower edge of each nostril. Tumors are liable to form in these, and partake more of the nature of abscesses, in that they are filled with pus of a cheesy consistency, but are tumors in that they form slowly and do not point and break like an abscess. They are usually about the size of a hen's egg; they are not sore, but cause more or less wheezing in the breathing on account of the diminished capacity of the air passage. How to know it.— A small swelling will be apparent on the outside, but the main depend- ence is to be placed upon the examination of the nostril, when it will be found to be nearly closed by the tumor in the false nostril. 392 FACE OF HORSE. Showing appearance of muzzle when there is a tumor in the false nostril. DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 893 What to do.— It can be opened without the slightest danger. Insert the knife inside the nostril and make a free opening and evacuate the pus. Inject lotion No. 6, twice a day. It is not likely to recur. n. Polypus. This is a tumor-like excrescence growing in the nostril. It may form in any part of the passage from the muzzle to the throat. It is usually a fleshy bulb, on a pedestal or neck. It varies ^ «|h in size from a cherry to a man's fist. \ T How to know it. — The breathing is obstruct- ed, to a certain extent, and, upon examination, the polypus is found. What to do. — Cast the horse, and catcb firm hold of it with the forceps for the pur pose, then pass the chain of an ecraseur ovei it, an 1 cut it out close to the surface from polypus which it grows. A fine copper wire may be used, if the ecraseur cannot be had ; pass the wire over the polypus and twist it off. There will not be hemor- rhage to do any harm. The polypus may grow again, but it is not very likely to. m. Catarrh. ■ ?or grasping the poly- pus for removal. Hanging from the upper part ot the QOS< tril. Under this name are included acute catarrh and the common cold when it is confined to the nose. It is simple in itself, but all inflamma- tions of the upper air-passages are liable to run down into the lungs and cause bronchitis and pneumonia, which are always serious. Catarrh is inflammation of the mucous membrane of the nos- trils, and often extends to the sinuses of the head, especially the frontal sinuses situated between the eyes. Causes. — Exposure to cold winds, rain and snow storni;>, cold nights, etc. How to know it. — There is always a discharge from one or both nostrils. The discharge is thin watery mucous at first, and turns to muco-puru- ient in the course of a couple of days ; and then to purulent, if not properly treated. The muco- purulent is white and frothy ; the purulent is yellow, and has an offensive A HORSE'S HEAD WITH COLD. 394 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, LYMPHATIC GLAND OF THROAT SWOLLEN. -The enlarged lynsphatic within the jaw. odor. In l)ad cases, there is considerable fever, loss of appetite, and redness of the eyes. If neglected, and nature is not vigorous enough to throw it off, it becomes chronic, and is known as nasal gleet. Sometimes the lym- phatic gland, under the lower jaw, en' largcs. What to do. — Remove the cause ; if exposed to cold storms, shelter the ani- mal, put on a blanket if necessary, feed on soft feed, give a teaspoonful of saltpetre in a bran mash night and morning. If that does not perform the work satisfactorily, give the fever mixture, No. 4. If there is much fever and loss of appetite, give No. 18. In all bad cases, give rest till the horse is better. If the at- tack is prolonged to a week or more, during convalesence, give the tonic No. 22, and syringe the nostrils out, two or three times a day, v/ith tlie following lotion : No. 39. 2 Drachms carbolic acid. 1 Pint of water, IMix. Apply the blister No. 41 to the throat, letting it go well up towards the ears. If the skin is not mildly blistered with one application , repeat it after twenty-four hours ; then grease it once a day with fresh lard. When the discharge does not come freely, it can be helped by steaming the head in a bag of hot bran. IV. Nasal Gleet. This is the name given to chronic ca- tarrh, and is always complicated by exten- sion of the disease to sinuses of the head, often causing the bone over the one affected to bulge out, as if swollen. Causes. — Neglected or obstinate catarrh, that will not yield to treat- ment with an ordinary amount of perseverance, are the only causes. The sinuses of the head are all in communication with each other by tubes and passages. When inflammation extends to them, the swelling of the mucous membrg^ue closes these passages, and confines the pus with suffi« NOSE 15A(;. For steaming horse with cold. \\^Q A HORSE WITH THE THROAT BLISTERED. DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS oq5 cient force to cause the bones to bulge out, but there will be a constant flow of i)us from the nostril, sufficient being forced through the passage b}'^ the pressure, to keep up the discharge. How to know it. — The general health is not in the least affected, except, perhaps, in long standing cases. There is a continual flow of thick, offensive, yellowish matter that will usually sink in water. One nostril usually runs more than the other, and oftentimes the chrome trouble is entirely confined to one side. The face between the eyes will be found to be full, giving a dull, solid sound when tapped on each side of the median line running down the centre of the face. In long standing, bad cases the bone of the face, referred to above, will be bulged out, and great pain evinced when tapped. Pus is, naturally, the blandest secretion of the body ; but being con- fined, it corrupts, and then smells abominably. The facial sinuses formed in nasal gleet, oi)en to the nostrils on either side by two comparatively small flaps, slits or valves. These are their only means of communica- tion with the external atmosphere ; and through these valves all the pus must flow. It is not surprising that such structures occasionally become clogged, till the accumulated secretion, or the increased breathing, or the position of the head, obliges the passage to give way. What to do. — If the sinus is full, there is no cure for it without the operation of trephining to remove a portion of the bone, to evacuate the sinus, and give local treatment ; but if there is no bulging of the bone, it may be cured by syringing out the nostril with warm water to clean it, then injecting a little of lotion No. 39 with along-nozzled syringe, using considerable force to cause a spray when it strikes the back of the nose. Repeat this, morning and night, for a month or so, and give internally. No. 34. The operation of trephining the frontal sinus, will be found described in the chapter on operations. All treatment, except the operation, may be continued and the horse kept at his work, unless he is laid up on account of the appearance of the nostril, as it looks very nasal gleet. bad to drive a horse with a chronic discharge from the "wuh iTasaVgieel and bulging of the trontal sinus. V. Laryngitis, Roaring and Whistling. This is what is ordinarily known as sore throat. The inflammation liea in the lining of the larynx — that is, the cartilaginous box in (he throat, which is the upper end of the windpipe or trachea containing the vocal cords, and is the seat of roaring. 396 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB, p:ffect of laryngitis. A horse trying to drink, the water returning by the nose. Causes. — Exposure to cold winds and storms, standing in drafts when warm, nes^lect when cominjj in when warm from work, and extension of catai'rh from the nose. The cause of roaring is chronic iniiammation of the mucous membrane lining the lar- }Mix, diminishing the air passage so that when he is unable to get suffi- cient air, and forcing it through the small i)assage, makes the noise. How to know it. — The throat is usually swollen on the outside, but sometimes only on the inside, and is tender upon pressure ; the nose is protruded ; he has great difficulty in swallowing, and often , when drinking, the water will come back through the nose nearly as fast as it goes into the mouth, and what is swallowed is forced down with an effort. There is usually a short, painful, subdued cough, dry at first, but getting more moist after a couple of days. What to do.— Clothe warmly ; shelter from cold storms and drafts ; rub mustard paste well into the throat on each side, well up towards the ears ; feed on soft mashes, boiled oats, etc., and set a pail of water in the manger for him to play in to cool the throat and mouth. Give internally fever mixture No. 4, every two hours till the fever is reduced and the pulse lowered ; then drop off to three or four times a day. If the swelling in the throat does not yield to the above treatment, apply a soft, hot linseed poultice to it, and change it once a day for a fresh one. The loss of appetite, or rather inability to eat, will soon disappear and recovery will be rapid. In case of roaring, apply a smart blister of cantharides, No. 9, to the throat, and after three weeks repeat it. Inject a tablespoonful of the mixture No. 35, three times a day well back into the throat, and let the horse run at grass or feed on very soft food. Bad, long standing cases of roaring are incurable. Whistling is similar to rearing, except in the noise produced ; it is subject to the same causes and treatment. Roaring and whistling are sometimes, but very rarely, the effect of paralysis of the nerves of the larynx, letting one or more of the cartilages drop into the box to a certain extent, and thereby diminishing the caliber of the air passage. Sometimes a small portion of the cartilage doing the damage can be removed, but it requires the skill of a qualified veteri- nary surgeon. DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 397 VI. Quinsy. Causes. — Sometimes the inflammation in the throat in laryngitis is so great and deep seated that abscesses f onn in the throat, producing quinsy. It is caused by the same agents as hiryngitis, and is always more pro- longed in duratiou than simple sore throat. How to know it. — It may start with all the symptoms of laryngitis but will not yield to treatment at first. The throat gets sorer and sorer from day to day, till suddenlj'^ the abscess bursts, and a tremendous flow of pus comes from the nostril, and the animal Avill be relieved at once. Quinsy lasts from one to three or four weeks, and is very apt to be followed by roaring or whistling. What to do. — Apply the same treatment as prescribed for laryngitis. Continue the linseed poultices right through ; apply them so as to cover the throat nearly to the ears, and keep them quite soft. Vn. Bronchitis. The bronchial tubes are the two branches of the trachea or wind pipe ; they lead to the lungs. Inflammation of these branches, and also of the lining of the tubes as they ramify through the lungs, is known as bron- chitis. A Fir SUBJECT FOR FOUNDER OR BRONCHITIS. Causes. — The same exposures that cause catarrh and sore throat are prolific agents in producing this disease. And there is a very great ten- dency in the horse to inflammations of the upper air passages which run down upon the lungs, so much so that many cases of catarrh and larjmgi- tis terminate in bronchitis and pneumonia. 398 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. How to know it.— It is always ushered in with a shivering fit, but this fit is seldom seen, and if seen is thought nothing of by most people ; the chill passes off and the reaction brings fever ; the pulse runs up to fifty or sixty, is soft, full and bounding ; temperature soon runs up to 102 ® or 103 ^ F. ; the breathing is hurried and the nostrils are distended. If pressure is applied to the chest just ai)ove the breast bone, pain will be evinced and a cough provoked, which is soft, deep and subdued, great pain being manifested while coughing ; the horse is loth to move ; if the ear is placed to the nostril a grunt will be heard with each breath ; and if the ear is placed in front of the chest a thick, unnatural sound will be heard ; the ears and legs are usually cold ; the appetite is indifferent. All of these symptoms will be noticed in the course of ten or twelve hours. In the next twenty-four hours the pulse may run up to 70, and the temperature to 104 ^ or 105 ^ ; the pulse will be soft and full ; the cough will increase and the thick, heavy sound when the car is applied to HORSE WITH STIFF CRAMPS. Head stretched. Mouth clamped together. Front feet spread (saw buck position) cramps causing the miisc'es of the tail to raise. the breast will have run into a harsh, grating sound ; the horse persist- ently stands ; drinks considerable water, and the appetite will be lost in most cases ; the mouth will be hot to the finger placed under the tongue ; the breath is hot as it comes from the nostrils, and the urine is scanty and high colored. The horse may die from continuation of the inflam- mation and extension of it to the lungs proper, or may drown in the mucus that is secreted in the passages forming the next stage following the dry one ; in this last a rattling bubbling sound is heard when the ear is applied to the chest above the breast bone, by the air rushing through the mucus. Convalescence will be noticed by a diminution of the mucous rattle : falling of the pulse and temperature ; return of the appetite ; and a gen- erally relieved appearance ; ability to lie down and rest quietly, and the frequency of the breathing lessened. DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 399 What to do.— If seen during the chill, give two ounces of whiskey in a little water and follow it with No. 4, for the next twelve hours ; then, if better, continue the same at longer intervals, but if worse, change it to the following: No. 40. 1 >i Ounce sweet spirits of nitre, 1 Drachm tincture of aconite root, 2 Dracbms tluid extract belladonna, 1 Ounce tincture of gentian, 1 Ounce powdered saltpetre, 1 Ounce powdered sal ammonia:, Water to make one pint. Mix. Give a wine-glassful every two nours till the horse is better, then drop off to three or'four times a day. Set a bucket of water in his manger. Give scalded oats to eat ; if he won't eat them try him with other things A HORSE miESSED FOR BKONCHITIS. _a couple of ears of corn three or four times a day, carrots, apples, good hay, etc. Rub a little of the following liniment well into the sides over the lungs, and on the chest once a day till it is well blistered : No. 41. 2 Ounces liquor ammonia, 2 Ounces spirits turpentine, 2 Ounces linseed oil. Mix and shake. When the blistering has been carried far enough, rub a little fresh lard well into the hair once a day to take out the scabs without pullmg out the hair. If the skin comes off anywhere from the blister, apply No. 24 to the spot three times a day. Give plenty of pure air to breathe, but avoid drafts and dampness; see that the drainage is good. Remove him from the other horses if pos- iOQ CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AITD COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. sible, on account of the vitiated air he would have to breathe in the stable with them. When convalescence is well established and there is much weakness, change the medicine to No. 1 8, but do not give it as often as every two hours, unless there is still a good deal of fever; thi-ee times a day is often enough in most cases. When the fever is all gone, change the medicine to No. 35, if the appetite is poor, but if it is good, give No. 34 in the feed. Give gentle exercise when well enough to bear it. The horse should be well clothed, and the legs bandaged. Bring him back to his feed and work gradually. While wearing the bandages they should be removed morning and night, and the legs well rubbed and the bandages replaced. Vm. Pneumonia. This is inflammation of the lung tissue; oftentimes the right lung only is affected. Pneumonia is rather rare, at least it is far less common than bronchitis, and sometimes the two diseases are combined in the form of broncho-pneumonia. It may be either sporadic or infec- tious. In the latter case it is seen as a complication of influenza, and has typhoid symptoms, and is occasionally enzootic, or may be epizootic. Causes. — The same as for other acute affections of the air passages, except when existing as a complication of HORSE WITH CHEST AILMENT. influeuza, then it is due to a Front feet spread. Strong running of the nose after couKhing. • • /ii i^uugumg micro-organism (the pneumo- coccus). The sporadic form will usually recover if given a fail- chance, but the infectious is frequently fatal. How to know it. — The first stage is the shivering fit and sanguineous congestion, in w^hich there is a rush of blood to the lungs; high fever follows the chill, the pulse runs up to sixty to eighty, and is soft and weak; the temperature is likely to run up to 105° to 107° Fahr. The breath is hot, and breathing labored and fast — respirations running up to twenty-five to thirty-five per minute; the ear being applied to the sides, the gi-ating sound indicative of inflammation is heard; there is no cough; ears and legs are cold; the body heat is great, and the urine scanty and high colored. The second stage is that of hepatization, in which the lungs become solid, like liver; no sound is heard at all by the ear when applied to the side, and, DISEASES OF THE KESPIRATORY ORGANS. 401 HORSE WITH PNEUMONIA. The appearance of a horse in the early stage of pneumonia. when tapped, it sounds solid like a barrel when full of water — the natural when tapped being resonant, like a drum. The lower part of the lung being usually most affected, the breathing is floated upward, as it were, and becomes shallow; the breath becomes cold in conso(iuence; the nostrils flap, and the hor.se thrusts his nose through the windows or doors of the sta])le in search of more air; the flanks heave; the ribs are workea violently in and out; the legs spread to stand in a braced position; the strength becomes exhausted, and the system suffocates for want of oxygen, and the animal usually dies in this stage. If he lives through this stage, the third stage begins— that of absorption; in favorable cases this goes on to so great an extent that recovery is complete. Unfavoralile cases fail to absorb the liver -like condition of the lung, and suppuration sets in; the whole diseased portion may turn to pus, and he thrown up through the nose, where it has a grayish, lumpy appearance. This is the fourth stage, and is always fatal ; the discharge is extremely offensive, attracting hosts of flies and rendering a whole stable unfit for other horses to remain in. In this, as in bronchitis, the horse never lies down till he is very much better, or nearly well. In infectious pneumonia, in addition to the above symptoms, there will be marked yellowness of the mucous mem- branes, more rapidly developing weak- ness than in the sporadic form, and occasionally diarrhoea and other symp- toms of influenza. What to do. — The same treatment prescribed for bronchitis will apply to this, and, in addition, during recovery, if weakness is great, give malt ale in pint drenches three times a day. If there is no appetite, put the ale in with oatmeal gruel, and give them as a drench together. Clothe him warmly, and give plenty of fresh air to breathe, but avoid a draft. It is a good plan, when feasible, to isolate him from all other horses, particularly in the infectious form. THE POSITION ASSUMED BY THE HORSE DURING AN ATTACK OF PNEUMONIA. 402 CICLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. If the fever remains above 104° F. longer than three days give the follow- ing mixture: No. 91. }i Ounce sulphate of quinine, 1 Pint of whisky, Yz Pint of water. Mix. Give a wineglassful every two to four hours, alternating wiih the fol- lowing mixture: No. 92. 1 Ounce tincture of nux vomica, 1 Ounce tincture of gentian, Water to make one pint. Mix. Give a wineglassful every two to four hours. Keep the stahle clean and sprinkle jhioride of lime around it freely once a day. Give no exercise till convalescence is well established. IX. Heaves. The lungs are made up of an innumerable quantity of small air cells, and the lung tissue is capable, to a great exten^, of expelling the air fron? it, and drawing more in by virtue of the ela8ti(;ity and contractility it possesses. Sometimes many of these cells become ruptured into one large cell, which destroys the contractility of that portion of the lung, in which case the diaphragm, ribs and abdominal muscles are brought into use to exi)el the air, giving rise to the second spasmodic, twitching effort seen in the flanks. This condition constitutes heaves, also known as broken wind. Causes. — The most common cause is driving too fast, and keeping it up too long when the horse is not in condition — either having his stomach too full and not giving the lungs room, or the lungs themselves are weak from very light work, or entire disuse. Horses fed entirely on dusty Timothy hay, are more subject to it than those fed on prairie hay. A horse is more likely to get the heaves when driven fast against the wind than with it ; the lungs get very full of air, immensely distended by the extra amount taken in, and if kept at that kind of work any length of time, the lung tissue gives way, and a rupture is the consquence. How to know it. — Instead of the regular, easy breathing noticed in the flanks, there is a second effort made by the jerking of the muscles of the flank. "When the ear is placed against the side over the lung, a whistling, wheezing sound is usually heard. When once begun it is very apt to increase, and often renders the horse useless. What to do. — It is incural)le, but it can be alleviated by careful feed- ing, giving as condensed food as possible, with a view of getting the greatest amount of nourishment in the smallest compass. Wet everything DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 403 he eats, to lay the dust. Give the following mixture twice a day in soft feed : No. 42. 2 Ounces powdered lobelia seed. 2 Ounces liuseed meal, Mix. Divide into eight doses ; give one night and morning. When they are gone, wait a week and repeat it. Avoid giving too much, as it is apt to weaken the kidneys. Always drive a horse slowly that has the heaves. X. Congestion of the Lungs. Congestion, is always a precursor of inflamma- tion of the lungs, but it sometimes comes on in such a way, as to need separate consideration. The pathology of it is turgescencc of the lung tissue by stagnation of the capillary blood vessels and arterioles. Under favorable circumstances it bad position. improves, and total recovery is the result, but in For head of horse affected with ,T ... ,, j'rt ,. heaves; for it aggravates the bad cases it is very apt to run on to niflanmiation difficult breathing, of the lung tissue, and a case of pneumonia is the result. Causes. — Overexertion when not in condition to take it ; the system is fat ; the blood is rich and fat ; the lung tissue is weak from want of use during longer or shorter periods of idleness. When in this condition, the horse is taken out, perhaps, once a week, and the driver thinks because he has had so long a rest, he ought to be able to go faster than if he were out every day, and sends him through to beat the crowd. Congestion of the lungs is quite frequently the result. This is oftener seen in the old country among the hunters, but is not infrequent in this country among the gentlemen's road horses. From the contraction of the muscular tissue, the blood is thrown inwardly to the lungs, liver and spleen ; the lung tissue becomes fatigued, and the small blood vessels surcharged with blood to such an extent as to interfere with the circulation. How to know it. — The horse suddenly stops, all out of breath ; nos- trils distended ; the countenance has a look of anxiety upon it ; he looks around as if in search for more air ; paws the ground in his endeavor to breathe, and acts generally as though suffocation were near. What to do. — Let him stop ; turn his head towards the wind ; loosen all harness that interferes with the free expansion of the chest and pass- age of air to the chest ; let down the check rein ; loosen the throat lash ; remove the collar or breast plate and girth ; and a small stab of the knife m the roof of the mouth to draw a little blood may assist in restoring the circulation. As soon as he is sufficiently recovered, take him home quietly 404 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. and place him in a comfortable loose box ; give him a sponge bath with alcohol and plenty of friction from head to foot ; also cold water to drink in small quantities, and give recipe No. 30, in a little water, till the breathing and circulation are normal. If it does not yield to this treat- ment, and pneumonia is incvita])le, adopt the treatment prescribed for that without delay, and apply it vigorously. Approaching pneumonia will be noticed by a rise in temperature. If the temperature goes above 101 ® Fahr. and the breathing continues labored, look out for pneumonia. Prevention. — Feed a horse according to his work. If he is doing daily hard work there is very little danger of overfeeding, but if the work is light and little of it, feed sparingly on heavy grain. Give daily regular exercise. There is very much less danger of derangements if the horse goes out every day than if he only goes out once or twice a week, and he is able to do ten times the work from the fact that he is in a strong, vigorous condition — muscular without being fat. XI. Pleurisy. The lining of the chest and coverings of the lungs are serous mem- branes that secrete a serous, slippery moisture that prevents friction by rubbing of the lungs against the ribs — called the pleura. Inflammation of these serous membranes is known as pleurisy. It is attended with great pain, and is often followed by hydrothorax or filling of the chest with water, which is generally fatal. Pleurisy may exist alone or with pneumonia ; then it is called pleuro-pneumonia. Causes. — Any sudden exposure to cold rains ; drafts in the stable, especially if the horse comes in warm. It would be very prevalent if the inflammation in these parts did not go to the feet by metastasis as often as it does. See founder or laminitis. How to know it. — The horse has a chill, followed by high fever ; great pain in the chest, shown by colicky pains ; nose turned around towards the chest frequently ; ears and legs are cold ; breathing hurried ; pulse quick, from 50 to 75 per minute ; temperature raised three or four de- gress ; elbows turned out, and a line along the lower edges of the ribs denoting a fixed position of them to prevent friction in the chest ; loss of appetite ; great pain evinced upon pressure with the fingers between the ribs ; a grating sound heard by the ear applied to the sides, made by the rubbing of the parts internally, which are rendered dry by the inflam- mation. If recovery takes place, it is usually within four days : but if it con- tinues longer than that, effusion takes place, and the chest begins to fill with water, floating the lungs up and forming hydrothorax. If the chest does not fill more than one-third, it will usually absorb, and he will re- cover ; but if the chest fills more than one-third full, it is usually fatal. DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 405 What to do. — If seen during the chill, put on blankets ; shelter from the cold air, and give half a teacup of whiskey in a little water, and loUow it with receipe No. 40, giving a dose every two hours till he is better; set a pail of water before him, and feed lightly. Rub the liniment. No. 41, well in to the sides, and, after six hours, repeat it. When the fever is broken, change the prescription to No. 18. When convalesence is well established, give receipe No. 22. XII. Hydrothorax. Causes. — This is a filling of the chest with water, following pleurisy. How to know it, — The horse has been enduring great pain all through the attack of active inflaniniation, but as soon as effusion bci^ins, and the chest begins to fill with water, the i)ain is relieved ; he brightens up, commences to eat, and is more comfortable, till the water floats the lungs up and interferes with the breathing. Then the countenance becomes haggard and anxious ; breathing short and fast ; breath cold, from shal- low, bronchial respiration ; the extremeties aie cold ; pulse very high, from 80 to 150 per niiiuite ; tapping on the sides will pioduce tiie solid CONGESTION OF l^UNGS. Fore limbs apart and weU under body. Nostrils are flapping and the eye has a deadly stare. sound of a barrel full of water ; the ear placed to the side will fail to detect the customary respiratory murmur; there will be lifting of the loins and elevation of the back at each effort at insijiration, that is, drawing breath in ; the ribs bulge outward ; dropsical swellings appear under the chest and belly; the head is extended; there is flapping of the nostrils; regurgitation of the blood in the veins; splashing of the water is heard in the chest when it reaches the heart; the pulse gets smaller and smaller; breath shorter and shorter, till he drops suffocated, as completely drowned as though he were pitched into the lake. 406 CrCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Favorable symptoms are lessening of the effusion in the chest ; im- provement in the breathing and pulse; return of healthy appetite, etc. But recovery is slow, and complete recovery is seldom realized, for the lung is apt to grow fast to the ribs, and stitches in the side attack him during active exercise. What to do. — Put him in a comfortable place, dry, warm, nnd well- venlihited, l)ut no drafts. Clothe warmly, and l)andage the legs. If the sides have not been well blistered with receii)e No. 41, apply it imme- diately, and repeat it every six hours, till the sides are well-blistered, and give No. 18 internally, every two hours, very persistently; if he eats nothing, drench him wnth oat-meal gruel. If the chest continues to fill it may be tapped, the operation being called paracentesis thoracis, direc- tions for wliich may be found in the chapter on operations. XIII. Chronic Cough. Causes. — When the inflammation of tlie mucous membrane of either the larynx or bronchial tubes becomes chronic, the irritability of it remains and the smallest thing will produce a cough, and sometimes a fit of cough- ing that may last several minutes. Dust in the hay or oats, or breathed in wliih' on the road, sudden gusts of air, pressure of the collar or throat lash, or pinching of the throat with the hand will excite the cough. THE ACT OF COUGHING. How to know it. — Coughs are efforts of nature to free the breathing apparatus of irritants, and they differ according to the i)art affected and the extent of the affection. The healthy cough is strong, full and usu- ally followed by a sneeze to clear the nose. The throat cough is a lighter, shorter, hacking one, while that of the chest is a hollow, deep, resonant cough, except in the acute, painful stages of bronchitis, when it is almost noiseless from being so much subdued. What to do. — Chronic cough is almost incurable when long standing, but in the more recent cases good treatment will benefit and oftentimes DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 407 cure. If the cough is recent, apply recipe No. 41 to the throat, wellrub- bed in all around and up towards the ears. Give internally the foUowincr powders : No. 43. 1>^ Ounce gum camphor, 1 Ounce digitalis, 2 Ounces linseed meal, Powder and mix. Divide into twelve powders and give one night and morning in soft food. If one course does not cure, repeat it. If that proves ineffectual, apply blister No. 9 instead of No. 41, to the throat and give Prof. Dick's recipe as follows : No. 44. 1 Drachm camjihor, 1 Drachm digitalis, 1 Drachm calomel, 1 Drachm o|)inm. Mix in a ball with syrup. Give it as one dose ; repeat it oiu-e a day for a week, then rest a week and repeat. If the cough is ver^^ troublesome and the appetite is poor, give the following : No. 45. 2 Drachms diluted prussic acid, 1 Ounce tincture of camphoi-, 3 Drachms fluid extract belladona, 1 Ounce tincture gentian. 1 Ounce chlorate of potash, Water to make one pint, Mix. Give one ounce three times a day, with a syringe ; open the mouth with one hand and shoot it well b;ick into the throat. Do not attempt to hold a horse's head up to drench him with anything else than oil when he has a cough ; for it is apt to irritate the throat and might choke him. For the treatment of v'oughs accompanying catarrh and laryngitis refer to them. If the above treatment fails, we would recommend the insertion of a seton under the skin of the throat and a long run at grass, if practicable. Leave the seton in three or four weeks ; wash it nice and clean once a day with hot water. Sometimes a run at grass will do more for a bad cough than all the medicine in the world. If the cough appears to come from the ^ s^ton in tmk thkoat ok a chest, and pressure in the hollow just al)ove hokse. the breast bone aggravates it, apply the blisters there, and give the same treatment otherwise as for the throat- CHAPTER X. DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OP THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. t. TEETH— ACHE, DECAY, FILINO— WOLF TEETH. H. TONGUE LACERATION. III. SOKE MOUTH. IV. PAMPAS. V. PHARYNGITIS. VI. CHOKING. VII. GASTRITIS. VIII. STOMACH STAGGERS. IX. DYSPEPSIA. X. SPAS- MODIC <;OLIC. XI. FLATULENT COLIC. XII. RUPTURE OF THE STOAIACH, INTESTINES OR DIAPHRAGM. XIII. CONSTIPATION. XIV. DIARRHOEA AND SUPERPURGATION. XV. DYSENTERY. XVI. ENTERITIS. XVII. PERITON- ITIS. XVIII. CALCULI. XIX. INTUSSUSCEPTION AND GUT TIE. I. Teeth— Ache, Decay, Piling— Wolf Teeth. Causes- — Derangements of the teeth very frequently lead to jrravc difficuhit's, both local and constitutional. The teeth often heconi'e decayed, holes form in them, and tooth-ache is a common occurrence. How to know it. — It will be detected b}^ the horse holding his head on one side \vhile chewing, turning his head first one way then the other, as if trying to remove food from a sore tooth, and doing th(; same when drinking, if the water is very cold. The disease often extends up the tooth, or starts in the form of ulceration on the fang, and breaks out into the nose, causing a discharge from the nostril on the side on which the rotten tooth is located. A chronic discharge from a tooth is often mistaken for nasal gleet, A HORSE WITH TooTiiAciiK. jiud somctimcs for glaudcrs, OH account of the disagreeable odor, which will be recognized as that characteristic of dis- eased bone. Sometimes the ulceration, when of a lower tooth, breaks out at tne angle of the lower jaw, and sometimes extends to the root of the tongue and to all the soft tissues between the ])ranches of the lower jaw ; in one instance that came under the notice of the writer, the disease proved fatal to a Yaiuable horse. The teeth frequently get broken b}^ chewing on stones taken up with oats, and when one molar tooth gets broken off, the opposite tooth, not having anything to wear against, gets very long and sticks into the oppo- site gum, and makes mastication very painful. The edges of the molar teeth get sharp from the fact that they wear bevelling — the edges must necessarily sharpen as they wear ; the upper rows bevel downwards and outwards, the edges cutting the cheeks, and the lower rows bevel upwards and inwards, cutting the tongue. 408 DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL 409 The broken and sharp teeth make mastication not only painful, but almost impossible, consequently the horse bolts the food half chewed, which causes indigestion, colic, dyspepsia, hidebound, emaciation, etc., any of which may run on to a fatal termination. The food is fre- quently quidded and dropped into the man- ger. Colts, when sheddins: their teeth, often suf- - i. -, ^ f " 4^1 1 • 1 ^ HORSE QUIDDING. fer a great deal from sore mouths, which causes them to look rough and scaly until the old teeth are shed, and new ones grow. What to do. — In case of a discharge froia the nose, always examine the teeth, and if any are decayed so as to cause the trouble, remove them. If a tooth extends below the others on account of the opposite one being broken, file it off even with the others. If the edges get sharp, so as to scarify the checks and tongue, tile them off round. There are files made expressly for that purpose. The edges only need filing ; the surfaces get very rough, but that is intended to be so by nature ; it is h-er millstone to grind the grain ; and the arrangement of the tooth material is such that the more it wears the sliarpe'* it gets. In case of a parrot mouth, where the upper incisors i)roject over the lower ones, the horse is unable to graze, anjl the mouth, as far as age is concerned, presents a horril)le appearances, passing for double the age he really is. Either file or saw them off even Avith the lower row. Wolf Teeth. — These are small, insignificant teeth, that come immediately in front of the upper rows of molars. It is a popular idea that these affect the nerve running . ,, 1 1 T J 1 A. n J. PARROT MOUTH. to the eye and cause moon-bbndness, weak eyes, etc. But it is a whim ; they do no possil)le harm, except, perhaps, to wound the cheek by its being pulled against the wolf tooth by the bit. But they do no possible good, and, consequently are just as well, and a little better, out. Take a pair of blacksmith's pinchers and pull them out. They are usually only in the gums, and come out easily. When the new teeth of colts come before the old ones are out, the old ones should he removed, to make room for the new. n. Tongue Laceration. Causes. — The tongue is sometimes bitten by falling and striking on the mouth ; torn with the halter chain, or by being pulled forcibly out of the aQouth on one side, being cut against the sharp molar teeth. 410 CYCLOPEDIA OF LiV2 STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. What to do. — Wounds on the tongue heal readily. If the end is torn half-way oif , or less, it will heal, but will not grow together, but may be left, and no inconvenience will be felt ; but if it is more than half torn off, it will be found advisable to cut it clear off. Dress wouads of the tonijue with the followiuir lotion : No. 46. 1 Oi^nce borax, 1 Ounce honey, 1 Pint water, Mix. Dry the sore with a sponge, and rub on the lotion three times a day. Sometimes it is necessary to amputate the tongue, on account of wounds and accidents. It is quite feasible, but requires the skill of a qualified veterinary surgeon. III. Sore Mouth. Causes. — The mouth is often made sore by the bit, by caustic sub- stances in the food and medicine, by too hot mashes, etc. The bit often excoriates the angles of the mouth, and, if allowed to continue doing harm, the mouth soon becomes cal- oused, and loses all sensibility. Sometimes the bit injures the lower jaw bone so as to kill a portion of it, when it will become a foreign sub- stance and slough out, leaving a very sore mouth. This is most often seen in violent pullers and when the curb bit is used. The oval portion of a curb bit often presses upon the roof of the moutli and does a great amount of injury. How to know it. — When an;y portion of the mouth is swollen and sore, examine it carefully and locate the cause if possible. When the bones or roof of the mouth are injured, there will be great soreness and some swelling. What to do. — Remove the cause, that is, leave the bit out of the mouth for several days. If the angles of the mouth are raw, apply recipe No. 32 three times a day. If the bones are injured and exposed apply No. 39 three times a day; SORE MOUTH. With the angles excoria- ted by the bit. SORE MOUTH. ngl cheeks swollen, cal" loused and insen- sitive. INJURY BY THE BIT. A mouth with the bone bad- ly injured by the bit, the left side being much swol- len around the tusk. MISUSE OF CURB. The roof of the mouth injured by the curved part of the curb bit. DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 411 if the flesh is not broken it would be advisable to scarify it to allow it to break through the tough skin more easily, and examine it carefully each day to see when the dead piece of bone is loose, and remove it. Then dress the wound with the same lotion, (No 39) till the bone is covered by healthy granula- tions, then dress it Avith No. 46. Do not use the bit in such a mouth under two months at least. When the mouth is scalded by giving strong medicine, pure, instead of diluting it as directed on the label, the whole inside of the mouth will be found co be swollen, red, and if very bad, will skin in spots. Swab it out with recipe No. 4«! three times a day. rv. Lampas. This is an imaginary disease. It is supposed by most people that when a horse does not eat he must have the lampas, and they proceed U SCALDED MOUTH. From giving strong caustic medicine pure. BURNING I- OK LAMPAS. LAMPAS IRON. The old time instrument of torture. burn out one or two of tlu; bars in the roof of the mouth which are i)laced there by nature to prevent the food dribbling from the mouth, which it would do were it not for these bars in the roof of the mouth. They all point or turn backwards towards the throat, and have a tendency to v,'ork the food back. It is the same in the human mouth. Sometimes the one or two bars nearest the incisors become inflamed, especially M'itli colts when teething. What to do. — If the bars are red instead of a bright flesh color, and extend below the teeth, take a penknife and scarify them gently ; this will be sufficient. Never countenance the burning nor any other barbar- ous practice. V. Pharyngitis. That portion of the aesophagas or gullet that lies in the throat, above the larynx is called the pharynx. Inflammation of it is pharyngitis. 412 CVCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. Causes. — It is usually caused by some foreign substance lodging ther& or by extension to the pharynx of inflammation from the larynx and nasal chambers. It is usually associated with pharyngitis and catarrh, strangles, quinsy, etc. How to know it. — Painful swallowing, and sometimes a total inability to SMullow is seen ; the water returns by the nose while drinking, and the food is quiddod. More or less enlargement of the throat and glands on the outside, tenderness upon pressure, and the neck straightened and me head extended, will be the symptoms usually noticed. What to do. — If any foreign substance is suspected, examine the throat and remove anything that may be found. Apply a counter irritant in the form of the recipe No. 41. Give internally, mixture No. 21. Feed on soft feed, such as scalded oats, boiled barley, bran mashes, etc. If it continues longer than a week, give oat meal gruel injections — two quarts every four or five hours. Cook the gruel the same as for the table. VT. Choking. Causes. — Horses very seldom get choked ; but in some instances they bolt their food, especially when fed on dry ground feed, and swallow it before it is properly moistened with saliva, and it accumulates in the gullet sometimes as large as your double fist, usually about six or eight inches from the throat. It often gives rise to a great amount of flatulence. Some- times it leaves a sac in the gullet, from the distension of the fibres of its walls ; the sac is called dilatation of the onsophagus. What to do. — Give the horse a couple of swallows of raw lindseed oil, and manipulate the lump, and try and pass it on a little at a time, till it is all worked down; if this proves ineffectual, the probang must be used, but CHOKING. great care and caution are necessary not to keep A horse trying to raise the food stuck •«- •„ i. l j i. i i -i ii i ii in the throat from a stricture in tlie it m tOOlOUg, aud nOt tO pUSh it thrOUgh thc walls of the gullet. A horse cannot breathe with the probang in his thi'oat, therefore it is dangerous to leave it in longer than one minute at a time. If the obstruction is near enough to the throat, so it can be reached with the hand, run j^jur arm down and remove it. As a last resort, when all other means have been exhausted, J-- ^ cut down upon the substance and _^^^^ remove it. Make the opening TWO FORMS OF PROBANG '° ^^^^ '.^"^ ^^«^ ^'^«"^?h ^^ g^^ T,, . .,^ . , a hand in, but make the hole in The probang with a piece of sponsre on the end is far the ''est. the gullet as small as possible, just large enough to get one finger in, and break down the obstruction. DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 4i; Cut carefully so as not to wound the jugular vein. Draw the edges of the gullet together with either catgut or silk, and dress it twice a day with lotion No. 39. Sew the skin with silk, and after dressing the wound with the ahove lotion, saturate a wad of oakum with the lotion and tie it over the wound. Keep the horse on very sloppy food, and very little of it. WHERE TO TAP FOR STOMACH STAGGERS. CEREBRO SL'JXAL .Mi;.\l.\e: I'l'lS Horse is Delirious and Partially Paralyzed. mostly oatmeal gruel, until the w^ound in the gullet is healed. Avoid making the opening if possible, for it is very hard indeed at all times, and sometimes utterly impossible, to make it heal, and a fatal termination is often the result. VII. Gastritis. Causes. — This is inflammation of the stomach, caused by over-eating at any one time, getting into a clover field or at an oat bin or corn crib. l']ating poisonous herbs or accidentally eating poison also causes it. The MOVEMENTS IN INFLAMMATION OP THE BOWELS. Horse gets up and down slowly and hesitatingly. Often mistalcen for colic. disease has a tendency to leave the stomach and go to the feet and cause founder. On account of this tendency we seldom have occasion to treat gastritis. 414 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. How to know It. — There is a tendency to wind colic, the food not being digested rapidly enough, decomposition sets in and leads to flatu- lence. There is usually a loss of appetite, and sometimes symptoms of nausea, such as turning up the nose. CHRONIC GASTRITIS. A horse quenching the excessive thirst of chronic gastritis. What to do. — Give a complete change of food ; if corn and oats have been fed, change to bran, carrots and boiled barley, and if in season, give green food. Give raw linseed oil in half pint doses once a day till the bowels are quite soft, and feed a little oil-cake meal, a pint once a day. If wind accumulates after eating, give the following as a drench : No. 47. 1 Teaspoonfiil bicarbonate of soda, 1 Ounce excract of ginger, yi Pint water, Mix and give as one dose. If thirst is excessive, give half an ounce of chlorate in the water, well dissolved, twice a day. This excessive thirst is often seen as a symptom of the disease when it has become chronic. VIII. Stomach Staggers. This is a sleepy, dumpish, stupid condition resulting from engorgement, and through the nerves the impression is carried to the brain, and stupor is the effect. Causes. — It frequently happens after over-eating on clover, or the horse gets into the garden and fills up on cab})ages or roots of any kind. How to know it. — The horse is usually found standing in a stupid man- ner as though asleep, perfectly quiet, and perhaps with his mouth full of food ; he is oblivious to all around ; place one foot across the other, and he will leave it so ; prick him and he may wake up for an instant, but subsides again as quickly. DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 415 What to do.— Put him in a safe place: remove all food; give him very • ^ttle water, and give a dose of purgative medicine as follows: No. 48. 6 Drachms barbadoes aloes, 1 Pint raw linseed oil, Mix. Give as one dose. As soon as he is sufficiently recovered give him walking exercise. If the purgative does not work in the course of twenty- HORSE AFFECTED WITH PAINFUL SUFFERING OF THE HIND QCARTERS four liours, give injections of warm water and soft soap every houi till purgation is obtained. Prevention. — Avoid engorgement; feed on bulky food. IX. Dyspepsia. Causes. ^ — This is rather uncommon, but is occasionally seen in horses that have been fed artificially for any great length of time especially if highly fed. How to know it. — There will be a general unthrifty appearance to the horse; he will be thin; coat rough and staring, hide bound; and the surest symptom of all is the yellowish color and offensive smell of the manure. After a while the appetite wanes; he gets hungry, and will rush at the food as though he would swallow the whole at once, eats a few mouthfuls and leaves the rest; perhaps he will nibble a little more, but will not eat as though he relished it. He gradually grows worse, till he becomes a mere skeleton. What to do. — If practicable, give him three or four months at grass; first examine his teeth, and remedy any defect. If it is not the right 416 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. time of year to turn out to grass, give a complete change of food • cai> rots, turnips, apples, boiled bailey, scalded oats, and bran mashes. F«^ed no corn at all. Give ii dose of purgative medicine, recipe No. 23. When the purgation is all over, give the tonic No. 34, in soft feed. If the appetite is poor, so that he won't eat the powder, give No. 35. Con- tinue it a week, then stop a week, and repeat. X. Spasmodic Colic. The term colic, means pain in the colon, (one of the large intestines), but is accepted as the name for all pain in the abdomen. It is often called belly-ache. It is always very serious, indeed, for two reasons — it is terribly painful, and is very apt to run into inflammation of the bowels, which is usually fatal. Spasmodic colic is pain in the bowels, from the violent, spasmodic con'- traction and cramp of the muscular coat of the bowels. It is called spas- modic on account of the pain and cramps being spasmodic and not contin- A RUPTURE BANDAGE. (a) Spot where a skewer lias been inserted which holds back the rupture. uous ; there are moments of relief from the pain, in which the animal will be quite at his ease, but it is apt to come on again after a few moments. Some horses are particularly subject to colic, owing to a ravenous manner of eating and drinking, consequently they have it from time to time, and usually die with it after a few repetitions. Causes. — It is caused by some irritant in the bowels — indigestible matter; also by large draughts of cold water, particularly if the horse la warm. Colicky pains are very often symptoms of other diseases. riow to know it. — In the first stage, the horse will begin to be uneasy ; looks around ; raises up his hind feet towards hisbelly ; ste[)S around from one side of the stall to the other ; stops eating ; will curl as if to lie down DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 41' In the second stage, he lies down and gets up again after lying, per- haps, a couple of minutes ; in the third stage, he rolls, kicks, sweats pro- fusely, has a haggard countenance, is inclined to turn upon his back, and remains so. In mild cases, after kicking for half an hour or so, "ihe SECONP STAGE OF SPASMODIC COLIC. horse usually gets better, the pain all passes off, and he returns to his accustomed spirits and habits ; but if it does not go off in the course of half an hour, and from that to two or three hours, it is apt to run into enteritis, and kill him. What to do. — Give mild, diffusible stimulants, as early and quickly as possible. Give either of the following : No. 49. 2 Ounce whiskey, 1 Ounces extract of ginger, 3^ Pint water, Mix. Give as one dose. Or this : No. 50. 1)4 Ounce sweet spirits of nitre, 1 Ounce laudanum, J4 Ounce extract of ginger, }4 Pint water, Mix. Give as one dose. Always, when possible, give warm water injectiona with a very little soap in it, just to make it a little slippery. Give the horse a soft, roomy place to roll in, and if he has the colic at all bad, give a couple of days rest afterwards, feeding on soft food. Give the abdo- men friction, and put on a blanket to avoid his cooling off too soon. When the worst part of the pain is over, a little walking exercise will be beneficial. If after giving the first dose the pain continues more than 418 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, half an hour, repca^^ it every half hour till relief is obtained ; but if it does not yield Avith tliree or four doses, give the following: No. 51, 1 Quart raw linseed oil, \^ Ounce chloroform, Mix- Give as one dose. In half an hour, if the pain is continuous, give No. 52. 4 Grains sulphate of morphia, y^ Ounce water Mix. Give as one dose with a syringe. Repeat it every half hour if necessary to keep him quiet. If this does uot effect a cure, refer to treatment for enteritis, for it certainly has run into inflammation of the bowels. TBIRD STAGE OF SPASMODIC COLIC. JQ. Flatulent Colic. Causes. — ^The nature of this disease is acute indigestion. Either weak digestion, or a suspension of digestion entirely, allows the undi- gested food to decompose, and while undergoing that process, fermenta- tion sets up, gas is evolved, and the horse bloats up, sometimes to an alarming extent, even to cause death by suffocation or rupture of the stomach, intestines or diaphragm. It is most common where corn is fed freely, and is apt to come on when the horse is taken out to work or drive immediately after eating. The active exercise retards or wholly interrupts digestion, and the moment digestion stops, decomposition set^ in and the evolution of gas begins. It is very weakening and often fatal. It usually lasts about two to four hours, but sometimes lingers for ten or twelve, and sometimes proves fatal in half or three-quarters of an hour. DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTAUY CANAL,. 419 How to know it. — The churacteristio symptom is the bloatino: withgaa^ and there is always a great amount of pain. The horse rolls, kicks, paws, tries to lie on his back, gets up and down, sweats tremendously, has a haggard look in his face, gulps Avind and food from the stomach in small quantities through his nose ; and the food thus discharged is usually green and very sour. The nostrils are distended, breathing rapid and breath cold from the shallow breathing ; the pulse is quickened at the start, but gradually grows harder and smaller as the fatal termination approaches ; the belly becomes so distended that the flanks are above the points of the hips ; and in some cases, when lying down, the legs are so spread from the distension of the belly that the animal is unable to get up. If it lasts very long, the nervous system becomes exhausted ; the FLATULANT COLIC-FIRST STAGE. FLATULENT COLIC, RUPTURED OR LAST STAGE. muscles around the chest, shoulders and neck cramp and draw down so as to almost pull the horse to the ground, and he will sometimes scream out like a child from the pain. The cars and extremities get deathly cold. If rupture takes place, he will sit on his haunches like a dog, turn up his upper lip as though nauseated and tr}'^ to vomit ; but owing to the peculiar formation of the stomach the horse cannot vomit. The pulse gets weaker and smaller till he falls and dies from nervous exhaustion. When he dies in earlier stages, it is from suffocation : the distension of the stomach and bowels presses on the lungs so hard that it forces them up into so small a compass that they cannot work, and suffocation is the result. 420 CJfCLOrKDlA OF LIVK STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, Favorable symptoms are cessation of pain ; free evacuation of gas per rectum ; pulse returns to its normal condition ; ears and extremities re- gain their natural temperature ; sweating stops, and the horse returns to his feed and customary habits. What to do. — As soon as it is discovered, give the following: No. 53. 1 Tablespoonful bicarbonate soda Csaleratus), 1 Teacupful water, Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat it, if necessary, in ten minutes. Give warm water injections, being careful not to push the nozzle of the syringe through a gut ; for the intestines crowd backward so hard that it is ^^ery difficult to give injection enough to amount to anything, although it is best to try. If the soda does no good, give the following: No. 54. 1 Ounce turpentine, % Pint raw linseed oil, 1 Ounce laudanum. Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat it in fifteen minutes, if necessary. It this proves ineffectual, give No. 55. 1 Ounce chloroform. 1 Pint raw linseed oil. Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat, if necessary, in half an hour. Bind hot water rags to the belly, and keep them hot. As a last resort, if the flatulence does not yield to the above treatment, the trocar and cannula may be used. Let it be a small one, not over one quarter inch in diameter and three inches long ; II II ^*^P find the center of a triangle formed by the last rib, point of the hip, and the edofes nearest TROCHAR PROVIDED WITH , n i j. i • . . CANNULA FOR PUNCTUR- thc flauk of the spmes in the loins ; clip off iNG THE ABDOMEN. ^^^^ j^.^-^.^ ^^^ p.^gg ^j^^ trochar in slowly and firmly, pointing it in and down at the same time, so as to avoid wounding the kidney ; leave the cannula in there, but draw out the trocar, and, if the gut that is distended is tapped, the gas will rush out. Sometimes f cecal matter will clog the cannula ; if so, pass in a smal) piece of whalebone, or other probe, to remove it from the lower end. If no gut is tapped, try the same operation on the other side. It makes no difference which side is tapped, for there is no paunch adherent to the side of horses, as in cattle. The treatment by the mouth may be kept up while this is done. ?nien they drop from suffocation, or when ruprure takes place, it is too late to do anything ; but, in every case, persevere till either one or the other of these tells you further effort is useless. DISEASES AJSL) ACCIUENTS OF THE ALIMEXTAKY CANAL,. 421 XH. Rupture of the Stomach, Intestines or Diaphragm. Causes. — This occurs iu violent cases of flatulence. When the gener- ation of gas is excessive in the stomach or the intestines, they are liable to rupture, and let the food out into the abdominal cavity, or from the UNNATURAL ATTITUDE INDICATIVE OK ABDOMINAL INJURY. tremendous pressure against the diaphragm, it is liable to rupture and let the intestines into the chest among the lungs and heart. Either case is fatal, the animal dying from shock to the nervous system, hemorrhage and suffocation. How to know It. — The horse will sit on his haunches ; but this is not n characteristic symptom of itself, for we see it occasionally in spasmodic colic, and often in enteritis ; the horse will turn up his nose with an intensely disgusted expression on his countenance, but this, too, is often seen in colic and enteritis ; he will try to vomit, which is a characteristic symptom, and the muscles and legs will tremble and shake as if vnth cold ; the ears and legs get cold ; cold sweat breaks out in patches ; the mouth gets cold, the pulse grows smaller and smaller, till it becomes impercepti- ble, and death claims the patient in the course of half an hour to two hours. XHI. Constipation. When the foecal matter in the intestines gets dry and hard, and resists the peristaltic effort of the bowels to pass it on, or Avhen there is no per- istaltic motion to the bowel, and the food lies quiet in one spot, there is NOSE STRAINED UPWARD. 422 CYOI-OPEDIA OF IJVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, an obstruction to all intents and purposes, which is called constipation, or costiveness. Causes. — AVhcn the food dries and hardens so that it cannot be passed on, it is due to an insufficient quantity of water in the bowel, owing to its all going to the kidneys, or it is due to the horse not drinking enough, or to inactivity of the liver and other glands that supply the bowels with juices. When it is from a want of peristaltic motion, it is due to ner- vous weakness in the bowels. How to know it. — Little or no fcEtal matter is passed ; what is passed is hard and dry ; mild colicky pains are felt at intervals of half an hour or so. The horse may continue to eat and otherwise appear all right, but as it runs on, the pains will come oftener and be more acute till it runs into enteritis. What to do. — If the pulse is natural and the colicky pains slight and far between, give recipe No. 23 ; also give warm water and soap injections. If the pains continue and increase, give a quart of raw oil and recipe No. 62. If it does not yield to this, give the following : No. 56. 1 Quart raw oil, 1 Ounce tinchire nux vomica, Mix. Give as one dose. Repeat recipe No. 52 often enough to keep down the pain. If the pain seems to be increasing and the constipation obsti- nate, apply to the belly, well rubbed in, the following: No. 57. 1 Ounce croton oil, 3 Ounces raw linseed oil, Mix. Repeat recipe No. 56 every six hours till a passage is effected. Re- peat the injections once an hour, but put in less soap each time. If it is necessary to repeat them more than four or five times, use clear water without soap. Xrv. Diarrhoea and Superpiirgation. These are watery evacuations from the bowels, and are the opposite to constipation. Causes. — In diarrhoea there is an excessive secretion of the juices of the SA'stcni, owing usually to some irritant in the bowels, but some- times to too laxative food. Superpurgation is due to an overdose of purgative medicine. How to know it. — The evacuations are frequent and watery ; after run- ning a while the bowels become irritable and the patient strains a good deal and becomes weak ; the pulse gets feeble ; the mouth clammy ; the ears and extremities cold i the eyes and nose pale ; the horse grinds his DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 423 teeth, and refuses food ; thirst is excessive. The temperature of the body takeu with the thermometer is down, perhaps to 95 ® Fahr. If it goes down to 93 © , the disease is ahnost sure to terminate fatally. What to do. — If it is a straight case of diarrhoea — that is, without any purgative liaving been given — give a complete change of food and the following : No. 58. 1 Ounce prepared chalk, 1 Ounce ginger, 1 Drachm opium, 1 Pint starch gruel, Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat it, if necessary, after three or four hours. Give him water with flour stirred in to drink, but restrict the quantity to about two quarts every three or four hours. If this does not stop it after giving two or three doses of the medicine, give the following: No, 59. % Pint raw linseed oil, 1 Draclnn opium, 1 Ounce tincture catechu, Mix. Give as one dose. If supcrpurgation is the trouble, give tht flour and water to di'ink. If this docs not check it in five or six liourr. give j"^ addition : No. 60. 1 Ounce tincture catechu, )2 Ounce tincture camphor, 1 Ounce tincture opium, 1 Quart starch gruel, Mix. Give as one dose. Repeat it if necessary ever}^ four hours. Restrict the drinking a little, and feed lightly when the appetite returns. XV. Dysentery. The nature of this disease is bloodv evacuations with ffreat straininsr, There is inflammation of the mucous membrane of the large intestines, with more or less fever and great irrital)ility of the intestinal tract. Causes. — Neglected diarrhoea and supcrpurgation ; too acid a condi- tion of the bowels ; impure, indigestible and musty food ; and foul atm()s])licre. How to know It. — By the bloody evacuations ; severe, frequent and ineffectual attempts to pass fa-cal matter ; colicky pains ; considerable fever; great thirst; no appetite; pulse quick, weak and compressible. It is rather rare in the horse ; when it does exist, worms are often found* too, and are thought by some to assist in the cause of it. 424 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. What to do. (^ive recipe No. 59, and give injections of starch with one ounce of landannni in each injection; repeat the latter every half IMPACTION OF LARGE BOWEL. A SUFFERKR PROM CONSTIPATION. The tucked-up belly, the attitude, and general expression of suffering are plainly shown. hour. Jn one hour after takin«^ No. 59 give No. 5S, and in another hour, if the straining continues, give No. 60, and the following injection : No. 61. 1 Ounce tinctui'e of opium, 1 Ounce .sulphuric ether, 1 Quart starch, Mix. If no improvement takes place in the course of ten hours, give a pint of raw oil and repeat the injection every half hour. XVI. Enteritis. Inflammation of the bowels takes two forms, according to the part affected. Enteritis is inflammation of the mucous lining of the bowel ; the next subject, peritonitis, is inflammation of the outer or serous covering of the bowel. Causes. — Irritating substances in the food ; catching cold which settles in the bowels, continuation of colic, either spasmodic or flatulent ; and poison. How to know It. — There is continuous pain, light at first, and increasing as the inflammation develops. It is different from colic, for which it might be taken by an ordinary observer, in that it is continuous, while colic is in- termittent ; in colic, the horse throws himself down ; in enteritis belies down carefully ; the pulse is raised to seventy-five or eighty, or even a hundred DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 425 beats to the minute ; the countenance wears an anxious look ; he is very un- easy ; when not getting up and down he is turning around ; if in a box stall, he looks around to his sides, paws, raises his legs up towards the body ; the breathing is hurried ; there is profuse sweating ; the pulse is soft at first, but grows gradually harder, faster, and at last it gets wiry, and finally imperceptible ; the extremities get cold, and the horse wears himself owt POSITION ASSUMED BY HOUSE SUFFERING FROM ABDOMINAL INJURY. with the pain and constant moving about. Towards the last, the pain will apparently abate a little ; he will stand quiet for a while ; brace his legs till he cannot resist any longer, and will reel and drop, the hind end first, generally. He dies in the course of eight to twenty hours after the first symptom, but in some instances the horse will die in six hours after the very first symptom. Sometimes they get perfectly crazy with the pain, and they will rear, run, climb over anything, tear down the stalls, etc. They can bear no pressure on the belly without pain. What to do. — Treatment is of very little use, for a genuine case of enteritis is always incurable, but it is best to try always. At first, it is usually taken for colic, and the pre- scribed drenches are given for that disease ; but when you notice the pain is continuous and the pulse runs up, it is sufficient evidence to locate the trouble as inflammation of the lining of the large intestines ; then give No. 56, and apply a mustard paste to the belly. After it has been on an hour, wash it off and repeat it, or apply No. 41, and confine the fumes with a blanket. A few minutes after giving the oil, give No. 52 ; repeat the latter every half hour, if necessary to keep him easy. Give No. 30, continuously, in addition to the others. Also give injections of soap annic discharge, and feeding on rich, heating food when the animal has been GENERAL DISEASES OF THE BLOOD, 447 accustomed to poor, scanty food, and keeping animals with open sores near decomposing animal tissue are also cause of erysipelas. The common means of contagion are washing erysipelatous and healthy wounds with the same sponge, using the same harness, clothing, etc. How to know it, — There is usually some fever; the pulse and temper- ature are raised; the urine is scanty and high-colored; the bowels usually constipated; there is loss of spirit and appetite. These symptoms are fol- lowed, in the course of twelve hours, by a diffuse swelling that is hot, red, and painful ; if it is on a white skin it will be found to be shill- ing, tcuse and of a deep red. It spreads rapidly, terminating aln-uptly at the edges in a well defined line of demarkation. The swelling does not pit on pressure ; the redness disappears on pressure, but returns when the finger is removed. It is confined to the head and legs. It has a peculiar smell, like that of burnt hair. Sometimes it extends to the cellular tissue under the skin when it is known as pJdegmonous ; this always suppurates, and has a purple appearance previous to breaking. What to do, — Give tonics and stimulants internally ; give recipes No, 37 and No. 35 ; if much depression exists, give No, 65, Feed on boiled oats, barle}^ etc. Apply locally No, 24, and keep the part wet with it continually. If the swelling spreads in spite of this lotion, paint the healthy skin for two inches all around the diseased part with tincture of iodine, and change the lotion to the following: No. 70. 1 Ounce tincture muriate of iron, 8 Ounces water, Mix. Keep the surface wet with it till the skin begins to be irritated ; then go back to No. 24. If extensive sloughing takes place, poultice with oil- cake meal, with charcoal sprinkled over the poultice, till a healthy sore is obtained ; then apply lotion No. 7. If the erysipelas comes from an unhealthy sore, cauterize it with powdered bluestone continuously, once a day, till all signs of a purplish, unhealthy condition, have disappeared ; then continue the lotion No. 7. Continue the tonics for several weeks, giving soft food enough to keep the bowels loose. CHAPTER XIV. CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. I. GLANDERS AND FARCY. II. STRANGLES. III. RABIES OR HYDROPHO- BIA. IV. HORSE rOX OR EQUINE VARIOLA. V. SURRA. VI. MY- COTIC LYMPHANGITIS, OR JAPANESE FARCY, Diseases are said to be contagious when they reproduce themselves in a healthy animal, either by inoculation and absorption of the virus into the system through a wound or mucous membrane, or by absorption of disease o-erras floatins: in the air or in the water that the animal drinks. I. Glanders and Farcy. These are different forms of the same disease, which is a specific poison that affects the whole system. When it breaks out in the nose, affecting also the lungs and lymphatic glands between the branches of the lower jaw, it constitutes glanders ; when it attacks the lymphatic glands and other tissues of the legs and body, it constitutes farcy. The two forms of disease often exist separately, but usually symptoms of both will be found in the same case. The contagion lies in the discharges from tlie ulcers, either those in the nose or farcy buds ; it is contagious only by inoculation, the poison being of heavy specific gravity and not volatile. The virus from glanders may produce glanders or farcy, or both ; the virus from farcy may do the same. The mode of inoculation is usually through the nose or mouth, by the introduction of the virus taken by one horse working in double harness with a glandered horse, or standing in the same stall, rubbing his nose on a hitching post or fence or edge of a water trough where a glandered horse has stood. These latter are com- mon channels through which glanders is got ; for when a glandered horse is driven up to a post or water trough, the first thing he does is to rub the accumulatious of matter off bis nose, the clogging of which is uncom- fortable. And so great is the vitality of tlie virus, that a horse coming along an hour, a day, a week, or even a year after, and happening to rub his nose on the same place gets the disease by inoculation. The poison may lie latent in the system a week, or a month, or two months and then break out, perhaps violently, and run the acute course* causing death in three to six weeks ; or the disease may appear in a very mild form and run the chronic course, so that the horse may live in very 448 CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 449 comfortable condition for one to three or four years, though sowing the seeds of contagion for other horses to gather all the time, thus doing an inestimable amount of harm. When the disease breaks out, it does so by ulceration of the tissues involved. These ulcers differ from ordinary ones, by their resistance to treatment; if made to heal, they break out again either in the same or another place, and have a tendency to spread and slough, eating away the tissues till the ulcers become confluent and the Scluieiderion membrane (lining of the nose) is destroyed. The disease was known in the earliest times, and was written on by Vegetius, Rouan, and many others; but it was not well understood as to its actual seat till La Fosse discovered that it lay in inflammation and ulceration of the nasal membrane. The poison of glanders and farcy is communicable to men, goats, sheep and dogs, with all the characteristic symptoms of the disease in horses, and is contagious from man back to the horse or ass. Causes. — It is due to the germ called baccilus mallei, discovered by Lofller and Schutz in 1882, which exists in all of the purulent discharges. It is usually propagated, fostered and extended by contagion through the villainous traffic carried on in glandered horses by unscrupulous dealers. For many diseased animals retain the appearance of health sufficiently well to be bought and sold many times, the dealei-s explaining the discharge from the nose as coming from a cold, and the swollen legs as resulting from impurities in the blood; and Tom, Dick and Harry, think- ing they "know all about a horse," buy the animals, be- lieving the explanation of the dealer to be true; and thus thousands of dollars worth of stock is ruined each year by the spread of this fatal disea.se. But the disease sometimes arises spontaneously in armies, on ship-board, or in overcrowd- ed, low, damp, badly-ventilated stables. Overcrowding is the chief cause of its spontaneous appearance, the horses, asses or mules being compelled to breathe over and over again, air vitiated by the emanations from their own f cecal matter and from their bodies, and which has been ex- hausted of its oxygen by passing through the lungs a number of times. BAD CAiJE OF GLANDEKS. 450 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. How to know it. — Acute glanders is characterized by languor ; dry, staring coat ; red, weeping eyes ; loss of appetite ; quick pulse ; elevated temperature, the thermometer registering 103 <5 to 106 ® F. ; accelerated breathing ; a grayish purple color of the lining of the nose ; a watery discharge, which soon becomes yellowish and sticky, causing the hair on which the matter accumulates in and around tlie nostrils to stick together. The discharge looks like melted butter, and when dropped into water it eijiks. The glands under the jaw swell and often adhere to the bone, but notalwa3^s. The partition between the nostrils will become ulcerated; small yellow points with purple bases will come up and burst, making the discharge bloody for the time. These ulcers, with ele- vated edges and depressed centers and purple bases, will spread and become confluent, eating away the membrane till little or noth- ing of it is left ; the discharge increases and has a horribly offensive odor; the lungs become affected by ulcers forming in them ; the breath- ing becomes labored, and the animal finally dies, the most emaciated and disgusting ()l)ject imaginable. The chronic course is longer continued and runs less rapidly; but all the same symptoms are developed, with the exception that the appetite is less impaired till near the last ; the discharge is less copious and offensive, and emaciation does not take place so rapidly. Bnt if the horse is exposed to any de- gree of hardship and cold storms, the chronic form may run into the acute form at any time. The cough is not always noticed, and the ulcers are sometimes so far up in the nose as to be out of sight. It is often necessary to inoculate a worth- less animal in order to determine the disease. If it is glanders, it will probably prove fatal to the one inoculated in two or three weeks, running the acute course. Farcy is recognized by swelling of the legs affected, usually one or GLANDERS, ^^Tien the dis- charge has be- comepurulent. GLANBERS, In the last stage when the pus is mixed with vlood from ex- tensive slough- ing. SECTION OF A LUNG Of a glandered horse, showing the existence of tubercles. two, though sometimes all four. The swellings are along the lines of the lymphatic reins on the legs, belly or any part of the body ; small nodular points come up, which break and discharge a glairy unhealthy pus, run a few days, dry up and leave a scar or bare spot that usually lasts to tell the tale as long ae the horse lives ; other nodules follow and spread nearly ^ over the body, head and neck ; the swelling of the iimb? does not CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 451 yield to treatment, and they soon become chronically enlarged. The dis- charge is contagious the same as that of glanders. Farcy sooner or later runs into glanders and terminates fatally. Doubtful cases can be proven by testing them with mallein, a toxin prepared from the cultivated bacillus. The services of a qualified veterinarian are needed to make this test. What to do. — Treatment should not be attempted at all, for it is always fatal in spite of the most scientific and persistent efforts ; the fatal termi- nation may be postponed for a while, but the animal is sowing the con- tagion all the time, and doing an inestimable amount of damage. The fact that the disease is contagious to men, and always fatal too, is another reason why no man should attempt to treat a case a moment after it is satisfactorily diagnosed. When any doubt exists, or a suspicious case i= seen, isolate the animal at once and quarantine him ; prevent any com- munication with other animals, and await developments. The discharge of catarrh being whitish and more mucous in character, is easily recog- nized, and the nasal membrane never assumes that mouse-eaten appear- ance that is seen in glanders. Shoot every animal known to be affected with glanders, and bury the carcass very deep. Prevention. — Avoid overcrowding and poor ventilation. See to it that no affected animals are allowed to run at large, or even to be used about the place in any way ; avoid letting horses drink any more than is abso- lutely necessary in public troughs. Either tear down and burn any infected stable, or have it disinfected under the supervision of a qualified veterinary surgeon. All suspected cases should be placed under his charge till the doubt is settled. It should be made a criminal act, with a heavy penalty, to expose affected animals in public places, or to sell or offer them for sale. A health commission of three qualified veterinary surgeons should be em- powered to destroy glandered horses, with or without the consent of the owner ; and the State should bear half the loss, by reimbursing the owner w4th half the value of the animal before he took the disease. It ki a misfortune for which he is not to blame, and which the State should help him to bear. n. Strangles. Strangles is a specific blood poison, peculiar to hor»es, and usually confined to young ones. It depends upon a morbid condition of the system, is contagious, and corresponds to children's diseases in human medicine. It is most common in damp, cold seasons. The poison in the blood manifests itself in large, phlegmonous abscesses around the throat; this is the usual manner in which it breaks out. But in some cases it takes a very different course, breaking out in abscesses on any part of the body. Sometimes no abscesses gather at all, and the fever remains diffused in the system, instead of coming to a head in one place. These 452 crrcLOPEDiA of live stock and complete stock doctob. last two kinds are called bastard or unusual strangles. It is often fatal^ but such cases are duo to neglect, to colds from exposure while the fever is high, etc. Causes. — It often arises spontaneously, from the existence m the sys- tem of some morljific matter developed while growing ; for spontaneous cases are only found among young horses ; when older ones have it, it comes from contagion. How to know it.— There are all the indications of fever — quick, weak pulse ; high temperature ; hot mouth ; cold extremities ; staring coat ; loss of appetite, and nervous prostration. In a few hours the throat begins to swell, both on the sides and between the branches of the lower jaw ; this swelling is sometimes immense, and makes the colt hold his neck and head stretched out in one position, stiff, like a child with the mumps. There is usually a distressing cough and inability to swallow ; often there is a desire to eat, but the throat is so sore he cannot swallow. The nose runs a mucous discharge at first, which soon becomes purulent ; the eyes very red, and tears run down over the cheeks. The swel- ling is painful and sore upon pressure, and usually A BAD CASE OF brcaks in about a week, and discharges pus. When these swellings come in the lungs, the breathing will be affected, and the chest will be sore upon pressure or percussion on the ribs, and he will stand all the time. If it comes in the abdomen, colicky pains are felt, and he lies down nearly all the time. Sometimes it comes around the heart. Any of these unusual forms are likely to be fatal. What to do- — Avoid depletives of all kinds, and foster the strength of the patient in every possible way. If the bowels are constipated, give a few injections, Init do not risk a purgative ; give recipe No. 40 every two to six hours with a syringe, for it is unsafe as well as painful, to try to drench him with the throat in that condition. Apply hot linseed poultices' to the swellings, and let them get very thin indeed before opening them ; or, even let them burst of themselves to avoid that thickening often seen after being opened. It is no use trying to check it ; it must run its course. Give him a warm, dry place, well ventilated, and nourishing food such as boiled oats, barley, roots, etc. During convalescence give recipe No. 35. III. Rabies or Hydrophobia. This is a specific blood poison, arising spontaneously in the genus cams (dog, fox and wolf) and in cats. It is communica])le to all ani- mals and to mam but can only be inoculated by a bite. The virus lies in CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 453 the saliva and blood, but not in the milk. Nearly all animals bitten by a rabid dog, are attacked Avith the disease in the course of time, but man seems to possess a partial immunity ; only a small percentage of the men bitten by rabid animals have rabies. Incubation.— The period of incubation varies in different animals. The horse goes fifteen to ninety days, usually thirty ; cattle, twenty to thirty days ; sheep, twenty to seventy-four days ; swine, hventy to forty-nine days. In man the period of incubation varies from a few days to a few months, though some cases develop after a year or so, or even longer, the rabies at last being more the effect of fear and long continued anxiety and worry over the possible effects of a bite, than of the bite itself. How to know it. — The horse becomes frantic with fever and pain ; delirium sets in early ; he neighs, paws, bites his manger, clothing, etc. ; is ravenous for water but swallows with difficulty ; he grows worse till death takes place by paralysis. COUNTENANCE OF A HORSE WITH KABIES. IRREGULAR STRANGLES. What to do. — No treatment is of any avail ; if there were anything that could be given, it would be too risky to attempt it; but so far, science has discovered nothing to prevent a fatal termination. As soon as a case is suspected isolate the horse, tie him so that he shall be powerless for harm, and await developments. As soon as it is satisfactorily recognized destroy him. 454 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. IV. Horae Pox or Equine Variola. Nearly all animals have a pox peculiar to their kind, although all forms of pox sccni to be closely allied. They are all contagious from one ani- mal to another of the same species, and usually among the different species to a greater or less extent. Having any of the different kinds of variola once, gives immunity from subsequent attacks of the other kinds, for a number of 3^ears at least. Kine pox, taken either by inoculation from the cow or by vaccination, confers immunity, to a great extent, from small pox. Horse pox appears to be identical with kine pox ; the one can not be distinguished from the other when inoculated into man, ox or horse. Horse pox usually attacks the limbs, but sometimes the face, mouth, lips, flanks and other parts of the body. How to know ii. — There is slight fever, which is often unnoticed ; heat and swelling of the affected part for a day or two ; then hard nodules form, increasing in size to about half an inch in diameter ; the hair ruffles up and the skin reddens around the pock ; on the ninth to the twelfth day, a limpid, yellowish fluid flows from the pustules, and sticks the hair up in yellowish scabs or streaks, on the removal of which a red, raw depression is seen with the scab fixed in its center. In three or four days the secretion ceases, the pustules dry up, and the part heals and the scabs come off. The most active virus is the lymph that runs from the pustules. It is readily carried from horse to horse by the grooms on their hands or clothes. It sometimes exists to almost to an epizootic extent in some localities. The grooms often get inoculated and have the horse pox, which saves them the trouble of being vaccinated. What to do. — It must run its course, so all that is necessary is to give laxative diet ; keep the parts clean by bathing with warm water once or twice a day, and grease them over, when dry, to prevent itching and pain from the scabs getting too hard and dry. If the fever should run high and the appetite suffer, and the urioe become dark and scanty, give recipe No. 23. V. Surra. This is an acute fever of equines, which affects not only horses and cattle, but various other animals — goats and ducks being immune. It ha.s long been known to the English veterinarians, especially in India, occurring just after the rainy season. It is most violent in the low, flooded lands along canals, rivers, and lakes. Its existence in North and South America is limited. Causes. — The essential cause of the disease is parasitic. It nnist be borne in mind that the mature parasite appears in the blood, at intervals in swarms, and that examination at a particular time of the day may CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 455 fail to detect it, while examinations made earlier or later are successful. The appearance of the disease is at the conclusion of the rainy season, when the waters dry up and become foul. This has led to the idea that the parasite lives in water; but as this is also the time of the year of great swarming and activity of flies, and as horses crowd together, so that the fly with piercing apparatus still wet can pass from horse to horse, the opinion has grown that it is a compulsory parasite, which is transmitted through the bodies of insects. Symptoms. — in experimental cases a small raised swelling in the seat of inoculation appears within 24 hours, increasing to 2 to 4 inches in diameter, and 1 to II/2 inches high by the fourth day, and loosely con- nected with the parts beneath. From the fourth to the fourteenth day it decreases in size and softens, and general symptoms set in. In casual cases these general symptoms are the first to be observed. There is a transient fever 102 to 104 degrees, highest toward night, and without preliminary chill, hot mouth and skin, dullness, sluggishness, inappetence, yellowness of the mucosae, petechias on conjunctiva or vulva and some- times nodules like those of urticaria on the skin. After a day or two these symptoms subside, the temperature is 101 degrees, or below, the mucosEe clear and pale, and the spirit and appetite nearly normal. These slight first paroxysms are rarely seen by the veterinarian, having been looked upon as one of the oft-occurring bilious attacks of the hot climate. The remission lasts for 3 to 10 days, and the second paroxysm sets in, like the first, but even more marked; temperature 102 to 104 degrees, slight catarrh from nose or vulva, it may be stocking of the legs, or pitting swelling under the breast bone or abdomen, or in the sheath. Like the fii-st, the second paroxysm subsides, and after another interval the third sets in to be followed in like manner by a fourth or fifth, and so on if the patient survives. With each the symptoms become more pronounced, the nmcosae are left more pale and bloodless, debility and weakness are greater, emaciation is more marked, oedema of the limbs or body more extensive, hyperthermia may reach 105 degrees, or more, the pulse is weaker and the heart more liable to palpitation, and the respirations may reach 50 to 60 per minute. Ulcers are sometimes found on the tongue, inner sides of the lips, the nose, eyes, the vulva, beginning as epithelial degeneration, followed by superficial erosion and early healing. Some- times similar erosions appear on the skin. Generative excitement may be present. The submaxillary glands sometimes swell and even sup- purate, and discharge a gluey pus. The bowels are usually costive at first, the faeces may by glazed, but in adva'nced stages they may become soft, pultaceous, and foetid. The urine, at first normal in amount, be- comes later abundant or even profuse. It is at first yellow and turbid, later of a dingy green or greenish yellow. Sometimes it diminishes as the disease advances. It may contain bile, albumen, or even casts, 456 CYCLOl'EDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. though the latter appear to be exceptional. The reaction varies, sugar is absent and the parasite has not been found in it. Appetite, though inter- fered with during paroxysms, remains fair or even voracious in the inter- vals and the animals may eat to the last. Thirst usually increases with the advance of the disease in keeping with the free urinary secretion. Humbling and gurgling of the bowels are common and even tympany at times. In the advanced stages the picture is one of great anemia and general dibility. When moved the animal will stumble over the slightest obstacle, even the litter, recovering himself with effort and difficulty. If he should fall he is liable to remain down indefinitely, the side next the ground becoming drenched with sweat though there is no general per- spiration. The hair becomes increasingly dry, withered, and erect, the skin dry, powdery, rigid and more and more firmly adherent to the bones and muscles, losing all its natural pliancy and mellowness and becomes like that of a dead animal. It is bloodless, and sloughs readily over the prominent bones, where compressed or bruised in lying, owing to the lack of nutritive and reparatory action. The muscles as a whole are wasted to an extreme degree. Prevention. — The first consideration is to avoid placing equines, and especially horses and mules, in the rainy season in the infecting localities. Oxen and buffaloes can be used in such places with greater impunity. If horses must be used in such localities, place the stables or pickets well apart from marshes and stagnant water. Keep the stables dark during the Surra season, open to light on one side only and with screens in the windows. Make a deep pit for the manure, keep it well darkened and screened and turn every particle of manure into this several times a day so that the stable may be perfectly clean. All rubbish heaps should be similarly dealt with. Flies breed in the manure and beget organic matter. After each sweeping of the stable sprinkle the manure in the pit with some disinfectant, phenic acid, tar water, copperas, etc. Smear the skins of the animals with tar water, coal tar water, naphthalin, daily, if necessary, to prevent the attacks of the flies. An important consideration is to seclude every animal attacked with Surra. The flies can only carry and inoculate the poison, when there is some source from which they can obta,in it. The carcass and all pertain- ing to it, blood especially, should be promptly and deeply buried and the place thoroughly disinfected. Treatment. — In well established cases in the horse, ass or mule, no treatment has succeeded in saving the patient. Almost every germicide has been called into requisition, but without good effect. The usual out- come is that the animal dies, and the only claim that can be made is a slight extension of life. This is favored by dry, clean, airy stables, change of water, rich grain and succulent food with iron, arsenic, and other tonics, yet the best that can be said for them is that they have deferred somewhat the inevitable death. CONTAGIOUS BLOOD DISEASES. 457 VI. Mycotic Lymphangitis, or Japanese Farcy. This disease has been k^o^vn as epizootic lyinphaiigilis, or Japanese farcy; it is a chronic contagious disease, particularly of Horses, caused by a specific organism, and characterized by a suppurative inflammation of the subcutaneous lymph vessels and the neighboring lymph glands Owing to the fact that this affection does not spread as an epizootic and that its casual factor is a yeastlike fungus, the name mycotic instead of epizootic lymphangitis is suggested. This disease was first described by Italian and French veterinarians, and the specific organism was discov- ered by Rivolta in 1873. The presence of the disease in the United States was first obsei^ed by Pearson in Pennsylvania in 1907, although it is probable that it has existed in various parts of this country for many years. More recently its presence was definitely established in Ohio, Iowa, California, and North Dakota, and there is a probability of its existence in Indiana and several Western States. The disease is also present in the Philippine Islands, Hawaiian Islands, and Porto Rico. Causes. — The natural infection is without doubt caused through superficial wounds, such as galls, barbed-wire cuts, or through va- rious stable utensils, harness, band- ages, insects, etc. Solipeds are mostly susceptible, but cattle may also be infected. How to know it.— The inflam- mation of the lymph vessels is usually fii"st observed on the ex- tremities, especially on one or both hind leg-s ; it may also appear on the fore legs, shoulder, or neck, and more rarely on the rump, udder, and scrotum. The lesions as a rule develop in the tissue adjacent to the place of inoculation. In the early stages of the disease the lymph vessels ap«. pear very hard and thickened, and along their course hard nodules de- velop, ranging in size from a pea to a hen's egg. Later these nodules soften, burst spontaneously, and discharge a thick yellowish pus. The surface of the resulting ulcers or abscess cavities soon fills up with ex- huberant granulations which protrude beyond the surface of the skin, giving a fungoid appearance. The affected extremities are considerably enlarged, similar to cases of simple lymphangitis. In rare cases the MYCOTIC LYMPHANGITIS. 458 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STUCK AND COMrLETK STOCK DOCTOR. mucous membrane of the nostrils may also become affected, showing yel- lowisli flat elevations and ulcerations, and these may extend by metastasis to internal organs. In cases wliere the nmcous membrane is affected the submaxillary lymph gland may also become enlarged and suppurate The constitutional syjnptoms accompanying this disetise are not very marked or may be altogether absent. There is usually only a very slight fever, which seldom runs over 102° F. The appetite is not impaired except in the advanced cases. The diagnosis is based on the characteristic appearance of the ulcera- tions, which show exhuberant granulation of a bright-red color, inverted edges, and a thick, creamy, glutinous discharge. These manifestations differentiate the disease from glanders, in which the ulcers are craterlike, do not contain exhuberant granulations, and the discharge is of a viscous, oily character. In some chronic cases of mycotic lymphangitis, however, the lesions may closely resemble those of farcy, and in these cases the microscopical examination of the pus will disclose the nature of the affection. What to do. — Treatment consists at the onset of the disease in entire extirpation of the nodules, lymph vessels, and neighboring lymph glands in case the lesions are localized. In cases where the nodules have formed abscesses their opening is recommended, followed by the application of the actual cautery or a 1 to 250 solution of bichloride of mercury. It must be borne in mind that the organism is highly resistant to almost every antiseptic, and the best results will be obtained from the application of a solution of a strong antiseptic following the opening of the lesions. In the most favorable cases recovery results in from five to seven weeks; as a rule, however, it requires several months. CHAPTER XV. DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. I, NEPHRITIS OR INFLAMMATION OF THE KIDNEYS. II. CONGESTION 01< THE KIDNEYS. III. CYSTITIS OR INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDEIt. IV. .PARALYSIS OF THE BLADDER. V. EVERSION OF THE BLAD- DER. VI. SPASM OF THE NECK OF THE BLADDER. VII. RUPTURE OF THE BLADDER.^— VIII. DIABETES INSIPIDUS OR PROFUSE STALING. IX. HAEMATURIA OR BLOODY URINE. X. SUPPRESSION OF THE URINE OR DYSURIA. XL DRIBBLING OF THE URINE OR ENURESIS. XII. STRICTURE OF THE URETHRA. XIII. GONORRHOEA OR GLEET. XIV. FOUL SHEATH. XV. URINARY CALCULI. XVI. MILLET DISEASE OF HORSES. Diseases and derangements of the urinary organs are far less common than the majority of people suppose. Whenever a horse has the colic or l)leurisy, the average horseman attributes the pain to the ravages of bots or to .stoppage of the water, and goes to work to start the latter and quiet the former. Many are the nostrums that are given, sometimes harmless and sometimes very irritating and injurious. AZOTURIA. Hind quarters paralyzed. Can get up with fore limbs but not with hind limbs. Many of the diseases mentioned in this chapter are often seen, by a veterinarian who has an extensive, active practice. Diseases of the kid- neys are either organic or functional, usually the latter. I. Nephritis or Inflammation of the Kidneys. Causes. — The usual causes are too free use of diuretic medicine, and blistering on the back with fly blister; eating musty hay and kiln-dr..-f>d 459 460 CTCIX)PEDIA OP LTTE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. oats ; getting chilled by standing under the eaves where water drips upon the loins ; and extension to the kidneys of inflammation of surrounding parts from blows and other injuries. How to know it. — There will be very profuse sweating, great pain from the inelastic character of the capsule covering the kidneys ; the horse strad- dles in walking, and is loth to move ; high fever ; elevated pulse, temper- ature and respiration ; heat and a slight humping up of the back : great tenderness upon pressure in the region of the loins, especially when ap- plied to the sides just under the transverse spines of the loins ; the pain is colicky in character, and more severe at times than at others ; he looks around to his flanks and is almost continually trying to stale, and passing a little at a time, and that very red and thick, sometimes mixed with blood and pus. It runs on to suppuration, and sometimes to gangrene, and death. When once well set in, it is very hard to control. INFLAMMATION OP THE KIDNEYS. What to do. — Examine the case carefully to Ije certain of the location of the trouble ; then apply hot water rugs across the loins continuously for several days. Give internally a quart of raw linseed oil. As soon as this is well down, give recipe No. 30, and follow it up every two hours. If no relief comes in the course of five or six hours, give copious muci- laginous drinks in the form of flaxseed tea and slippery elm l)ark. Clothe warmly, to encourage sweating. Freshly-flayed sheepskin may be laid across the loins, or mustard paste may be rub])ed into the hair, and the rags applied over it. Feed on short, laxative diet. Avoid diuretics strenuously, especially nitre and spirits of nitre. Give anodyne injections of warm water and one ounce of laudanum, once an hour. Keep the patient quiet and avoid over-feeding. ^ DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 461 II. Congestion of the Kidneys. — Azoturia. This is a constitutional disease affecting all parts through the blood, in which lies the cause of the internal lesions ; but as it affects the kidneys most, and the kidney symptoms being most noticeable to the average observer, we describe it under this head. Causes. — Too plethoric a condition of the system is the great cause. The blood gets so fat and thick that it interferes with the working of the internal organs, especially the kidneys. The animal is usually fat, but not necessarily so, for it is often seen in horses in strong, Avorking condi- tion, but thin in flesh. In i)ost mortem examinations, fat can be seen floating in globules in the blood. It gives rise to thick, coffee-colored, ropy urine. Like diabetes, this is rather a disease of the liver and blood-forming functions than of the kidneys, but as prominent symptoms are loss of control over the hind limbs and the passage of ropy and dark-colored urine, the common idea is that it is a disorder of the urinary organs. It is a complex affection directly connected with a fullness in the blood of nitrogenized constituents, with extreme nei-vous and muscular disorder and the excretion of a dense reddish or brownish urine. It is directly con- nected with high feeding, especially on highly nitrogenized food (oats, beans, peas, vetches, cotton-seed meal), and with a period of idleness in the stall under full rations. The disease is never seen at pasture, rarely under constant daily work, even though the feeding be high, and the attack is usually precipitated by taking the horse from the stable and subjecting it to exercise or work. On account of its effect on the urine, the disease has been called Albuminuria, from the supposed existence of albumen in the urine ; Azoturia, from the abundance of urea the urine is thought to contain ; Plethoric congestion, from congestions in the system, due to plethora. The latter name is the most appropriate, as there is no albuminous urine and not any great increase of urea in this disease, but the name under which we describe it is readily comprehended and the trouble easily located by the average observer. How to know It. — The animal is accustomed to hard work or regular exercise, and high feed ; he may be laid up from a nail wound, etc., for a few days or a week ; the feed is kept up the same as though he were at work ; he gets well, and goes out hopping and prancing like a colt, goes about half a mile or so, begins to sweat profusely, lathers up well, gets stiff in the left hind leg, and is inclined to drop it. Then the trouble extends to the other leg ; the horse becomes weak across the loins, 462 crcLOPEDiA of live stock and complete stock doctor. staggers behind, blows hard, and is pressed for breath; he goes on ror half a mile or more in this manner, and then comes down in a heap, per- fectly helpless, unable to rise, and has the appearance of being paralyzed behind. He is unable to pass urine, which, when drawn off with a cathe- ter, is thick, ropy, dark, coffee-colored. Swelling of the muscles over the loins is seen, and they are very painful and sensitive to pressure, as are also the kidneys, if examined per rectum. There are severe, colicky pains or cramps, in which he w^ill throw himself around, try to get up, M'ill get up forward, and will sometimes drag himself all over the terri- tory allowed him. Inflammation of the kidneys follows, and runs on to suppuration and death in the course of four to fifteen days. What to do. — Knowing the origin of it to be plethora, the rational treatment is to deplete ; give No. 48 internally, and also frequent injec- tions of warm water ; apply hot rugs to the loins continuously, and give a great abundance of flax seed tea to drink ; if he will not drink it, drench him with it liberallj^ ; give nothing to eat for a day or two. Tie his feet if he is inclined to struggle much. When he is able to get up, put him in slings ; keep hini on short feed ; and during convalescence give gentle exercise. Be chary of diuretics. If the case has run on for a week or more, give No. 4, but only three times a day, in a little water. Draw off the urine three times a day, till he can pass it without assistance . III. Cystitis, or Inflammation of the Bladder. Causes. — Too free use of diuretic medicine ; too free application of fly blisters and turpentine to the back or other extensive surfaces ; acrid diui-etic plants in the food ; prolonged retention and partial decomposition of urine, and irritation from calculi. How to know it. — Colicky pains ; looking around to the flanks ; fre- quent painful evacuation of urine in small quantities, with more or less mucous and epithelium from the lining of the bladder ; straining ; high fever ; mouth hot ; respiration and pulse quick ; tenderness on pressure just in front of the pubic bone of the pelvis, and same upon pressure in the flanks. The loins are rigid ; the bladder is tender to the touch per rectum — or in the mare, per vagina; if examined by running the finger into the bladder, the walls will be found to be thickened ; the tail is switched continuously ; the gait is stiff and straddling. If the neck of the bladder is affected, the urine escapes involuntarily ; if there is a stone in the bladder, it can be felt by inserting the hand into the rectum. What to do. — Remove the cause, if possible ; stop diuretic medicine of all Idnds ; give large doses of flaxseed tea, and injections of warm water ; give a laxative of linseed oil, one pint, and soft diet and pure water at DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 463 will ; also, a long rest. Avoid diuretic medicine ever after, as the part* once affected are more tender and susceptible. IV. Paralysis of the Bladder. Causes. — Long continued distension of the bladder from the urine bein^ held, as in lockjaw, rheumatism or any disease that confines the horse to a Ijniig position. How to know it. — The urine dribbles away as it is formed, and decom- poses, setting free ammonia, which scalds all parts it comes in contact with ; the urine scalds the sheath and the inner sides of the thighs and legs. This disease often results in inflammation of the bladder, and sometimes follows partial paralysis. What to do. — If the trouble originates from paralysis, give that its proper treatment and draw off the urine several times a day with a catheter to prevent distension. V. Eversion of the Bladder. Causes. — This affects only females, and results where labor is very protracted, or from straining in cystitis ; the bladder is forced back in the pelvis and turned wrong side out. How to know it. — The bladder will be seen protruding from the lower part of the vulva, a round, red, fleshy looking substance, and the entrance of the ureters (tubes from the kidneys) will be plainly seen near the neck of the l)ladder, with the urine dripping from them. What to do. — Bathe the bladder with tepid water and laudanum in the proportion of an ounce of laudanum to a pint of water ; then press it gently and continuously till it is returned to its place. Great care will be needed to avoid pushing the fingers through the walls of the bladder, especially after it has been out some time and become swollen. If it is inclined to come out again, after being returned to its place, put on a compress to hold it in. VI. Spasm of the Neck of the Bladder. Causes. — It is caused by long retention of urine when the horse is being driven or ridden ; nervous irritation ; becoming chilled when heated. It is a common occurrence during colic, the urine flowing freely when the colic subsides ; males are more subject to it than females. How to know it. — Frequent attempts to pass water, which is forced out in small quantities by great straining ; colicky pains ; looking at the flanks ; tenderness in the lower back part of the belly ; by introducing the hand into the rectum, the bladder will be felt full and distended on the floor of the pelvis. 464 CTCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. What to do. — Spread fresh litter under the horse to induce him to pass the urine ; give warm water injections and antispasmodic drenches, such as No. 50 ; gentle pressure on the bladder per rectum is sometimes suffi- cient, but 1)0 very careful not to overdo it for fear of rupture. Pass the catheter up the penis if necessary ; in the case of a mare all that is neces- sary is to insert one finger into the neck of the bladder. VII. Kupture of the Bladder. Causes. — This only occurs in females during parturition when the bladder has failed to be emptied before the labor is begun, and in cases of long continued spasm of the neck of the bladder — especially, if by fre- quent repetitions of the spasms the walls of it have become weakened and flaccid. How to know it. — Nervous trembling of the whole body ; accelerated pulse ; cold extremities ; nausea ; abdominal pain that runs on to inflam- mation and causes death, or the animal dies from the nervous shock. Examination per rectum finds the bladder empty and flaccid ; introduction of the needle of a hyi^odermic syringe, or a small trocar into the median portion of the belly, will let out urine which is readily recognized by the odor. Nothing can be done. VIII. Diabetes Insipidus or Profuse Staling. This is a superabundant drain of water from the system through the kidneys. Causes. — Excessive and long continued use of diuretics in acute dis- eases, especially lung troubles ; acidity of the stomach and chronic indi- gestion, causing much thirst, so that great quantities of water are drunk. Musty hay and kiln dried oats are frequent causes. How to know it. — By the excessive thirst ; profuse staling, flooding the stall ; the urine is copious in quantity, frequently voided and as clear as water. Emaciation and hidc])ound soon follow. The appetite is capri- cious ; the coat staring ; slight fever; inclination to lick the walls and mortar to get lime, and to eat the bedding in preference to clean, fresh food. There is weakness, and palpitation of the heart. What to do. — Give one or two doses of the following recipe : No. 71. 1 Drachm iodine. y^ Dnichni iodide of potash, Powder and mix with linseed meal to make a ball. Give as one dose and repeat it once a day for two or three daj^s ; then give a teaspoonful of bica)'b(iUJite of soda in a bran mash, morning and night tor a, AveeK ; men give recipe No. 37, and give a complete change of food — a run at grass if possible- DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS 465 IX. Hsematuria or Bloody Urine. Causes.-^This is caused by violence, affecting the loins, kidneys, blad- der, etc. ; by cancer, tubercle, or abscess in the Iddueys ; by acrid diuretic plants, etc. HOUSE SUFFERING FROM BLOODY URINE. What to do.— In case there is a profuse flow of blood, dash cold water over the l)ack. Remove the causes, if they can be located, and "-ive flax- seed tea to drink, and recipe No 70, in doses of two tablespoonfuls, three times a day. X. Suppression of the Urine, or Dysuria. Causes. — This is retention of the urine from various causes, such as contraction of the sphincter of the bladder ; enlargement of the prostatic gland; stricture of the urethra; bean in the head of the penis, and calculi. What to do. — Pass in the catheter to empty the bladder, and then endeavor, if possible, to find the cause and remove it. If it is from enlargement of the prostatic gland, give No. 66 ; if from contraction of sphincter of the neck of the bladder, refer to the treatment for spasms of the neck of the ])ladder ; if from stricture, refer to the article on that sub- ject ; if from a bean in the head of the penis, oil your fingers well and remove it ; if it is from calculi, refer to that subject. XI. Dribbling of the Urine, or Enuresis. In this case the urine dribbles away involuntarily. It may come from weakness of the sphincter of the bladder, or from injury to it by the catheter, or from paralysis of the bladder. Care should be taken, when passing in the catheter, to pass one hand into the rectum to o-uidethe point over the curve. It may come from calculi ; if so, remove them. If it comes from weakness, give a change of food, and No. .37 as a tonic. 466 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XII. Stricture of the Urethra. Causes. — This is caused by irritating ingredients in the urine, and by strong astringent injections used in gleet ; or l)y the healing of ulcers in neglected gleet. How to know it. — The urine is passed in a very fine stream ; the passage recjuires a long time, and is attended with pain. There are frequent painful erections. What to do. — Pass in, daily, a catheter, beginning with one small enough to i)ass the stricture, and increase the size of it from day to day, l)ushing it by the stricture with gentle pressure. Xm. Gonorrhoea. Causes. — This is inflammation of the urethra from irritating sub- stances in the urine ; excessive copulation ; masturbation ; connection with a newly delivered mare or one that has an irritating discharge from the womb ; mechanical injury to the penis, and irritation from the pas- sage or arrest of small stones or gravel. It is mostly confined to stallions. How to know it. — By swelling and soreness in the sheath and penis ; painful, slow urination, frequently interrupted and sent in jets, owing to the pain ; more or less discharge of pus, which will be seen around the head of the penis. Wliat to do. — Give a pint of raw linseed oil as a laxative, and foment the sore part with hot water ; rinse out any gravel, and inject a lotion made as follows : No. 72. % Ounce sugar of lead, 1 Ounce vinegar, 1 Quart water. Mix. Inject a little once a day. If it is necessary to continue this longer than a week, change to No. 73. 15 Grains nitrate of silver, % Pint water. " Mix. Inject a little twice a day. Feed on soft food. XIV. Foul Sheath. The sheath of most horses needs cleaning occasionally. The glands in the skin secrete a fluid to lubricate the parts, and at times it is secreted in larger quantities than at other times, and accumulates in a gummy, black substance in the sheath. Wash it out carefully with soap and warm water, being careful not to use any violence in drawing down the yard, DISEASES OF THE URIWARY ORGANS. 4(37 and particularly careful not to scratch the parts with the finger nails. If this occurs the yard may swell to enormous proportions ; if so, bathe ii with warm water and suspend it in a mde bandage passed over the loins. Repeat the bathing two or three times a day. Give gentle exercise ; and when the swelling is nearly gone, oil it with olive oil. XV. Urinary Calculi. Stones or calculi in the urinary apparatus differ in size, chemical com- position and location. Sometimes they attain to very large sizes ; some- times several small ones exist in the same place, and sometimes the deposit is sand-like, the granules not uniting to form a stone. Their chemical composition differs according to the nature of the food. The calculi of herbivorous or grazing animals are composed mostly of the carbonates, while those of carnivoi-ous or flesh eating animals consist mainly of the phosphates. The calculi of omnivorous animals partake of the character of the two kinds just mentioned. They will be more largolv composed of the carbonates or of the phosphates according to the cha'-ac- ter of the food and water taken. Causes. — The carbonates of lime and magnesia are the principal com- ponents of the calculi of horses and cattle ; they are due to the large proportion of vegetabje acids in the food. These vegetable acids become transformed into carbonic acid, which unites with the lime and magnesia •n the blood, thus forming calculi. The tendencies to form calculi from the food are strengthened by the following accessory causes : Scarcity of water ; disinclination to drink ; excessive loss of water from the sys- tem by diarrhoea and dysentery or profuse sweating ; feverish conditions, giving rise to scanty secretions of urine ; dry winter fodder; and hard drinking water. A solid substance of some kind for a nucleus or starting point is usually necessary to their formation ; around this nucleus the salts crystallize in concentric layers. The nucleus may be a particle of mucus, fibrine or blood, or a foreign body introduced with the catheter. The locations in which they may be found are the kidneys, ureters (the tubes leading to the bladder), the bladder, the urethra and the fossa of the glans penis. How to know it. — Those in the kidneys and ureters cause colicky pains, straddling gait, tender loins, and sometimes blood in the urine. Those in the ureters can sometimes be felt by the hand introduced into the rectum. Those in the bladder get into the passage and obstruct the urine occa- sionally, in which case they give rise to frequent straining efforts to pass urine ; the urine escapes in driblets and jets, with frequent sudden ariests of the flow ; but if the stone does not get into the passage, the flow is not 468 CYCLOPEDIA OF LITE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. checked. Blood, in clots, may be passed from wounding of the mucous membrane of the bladder, hy the stone. Examination by the hand, per rectum, will determine its existence. In the female, it can sometimes be reached with the finger. What to do. — There is no satisfactory treatment in cases where the location of the stone is out of reach. Those in the bladder and urethra can be removed by either breaking them down and washing the fragments out (lithotrity), or they may be removed whole (lithotomy) ; both opera- tions Avill be found described in the chapter on operations. Prevention. — It is well to guard against the formation of them in the first instance, and to prevent their return Avhen removed. If any fault exists in the feeding, correct it ; give a reasonable amount of common salt, twice a week to horses, and to cattle three times a week ; also give an abundant supply of good water. If the water is hard, put a little caustic soda or potash into it once a day, or a little hard wood ashes. Give roots to cat if in winter, and grass in summer ; give half an ounce of tincture of gentian morning and night for a fortnight, or a tablespoonful of powdered gentian or quassia morning and night in soft food. Wounds: — For treatment of lacerated wounds, see page 360. But sometimes the skin is not broken, the flesh is very much bruLsed, result- ing in poUevil, fistulous withers, sweeney or some other severe affection. As soon as obsei*ved, bathe with hot water two or three times per day for several minutes, wipe dry and apply venice turpentine, driving it in with a hot iron held close to the wound If you find it is going to head, put on flaxseed poultice to assist, and on opening, treat as any other fi.stulous sore. Should the surface wound be of long standing and will not heal, cauter- ize it with sulphuric acid, using just enough to moisten, oil with vaseline to protect healthy tissue and bathe with No. 7 three times per day. A thickening is often seen after healing. To remove it, bathe w4th hot water as above and apply No. 14 until fairly well blistered, apply fresh lard until healed and repeat the process until satisfactory results are ob- tained. If proud flesh appears, put on powdered blue vitriol taking care to tie the hoKO so that he can not get at the wound. DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 469 XVI. Millet Disease of Horses. In many sections of the West and Middle West millet is a common hay crop. It is harvested and handled in the same manner as other hay. The usual practice is to harvest the crop before the heads are fully ripe, as there is a popular belief that the ripe heads are injurious to horses. Several years ago the North Dakota Station reported that a large number of horses had been affected with so-called "millet disease." This was characterized by symptoms resembling rheumatism and derangement of the urinary system. The name "millet disease" was adopted from the fact that nearly 100 per cent of the horses affected had been fed upon millet. In the few cases in which the disease was said to occur when millet was not fed the symptoms of derangement of the kidneys were absent. A. number of cases of millet disease were investigated by the North Dakota Station. After feeding considerable quantities of millet the urine for a time was very abundantly secreted. Lameness and rheumatic symptoms soon occurred, and were accompanied by a suppression of urine. Later the lameness became very severe, and fever was observed also. A considerable proportion of the cases terminated fatally. Very recently this station has published the results of further experi- ments on the subject of feeding millet. Two tests were made. In the first trial two geldings in good health were fed hay and grain for about two weeks. Millet was then substituted for hay for about ten days. The same ration as at the beginning was then fed for four days. All the horses were driven daily for exercise. The symptoms of lameness ac- companied by suppressed urine, previously noted, were observed in these cases also. The second test was similar to the first, and was made with two mares. One of the mares became very lame and could hardly stand, and suffered from time to time from retention of the urine. She was killed and post- mortem examination of the carcass showed a very diseased condition. The other mare did not show as marked symptoms during the test. However, when fed millet for about three months she would become so lame in the joints of the hind legs that it was almost impossible for her to walk. When feeding millet was discontinued she would recover. The lameness was "again produced by millet feeding. After about two years of alternate periods of millet and hay feeding she became practically worthless. From these experiments and observations it would appear that feeding millet alone as a coarse fodder is injurious to horses. It produces an increased action of the kidneys, and causes lameness and swelling of the joints. It causes an infusion of blood into the joints, and destroys the texture of the bone, rendering it soft and less tenacious, so that the liga- ments and muscles are easily torn loose. Feeding millet produces millet disease, the specific cause to which the dangerous properties of millet are due has not yet been discovered. CHAPTER X^^I. MALARIAL FEVER IN HORSES OR PERNICIOUS ANEMIA, SWAMP FEVER, OR SURRA. I. DEFINITION. — —II. ETIOLOGY. III. SYMPTOMS. IV. DIAGNOSIS. V. FIlOLl) WORK. — —VI. TREATMENT. VII. CONCLUSIONS. I. Definition. Pernicious anemia, or infectiou.s anemia, is known under various names as swamp fever, American surra, and plain paralysis. The term perni- AN ACUTE CASE. FIRST STAGE. cious anemia seems the most suitable one to use, in the light of present knowledge of the disease. There has been a great deal of investigation of this disease. At the present time the Bureau of Animal Industry is working in co-operation with the Agricultural experiment stations of various states. The disease is found from Manitoba to the Gulf of Mexico. It has been proven con- clusively that this disease is due to an ultra-microscopical organism capa- ble of passing through the finest porcelain filters. It is found most prev- alent in low, marshy localities, although the disease is seen on higher 470 MALARIAL FEVER IN HORSES. 471 altitudes. It appears most frequently during the months from March to October, but may appear any time of the year, and affects only the equine species. II. Cause. The viris, in blood, drawn from an infected animal, has been found active after twenty-four hours. Five Oc. injected into a healthy animal has produced the disease. Dr. Darling of the hospital force of the canal zone at the Isthmus of Panama claims to have found a germ in all cases diagnosed as swamp fever by veterinarians at the zone. A SECOND ATTACK, SECOND STAGE. The period of incubation after inoculation is from ten days to six weeks. The onset of pernicious anemia is marked by an elevation of temperature. If the mucous membrane is involved, it will run a chronic course, lasting from six weeks to six months, or even longer. I have a case in mind which lasted twenty-two months. It was under treatment part of the time. It is considered' that flies, mosquitoes, and internal parasites act as intermediate hosts for the parasite that causes pernicious anemia. The disease is characterized by a progressive anemia, remittent fever, excessive urination and a gradual emaciation in spite of a good appetite. The patient appears dull, listless, tires very easily, and exhibits more or less stiffness of hind limbs. 472 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The temperature at first 103° F. or higher after a while subsides to run even higher hiter. Death is due to exhaustion or unconsciousness. There may be either diarrhea or constipation — more frequently the latter. All mucous membranes are pale in color, and there is more or less weakness of all pendulent parts of the abdomen. Lesions noted on the carcass are anemia and extreme emaciation. The absence of adipose tissue makes the skin adhere to the body. Purple or livid spots are found on the heart muscle, and on other visceral organs. A plastic exudate is found in the thoracic cavity. There is a de- crease of red blood corpuscles, and increase of white corpuscles. A CHRONIC CASE, THIRD STAGE. Says Dr. A. T. Peters of the Nebraska Agricultural station-. Many of the farmers call the disease "Typhoid Fever," for it resembles this fever very much. The manner in which the disease is contracted by horses is not definitely understood. In the last few years, the Veterinari- ans in the Philippines have discovered a disease, prevalent in India under the name of "surra," the description of which corresponds very much to that of malarial fever of horses in this country, with the exception that bacteriologists have not been able to find the surra parasite in the blood of affected animals in this country. As the parasite of surra is very easily detected in the blood of affected animals, and as we have not been able to discover it, the conclusion seems reasonable that the diseases are not identical. It is difiicult to ascertain how the disease first made its appearance in this country. We find it on the marshy pastures during MALARIAL FEVER IN HORSES. 473 very wet seasons. It is the general opinion of those who have studied the disease that it is caused by feeding on certain low, marshy pastures and on hay that comes from such pastures. Whatever its origin, the disease has spread on these pastures during the last few years. Horses die from this disease on the Missouri river bottom and in the Elkhorn valley and farther up in the western part of the state. In these districts the loss is very great, especially in wet seasons, such as we have had in the last few years. To the stockman the loss is very heavy, for when it once makes its appearance on a ranch, it is very apt to recur, and carry off every horse. Many ranchmen in these districts lost all of their horses and were seriously crippled in finishing up their season's work, many farmers losing from two to eight head of horses. This is the most serious disease among horses that this state has been called upon to investigate. III. Symptoms. The disease usually starts in with a fever of the recurrent type. Fol- lowing this is the symptom of weakness. The horses become tired easily. They apparently have no life and perform their usual work with great difficulty. The mucous membranes of the mouth and eyes become very pale. After the animals have shown these symptoms for a few days, one will notice a staggering gait. They become weak over the loins, so that farmers suspect some kidney trouble. They drag their legs. During these first symptoms the horses do not apparently lose their appetite, eating ravenously, but growing thinner and weaker all the time. The temperature becomes more elevated, running as high as 103° to 106°. The variation in temperature is one of the characteristic symptoms. It may remain high for several days and then drop down, only to rise again. In this condition of changing temperature the horses become too weak to work. They lose flesh very rapidly and are usually laid off from work. It may occur that the animal will improve for a week or ten days, only to have another attack more severe than the first one. Horses may have two or three attacks and death finally follows, either from heart failure or from exhaustion. The ranchmen have observed that when they feed their horses all they want while they are sick with this disease, death is certain, but that if they feed them spar- ingly they may recover, but usually have another attack. In the early stages of the disease the pulse is always very rapid, while in the latter stages it is very weak. Horses may linger with this disease for several months. The writer has observed some to live three months. As a rule, horses live from two to three weeks. It is only occasionally that animals recover. Besides the above symptoms, there is a swelling of the legs. This is a symptom that is not always observed, and then, 474 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. only in the latter stages of the disease. This swelling may also be noticed under the abdomen. The swelling indicates a very poor circulation, and is a very bad symptom. There are also found petecchiae (little blood spots) on the mucous membranes. These are especially found on the surface membrane of the eye. As the disease advances, the color of these spots become darker, resembling that in mortification, and gives the observer a very good index of the progress of the case. Whenever these spots are found on the mucous membrane of the eye, the case almost always proves fatal. Another marked symptom is the increase of the urine. Large quantities of urine are secreted. This is also a serious symptom. IV. Diagnosis. This disease is not very difficult to diagnose, at least not in the latter stages of the disease. In the early stages it may be mistaken for influenza or pneumonia, but when one has seen a case in the advanced stages, then it is not so difficult. However, it is well for one w^ho is inexperienced to defer judgment until the animal has been examined two or three times on that many days. If one takes into consideration the good appetite with continual loss of flesh, the pale mucous membranes, and the peculiar pulse, he can diagnose without much trouble. Prognosis. — The prognosis of this disease is very unfavorable. Some ranchmen and veterinarians claim that the death rate runs from 50 to 75 per cent, while others claim even a higher percentage. The writer is of the opinion that a very small per cent of the animals recover. We have observed that where farmers have carefully nursed their animals they appeared to recover, only to have another attack which seemed to be more severe, death finally resulting. The writer has never seen a thoroughly cured animal since he has observed this disease. V. Field Work. The disease was first observed by this station in 1902 in this statf:. Since that time a great many horses have been lost. The field work consisted in visiting several ranches on which a number of horses had died, so as to study the conditions. It was our aim to make post mortem examinations and to treat animals that were affected. In the majority of cases that came under our observation the animals were in the advanced stages of the disease. Last July the writer visited a number of ranches, and also held post mor- tem examinations on diseased animals. We found that the animlas were all greatly emaciated and the mucous membranes very pale; and in all cases MALARIAL FEVER IN HORSES. 475 we found the characteristic blood spots on the mucous membrane of the eye. These blood spots were more pronounced in some cases than in others, due to the severity of the attack. Some blood counts were made from the diseased animals. The red corpuscles ran as low as 1,800,000 to 2,200,000, while the normal for a healthy animal is about 7,500,000 red corpuscles, which explains why the affected animals emaciate and become pale so very rapidly. The post mortem examination also showed a large number of worms known as the tetracanthum. This worm was found more abundant in horses that showed slight symptoms or were in the early stages of the disease, and was not found so abundant in the chronic cases. It was always found in the colon and the intestines. In none of the specimens that were examined were we able to find this worm in the circulation. It is of importance to note that, as stated, in ad- vanced, long-standing chronic cases, when a post mortem is held, few if any of these parasites are found. This may possibly be explained by the severe emaciation that the animal has undergone, the blood being in such poor condition that possibly it had no nutritive value, thus causing the parasites to leave their hosts. In one post mortem examin- ation where, according to the owner's statement, the horse had been affected twenty-one days, we could not find any of these worms. The organs in the abdominal cavity were practically normal except the kid- neys, which were very much enlarged, and showed plainly chronic lesions of nephritis (inflammation of the kidneys.) Laboratory Experiments. — Cultures w^ere made from the contents of the spleen, blood, kidneys, and urine. These cultures were inoculated into smaller animals, but without any results, VI. Treatment. The treatment of this disease has not been very satisfactory, which is largely due to the fact that we have no definite knowledge as to the true cause of the disease. The treatment consisted in using gasoline, creolin and creosote to cleanse out the stomach of the intestinal parasites. In addition to this, fever remedies were used, such as quinine, nux vomica, digitalis, and the like, followed up with a general tonic, such as Fowler's solution, but with no universal success. At this time the Station is giving attention to the method by which these animals become infected. Possibly it may be in the same way that sheep and cattle become infected with the small parasite known as the stomach worm. Embryos of worms have been found on blades of grass and are taken up by stock when grazing. As soon as the definite cause of infection has been learned, then possibly a cure may be forth- coming. 476 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. VII. Conclusions. Since we have no definite knowledge of how the animal becomes in- fected, and from the fact that all medicinal treatment so far employed has given no uniform success, attention should be given to the i^revention, and especially to the mode of infection, as stated before. A very capable authority gives the following facts as to mortality and treatment : The prognosis should be guarded. Most practitioners report about fifty per cent, mortality, but if the horses were treated according to the veterinarian's direction it is doubtful if the mortality would be more than twenty-five per cent. Drs. Francis and Marsteller, of Texas, have issued a bulletin in which they hold that an animal that has had the disease is always infectious. This statement needs further experimental support. In the treatment of the disease the affected animals should be kept absolutely at rest, they should not even be led out of their stalls to the watering trough. Sunshine has a decided injurious effect upon the diseased animals; they should be kept in a comfortable stall. In the acute type the temperature should be diminished by cold baths. Water may be safely and conveniently applied with a hose. When water is not available for a bath, frequent rectal injections of cool water should be resorted to. Stimulants should be given, the dosage depending upon the requirement of the case. Arsenic appears to be a very reliable agent in this disease. It is usually given as Fowler's solution, the dosage vary- ing somew'hat, though generally speaking, large doses should be given. Any ordinary adult horse should receive from two to three ounces of Fowler's solution daily until the temperature becomes normal. Tonics should he prescribed for at least two weeks after the animal has apparently returned to normal. In the chronic form, the temperature should be kept as near normal as possible by baths or rectal injections. Stimulants should be given at least three times daily, conjoined ^A-ith Fowler's solu- tion, giving of the latter not less than two ounces daily. The Fowler solution may be suspended for a day or two if there are signs of arsenical poisoning. This line of treatment continued for from four to six weeks apparently completely destroys the causative agent of the disease, or, at least, the animals recover, CHAPTER XVII. DISEASES OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. 1. SYxMPTOMS. II. TREATMENT. III. SARCOCELE. IV. VARICOCELE. V. DEGENERATION OF THE TESTICLES. VL WARTS ON THE PENIS. VII DEGENERATION OF PENIS. VIIL EXTRAVASATION OF BLOOD IN THE PENIS. IX. PARALYSIS OF THE PENIS. X. MALADIE DU COIT. OR DOURINE. CONGESTION AND INFLAMMATION OF THE TESTICLES, OR ORCHITIS. In the prime of life, in vigorous health, and on stimulating food, stallions are subject to congestion of the testicles, says Prof. James Law, which become swollen, hot, and tender, but without any active inflamma- tion. A reduction of the grain in the feed, the administration of 1 or 2 ounces of Glauber's salts daily in the food, and the bathing of the affected organs daily with tepid water or alum water will usually restore them to a healthy condition. When the factors producing congestion are extraordinarily potent, when there has been frequent copulation and heavy grain feeding, when the weather is warm and the animal has had little exercise, and when the proximity of other horses or mares excite the generative instinct without gratification this congestion may grow to actual inflammation. Among the other causes of orchitis are blows and penetrating wounds implicating the testicles, abrasions of the scrotum by a chain or rope passing inside the thigh, contusions and frictions on the gland under rapid paces or heavy draft, compression of the blood vessels of the spermatic cord by the in- guinal ring under the same circumstances, and, finally, sympathetic dis- turbance in cases of disease of the kidneys, bladder, or urethra. Stimu- lants of the generative functions, like rue, savin, tansy, cantharides, and damiana, may also be accessory causes of congestion and inflammation. Finally, certain specific diseases like maladie du coit, glanders, and tuber- culosis, localized in the testicles, will cause inflammation. I. Symptoms. Apart from actual wounds of the parts, the symptoms of orchitis are swelling, heat, and tenderness of the testicles, straddling with the hind legs alike in standing and walking, stiffness and dragging of the hind limbs or of the limb on the affected side, arching of the loins, abdominal pain, manifested by glancing back at the flank, with more or less fever, elevated body temperature, accelerated pulse and breathing, inappetence, and dullness. In bad cases the scanty urine may be reddish and the 477 478 CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMl'LETK STOCK DOCTOR. swelling may extend to the skin and envelopes of the testicle, which may become thickened and doughy, pitting on pressure. The swelling may be so much greater in the convoluted excretory duct along the upper border of the testicle as to suggest the presence of a second stone. Even in the more violent attacks the intense suffering abates somewhat on the sec- ond or third day. If it lasts longer it is likely to give rise to the formation of matter (abscess). In exceptional cases the testicle is struck with gan- grene, or death. Improvement may go on slowly to complete recovery, or the malady may subside into a subacute and chronic form with indura- tion. Matter (abscess) may be recognized by the presence of a soft spot, where pressure with two fingers will detect fluctuation from one to the other. When there is liquid exudation into the scrotum, or sack, fluctua- tion may also be felt, but the liquid can be made out to be around the testicle and can be pressed up into the abdomen through the inguinal canal. When abscess occurs in the cord the matter may escape into the scrotal sac and cavity of the abdomen and pyemia may follow. II. Treatment. Treatment consists in perfect rest and quietude, the administration of a purgative (1 to 11/2 pounds Glauber's salts), and the local application of an astringent lotion (acetate of lead 2 drachms, extract of belladonna 2 drachms, and water 1 quart) upon soft rags or cotton wool, kept in contact with the part by a suspensory bandage. This bandage, of great value for support, may be made nearly triangular and tied to a girth around the loins and to the upper part of the same surcingle by two bands carried backward and upward between the thighs. In severe cases scarifications one-fourth inch deep serve to relieve vascular tension. When abscess is threatened its formation may be favored by w^arm fomentations or poul- tices, and on the occurrence of fluctuation the knife may be employed to give free escape to the pus. The resulting cavity may be injected daily with a weak carbolic-acid lotion, or salol may be introduced. The same agents may be used on a gland threatened with gangrene, but its prompt removal by castration is to be preferred, antiseptics being applied freely to the resulting cavity. III. Sarcocele. This is an enlarged and indurated condition of the gland, resulting from chronic inflammation, though it is often associated with a specific deposit, like glanders. In this condition the natural structure of the gland has given place to embrj^onal tissue (small round cells, with a few fibrous bundles), and its restoration to health is very improbable. Apart from active inflammation, it may increase very slowly. The diseased testicle is DISEASES OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. 479 enlarged, firm, non-elastic, and comparatively insensible. The skin of the scrotum is tense, and it may be edematous (pitting on pressure), as are the deeper envelopes and spermatic cord. If liquid is present in the sac, the symptoms are masked somewhat. As it increases it causes awk- ward straddling, dragging movement of the hind limbs, or lameness on the affected side. The spermatic cord often increases at the same time with the testicle, and the inguinal ring being thereby stretched and en- larged a portion of intestine may escape into the sac, complicating the disease with hernia. The only rational and effective treatment is castration, and even this may not succeed when the disease is specific. IV. Varicocele. This is an enlargement of the venous network of the spermatic cord, and gives rise to general thickening of the cord from the testicle up to the ring. The same astringent dressings may be tried as in orchitis, and, this failing, castration may be resorted to. V. Degeneration of the Testicles. The testicles may become the seat of fibrous, calcareous, fatty, carti- laginous, or cystic degeneration, for all of which the appropriate treat- ment is castration. They also become the seat of cancer, glanders, or tu- berculosis, and castration is requisite, though with less hope of arresting the disease. Finally, they may become infested with cystic tapeworms or larval stages of the armed roundworm {Strongylus equinus) . VI. Warts on the Penis. These are best removed by seizing them between the thumb and fore- finger and twisting them off. Or they may be cut off with scissors and the roots cauterized with nitrate of silver. VII. Degeneration of Penis. The penis of the horse is subject to great cauliflower-like growths on its free end, which extend back into the substance of the organ, obstruct the passage of urine, and cause very fetid discharges. The only resort is to cut them oft", together with whatever portion of the penis has become dis- eased and indurated. The operation, which should be performed by a veterinary surgeon, consists in cutting through the organ from its upper to its lower aspect, twisting or tying the two dorsal arteries, and leaving the urethra longer by half an inch to 1 inch than the adjacent structures. 480 CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. VIII. Extravasation of Blood in the Penis. As a result of kicks, blows, or of forcible striking of the yard on the thighs of the mare which it has failed to enter, the penis may become the seat of effusion of blood from one or more ruptured blood vessels. This gives rise to a more or less extensive swelling on one or more sides, followed by some heat and inflammation, and on recovery a serious curving of the organ. The treatment in the early stages may be the application of lotions, of alum or other astringents, to limit the amount of effusion and favor absorption. The penis should be suspended in a sling. IX. Paralysis of the Penis. This results from blows and other injuries, and also in some cases from too frequent and exhausting service. The yard hangs from the sheath, flaccid, pendulous, and often cold. The passage of urine occurs with les- sened force, and especially without the final jets. In cases of local injury the inflammation should first be subdued by astringent and emollient lotions, and in all cases the system should be invigorated by nourishing diet, while 30-grain doses of nux vomica are given twice a day. Finally, a weak current of electricity sent through the penis from just beneath the anus to the free portion of the yard, continued for ten or fifteen minutes and repeated daily, may prove successful. X. Maladie Du Coit, or Dourine. This is propagated, like syphilis, by the act of copulation and affects stallions and mares. It has long been known in northern Africa, Arabia, and Continental Europe. It was imported into Illinois in 1882 in a Percheron horse. From one to ten days after copulation, or in stallions it may be after some weeks, there is irritation, swelling, and a livid redness of the external organs of generation, sometimes followed by the eruption of small blisters one-fifth of an inch across on the penis, the vulva, clitoris, and the vagina, and the consequent rupture of these vesicles and the formation of ulcers or small open sores. Vesicles have not been noticed in this disease in the dry climate of Illinois. In the mare there is frequent contraction of the vulva, urination, and the discharge of a watery and later a thick viscid liquid of a whitish, yellowish, or reddish color, which collects on and soils the tail. The swelling of the vulva increases and decreases alternately, affecting one part more than another and giving a distorted appearance to the opening. The affection of the skin leads to the appearance of circu- lar white spots, which may remain distinct or coalesce into extensive patches which persist for months. This, with the soiled tail, red, swollen, puckered, and distorted vulva, and an increasing weakness and paralysis DISEASES OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. 481 of the hind limbs, serves to characterize the affection. The mare rarely breeds, but will take the male, and thus propagate the disease. The disease winds up with great emaciation and stupidity and death in four months to two years. In horses which serve few mares there may be only swelling of the sheath for a year, but with frequent copulation the progress is more rapid. The penis may be enlarged, shrunken, or distorted; the testicles are usually pendent and may be enlarged or wasted and flabby ; the skin, as in the mare, shows white spots and patches. Later the penis becomes partially paralyzed and hangs out of the sheath ; swelling of the adjacent lymphatic glands (in the groin), and even of distant ones, and of the skin appears, and the hind limbs become weak and unsteady. In some instances the glands under the jaw swell, and a discharge flows from the nose, as in glanders. In other cases the itching of the skin leads to gnawing and extensive sores. Weakness, emaciation, and stupidity in- crease until death, in fatal cases, yet the sexual desire does not seem to fail. A stallion without sense to eat, except when food was put in his mouth, would still neigh and seek to follow mares. In mild cases an apparent recovery may ensue, and through such animals the disease is propagated to new localities to be roused into activity and extension under the stimulus of service. The diseased nerve centers are the seat of cryptogamic growths. Treatment of the malady has proved eminently unsatisfactory. It be- longs to the pure contagious diseases, and should be stamped out by the remorseless slaughter or castration of every horse or mare that has had sexual congress with a diseased animal. 482 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. CHAPTER XVIII. PARTURITION. I. NATURAL PARTURITION. II. DIFFERENT PRESENTATIONS. III. ATTENTION TO THE MOTHER. IV. ATTENTION TO THE FOAL. V. DIFFICULT PARTURITION IN THE MARE AND COW COMPARED. VI. DIFFICULTIES DUE TO THE MOTHER. VII. DIF- FICULTIES DUE TO THE FOAL. VIII. OBSTETRIC INSTRUMENTS. IX. WHEN THE FOAL IS BORN DEAD, OR THE AFTER-BIRTH RETAINED. X. THE UMBILICAL CORD OF FOAL. XI. VARIOUS PRESENTATIONS ILLUSTRATED. XII. VARIOUS POSITIONS OF THE FO.\L. XIII. DORSO-LUMBAR PRESENTATION. XIV. STERiNO-ABDOMINAL PRE- SENTATION. XV. MECHANISM OF PARTURITION. XVI. MECHANISM OF PARTURI- TION IN THE ANTERIOR VERTEBRO-SACRAL POSITION. XVII. MECHANISM OF PAR- TURITION IN THE ANTERIOR VERTEBRO-PUBIC POSITION. XVIII. MECHANISM OF PARTURITION IN THE ANTERIOR VERTEBRO-ILIAL POSITIONS. XIX. MECHANISM OF PARTURITION IN THE POSTERIOR LUMBO-SACRAL POSITION. XX. NECESSARY AID IN NORMAL PARTURITION. XXI. SPAYING, OR CASTRATION OF THE MARE. I. Natural Parturition. This branch of onr subject needs but little consideration, the various phases of labor being so well known to all breeders. However, a brief outline of the different stages ot labor will not be out of place. Preliminary Stage. — This is announced by several well-marked fea- tures. The milk glands of the mare, which are naturally small, become large, tense and painful; in many instances the swelling extends to the thighs up to the vulva, and along the belly to the breast bone. The vulva beoomes enlarged, soft, and its inner lining of a bright red color. There is also a discharge of sticky mucus which lubricates the passage, and when in large quantity soils the hock and tail. The abdomen sinks near the critical period, giving the croup a sunken appearance. Fleming, in his justly celebrated work on veterinary obstetrics, says : "As parturition draws nearer, these phenomena are more marked. The animal also begins to be restless, and continually agitated; if feeding, it stops for some moments, as if listening to some sound only audible to itself, or, as if experiencing some strange internal sensation for the first time, and which may be the commencing or preparatory contractions of the uterus. Not infrequently the animal lies down and gets up again, as if suffering from colic. Some are quite mute, though anxious and uneasy; while others, in addition to exhibiting restlessness and distress, utter a half- stifled cry of pain, and violently whisk the tail. ' ' The position taken during labor in the mare and cow is usually the standing one, but the recumbent position, here illustrated, is not infre- quent ; the mare, resting on the breast bone, strains and raises up somewhat on the hind legs at the same time. Dilatation of the Neck of the Womb.— This commences towards the latter part of the former stage. It is marked by increased signs of pain. It is a gradual ijrocess, the pain at first lasting for a few seconds; 483 484 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. later, -when the membranes are forcibly dilating the neck, it is continuous, the Momb and vagina becoming, by the dilatation, one continuous cavity. Expulsion of the Foetus. — The water-bag, having dilated the neck of the womb, passes outward and appears at the vulva. The severe straining soon ruptures it, allowing the feet of the fcetus to protrude. The head, resting in most cases as described in the next section, aids in dilating the I)arts. Nature usually allows a short rest after forcing the head through, to prepare for the severest part, the passage of the shoulders, after which all is easy. The umbilical cord is usually broken when the foal falls to the ground, and it is freed from its coverings. Expulsion of the After-birth. — This usually takes place a few minutes after birth, but occasionally not for a longer time. If not detached within ^^^r^'^'^ KKCUMBKNT I'OSITION. The large water-bag has just appeared. a few hours it becomes a serious matter, as in removing it hemorrhage is liable to occur. During and after the expulsion of the membranes, the womb rapidly contracts and diminishes in size ; the neck of the womb also grows smaller, and in a short time assumes normal proportions. In the cow the placenta (after-birth) may be retained for one, two or three days without causing any trouble, owing to its formation being different from that of the mare. II. The Different Presentations. The variety of positions in which the fcetus may be presented is sur- prising, but there are four presentations to which, because of their being by far the most frequent, we will call special attention, namely: (1) the PARTURITION. 485 head presenting, (2) the tail presenting, (3) the right transverse position, and (4) the left transverse position. Head Presentation. — This is the most common, and the one that is attended with the least difficulty. It is depicted with great accuracy in our illustration. The fore feet are extended, and the head rests upon them ; thus they form a sort of cone, which acts as a dilator of the passage, greatly facilitating the delivery. Many authors claim this to be the only "natural" form of delivery. Tail Presentation. — This is another frequent form, yet much less so than the one just considered. Here the hind feet protrude, with the tail resting on them. This form of delivery is not as easy as the first, on account of there being no gradual dilatation to permit the passage of the HEAD I'RESE^JTATION. large croup. It is easily recognized by feeling the hocks and tlie tail of the foetus. Right Transverse Position.— This should not be considered a natural form (though many veterinarians think otherwise), but rather as a mal- presentation. The head is turned to the right side of the mother. It may be distinguished by feeling the colt's withers, mane and head. Left Transverse Position. — This is the reverse of the preceding. The position is head to the left, as may be recognized by feeling the colt's withers, and up along his neck. All other presentations may, in a general way, be regarded as modifica- tions of the four above described. 486 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. III. Attention to the Mother. In this section we shall run over a few leading items as to the care of the mother. For at least three or four weeks previous to the period of foaling, the mare should be allowed gentle exercise, as a safeguard against ab'^rtion. As the critical period approaches, she should be put in good condition, not positively fat, and not thin, and if her digestion is dis- ordered, it should be treated as directed elsewhere in this work. Medi- cines, especially those violent in their action, are only to be used by ex- perienced men, and even then with extreme caution. No person should be allowed to stay within sight of a mare showing signs TAIL PRESENTATION. of foaling. Even the attendant should keep in the background, as this animal has a natural aversion to anyone being present during delivery. The stable should be warm, well ventilated, and free from drafts. A box stall is always advisable. A mare heavy with foal should never be tied in a stall, for if she should suddenly foal, she would be unable to clean the offspring, and, besides, during the labor, she might seriously injure herself. If any marked weakness is shown after foaling, a dose of diluted whiskey is advisable. The after-birth is ordinarily passed within fifteen or twenty minutes, and while this is likely to be accompanied by additional pains of a colicky nature, they are not to be regarded as dangerous. PARTURITION. 487 IV. Attention to the Foal. Inimediatelj^ the foal is born, the mother will clean it, and assist it to the teat. Occasionally it is passed still enwrapped in the membranes, and if these are not soon opened, it is liable to be asphyxiated. A careful in- spection of the various openings of the body should be made to see that they are free; possibly the eyes, rectum, etc., may be imperforate, necessi- tating cutting the skin over them. AVhen the mother neglects to clean the foal, it may be rubbed dry with a soft cloth, or by some similar method. If too weak to stand, support and hold it up to the teat; in many instances bandages to aid in strength- ening the legs are of much benefit. Constipation is a frequent trouble in very young animals, but may readily be removed by the judicious use of a little castor oil. RIGHT TRANSVERSE POSITION. V. Difficult Parturition in the Mare and Cow Compared. In the mare there is not often much difficulty in parturition. In the vast majority of instances no aid is needed to bring the delivery to a suc- cessful termination, and parturition is accomplished in a very short time, the whole process being completed within about half an hour. Compared with the cow, the mare's difficult labors have been placed by different authorities at only 1-10 to 1-25 as many. But what she gains by the rarity of her difficulties she loses in the very serious nature that they take when they do occur. Practical farmers and breeders, for whom this book is expressly w^ritten, will be interested in a comparison which has been formu- lated by Donnarieix, as follows : 488 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 1. Delivery is often followed by in- SUCCBBS. 1. Delivery always terminates favor- ably. 2. A wound inflicted on the genital organs is generally fatal. 2. A wound of these organs rarely causes death. 3. Inversion of the womb is nearlj always irremedial. 3. Inversion of the uterus is often curable. 4. Mares nearly always succumb to penetrating wounds of the abdomen ■'uring parturition. 4. This accident is generally not fatal in cows. 5. Delivery of the most simple kind *s occasionally followed by bad results, ^n abnormal and laborious parturitions not infrequently mare and foal suc- cumb. 6. Difficult parturition proves a her- culean task to the operator. 5. Delivery, even in the most com- plicated cases, generally proves com- paratively easy, and obstetrical opera- tions successful. 6. Such parturitions are not of much difficulty to a practitioner skilled in the necessary operations. 7. The duration of the life of the foetus in a case of abnormal labor does not extend beyond the fourth hour, on account of the young animal having to maintain its independent existence, as if already born. 7. Under the same circumstances the calf may live four or five days in the womb, as life is maintained by the large number of placental attachments. These differences are explained by the mechanism of foetal life in the two species of animals, as well as by the anatomy of the uterus and foetal mem- branes. 8. The neck of the foal being very long, the head is usually found deeply buried in the flank whenever it is turned backward. The operator has very great difficulty in reaching the head with his hand; indeed, it is often impossible to bring it into its natural position. The loop slips off the neck of the lower jaw and has constantly to be replaced; it is scarcely possible to fix a cord there, this portion of the jaw being so short, and the foetus having no teeth. 8. The neck of the foetus being shorter and thicker, the head is less twisted, and the operator can with greater ease bring it back into its nor- mal position; in addition there are teeth in the lower jaw, the neck of which is narrow, so that the slip-knot does not leave it, and straightening of the head and neck becomes an easy af- fair. 9. When once the amniotic fluid has escaped, the introduction of the hand is difficult, owing to the genital organs becoming dry; this dryness causes an efflux of blood to the mucous mem- branes. The resistance made by the foetal membranes to manipulation, when made to ascertain either the po- sition of the foetus, or for correcting the position, together with the strug- gles and violence of the mare, which now and then drops as if dead, are all difficulties to be overcome. 9. The genital organs are continu- ally lubricated by a mucous fluid, which, while it facilitates the introduc- tion of the hand, renders easy any necessary correction of position, and favors parturient operations. Besides, any movement made is not, in gen- eral, of much consequence. PARTURITION. 489 VI. Difficulties Due to the Mother. The cause of difficult labor is not often found in the mare, but when it is the obstruction is generally of a serious character. Anion 51; the num ber may be mentioned fractures of the hip bones, which, by uniiing badly, have reduced the possible vaginal diameter; tumors on the bones; disease of the neck of the womb ; twists of the womb ; tumors in the womb, or the adjacent pai'ts ; structure of the vulva, etc. VII. Difficulties Due to the Foal. Ordinarily, the cause of difficult parturition is to be found in the foal. Malpresentations are, of course, the most common. Of these veterinary science has had to deal with an exceedingly large number, but principally v;ith those forms in which the head is turned back or turned to one side, or the feet do not present properly. The head and tail presentations, both excellently illustrated by our artist, are the ordinary ones; the right or left transverse positions are necessarily sources of trouble. Under the head we are considering must likewise be mentioned excessive size of the foetus, its death, twins, too much fluid in the water-bag, monstrosities, de- formities, etc. VIII. Obstetric Instruments. For the correction of a malpresentation, definite rules must be followed, and certain instruments are necessary. "When aid is given, always commence by securing the part that is pre- senting, with a rope; then insert the hand, to determine the cause of the SHARP HOOK. BLUNT HOOK. difficulty. If due to the head or a foot being turned backward, bring it to a proper position before endeavoring to remove the foal. The instruments absolutely necessary are neither numerous nor costly, a thin, strong cotton rope, a sharp-pointed hook, a blunt-pointed hook, and a long iron rod with a cross-piece on the end, called a repeller. The last mentioned is exceed- ingly valuable for pushing away one part to allow of another being secured, or to aid in turning the foetus. The hooks are invaluable for taking firm hold of a part and helping to extract the foal; to the loop at the end a rope is attached. 490 CYCLOPEDIA OF LlVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. IX. When the Foal Is Born Dead, or the After-birth Retained. In those cases already referred to, where death and decomposition of the foetus has occurred, or where the after-birth lias been retained and becomes putrid, efiicient antiseptic measures are necessary. After-treatment, such as is so prominent in the physician's practice, following difficult partu- rition, is never thought of in the veterinarian's. However, the copious use of lukewarm vaginal injections of a mild nature, are very requisite in the class of eases we are considering. An ordinary syringe will answer. From one to two quarts of the fluid should be injected into the vagina, whence it will gravitate to the lowest parts, and render harmless the germs accompanying the decomposition. This may be repeated twice a day, for three or four days, by which time its healthy action will have become very apparent. UMBILIC COED OF FOAI. 1. Cutaneous portion of cord. 2. Amniotic portion of cord. X. The UmbilicU Cord of Foal. The umbilic cord must be divided and the last direct relation between the mother and young severed. This division results in a wound which involves the arteries, veins and urachus, each of Avliich communicates with internal parts of the system of the young animal. Different writers assume different attitudes toward the care of the navel of the new-born. Natu- rally, the umbilic cord becomes ruptured in a variety of ways. In the foal the cord is so long (3 feet) that it is usually not ruptured when the fffitus is expelled, if the mare is recumbent, but gives Avay only when she rises to her feet, and even then in some cases not until she turns her head toward the foetus in order to care for it, and in so doing pulls the cord in PARTURITION. 491 two near the umbilicus. In other cases, in the mare, the chorion becomes detached from the uterus almost immediately after the expulsion of the ^oetus and comes away with the cord still intact. It is then ruptured later by the struggles of the foetus itself. The mare may step upon some portion of the membranes when the foal is attempting to get up, and the foal, in falling, throws its weight upon the cord in such a way as to rupture it. After it ruptures, the behavior of the parts when left undisturbed is interesting and highly suggestive of the degree and character of interfer- ence demanded upon the part of the attendant. One of the most promi- nent effects of the rupture of the cord by linear tension, or by laceration by the teeth of the mother, is the promptness with which hemostasis is brought about, so that as a rule there is but little hemorrhage, appearing DOUSAL (or back) PRESENTATION. usually to not exceed the amount of blood lying in the umbilic veins out- side the umbilic ring. XI. Various Presentations Illustrated. The presentation results from the part of the foetus which first offers itself at the pelvic inlet — that region of the young creature which the hand of the obstetrist immediately meets on being passed into the os, and which is directly opposite the inlet. In this sense the head, fore feet, hind feet, croup, etc., are said to be presented, according as one or other of them first offers itself on exploration. These presentations are extremely variable, as any part of the foetus may occupy this situation ; though so far as description and comprehen- 492 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. sibility are concerned, their study can be greatly simplified. As Rainard says: "The fcetns, when covered by its envelopes, is oval shaped, or like an olive, which it is desired to pass down the neck of a bottle, and which may be presented to this in three ways — either by one of its two ends or by its middle." These ends are the anterior part of the chest in front, and the croup behind ; and it is these parts on which the classification of these presentations is based. This classification gives two longitudinal and an anterior and posterior presentation ; and, as the foetus may also ofifer itself across the long axis of the uterine cavity, we have a transverse presentation, which may again be dorso-lunibar or sterno-ahdommal, according to the side of the fcetus which presents. These four fundamental presentations are, therefore: 1. Anterior Presentation. — The chest of the foetus presents towards the inlet, and is preceded, accompanied or followed by the head and fore VENTRAL (or BELLY ) PRESENTATION. limbs; the situation and direction of wliich may vary without altering the essential features of the presentation. 2. Posterior Presentation. — The croup or breech is facing the inlet, and the presence or absence of the limbs there only constitute varieties of the presentation. 3. Dorso-lumhar Presentation. — Any portion of the upper part of the body opposite the inlet. Lecoq and Rainard admit presentations of the withers, back, loins, shoulder or haunch, as distinct presentations; but I agree with Saint-Cyr in declaring the distinction to be practically useless. On exploring the pelvic cavity, no matter what part of the back is first touched, the hand always encounters the spine of the foetus, either directly in the axis of the pelvis, or obliquely and at some distance from it. All PARTURITION. 493 these varieties may, therefore, be reduced to the one now named, and which may be either direct or oblique, according as the case may be. Sterno-abdominal Presentation. — The limbs in this are in reality first touched, and we may have all four, or only three or two ; these, however, are not the fixed point of the p»resentation, which is the inferior part of the body — or sterno-abdominal region — hence the designation. These four principal presentations may be divided into natural or normal, in which spontaneous or unaided birth is possible ; and into un- natural or abnormal, in Avhich parturition is impossible without the inter- vention of man. The longitudinal presentations alone comprise the first, although they are not always normal; as a wrong direction of the head or limbs may prove an obstacle more or less difficult to overcome, and may require the aid of art. So that, taking this view into consideration, the presentations may either be simple or more or less complicated, accord- ing to circumstances. XII. Positions of Foal. The presentation being determined by the part of the foetus which offers at the pelvic inlet, it must be evident that this part, whichever it may be, may vary considerably in its relations to the circumference of that passage. If the chest of the ftrtus first enters it, the attitude of this region may be very different in different cases; in one the withers may correspond to the sacrum of the mother, and the sternum to the pubis, or the reverse may happen ; in another the fa?tus may be lying on the right side, the sternum corresponding to the right branch of the mother's ilium, and the withers to the left ilium, or vice versa. So that here are four different positions in the same presentation — the anterior; and it will readily be understood that it should be the same, or nearly the same, for the other presentations. The position has accordingly been defined to be the relation of a deter- minate point on the surface of the foetus, to an equally determinate point of the pelvic circumference. The points, so far as the mother is concerned, may be determined once for all, and they will always remain the same for every presentation ; they may be, for instance, the sacral region above, the pubic below, and the two ascending branches of the ilium at the sides. If, with the fcBtus, we select any region — say .the withers — and put this part in relation with any of these four points of the pelvic circumference, we shall have four successive and easily recognized positions. If, therefore, we first give the name of the region in the foetus, and next that of the pelvic circumference with Avhich it is in relation, -we have a ready means of desig- nating the positions : describing the foetus to be in vertebrosacral position — for instance, when it.? vertebral region is in relation with the sacrum of the mother. The fixed points may be invariable in the latter; but they cannot be so with the foetus, as they will vary with each oresen- tation. 494 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. With regard to the anterior and posterior presentations, Rainard has selected the fixed points as follows : for the first he has taken the spinous processes of the dcrsal vertebrae in the region of the withers; for the second, the lumbar vertebra?. For the positions in the other two presenta- tions he has not been so fortunate in a designation, in the opinion of Saint-Cyr, who has very judiciously proposed others which are more ex- plicit and comprehensible. The latter gives the various positions which should be recognized in each presentation, as follows : Anterior Position. — The chest of the fa?tus is at the pelvic inlet, and it is desired to make known what relation this part has to the pelvic cir- cumference. The determinate point on the fcrtus is the vertebras of the withers; and these may be in rehition with the sacrum above, the pubis below, the right ascending branch of the ilium on the right side, and the ANTERIOR presentation: DOWNWARD DEVIATION OF THE HEAD. left ditto on the left. From this we have four positions, named by Saiut-Cyr, as follows : 1. Vertebrosacral Position. — This is the most favorable and the most frequent of all, and is said to be the only natural position. The vertebne of the foetus correspond to those of the mother, its withers touching the sacrum of the latter, the belly corresponding to the abdominal parietes, and its sternum to the pubis. This is sometimes named the 'first anterior position. 2. Vertehro-pubic Position. — This is exactly the inverse of the first: the foetus lying on its back, its withers towards the pubis, and the sternum opposed to the sacrum of the female. This is also named second anterior position. 3. Left Vertebro-ilial Position. — The foetus lies in the right flank, its head to the left side of the mother, the neck being in the same direction, PARTURITION. 495 and, when passing through the pelvic cavity, touching the ascending branch of the left ilium. The feet, when they are not in the pelvis, must, of course, be sought for on the opposite side, towards the right flank of the mother. 4. Fight Vertehro-ilial Position. — This is exactly the reverse of the last- described position, the withers corresponding to the right ilium. The last two are sometimes named the lateral positions. They are less frequent, as primary positions, than the first two. and are sometimes met with as secondary positions after the reduction of a malpresentation — • chiefly the doreal or ventral. Posterior Presentation, — In this the croup or breech first presents at the pelvic inlet. The lumbar region of the foetus, which is the deter- ANTERIOR PRESENTATION ; FORE LIMB CROSSED OVER THE NECK. minate point, may be directed towards the sacrum, the pubis, or the right or left branch of the ilium of the female. Hence we have four positions, as in the preceding presentation. These are : 1. Lumbosacral Position. — The foetus is in what some authorities have called a "natural" position, but which is asserted by others to be un- natural. The loins are towards the sacrum of the mother, the right coxo- femoral articulation towards the right ilium, and the left articulation towards the left ilium. This is sometimes named the first posterior position. 2. Lumho-puhic Position. — Some practitioners designate this the pos- terior reversed position. The fcetus, in fact, is lying on its back, its croup 496 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. and loins corresponding to the pubis of the mother, while the limbs are toAvards the sacrum, against which they are more or less pressed. This is sometimes termed the second posterior position. 3. Left Lumho-ilial Position.— The foetus is lying on its left flank, its croup and loins opposite the ascending branch of the left ilium of the female, and the limbs towards the right flank, where they must be sought for if they do not present* in the pelvis. 4. Right Ltimho-ilial Position. — This is exactly the reverse of the pre- ceding position. XIII. Dorso-Lumbar Presentation. Here the foetus is presented across or transverse, and it may lie on one or other of its sides, its head towards one of the maternal flanks, and the body curved like that of a dog asleep. In this we have two distinct po- sitions, according as the foetus lies on one side or the other. But it may also assume a third and almost vertical position— the croup on the floor of the abdomen of the mother, and the creature in the attitude of a dog sitting. The important consideration in these three positions is related to the situation or direction of the head ; as, if this is known, we may easily infer that of the other parts of its body, and thus appreciate the indications for delivery to be followed in this pathological presentation. According to the direction of the head, the three following positions are described: 1. Right Cephalo-ilial Position. — The foetus is on its right side, which rests more or less directly on the abdominal walls of the mother, the head in the right flank, the croup towards the left flank, the body more or less curved, and the dorso-lumbar region towards the pelvis, in which it presents. 2. Left Cephalo-ilial Position. — This is the reverse of the preceding. 3. Cephola-sacral Position. — In this position the foetus is presented by the back, and in an almost vertical attitude : the croup resting on the floor of the mother's abdomen, the head more or less depressed, and directed forward towards the sacro-lumbar region — the creature being seated, as it were, on the udder of its parent. XIV. Sterno-Abdominal Presentation. In this presentation the foetus offers the abdomen to the inlet of the pelvis, and on exploration the hand first meets this part, and tAvo or more of the limbs, but always at least a hind and fore one. The head may be found, or it may be out of reach. The sternum and other parts on the lower surface of the body can also be felt. PARTURITION. 491 In this presentation there are two principal positions: 1. Left Cephalo-ilial Position. — The foetus lies on the right side, the head towards the left ilium of the mother, and the croup to the right ilium, 2. Right Cephalo-ilial Position. — This is the reverse of the preceding. Saint-Cyr, who has mainly followed Rainard in the definition of these presentations and positions of the foetus, insists on the necessity for study- ing them carefully, as by so doing those Avho commence the practice of obstetricy will be greatly enlightened as to the difficulties they may en- counter, and the readiest and most scientific way of overcoming them ; while this study will enable the skilled practitioner to describe his interest- ing cases with more clearness and precision. To render what has just been CEPHALO-SACRAL I'OSITION OF THE FOETUS. stated more convenient, the following table is given, in order to show at a glance the different presentations and positions. PRESENTATIONS AND POSITIONS OF THE FOETUS. r 1. 2 Anterior Positions ■^ „' 1 4: Posterior Positions -j ^ [ S. ( 9. Dorso-lumbar Positions < 10. 111. Sterno-abdominal Positions | Jg Vertebro-sacral. Vertebro-pubic. Right Vertebro-ilial. Left Vertebro-ilial. Lumbo-sacral. Lumbo-pubic. Right Lumbo-ilial. Left Lumbo-ilial. Right Cephalo-ilial. Left Cephalo-ilial. Cephalo-sacral. Right Cephalo-ilial. Left Cephalo-ilial. 498 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XV. Mechanism of Parturition. Under normal conditions, it may be said that the pelvis itself does not offer any obstacle to the passage of the fcetus, and that it is the soft parts alone which oppose its exit. Of the different presentations we have enumerated the anterior — in which the fore feet, head and chest present simultaneously — is the only one we may designate as "natural," especially with the larger animals and primiparae. Fromage de Feugre was the first to point this out, though Rainard was of opinion that the posterior presentation should also be looked upon as normal; Avhile Dcsplas gave Ihrec natural positions — head and fore limbs, STERNO-ABUOMINAL POSITION OF THE X'OETUS. head only, and hind limbs only ; and Del wart gives four normal positions. But experience abundantly proves that the first we have described is that which alone merits the designation, as it is the one in which birth can take place without artificial aid. It is true that birth is possible Avhen the foal or the calf presents posteriorly at the pelvic inlet ; but this is a rare presen- tation, and under the most auspicious circumstances it is much less favor- able and more difficult for the mother, Avhile it is very often death to the young animal (especially in the mare). In the majority of cases, without assistance expulsion proceeds no further than the hocks, and the foetus 2] email intestines, and frequently enter the stomach, but from the fact that they seldom exist in very large quantities, commonly do somewhat less damage than the ascarides. Nevertlieless, the writer has occasion- ally seen them come away by the hat-full, after a heavy dose of vermi- fuge. How to detect their presence. — AVhen in small numbers, their exis- tence is hardly ascertainable, but when in largo numbers, their pres- ence will be betrayed by a capricious appetite, usually a ravenous one ; ema- ciation, with dry, coarse, staring coat, and a pot-belly ; a whitish-yellow mould will be seen around the anus, probably made by worms being crush- ed while passing out, leaving their contents sticking to the skin, and, usually, more or less of the worms will be seen in the dung. When they get into the stomach, the horse will turn up his upper lip, as if nau- seated, and will also rub his lips against the wall, manger, etc. ; he will lick the wall, sometimes even lick the hair off himself, and will persistently rub his tail or keep switch- ing it around, and otherwise manifesting the irritation that exists in the anus and rectum. Giant Sti'ongle. — Another round worm occasionally observed in the horse, is the giant strongle, {EustrongyJus Gigas,) found, most commonly, in the kidneys and bladder. But sometimes, after having completely devoured a kid- ney, this rapacious parasite bursts the cap- sule, and falling into the abdominal cavity, there tloats about among the intestines. It then causes peritonitis and death. These worms are as large as a man's big finger, and from one to three feet long. Their color is a bright pink. What to do for worms. — There are numerous useful vermifuges. The most convenient and effectual is the f ollowinir : APPEARANCE OF COLT SUFFERING FROM WORMS. ^/m HORSE RUBBING HIS NOSE AGAINST A WALL— A SYMPTOM OF WORMS. No. 83. 1 Drachm sulphate of iron, 1 Drachm tartar emetic, 2 Drachms linseed meal, Mix. 128 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOClv>R. Give as one dose, repeating it morning and night for a week ; then give a purgative of oil and turpentine, as follows : No. 84. 1 Ounce spirits of turpentine, 1 Pint raw linseed oil, Mix. Give as one dose. After three weeks, repeat the entire treatment, to catch the young worms previously left in the bowels, in the form of nits or eggs, and which have hatched since. iVrtSrtZ a7ul bronchial acari. — One sort of acarus is found in the nose of the horse, and another, the strongylus micrurus, in the bronchial tubes. They are from one and a half to three inches long. II. Bets. The oestrus equi, or horse gadfly, in laying its eggs, attaches them to the hair of the horse, usually on the fore legs and breast, so as to be convenient to the horse's mouth. The horse licks the spot irritated by the fly and thus gets one or more c'-'^s into his mouth ; it is hatched by the heat and moisture, passes down the o-ullet, and attaches itself to the coat of the stomach by two little booklets on the head, and there hangs for several months, as yet not having tlie power to let go. This is one of the stages it has to go through, to become a fly. When it has matured, it lets go, and soon passes out with the duno-. It then hides itself in the earth, to undergo another change, and after six or ^MMttj^ seven weeks' growth, in the pupa condition, ^^B^^ THE GADFLY. emcrgcs a full fledged gadfly, cap«])le of ^ ^°^* annoying many horses and propagating its species indefinitely. PEUTASTOMA TCENOIDES. Acarus which lives in the nose. I. Female fly about to deposit an egg, 3. The egg magnified. 3. The bot. ^^B 4. The chrysalis. ^^ 5. The male fly. THE GADFLY, AT VARIOUS STAGES OF DEVELOPMENT. The bot sucks liquid nourishment from the food of the horse, and PARASITIC DISEASES OF TIIE nORSE. 529 for the holes found in never, as is popularly supposed, eats the stomach the stomach soon after the death of a healthy ani- mal, are really caused by the action of the gastric juice, — in fact, a kind of self-digestion by the stom- ach itself. The only harm bots can do is to accumulate in such large quantities in the stomach and bowels as to interfere with digestion and the free passage of the fa3ces. In such cases a purgative may prove advantageous. No specific treatment is necessary. Feed well. III. Lice. All animals suffer from the ravages of external parasites, the most common of which are lice. They are wingless insects, divided into two classes, blood-suckers (^Hoematopinus) and Bird-lice (trichodectes.) BOTS FASTENKD TO THE STOMACH, UNABLE TO LET GO. ^P^ "mi //iTw ^ ::^^ HEN-LOUSE, OR DERMANYS- SUS OF THE HORSE. GONIODES STYLIFER OF THE TURKEY. The former have narrow heads and long, trunk-like sucking tubes ; the latter, very broad heads and biting jaws, but no sucking tube. Lice always impoverish the animal they infest, causing loss of flesh and general unthriftiness. Our four cuts of them are, of course, greatly magnified. What to do. — The safest and most effectual remedy is a tobacco infusion, made as follows : No. 85. 2 Pounds tobacco, 3 Gallons water. Mix, and steep for two hours. Sponge the animal thoroughly, same manner : Or the following may be used in the No. 86. 3 Pounds quassia chips, 1 Gallon water, . Mix, and steep one hour. 530 CrCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. rv. Mange. This is a parasitic disease that is due to a class of insects called acari, of which there are three kinds that trouble the horse, viz : the sarcoptes, dermatophagus and dermato- coptis. The first named burrows in the deeper layers and cracks of the skin, while the last two live on the surface, under the scabs, where, of course, they are more easily got at than the former, and hence are less difficult to treat. How to know it. — There is a terri- ble itching that cannot be satisfied ; the more the horse rubs, the more he itches. Horses with the mange will sometimes be found turned out to pasture, and rubbing and scratch- ing against posts, trees, fences, etc., or even against one another. As HCEMATOPINUS, OR BLOOD-SUCKING LOUSE OF THE HOKSE AND ASS. TRICHODECTES OR BIRD LOUSE OF THE HORSE. DERMATOPHAGUS EQUI. DERMATOCOPTES EQUI. the mites possess great vitality, and will live a long time away from a horse, those left on the posts, etc., will infest any other horse coming in contact with it weeks, or even months, afterward. Mange is contagious by actual contact. The skin gets rough and scaly ; the hair comes off in patches ; the skin gets pimply, and when rubbed much, gets quite raw. It usually affects the head and neck first, sometimes spreading so as to take the hair entirely off. Its spread is quite rapid, and keeps the horse in agony all the time. He will push against your hand, in evident PARASITIC DISEASES OF THE HORSE. 531 pleasure, when you scratch the affected part ; and this constitutes a good test for mange. (See cut below.) MANGE MITE (MAGNIFIED.) As given by Doctor Erasmus Wilson, SARCOPTES EQUI. What to do. — Wash the parts affected with hot water and strong soap, to remove all scabs and scurf ; then, when dry, rub well in to all affected spots the following mixture : No. 87. 4 Ounces sulphur, 2 Ounces oil of tar, % Pint linseed oil, Mix. V. Ringworm. This is a fungous, vegetable parasitic growth, scientifically known as tricophy ton tonsurans . It is contagious, and attacks all classes of ani- mals, yet sometimes arises spontaneously from poverty and filth. It manifests itself by a round ])ald spot, scaly and elevated inside the ring, which is red and inflamed. It begins in a small pimple-like sore, which spreads very fast, increasing in size from day to day, and new sores forming on other parts of the body. The ring is surrounded by a row of broken, bristly hairs, which split, and become filled with spore* of the fungus ; and as fast as one row of hairs is dis- posed of another row is attacked. Ringworm is, at first, simply a disfigurement, but it should, on no account, be neglected. If allowed to run on, it becomes very trouble- some. The scurfy skin of ringworm is easy of recognition, the particles of scurf coming off in little flakes or scales, which have been aptly com- pared to the coarser, husky portions of bran. TEST FOR MANGE. 532 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. There is another form of ringworm called favus. It shows the same general ap- pearance of the other, except that a scab forms in the center, after the ring has receded. What to do.— Wash with soap and water; when dry, paint with tincture of iodine or the following: 40 Grains corrosive sublimate, No. 88. 1 1 Pint water. Mix. i Repeat once a day till cured. BOTS. 1, Bots in the Stomach. 2. Bots in the Duoflenum, or Tntestme. CHAPTER XXIII. VICES IN THE STABLE. . CRIBBING. II. WIXD SUCKING. III. GNAWING THE MANGER, CLOTHING, ETC.— — IV. KICKING WHILE EATING GRAIN. V. WASTING THE GRAIN. VI. PULLING BACK, AN1> BREAKING THE HALTER. VII. BALKING. Horses frequently contract pernicious habits in the stable, such as always jDrove very annoying and often incurable. Nevertheless, a little in- genuity will sometimes work wonders, not only in preventing the forma- tion of such habits, but also in breaking them up. The most common stable vices are those above noted. I. Cribbing. This is a habit of catching hold of the manger, post, fence, or other object in front of the horse, with the teeth, and bearing down till the neck is altered in position, so as to form a tempo- rary vacuum in the pharynx, when the air rushes in to fill it, making a sound not unlike the hic- cough. It frequently occurs that the horse will devote nine-tenths of his time to cribbing, to the neglect of eating and sleeping, especially if at grass, and bringing on indigestion, emaciation and hidebound. For this reason, cribbers are usually thin in flesh. Cause. — Cribbing is considered by some to be the result of indigestion ; by otheiis, of pain in cribbing. the teeth while teething; and by others still, of idleness. While there are cases that undoubtedly seem traceable to the first two mentioned causes, the writer thinks this habit will l)e found, uniformly, to be associ- ated, at least, with idleness. Old horses sometimes take it up, and horses of all ages are apt to do so, if tied beside a cribber ; but in every such case idleness seems to be a prerequisite. This opinion is strengthened, too, by the undeniable fact that a horse kept in the stable several weeks, from some trivial cause, is especially apt to acquire it. What to do. — There are many devices in vogue for the cure of crib- bing, each containing more or less merit, — such as a piece of buffalo robe, or of iron, nailed on the edge of the manger ; red pepper smeared over the latter ; a small strap around the throat, drawn very tio-ht, etc. But the most effectual plan is to tie him in a wide stall, with a line from 533 534 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. each side, to keep hiin in the center, and feed him on the floor, Some horses, however, will crib lying down ; or, if tied too short to reach the floor, Avill sometimes crib on their own knees. The writer saw a horse tied in front of the Board of Trade Building, in Chicago, that was checked up so short that he could not reach the flag sidewalk ; so he would put one foot up on the walk and crib on his knee, which he was just able to reach. He would stand there, and do this by the hour. Cases so invet- erate are not curable. Give internally, as treatment for the stomach, the following : — No. 89. 2 Ounces bicarbonate of soda, 1 Ounce o^entian root, powdered, 2 Ounces linseed meal. Mix. Give a tablespoonful morning and night, in soft food, and give plenty of exercise. Old, long standing cases are obstinate, but those more re- cent may generally be cured by the above treatment, if persevered in. Prevention. — Avoid long-continued idleness, and also overfeeding on strong, heating grain. A horse, to be kept in health, should be exercised every day, and fed according to the work performed. II. ■Wind-sucking. This is similar to cribbing, which it often accompanies, but the horse may suck wind without cribbing. He arches his back, curves his neck, draws in his chin towards his breast and down goes a swallow of air into the stomach ; this continues, usually, till he is so bloated that he is like a barrel, and cannot hold any more. It is injurious, as being apt to cause indigestion, colic, emaciation, hide-bound, etc. Give No. 89 in soft food. This may help the case ; still, wind- suckers are generally incurables. III. Gnawing the Manger, Clothing, etc. This habit, and especially gnawing the manger, is formed in idleness, or else indicates the want of salt. Tearing the blankets sometimes comes simply from being too warm, especially if the horse is fat ; the skin gets hot and itchy, and he would be more comfortable with- out a blanket, and perhaps should have medical treatment, constitutionally. What to do. — Give him plenty of work, and feed accordingly. If he per- sists iu the habit, smear the manger with GNAWING THE MANGER. assafostlda, or make it of iron. If a blanket is really necessary, he can be prevented from tearmg it, by tying V fetick from his cheek to the surcingle. VICES IN THE STABLE. 535 IV. Kicking while Eating Grain. This is another outgrowth of continued idleness, in connection with a nervous disposition. The horse, while eating his grain, will kick the side of the stall, sometimes as often as four or five times a minute. This he usually does with one foot, but sometimes wdth both, — first one and then the other. What to do. — A piece of chain, a foot or so in length and tied to the pastern of the foot used, will sometimes prove effectual. Another plan which usually answers the purpose, is to run a small rope from the bit through a collar and surcingle to the foot. Or, a small bit may be used, — one that will not interfere with the eating. Whipping is useless. V. Wasting the Grain. This is a playful habit of taking up the grain into the mouth and sift- inof it out atmin, tlirowino; it around much as a child would the bread and butter of which he had too much. As a rule, it shows that the horse has too much grain and too lit- tle exercise ; he is fed more than he needs or can relish. A horse will not do it till he is fat and cloyed, except, perhaps, in occa- sional instances of irregular or decayed teeth. Treatment for these exceptional cases is given in the article on teeth. What to do.— The treatment consists in removing the cause ; give more work and less grain. Sometimes a hard-worked, ravenous horse will plunge his nose into a mess of oats and throw half of them out, from sheer irritability of tem- per. Treat him kindly, however ; place a large angular stone, the size of a man's double fist, in the center of the manger, and put the oats in Avith it, which will compel him to go about the matter more leisurely, and prevent him from throwing the grain out. VI. Pulling Back, and Breaking the Halter. This very bad habit commonly originates from the horse getting fright- ened, when, jumping suddenly back, he breaks the halter ; and as average horse sense knows that a thing once done can be done again, the jerk is repeated, in sportiveness or mischief, till it becomes a confirmed vice. What to do. — Have a very strong halter, and tie high on the manger, which will give the horse less power to pull than when tied low. Some PLAYING WITH THE GRAIN. 53(j CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AJSTD COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. fecommend a small rope, passed under the tail and tied to the manger, which may act well in some cases. But tlie main point lies in so fasten- ing him that he cannot get away, when, after a few inettectual attempts, he w ill give it up. In halter breaking a colt, pass a rope behind him, so that he cannot pull full strength on the halter, and be very sure nothing is used with him that will break ; one accident of that kind may be enough to start a persistent bad habit. VII. Balking. This, though not strictly a stable vice, is so nearly allied thereto that it seems quite proper to treat of it in this connection. The best way to break a horse of balking is not to be in a hurry, but, rather, to let him stand to his heart's content; avoid hitching him to any load he cannot pull easil}^ ; coax him and pat him; feed him apples, salt, sugar, etc., out of your hand. Let the same man always handle him, if possible; a change of drivers might spoil all that has been accomplished. If there is no time to wait for him, hitch another team ahead of him and snake him along. The chain, or even rope, passed around his neck for the other team to pull by, is very effectual. Try and divert his attention by offering a handful of salt or oats ; or, even a handful of earth may serve every purpose. The maxim always to be observed in all of these cases is : Treat the horse with kindness. A balky horse cured by kindness, an achievement not only possible but absolutely feasible, is the best, toughest, most perse- vering creature in existence, from the fact that only horses possessed of a great amount of spirit and determination ever get balky, those that resent and resist abuse. It is abuse, generally speaking, that makes a horse learn to balk, — such foolish and barbarous work as gettmg into a hole with a heavy load, and then whipping unmercifull}^ to try and make the poor dumb victims perform impossibilities. Let the reader set it dowp as an axiom, that kindness is always repaid by faithful service. CHAPTER XXIV. CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OP STABLES, AS RELATED TO HYGIENE. t. NECESSITY FOR STABLES. II. CONSTRUCTION OP STABLES. III. FEEDING AND WATERING STOCK. IV. THE CARE OF STOCK WHEN IN STABLE. .V. ADDI- TIONAL DIRECTIONS FOR GIVING MEDICINES. VI. DETECTION OF DISEASE. I. Necessity for Stables. In many regions and climates, stables are not necessary ; horses, mules, cattle and all kinds of stock lie down to rest and sleep in the open air, under cover of the blue sky, or, if they have any shelter, they find it for themselves, in gi'oves, edges of forests and canons. In some countries yards or corrals are made, and the stock driven into them at night, to keep them from straying, and from being attacked by wild beasts. In this country, and especially in the northern and central States, stables are indispensable, as a protection from cold, sudden changes and severe storms. They are tokens of civilization and Christianity, the result of a humane disposition to provide comfortable — sometimes even foxurious — quarters for the animal dependents as well as for the family. n. Construction of Stables. The construction of the stable, in all its various features, including the arrangements for its drainage and ventilation, as well as stalls, man- gers, etc., is of great importance, as bearing directly upon the health, as well as the comfort, of the animals. Mistakes in stable construction are often the unsuspected cause of lameness, of disease, and even death. Hygienic considerations should, therefore, have their full weight in plan- ning and building a barn. Location is the first consideration, as determining the possibilities of good drainage. Do not build a barn in a hollow, with rising ground all around it ; for this would expose your stock to miasmatic fevers and other derangements of the general organism. In such a location, the simplest attacks of disease would be likely to take on a serious type, with greatly increased uncertainty in the action of remedial agents. Build a stable on an elevation, if possible. Have ground around it, at least on one side, that slopes away, so as to furnish good natural drainage, or free escape for suq^erfluous water. The next point after settling that of location, is the artificial drainage. There should be one large drain, to act as the discharge, with several o6i 538 CYCLOPEDIA Of UCVE SIOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. smaller ones extending in every direction, to act as feeders thereto ; also, outlets to the several parts and corners of the stable. See that there is descent enough to have a rajiid flow of the sewage. The next point to be attended to is to build the shell or walls so as to secure light enough. Right here is the chief defect in most city stables. Nothing is so weakening to the eyes as to be kept continuously in a dark place. When a horse thus stabled goes out into the glaring sunshine, the eyes cannot immediately adapt themselves to the new order of things, and see ol)jects dimly, uncertainly, and with a squint, and hence he is apt to shy and otherwise misbehave. But this is not the only injurious consequence. It is a frequent cause of congestion of some of the inner sensitive parts of the eye, leading on to inflamnjatiQn, and perhaps to blindness. If a small window is made at the head of each horse, it sliould be placed at least two feet above his head, so as not to have the light shining directly into his ej'es ; but the best arrangement is to have the whole place lighted with a diffused light. Next, as to the stalls. Let the plan always include one or more box stalls, in which to place a sick or lame horse, as it is downright cruelty to confine a sick horse. Have the box stall so constructed that it can be darkened at will, as without this you could not properly care for a horse suffering with eye disease. Let the box stalls have a level floor, as it is not only fatiguing but absolutely injurious to the joints of the feet and legs to stand on a sloping floor. The boxes should not b*^ less than ten feet square. The common stalls should be from four to five feet wide, re- membering that five is preferable to four ; for horses are apt to get cast in narrow stalls, and, besides, they have less comfort when lying down . The floor of the stalls should slope a little, just enough to have the urine drain off, that is, from one to two inches, one inch being pre- ferable. There is nothing more injurious to the tendons, legs and feet than floors built, as many are, to slope from five to eight inches. POINTS OF THE LEG. Showing the location of syn- ovial membranes and joint oil. INJURED TEN- DONS. The result of sloping floors. CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF STABLES. 539 Four cuts arc here given, showing the anatomy of the parts that sus- tain injury in this way, and the results commonly seen following such injuries. The center of gravity is thrown in a different line from what nature intended ; and though the feet and legs can stand this for a while, yet when long continued, the tendons become wearied, from the constant strain, and are also predisposed to sprains when the horse is taken out. The joints, too, share in the protest against the slope. The weight being thrown upon a bearing that is unnatural, the cartilages and ends of the bones become irritated, ana' the synovial bursse distended ; inflamma- tion is set up ; and then follows ringbone, spavin, osteophytes, or the like trouble, according to the special susceptibility of the animal. Any one may satisfy himself as to the correctness of these views, by noticing how a horse will back out of his stall, and stand with his toes in the gutter, back of him What is this for? To rest the back tendons that have been under an unnatural strain. Horses, when left to choose for themselves, will almost invariably find a place where the hind feet stand higher than the fore. This is well illustrated by the cut at the end of chapter IV, Part II. The stall should be built, as to length, to suit the class of horse intended to occupy it. Draft horses, for in- stance, require longer stalls than buggy horses. Make a gutter just back of the horse, to carry off the urine, and let the floor beyond the gutter be on the same level as the floor of the stall. Some stables have the stall floor built from three to ten inches higher than the main floor. This is a great mistake, notwithstanding it may save labor to the stable-man, for his comfort and ease should never be allowed to outweigh those of the stock. Very serious accidents sometimes happen from the horse kicking over the rear post of the stall, and coming down astraddle of it, in some instances letting the intestines right out on the floor, and in others skinning the whole inside of the leg, from the thigh to the foot, clean to the bone. To prevent this, let the rear post go from floor to ceiling, and see that it OSTEOPHYTES ON THE PAS- TEllN BONES. DISEASED HOCK JOINT. Another dang-er from sloping floors. Hock joint of the left hind leer, in which the bony deposit of spavin has involved all but the true hock joint. 5i0 CrZCLOPEDIA OF LIVE SKJCK AND CSOMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. is securely fastened there. Build the insides of the stalls of hard wood plauks, to the height of four feet, and top them out three feet more with strong wire-work, which is decidedly preferable to a solid partition between the stalls, as it affords their inmates the comfort of one anoth- er's society. Horses, like human beings, get lonesome when isolated, and pine for company; besides this, solitude has a tendency to engender viciousness. Ventilation is a very important matter, as every one will admit who has gone into a badly ventilated stable in the morning, and noticed how THE LAZY MAN'S WAY OF CLEANING THE LEGS. Easy and convenient, but very injurious. it affects his eyes, his breathing, etc. Large tubes should be placed alono- through the stable, from thirty to forty feet apart. They should be from two to four feet square, and run out through the roof, with slats at the top or sides for water-sheds ; below, they should come just through the ceilino- into the stable. Then, every twenty feet, there should be tubes, four or five inches square, entering at the floor, through the walls, from the outside, and carried up along the wall inside as high as eight feet. The air thus admitted, making a curve at the top of the tube, will descend to the floor, but becoming tempered before it strikes the horses, and will force up the warm, vitiated air through the large tubes and out through CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF STABLES. 541 the roof. As to doors, have enough to keep the stable cool in summer, but avoid a draft, especially when the horses come in warm and tired, as they are then especially susceptible to colds, and attacks of throat and lung diseases, etc. III. Feeding and Watering Stock. This is a matter that interests every stock owner, and one also in which there is a great amount of abuse. We seldom find a duplicate of the notorious bad-debt collector, Cottle, of Chicago, who deliberately starved his horse to death, but we often find men who abuse their stock through ignorance. For instance, there are not a few who water their horses only twice a day. This is a real abuse, for not only does the animal get ter- ribly thirsty, but, as a consequence of his intense craving for water, he ^vill, when he at last gets at it, drink a great deal more than is good for THE PROPER WAY. How to dry and clean the legs in cold weather. him. The stomach of a horse holds only about three gallons, but in these cases he will sometimes drink three or four pailfulls, making from nine to twelve o-allons. If this follows soon after eating, it washes the food right throu^^h the stomach into the intestines, before it is digested, giving rise to colic, with all its attendant dangers. The water given stock should always be clean, not from a foul well in the barn-yard, and should be allowed three or four times a day, preferably four; or, better still, let it run before them all the time, being careful not to lot them over-drink when coming in warm from work. The food should be clean, sound, dry, healthy grain and hay, and welj harvested, free from smut. It is a great saving to the pocket of the i42 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTORo owner, as well as to the stomach of the Lorse, to grind all gram and cut the hay ; and it is an unquestionable advantage to the animal to have the grain partly cooked, by steaming. This can be effected, without much trouble, by pouring hot water on it, covering, and then letting it steam and swell. This will render the grain more digestible, and less liable to fer- ment and cause flatulent colic ; more of it will be digested, also, because the «JGoking will make digestible a considerable proportion of the food THE OLD WAY OP GIVTN(? A BALL. In which the operator is liable to get hi» hand scratched or bitten, and the horse's tongue may be torn. that in its natural state is not so ; hence the economy. Stock of all kinds should be fed three times a day — less at a time if necessary, but never at greater intervals. The quantity of food must always be gauged by the size of the animal and amount of work exacted. Work horses accustomed to large feeds of strong grain should have it reduced when idle, even for the short time extending over Sunday. They should get simply a bran mash or a mess of carrots on Saturday night, and the other feeds should be reduced nearly one half on Sunday ; then they will come out in fine condition on Monday morning. But if the usual quantity of strong, heating grain is allowed, the horse is very apt to come out Monday morn- ing with a big elephant leg — lymphangitis, or else, though going out apparently all right, is soon attacked with congestion of the kidneys or oth3r internal organs. CONSTRUCTION AND JIANAGEMENT OF STABLES. 543 rv. The Care of Stock when in Stable. The object of this section is more to correct abuses in the us of cold water and want of exercise than to give elaborate rules in regard to grooming, etc. Cold water is a good thing, but, like all good things, is apt to be abused. In our northern latitudes it is too cold to allow the free use of cold water in cleaning the horse's legs and feet, from November 1st to April 1st, or even a longer period ; for cold water thus used on the extremities already chilled, is very apt — nay, almost certain — to cause scratches, grease, furruncle, or the like. If warm water is used and the legs thoroughly dried, no damage is done, but it is not once in a hundred times that they are thus properly dried.' The best way is to clean and dry the legs and feet with a whisk of hay or straw, or with a rubbing cloth when the horse comes in ; then, when thoroughly scratches. dry, clean them properly with a brush. This, in most instances, will keep the legs free from scratches. Horses should not be kept any considerable length of time on a board floor without exercise and occasional removal of the shoes, the same as though he were at work ; for the feet will get dry and brittle, contract and As seen in the hollow of the pastern. SHOWING THE VEINS OF THE FOOT. Which may be seriously interfered with by contraction of the hoof from standing too long on a board floor without atten- tion to the moisture, shoeing, etc., of the feet. EXOSTOSIS OF THE COFFIN BONE. As sometimes seen in complications of navicu- lar disease, contraction, side bones, etc. press upon the quarters, causing corns, and perhaps setting up hiflamma- tion that may form side bones, contract the tendons, etc. If obliged to keep a horse standing idle in a stable, have his shoes taken off , and, if possible, let him have a dirt floor to stand on, sprinkling occasionally to dampen it. A box stall would be much the best for him. V. Additional Directions for Giving Medicines. It is very necessary for the stable-man to be able to give medicine, both in the form of drenches and balls. Many a dose of medicine, of the 544 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. utmost value to the horse, is lost through not knowing how to administer it properly. Small doses of liquids are best given with a syringe. Stand in front of the patient, fill the syringe, (one that can be worked ^vith one hand is absolutely necessary), open the mouth by inserting the left hand through the mouth, and holding the fingers up on edge ; pass the syringe between the fingers, and shoot away ; withdraw the syringe, and elevate the head a trifle with the left hand. So continue till the dose is all down. When properly done, not a drop is wasted and the horse is not excited ; nor (which is quite a point) does the man get angry, and whack the horse over the head with the bottle. With large doses, how- ever, the bottle must be resorted to. Pass a loop in the mouth so as to catch the upper jaw, then raise the head by running a line over a pulUy, or by inserting a long crotch or fork in the loop and having an assistant lift at it ; the operator, meanwhile standing at the right side of the horse's head, steadies the head with one hand, and pours down the con- tents of the bottle with the other. Pour very slowly, and never resort to any violence to make the patient swallow ; just give him his time. If he coughs, strangles or chokes, let down his head instantly, regardless of the loss of the medicine. (See last cut in Chapter I, Part II.) Solid medicine it is best to give in the form of a ball. Make up the ball with syrup, soft soap or linseed meal, its size that of your big finger, and wrap it in soft paper ; stand in front of the horse, catch firm hold of the tongue with the left hand, and draw it down between the incisor teeth, never at one side ; take the ball between the fingers, the thumb being drawn into the palm of the hand ; then pass it back, placing it on the root of the tongue, let go of it, and give it another push with ^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^ ^^^^ one finger ; withdraw the hand, let go the tongue, close the mouth, elevate the head a trifle, and watch on the left side of the neck for it to go down. Kemember, in giving medicine of all kinds, never abuse or excite the patient, but take him as quietly as possible. For the benefit of young farmers and others of limited experience, we would say that good sense and self-possession are the secrets of success in treating sick stock. These will gi'eatly aid you to see clearly what ought to be done, and to use to the best advantage such means as you have at hand for doing it. There are cases in which medicine and food have to be administered in some other than the ordinay way ; as, for instance, to a horse with tetanus, that cannot open its mouth. In this case, the medicine and CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF STABLES. 545 liquid food can bo given through a tube passed through one of the nostrils and down into the throat, or they may be given by the rectum ; but in the latter case large quanti- ties will be necessary, as a portion will not be absorbed. VI. Detection of Disease. FEEDING A HORSE WITH TETAKUS. portance that every stable- man should have a quick eye for the early symp- toms of disease in his stock. Ignorance of these symptoms allows the case to run on into a more advanced stage, when its treatment re- quires more skill, and more medicine, all entailing more expense in or- derto save it, and, of course, with much less chance of doing so after all. **A stitch in time saves nine ;" and no one will dispute the fact that it pays to spend ten dollars to save a hundred. If it pays to treat an animal at all, in pays to begin doing it early. One day's neglect of a sick horse may cost his life. When, therefore, a horse stands back in his stall, hangs his head, drops his ears, refuses his feed, declines to move, partly closes his eyes, has the nostrils slightly dilated from increased frequency of respiration, or has the ears and extremities cool or cold, — when any of these indications are noted, it is safe to conclude that the horse is sick, and something should be done immediately. If near a qualified veterinary surgeon, employ him ; otherwise, endeavor to find out for yourself, and at once, what is the matter. Note the symptoms carefully, taking the pulse, respirations and temperature, and ex- amining all parts ; then, when the disease is diagnosed, proceeed with the treatment vigor- ously. There are many simple ailments that any intelligent man can cope with successfully. Get at the bottom of the trouble, remove the cause, apply the treatment, and, in most cases, you can cure the animal. Take, for instance a case of aphtha, which is a simple irritation of the mouth, tongue and lips, sometimes extending up to the cheeks, both inside and out. Aphtha is much the oftenest seen in foals, resulting from the irritation to the membranes of the checks that follows too much sucking. When A SICK HORSE. Appearances about the head that indicate a sick horse- 546 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. seen in older horses, its most common cause is the irritating effects of the dew and frosted grass in spring and fall. The lips, tongue, etc., will be found to be slightly swollen, and covered with a pimply eruption re- sembling blisters; in fact, the parts affected look as though blisters h ad actually been applied. The treatment, in the case of a foal, is simply to separate him from the dam for a few hours; let him suckle, and then promptly separate them again, and so on till he is well. Older horses should be taken up nights, and not let out in the APHTHA. niorninir till about nine o'clock. Swab out the mouth and affected parts with recipe No. 46. This is all very simple, and nothing at all but what any stock man could do, if he would give the case proper thought and attention. YII. Charbon or Anthrax in Horses. This disease pertains to the horse as it does to all warm-blooded an- imals. Curative treatment is useless. Preventive treatment lies in vaccinating horses the same as cattle in infected regions. The regions that are mostly infected, and require vaccination regularly, are the low- land sections of Louisiana and ]\Iississippi. There are many plantations down there that require vaccination once a year to save horses and mules from dying with Anthrax. The vaccine can be purchased from any of the dealers in biological products, with directions how to use. The symptoms and post mortem appearances are the same in horses as in cattle and hogs. For fuller description, causes, prevention, etc., see Department on Cattle, pages 821, 822, 823, 824 and 825. The facts there given apply to the disease wherever it may exist and in whatever class of animal it develops. CHAPTER XXV. OrERA^TIONS. I. ANESTHETICS, AND HOW TO USE THEU. 1.. BANDAGES. III. BLEEDING IV. BLJSTEUING. V. CASTING. VI. CASTRATION. VII. EXTIRPATION OF THE EVE. VIII. FIRING. IX. LITHOTOMY. X. LITHOTRITY. XI. NEU- ROTOMY. XII. NICKING AND DOCKING. XIII. OPENING AN ABSCESS. XIV. TAPPING THE CHEST, AND TAPPING THE ABDOMEN. XV. PRICKING. XVI. PROBING AND OPENING A FISTULA. XVII. SPAYING. XVIII. SUTURES. XIX. TAPPING THE BELLY FOR FLATULENCE. XX. TENOTOMY. XXI. TRACHE- OTOMY. In this chapter we shall descrilje all of the more common surgical oper- ations on the horse. Some of these can be performed by any intelligent person, who will exercise a reasonable amount of care and prudence, with ready reserve resource to fall back on in case of accident. The lat- ter, in fact, is a very necessary qualilication in any operator ; for acci- dents may happen, and result disastrously, in the most skillful hands. Ai the same time, many valuable expedients may be resorted to, in cases of this kind, wliich It is absolutely impossible to prescribe by set rules before- hand. Here, quick-witted common sense must be the main reliance of all practitioners alike. I. Anaesthetics, and How to Use Them. Anaesthetics are drugs or agents that destroy feeling. They take away all sensation, and all power of voluntary action ; and they sometimes cause death, by suffocation, or suspension of the involuntary actions of the body, if they are given too fast, or their use is carried too far. Hence, they should never be administered by inexperienced or unskillful hands. The principal agents of this class employed in veterinary practice are chloro- form and sulphuric ether ; chloral hydrate is often used as an anodvne, but not as an anaesthetic. The animal is usually cast, legs tied, and, when everything has been prepared for the operation, a large sponge, saturated with chloroform or ether, is held to the nose, beingre-wet every little while, as long as maybe necessary. The nose is sometimes enclosed in a bag, so as to confine the fumes, ]>ut it is better not to do this. The risk thus run vastly outweighs the few advantages it offers. If sufficient air is mixed with the anaesthetic, there is no danger, but horses usually struggle very severly during the exciting stage, — just before they go under its influence, and, on that ac- count the method mentioned is not considered safe by many of the best authorities, 547 548 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. n. Bandages. These are very important adjuncts to the treatment of lameness, when m the legs, and, also, in stopping a hemorrhage and dressing wounds. They should he applied smoothly, and with moderate pressure. For lameness and dressing wounds, coarse unbleached muslin is the best. For binding on a sponge or other substance, to stop bleeding, the many- tailed bandage is very convenient. For moderate pressure, as in case of windgalls and stocked legs, the Derby bandage is very useful. Elastic bandiio-es are good wlien considerable tension is desired, but they need careful application, to avoid alwading the skin. m. Bleeding. Bleedino- is an old time practice that has almost become obsolete, on several accounts, of which the principal seems to l)e that the congestion and pulse can be controlled by other means less depleting and weakening, thus giving the animal a better chance to recover by husbanding his strejigth. Then, again, the seasons and atmos- phere have so changed that diseases, especially of the lower animals, are more likely to become epizootic, with typhoid symptoms and great nervous prostration, when it is utterly unsafe to bleed. Still, bleeding is valu- able in cases of congestion, when there is a full, strong pulse and no MANY-TAILED BANDAGE. BAI81MG THE VEIN BEFORE BLEEDING. (Tbe Place to Out— an Old Time Practice.} >;6akness, but only in the first stage — never when the temperature of the patient is abnormally high and the system has become weakened. OPERATIONS. 549 The finger is pressed on the vein, to make it fill ; or a cord may be tied sufficiently tight around the neck. Then place the blade of the fleam on the vein, at the point indicated in the illustration, and strike it agood smart blow with a round stick, commonly called the blood-stick ; have a bucket in readiness, and catch the blood in it, to know how much you draw. Draw from two to six quarts, according to age and size, and the condi- tions of the case. It is a good plan to blindfold the horse to avoid his STRIKING THE FLEAM WITH THE BLOOD-STICK. (An old time practice now almost obsolete.) jumping away from the blow of the blood-stick. When sufficient blood has been drawn, remove the cord or other obstruction, when the flow will stop. Insert a pin and weave a hair or silk thread around the pin in such way as to describe a figure 8. Leave it in for a few days, when it can safely be removed. IV. Blistering. When w severe blister is desired, the hair should first be clipped off very close or shaven. Apply the blister a little at a time, and rub it well in, with sufficient friction to get up considerable heat between the hand and the skin ; then, when sufficient is rubbed m, smear some over the sur« face, and tie the horse up sufficiently short to prevent his getting his moudi 550 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOE. to it, or he will bite and blemish the sore and blister his lips. Keep him thus tied iw from twelve to twentv-four hours, smearino^ fresh lard ovei CATCHING THE BLOOD. (An ObBolete Practice except in Rare Cases.) it at the end of ten hours, to relieve the pain by keeping the air from it, which it will do without interfering with the blister. After about twf. days, begin washing it with warm water and a very little soap. Soften off the scabs, and clean the skiit around the blister ; and when dry, apply the grease. Repeat this once, daily. If the scabs are not softened off when pus collects under them, the pus burrows, and if not liberated, is apt to blemish. In mild sweat-blisters, it is not necessary to clip off the hair. Simply rub the blister in gently once a day, till sore enough, then grease once a day till nearly healed. Repeat this as often as necessary. Ointments are preferable to liquid blisters as being more manageable, and because they can be kept where wished, while liquid blisters are apt to run. V. Casting. There are many ways of casting a horse, all having some merit. The chief point to be remembered is to throw him carefully, as broken back, broken hips, etc., are among the dangers that attend carelessnesso The A HOCK WHEN BLIS TEREL>. OPERATIONS. 551 most convenient way is to put hobbles on the feet, and run a chain through the D's, and draw the feet all together, having a rope running from one arm over the back, to make him fall on the side desired ; also, a good man at the horse's head to prevent his throwing it around and falling on it, and thus breaking his neck. Always put down a good bed beforehand, for him to fall on. Rarey's plan of casting is good, in the absence of hobbles, viz: Tie up one fore leg ; then tie a strap to the pastern of the other fore leg, and pass it over the horse's back ; standing at the shoulder, push him over a step, at the same instant pulling up the foot and bringing him to his knees. He will do some rearing and jumping about, but when he gets tired, he will lie quietly down^ when his legs can be tied and held down. To prevent him from pounding his head, it is necessary to place a good man there, who should put one knee on his neck and turn his nose up at an angle of forty-five degrees. As a safeguard against too severe strain- ing, tie a rope from just above one knee to above the hock of the leg on the same side, and draw the legs as close together as possible, and confine them there. This lessens his power to struggle. VI. Castration. The best age for castrating colts is from one to three years, tlie exact time to be determined by the development of the neck and fore parts. If these are heavy, castrate early ; if light, he will thicken up and grow heavier, by being left entire another year. Prepare him by giving soft food for a week previous, and nothing at all for about twelve hours be- fore the operation. Cast him, and roll him up on his back ; tie the hind feet down to a surcingle ; take the scrotum in the left hand, and draw it over one of the testicles so as to bring the dividing line between the two sides over it ; next draw a small superficial slit about half an inch from the line, (one on each side of it,) thus marking the proper place to make the incision ; then cut one slit through to the testicle, letting it out ; slit open the inner coverings, one by one, till the testicle pops out clean from all the coverings; (avoid wounding the testicle with the knife, as this would cause profuse bleeding, and interfere with the work ; ) then sep- arate the tunics from the small end, and let them drop down over the cord; put on the steel clamps, to hold the cord while the ecraseur is being applied; put the ecraseur on as low as possible, and with itbiteofi the cord, still holding on to the latter with the clamps. Let go the cord, and operate on the other testicle. Rinse out the sack with cold water, and let him up. The emascnlator, a modern instrument, is becoming very popular; it being handier and safer, less likely to be followed by hem- orrhage, than the ecraseur. 552 CrCLOPEDIA OF LFVTE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. EXTIRPATION OF THE EYE. The old way of castrating with chun[)s is convenient, but it gives rise to an immense amount of pain, and is a quite inferior method compared with using the ccraseur. Vn. Extirpation of the Eye. In cancerous growths in the eye, it is sometimes necessary to extirpate that organ. After casting the horse, pass silk threads thrcjugh the lids, so that an assistant can hold them open ; then, with a sharp knife, dissect the eyeball out, cutting the muscles as they come, one after another, and, finally, the optic nerve. Dress the socket with lotion No. 39, for a fcAv da3'S ; then change to lotion No. 7. As this is a very painful operation, an anaesthetic should always be used, if a skillful man can be got to manage the case. VIII. Firing. This is the ai)plication of the actual cautery (burning by red-hot iron) to set up a great amount of counter-irritation or of adhesive inflammation. Its most common applications are for ring-bones, curbs, and sprains of the back, tendons, etc. Clip off the hair, cast the horse, and draw the edges (which should be blunt) of the firing-iron on the skin, making a yellow crease on it, but avoid cutting through the skin, as that would blemish more. Draw the lines, in the form of a feather, over a con- siderable surface ; let the horse up, and rub in the blister immediately. Give absolute rest for a month, and a run at grass for two months. IX. Lithotomy. This is an operation to extract a stone from the bladder. Cast the horse, and insert a metallic sound into the penis to reach up to the curve ; cut down to it on the curve, then insert a hidden bistoury, and open the passage into the bladder, making it large enough to allow of the stone being got out. Insert forceps with one hand, tiie other hand being in the rectum and following up the stone and crowding it out. If too large to extract whole, try and break it up with the forceps. If the patient is a mare, it will not be necessary tv'> cast the animal. She can be controlled suflaciently by using a twitch, which is a loop of strong, small rope, on the end of a small stick, for twisting the uppei OPERATIONS. 553 lip as shown hy the cut in Section XIV of this chapter. Insert the bis- toury cache into the bladder, the oj^ening to which will be found on the floor of the vagina, about three to six inches from the external orifice ; open the neck of the bladder, and then, with one liandinthe rectum, the stone can be drawn. In either case above described, dress the wounds with lotion No. 39, twice a day. The wound in the skin of the horse can be sewed up. When dressing the wound, rinse out the bladder with tepid water. X. Lithotrity. This is the name given to the process (mentioned in the last section) of breaking the stone into small pieces with forceps, and taking it away a little at a time. It is sometimes so large as to make it absolutely nec- essary to do this, or, in some cases, even to saw it in two. XI. Neurotomy. This is an operation to destroy sensation in the foot, in some cases of chronic, incurable lameness. Cast the horse, and, after clipping off the hair over the spot to be operated on, cut in through the skin to the nerve three or four inches above the fetlock, just back of the cannon, where it will be found running in the same sheath with the artery and vein. The last two, however, are deeper seated and together, the nerve running on the top of them. Make the incision half or three quarters of an inch' long, lengthwise of the leg ; dissect away the cellular tissue ; raise the nerve, and pass a thread of silk around it, and tie a knot ; (if it is the nerve that is tied, the horse will struggle violently from the pain, but if, from accident or mistake, the artery or vein has been taken up instead, there will be no pain, and consequently no struggle) ; sever the nerve above the silk with a sharp knife ; then, cutting below the silk, take out a section of the nerve about three qcarters of an inch long. Take a stitch in the skin, and dress with Friar's balsam three times a dny. The foregoing is known as the high operation. If the lower operation is preferred, the incision is made about midway down the long pastern bone, on either side of it. The former is usually considered the bettei one, as it takes away the sensation fi-om the entire foot, while the lower only takes it away from the heels ; there are filaments from the anterior branch of the nerve, extending down to the heels, which destroy the de- sired effect, to a great extent. Neurotomy should never be performed except as a last resort ; for it does not cure the disease, but only destroys the feeling in the i)art, so that there is no more pain iu it. Although the horse hangs the foot down as though it were sound, it is only a question of time for it to go 554 CYCLOPEDIA Ot LJVI. STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. all to pieces, either from the tendon giving way, or else by suppuration from a nail wound or corn, extending all around the foot. After neuro- tomy, it is necessary to be doubly careful in shoeing and taking care of the feet, to avoid the pricks of nails, corns, etc. , and, should these occur, to treat them at once, lest bad complications ensue. Some horses work well for four or five years after neurotomy, and some go to pieces in a few months. XII. Nicking- and Docking. Nicking and pricking are identical in efiect, viz: to straighten crooked tails. When a horse hugs his tail, it is sometimes necessary to sever the depressor muscles on the under side, and suspend the tail over a pulley, for two or three weeks. Insert the knife about two inches from the dock, on the under side at one side of the tail ; pass it in across the tail to within a quarter of an inch of the center, to avoid the large artery running down the under side in the middle, holding it flatwise — on its side; then turn up the edge towards the bone, and, Avith a sawing motion, sever the muscle clear to the bone. Withdraw the knife, leaving only the smail wound through which the knife entered. Tie the tail to a rope running over two pulleys; the tail being tied to a loop of it running down from each pulley, the ends passing over them should reach to the floor, with a weight attached to each end, so as to allow him to lie down. Keep the tail sus- pended in this way from two to three weeks. In case the tail is crooked or twisted to one side, insert the knife in a perpendicular position from below upwards, just under the skin; turn the edge towards the tail, and saw through the muscle; then tie the tail around to the opposite side for a couple of weeks. It is often necessary to cut in two or three places. If the cuts suppurate, dress them with lotion No. 39. If the first operation fails, try it again. Docking is amputating a portion of the tail, bone and all, to pander to the taste or whim of the owner. It is best done with a pair of docking shears made for the purpose. It is usually taken oflf from eight to ten inches from the beginning of the long hair at the dock. Part the hair evenly all the Avay round; fold that of the ui)i)er })ortion upward and tie a strong cord tightly around the tail, including the hair, two inches above the part. Hold the tail straight out and cut it ott" at the part. Scar the end with a red-hot iron to prevent hemorrhage; then put a bunch of oakum, the size of a fist, onto the end, pull the hair down over it, after removing the cord, tie it around the hair tightly below the oakum. Begin next day to apply lotion No. 5, several times a day for ten days, then apply No. 7. If the horse carried a good tail before docking, a week will l)e long enough to leave him in the pulleys, and he can be put to work; but if he carried a poor tail, keep it suspended two or three weeks. Oftentimes it is neces- OPERATIONS. 555 OPENING THE ABSCESS OF STRANGLES. Also illustrating the twitch and manner of using it. sary, in such a case, to nick the depressor muscles and keep him in pulleys two or three weeks before docking him. If the knife is clean, there will be no suppuration. Xni. Openingr an Abscess. This is a simple matter, when done properly. If improperly done, it is of little use, and the cure is apt to be retarded. When an abscess is ripe and ready to open, ascer- tain, as near as possible, where the bottom of it is, and insert tlie knife at that point, making an opening quite to the bottom for the escape of the pu?^. If this is impracticable, and the opening must be made at the top, the pus must be evacuated b}' means of a syringe or sponge, to draw it out. The main point to be remembered is to open it as near to the bottom as possible. A twitch on the nose is usually sufficient to keep the animal quiet in this and other minor operations. XIV. Tapping the Chest and Tapping the Abdomen. The chest fills with water in h}'drothorax; it is the stage of effusion in pleurisy. The lungs are floated up, and sufl'ocation results. The presence of water in the chest is detected by the solid sound — a sound of fullness — - when tapped with the hand, and by the absence of respiratory murmur; and, fre- quently, the splashing of the water by the action of the heart can also be heard. Clip off the hair from a spot about three inches ])ack of the elbow, and five or six inches from the bottom of the chest. Ascertain the exact location where a punc- ture can be made without striking a rib (the trocar to pass between two ribs) ; then plunge a scalpel deep into the flesh, making a hole through the skin and flesh for the trocar; insert the latter instrument and withdraw the trocar, leaving the cannula to act as a spout; hold a pail and catch the water. If pieces of lymph clog the cannula, pass in a small probe and push them off OPENING OF THE SKIN, Preparatory to tapping the chest. 556 CYCIXJPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. WATER FLOWING FROM THE CHEST. In paracentesis thoracis the end. Drain off all the water and withdraw the cannula. It is often necessary to repeat this operation. This operation is technically termed paracentesis thoracis. Cases so severe as to require it are usually fatal. Paracentesis abdoineiiis means, in plain English, tapping the belly. In peritonitis, the belly often tills with water, which can be evacuated by inserting the trocar and cannula on the medion line, a couple of inches back of the navel. The operation may be repeated, if necesssry; but, in this case, it is advis- able to make a fresh hole, rather than insert again in the old one. XV. Pricking. This is identical with nicking, (which see). XVI. Probing and Opening Fistulas. It is necessary to probe fistulous openings, in order to know where they go. Take plenty of time, and do it carefully. Find every sinus, if possible. When practicable, the best and quickest way to cure them is to open them right up along their whole length; but when this cannot be done without sever- ing large blood-vessels or too much muscular fibre, pass a seton through them and draw in caustic substances, such as burnt alum, powdered blue- stone, etc. Or, instead, use injections Nos. 1, 3 and 5, changing from one to another frequently. XVII. Spaying. This operation is very rarely performed upon the mare — never, m fact, except in case of disease. There is great danger of its proving fatal, and hence it should never be undertaken except by a skilled veterinarian. It consists in removing the ovaries, corresponding to the castration of the male. XVIII. Sutures. There are four kinds of sutures, viz: the interrupted, uninterrupted, quilled and twisted. The interrupted suture is the one generally used, and for most cases is the best. The needle and silk — or, instead of the silk, the silver wire or catgut — are all that are needed. Clip off the hair from the edges, and be careful to have everything clean. DraAV the edges of the wound together with a slightly curved needle and silk, and when tying the knot give the ends an extra turn through the knot, which will UNINTERRUPTED SUTURE. OPERATIONS. 557 QUILLED SUTURE. keep it from drawing away and untying; then go on and make a hard knot on the top of the other, and cut off the silk. Then take another, and so on. The continuous or uninterrupted suture sews up the wound by continuing the stitches right along, the same as in sewing cloth, and tying the ends. The quilled suture is when two quills or pieces of wood are used as skewers, and the ends of the silk caught over them, the skewers being placed one on each side of the wound, to prevent the stitches from tearing out. The twisted suture is simply a pin inserted and a hair or silk thread wound around its ends in the form of a figure eight, as already descril^ed in the article on bleeding. In most cases, the stitches ought to be taken about half an inch a})art. XIX. Tapping the Belly for Flatulence. It is usually either some of the large intestines or the stomach that is affected with flatulence. The former are tapped by inserting the trocar and cannula in the center of a triangle drawn from the point of the hip, the ends of the transverse processes of the lumbar verteln-je and the last rib. Clip off' the hair from a spot half an inch in diameter, brush the scurf from the skin and make a i)uncture through the skin with a knife, then pass in the trocar and cannula, directing it inward, downward and forward; withdraw the trocar and leave the cannula to carry of ,the gas. After the gas has escaped replace the trocar into the cannula before withdrawing it. Wet this wound several times a day with lotion No. 5 for three or four days. This operation may be rei)eated, if necessary, and on either side of the horse. The trocar for this purpose should be six inches long and one- quarter inch in diameter. XX. Tenotomy. When the tendons become very much contracted and cannot l)e relaxed, they can be severed, when the ends will extend, grow together again, and thus repair the excision. This o})eration, called tenotomy, is most commonly practiced on the tendon of the leg, and about midway between the knee and fetlock. Insert the knife across the tendons, with the l)lade on its side; let it go just to the skin on the other side, liut not through it; then turn the edge towards the outer part of the leg and saw away, taking care not to cut the skin at the back of the leg. When the tendons are severed, break up the adhesions by bending the leg across your knee. Dress the wound in the skin, treating as a simple wound. 558 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, PERFORMING TRACHEOTOMY. XXI. Tracheotomy. This consists of the insertion of a tube into the trachea or windpipe, to prevent death from threatened suffocation. The tube ought to be of silver, but in the absence of that, one made of tin will, in the writer's opinion, answer every purpose; it should be three- quarters of an inch or an inch in diameter, curved so as to slip into the windpipe easily, with a plate of the same material on the end to tie to the neck, in order to keep it in place. Open the skin by an incision about two inches long, at a point eight inches below the throat; divide the muscles, and lay bare the wind- pipe; cut out a piece of two rings, making a hole large enough to admit the tube. Take the tube out and clean it with carbolic lotion No. 39, once a day, and replace it as soon as possible. When the cause of suffocation is removed, the tube may be taken out for good. The hole will soon fill up and heal. Instead of using a round tube and cutting out a section of two rings, it is preferable to use an oval tube and pass it in between two rings. This does away with the danger of a car- tilaginous tumor growing from the cut rings of the trachea. Such a tumor sometimes follows the cuttin of the rings, and obstructs the breathing, rendering the horse useless. THE STRUCTURES MET WITH IN THE OPERA- TION OF TRACHEOTOMY. 1. The sterno raaxilaris jnuscles, (a pair) which have to be separated, being joined by cellular tissue. 2. The sterno thyro hyoidei muscles lying under those above mentioned. These also have to be separated, being similarly united. 3. The trachea, which will be fully exposed when the muscles are separated and pulled back. CHAPTER XXVI. CONCERNING THE VETERINARIAN'S CERTIFICATE OF SOUNDNESS. I. EXAMINATIONS IN THIS COUNTRY AND IN EUROPE. II. WHAT TUE VETERINA- RIAN SHOULD SEE TO, FOR HIS CLIENT. III. CONDITIONS MODIFYING THE CER- TIFICATE. IV. THE SELLER'S GUARANTEE SHOULD COVER VICES. I. Examinations in this Country and in Europe. Under what circumstances can a horse be returned to the seller, as un- sound ? This we propose to consider briefly, even though at the risk of a little repetition of directions given elsewhere. In Europe it is quite a common practice to have horses examined for soundness by experts, but in this country, where every man professes to be a horseman, there is much less of it done. Here, if a man gets bitten in making a trade, he usually says nothing, but contents himself with getting satisfaction out of the next one. Still, there are some examinations made for soundness even in this country, and it may be well to state what a veterinarian bases his deci.sion upon, in giving a certificate. II. What the Veterinarian should see to, for his Client. The age, size, and general appearance of the animal should first be considered ; also, his adaptability to the purposes in view. It is the vet- erinarian's duty to use his influence to prevent his client from buyin^- a draft horse for his carriage, or vice versa; m fact, he should consult not only his client's needs, but his wishes and tastes as well, and should see that these are met as fully as possible. In making the detailed examination, he should see that the mouth and toKgue are all right, no poll evil, no running at the nose, no cough, fistu- lous withers, nor anything wrong with the head or shoulders. He should see that the fore legs are free from bony deposits, and the feet from corns, sidebones, contraction, etc. ; that there are no ruptures on any part of the belly or scrotum, no broken hips, nor broken tail. He should carefully note whether the hmd legs are free from bony deposits, capped hocks, and spavins of all kinds, and make sure that there is no thicken- ing of any of the tendons of either the fore or hind legs, nor yet any windgalls or curbs. 559' 560 CYCLOPEDIA OF LlVUi STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Next, move him for tlie detection of lameness — slow, fast, turning, bucking, stopping and starting again; and also for the wind — whether thick or broken, and whether there is roaring, Avhistling, or wheezing. Then exar.rnc the eyes closely — tirst in the sunlight, next \n a dark place, and then in the Min again — to detect any abnormal expansion or contraction of the pupil, and for opacity or cloudiness of the cornea, and clearness or oth- erwise of the humors of the eye. ONETKST FOR KOAUiNG. "I" Conditions Modifying the Certificate. Any disease of any kind existing at the time — internal, skin or otherwise, is, strictly speaking, unsoundness. There arc some conditions, however, which, though they are not absolutely sound, do no harm, and these should be mentioned with a view of quali- fying the certiticate. Under this head will come splints, when not near the knee ; feet that show the previous existence of corns, but having none at present ; and curbs, when old, as these, though objectionable, do not often hurt a horse for work, either fast or slow. The previous exis- tance of fistulous withers, if entirely cured and sound at present, is not unsoundness ; but marks of poll-evil would make an animal objectiona^ ble, as it indicates a tendency to rear and, perhaps, to fall backwards, throwing the head violently upwards, etc. IV. The Seller's Guarantee shoiild cover Vices. The seller shouUl guarantee a horse free from vice as well as sound, for vices cannot always be detected, even by the most critical examina. tion. Under such a guarantee, a cribbcr ; a windsucker; a kicker, either in the stall or harness ; one that pulls back, and breaks the halter, and a shyer, are all returnable. In case of any departure whatever from an absolutely healthy, natural condition, the surgeon, in justice to himself as well as his client, should state his opinion as to how much the defects noticed are likely to depreciate the value. CHAPTER XXVIL POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. i. GENERAL RULES. II. POISONING FROM DRUGS, MINERALS, ETC. III. POISON- ING WHILE GRAZING IV. POISONING OF THE SKIN. V. POISONING FROM STINGS. VL THE LOCO-WEED DISEASE. I. General Rules. Horses are frequently poisoned, sometimes by eating noxious plants oi by getting hold of poisonous substances left about the stable ; sometimes by malicious persons, from motives of revenge toward the owner, or to advance some personal interest ; and sometimes by overdoses of strong drugs. It is well, therefore, to know some of the more common i)oisons, with their modes of action and their antidotes ; and it is, of course, ex- tremely desirable to be able to find and use suital)le remedies with the least possible delay, since the loss of only a few minutes will, in some cases, cost the animal's life. A few general directions, like the following, it will pay the reader to commit to memory, and thus have them at in- stant command: — When the animal is poisoned by an alkali, give him an acid, such as vinegar, &c. For poisoning by an acid, give an alkali, such as bi-earbonate of soda (baking soda.) Both the articles here specified are nearly always on hand. II. Poisoning from Drugs, Minerals, etc. ^comYe is frequently given in overdoses, causing profuse perspiration ; spasms of the glottis, seen in the continual swallowing when there is noth- ing to swallow ; congestion of the lungs, with difficult breathing ; gas- tro-enteritis (inflammation of the stomach and bowels) ; and quick pulse, gradually becoming imperceptible. Give strong coffee, in pint doses, every fifteen minutes till relieved. Ay^senic is sometimes got hold of. It is a corrosive, 'rritant poison, caus- ing diarrhoea, mucous discharge from the eyes and nose, a quick, wiry pulse, and injected mucous membranes. Iron sesqui-oxide (iron rust) is the best chemical antidote. It is prepared by dissolving copperas and bi- carbonate of soda in water, separately, and mixing the two solutions, when the iron rust will fall to the bottom. Wash it with warm water, put in a bottle, and give three or four tablespoonfuls every ten or fifteen minutes. Being insoluble, it will have to be washed down the 56X 562 CrCLOPEDiA OF LrrE STOCK AND CX)MPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. auimal's throat with plenty of water from the bottle. In the absence of this remedy give eggs, oils, milk, powdered charcoal, or blue clay. Aloes in large doses is poisonous. It produces diarrhoea and supcrpur- gation ; dryness of the mouth ; yawning and straining ; quick, hard pulse, gradually becoming imperceptible; injected mucous membranes; and, sometimes, irritation of the kidneys. Give powdered ipecacuanha, in half drachm doses, every hour; starch gruel, internally, and enemas (cold) of the same, with one ounce of laudanum in each injection, re- peating both gruel and enemas every hour ; opium, in drachm doses, every four to six hours ; chalk ; port wine ; and hot fomentations to the belly. GASTUO-ENTEKITIS. Appearance of a horse suffering from inflammation ot the stomach and bowels. Ammonia, carbonate, xa sometimes given in too large doses or not suffi' ciently diluted, when the mouth, throat and stornach become burned and blistered, and salivation follows. Give olive oil in doses of two or three tablespoonfuls, five or six times a day ; also, milk and eggs. Belladonna is a favorite remedy with some, and, Avhen much used, is apt to be given carelessly and in too large doses, giving rise to dilatation of the pupils, narcotism (stupor), swelling of the head, and delirium. On post mortem examination, the blood will be found fluid ; and decomposi- tion sets in early. Apply mustard to the chest, and cold to the head ; give milk and linseed oil — a pint of each, mixed, — and gentle exercise. Bryony is often given with aconite. Over doses cause gastro-enteri- tis ; liquid fceces ; scanty, bloody urine ; and a quick, almost impercepti- ble pulse. Give a pint each of milk and linseed oil, mixed, with an ounce if laudanum in it ; starch gruel injections, with an ounce of lauda- num in each one ; and hot cloths to the loins. Calomel is a corrosive, irritant poison, causing a discharge of black offensive foeces, diarrhoea, and great depression. Give opium, in drachm doses, three times a day ; also use flaxseed tea. POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 563 Cantharides is a narcotic, irritant poison, causing gastro-enteritis, great irritation and inflammation of urino-genital organs, imperceptil)le pulse, and injected mucous membranes. Give a jiint of linseed oil, which fol- low, after an hour, with large quantities of flaxseed tea or mucilage ; apply hot cloths to the loins ; give starch gruel and laudanum injections ; and oi)ium, in drachm doses, three or four times a day. (Jhlovoform is a narcotic poison. It causes a slow jjulse ; slow, heavy breathing ; insensibility to pain ; muscular twitcliings ; dilatation of the [)upils ; foaming at the mouth ; and stupor. Throw cold water over the animal ; raise and lower the fore legs continuously ; pound the chest to induce respiration ; use bellows in the nostrils ; and give sweet spirits of nitre, in ounce doses, at intervals of half an hour, till two or three doses have been given. (Jhloval Hydrate is similar, ))()th as to its effects and antidotes, to chloroform Croton Oil is an acrid, irritant jjoisoii. It may be either swallowed or absorbed from the skin, and causes gastro-enteritis, drastic pur2 Pi^^t, Mix. Inject once or twice a day. "^. 3. LOTION FOR FISTULA. Corrosive sublimate, 1 drachm. Water, )4, pint, Mix. Inject once or twice a day. No. 4. FEVER MIXTURE. Sweet spirits nitre, 1 ounce, Tincture aconite root, 1 drachm, Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce, Water, yi pint, [Mix. Give a tablespoonf ul every 2 hours. No. 6. CARBOLIC LOTION. Carbolic acid, 1 part, Water, 30 parts. Mix. Inject three times a day. No= . CARBOLIC LOTION. Carbolic acid, >^ ounce, Water, 1 pint, Mix. Use three or four times a day. No. 8. HOOF OINTMENT. Pine tar, 4 fluid ounces, "Whale oil, 4 ounces, (If too thin in warm w^eather, add mutton tallow, 2 ounces). Mix. Apply once a day. No. 9. FLY BLISTER. Powdered cantharides, % ounce, Lard, 2 ounces. Mix. Rub well in. No. No. 10. RED MERCURIAL BLISTER. Biniodide of mercury, 2 drachms Lard, 2 ounces, Mix. Rub well in. 11. COMPOUND LINIMENT. Tincture of iodine, 3 ounces. Aqua ammonia, 1 ounce. Oil of turpentine, 1 ounce. Glycerine, 1 ounce. Mix. Rub well in twice a day. 589 590 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. No. 12. COOLING LOTION. Muriate of ammonia, 1 ounce, Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce, Water, 1 quart, Mix. Apply three times a day. No. 13. COOLING LOTION. Vinegar (strong), 1 pint, Common salt, a handful. Water, 1 pint. Mix. Apply three or four times a day. No. 14. LINIMENT FOR SPRAINS. Liquor ammonia, 1 ounce. Tincture arnica, 1 ounce, Tinctiire opium, 1 ounce. Oil turpentine, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 1 ounce. Water to make 1 pint, Mix. Rub well in t^^^ce a day. No. 15. LINIMENT FOR SPRAINS. Tincture arnica, 1}^ ounces, Tincture of opium, 1 ounce, Liquor ammonia, 1)0 ounces. Water to make 1 pint. Mix. Rub well in twice a day. No. 16. DIURETIC POWDER. Rosin, 2 ounces. Nitrate of potash, 2 ounces. Powder and mix. Divide into twelve powders, and give one night and morning in soft feed. No. 17. IODINE LOTION. Iodine, 1 drachm. Iodide of potash, 1 drachm. Alcohol, 1 ounce. Water to make 1 pint. Mix. Inject twice a day. No. 18. FEVER MIXTURE. Tincture aconite root, 1 drachm. Fluid extract belladonna, 2 drachms, Sweet spirits nitre, 2 ounces. Carbonate of ammonia, 1 ounce. Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce. Water to make 1 pint. Mix. Give a tablespoonf ul every 2 hours. No. 19. PASTE FOR OPEN JOINT Carbolic acid, 1 drachm. Glycerine, 2 drachms. Flour, enough to make a paste. Mix. Make a paste, and apply to tlie cut twice a day. No. 20. TONIC POWDER. Sulphate of iron, 2 ounces, Cinchona bark, 2 ounces, Powder and mix. Divide into twelve powders, and give one night and morning in the feed- No. 21. FEVER MIXTURE. Tincture aconite root, 1 drachm. Sweet spirits nitre, 1% ounces. Nitrate of potash, 1)4 ounces. Water to make 1 pint. Mix. Give a tablespoonful every two hours. No. 22. TONIC POWDER. Sulphate of iron, 1}£ ounces. Nitrate of potash, 2 ounces, Powder and mix. Divide into twelve powders, and give one night and morning in soft feed. No. 23. PURGATIVE BALL. Barbadoes aloes, 5 drachms, Ginger, 1 drachm. Gentian root, 1 drachm. Syrup or soap, enough to combine foregoing, Powder and mix. Make a ball, and give as one dose. RECIPES FOR THE nORSE. 691 No. 24. ASTRINGENT "WASH. Sugar of lead, 1 ounce, Water, 1 pint, Mix. Apply three times a day. No. 25. LOTION FOR BRUISE. Tincture of arnica, 1 ounce, Laudanum, 1 ounce, Water to make 1 pint. Mix. Apply three times a day, and band- No. 26. ACID LOTION. Hydrochloric acid, >^ ounce. Water, 1 pint, Mix. Apply twice a day. WO. 27. LOTION (anodyne.) Tincture of arnica, 1 ounce, Tinctiu-e of opium, 1 ounce, Water to make 1 pint, Mix. Apply three times a day without a bandage. IJTO. 28. LOTION FOR ULCERATED BONE. Hydrochloric acid, 2 drachms, Water, % pint. Mix. Apply twice a day. No. 29. STRONG CARBOLIC LOTION. Carbolic acid, y^ ounce. Linseed oil, % pint. Mix. Apply three times a day. No. 30. FEVER MIXTURE. Tincture aconite root, 1 drachm, Fluid extract belladona, 2 drachms, Water, 4 ounces, Mix. Give a tablespoonful every 2 hours. No. 31. ABSORBING OINTMENT. Iodide of potash, 2 drachms, Lard, 2 ounces. Mix. Apply once a day with friction. No. 32. TANNIC LOTION. Tannic acid, %, ounce. Vinegar, 1 ounce, Water, 1 quart. Mix. Apply three times a day. No. 33. DIURETIC POWDER. Kosin, 2 ounces, Nitrate of potash, 2 ounces, Linseed meal, 2 ounces. Powder and mix. Give a tablespoouful morning and night in the feed. No. 34. TONIC POWDER. Sulphate of iron, 1)^ ounces, Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce, Fcenugreekseed, 2 drachms. Linseed meal, 2 ounces, Powder and mix. Give a tablespoonful morning and night in the feed. No. 35. TONIC MIXTURE. Tincture of iron, 1 ounce. Tincture of gentian, 1 ounce, Water, 10 ounces. Mix. Give two tablespoonfuis three times : day. No. 36. POWDER FOR RHEUMATISM- Colchicum seed (powdered) , 1 ounce, Nitrate of potash, 1 ounce, Fcenugreek seed, 2 drachms, Mix. Divide into twelve powders, and give one night and morning in soft feed. No. 37. ALTERATIVE COMPOUND. Epsom salts, 4 ounces. Nitrate of potash, 2 ounces, Linseed meal, 4 ounces, Mix. Give a tablespoonful twice a day ij) soft feed. 592 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. No. 38. ALTERATIVE MIXTURE. Potassium iodide, 2 ounces, Water, 1 pint. Mix. Give a tablespoonfiil nioruin night. and No. 39. CARBOLIC LOTION. Carbolic acid, 2 drachms, Water, 1 pint. Mix. Inject three times a day. No. 4.0. FEVKH MIXTURE. Sweet spirits nitre, 1>2 ounces. Tincture aconite root, 1 drachm, Fluid extract belladonna, 2 drachms. Tincture gentian, 1 ounce. Nitrate of potasli, 1 ounce, Muriate of ammonia, 1 ounce, Water to make 1 pint. Mix. Give a wineglassful every two hours In bad cases, and three or four times a day in mild cases. No. 44. PROF. DICK'S COUGH RECIPE. Gum camphor, 1 drachm. Opium, 1 drachm, Digitalis, 1 drachm, Calomel, 1 drachm, Mix. Make a ball with syrup, and give as one dose, repeating once a day for a week ; wait a week, and repeat. No. 4.5. COUGH MIXTUKK. Prussic acid, dilute, 2 drachms. Tincture of camphor. 1 ounce. Fluid extract l)elladonna, :? drachms. Tincture gentian, 1 ounce. Chlorate of potash, 1 ounce. ^^''ater to make 1 pint. Mix. Give two tablespoonf uls three times a day, with a syringe. No tl. AMMONIA BLISTER. Liquor ammonia, 2 ounces, Oil turpentine, 2 ounces, Linseed oil, 2 ounces, Mix. Rub well in once a day till mildly blistered. No. 42. POWDER FOR HEAVES. Powdered lobelia seed, 2 ounces. Linseed meal, 2 ounces. Mix. Divide into eight powders, and give one night and morning in softfeed ; wait a week, and repeat. No. 43. COUGH POVTDER. Gum camphor, 1)4 ounces, Powdered digitalis, 1 ounce, Linseed meal, 2 ounces. Mix. Divide into twelve powders, and give one pight and ipormng in soft feed, No. 46. LOTION FOR SORE MOUTH. Borax, 1 ounce. Honey, 1 ounce. Water to make 1 pint. Mix. Apply three times a day. No. 47. MIXTURE FOR FLATULENCE. Bi-carbonate soda, 1 teaspoonful. Ginger, 1 ounce, Water, )^ pint, Mix.' Give as one dose. No. 48. A STRONG PURGATIVE. Barbadoes aloes, 6 drachms, Linseed oil, 1 pint. Mix. Give as one dose. No. 49. STIMULATING MIXTURE. Whiskey, 2 ounces. Extract ginger, 1 ounce, Water, 3^ pint, Mix. Give as one dose. RECIPES FOR THE HORSE. 598 No. 50. MIXTURE FOR COLIC. Sweet spirits nitre, 1)4 ounces, Tincture opium, 1 ounce, Extract ginger, >2 ounce, Water, X pint, 3Iix. Give as one dose. No. 51. MIXTURE FOR WIND COLIC. Chloroform, }4 ounce, I^inseed oil, 1 quart. Mix. Give as one dose. No. 52. ANODYNE MIXTURE. Sulphate of morphia, 4 grains, Water, }£ ounce. Mix. Give as one dose. No. 5H. MIXTURE FOR WIND COLIC. Bi-carbonate soda, a tablespoonful. Water, a teacupful. Mix. Give as one dose. No. 54. MIXTURE FOR WIND COLIC. Oil turpentine, 1 ounce, Linseed oil, j^ pint. Tincture of opium, 1 ounce. Mix. Give as one dose. No. 55. MIXTURE FOR WIND COLIC. Chloroform, 1 ounce, Linseed oil, 1 pint. Mix. Give as one dose. No. 56. MIXTURE FOR CONSTIPATION. Linseed oil, 1 quart. Tincture uux vomica, 1 ounce, Mix. Give as one dose. No. .57. CROTON OIL LINIMENT. Croton oil, 1 ounce, Linseed oil, 3 ounces, Mix. Bub in well to the belly. No. 58. MIXTURE FOR DIARRHOEA. Prepared chalk, 1 ounce. Ginger, 1 ounce. Opium, 1 drachm, Starch gruel, 1 pint, Mix. Give as one dose. No. 59. ASTRINGENT MIXTURE. Linseed oil, }4 pint. Opium, 1 drachm. Tincture catechu, 1 ounce, Mix. Give as one dose. No. (iO. ASTRINGENT MIXTURE. Tincture catechu, 1 ounce, Spirits of camphor, }4 outce, Tincture opium, 1 ounce, Starch gruel, 1 quart, Mix. Give as one dose. No. 61. ANODYNE INJEC'ixON. Tincture opium, 1 ounce, Sulphuric ether, I ounce. Starch, 1 quart. Mix. Give as injection. No. 62. ANODYNE MIXTURE. B' jmide potassium, 8 ounces, ^Yater, 1 pint. Mix. Give two tablespoonfuls three time? a day. No. 6:5. MIXTURE FOR TETANUS. Fluid extract belladonna, 2 ounces, Prus.sic acid (dilute) , 2 ounces. Water to make 8 ounces, Mix. Give a tablespoonful three timtjs s> day. No. 64. NERVE TONIC. Nux vomica, 1 drachm. Gentian root, powdered, 2 drachms. Linseed meal, }4 ounce. Mix. Give as one dose. Repeat morolng ftjid pi^ht for a month* 594 CYCLOPEDIA OF LTVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. No. 65. MIXTURE FOR SUNSTROKE. Whiskey, 2 ounces, Sweet spirits of nitre, }4 ounce, Nitrate of potash, 1 drachm. Water, 4 ounces, Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat as the case requires. No. 66. ALTERATIVE AND TONIC. Potassium iodide, 1 drachm, Nux vomica, 1 drachm, Foenugreek seed, 1 drachm, Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat morn- ing and night for three or four weeks. No. 67. TONIC POWDER. Nux vomica, 1 drachm. Sulphate iron, 1 drachm, Foenugreek seed, 1 drachm. Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat morn- ing and night for three or four weeks. No. 71. BALL FOR DIABETES. Iodine, 1 drachm. Iodide jjotash, ^g drachm, Linseed meal, enough to combine the foregoing. MLx. Make a ball and give as one dose. No. 72. LEAD LOTION. Sugar of lead, }.^ ouni Vinegar, 1 ounce. Water to make 1 quart. Mix. Inject a little once a day. No. 73. SILVER LOTION. Nitrate of silver, 15 grains, Water, )^ pint, Mix. Inject a little twice a day. No. 68. TONIC FOR PURPURA. Tincture muriate of iron, 1 ounce. Tincture gentian, 1 ounce. Water to make 4 ounces. Mix. Give a tablespoonful every 2 hours. No. 69. MIXTURE FOR PURPURA. Oil turpentine, 1 ounce. Linseed oil to make 4 ounces. Mix. Give a tablespoonful every 2 hours. No. 70. IRON LOTION. Tincture muriate of iron, 1 ounce. Water, _i^ pint. Mix. Apply locally. 74. IODINE LOTION. Iodine, 1 drachm. Potash iodide, 1 drachm. Water, }£ pint. Mix, Inject a little twice a day. No. 75. ZINC LOTION. Sulphate of zinc, 2 drachms. Water, 1 pint. Mix. Inject twice a day. No. 76. LEAD LOTION. Sugar of lead, 3 drachms. Water, 1 pint. Mix. Inject twice a day. No. 77. CAMPHORATED OIL. Gum camphor, 1 ounce, Olive oil, >2 pint, 3Iix. Apply three times a day. No. 78. COOLING MIXTURE. Chlorate of potash, 2 ounces, Water, 1 quart. Mix. Give four ounces three times a day. RECIPES FOR THE HORSE. 595 No. 79. ALTERATIVE MIXTURE. Iodide of potash, 1 drachm, Water, Yz pint, Mix. Give as one dose, repeating three times a day. No. 80. EYE LOTION. Atropin sulphate, 2 grains, Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Apply four or six times a day. No. 81. EYE LOTION. Nitrate of silver, 5 grains, Water, 1 ounce, Mix. Apply twice a day. No. 87. OINTMENT FOR MANGE. Sulphur, 4 ounces. Oil of tar, 2 ounces. Linseed oil, Yz pint, Mix. Rub well in once a day to all affected spots. No. 88. CORROSIVE SUBLIMATE WASH. Corrosive sublimate, 40 grains, Water, 1 pint, Apply once a day till cured. No. 82. EYE LOTION. Nitrate of silver, 10 grains. Water, 1 ounce, Mix. Apply twice a day. NC'. 83. WORM POWDER. Sulphate of iron, 1 drachm, Tartar emetic, 1 drachm, Linseed meal, 2 drachms, Mix. Give as one dose. Repeat morning and night for a week, and follow it with No. 84. No. 84. WORM DRENCH. Oil turpentine, 1 ounce, Linseed oil, 1 pint. Mix. Give as one dose. No. 85. LOTION FOR LICE. Tobacco, 2 pounds. Water, 3 gallons, Mix. Steep, and wash the animal. No. 86. LOTION FOR LICE. Quassia chips, 3 pounds. Water, 1 gallon, Mix. Steep one hour, and wash the animal. No. 89. ANTACID POWDER. Bi-carbonate of soda, 2 ounces, Powdered gentian, 1 ounce, Linseed meal, 2 ounces, Mix. Give a tablespoonful morning and night in soft feed. No. 90. MIXTURE FOR SNAKE BITES, ETC. Aqua ammonia, 1 teaspoonful, Whiskey, 1 pint. Water (warm), Y^ pint, Give as one dose. Repeat every hour, but reducing the quantity of whiskey one-half, till the animal is evidently out of danger. No. 91. FEVER MIXTURE. Sulphate of quinine, 4 drachms, Whiskey, 1 pint, Water, 1 pint. Give a wineglassful every two hours in bad cases, and every four hours in milder ones. No. 92. TONIC MIXTURE. Tincture of nux vomica, 1 ounce. Tincture of gentian, 1 ounce, Water to make 1 pint, Mix. Give a wineglassful every two to four hours. 596 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. BOOK II PART 1 CATTLE HISTORY. MANAGEMENT AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS 598 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. CATTLE. CHAPTER I. EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OP CATTLE. 1. WILD AND SEMI -WILD HERDS. II. THE FIRST CHRONICLERS AND BREEDERS OF CATTLE. III. THE ORIGINAL TYPE. IV. UNDOMESTICATED HERDS OF EUROPE AND ASIA. V. SPANISH- AMERICAN BREEDS. VI. THE DEVONS. VII. THE IIEREFORDS. VIII. THE DURHAM OR TEESWATER BREED. IX. IRISH CATTLE. X. SCOTCH AND HIGHLAND CATTLE. XI. SWISS CATTLE. XII. DUTCH CATTLE. XIII. FOSSIL CATTLE. XIV. THE WILD CATTLE OF ENGLAND. XV. NATIVE DISTRICTS OF SOME BREEDS. I. Wild and Semi-Wild Herds. Where homed cattle first existed in a wild state is utterly unknown, and their origin is equally uncertain. There are a number of species of the same genus — the genus Bos — existing in a wild state ; such as the Bison, misnamed Buffalo, of America, and the true Buffalo of Africa. There are, also, so-called wild cattle which roam in vast herds in North and South America, and in some parts of Europe and Asia. These, however, as well as all others of the genus Bos Taurus, to which our present domesticated cattle belong, are, when found wild, the descend- ants of animals which escaped from the control of man at some period, more or less remote. II. The first Chroniclers and Breeders of Cattle. Jubal, the son of Lamech, who lived in the time of Adam, is recorded in Scripture as being "the father of such as have cattle." Still, it can- not be assumed that Jubal' s cattle were in any way identical with the domestic ox of later times, for the word "cattle" is used by the early Scriptural writers to denote nearly all grazing animals, including sheep and goats. Job, however, who lived more than two thousand years before Christ, is distinctly spoken of as the possessor of one thousand yokes of oxen. Homer, eighteen hundred years before the Christian era, wrote celebrating the noble bullocks, with golden knobs on the tips o^ their horns, and he minutely describes the manner of fastening the knobs Juno, among the pagan goddesses, is called ox-eyed, from the cleame? and liquid expression of those features. Jeremiah, sixty-two years befor, 599 600 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE SrOCK ANT> COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Christ, speaks of a "fair heifer ;" and Virgil, about the time of the Chris- tian era, wrote admiringly of the beautiful cattle of the Roman Campag- nas, and of their value in husbandry. The Egyptians worshipped the bull Apis, and, it is probable that they were the first to domesticate the ox. T.'iat the domestication of horned cattle was anterior to that of the horse is more than probable. III. The Original Type. What the first cattle were like is mainly a matter of conjecture. The Egyptian hieroglyphics, the most ancient known, leave us entirely in the dark as to what the cattle of that remote antiquity resembled. No description of the original type has come down to us. The earliest draw- ings, or pictures of cattle, represent them as being rugged in form, of great length, gaunt, and with upright, spreading horns, somewhat like the descendants of Spanish cattle now running wild in Central America. rv. Undomesticated Herds of Eoirope and Asia. The Steppes of Tartary still nourish vast droves of semi-wild cattle, that are not regularly herded, and are wild to all intents and purposes. In Hungary, also, and in Russia, and on the grassy plains of all the more temperate climates of Asia, herds of cattle al^ound that are as wild as neglect on the part of their owners can make them. Cattle have been reared by every Celtic nation from the earliest period, and have been regarded by all barbarians and pagan people as the greatest of the divine gifts to man. The herds ran half -wild when ever these tribes migrated, until, as civilization advanced, the least desirable breeds were exterminated, while the fittest survived in a state of real domestication. Descendontsof one of these ancient breeds, are still seen in the Chillinghani eattle of England ; they are wild only because all possible means are used to keep them so. The wHdest and least frequented tracts of two exten- sive parks are set apart for their use. They are probably the descend- ents of the best of the ancient cattle of Great Britian. V. Spanish-American Breeds. In Texas and on the plains of Mexico, in Central America, and in the sub-tropical and more temperate regions of South America, there are immense herds of cattle, the descendents of animals which escaped Irom the early Spanish invaders. In Spain these fierce, almost untamable cattle are still bred for the barbarous sport witnessed in their buii fightmg arenas, where the animals are pitted against men on foot and on horse- back, until they are tortured to death. The cattle of Texas, and the Southwestern plains possess at least one good quality in a high degree — they reproduce rapidly, and take care of EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 601 themselves at small expense to their owners. When well-fattened, then- beef is excellent, and its abundance furnishes an unfailing supply of MEXICAN OXEN. cheap food. They are fast being modified by crossing improved stock upon them, and in a comparatively short time but few of the original 602 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 603 type will be found, except in Central and South America, where modi- fications of the ancient breed may be long postponed. VI. The Devons. Among the oldest of the distinct breeds of England, the Devons have always been, as they now are, one of distinguished merit. They belong to the class called Middle-Horns — Irish long-horned cattle, and the Tex- ans furnishing good types of the long-horned breeds, while the old cattle of Durham represent the Short-Horns. The Devons, as known 100 years ago, are thus described by Youatt, whose writings are our best authority on breeds of British cattle : "The north of Devon has been long cele- brated for a breed of cattle beautiful in the highest degree, and, in activ- ity at work and aptitude to fatten, unrivaled. The native country of the Devons, and where they are found in a state of the greatest purity, extends from the river Taw westward, skirting along the Bristol channel ; the breed becoming more mixed, and at length comparatively lost before we arrive at the Parrefet. Inland it extends by Barnstaple, South Mol- ten, and Chunileigh, as far as Tiverton, and thence to Wellington, where again the breed becomes unfrequent, or it is mixed before we reach Taun- ton. More eastward the Somersets and the Welsh mingle with it, or supersede it. To the south there prevails a larger variety, a cross prob- ably of the Devon with the Somerset; and on the westthe Cornish cattle are found, or contaminate the breed. The Devonshire man confines them within a narrow district, and will scarcely allow them to be found with purity beyond his native county. From Portlock to Biddeford, and a little to the north and the south, is, in his mind, the peculiar and only residence of the true Devon. "From the earliest records the breed has here remained the same ; or if not quite as perfect as at the present moment, yet altered in no essen- tial point until within the last thirty years. This is not a little surprising when it is rememl)ered that a considerable part of this district is not a breeding country, and that even a proportion, and that not a small one, of Devonshire cattle, are bred out of the county. On the borders of Somerset and Dorset, and partly in both, extending southward from Crewkern, the country assumes the form of an extensive valley, and prin- cipally supplies the Exeter market with calves. Those that are dropped in February and March, are kept until May, and then sold to the drovers, who convey them to Exeter. They are there purchased by the Devon- shire farmers, who keep them for two or three years, when they are sold to the Somersetshire graziers, who fatten them for the London market; so that a portion of the Devons, and of the very finest of the breed, come from Somerset and Dorset." 004 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, The illustration on i)age 601 will give an idea of the excellence of these cuttle, even fifty years ago. Since that time they have been much imi)roved and only lack size to cause them to be more generally bred ir the great grazing districts of the United States. Vn. The Herefords. The Herefords are Middle-Horns, and have many of the characteris- tics of the Devons to which they are, without doubt, allied. They have long been known and highly esteemed in England. Within the last thirty years they have been bred to such perfection that they compete with the Short-Horns in the prize fairs of England and the United States, and carry off honors with the best of them. Of this breed, as they wer'. known in the early ptvit of the century, Youatt says : "The Hereford white-faced breed, with the exception of a very few Alderney and Dur- ham cows, have almost exclusive possession of the county of Hereford. The Hereford oxen are considerably larger than the Devons. They are^ usually of a darker red ; some of them are brown, and even yellow, and/ a few are brindled ; but they are principally distinguished by their whitd faces, throats and bellies. In a few the white extends to the shoulders The old Herefords were brown or red-brown, Avith not a spot of white about them. It is only within the last fifty or sixty years that it has been the fashion to breed for white faces. Whatever may be thought of the change of color, the present breed is certainly far superior to the old one. The hide is considerably thicker than that of the Devon. Com- pared with the Devons, they are shorter in the leg, and also in the car- cass ; higher, and broader and heavier in the chine ; rounder and wider across the hips, and better covered with fat: the thigh fuller and more muscular, and the shoulders larger and coarser. "If it were not for the white face, and somewhat larger head and thicker neck, it would not at all times be easy to distinguish between a heavy Devon and a light Hereford. Their white faces may probably be traced to a cross with their not distant relations, the Montgomeries. "The Hereford cow is apparently a very inferior animal. Not only is she no milker, but even her form has been sacrificed by the breeder. Hence the Hereford cow is comparatively small and delicate, and some would call her ill-made. She is very light-fleshed when in -'onimon con- dition, and beyond that, while she is breeding, she is not suffered to pro- '^eed ; but when she is actually put up for fattening, she spreads out, and accumulates fat at a most extraordinary rate." The illustration on page 605 is a good picture of the Hereford bull of forty years ago. The reader Avould scarcely recognize the Hereford of 1907 as the same breed described by Youatt, so much have they been improved. EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 605 606 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR^ Vm. Tlie 0arham or Teeswater Breed. This breed, which has become famous as the original of the celebrated Short-Horn c;jttle of to-day, is a mixed race, though it has been a dis- tinctive English breed of hundreds of years past. The Rev. Mr. Berry, author of a much-criticized history of Shoii>Horn cattle, written in the early part of the century, but undoubtedly correct in relation to their early history, says : "From the earliest periods as to which we have any accounts of our breeds of cattle, the counties of Durham and York have been celebrated for their Short-Horns, but principally, in the first instance, on account of their reputation as extraordinary milkers. It may be the best evidence, that, as a breed, they have never in this particular been equaled. They were generally of large size, thin-skinned, sleek-haired, bad handlers, rather delicate in constitution, coarse in the offal, and strikingly defective in girth in the fore-quarters. When put to fatten, they were found slow feeders ; producing an inferior meat, not marbled or mixed fat and lean, and in some cases the lean was found a particularh^ dark hue. '♦A period of more than one hundred years has now elapsed sines the Short-Horns, on the banks of the river Tees, hence called the Teeswater breed, assumed a very different character to the foregoing description. In color, they resembled the Short-Horns of the present day, being occa- sionally red, red and white, and roan, though the last not then so preva- lent as now. They possessed a fine mellow skin and flesh, good hair, and light offal, particularly wide carcasses, and fore-quarters of extraor- dinary depth and capacity. When slaughtered, their proof was extaor- dinary, and many instances are recorded of the wonderful weight of their inside fat. "The remarkable merit which existed in the Teeswater may, with pro- priety, be ascribed to a spirit of improvement which had some time man- ifested itself among the breeders on the banks of the Tees, whose laud- able efforts were well seconded by the very superior land in the vicinity of that river. No doubt can be entertained that they proceeded on a judicious system of crossing with other breeds, because it was utterly im- possible to raise such a stock as the Teeswater from pure Short-Horn blood. One cross to which they referred was, in all probability, the white wild breed ; and if tliis conjecture be well-founded, it will be ap- parent whence the Short-Horns derived a color soprevalent among thorn. "1": is also asserted that, about the period in question. Sir William St. Quinim, of Scampston, imported bulls and cows from Holland, which wers crossed with the stock of the country. It would tend to little advantage to conjecture as to what other breeds were resorted to, if any ? EAKLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 607 o - 2 Is a ► ^ K 60S CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOJK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. this much is certain, that great improvement \vt\!& soon manifested, and ? valuable variety established." An illustration of tliis valuable breed, as it was known fifty years ago, is given on page 539. It is to be regretted that the fine milking quali- ties of their descendants should have been almost entirely bred out, and are now only found occasionally, through heredity, and this in but a very few families. IX. Irisli Cattle. The cattle of Ireland are of two distinctive breeds, theLong-Homs and the Middle-Horns. Whence the Long-Horns came seems not to be known, since ancient records are silent upon the subject. Both in England and Ireland they can be traced far back. By some excellent authorities it is maintained that the Long-Horns originated in Ireland ; but in Lancashire, England, also, long-horned cattle have existed since a remote antiquity. The Irish Middle-Horns seem to have been an original breed, since they were found in all the hill and mountain regions, in almost every district. Mr. Youatt says of them that they are small, light, active and wild. The head is small, although there are exceptions to this in various parts; and so numerous, indeed, are those exceptions, that some descrioe the native Irish cattle as having thick heads and necks ; the horns are short compared with the other breed, all of them fine, some of them rather upright, and frequently, after projecting forward, then turning back- ward. Although somewhat deficient in the hind-quarters, they are high- boned, and wide over the hips, yet the bone generally is not heavy. The hair is coarse and long ; they are black, brindled and black, or brindled with white faces. Some are finer in the bone, and finer in the neck, wita a good eye, a sharp muzzle, and great activity. They are exceedingly Lardy ; they live through the winter, and sometimes fatten, on their native mountains and moors ; and when removed to a better climate and soil, they fatten with all the rapidity of the aboriginal cattle of the High- lands and Wales. They are generally very good milkers, and many of them are excellent. The cow of Kerry is said to be a favorable sped* men of them. X. Scotch and Highland Cattle. Scotland has always been celebrated for its cattle, and for none more than its polled or hornless cattle. The Highland breeds are of great antiquity. The most celebrated of the polled breeds are the Galloways, originally said to have been middle-horned cattle. They are widely dis- seminated in England and the United States, and in their improved forms are regarded with much favor. Many sub-families are now known. EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 609 They are described as having been straight and broad in the back, and nearly level from the head to the rump ; round in the ribs, and also, between, the shoulders and ribs, and the ribs and loins. The loins were broad, and without large projecting hip (hook) bones. In the early part of the century they were described b'- the Eev. Mr. Smith, author of a "Survey of Galloway," as being short the leg, and moderately fine in the shank bones — the happy medium preserved in the leg, which secures hardihood and disposition to fatten. With the sam^ cleanness and short- ness of shanks, there was no breed so large and muscular above the knee. Clean, not fine and slender, but well proportioned in the neck and chaps; broad shoulders, deep chest, and close, compact form. The neck of the Galloway bull was, and still is, thick almost to a fault. The head rather heavy ; the eyes not prominent, and the ears large, rough, and full of long hairs on the inside. The Galloway was covered with a loose mellow skin of medium thickness, clothed with long, soft, silky hair. The skin is thinner than that of the Leicestershire, but not so fine as the hide of the Short- Horn, but handling soft and kindly. The prevailing and fashionable color was black- -a few dark brindle-brown, and still fewer speckled with white spots, and some jf them a dun or drab color. Dark colors were, and are yet, uniformly preferred,, from the belief that they indicate hardiness of constitution. WEST IIIGHLAND FEEDING OX. Highland Cattle. — The West Highland cattle are an ancient breed and are found in all the mountain regions of Scotland and the Isles. Their gj-eat value consists in the eminent superiority of their flesh. They are hardy, and easily fed ; in that they will live, and sometimes thrive, on the coarsest pastures • that they will frequently gain from a fourth to Jk 610 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. third of their original weight in six months' good feeding ; that the pro- portion of offal is not greater than in the most improved larger breeds. They will lay their flesh and fat equably on the best parts ; and, when fat, the beef is close and fine in the grain, highly flavored, and so well mixed or marbled, that it commands a superior price in every market. The principal old breeds of Scotland, as given by Youatt, may be sum- marized as follows : Scotland contains several distinct and valuable breeds of cattle, evidently belonging to our present division, the Middle-Horns. The West Highlanders, whether we regard those that are found in the Hebrides, or the county of Argyle, seem to retain the most of the aboriginal character. They have remained unchanged, or improved only by selection, for many generations ; indeed from the earliest accounts that we possess of Scottish cattle. The North Highlanders are a smaller, coarser, and in every way inferior race, and owe the greater part of what is valuable about them to crosses from the Western breed. The Northeastern cattle were derived from, and bear resemblance to the West Highlander, but are of considerably larger size. The Ayrshire breed is second to none for milking. The Galloways, which less than two hundred years ago, were middle-horned, and with diflficulty distin- guished from the West Highlanders, are now a polled breed — increased in size, with more striking resemblance to their kindred, the Devons — > with all their aptitude to fatten, and with a great hardiness of constitu- tion. XI. Swiss Cattle. The Swiss have long had a valuable breed of milking cattle which of late years has attracted some attention in the United States. In France they are held in high repute. A careful and accurate observer describes them as being robust, hardy animals, usually of a dun color or dun and white, with medium heads, hanging dewlaps, rather coarse shoulders and broad hips and quarters $ with well developed udders. Removed from their native mountains they are said to manifest little im^Datience at the change, and though kept in stables and soiled, they seemed to thrive and carry fi good coat of flesh ; when dry, they fatten readil}:. In Switzer- land they are wintered in the valleys, on the coarsest food , and as soon as the snow melts from the southern slopes of the mountains are driven to their pastures, which, as the season advances, are gradually changed for the higher ranges. Por four months in the year they are kept on the most elevated feeding grounds, and there, attended b}- a single man, miiting in his person the offices of cowherd and dairyman, they feed on the close, sweet herbage, often at the very edge of the snow fields, till their short summer is over, and they are driven by the autumn stoniis to tiie more sheltered pastures again. Cheese is the chief product, and its 612 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETK STOCK DOCTOR. EARLY HISIORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 613 manufacture i^ v^^onducted in the lonely chalet, jDerched on the mountain side, ill the most primitive manner. The best cows yield from ton to twenty quarts of milk daily, ana each cow produces by the end of the sea- son of four months, on an average,. 225 pounds of cheese. XII. Dutch Cattle. The Low Countries of Europe, Holland and the neighboring States, have, from a remote period, had a most valual)le milking breed, that is now broken up into numerous varieties. The most noted of these are the Holstein or Friesian cattle, celebrated for the immense quantities of milk they give, and for their large frames, which take on fat and flesh kindly when dry. On page 690 a young Holstein bull of the modern Chenery milking stock is represented. The late Mr. Klippart, when Secretary of the Ohio Board of Agriculture, wrote from personal observation of Holstein cattle, as follows: "The native cattle of Holstein are the A-ngle cattle, which are far more numerous than any other kind or race. They are small animals, with fine bones, short-legged rather than other- vise •• a very fine, small head, and delicately formed neck. Thepredom- 'Cctang color is red or brown, but there are many dun, black, or spotted ones. According to the amount of food consumed, this race gives a more abundant supply of milk than any other in the Duchies. It is a very highly esteemed race and is much sought after for its milking qualities and kindliness in taking on flesh. The flesh is very fine, tender and juicy. "In the marshes is found a race of cattle much larger and heavier than the Angles, larger-boned, and of a dark, reddish-brown, and known as the Marsh race. This race seems to be adapted to the marshes, but does not do well on the higher and dryer uplands. Upon the rich pastures of the marshes, for a time after calving, the best cows will give from forty- eight to sixty-four pounds, (from six to eight gallons) of milk daily. But the milk is not near so rich as that of the Angles. "In Schleswig, rather than in Holstein, are found many of the Jutland race of cattle. These have very fine bones, and are long in proportion to their height, and are, as a rule, short-legged. The prevailing color is gray, black, or gray and black mixed with white, but very rarely red or brown. This race is more highly esteemed for its early maturity and readiness to fatten than for its milking qualities." XIII. Fossil Cattle. The original type of the modern ox is said to have been the Urus. An- cient legends have thrown around him mysterious qualities. He was described as being an animal of great fierceness and enormous size ; but despite these fabled attributes, the Urus probably did not 614 CrCLOPEDlA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. compare better in size with the modem ox, than did the ancient horse, or our modern semi-wild, horses, with the great draft horse of to-day. That there once existed species of cattle in some pre-historic age, mon, strous as compared with ours, there is no doubt. Youatt, in his history of British cattle, says that in nlmost every part of the Continent, and in every district of England, skulls, evidently belonging to cattle, have been found, far exceeding in bulk any now known. There is a fine spec- imen in the British Museum : the peculiarity of the horns, resembles smaller ones dug up in the mines of Cornwall. The two plates given illustrate two remains of fossil skulls, of })rehistoric times, gigantic in structure; that of Primagenius supposed to have been of a species from which our modern cattle have descended. XrV. The Wild Cattle of England. Of the wild cattle Kept in Engiana on the estates of the Duke of Ham* ilton, and the Earl of Tankerville, known in his day, the same authority says : "The wild breed, from being untamable, can only be kept within walls, or good fences ; consequently, very few of them are now to be met with, except in the parks of some gentlemen, who keep them for ornament, and as a curiosity. Their color is invariably white, muzzle black; the Avhole of the inside of the ear, and about one-third of the outside, from the tips downward, red ; horns, white, Avith black tips, very fine, and bent upward ; some of the bulls have a thin, upright mane, about an inch and a half or two inches long. The weight of the oxen is from thirty- five to forty-five stone, and the cows from twenty-five to thirty-five stone, the four quarters (fourteen pound to the stone). The beef is finely marbled and of excellent flavor. The six year old oxen are generally very good beef ; whence it may be fairly supposed that, in proper situa- tions, they would feed well. "At the first appearance of any person they set off in full gallop, and, at the distance of about two hundred yards, make a wheel rouud, and come boldly up again in a menacing manner ; on a sudden they make a full stop at the distance of forty or fifty yards, looking Avildly at the object of their surprise ; but upon the least motion they all again turn round, and fly off with equal speed, but not to the same distance, form- ing a shorter circle, and again returning with a more threatening aspect tlian before ; they approach probably within thirty yards, when they again make another stand, and then fly off ; this they do several times, shortening their distance, and advancing nearer and nearer, till they come WMthin such a short distance that most people think it prudent to leave them. EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 615 When the cows calve, they hide their calves for a week or ten days in some sequestered situation, and go and suckle them two or three times a day. If any person comes near the calves, they clap their heads close to the ground, to hide themselves ; this is a proof of their native wildness. The dams allow no person to touch their calves, without attacking them with impetuous ferocity. When any one happens to be wounded, or is grown weak and feeble through age or sickness, the rest of the herd set on it and gore it to death." The breeds now found in Great Britain, are almost as various as the Goils of the different districts, and are purely artificial in their breeding, according to the several fancies of the originators, and successive breeders. XV. Native Districts of Some Breeds. The same careful authority, heretofore quoted, has divided them into Long-Horns, Short-Horns and Middle-Horns. Their history, which may be taken as correct, their classification, and their habits, as known in his day, are given as follows : "The Long-Horns were originally from Lancashire, much improved by Bakewcll, and established through the greater part of the midland counties ; the Short-Horns, mostly cultivated in the northern counties, and in Lincolnshire, and many of them found in every part of the kingdom where the farmer attends much to his dairy, or a large supply of milk is wanted ; and the Middle-Horns, not derived from a mixture of the two preceding, but a distinct and valuable and beautiful breed, inhabiting principally the north of Devon, the east of Sussex, Herefordshire, and Gloucestershire ; and, of diminished ])ulk, and with somewhat different character, the cattle of the Scottish and the Welsh mountains. The Aldcrney, with her crumpled horn, is found on the southern coast, and, in smaller numbers, in gentlemen's parks and pleasure-grounds every where ; while the polled, or hornless cattle, pre- vail in Suffolk, and Norfolk, and in Galloway, whence they were first derived. "These, however, have been intermingled in eveiy possible way. They are found pure only in their native districts, or on the estates of some opulent and spirited individuals. Each county has its own mongrel breed, ftften diflScult to be described, and not always to be traced — neglected enough, yet suited to the soil and to the climate ; and, among little farmers, maintaining their station, in spite of attempts at improvements by the intermixture or the substitution of foreign varieties. "The character of each important variety, and the relative value of each foi breeding, grazing, the dairy, or the plough, will be considered before wo inquire into the structure or general and medical treatment of juttle. Much dispute has arisen as to the original breed of British cattle. 616 CTCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The battle has been stoutly fought between the advocates of the Middle and Long-Horns. The Short-Horns and the polls can have no claim; the latter, although it has existed in certain districts from time immemo- rial, was probably an accidental variety, ^ye are very much disposed to adjudge the honor to the Middle-Horns. Tiie Long-Horns are evidently of Irish extraction. * 'Britain has shared the fate of other nations, and oftener than they, has bcoa overrun and subjugated by invaders. As the native? retreated, they carried with them some portion of their property, which in those early times, consisted principally in cactle. They drove along with them as many as they could, when they retired to the fortresses of north Devon and Cornwall, or the mountainous regions of Wales, or when they took refuge in the wealds of east Sussex ; and there, retaining all their prejudices, customs and manners, were jealous of the preserva- tion of that which reminded them of their native country before it yielded to a foreign yoke. "In this manner was preserved the ancient breed of British cattle. Difference of climate wrought some change, particularly in their bull.. The rich pasture of Sussex fattened the ox into its superior size and weight. The plentiful, but not so luxuriant, herbage of the north of Devon, produced a smaller and more active animal, while the privations of Wales lessened the bulk and thickened the hide of the Welsh runt. As for Scotland, it set its invaders at defiance; or its inhabitants retreated for a while, and soon turned again on their pursuers. They were proud of their country, their cattle, their choicest possession; and there, toe, the cattle were preserved, unmixed and undegenerated, "Thence it resulted that in Devon, in Sussex, in Wales, and in Scot- land, the cattle have been the same from time immemorial; while in aL the eastern coast, and through every district of England, the breed of cattle degenerated, or lost its original character; it consisted of animals brought from every neighboring and some remote districts, mingled in every possible variety, yet conforming itself to the soil and the climate. "Observations will convince us that the cattle in Devonshire, Sussex, Wales and Scotland, are essentially the same. They are middle-horned; not extraordinary milkers, and remarkable for the quality rather than the quantity of their milk; active at work, and with an unequaled aptitude to fatten. They have all the characters of the same breed, changed by soil, climate, and time, yet little changed by man. We may almost trace the color, namely, the red of the Devon, the Sussex, and the Hereford; and where the black alone are now found, the memory of the red pre- vails. Every one who has compared the Devon cattle with the wild breed of Chatelherault park, or Chillingham castle, has been struck with the EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 617 618 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOfK AND ro>frLETE STOCK DOCTOR. EARLY HISTORY AND TYPICAL BREEDS OF CATTLE. 619 gi'eat resenibhince in many points, notwithstanding the difference of color, while they bear no likeness at all to the cattle of the neighboring coun- try." LONGHOKN BULL. HEAD OF 1.0Ncen so accurately described in verse, by an old English writer, that we reproduce his stanzas as em- bodying the general characteristics of what goes to make up a perfec^t animal : She's long in her face, she's fine in her horn, She'll quickly get fat without cake or corn; She's clean in her jaws, and full in her chine, She's heavy in Hank, and wide in her loin. She's broad in het ribs, and long in her rump; A straiglit and Hat back, without e'er a hump; She's wide in her hips, and calm in her eyes; She's fine in her shoulders, and thin in her thighs. She's light in her neck, and small in her tail; yhe's wide in her breast, and good at the pail; She's fine in her bone, and silky of skin — She's a grazier's without, and a butcher's within. 620 STRUCTURE OF TUE OX. m. Skeleton of the Ox. 621 If we look at the skeleton of the ox we shall there see the basis of the immense but sluggish strength for which this animal is noted. It will not be necessary to translate the names of the bones. They should be called by the scientific names here given. The corresponding bones found in the horse have been sufficiently explained. SKELETON OF THE OX. Names of the Bones. — ^l — Cervical Vertebrae. B B — Dorsal Verte- bra. C — Lumbar Vertebrae. D — Sacrum. E E — Coccygeal Bones, i^i^— Ribs. G — Costal Cartilages. ^— Scapuhi. /—Humerus. KK Radius. L — Ulna. M — Carpus or Knee. 1 — Scaphoid. 2 — Semilu- nar. 3 — Cuneiform. 4 — Trapezium. 5 — Trapezoid. G — Os Magnum. 7 — Unciform. 8 — Pisiform. iViV— Large Metacarpal or Cannon. O — Small Metacarpal. P F — Sesamoid Bones. Q (^—Phalanges. 1— Os Suffraginis or Pastern Bone. 2 — Os Coronae. 3- -Os Pedis. R — Pelvis. 1— Illium. 2— Pubis. 3— Ischium. xS'— Femur. T— Patella. U~ Tibia. F— Fibula. TF— Hocks. 1— Os Calcis. 2— Ostragalus. 3— Cuneiform Magnum. 4 — Cuneiform Medium. 5 — Cuneiform Parvum. 6— Cuboid. A^— Large Metatarsal. 1, 2, 3— Phalanges. F—Small Metatarsal. Z — Head. 1 — Inferior Maxilla. 2 — Superior Maxilla. 3 — Anterior INLaxilla. 4— Nasal Bone. 5— Molar. 6— Frontal. 7— Parietal. {^—Occipital. i> — Lachrymal. 10 — Squamous, 11 — Petrous. 322 CTCLOPJIDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Elegance, speed, and muscular activity are the qualities for which the frame-work of the horse seem best suited. In the ox there is also the beauty of symmetry as shown in smooth lines, when fat, and the devel- opment of great strength with slow motion. Hence, the limbs are straighter and more massive than in the horse. OUTLINE OF FAT BULLOCKS. In the OX we find the same two plates at the top of the head, that were noticed in the horse. In the ox and other horned animals these plates have a considerable space be- tween them, as shown in the accom- panying cut giving a vertical section of the head. This space is filled with cells having bony ridges passing from the inner to the outer plate, or table, securing firmness ; and these cells form large and strong sockets for the horns. The cavity of the brain is, in VERTICAL SECTION OF THE HEAD. thc OX, about onc-fouith the size of the skull— the other parts being occupied by the organs of smell, the teeth and the jaws, which are exhibited in vertical sections here given. STRUCTUllE OF THE OX. 623 rv. Analysing the Head. The second cut representing a section Df the head of an ox, reveals a portion of the upper jaw, showing the mohirs, or grinding teeth. Explanation. — ^ — Molars or grinders. B — Superior maxillary bone and its paUitine process. C — Cells of the palatine bone. D — Anterior maxillary bone, destitute of incisor teeth. The frontal bones shown at 6 in the skeleton of the ox, extend from the nose to the superior ridge of the skull, presenting a flat, irregular sur- face, quite bare of fleshy or muscu- lar covering. The ox has the same division in the center of the frontal sinuses as the horse , but the divis- ion between the nostrils is not per- fect. There is a continuous cavity from the muzzle to the horn. In polled or horned cattle the frontal bones reach from the nasal bones to section of head of ox. the parietal ridge, but since thcreareno horns, these bones become narrower towards the poll. In cattle the temporal bones are small, but deep in the temporal fossa and have no squamous structure. The occipital bone has little importance by comparison with its use in the horse. The sphcmoid and ethmoid bones relatively occupy the same position in the two ani- mals. A comparison of the skeletons of the horse and ox, will fuliy illustrate this. V. External Parts of a Fat Ox. As beef is a universal article of food, the value of a very large pro- portion of the cattle reared is determined by their capacity to develop juicy, palatable meat. The illustration on the next page shows a Short- Horn ox in prime condition, and the accompanying explanation points out the several i)arts of the animal with reference, mainly, to their qualities and use as Ixu^f. Where the choice Beef lies. — The prime parts of the ox, as shown in the cut, lie from N to i?, and from i? to S, and back to N. Between P, Q and V arc the best pieces. The second best are between M, S, T^ F, W and K. Between S and U are valuable pieces for smoked or dried meat. The ribs between M and S ; the flanks F, W, and thence to the brisket TT are good corning pieces. The quarters of such an ox will dress sixty-five per cent, of his gross weight. The loin above P and from thence to the top of the shoulder above N will give superior steak and roasting pieces. The shoulder-point or neck vein l)ack of 2 and thigh at 8 make the best smoking-pieces. The plates IF will mak^ 624 CYCLOtEDIA or LIVE STOC& ANP COMFUBTE ttltjCH XKH7l>OU. excellent corned beef, while R, S and L (the rump, round and brisket) make the best pieces for oickling — good, thick, juicy meat, and in large quantities. Explanation. — A — Forehead. B — ^I'ace. C~- Cheek. /> — Muzzle. E — Neck. /--Neck-vein. G — Shoulder-point. // — Ann. / — Gain- brel or hock. K — Elbow. L ■ -Brisket, bosom or breast. X — Crops. O — Loin. P — Hip. Q — Rum[ , J? -^— Pin-bone. S — Round-bone, thurl or whirl. 7^— Buttock. i7---.rhigh, or gasket. T— Flank. W --Plates. X -Back, or chine. T TV-oa"^ STRUCTURE OF THE OX. 625 VI. Teeth of the Ox. The ox has 32 teeth. These are divided into 24 grinding or molar teeth, six on each side of each upper and lower jaw, and 8 nippers or cutting teeth (incisors) in the front lower jaw. The ox has no canine teeth (tushes,) and no teeth in the front part of the upper jaw. In place of the front upper incisors, those of the lower jaw meet against a callosity above, thick, hard and, in old cattle, almost horny. Scientific- ally the teeth are represented by the following Dental formula : Genus Bos. Cattle ; incisors, ^, canines, g, molars, | |. = Total, 32 teeth. But in order that the reader may judge accurately of the age of any animal of the genus Bos, but especially the age of cattle, a chart is an- nexed, showing the nippers, (incisors,) from birth up to the age of five years past^ — that is, up to the sixth year ; and also the teeth as they appear at ten years of age. An ox at five years old, is past his prime for beef, and at six is past his prime for economical farm labor, except at heavy, slow draft. The cow will breed good calves from three years to the age of ten years, and often up to fifteen years. The bull should be sure in his get, up to about the age of eight years, after which he usually gets logy. VTI. Age of Cattle told by the Chart. The age of cattle is only told by the horns and the teeth. The horns will show the age with reason-able accuracy up to the age of six years, by means of the annual rings, and tolerably well up to the age of ten, un- less they have been filed, sand-papered and oiled to deceive. As the animal gets older, the annual rings, or wrinkles, of the horns become con- fused by growing together. Mr. Youatt, in his analysis of the teeth of the ox, gives six years as the age at which the animal attains the full mouth, such as we have shown at five years past. In his day, cattle were slower in maturing than now, and they were certainly kept in service to a greater age. If the animal is badly kept during the winter, and is turned upon insufficient pasture in summer, development will, of course, be slower. After the teeth arc mature, if the pasture is short and gritty, they will be worn away faster. The rules we give for determining the ages of modern cattle apply to well-kept, early-developing animals. Woods-cattle, those raised in the timber on scant fare, might present the same appearance at six years old that we have shown for five years past. In studying the chart, therefore, allowance nmst be made for the contingencies we have named. A. refer- ence to the chart will show that at birth there are but two central teethr tigure 1 ; at two weeks the calf will have four teeth, figure 2 ; at three weeks it will have six teeth, figure 3 ; at a month old the jaw will con* 626 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLET'E STOCK DOCTOR. tain eight incisors, and present the appearance as in figure 4. The mouth is then called full, as containing the ultimate number of incisors. These are not permanent, but temporary, or milk teeth, as they are called. At six to eight months old the central teeth begin to be worn, and show smaller than the others, see figure 5. At ten months absorption and the widening of the jaw will have carried the two central teeth still farther away from each other, and two other teeth, one on each side, will have begun to diminish, in fact will have distinct spaces between them, see figure 6. At twelve months absorption will have continued to two more teeth, leaving intact only the two outside teeth, see figure 7. At fifteen months the whole of the teeth will present the appearance as seen in figure 8. At this time the true or permanent teeth will have been growing in the jaw, between and back of the milk teeth. Figure 9 shows the appearance at fifteen months of age, the two permanent central teeth appearing in the place of the two first milk teeth which have disappeared, and the other permanent teeth are shown in their several stages of growth. Figures 10, 11 and 12 show the teeth at two, three and four years past. At the age of five years the animal will have a full mouth, as shown in figure 13, and at ten years the incisors will present the ap- pearance as in figure 14. Thus any person by the use of the chart, and by examination of the teeth of cows, of ages known to correspond therewith, may easily become an accurate judge of the age of cattle up to the age of four years. In the four-year-old mouth, the two central pairs of teeth are beginning to be worn down to the edges, and in aflat direction, or inclining slightly to the inside ; yet the animal has not a full mouth — that is, the incisois are not fully up until it is five years old. See figure 14. At five years old the teeth are fully grown, and the peculiar mark on the teeth, called the cup, is shown in all. At the same time all will have become flattened, while on the two center ones there begins to be a dis- tinct darker line in the middle, bounded by a line of harder bone. From this time on we may depend both on the incisors and the grinders. At six years old the animal will have accpiired the last grinding tooth. This is the sixth molar and is, from the beginning, a permanent tooth. From this time until the eighth year, and indeed thereafter, in determining the age of the animal, the nature of the soil upon which it has been fed must be taken into account. Gritty, close- fed pastures will wear them faster, and flush pastures slower. Thus in all the pasture regions of the West, and Southwest, the wear will be light. As a general rule, but admitting of many exceptions, at seven years old this line is becoming broader and more irregular in all of the teeth ; and a second and broader, and more circular mark appears within the center of the former one, the most STRUCTURE OF THE OX. 627 distinct in the central, or two central pairs — and which, at eight years, has spread over the six central incisors. At eight years, a change takes place which cannot be mistaken. The process of absorption has again commenced in the central incisors ; it is slow, and is never carried to the extent seen in the milk teeth, but is sufficicnLy plain, and the two central teeth are evidently smaller than their neighbors. A considerable change has also taken place on the surface of the teeth ; the two dark marks are worn into one in all but the corner teeth. HOLSTEIN-FRIESIAN COW, SEGIS L\KA. At ten years old the four central incisors are diminished in size, and the mark is becoming smaller and fainter, as shown in figure 14. At eleven years the six central incisors are smaller, and, at twelve, all of them are very considerably diminished ; but not to the same extent as in the young animal. The mark is now nearly obliterated, except in the corner teeth, and the inside edge is worn down to the gum. From the age of twelve years and onward, the teeth diminish more and more, so that the animal cannot properly gather or grind the food. There are many instances, however, of cows breeding, and remaining good ;nilkers, up to twenty years of age and over. But in this day of early development, no careful farmer will keep a cow breeding after the age of twelve years, except, perhaps, in the case of some extraordinary milker, or an exceptional cow, of great physical powers, and excellent breeding ♦lualities, whose stock it may be desirable to perpetuate. CHAPTER 111. DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. it ANCIENT AND MODEUN BREEDING. II. CATTLE OF THE CAMPAGNAS. III. PIO NEERS OF IMPROVED STOCK. IV. ILLUSTRATIONS OF NOTED ENGLISH BREEDS V. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO FORM A BUEED. VI. HOW A BREED IS FORMED. VII. BREEDING FOR CERTAIN USES. VIII. VARIATION IN TYPE. IX. IN-AND-IN BREEDING AND BREEDING IN LINE. X. ALTERING THE CHARACTER BY CROSSING. XI. INFLUENCE OF SHELTER AND FEEDING. XII. HEREDITY IN CATTLE. Km. HEREDITARY INFLUENCE OF PARENTS. XIV. ATAVISM. XV. PECULI- ARITIES OFANCESTORS PERPETUATED. XVI. HOW THE SHORT-HORNS WERE BRED t'P. XVII. SHORT-HORNS DURING THE LAST FIFTY YEARS. XVIII. THREE SHORT-HORN STRAINS. XIX. THE THREE PRINCIPAL TYPES OF CATTLE. Ancient and Modem Breeding. It might be curious to trace the history of cattle, step by step, in their mprovement from the earliest times ; but the results of such a task would DC largely composed of conjecture, neither valuable as history, nor inter- esting-, except to a few. The aim of this work is to be practical, and its object is to give only such valuable information as will be useful or inter- esting to all readers engaged in the breeding, rearing or use of live- stock. While many aistinct breeds of cattle have been known from the begin- nin"- of the historical era, it is only within the last 200 years that carefui and systematic breeding has been resorted to. And it is probable, or. rather, it is positively true, that during the last fifty years greater results in the breeding of all farm animals have been accomplished, and greater proo-ress towards perfection have been made, than in all the time before. Jacob was the first systematic breeder of whom we have any record. It is tolerably certain that he understood something of the principles of matin<'- cattle, else he could not have procUiccd pied and other parti-colored animals in such numbers as to have assured him large profits and increase in the herds of his father-in-law. But Jacob's plan consisted simply in brinf'int'- too^ether cows and bulls of certain different colors, with a view to securing a commingling of these colors, in the offspring. It docs not appear that he made any systematic attempt to improve, by breeding, the qualities of his animals as milkers, draft oxen, or beef cattle. The results of such efforts, if they had ever been made, would as certainh^ have been noticed as the extensive production of "ring-streaked and speckled cattle." II. Cattle of the Campagnas. We have already spoken of the once-famous cattle of the Campagnas, in the time of the Romans, Their excellence was probably due more to 628 DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 029 ERSEV COW CAIL RIVERS. ,ABERDEEN-ANGUS DULL DELAMERE. 630 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEIMENT OF BREEDS. 631 the kindliness of the climate and the natural abundance of the pastures around Rome, than to any systematic endeavors to perpetuate good qual- ties, except by tlie simple rules of natural selection. The same is true of other ancient peoples whose cattle were once held in high repute. Abundant pasturage, extensive ranges and a genial climate were the important factors in the production of their superior stock, which, in all probability, was not much superior to the half-wild cattle herded upon our great western plains. During the dark ages which succeeded the fall of the Roman Empire, agriculture degenerated with the arts, and, until about the sixteenth cen- tury, little attention was paid to the breeding of cattle, except by a primi- tive sort of selection, and by keeping certain strains of cattle confined to given sections of country. III. Pioneers of Improved Stock. But little had been done in a systematic way to improve British cattle until Bakewell improved the Long-Horns. Subsequently the Collings bred up the Durhams or Tceswaters, and later breeders developed the Devons, to which the Sussex and Hereford breeds owe some of their most eminent qualities. The celebrity of the improved Leicesters ceased soon after the death of Bakewell. But the Short-Horns had then already become famous, and at the present day there is no other breed of beef cattle that combines so many good qualities, except the Herefords. And this noble breed, it must be confessed, is the peer of the Short- Horns in every respect, except perhaps early maturity, while in butchers' proof, it is probably superior to the Short-Horns. On the butchers' block, however, both the Short-Horns and the Herefords must yield precedence to the Devons, and the Devons again to the West Highland cattle of Scotland. rv. Illustrations of Noted English Breeds. That the reader may become familiarized with noted English breeds of cattle, for beef, for labor, and for milking, we give on page 720 a model of the Sussex cow ; on page 632 a Short-Horn cow in outline ; and on page 642 an improved Hereford Bull, allied to the Sussex. On Page 715 a Norman cow is represented ; and on page 682 a Jersey cow. On page 607 will be found a group of Derhams as they were known fifty years ago. With the descriptions of the various popular breeds, as they will be noticed hereafter, illustrations will bo given showing their characteristics. The comparisons will l>c found a valuable study to all who make the breeding of cattle a part of their farm economy. 632 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Do not Attempt to Porm a Breed, in the breeding of cattle do not attempt to form a new breed out cf incongruous materials, such as ycu may happen to find near you. Good feeding, good shelter, and careful selection, will do much for any bre^dj but to undertake to form a new breed can only end in failure. itwiU be found infinitely cheaper to take one of the breeds already formed, ac- cording to the use for which *he animals are intended, than, by crossmg and breeding up, to form one that at the end of one hundred years w ill be no better than some of the now-existing herds, and, perhaps, not as good. If there is any improvement to be made, make it on the model of the best of the more reputable breeds. For instance, the Short-Horns can DEVELOPMEMT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 633 634 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. easily be bred back to the milking quality by selecting the proper fami- lies ; for they once possessed this quality in an eminent degree. If you wish to improve your common stock, do it by crossing upon the l)cst of your common cows good, staunch, vigorous bulls, of the breed conform- ing to the type of cattle you wish to attain. The first cross will give you half-bloods ; the second three-cjuartcrs l)lood ; the third cross seven- eighths blood, and the fourth cross — fiftccn-sixtccnths blood. These lat- ter, and, even the seven-eighths bred cattle, are, for all practical puiposes, of beef, labor or milk, essentially as good as those purely bred. But it is necessary that pure and thoroughbred stock be kept intact, by every possible precaution, since they are the source from which all excellence is bred. Therefore, if you are able to breed the best, let all others alone. And there are so many cattle of pure and thoroughbred stock now, that such sires are not difficult to obtain, unless you wish to breed the very highest caste, and this, too, from a purely fanciful standpoint. VI. How a Breed is Formed. A breed is a variety. In plants a new variety of a species is pro- duced by crossing one variety on another. In the case of crossing two species of the genus, to produce a hybrid, the fertility is generally de- stroyed, and the hybrid cannot be perpetuated. In crossing two animals or plants of the same species, but differing one from the other, the pro- duct is fertile, though not in so great a degree as in animals or plants of a like kind. The descendants will partake more strongly of one parent than the other, and these variations, in some cases, crop out after genera- tions. This atavism or striking back to some remote ancestor is not infrequent in the Short-Horns, notwithstanding the extreme care taken in breeding, and the many years that have passed since the particular cross was made. On the other hand, the Dcvons breed constant to type, or nearly so. Hence, the Devons are called a pure breed, and the Short-Horns are called thoroughbred. The Herefords also retain this constancy in gen- eral character to a remarkable degree, for the reason that they are an original breed, and not, like the Short-Horns, and racing horses, made up of a mixed lineage, and developed within a comparatively short time. Thus the reader will see the force of the advice, "Do not attempt to form a new breed . ' ' VII. Breeding for certain uses. For present practical purpose let your sires be the best you can aflford, of some imi)roved breed, which should be chosen with reference to the purpose for which the offsi)ring is intended. For beef and early maturity choose a Short-Horn or Hereford bull. If you breed for beef and labor, DEVELOrMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 685 take the Hereford for heavy work, and the Devon for lighter and more active work, such as ordinary farm labor. For cheese or quantity of milk alone, take the Holsteins. For butter and cheese the Ayi-shires are best, while for milk, exceedingly rich in cream, but, of course, not so great in quantity, the Jerseys, Alderneys or Guernseys would be indi- cated, according to the fancy of the breeder. In every case select the best cows possible as dams, at least for the animals intended to continue the cross. vni. Variation in Type. We have spoken of variation in type, even of cattle bred with a view of perpetuating distinct characteristics. How common this is, any person may satisfy himself by inspecting the animals of any given kind at our animal fairs, especially horses and cattle. Among animals pro- ducing twins, such as sheep, the type may be established sooner, since there is a greater number of young to select from. In swine it may be established in a still shorter time, for they not only have many young at a birth, but they breed twice a year, and a sow has even been known to produce five litters in less than two years. In the longest-established breeds of swine, however, pigs of a litter will vary materially. Hence, in breeding swine, while it is comparatively easy to perpetuate a particular strain by careful selection, it is also as easy to destroy the effects of previous good breeding by bad selections as it is to depreciate them by neglect in feeding. For it is an axiom which should be more generally understood than it is, that bad feeding will soon mar good breeding. And as no success can be had with any breed, however ordinary it may be, without good feeding, it is essential that the improved breeds be care- fully and liberally provided for, especially since the better the breed the better do the animals pay for their feeding. IX. In-and-in Breeding and Breeding in Line. The meaning of these terms has been defined in a previous part of this volume. One is the breeding together of animals very closely re- lated ; the other is the perpetuation of qualities, by continuing to breed together animals having similar characteristics. From in-an-in and line breeding we get, more often, what is called a "nick" — that is, the inheri- tance of some essentially good quality — than by what is known as out- crossing, or breeding to animals of dissimilar quality. The careful breeder will hesitate long before he resorts to out-crossing, and should only consent so to do where the family has become too fine, and con- stitutionally weak, from being bred very closely together for a considera- ble lenirth of time. G36 CYCL01'Ei>lA OF LIVE STOCK AAD COMl'LKTE STOCJi DOCTOR. UJ I- DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 637 X. Altering the Character by Crossing. When it becomes necessary to alter the form, do so through some animal of the same breed. Never go out of the breed for improvement even in constitutional vigor. If you do,you will always rue it. The K3doe cross, made in the Short-Horns, nearly a hundred years ago, still crops out in certain families, in the sloughing of the horns, or in defective horns. Thirty years ago the outcrop of tliis peculiarity was quite common. If the character of your cattle needs altering, select for the purpose a bull possessing the characteristics desired, or as near thereto as may be possi- ble. Once the effect is produced, return again to the practice of breed- ing in line, never neglecting careful selection. So also in breeding up common stock, by means of superior males, when once you have decided what breed is best for your particular use, stick to it. If the result is unsatisfactory, try another breed on certain cows, but not on those of your best improved stock. If you are breeding pure or thoroughbred stock, quit the business rather than take an out-cross upon some other distinct breed. Once the blood is in your herd, you cannot breed it out in your life time, nor can your successor l)reed it out in his life time. XI. Influence of Shelter and Feeding. In the breeding of all farm stock too many persons suppose that ani- mals, especially cattle, ni;iy be ex[)osed to the storms of winter without ,'^3rious detriment, and that if tliey get very thin in winter, they will lir'uperate in the succeding summer. No mistake could be more fatal vi he stock raiser than this. An animal that barely survives the winter, seldom more than regains the flesh lost, during the next summer. Those that have to be "tailed up" in the spring never are good for much there- after. The only profit there is in stock of any kind, is made by keeping them steadily growing, until they reach maturity. This is especially true in the case of improved stock of whiitever breed. They must have suf- ficient warmth and feeding, for if disability arise from neglect, the loss is serious by comparison with the loss from similar injury to ordinary, cheap stock. It may be taken as an axiom, that no money was ever •Tiade by neglecting or starving farm stock ; and no farmer ever will make money from cattle if he lets them take the "warm side of a straw stack" for food and shelter in winter. XII. Heredity in Cattle. We have already spoken of the hereditary influence of ancestors. In cattle this is often plainly shown. The thirteenth axiom of Stonehege, and one undoubtedly correct, is : The purer and less mixed the breed, the more Vikely it is to be transmitted unaltered to the offspring. Hence, which- 638 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. ever parent is of the purest blood will l)e more generally represented in the offspring; but, as the male is usually more carefully selected, and of purer blood than the female, it generally follows that he exerts more influence than she does ; the reverse being the case when she is of more unmixed bJood than the sire. That the relative ages and vigor of the parents have a decisive influence on the offspring there is no doubt. Hence the necessity that animals be mature before they are allowed to breed, since only mature animals can be relied upon to produce offspring of the highest form and vigor. And on the other hand, that excessive age in either male or female, will dimin- ish potency is too well known to be denied. It is certain, also, that where there is a marked prepotency in either the male or female parent, the progeny will most closely resemble the prepotent progenitor. The following case is reported by Mr. Talcot in the " Country Gentleman : " " I had a nice cow with nice bag and teats, which I took to a bull in the neighborhood, and the produce was a heifer-calf, which was raised be- cause of the good milking-qualities of her dam ; but when she became a cow, instead of the good qualities of her dam as Avas expected, her bag and teats were more like those of a sheep than of a good dairy-cow. I then began to investigate the cause, and found that the heifer was the counterpart of the dam of the bull, she being an ordinary cow Mith a small bag and still smaller teats, and from that time to this I have found that too freq.uently that is the case, especially if the bull was from such stock or family of light milkers that it was not desirable to perpetuate them. I remember distinctly tht first pure-bred Short-Horn bull I ever had, that the bag of his dam was the largest in the hind-quarters, conse- quently that she gave the most milk from the hind-teats, and that quality was transmitted to the majority of his heifers when they came to be cows, their bags tending largely in the hind-quarters. And I think, from such observations, that there can be no doubt that such is the case gen- erally." Mr. Sedgmck says, the supply of milk is hereditarily influenced by the bull, 7-ather than by the cows from which the offspring is directly descended. Of this there is no doubt ; but it is not so clear, as asserted by him, that the character of the secretion, as regards both quantity and quality of the milk, is derived chiefly from the paternal grand-mother by atavic descent. XIII. Hereditary Influence of Parents. Mr. Walker, writing on intermarriage, and the physiology of breeding, gives the following : "It is a fact, established by my observations, that, in animals of the same variety, either male or female parent may give either series of or- DEVELOPIHENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 639 gans — that is, either forehead and organs of sense, together with the vital and nutritive organs, or back-head, together with the locomotive organs. "The second law, namely, that of crossing, operates where each parent is of a different breed, and when, supposing both to be of equal age and vigor, the male gives the back-head and locomotive organs, and the female the face and nutritive organs. "The third law, namely, that of in-and-in breeding, operates where both parents are not only of the same variety, but of the same family in its narrowest sense, and when the female gives the back-head and locomo- tive organs, and the male the face and nutritive organs — precisely the reverse of -"'^"at takes place in crossing." XIV. Atavism. The aj^i^earance, occasionally, of horns in the Galloway, Suffolk and other breeds that have been hornless for many generations, but which were originally a horned race, are remarkable instances of atavism. The appearance, in a litter of Essex pigs, of two young ones showing the Berkshire cross of twenty-eight years before, as cited by Mr. Sidney, is also a remarkable case of the same kind. We have already noticed the occasional appearance, through atavism, of deformed horns in Short- Horn cattle. In calves, also, this race shows remarkably in this respect ; the following case is given by the "Country Gentleman :" "Mr. Wadsworth owns the twin Princess cows. Lady Mary seventh and eighth ; they are both good roans, got by fourth Lord of Oxford (5903 "American Herd-Book"), a roan bull; their dam, Lady Mary, a red, got by Hotspur (31393), a roan ; their granddam, Baroness, a red roan, got by Barrington (30501), a white ; their great-granddam, the im- ported red Princess cow. Red Rose, second, got by Napier (6238), red roan. These twin heifers, Lady Mary seventh and eighth, were both served by the Princess bull. Earl of Seaham (8077 "American Herd- Book"), a good roan, and each dropped a bull-calf; but the one from Lady Mary seventh was a red, while the other, from Lady Mary eighth, was white." XV. Peculiarities of Ancestors Perpetuated. In the breeding of animals of a pure and homogeneous breed, there will be a perfect blending of characteristics, without marked peculiarities, as a rule. In the offspring of dissimilar parents, as in crossing, there is never complete fusion or blending of character, but the offspring in such cases will follow, more or less closely, the prepotent parent. It is not necessarv to cite authorities on this point. Instances are of such constant occurrence, both in the human family and down through all the domestic animals, that they have been noticed by all intelligent observers. In wild 640 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. animals, being pure races, the rule is not so apparent ; for in them is found the nicest blending of transmitted qualities. Yet it is observed even in wild animals when bred in confinement. Devon cattle and other pure breeds of domestic stock, also show peculiarities to a less extent than more mixed races. Peculiarities of ancestors appear most frequently in the common mixed stock of the farm, especially when ])red to sires of improved blood. XVI. How the Short-Horns were bred up. The inheritance of the prepotent l)lood of sires, u[)()n an already valua* ble breed, careful selection and at length the impress of a bull, (Hub- back,) remarkable in every respect, merged what were known as Tees- water, Durham or Yorkshire cattle, into what has come of late years to be known, the world over, as Short-Horns. The name is an unfortunate one in some respects, since it is used to designate one of the three dis- tinct classifications of horned cattle. Less than 200 years ago the first improvement was made in Short- Horn cattle, according to Culley, Marshall, Bailey, and others of the last century ; and it is only within the last 100 years that the great improve- ment was made which causes this magnificent breed of cattle to be so highly prized. The "Alloy," a Gallowa}^ or hornless, cross made by Charles Colling was unfortunate, and breeders are careful that their stock shall not trace back to this cross, which runs to Grandson of Bolingbroke and Lady — to the "Alloy" as this progeny was called. XVII. Short-Horns During the Past Fifty Years. It is within the last fifty years that the Short-^Horns, once remarkable for their milking qualities, have degenerated in this respect so that they are now almost worthless for the dairy. They have been bred to emi- nent fineness and elegance, but it is questionable if, as beef producers, the less fashionable are not the better cattle. Originally the Short-Horns ran much to white ; and roans also were very common. Of late years it has been more fashionable to breed to self-colors, or to animals in which the colors, whatever they may be, (red and white being the best,) are distinct and well defined, one from the other. Importations of Short-Horns from Great Britain were made to the Eastern States m 1815, 1822, 1828, 1828, 1835, 1839, and 1849-50; to Kentucky in 1817, and again in 1837-38, and in 1839. Large importa- tions were made into Ohio in 1834, and in 1835-36. The first direct importation to Illinois was made in 1858. Since 1835 Canadian breed- ers have imported many fine animals, and within the last ten years their herds have taken high rank in the world of Short-Horns. At the present time there are no States of the West, the Northwest and Southwest, but ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^■^^^ ■^^■■■^^9^ s % '\' ^^to*-^^K a .^/Ji»*^^^^H t* f V fti^^fl r m B >' -> a^^^^^^^^lHj j^^ 5S "^^^^^^^H HHB o ^^^^^^^^^^^Hu^^^^^ jji '^ x^^^^^^^l ^^^KlVWI^vi :?o ^^H^^^B^ 5-0 ^^^^B ^^^^H|^H (^ c ^^^^■^^^^^^■In^j ^2 >^^^^^^bL^^^H ^^^^^^^B 1^ ^^^IP 2 cc ^^^^^^HHF^ ' ^ r^ ^^^^^^^^ ■| > ^^^^^Bge 1 :^ ^^^^^Br~^ §c ^^^Hj^t^;. S > ^■■k 2.P3 P D ' ^K '<^ ^^b" "^'V^/ -.^ ^j^^^B ^^.'K^^i o r ««.< ^^^^^H|_^_. ^^^^^^^^^^r c K (W o ^^^^H ^^' life £ o ^^^^^^^K l^^tilB^ .^MBL^l^^^^B PIHHB; ' ' ▼ o po ^=-1 > ^PP|^ — i^B ■flB^^^'tf o> ^^^^^^^iJ^M '^ S ^Bj^J^^"^^^^^ g?« pp«pr^ w' V ^B ^^. \ >|4H^ ^^^^^^H V^ ,}i^KKm^'^ ^ ^-^-Pi J ^ -v^Vi ; '^ W.. o o DEVELOPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT OF BREEDS. 641 have most valuable herds of these remarkable beef cattle. When not bred from a mere fanciful standpoint of fineness, it must be confessed that they are unexcelled in stoutness, early maturity and great develop- ment of lesh. XVIII. Three Short-Horn Strains. Among the lessons learned from these changes, we have seen the Short-Horns gradually lose their great milking qualities, but they have gained in early maturity, and in disposition to take on flesh. They may now be divided into three classes : First, are those combining good grazing qualities with fair milking quahties, as may be seen in the descendants of the importation of 1817 into Kentucky, or the " Seventeens" as they are called. None are better than these for the average farmer to breed from, and fortunately, when found, they sell at prices comparative!}^ but little above those of the best native cattle of mixed breeds. The second strain is the Booth blood, eminent for large frames, covered with great masses of flesh, but of small account as milkers. The third principal strain is that of the Bates cattle, eminent for style and early maturity, with sub-families, producing occasionally most excellent milking cows. The young breeder may rest assured that by studying carefully the precepts laid down in this chapter, and by familiarizing himself with the characteristics of the several strains, and also by studying carefully the pedigrees as given in the herd l)ooks, he will be qualified to select animals for the nucleus of his herd, that will breed constant to type, if he pos- sess the judgment properly to mate them. XrX. The Three Principal Types of Cattle. It remains to close this chapter with a recapitulation of the three prin- cipal types of cattle. These are the Long-Horns, the Middle-Horns and the Short-Horns. Of the Long-Horns, sub-breeds remain worthy of per- petuation in competition with the Middle-Horns, as represented by the Herefords or Devons, or the Short-Horns, as represented by the Dur- uams. The milking breeds are the Jerseys and other Channel Island cattle, and the Ayrs hires and the Holsteins. Among the traces of long-horned blood, characteristic of the old Shrop- shire, with their horns dropping down forward and suddenly rising, the Derby with their horns running sideways, and curving upwards and back- wards, and the Cravens, with their "lopped horns," may all be found occasionally in the ordinary mixed breeds of the country, showing how long a time it takes to work out the blood from whence they originally cume. 642 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AKD COMPLETE STOCK DOdOR. A": for the once-famous New Leicesters, of Bakevvell, their popularity was short-lived, since they practically died out with the death of their founder, Bakewell, W---:"-^^!^Wl'' .^^-'^ FLEMISH cow. The Flemish cow represented on this page is not such an abundant milker as some other breeds, but her milk is very rich and fine iu flavor. In disposition this breed is as gentle and kind as it is possible for cattle to be. A child can approach them any- where or at any time, and lead them or play around them, without fear of harm. The Short-Horns will be treated of in their appropriate chapter, the Herefords and Devons in the chapter appropriated to the Middle-Horns, and the polled cattle, also, in a separate chai)ter» CHAPTER IV. THE BREEDING OP CATTLE. I. EARLY SYSTEMS OP BREEDING. II. BAKEWELL'S TEN RULES. -TIT. "WHAT THE BREEDER MUST KNOW. IV. COMPARE RESULTS. V. THE ASSIMILA- TION OF FOOD. VI. THE BREEDER MUST BE A GOOD FARMER. VII. BREEDING FOR BEEF.— VIII. BREEDING FOR MILK. IX. BREEDING FOR LABOR. X. THE BREEDS FOR BEEF AND MILK. XI. SOME FACTS ABOUT BEKF. XII. VALUE OF SIRES IN DIFFERENT HERDS. XIII. KNOW WHAT YOU BREED FOR. XIV. DEFINITION OF TERMS. XV. HOW TO START A HERD. XVI. HOW THE HERD WILL GRADE. XVII. TAKING A LINE CROSS. XVIII. SOME SPECIMENS OP CLOSE BREEDING. XIX. THE GESTA- TION OF COWS. I. Early Systems of Breeding. Until within the last 200 years the whole art of breeding animals might have been summed up in the aphorism, "Like produces like ;" and hence that other proverb, "Breed from the best." Yet, simple as these principles were, they seem to have been followed in a very feeble way, as, indeed, they are to this day by a majority of farmers, or by those who have not studied the principles of the art they practice. Up to the time of Bake well, who, had he undertaken any other pro- fession than that of breeding animals, would have been eminently suc- cessful, the breeder's art consisted in mating those animals whose gen- eral characteristics seemed the best, wholly disregarding the advantages of breeding to animals pre-eminent for the possession of particular qual- ities that it was essential to perpetuate. Bakewell believed not only that like would produce like, in a general way, but seems to have known that the rule extended to the minutest detail in the organization and make up of the animal. Hence, his study of form, in the anatomy and phys- iology of animals, was made with a view to the adoption of a standard, or model, by which he sought to secure large proportions, early matu- rity, superior flesh in the choicest parts, and uniformity in the transmission of these qualities from the sire and dam to the young. His eye seems to have been so well trained in detecting faults in the development of animals, and the proper correlation of the parts, one to the other, that the slightest variation of form never escaped him. No breeder since his time seems to have used such nice judgment, or to have possessed so critical and thoroughly trained an eye. None of his suc- cessors have equaled him in the capacity to trace cause and effect, or to fi43 644 crcLOPEDiA of live stock and complete stock doctor. breed closely to a well-defined standard. In addition to his nice judg- ment in selection, he was the most careful of feeders ; the object in view being constant development from birth to the butcher's block. None before or since his time have ever brought a breed up to the highest oos- sible standard in a single lifetime, and what is more curious, none were found able to maintain the standard he had fixed. The methods insti- tuted by Bakewell have been i)racticed by others, and are undoubt- edly the l)est in the breeding of live stock. They may be divided into separate heads as in tlie following section. II. Bakewell's Ten Rules. 1. — Correct training of the eyo and judgment in the anatomy and phys- iolog}'^ of the animal. 2. — The correlation of the several parts one to the other. 3. — The selection and mating of animals with a view to the fullest development of the most valual)le parts, according to the use intended. 4. — Selection with a view to the perpetuation of essential qualities to mduce form, symmetry, high feeding qualities, and great vigor of consti- tution. 5. — Feeding with reference to early maturity for giving development in the least possible time. 6. — Shelter and warmth indispensable to perfect development. 7. — Variety of food is essential, and this according to the age of the animal. 8. — A strain of blood once established, never go outside of it for a new infusion. 9. — The most perfect care and regularity in all matters pertaining to feeding and stable management. 10 — Kindness and careful training absolutely necessary with a view to the inheritance of high courage combined with docility and tractability. III. What the Breeder Must Know. The animals which possess the qualities that are desired in the offspring, whether for beef, labor, milk, butter or cheese, or for a combination of these, are the ones to breed from. In the selection of parents the breeder himself must of course be the judge of the fitness of certain animals of his herd to transmit the desired qualities. We have endeavored to aid the non- professional breeder in the performance of this delicate task, by carefully describing the peculiarities of the different breeds and varieties, and by in- dicating the best points of each of them. Nothing more is necessary to enable the average farmer to breed his farm-stock profitably and success- ittlly, except such personal experience with animals as every competent THE BREEDING OF CATTIjE. 645 farmer possesses as a matter of course. Those who propose to go exclu- sively and scientifically into the business of stock-breeding, must not only pass through a careful course of reading in the best authorities on the subject, but must also have a thorough practical training. The impor- tant thing of all, however, is to possess the peculiar talent to make a breeder — that is, a critical eye for form, symmetry, and the proportion of the several parts of an animal, each to the others. IV. Compare Results. A careful comparison of the results obtained by others and by one's self, is among the best means of training for all. The animal that will make the most beef at three years old, and the cow that will give the most milk, and the richest in butter or cheese during the season, on the least relative quan- tity of food, are the best. These things can only be learned through personal observation and from the statements of those whose word you can trust. V. The Assimilation of Pood. It is an idea with many people that an animal, to be valuable, must be a small eater. Nothing could be further from the truth. It is merely a question of proper assimilation of the food eaten — an animal of perfect digestive and assimilative organs being al)le to extract far more nutri- ment from a given quantity of food than one in which these organs per- form their functions but imperfectly. In this respect the improved breeds of stock of any family stand pre-eminent. Their digestive and assimilative organs are of the best and they give greater returns for the food eaten than illy-bred animals. The lungs and blood vessels of the ox are not required to l)e so capa- cious, according to the weight of the animal, as those of the blood-horse ; for they are not required to do fast work. The improved breeds of other farm stock are not required to take more exercise than is necessary to gather their food. Hence, with care and artificial feeding, the incli- nation to active exercise is bred out of them, and a Short-Horn or Here- ford will keep fat on what a Texan would run off in untamable muscular efforts. Thus, for domestic use, the highly-bred Short-Horn or Here- ford possesses two important advantages over the wild Texan, viz : early maturity, and the tendency to fatten readily. A raw-boned ox, or one with a hide like a board, will not fatten kindly. Hence, the outlines should be square or round, with no undue bony prominences, and the skin should be soft, but firm and supple to the touch. Restlessness, Avhich is only another term for wildness, should never be tolerated in anv breeding animal. Such animals should be sent to 646 CYCLOPEDIA OP *JVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. the butcher's block without hesitation. A panic will throw a whole herd off their feed for a week, sometimes, and a single wild brute is amply sufficient to get up a stampede at the slightest provocation. The animal that shows viciousness alone,, or in connection with restlessness, is not to be tolerated anywhere, and least of all in the breeding stables or yards. VI. The Breeder Must be a Good Farmer. The best animals cannot be raised except on a variety of food. The breeder should therefore be a good farmer, and should know what grasses are most nutritious and best adapted to his locality. He needs, also, to know the varieties of grasses which make the best hay, for all farm animals — cattle and sheep especially — should be kept as much on grass as possible. He should also have studied the important question of winter feeding with a view to deciding what grains are best adapted to his use. An important matter, which nearly all American breeders and feeders more or less neglect, is the use of succulent food in winter. It is seldom one sees a sujjply of roots raised for winter feeding in this country. We have deferred too much to English authorities, and because we could not raise English white turnips we have ignored roots almost entirely. Yet, there is no country better adapted to carrots and beets, for feeding, than ours, nor one where they can be more cheaply raised. And carrots in 'kvintei', especially for breeding cows, and later on beets for all farm stock except horses, are worth more than twice their bulk in turnips. A peck of beets or carrots daily, to each cow or ox would assist in an important manner the digestion and assimilation of dry food — and herein lies their chief value. The writer has raised them in large fields at a cost of three dollars a ton, including the expenses of hauling and pitting for winter. VII. Breeding for Beef. If you breed for beef you will have the choice of, say, four breeds of cattle — the Short-Horns, the Hcrefords, the Devons, and the Galloways. The Short-Horns and Herefords are, by all odds, the best breeds wherever the pastures are flush, and the feed plentiful. On short pastures, and when the winter feeding is not ample, their great frames cannot be supplied ; but when the feed is abundant they may be turned off fat at an age at which native cattle are only just getting ready to be fattened. Upon all hill pastures, both North and South, the Devons are admira- ble cattle, and their beef is of a quality superior to that of either of the breeds just named. Farther North, the Galloways or hornless cattle are much liked for their good feeding qualities, for their hardmcss and for the superior THE BREEItfNG OF CATTLE. 647 quality of their beef. In more Northern regions the Galloways may justly be regarded as the best among our beef breeds. But they will never compare with the Short-Horns or Heref ords in milder regions where feed is abundant. Vm. Breeding for Milk. If milk be the sole object, the breeder will choose the Ayrshires, the Jerseys or the Holsteins. Of these the Holsteins give the largest quan- tity of milk, are the largest cattle and they make heavy beef when dry. They are the best for cheese, and are, also, the most profitable when the milk is to be sold directly to the consumer. The Ayrshires come next in the quantity of milk given, and they are, also, excellent both for butter and cheese. The Jerseys, Alderneys, and Guernseys are smaller cattle than either the Holsteins or Ayrshires, but, for their size, they give large quantities of milk that is extremely rich in cream and butter. But they require more feed in proportion to their size than either the Ayrshires or Holsteins. rx. Breeding for Labor. Where animals capable of performing labor are desired, either the Herefords or the Devons should be selected. For heavy draft, such as hauling great logs in the timber, the Herefords are excellent cattle. For general utility on the farm, and on the road, the Devons arc supe- rior to any other known breed, since they combine great activity with muscular s*;rength, and the ability to go long distances at a quick j^ace, without Qistress. The Holsteins also make excellent draft animals, and to our thinking are among the best, where many purposes, milk being the most important, are to be considered. X. The Breeds for Beef and Milk. For the two purposes of milk and beef combined, the milking strains of the Short-Horn family are the best. It is a pity that the noble breed of milking cattle, known formerly as the Patton stock, should hnve been practically lost. Forty years ago they were the staunch, excellent Short- Horns of the West, good at the pail, large, smooth-framed and Idndly fatteners. The farmer who wishes to breed similar cattle, may easily do so by selecting the better milkers of the importation of 1817 — the "old Seventeens" as they are called. But be sure you do not get animals of this race with "top crosses" of the now fashionable Short-Horns. They will make beef but not milk. The Holsteias should not be passed over in naming cattle for general utility, especially in the West and Southwest. They are abundant and uniform milkers, and good feeders. They make more than fait working 648 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. steers, and when fat they also turn out a heavy carcass of l^eef, of fully as good quality as the Short-Horns. Yet, they lack early maturity. XI. Some Pacts About Beef. The breeder for utility, from a purely practical stand point, wants ani- mals that will bring the largest return in dollars and cents. A steer that loads with mere fat, instead of muscle, will not bring so much as the one which turns out more meat and less fat. So, again, the steer whose flesh is marbled throughout with fjitty tissue will bring a higher price for beef than one all lean in the lean parts, and all fat in the fat parts. Hence, m estimating the possible profits in breeding for beef, one must know how the animal will cut up when killed. As a rule the smooth steer Avill "kill better" than a patchy one, or one with lumps or patches of fat over the surface. An animal will not marble Avith fat until it is mature, neither will it take on fat largely, while in a growing state. Hence, the value of early maturity, and the importance of knowing those breeds, or families of a breed, which mature earliest. The Short-Horns have somewhat the advantage of the Herefords in early maturity, while the Herefords have the advantage of the Short-Horns in the quality of their flesh. The Devons mature still later than either, but their "butch- ers' proof" is better. The Galloways mature between the Hereford and Devon in point of time, and their flesh is ccrtainl}^ excellent. Those ani- mals which mature earliest are, as a rule, not so excellent in the quality of the flesh as later-maturing ones. Hence, in England, the Highland cattle bring the highest price per pound of any, and in the United States the Devons ought to. XII. Value of Sires in Different Herds. The average farmer cannot pay the exti*avagant prices demanded for the highest-caste animals of a pure breed. These, however necessary to the special breeder, are not so to the general breeder, or to the farmer who breeds simply for beef or for milk. The farmer wants animals hav- ing thick flesh and good feeding qualities, with constitutional vigor, from which to breed beef cattle ; and when milk is an object the animals from which he breeds should also be known to possess high milking qualities. Ir. ill one case it is the flesh that pays, in the other the udder. To ra3 breeder of a particular strain, an animal containing certain val- uable pc'nts might be worth many thousands of dollars in his herd, while to the farmer the value of the same animal Avould be counted by hundreds of dollars only. In fact, that particular animal might not be worth as much to the farmer as another that might be bought for $100. In respect to milking qualltieSj a certain bull might be worth $1,000 to the breeder THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. 649 of a particular sub-family of milkers, while to the farmer, intending to breed him upon a mixed herd, $100 would be his full value. Across of " Seventeen" blood might be a good and sufficient reason for the refusal by some special breeder to buy a particular Short-Horn, while to the general breeder it would be no disadvantage ; and if the animal were a pure " Seventeen" — descended in a direct line from that importa- tion — the outcome might be richer in beef and milk then the other. Hence it is seen that the farmer who breeds simply for milk or beef, should possess as accurate information concerning what he wants as the breeder of select animals of some particular strain of blood, Xm. Know what You Breed For. The breeder for general utility must possess as accurate knowledge as the breeder for special utility, but this knowledge needs to be of a dif- ferent kind from the other. The breeder for general utility cares not so much that the blood be of some particular strain, as that it shall com- bine certain points that will bring beef or milk into the produce of his herd, and at the least expense. What the general breeder is seeking for is such refinement in the head, neck, lungs, digestive organs, blood vessels and limbs, as will tell in the best manner upon his coarser stock. He would be guided by different standards in buying a thoroughbred horse from those he would adopt in buying a draft horse ; and in buying an animal solely for beef, the breeder must choose from a different standpoint from that which he takes in buying for milk, labor, or a combination of two or more of these quali- ties. But in this day of special breeds for special purposes great excel- lence in all points cannot be expected in one and the same animal. No bull can be a getter of great milkers, great workers, and great beef makers. All these qualities were never combined in one animcl and never will be. XIV. Definition of Terms. Pure Bred. — The words "pure-bred," " full- blood," and "thorough- bred" have often been stumbling blocks to the uninitiated. A pure race, -or race of " pure-bred animals is one of unmixed lineage whose charac- teristics are well defined, and which breeds pure to the type in every essential particular, including form, color, temper, and of course power to transmit the same. The Devons come nearer to filling all these requirements than any other cattle, and are the best type of a pure breed. Thoroughbred. — A thoroughbred is the descendant of animals origin- ally of mixed lineage, but which have been inter-bred for so long a time — without further admixture — that they come essentially true to the type 650 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. desired. Short-Horns and Herefords among cattle, and racing horses are thoroughbred. Full-Blood. — Full-blood is a term that should not be used to denote either purity of blood or thorough-blood, though much confusion has existed in the popular use of these three terms. High-grade animals are the produce of pure stock upon common stock, and when pure stock is repeatedly bred to the progtJnj of such unions the progeny in the course of some generations nearly approaches the pure race in every character- istic and is then called " full-blooded." Grades- — This term was partly defined in the preceding paragraph. It is used to denote the offspring of pure-blooded or highly-bred animals with those of less breeding, and is generally applied to a cross of pure- blood on common stock. Cross-Breeding- — The breeding together of animals of different breeds is called cross-breeding, as for instance the union of Hereford and Short- Horn blood.- In the first cross, the progeny theoretically possess equal proportions of the blood of sire and dam, but the 'blood of pure animals being prepotent the progeny will possess more strongly the charateristics of the Wghly-bred parent than of the other. Hence the advantage of using a buil ojf pure blood on a herd of mixed blood. XV. How to Start a Herd. From among the best cows of the ordinary mixed farm stock, select those possessing in the highest degree the characteristics desired in the offspring. For ten two-year old heifers select a pure-blood yearling bull, that has come of stock noted for getting uniform milkers, if this be the object ; or, if beef be the object, he should be of excellent fineness, with great loins, rump and thighs and round barrel-ribs well sprung out, and ribbed close to the hips. The next season's produce should be ten calves, half of which are likely to be heifers. Save these and geld the bulls at the age of about three or four weeks. When these heifers are two years old breed them to their sire, who will then be four years old. The female produce of this union may again be bred to the same bull, and this process may continue to the fourth generation, if the bull lasts so long in the possession of vigor. H.s last get will thus inherit fifteen six- teenths of the blood of the sire. Select from these the heifers that show the strongest constitutional vigor, and follow this down through the inter- mediate grades, keeping the families distinct. That is, record the breeding of each animal separately in a book specially prepared for the purpose. XVI. How the Herd will Grade. -Your herd will grade as follows : The first generation will be half-blood grades; the second three-quarters blood; the third, seven-eighths blood THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. 651 and the fourth generation, fifteen-sixteenths blood, and will compare favorably with pure-blooded animals, except among critical judges. XVII. Taking a Line Cross, In breeding so closely as we have recommended, the exercise of careful judgment is necessary, so that you may cease breeding in-and-in when- ever ii is found that the constitutional vigor, or feeding qualities of the progeny are impaired. If it be found that the progeny is not im- proving in all essential quailities 'select another sire, but one combining the same essential qualities as the discarded sire. This departure will be breeding in line. Breed again with this bull to certain select heifers for tAvo generations, and then take another line cross. In this way a young farmer, Avho is not able to attempt thoroughbreds, may soon establish a herd that will give the best possible satisfaction as beef makers or milk- ers, as the case may be. Do not listen to any sentimental talk about incestuous breeding. Incest is not a crime among the4o:W€rlimmals ; it is nature's plan with them. Among gregarious animals the strongest males take the herd, to the second and tjiird generation. The object is to throw the good qualities of the sire.wi a lump, and also to secure the first impress, a most important point, upon the heifer, and to fix this impress by concentration. For, the oftener the dam is bred to the same sire, the more will she be imbued with the blood of the sire of her progeny, through the intercirculation of blood between the dam and the foetus. This intercirculation, though denied by some, is undoubtedly a physio- logical fact, proven by many coincidences, if not by absolute demon- stration, and fortified by striking resemblances. XVTII. Some Specimens of Close Breeding. As showing close in-an-in l)reeding the first volume of the American Herd Book contains a diagram of the breeding of Comet, from Hub- back and Lady Maynard, as follows : 1. Bull, IIubl)ack. 8. Cow, Lady Maynard. 2. Dam of Haughton. 9. Bull, Boling])roke. 3. Eichard Barker's Bull. 10. Cow, Lady Maynard. 4. Cow, Haughton. 11. Cow, Phoenix. 5. Bull, Foljambc. 12. Cow, Young Phoenix. 6. Cow, Young Strawberry. 13. Bull, Favorite. 7. Bull, Dalton Duke. ^ 14. Bull, Comet. f^Ia^elation to Favorite or Lady Maynard, Mr. A. B. Allen says : "It wasOonceded by a company of old breeders in 1812, in discussing the question of the improvement of Short-Horns, that no stock of Mr. Col- ling's ever equalled Lady Maynard, the dam of Phoenix, andgranddam of 652 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. Favorite (by Foljaiube) and of young Pha?nix (by Favorite, her son, upon his own mother,) the dam of Comet 155, so celebrated as having been sold for 1000 guineas ($5000,) also by Favorite, a specimen of as close in-and-in breeding as can perhaps be found on record." As an example of wonderful depth of in breeding with continued good results, the cow Clarissa may be mentioned. She possessed sixty-three sixty-fourths of the blood of Favorite. Her pedigree runs thus : " Cow Clarissa, roan, calved in 1814 ; bred l)y Mr. R. Colling, got by Wellington (080) out of— by F'avorite, (852)— by Favorite,— by F'avorite — by Favorite — by Favorite — by Favorite — l)y a son of Hui)- back . ' ' Wellington, the sire of Clarissa, was also deei)ly in-bred with the blood of Favorite. Taking the two ])edigrees — that of Clarissa and Welling- ton together — they will read thus : 1. Bull, Hubback. 10. 6th cow ))y Favorite. 2. Son of Hub])ack. 11. Clarissa. 3. Cow, by son of Hubback. 12. Bull Wellington, sire of Clarissa. 4. Bull, F^avorite. 13. Bull, Comet. 5. 1st cow by Favorite. 14. Cow, AVildair. 6. 2nd cow by Favorite. 15. Cow, Young Phoenix. 7. 3rd cow by F^avorite. 16. Cow Phcenix. 8. 4th cow by Favorite. 4. Same bull Favorite on the side of Clarissa's sire as on the side of her dam. 9. 5th cow l)y Favorite. 17. Bull, Bolingbroke. 18. Granddaughter of Hubback. There ought to be no fear of following where such results have been attained by others, and these the most eminent and successful breeders of their day. The best successes since their day have also been obtained by continuing the same course to such a degree as intelligent observation showed to be practical)le, and especially by breeding in line. XIX. The Gestation of Cows. Some years since the writer collected a number of facts in relation to gestation and the influence of the varying times of gestation on the young, to refute a prevalent idea that protracted gestation produced males. Mr. Tessier, for forty years an accurate and acute observer of various animals, gives results in the case of over 575 cows, and these subsequently having been exi;ended to 1,131 cows the extremes were not changed, but results as to averages are as stated below. Earl Spencer also carefully tabulated the period of gestation of 766 cows, the least period being 220 days ; the mean 285 days ; and the long- THE BREEDING OF CATTLE. 653 est 313 days. He was able to rear no calf produced at an earlier period than 240 days. According to Tessier, a cow may carry a calf 321 days and produce it sound ; and from the fact that Tessier and Earl Spencer agree almost exactly as to the mean time of gestation, 285 days or nine and a half months may oe taken as the average time of gestation of cows, slight variations being allowed from this for different breeds. \ USHIKE COWS. This is emphatically the ^Mutcti dairy breed. No other breed of cattle in Scotland will produce an equal amount of milk, butter and cheese. Six hundred gallons of milk per year is considered an average yield for the cows on a well-kept farm. Their color is generally of red and white in spots; sometimes white and black, or red or brown. The horns are fine and twisted upward, and the face long, with a lively yet docile expression. It is quite safe to conclude, from the results of experiments with vari- ous races of animals, that the period of gestation has no influence whatever upon the sex of the offspring, nor is it probable that the sex of the foetus has any influence upon the period of gestation. There is a strong prob- ability, however, that heredity in sires and dams, early maturity, ages of the dam and sire, and other causes, may result in longer or shorter periods of gestation SHORT-HORN UATTLB, 1. SHORT-HORNED BREEDS. II. THE OLD TEESWATERS. III. ORIGIN OF MOD- ERN SHOUT-HORNS. IV. WHAT MADE THEM FAMOUS. V. THE BULL HUB- BACK. VI. BEEP FIIOM THE OLD TEKSWATEKS. VII. SHORT-HOKNS IN AMERICA. VIII. THE GREAT OHIO IMrOUTATION. IX. KENTUCKY AND OTHER IMPORTATIONS. X. IMPORTATION OF BATES CATTI . XI. CANA- DIAN SHORT-IIORNS XH. WESTWARD MARCH OF THE SHO. HORN. XIII. SHORT-HORNS AS BEEF MAKERS. XIV. THE PATTON FAMILY OK SHORT-HORNS. XV. GRADE COWS AND STEERS. XVI, SHORT-HORNS CRITICALLY DES- CRIBED XVII. THE HEAD. XVIII. THE NECK. XIX. THE BODY. XX. THE LEGS SHORT AND STRAIGHT. XXI. THE LOIN BROAD. XXII. WIDE IN THE CROPS. XXIII. THE BACK STRAIGHT AND BROAD. XXIV. THE RIBS BARREL-SHAPED. XXV. THE TOUCH. XXVI. THE HIDE. XXVII. THE HAIR. XXVIII. THE COLOR. XXIX. BEEF POINTS ILLUSTRATED. XXX. SCALE OF POINTS FOR SHORT-HORN BULLS. XXXI. SCALE OF POINTS FOR SHORT-HORN COWS. I. Short-Homed Breeds. Of the short-horned breeds of England of 100 years ago, repre- isented by the Durham or Tecswater, the Yorkshire, the Lincohishire and the Holderness, all arc probably descended from a common origin. The descendants of the old Durham and the Channel Islands cattle, (Jersey and Alderney notably) are all that can now be distinctively recognized as having attained special celebrity. The name Short-Horn is not now used to designate any but the descendants of the Durham cattle, as improved, and is now applied distinctively only to them. The Jerseys will be treated of in their proper chapter as among the breeds entitled to distinguished merit, the Short-Horns as standing at the head of established beef breeds being under consideration here. II. The Old Teeswaters. There has existed from a remote period in the region of the Teeswater (one of the small rivers of England), a race of short-horned cattle that were possessed of good feeding qualities combined "vvith early maturity and thick flesh, as weights were considered 200 years ago. Their origin has been variously stated, but nothing is truly known of it and only traditionary statements are extant. III. Origin of Modern Short-Horns. The origin of the modern Short-Horn is not fully agreed on, except that they have descended directly from the Teeswaters or old Durhams on one side, and that they were gradually improved by breeders who recog- 654 SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 655 nized their excellence. In the latter part of the last century, such breed- ers as the CoUings (Charles and Robert), Sir Henry Vane, Col. Trotter and Mr. Mason, and — early in the present century — Mr. John Stevenson, Mr. Bates, and Mr. Booth proceeded scientifically and systematically to improve them. Mr. Bates died in 1849, at which time the breed had attained a world-wide celebrity, and this steadily grew, until the extrav- agant sums of $20,000, $30,000 and even $40,000 were bid for single animals. To-day there are none of the cow kind that bring such prices for single animals. IV. Wliat Made Them Famous. Youatt and Martin say the circumstance which first brought these wonderful cattle into special notice was the production of the '' Durham ox," which was exhibited all over England, and at the age of eleven years dislocated his hip and was killed, weighing 3,780 pounds, after having been carried from place to place in a "jolting carriage" for seven years, or since he was five years old. In Februarjs 1801, at five years old he weighed 3,024 pounds. This extraodinary weight, our authority says, did not arise from his superior size, but from the excess- ive ripeness of his points. V. The BuU Hubback. Probably no single animal in the history of Shoi-t-Horns has exer- cised so great an influence for good on this breed as the bull Hub- back. Of him Mr. Youatt says : " The following account of Hubback we had from Mr. Waistell, of Alihill, who, although his name does not appear conspicuously in the Short-Horn Herd Book, deserves much credit for his discrimination here. He used to admire this bull as he rode by the meadow in which he grazed ; and at length att3mT)ted to purchase him. The price asked, 81., seemed much, and the bargain was not struck. Still he longed forthe beast ; nnd happening to meet Mr. Robert Colling near the place, asked his opinion of the animal. Mr. Colling acknowledged that there were good points about him ; but his manner induced Mr. Waistell to suspect that Mr. Colling thought more highly of the bull than his language expressed, and he hastened the next morning, concluded the bargain, and paid the money. He had scarcely done so before Mr. R. Colling arrived for the same purpose, and as the two farmers rode home together they agreed that it should l)e a joint speculation. " Some months passed by, and either Mr. AVaistell's admiration of the bull cooled, or his partner did not express himself very warmly about the excellences of the annual, and Messrs. Waistell and R. Colling transferred Hubback to Mr. C. Colling, who, with the quick eye of an experienced breeder, saw the value of the beast. Mr. Waistell expressed to us 656 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. (October, 1832) his regret at having been induced to part with him, and his extreme disappointment that when Ilubback was so sold, Mr. Charles Colling confined him to his own stock, and would not let him serve even one of Mr. Waistell's cows." VI. Beef from the Old Teeswaters. That the original Teeswaters and their early descendants were good cattle, and a most excellent foundation to work on, the following record of weights from 1794 to 1822 will show: In 1794, of an ox four years and ten months old, the four quarters weighed 145 stones, 3 lb. ; tallow, 24 stones, 7 lb., (2376 lbs. ) A steer, under four years old ; four quar- ters, 106 stones; tallow, 19 stones, 7 lb., (1757 lbs.) 1814. — A steer, three years and nine months old; four quarters, 101 stones; tallow. 15 stones, ( 1624 lbs. ) 1815. — A steer, three years eleven months old ; four quarters, 112 stones, 7 lb.; tallow, 26 stones, (1939 lbs.) A heifer, three years eight months old; four quarters, 89 stones, (1246 lbs.) 1817. — A steer, three years two months old; four quarters, 95 stones, 10 lb. ; tallow, 17 stones, 10 lb., (1528 lbs.) 1822.— An ox, four years and a half old; four quarters, 135 stones; tallow, 21 stones, (2184 lbs.) VII. Short-Horns in America. Mr. Allen, the editor of the Short-Horn Herd Book, in his work on American cattle, gives an exhaustive account of importations of Short- horns into the United States, from which we gather the following record of the more important importations : Soon after the Revolutionary War, a few cattle supposed to be pure Short-Horns, were brought into Virginia. These were said to be Avell- fleshed aninuils, and the cows remarkable for milk, giving as high as thirty-two quarts in a day. Some of the produce of these cattle, as early as 1797, were taken into Kentucky by Mr. Patton, where they were called the "Patton stock." They were well cared .-^or, and made a decided improvement in the cattle of the Blue Grass country. In 1815-16, Mr. Cox, an Englishman, imported a bull and two heifers into Rensselaer county, New York. They were followed in 1822 by two bulls, imported by another Englishman named Hayne. Descendants from this Cox stock were said to be bred pure, and afterwards crossed by Mr. Hayne's bulls. The stock now exists in considerable numbers and of good quality, in that and adjoining counties. In 1817, Coi. Lewis Sanders, of Lexington, Kentucky, made an impor- tation of three bulls and three heifers from England. They were of good quality and blood, and laid the foundation of many excellent herds In that State. In 1818, Mr. Cornelius Cooledge, of Boston, Massa- chusetts, imported a yearling heifer — "Flora" — and a bull — "Cicero"— SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 657 into that city, from the herd of Mr. Mason, of Chilton, in the county of Durham, England. These were carefully bred, and many of their de- scendants are now scattered throughout several States. ''fH >4 '5^ Shortly previous to 1821, the late John S. Skinner, of Baltimore, Maryland, imported for Governor Lloyd, of that State, a bull — "Cham- pion"-^nd two heifers— "White Rose" and "Shepherdess"— from the 6o8 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. herd of Mr. Champion, a noted English breeder. From these, several good animals descended, some of which are now known. In 1823, Mr. Skinner also imported for the late Gen. Stephen Van Rensselaer, of Albany, New York, a bull — "Washington" — and two CO a .i3 St3 00^3 2 "om heifers— "Conquest" and "Panse., -i,-.,. ..,. ,.,, , ,,v.vt of Mr. Champion. Conquest did not breed; Pansey was a successful breeder, and many of her descecdaots are now scattered over the coaotrv 8HOET-HOEN CATTLE. 659 During the years 1822 to 1830, Mr. Charles Eenry Hall, of New York, imported several Short-Horn bulls and cows, from some of the best English herds. Their descendants %ve now scattered through seT- eral good herds. -. C 2 > °-- ? 9 ^ In 1S24 the late Col. John Hare Powell, of Philadelphia, Pa., com- menced importations, and for several years continued them with much 660 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. spirit and judgment. He bred them assiduously at his fine estate at Powelton, near the city, and sold many to neighboring breeders, and to go into Ohio and Kentucky, where many of their descendants still remain. In the year 1833, the late Mr. AValter Dun, near Lexington, Ky., im- ported a })ull and several valual)le cows from choice herds in Yorkshire, England. He bred them with much care, and their descendants are now found in many good western herds. VIII. The Great Ohio Importation. But the first enter})risc in importing Shoi-t-Horns upon a grand scale was commenced in 1834, by an association of cattle breeders of the Scioto Valley, and its adjoining counties, in Ohio, They formed a com- pany with adequate capital, and sent out an agent who purchased the best cattle to be found, without regard to price, and brought out nine- teen animals in one ship, landed them at Philadelphia, and drove them to Ohio. Further importations were made by the same company, in the years 1835 and 1836. The cattle were kept and bred together in one locality, for upwards of two years, and then sold l)y auction. They brought large prices — $500 to $2,500 each. IX. Kentucky and other Importations. In 1837-8-9, importations were made into Kentucky, by Messrs. James Shelby and Henry Clay, Jr., and some other parties, of several well- selected Short-Horns, some of which were kept and bred by the import- ers, and the others sold in their vicinity. In 1837-8-9, Mr. Whitaker sent out to Philadelphia, on his own account, upwards of a hundred Short-Horns, from his own and other herds, and sold them at auction. They were purchased at good prices, mostly by breeders from Pennsylvania, Ohio, and Kentucky, and dis- tributed widely through those States. About the year 1839, Mr. George Vail, of Troy, N. Y., made an im- portation of a bull and heifer, purchased of INIr. Thomas Bates, of Kirk- leavington, the first cattle from that particular herd which had been intro- duced into the State. A few years later, he purchased and imported several more cows from the herd of Mr. Bates, crosses of his "Duchess" and other families. He bred them with success and widely distributed their blood. X. Importation of Bates Cattle. Mr. Thomas Bates, a distinguished Short-Horn breeder in England, died in 1849. His herd, fully equal in quality to any in England, was SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 661 sold in 1850. The choicest of them— of the "Duchess" and "Oxford" tribes — fell mostly into the hands of the late Lord Dacie. He was a skillful breeder, and of most liberal spirit, and during the brief time he DEVON BULL — MOXHEM 7564. Specially photographed for this work. JERSEY COW, HENBURY GENTLE. held them the reputation of the Bates stock, if possible, increased. With- in three years from the time of the sale of Mr. Bates' herd, Lord 662 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. \■T^ **i£^.. 1 fr 0,. ^ ft:m r Jl m v'WWF i # .,- -J % i Ik. '• B COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XXn. Wide in the Crops. The animal broad in the crops has a better back ; but it is also evidence of a better rib beneath the shoulder-blade, giving greater Avidth to the chest within, and consequently greater play to the lungs. This position of the shoulder-blade enables the legs to be brought more gracefully under the chest beneath. There are some beasts whose fore legs stand so wide apart that they very much resemble two sticks stuck into a large pumpkin. Such animals are considered awkward and inconvenient at least. XXIII. The Back Straight and Broad. A broad back affords valuable roasting pieces, and will be the delight of the butcher. The straight back affords a better spinal column, and gives the proper space to the cavities beneath, which, as we have just seen, are occupied by the most important organs. A straight line also gives to the ribs a more graceful as well as a more convenient attachment. XXIV. The Ribs Barrel-Shaped. The ribs rising well from the spine, giving to the body a round or bar- reled shape, gives much more room to the organs within — the heart and lungs — than there would be if the ribs descended in such a manner as to give a flat side. A beast with flat sides, and consequently a narro\^f throat, will lack greatly in vigor and health, and all the essential quali- ties that constitute a good bullock. A "bad rib gives poor space to the abdominal organs which lie immediately behind those of the chest, unless the belly is greatly sagged, which is generally the case. XXV. The Touch. By handling or the touch, butchers asceilain beforehand the quality of the flesh. By it the breeder ascertains the aptitude to fatten as well as the quality and quantity of flesh that the animal Mill carry. Of all the qual- ities of the ox, this is probably the most difficult to understand. It is the peculiar sensation of softness and elasticity that is produced by the pressure of the hand on different parts of the body. This sensation de- pends, in part, upon a large cellular development beneath the skin and between the muscles, and in part upon the muscular structure, adapting itself to the duties it has to perform. It is very common to find a soft- ening of the muscular fibre as an accompaniment or a precursor of dis- ease that may mislead. The same mayvbe observed in the aged of both man and beast. What is 'touch,' or what is it to 'handle well?' How is it to be distinguished from that which portends bad health and old age? By its elasticity — its power to replace the parts when pressed — a springy sensation. SHOBT-HOKN CATTLE. 671 572 CYCIiOPEDlA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETK STOCK DOCTOR o ^ 133 p- r' SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 673 It will require much practice to become an adept in this Knowledge. Still, many useful lessons may be daily had by the examination and hand- ling of one's own stock. Comparative handling will afford much assist- ance. Take those animals that are known to accumulate fat readiiy and largely, as the opossum or the bear, or any other known to take on fat readily, and you will find a peculiarly soft and mellow 'touch.' XXVI. The Hide. The skin should be thick, soft and elastic — fitting alike either a poor or fat ox. A lean animal, with an inelastic skin stretched upon him, could not fatten for the want of space to exi)and in. But with an elastic skin he may be swelled to great dimensions in what seemed to be but a covering for his bones. The skin performs very important functions in the animal economy. It is not only a covering for all the parts beneath it, but it is the seat of a vast system of minute blood vessels and capil- laries, of exhalents and absorbents. A vast nervous tissue centers here (hat renders the skin sensitive in the highest degree. The great vitai worth and importance of the skin may be readily appreciated by any injuries done it. The rapidity with which extensive burns destroy life may serve as a sufficient illustration. " Destroy my skin, and you shall have my bones also." XXVn. The Hair. The hair should be thick, soft, mossy and fine, forming a protection against inclemencies of weather. Fine hair is an evidence of a finely organized skin, a skin exquisitely finished in its whole structure of minute vessels and tissues. A skin thus delicately organized is also evidence that other organs are alike constructed. Nature in all her parts undoubt- edly produces a correspondence, so that if one part is of a peculiar structure, either fine or coarse, other parts are apt to correspond. Parts seen may be considered indicative of parts not seen. It may be per- mitted to add that in all the scrub cattle that I have grazed and fed, I have never found one with fine silky hair that did not fatten well and make a desirable bullock. XXVni. The Color. As regards color, the latitude is very great, from deep blood-red through all the intermediate shades and mixtures to pure white, but any other colors, as brown, black or dun, are never met with in thorough- breds. Fashion has vindicated the rich red and purple roan as the most desirable colors, and after them red. White is sometimes objected to, under the impression that it is apt to spread through a herd and over- power the other colors ; but this fear is more common in this country 674 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE ST CK DOCTOR. than in England, where white hulls aro often used. Red and Avhite, in blotches, with defined edges not running into roan, is disliked, and the term patchy is applied to it. This discriniinationj however, as regards color, is entirely arbitrary, animals cf equal excellence anc* breeding being fomid of all these colors. XXIX. Beef Points Illustrated. In the accompanying outline illustration of the points of a Short-Horn bull tie .letters a, 6, c, (Z,/, A, wi, /, k, x, y, z, Fe^>resent the inferior parts i from the girth j9, back, including r, s, t^UyZo ^^^ superior parts. POINTS OF SnOKT-IIOKN BULL. From this it will be easy to understand the points and the respective num- bers given in the tabulated scale of points as authoritatively stated in the American Herd Book XXX. Scale of Points for Short-Horn Bulls. POINTS. Art. 1. — ^Purity of breed on male and female side; sire and dam reputed for docility of disposition, early maturitj' and aptitude to fatten ; sire a good stock-getter, dam a good breeder ; and giving a large quantity of milk, or sucii as is superior for making butter or cheese. - - - - - 7 Art. 2. — Head muscular and fine; the horns fine and gradually diminishing to a point, of a flat rather than a round shape at the base, short and inclined to turn up, those of a clear, waxy color to be preferred, but such as are of a transparent white, SHORT-HORN CATTLE. 675 and tinged with yellow, admissable ; ears small, thin and cov- ered with soft hair, playing quick, moving freely ; forehead short, broad, especially between the eyes, and slightly dished ; eyes bright, placid and rather prominent than otherwise, wjth a yellow rim around them ; lower part of the face clean, dished and well developing the course of the veins ; muzzle small, nose of a clear orange or light chocolate color ; nostrils wide and open ; lower jaw thin ; teeth clean and sound. - - 5 Art. 3. — Neck fine and slightly arched, strongly and well set on the head and shoulders, hsirmoniously widening, deepening and rounding as it approaches the latter point ; no dewlap. - 2 A.RT. 4. — Chest broad, deep and projecting, the brisket on a lower line than the belly. _______ -5 Art. 5. — Shoulders broad, strong, fine and well placed ; forelegs short, straight, and standing rather wide apart than narrow ; fore-arm muscular, broad and powerful, sliglitly swelling and full above the knee ; the bone fine and fiat ; knees well knit and strong; foot flat, and in shape an oblong semicircle; horn of the hoof sound and of a clear waxy color. _ _ _ _ 2 Art. 6. — Barrel round and deep, and well ribbed up the hips. - 4 Art. 7. — Back short, straight and broad from the withers to the setting on of the tail ; crops round and full ; loins broad ; buckle bones on a level with the back ; tail well set, on a level with the back, fine and gradually diniihishing to a point, and hang- ing, without the brush, an inch or so below the hock, at right angles with the back. __-___--4 Art- 8. — Hind quarters from the buckle to the point of the rump well filled up ; tmst well let down and full ; hind legs short, straight, and well spread apait, gradually swellii>g and rounding above tvie hock ; the bone fine and flat below ; legs not to cross each other in walking, nor to straddle behind. _ _ _ 3 Art. 9. — Skin of medium thickness, movable and mellow ; a white color is admissable, but rich cream or orange much preferable ; hair well covering the hide, soft and fine, and if undercoated with soft, thick fur in winter, so much the better ; color, pure white, red roan, bright red, or reddish yellow and white. (A black or dark brown nose or a rim around the eye, black or dark spots on the skin and hair decidedly objectionable, and indicative of coarse meat and bad blood.) _ _ - - H Art. 10. — Good handling. _-.---.4 Art. 11. — Sure stock-getter. - - -----4 676 CrCLOFEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND OOHFLBTE STOCK DOGTOB. Art. 12. — Stock, when made steer, certain to feed kindly for beef- ers at any age, and make prime beef. ----- 5 Art. 18. — General appearance. _--_-_ 2 Perfection. _________ 50 XXXI. Scale of Points for Short-Horn Cows. POINTS. Art. 1. — Purity of breed on male and female side; sire and dam reputed for docility of disposition, early matuiity and aptitude to fatten. Sire a good stock-getter. Dam a good breeder; giving a large quantity of milk, or such superior for making butter or cheese. - - - __--_ Art. 2. — Head small and tapering; long and narrower in propor- tion than that of the bull. Horns fine and gradually diminish- ing to a point ; of a flat rather than of a round shape at the base ; short, and inclined to turn Jin s those of a clear waxy color to be preferred ; but sucn as are X)f a transparent white, slightly tinged with yellow, admissible. Ears small, thin, and well covered with soft hair ; playing quick, moving freely. Forehead of good breadth between the eyes, and slightly dished. Eyes bright, placid, and rather prominent than otherwise, with a yellow rim round them. The lower part of the face clean, dished, and well developing the course of the veins. Muzzle small ; nose of a clear bronze, or light chocolate color — the former much preferred. Nostrils wide and well opened. Lower jaw thin. Teeth clear and sound. - - - - - ^ Art. 3. — Neck fine and thin, straight, and well set on to the head and shoulders, harmoniously widening, deepening, and slightly rounding in a delicate feminine manner as it approaches the latter point. No dewlap. --__ __.. 2 Art. 4. — Shoulders fine and well placed. Fore legs, short straight and well spread apart. Fore-arm wide, muscular, slightly swelling, and full above the knee ; the bone fine and flat below. Knees well knit and strong. Foot flat and in shape of an oblong semi-circle. Horn of the hoof sound, and of a clear waxy color. -----__., __2 Art. 5. — Chest broad, deep and projecting — the brisket on a lower line than the belly. - - - - - - ^ -ft Art. 6. — Barrel round, deep and well ribbed up to the hips. - 5 Art. 7. — Back short, strong, straight from the withers to the set- ting of the tail. Crop round and full. Loin broad. Huckle bones on a level with the backo Tail well set, on a level with SnORT-nORN CATTLE. b77 the back or very slightly below it , fine and gradually diminish- ing to a point ; and hanging, without the brush, an inch or so below the hock, at right angles with the back. Lrt. 8.— Hind quarters from the buckles to the point of the rump lono- and well filled up. TNvist well letdown and full. Hind leS. 705 XII. The Hereford as a Work-Ox. As work oxen the Herefords are inferior to the Devons, when activity is wanted, but for heavy draft they have no superior, being muscular, steady and patient at the yoke. Their capacity for standing fatigue, and their constitutional hardihood and resistance to coid are indeed remarka- ble, and of late years they have become great favorites with the rdnch* men in the far Western States and Territories. . XTTT. The Hereford Cow. Two years ago, in collecting information about this valuable beef breed, we wrote, and now repeat: The Hereford cow compared with the ox is small and delicate, and not always handsomely made, to the superficial observer. Here again this breed would seem to show its relationship to the Devon. She carries but little flesh :n breeding condition, and when breeding, should not be fed sufficiently to accumulate much fat, for, in order that the young be superior, the dam should have plenty of room inside. With the Herefords, experience has shown that the dam may not be too large or coarse but she should be roomy. Then the breeder will get, even from apparently inferior cows, large, handsome steers, that will fatten early, and kindly, and to great weights. When the cow is done breeding, and ready for fatting, it will please the owner to see how she will spread out, and accumulate flesh and fat, and this to a greater degree than if not allowed to breed. The Herefords are a hardy, gentle race, maturing eariy, and are long- lived. The flesh is superior, handsomely marbled, heavy in the prime parts, and they fatten to weights fully as heavy as any known breed. Their massive strength, honesty and gentleness make them the best working oxen known, and the potency of the bulls, when crossed upon red or nearly red cows of the country, renders the steers easily matched in color, as they will be easily matched in general characteristics of the progeny. Xrv. Points of the Hereford. In judging the Herefords as beef animals the same scale of points may be adopted as for Short-Horns, except that the Herefords are, if any- thing, more placid, closer to the ground, heavier in appearance, better grazers, and thicker meated than many strains of Short-Horns. XV. The Hereford of To-day in England. It has been claimed, and we think with truth, that in some show rings in the West the Herefords were discriminated against. Be this as it may, 706 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOE. in England there is no such feeling against them, and, besides, the Eng- lish system of judging precludes, to as great an extent as possible, any shadow of favoritism. Speaking of one of the great show rings there in 1878, the Bath and West of England, the Mark Lane Express says of the Hereford exhibit : " They are not so numerous as the more fashionable breed, but the quality throughout is excellent. In the aged bull class there are five animals of which the Hereford men need not be ashamed. " The heifers in milk or in calf numbered only three, but two of them were such animals as it was worth while coming to Oxford on purpose to see. Leonora (first premium) is one of the most perfect animals that has been shown for years. It was first last year as a yearling at Liver- pool, and will likely be first wherever it goes. The champion prize given by the Oxfordshire Agricultural Society was awarded to this heifer as the best female horned animal in the yard. The companion heifer, Beatrice, is also very handsome, and took second to Leonora's first at the Royal last year, as it did last week at Oxford. If Leonora had been a Grand Duchess Short-Horn a poem would have been composed in her honor, and translated into several languages by this time. But no Short-Horn that we have ever seen was cast in such a mould." XVI. High and Authoritative Praise. The following is high praise, and authoritative, as coming from an Eng- lish agricultural paper of the highest class. The Agricultural Journal ^ of London, says : *'This breed enjoyed the remarkable distinction of producing both the champion animals at Oxford, Grateful being declared to be the best bull, and Beatrice (a two year old heifer) being declared to be the best cow or heifer in the yard. Both, as may be supposed, were very good, the heifer pre-eminently so. She is a daughter of the famous bull, Winter De Cote, and another instance of hereditary merit. " The yearling heifers and calves indicate that this breed is, as beef makers at an early age, (juite up to the highest Short-Horn standard. The Teeswatcr may inilk better, and be more ready in adapting itself to local circumstances ; but where the pasture is good, it is hard to beat the white-faces for grazing. ' Again, the Chamber of Agriculture Journal, tlie organ of the Royal Agricultural Society, gives the following testimony : " The old bull Hereford class produced an extraordinary animal in Graceful, who secured the reserve at the Hereford show in 1876. He has made wonderful development since appearing as a two-year old, as is proved by the fact that Thougntful, who was then placed above him, MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE THE HEREFORDS. 707 and has since taken firsts at Birmingham, Liverpool and Bath, has now been put second to him ; and that not only was he selected by the judges as the best Hereford bull on the ground, but in the contest for the cham- pionship succeeded in caiTyingit off against such a Short-Horn competitor as Sir Arthur Ingram. Grateful, at four years old, has capital loins and chines, with great thickness and depth of frame, and is very level all over ; but his grand feature is the astounding mass of flosh Avith which his frame is covered. His girth is eight feet ten and one-half inches. "In the cow class, Lady Blanche, which took second prize at Bath, now came to the front position. She is marvelous at her fore flank, and dis- plays a great mass of flesh on a well-shaped, grand frame, which, however, fell off slightly at the rump. The second prize cow, Little Beauty, was highly commendedat Bath, and wonderfully retains her show-yard merit at eleven years old. The two-year old heifers, Leonora and Beatrice, were, of course, sure to win. Beatrice has recently reared a calf, which is slightly against her for showing; but Leonora is in full bloom with her beautiful head, symmetrical form, and all that loveliness which is so tak- ing to the eye. After being selected as the best Hereford female on the ground, she carried off the champion prize against a remarkably shapely Short-Horn heifer, and one of the bestDevons that has appeared for years, so that both cups were awarded to Herefords." JERSEY BULL PEDRO'S PRETTY POGIS. XVII. Distribution in the South-west and Far West. Since neither pains nor money has been spared in bringing the best English animals to this countr}^ there is no doubt but that the West to- day possesses Herefords, both bulls and cows, as good as there are in the world. Hereford bulls are being sent off and distributed in the far West, and South-west, where they arc regarded with fully as much favor as the Short-Horns. Why should they not? There is plenty of territory left CHAPTER Vm. MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE THE DEVON— THE SUSSEX— DUTCH BELTED CATTLE AND THE HOLSTEIN-FRIESIAN. I ANTIQUITY OF THE DEVONS. II. THE DEVONS COMPARATIVELY SMALL CAT- TLE. III. NATURAL GRAZING GROUNDS OF THE DEVONS. IV. WORKING QUALITIES OF THE DEVONS. V. THEIR DECEIVING APPEARANCE. VI, POINTS OP THE DEVON. -VII. NOTABLE CHARACTERISTICS. VIII. THE LEGS OF THE DEVON. IX. THE BODY AND TAIL. X. THE DEVON COW. XI. MR. ALLEN'S TESTIMONY. XII. THEY ARE ACTIVE AND HARDY. XIII. IN THE FIRST CLASS FOR BEEF. Xllla. POLLED DURHAM CATTLE. XIV. WEIGHTS OF THE DEVONS. XV. SUSSEX CATTLE. XVI. THE SUSSEX COLOR. XVIL DISTINGUISHING MARKS OF THE SUSSEX. XVIII. THE SUSSEX COW. XIX. GLAMORGAN CATTLE. XX. DUTCH BELTED CATTLE. XXI. HOLSTEIN- FRIESIAN. XXII. CHARACTERISTICS. XXIII. MILK AND BUTTER RECORDS. XXIV. TYPES. I. Antiquity of the Devons. In Chapter I, the general history of this ancient and superior race of cattle is given. They are the only breed of niiddlc-horned cattle, ex- cept the Herefords, that has attained celebrity in the United States. In England, where they have been known from the earliest times, they have been bred pure. In certain sections, and especially in North Devon, par- ticular pains was long ago taken in raising them. There the Devon unites all the characteristics of the tribe, including medium size, dark color, eminent working qualities and great excellence of beef. The pecu- liarities in color and substance about the eyes, nose and ears, have caused them to be known as North Devons, in contradistinction to the lighter- colored, larger and coarser cattle of other districts, but which combine some of the better qualities of the true Devon. II. The Devons Comparatively Small Cattle. The chief objection to the Devons, in the West, is that they lack size to prove profitable on the flush and comparatively level pastures of the prai- rie region. They are, also, somewhat slow in maturing ; in fact it used to be the practice in England to put the steers to Avork at three years old, and fatten them at five or six years old. Then, fully matured and spread, they wholly or partially paid for their keeping, and the quality of their flesh was only surpassed by that other slow-maturing, but wonderfu). cattle in the quality of their beef — the West Highland cattle of Scotland. III. Natural Grazing Grounds of the Devons. To-day in all our hill country, or where the labor of the steers can be utilized, they are the most valuable of any of the known breeds of cattle, in all the hill country. North and South, they will be found among the 708 MIDDLE-HORNED CATTl.E THE DEVON. 709 710 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. If ■ W,.,/MMm//, . „.u„„,,,,,,,,/,„„„. v^//y „„,. ,„iU.U„,u,,ll MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE — THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 711 best, if not the very best, of domesticated cattle, when we consider the ease with which they are kept, their powers of withstanding extreme heat and cold, and their valuable working qualities ; for they are able to per- form fully as much work as the horse in plowing, especially in small fields where there is much turning. IV. Working Qualities of the Devons. We have known them to keep fully up with horses, day after day, in heavy plowing — a yoke of Devon steers at the beam, and a pair of horses ahead. So, in stubble plowing ; a single yoke of Devon steers, Aveek in and week out, would do fully as much work on small lands as a good pair of horses ; and they turn the furrows quite as steadily as the horse team. The horses would gain something in going straight ahead, but in cominc: about the Devon steers always made it up. This was when the GUERNSEY BULL, DOLLY'S DUKE. steers were fed grain the same as the horses. Wh(m both are kept on grass, the Devons will do more work than any pair of hjorscs of the same weight. In catching times, in hauling hay and grain to the stack, we have driven Devon steers at a six-mile trot in going back light ; and their wonderful tractability, under kind but firm training, certainly makes them most admirable teams for new or thinly-settled districts. For log- ging in the woods, or hauling logs to the mill, there are no better or quicker teams, and it is surprising, under good keeping, the load they will start, and the power with which they will move it along the road. V. Their Deceiving Appearance. The Devons are essentially muscular cattle. They are far heavier than they look. This is owing to their fine bone — nearly as hard as that of a blood horse — their round, compact form, and the full flesh they carry. 712 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVl. STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The cows are small ; and the bulls are smaller than the steers. When properly developed by two years of work, the oxen are splendidly filled out, and are certainly the most beautiful of all the domesticated ox tribe. The illustration we give will show the Devon ox in good working con- dition. The cut of a high-caste bull, illustrating especially the full, soft, mossy coat of hair, as given in Chapter I, is a most excellent and life- hke drawing. VI. Points of the Devon. Youatt describes the points of the Devon of his day most minutely. Except that they have now, through better feeding in America, been in- creased in size and early maturity, the description is as applicable to-day as when it was written. It is as follows : " The horn of the bull ought to ])e neither too low nor too high, taper- ing at the points, not too thick at the tip. The eye should be clear,' bright, and prominent, showing much of the white, and have around it a circle of dark orange color. The forehead should be flat, indented, and small, for, by the smallness of the forehead, the purity of the breed is very much estimated. The cheek should be small, and the muzzle fine ; the nose must be of a clear yellow. The nostril should be high and open ; the hair curled about the head. The neck should be thick, and that sometimes almost to a fault. Excepting in the head and neck, the form of the bull does not mate- rially differ from that of the ox, but he is considerably smaller. There are exceptions, however, to this rule. The head of the ox is small, very singularly so, relatively to his bulk ; yet it has a striking breadth of forehead ; it is clean and free from flesh about the jaws. The eye is very prominent, and the animal has a pleasing vivacity of countenance, distinguishing it from the heavy aspect of many other breeds. Its neck is long and thin, admirably adapting it for the collar, or the more common and ruder yoke. It is accounted one of the characteristics of good cattle, that the line of the neck, from the horns to the withers, should scarcely deviate from that of the back. VII. Notable Characteristics. "In the Devon ox, however, there is a peculiar rising at the shoulder, reminding us of the blood-horse, and essentially connected with the free and quick action by which this breed has ever been distinguished. It has little or no dewlap depending from the throat. •tJ ^ C 5' fa t?5 2 t33 tfi JO 'l H Cfi O •a 0 o E 5' < — O «< Z p" o > <-► H ^ H r p H MIDDLE-HOR>rED CATTLE THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 713 The horns are longer than those of the bull, smaller, and fine even to the base, and of a lighter color, arid tipped with yellow. The animal is light in the withers ; the shoulders a little oblique ; the breast deep, and the bosom open and wide, particularly as contrasted with the fineness of the withers. The fore legs are ^vide apart, looking like pillars that have to support a great weight. The point of the shoulder is rarely or never seen. There is no pro- jection of bone, but there is a kind of level line running on to the neck. Angular bony projections are never found in a beast that carries much flesh and fat. The fineness of the withers, the slanting direction of the shoulder, and the broad and open breast, imply strength, speed, and aptitude to fatten. A narrow-chested animal can never be useful either for working or grazing. With all the lightness of the Devon ox, there is a jDoint about him, disliked in the blood or riding horse, and not approved in the horse of light draught — the legs are far under the chest, or rather the breast pro- jects far and wide before the legs. We see the advantage of this in the beast of slow draught, who rarely breaks into a trot, except when he is goaded on in catching times, and the division of whose foot prevents him from stumbling. The lightness of the other parts of his form, however, counterbal- ances heaviness there. VIII. The Legs of the Devon. The legs are straight, at least in the best herds. If they are in-kneed or crooked in the fore legs, it argues a deficiency in blood, and compara- tive incapacity for work, and for grazing, too ; for they w'U be hollow behind the withers, a point for which nothing can compensate, because it takes away so much from the place where good flesh and fat should be thickly laid on, and diminishes the capacity of the chest and the power of creating arterial and nutritious blood. The fore-arm is particularly large and powerful. It swells out sud- denly above the knee, but is soon lost in the substance of the shoulder. Below the knee the bone is small to a very extraordinary degree, indi- cating a seeming want of strength ; but this impression immediately ceases, for the smallness is only in front — it is only in the bone ; the leg is deep, and the sinews are far removed from the bone, promising both strength and speed. It may be objected that the leg is a little too long. It would be so in an animal destined only to graze ; but this is a working animal, and some length of leg is necessary to get him actively over the ground. 714 CYCLOPEDIA OF LJ-VTE STOCK ANT) COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. EX. ThG Body and Tail. "There is some trifiing fall behind the withers, out no hollowness, and the line of the back is straight from thence to the setting on of the taik if there is any seeming fault in the breast, it is that the sides are a little too flat. It will appear, however, that this does not mterfere with feed- hig, while a deep, altiiough somewhat flat chest is best adapted for speed. The two last ribs are particular!}^ bold and prominent, leaving room for the stomach and other parts concerned in digestion to be fully de- veloped. The hips, or buckles, are high up, and on a level with the bacii. whether the beast is fat or lean. The hind qunrters, or the space from the hip to the point of the rump, are particulaily long and well fibed up — a i)oint of importance both for irrazinr and working. It leaves room for flesh in the most valual)lc jiart, and indicates much power behind, equally connected with strength and speed. This is an improvement (juitc of modern date. The fullness here, and the swelling of the thigh below, are of much more consequence than the prominence of fat which is so much admired on the rump of many prize cattle. The setting on o." the tail is high, on a level with the back, rareljMuuch elevated or depressed. This is another great Doint, as connected with the perfection of the hind quarters. The tail is long and small, and taper, with a round l)unch of hair at the bottom." X. The Devon Cow. We have stated that the bulls are smaller than the oxen. All steers when mature, may be fatted to greater weights than the bulls, whatever the breed. In the Devons, the increased size of the steers is esp(>cially noticeable. The Devon cows are also naturally smaller than the bulls, but especially elegant in their compact, rounded forms, constancy and beauty of color, and are noted for docility of temper when kindly treated and for their active, ardent temperaments. They will resent abuse, for they have the courage of the blooded horse. There is no more beautiful picture than a herd of Devon cows in the pasture, for there is no animal more elegant in form. Yet small as the cows seem, put them on the scale, and the person not used to judge them will be surprised at their weight. All Devons are noted for their round, full, clear eyes, the golden circlet about the eyes, and the yelloAV skin of the inside of the ears, as well as for the orange or yellow-colored muzzle. The cow is particularly notice- anie in these characteristics. Add to this their cheerful and intelliirent MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 15 countenance; the clean jaws, throat and dewlap; the magnificent loin; the round barrel; the muscular hind quarter, quite free from angles of any kind ; the long, tapering tail ; and for elegance, fine flesh and great work- ing powers, the Devons have no superiors among cattle. THE NORMAN COW. The claim is made for this breed, and especially those denominated "Cottentine," that thev are the tirst milkers in the world. There are cows all over Normandy that will produce more than eiirht gallons of milk per day, and they have been known to produce over twelve gallons. Their average yield of milk per year is about 750 gal- lons. The milk is not rich in butter, as that of some other races, but its abundance more than compensates for the difference. The animals are very large and "raw- boned," frequently weighing over 4000 pounds. On account of the large bones, they are not so desirable for beef as some other breeds. XI. Mr. Allen's Testimony. Let us see what the venerable editor of the Short-Horn Herd-Book says of them as working oxen : They are, among cattle, what the thoroughbred is among horses. Ac- cording to their size, they combine more fineness of l)one, more muscular 716 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. power, more intelligence, activity, and " bottom," than any other breed. They have the slanting shoulder of the horse, better fitted to receive the yoke, and carry it easier to themselves than any others, except the Here- fords. With all workers of oxen, the nearer the beast approaches in shape, appearance, and action to the Devon, tlic more valuable he is considered, according to weight. For ordinary farm labor, either at the plow, liie wagon, or the cart, he is equal to all common duties, and on the road his speed and endurance are unrivalled. It is in these qualities that the New England oxen excel others of the country generally, and why the people of that section often call their red oxen " Devonshires," when they cannot, to a certainty, trace any, or but a small portion of that blood in them, only by a general appearance and somewhat like action. XH. They are Active and Handy. For active, handy, labor on the farm, or highway, under the careful hand of one who likes and properly tends him, the Devon is every- thing that is required of an ox, in docility, intelligence, and readiness, foi any reasonable task demanded of him. Their uniformity in stjie, shape, and color, render them easily matched, and their activity in movement, particularly on rough and hilly grounds, gives them, for farm labor, almost equal value to the horse, with easier keep, cheaper food, and less care. The presence of a well conditioned yoke of Devon cattle in the market place at once attests their value, and twenty-five to fifty dollars, and even higher prices over others of the common stock, are freely given by the purchaser. The Devon, in his lack of great size, is not so strong a draught ox as some of the other breeds — the Herefords, for instance — or perhaps some of the larger of the common cattle ; but, " for his niches/' no horned beast can outwork him. On light soils, and on billy roads, none othei equals him, although we intend to give all their due share of merit. Xni. In The First Class for Beef We must place the Devon in the first class, for fineness of flesh and deli, cacy of flavor. Its compact bone gives it the one, and its rapid and thor- ough development under good feeding gives it the other. In growth and size it matures almost, equal to the Short-Horn, and its meat is finer grained, juicy, and nicely marbled, (the lean and fat intermixed. ) In the London markets, Devon beef bears the highest price of any, except the Highland Scot — usually a penny a pound over that of larger breeds, and our American butchers quickly pick the Devons from a drove, when they can find them, before most others. They feed well, take on flesh rapidly, and in the quality of their flesh are all that can be desired. MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE — THE DEVON, THE SUSSEX & POLLED DURHAM. 717 Xllla. POLLED DUKHAM CATTLE. Among the several distinctive breeds of improved domesticated cattle, we know of but one originated in the United States, that has become cele- brated, under the specific name of Polled Durhanis— an offshoot of the famous Short Horn family. In this connection it is remarkable that two distinct origins should have occurred at about the same time, wthout either party knowing of the Avork of the other, until these "sports" had for some time been perpetuated. One of these was in a herd of high grade Short Horns; the other in a herd of the highest bred pedigreed Short Horns in the United States. There is in these no taint even of the far away Collins Galloway Cross. The writer of this had been conversant with the offshoot of the Short Horns for some time i)revious to its appearance before the public, and assisted in organizing the Polled Durham Society and had the honor of suggesting the specific name adopted by the Society, November 14th, 1889. The Polled Durhams were and are not only specifically like Short Horns in color and characteristics generally, but besides being eminent in flesh, are also deep milkers, and eligible to entrance in the American Short Horn Herd Book. The stock holders and breeders of this j^olled family of the Short Horn race now comprise nearly three hundred — in sixteen States, principally in the Middle- AV est and South— the home of the great breeding grounds of all the superior breeds of domestic cattle of the Avorld. The breeders of Polled Durhams have had to contend with misrepresen- tation, of course, relating to this now well fixed breed of hornles.s cattk'. The American Short Horn Herd Book welcomed the purely bred to its herd book, and the eminent breeders of the other classes of pedigreed cattle Avel- comed them. But the farming Avorld, of England, alone, sought to cast reproach in the following words, as collated from the "Prairie Farmer" soon after the organization of the Polled Durham Society. "Our enterprising cousins on the other side of the Atlantic arc ever hunting after improvements. There is no limit to their inventive genius. Not satisfied Avith the pure breeds of cattle which we send them from this country, they have now resolved to found a breed of their own. By mating Aberdeen-Angus sires with Short Horn cows, they have succeeded in form- ing a class of cross (bred?) without horns, but in regard to color and other cattle characteristics strongly resembling the Short Horns. ' ' So much for this tirade which fell still born. During the life of the great Dr. Johnson, soon after he had compiled his dictionary, he received a visit from the then Duke of Argyle, surnamed the Great. The Doctor had the habit of keeping notable people Avaiting before he received them. The Duke amused himself Avhile waiting in looking over the then new dictionary. The Doctor saluted him and observed, "Oh, my lord, I see you have my dictionary. How do you like it ? " The Duke replied, sarcastically, "They are braw stories but unko short. By the way. Doctor, I see here the word Aits (Scotch for oats) food for horses in England and men in Scotland, and where, mon, will you find such horses and such men?" The Polled Durham breeders can aptly reply to cavillers, "Where will you find such a combination of milk and beef as in the Polled Durhams?" CYCT.OPEDTA OF LIVE STOCK AXD COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. 719 XIV. Weights of the Devons. While the Devons are called small cattle, they are only relatively so in comparison with Short-Horns and Herefords. A full-grown ox in good condition will weigh from 1,400 to 1,600 pounds, and when well-fatteneu they will reach 2,000 pounds. The cows will weigh from 800 to 1,100 pounds, and the bulls 1,200 to 1,400. We bred one that at 8 years old weighed 1,819 pounds, and he was as extraordinary in his fineness and style, as a premium taker, as he was in weight ; not large to look at, but weighing like a lump of lead. XV. Sussex Cattle. Sussex also has long been noted for a breed of middle-horned cattle — all red, but lighter in color than the Devons, larger and in every way coarser. Still they are better milkers than the Devons and fatten kindly. There are a number of breeds allied to the Devons or descended from them in England. The Sussex is one of these breeds. XVI. The Sussex Color. The color is a light chestnut or blood hay, much lighter than the true North Devon, but fully as uniform. The cut of a Sussex cow will, with the description given below, serve to explain the i)oints of difference. They are mentioned here mainly, if not solely, for the reason that they have been sold as Devons. If you buy Devons, or any other highly-bred stock, be sure there is no stain in the pedigree. It is a matter of the utmost importance to the breeder of high-caste cattle. XVEI. Distinguishing Marks of the Sussex. On this subject Youatt says : " The horns are more tapering, pushing farther forward, and turning up more. The head is small and well formed, the eye full, large and mild in the ox, but rather wild and unquiet in the cow. The throat is clean and the neck long and thin, but coarser than in the Devon. The shoulder is wider and rounder on the withers ; straighter from the top of the withers towards the back, and carries much flesh, giving too much weight to unprofitable parts. On the other hand, the barrel is round and deep, the back straight, and the back-bone entirely hidden by the muscles on each side. The heart and lungs are full and large, and the belly and flank capacious. The barrel is well-ribbed home. The loins are wide, the hip-bone low, free from raggedness, large, and well spread, and the space between the hips well filled up. The tail, which is fine and thin, is set on lower than in the Devon, yet the rump is nearly as staight, for the deficiency is supplied by a mass of flesh and fat swelling above. The hind quarters are cleanly made, and if the thighs appear to be straight without, there ia ulenty of fullness withh.. 720 CrCLOPiSDIA of live stock and OOMFLETE stock i/OCTOB. XVm. The Sussex Cow. «* The cows have fine hair, a mellow, rather than thin skin ; a small te?t; horns fine, clean, and transparent, which reach forward from the head and turn up at the tips ; the neck is thin and clean ; back and belly straight ; ribs round and springing out well ; shoulder flat, but projecting at the point. Hips and rump wide ; the tail set on level with the rump, and the car- cass large ; the legs are rather short and fine. MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE THE DEVON AND THE SUSSEX. ■21 The cows are not good milkers; they are often uneasy in the pasture, and often unquiet in temper." They have been exhibited and sold a.s Devons in the United States, a thing which, of course, none but the most unprincipled of men would at- tempt. Give them a wide berth. They have little or no value in this country among better cattle. XIX. Glamorgan Cattle. The cattle of Glamorgan, Wales, are noted for good messes of milk, for docility, ability to forage for themselves on their native hills, and for 722 CYCLorEDlA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. taking on flesh kindly Avhen dry. They arc undoubtedly of Devon origin and belong to the Middle-Horns. They are an ancient race, and have been preserved pure in their native region, but are little known away from there. Occasional specimens have been imported to the United States, more as curiosities than for intrinsic value, either for milk or beef, when there are so many superior breeds in either direction. The illustration shows their characteristics perfectly. MIDDLE-HORNED CxVTTLE DUTCH BELTED. 723. XX. Dutch Belted Cattle. The origin of this breed of cattle dates back nearly three centuries. They are natives of Holland where they are known as Lakenfeld Cattle — the name being descriptive, as ''laken" means a blanket or sheet about the body. The characteristic color of this breed has been established by scientific breeding, the white belt being now always a characteristic which pertains to every true blood of that breed. There is little written historical data concerning the breed, bilt it is known that their introduction into America dates back to 1838 when the first importation to New York was made by D, H. Haight of that state, and which was followed ten years later by a second large importation. We are advised that P. T. Barnum, the famous show man, who had a genius for advertising, imported a herd to gratify his ruling passion of doing unusual things, and that other importations were made by R. W. Coleman. They became well known and popular in southern New York and ulti- mately found their way into New Jersey, Pennsylvania, New Hampshire, Indiana, Illinois, and south to a considerable extent, especially in South Carolina and Mississippi. There are a few herds in the Pacific coast states. They are smaller in size than the Holstein-Friesian, which corresponds in weight more nearly to the Ayrshire. The cows w^eigh from 900 to 1,250 pounds, while the bulls sometimes reach the weight of 2,000 pounds. Some of the more noted animals have reached 1,200 pounds at three years and a weight of 1,500 pounds of the bull should prevail. A number of prize winning milch cows of this breed have weighed from 1,150 to 1,300 pounds. In color the cattle are invariably black, wdth a white band of varying width about the body in front of the hips and behind the shoulders. This band has in instances narrowed to a foot in width and again it has been three feet wide, and has been transmitted from one generation to another in that width for the full grown animal. The udder of the cow in its fore part is often white. In udder formation and development these cows are rather inferior, the size being comparatively small, the fore udder being somewhat abbreviated and the tits too close together. Aside from being ornamental the principal value of this breed is its dairy importance. The actual monetary importance of the breed aside from its beauty does not really justify high praise. The record of one premium winner, Lady Aldine, 124, is that of a production of 32 quarts of milk a day on grass alone. Another similar record is that of Lady Daird, 82. The best test record made by the breed was that at the Pan- American Model Dairy in 1901 in which ten breeds participated. In this trial the five Dutch Belted cows made the following record in 120 days: 724 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Yield of milk 24,893.5 lbs Breed rank eighth Churned butter 977.1 lbs lireed rank tenth Net prolit on butter $111.9G Breed rank tenth Total solids ;>, 1)6(147 • lbs Breed rank ninth Value solids $275.98 Breed rank ninth This is in no sense an extraordinary record. As beef producers the Dutch Belted cannot be regarded as superior to the dairy breeds and will not compare with the Holstein-Friesian favor- ably. They do not produce flesh so characteristic of some Holstein- Friesian and they lack the size of the latter. There are few steere on the market of this breed because of the general scarcity of the breed. The fertile meadows of the ]\Iississi})pi Valley will provide more favor- able conditions for the best development of the breed and the general adaptdbility of the Dutch Belted is quite comparable with the Dutch type if bred to thrive on abundant food under favorable conditions. A well known herd in America is in New Hampshire where it thrives in a rough, mountainous section where the winters are severe and long. One of the special characteristics is the tendency to transmit the white belt even when crossed with other breeds. Crossed on cattle of any solid color they almost invariably produce the belt. If the dam be a Devon, however, the calf may be red at the ends instead of black. If the dam is a Short-horn the calf will sometimes be either red or roan. The belt, however, will be there and of pure white. An interesting example cf this intensity of Dutch Belted prepotency is that of a herd of the Ohio State Univei'sity. A cow of this breed was bred to a pure Jersey bull and dropped a cross bred calf ^\^th a white blanket about the body similar to that of the dam but had in addition one small black spot on the white covering. The inferior value practically to this breed as compared with others is responsible for the fact that their dis- tribution is still confined in the main to Holland, the United States, Canada and Mexico, and in the United States they are confined to New York, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Mississippi and California. XXI. Holstein-Friesians. Origin and Development. — The strongly marked black-and-white cattle of North Holland and Friesland constitute one of the very oldest and most notable of the dairy breeds. The historians of this race claim that it can be traced back for two thousand years, continuously occupying the terri- tory named and always famous for dairy purposes. Tradition has it that two ancient tribes located upon the shores of the North Sea before the beginning of the Christian era; one possessed a race of cattle pure white and the other a kind all black. Men and cattle then became amalgamated, forming the people and herds which for centuries have occupied that MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE— HOLSTEIN FRIESTANS. 725 LADY STIRLING 3RD — No. 623c SILVER PRINCE — No. 7939- 'fMe handsome head of the Dentonia Ayrshire Herd and a well-known pnze-wiimet. '26 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE HOLSTEIX FRIESIANS. 727 region. Holland has been noted for dairy products for at least a thousand years, and the great bicolored beasts upon which this reputation has been gained have been slowly but surely developing their present form of dairy excellence. These cattle have been know^n by several different names in both Europe and America. "Holland cattle," "North Hollanders," "Dutch cattle," "Holsteins," "Dutch-Friesians," "Nietherland cattle," and "Holstein-Friesians" are all the same. There was sharp contention in this country before the last name was agreed upon and generally accepted. It seems unfortunate that the simpler and sufficiently descriptive and accurate name of "Dutch cattle" was not adopted. The large frame, strong bone, abundance of flesh, silken coat, extreme docility, and enormous milk yield of the Holstein-Friesians result from the rich and luxuriant herbage of the very fertile and moist reclaimed lands upon which the breed has been perfected, the uncommonly good oare received from their owners and the close association of people and cattle. The Roman dominion brought improvements in draining and diking, in methods of cultivation and of cattle breeding, but no mixture of blood occurred with the inhabitants or in their herds. The preserva- tion of the Friesian people and their continued adhesion to cattle breeding for more than two thousand years is one of the marvels of history. Always few in number, the conflicts of war and commerce have raged over and around them, yet they have remained in or near their original home, con- tinuously following their original pursuits. Their farmhouses are fashioned after the same general model; the one immense roof covers everything that requires protection. Here the cattle find shelter during the long and rigorous winter months. Here they are fed and groomed and watched for months without being turned from the door. Here the family is also sheltered, sometimes wnth only a single partition between the cattle stalls and the kitchen and living room. Evervthing is kept with a degree of neatness marvelous to those not accustomed to such sys- tem. The cattle become the pets of the household. At the opening of spring or when grass is sufficiently grown they are taken to the fields and cared for in the most quiet manner. Oanvas covers protect their bodies from sun and storm and insects. The grasses upon which they feed are rich and luxurious, and the animals have to move about very little to gather sufficient food. On the first appearance of winter they are returned to the stable and the simple round of the year is completed. This round is repeated until the cattle are 6 or 7 years of age, when they are usually considered as pa.st the period of dairy profit and are sent to the shambles. The object is always to produce as much milk and beef as possible from the same animal. With this twofold object in view, selection, breeding, and feeding have been continued for ages." 728 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. This condensed description of the origin, development, and home treat- ment of this breed of cattle goes far toward explaining the characteristics of the breed as seen in this country. The early Dutch settlers in America undoubtedly brought their favorite cattle with them during the seventeenth century, and there are definite records of three or four importations prior to 1850 ; but the credit of first introducing this breed to America and maintaining it« purity here is due to Winthrop W. Chenery, of Massachusetts. He made three importations between 1857 and 1862. The Messrs. Gerrit S. and Dudley Miller, of New York, followed in 1867, and soon thereafter numerous others brought animals of this breed in considerable numbers to the United States. They have increased rapidly by importations and by breeding, and are now to be found in nearly all parts of this country, XXII. Characteristics. The striking features in the appearance of this breed are the color mark- ings of black and white and the large size of the animals of both sexes. The shining jet black contrasts vividly with the pure white, the fine, silky hair being upon a soft and mellow skin of medium thickness. In some animals the black predominates, and the white in others. Black has been rather preferred among American breeders, to the almost entire exclusion of white in some cases, yet a few very noted animals have been mainly white. The average animal carries rather more black than white, and the distribution and outlines of the markings are extremely irregular. The black and white are never mixed, the lines of demarcation being usually sharply drawn. In Europe there are still some red cattle in this breed, and occasionally a purely bred calf is dropped in this country with bright red instead of black, showing the influence of some remote ancestor; but none are admitted to the American Herd Book except those black and white. In size the Holsteins are the largest of all the dairy breeds. The big, bony frames are usually well filled out, and the chest, abdomen, and pelvic region are fully developed. It is difficult to prevent the males from becoming too fleshy for breeding animals, and the females, when not in milk, take on flesh rapidly and soon become full in form. The cows range in weight from 1,000 to 1,500 pounds, most of them being between 1,100 and 1,400 with an average of about 1,250 pounds. The bulls at maturity are very large and heavy, often above 2,500 pounds in weight. The head is long, rather narrow and bony, with bright yet quiet eyes and large mouth and nostrils. The horns are small and fine, often incurving, and frequently white with black tips. The ears are large, thin, and quick in movement. The neck is long, slender, and tapered in the cows, its upper line often quite concave. The back line is usually level, particularly with the males, and the hips broad and prominent; some have well-rounded 15 6 X ^^ •c c o a; Cfi MIDDLE-HORNED CATTLE IIOLSTEIN-FRIESIANS. i Z)J buttocks, but a drooping rump is not uncommon. The legs appear small for the weight carried and are quite long ; the tail is long and fine and a white brush is required. The udder is often of extraordinary size, filling the space between legs set well apart, extending high behind and fairly well forward, with teats of large size and well placed. Teats are sometimes cone-shaped and uncomfortably large and puffy where attached to the udder. The milk veins are usually prominent and sometimes remarkably developed. There is a more marked inclination toward the beef form among the bulls than among the cows ; the latter are generally of the true dairy type. XXIII. Milk and Butter Records. These great black-and-white cows yield milk in proportion to their size. The breed is famous for enormous milk producers. Records are abundant of cows giving an average above their own live weight in milk monthly for ten or twelve consecutive months, and there are numerous authentic instances of daily yields of 100 pounds or more for several days in succes- sion and 20,000 to 30,000 pounds of milk in one year. Cows giving 40 to 60 pounds (or 5 to 7 gallons) per day are regarded as average animals; 7,500 to 8,000 pounds per year is depended upon as a herd average. A known record of 11 cows from 3 to 8 years old is 11,286 pounds (or 5,250 quarts per cow), the average milking period being three hundred and forty-one days. Another herd of 12 cows averaged 8,805 pounds a year (or 4,064 quarts) for four years. The milk of these very large producers is generally pretty thin, low in percentage of total solids, and deficient in fat. The cows have been favorites for dairymen doing a milk-supply business, but in numerous cases their product has been below the standards fixed by State and municipal laws. On the other hand, there arc some families of Holsteins, and single animals are numerous, which give milk of more than average richness and show themselves to be profitable butter producers. Cows have frequently made from 15 to 25 pounds of butter a week, and 30 pounds in a few cases. Entire herds of good size have averaged over 17 pounds a week; a few cows have records of 90 pounds, and one almost 100 pounds, in a month. One of the herds already referred' to averaged 308 pounds of butter per cow annually for four years, and there are several yearly herd records of over 400 pounds per head ; also single records of 500 and 600 pounds, and one is claimed of 1,153 pounds of butter in three hundred and sixty-five consecutive days. A cow bred and raised in Texas made a remarkable record there, when five years old and weighing 1,350 pounds; she gave 707^2 pounds of milk in seven days, which produced 22 pounds of butter, and in one month 2,958 pounds of milk containing fat equivalent to 86 pounds of butter. Holstein milk is characterized by fat globules of small and uniform size, separating slowly by tb gravity method of creaming, and carrying very little color. 730 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XXIV. Types. . It happens that both the selections for ilhistrating this breed represent imported animals, and consequently comparatively little can be told about them and their immediate ancestoi-s. It would be easy, however, to find many equally good types among American-bred Ilolsteins. Indeed, it is believed that in respect to size and dairy quality the best animals of this breed in the United States are superior to those of their native country. De Brave Hendrik 230, H.-F. II. B., was dropped in North Holland in March, 1880, and during the years 1882, 1883, and 1884 won high prizes at Alkmaar, Gouda, and (first) at the great International Exhibition at Amsterdam. In March, 1883, he was designated by an official committee as the best bull in north Holland. He was imported in 188-4 and owned in Pennsylvania. The likeness shows him as 4 years old, and he then weighed 2,300 pounds. This bull came from a great milking family, and the females sired by him proved uniformly excellent as dairy animals. Jamaica 1336, II. H. B., was dropped in Friesland in 1880, and im- ported the same year to Orange County, N. Y. She had her first calf in December, 1882, and during a milking period of three hundred days gave 7,450 pounds of milk. Her second calf was dropped in December, 1883, and W'hen one month in milk she had exceeded all known records for her age, and this upon the ordinary ration for milkers in the herd. Her feed was then carefully increased until she gave 73 pounds of milk a day, in January (1884), and a total amount of 2,020 pounds during that month. The milk yield continued to increase during Fobniary, notwithstanding unusually cold, rough weather, until she reached the maximum of 112 pounds 2 ounces of milk on the 2d of March, when she was 4 years old. She gave 535 pounds of milk in five days, 1,034 pounds in ten days, 2,102 pounds in twenty-one days, and almost attained an average of 100 pounds a day for a month. In four months Jamaica gave almost 10,000 pounds of milk, and about 20,000 pounds during this her second milking period. From her milk for a week 23y2 pounds of butter were made. The average of grain fed to the cow during her greatest yield was 28 pounds, costing 30 cents, with an abundance of cut beets and good hay, and she had access to spring water in the stable yard five or six times a day. She received no silage, slops, stimulating food, or drugs. Jamaica was of medium size for her race, handsomely marked, vigorous, and very stylish, as shown by her likeness. This was made about the time of her famous test; she then weighed 1192 pounds. Her owner was off"ered $15,000 for this cow and her heifer calf, shown in the picture, before her milk yield reached 100 pounds a day. After her great performance this offer w^as increased to $25,000, and $10,000 was refused for the calf alone. CHAPTER IX. POLLED CATTLE. ANGUS COMPARED WITH THE GALLOWAI . I. PoUed Cattle in General. Of the various breeds of p<,lled or Irornless eattle, however good in England, „o„e have proved valu.hle in the United States and C=m,^a, except the Galloways and the Polled Angus. Of these only the Gallo- way have l.een at all widely dissen>inated. Docility of temper even among old bulls •, the little space taken up in the feeding stalls, on account of their mild disposition and absence of horns ; the.r l>-d-- ' f^l^f^ with which they take on flesh, and the thickness and hue quality of he beef are some of the principal characteristics of excellence n. polled cattle. II. The Galloways. For the colder and hilly districts, when all cattle must be protected in winter, and in all regions where the Short-Horn proves ^o '«"' <■'' t^" Galloway cattle are steadily gaining in favor, /'-y 7 --!*''"?^ '^ cattle, it being unusual f,>r the cows, even under good keepmg, to g.ve ml than twdve quarts of n.ilk a day, and the average rs g.ven a mx or ei.rht quarts. But the milk is rich, yielding a pound of butter, aoco.d ;tl English authorities, to eight or ten quarts of nnlk. The cows, a a rule, go dry for two or three months in the year, even under the best of nianaofenicnt. ^ i i * ^offio It has been said of them that there is, perhaps, no breed of cattle which can be more truly said to be indigenous to the eountiT, and mcapa- :,e of improvement by any foreign cross, than the GaUoway. T e Short-Horns almost everywhere else have unproved the cattle of the d.s trXto which they have traveled; at least in the first cross produced rMflrtLprovemL : but even in the first cross the Short-H°r,.s have done little -ood in Galloway, and, as a pe.manent mixture, the choicest short-hlbuUshavemanifeftly failed. The intelligent Galloway breeder tilv perfectly satisfied that his stock can only be rmproved by adher- ence to the pure breed, and by care in the selection. 731 732 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. III. Points of the Galloway. Mr. L. B. Allen gives, on the autnonty of an eminent judge and breeder, the characteristics of this breed, as follows : The Galloway cattle are straight and broad in the back, and nearly level from the head to the rump. They are round in the ribs, and also between the shoulders and the ribs, and the ribs and the loins. They are broad in the loin, without any large projecting hook bones. In round- ness of barrel, and fullness of ribs, they will compare Avith any breed, and also in the proportion which the loins bear to the hook bones, or protu- berances of the ribs. When viewed from above, the whole body appears beautifully rounded, like the longitudinal section of a roller. They are long in the quarters and ribs, and deep in the chest, but not broad in the twist. The slightest inspection will show that there is less space between the hook or hip bones and the ribs than in most other breeds, a consider- ation of much importance, for the advantage of length of carcass consists in the animal being well ribbed home, or as little as possible lost in the flank. IV. The Limbs and the Head. The Galloway is short in the leg, and moderately fine in the shank bones, — the happy medium seems to be preserved in the leg, which secures hardihood and a disposition to fatten. With the same cleanness and shortness of shank, there is no breed so large and muscular above the knee, while there is more room for the deep, broad and capacious chest. He is clean, not fine and slender, l)ut well proportioned in the neck and chaps ; a thin and delicate neck would not correspond with the broad shoulders, deep chest, and close, compact form of the breed. The neck of the Galloway bull is thick, almost to a fault. The head is rather heavy ; the eyes are not prominent, and the ears are large, rough, and full of long hairs on the inside. V. The Skin. The Galloway is covered with a loose, mellow skii. of medium thickness, which is clothed with long, soft, silky hair. The skin is thinner than that of the Leicestershire, but not so fine as the hide of the improved Durham breed, but it handles soft and kindly. Even on the moorland farms, where the cattle, during the greater part of the year, are fed on the scantiest fare, it is remarkable how little their hides in- dicate the privations they endure. VI. The Color. The prevailing and fashionable color is black — a few are of a dark fcindle brown, and still fewer are speckled with white spots, and some POLLED CATTLE. 733 734 crcLoi'KDiA of i^ive stock and complete stock doctor. of them are of a dun or drab color, perhaps acquired from a cross with the Suffolk breed of cattle. Dark colors are uniformly preferred, from the belief that they indicate hardiness of constitution. VII. The Galloways in America. The Galloways are said to have been first introduced into Canada about the year 1850. Since that time they have steadily increased by breeding and subsequent importations, and of late years a good many have been bred in the Northwestern States, where they are greatly liked for their many good qualities, and now have a regular series of prizes offered for them at all our principal fairs. They arc also attracting attention in the Southwest as a means of improving the Texan cattle. To our mind, they should prove valua])le in reducing the horn, refining the bone, and thick- ening the body of the Southwestern cattle, and, especially, in breeding out the wildness and viciousness of the Texans. VIII. Polled Angus Cattle. This is a breed yet rare in America, though much thought of in Scot- land. Finer in their make up than the Galloways, of which they are relatives, they have many admirable qualities to commend them in hilly districts. There have always been some polled cattle in Angus ; the country people call them humlies or dodded cattle. Youatt says that their origin is so remote, that no account of their introduction into Ens^- land can be obtained from the oldest farmers or breeders. The attention of some enterprising agriculturists appears to have been first directed to them about sixty years ago, and particularly on the eastern coast, and on the borders of Kincardineshire. Some of the first qualities which seem to have attracted the attention of these l)reeders were the peculiar quiet- ness and docility of the doddies, the easiness with which they were managed, the few losses that were incurred from their injuring each other in their stalls, and the power of disposing of a greater number of them in the same space. A few experiments upon them developed another valuable quality — their natural fitness for stall-feeding, and the rapidity with which they fattened. This brought them into repute. They have much of the Galloway form, and by those unaccustomed to cattle would be often mistaken for the Galloways. A good judge, how- ever, would perceive that they are larger, somewhat longer in the leg, thinner in the shoulder, and flatter in the side. Climate and management have caused another difference between the Angus doddies and the Galloways. The Galloways have a moist climate ; they have a more robust appearance, a much thicker skin, and a rougher POLLED CATTLE. 735 coat of hair than the Angus oxen. The Angus cattle are regularly kept in straw yards during six months of the year, receiving turnips with their fodder every day, and in summer are grazed on dry and warm pastures. By this treatment they look and feel more kindly than the Galloways. ABERDEEN-ANGUS BULL— HE'S A STAK. ABERDEEN-ANGUS IIKIFKK-ABBESS McHENRY. IX. Color of the Polled Angus. The greater part of them are black, or with a few white spots. The next general color is yellow, comprehending the brindle, dark red, and silver-colored yellow. They are a valuable breed, and have rapidly gained ground on the horned cattle, and become far more numerous, particularly in the Lowlands; and when the agriculturist now speaka if the Angus breed, he refers to the polled species. 736 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. X. Angus Cows as Milkers. The quantity of milk yielded by the dairy cows is various. lu the hilly districts from two to three gallons are given per day, but that is very rich. In the lowlands th(; cows will give five gallons during the best of the season. The cows of this district were formerly regarded as some of the best dairy-cows in Scotland, but since the breed has been more im- proved, and greater attention paid to the fattening qualities, they have fallen off in their character for the pail. ENGLISH GROUP OF RED POLLED CATTLE. These cattle beloug principally to the counties of Norfolk and Suffolk, in England. They are a very old race, and though quite small (seldom weighing over 720 pounds), the superior quality of their flesh, and their fattening freely at an early age, do away with all objections to their size. XI. The Angus Compared with the Galloway. Thus while Angus cattle have great value in their native climate, they would seem to possess no value in this country over the Galloway. When removed to a warmer latitude, in England, they degenerate, and the probability is, that in this country they will not prove so good as the Galloways, though it is probable that they will find admirers on account of the greater excellence of their flesh. uri AFTER X. DAIRY CATTLE— THE AYRSHIRES. r. THE ANTIQUITY OP AYRSHIRE CATTLE. II. AYRSHIRE ANCESTRY. III. THE AYRSHIRE AS A MILKER. IV. QUALITY OP THE MILK. V. MR. YOUATT'S OPINION. VI. QUALITY OF THE FLESH. VII. THE AYRSHIRES IN AMERICA. VIII. AYRSHIRE POINTS EIGHTY YEARS AGO. IX. THE AYRSHIRE OF TO- DAY. X. POINTS OF AYRSHIRE CATTLE. XI. ESCUTCHEON OR MILK MIRROR. XII. THE POINTS SUMMED UP. XIII. THE BODY. XIV. THE SKIN. XV. MILK POINTS. XVI. THE HEAD. XVII. THE NECK, BODY AND LIMBS. >■ XVIII. IMPORTANCE OF GOOD TEATS. XIX. COLOR, STYLE AND CONDITION. I. The Antiquity of Ayrshire Cattle. There are few climates better adapted to dairying than Ayrshire, in Scotland, and no other part of Great Britain has so long been noted for its superior milking cows. The climate is moist, with frequent soft rains ■'nd no severely cold weather in winter. The grasses therefore are natu- rally succulent and sweet. The origin of the Ayrshire cow is in doubt. In 1733 it is recorded that no such breed existed in Scotland. -Mr. Ro])ertson, writing in 1703, credits the introduction of Ayrshire eattle into Scotland, on the authority of Mr. Bruce Campbell, to that Earl of Marchmont who suc- ceeded his title in 1724, and died in 1740, II. Ayrshire Ancestry. In relation to their origin Mr. Robertson says : From what particular part of the country they came, there a})pears no evidence. My own con- jecture is, that they are either of the Holderness breed, or derived from it ; judging from the varied color, or from somewhat better evidence, the small head and slender neck, in which they bear a striking resemblance to them. These cattle, from which, by crosses with the native breed, the present improved Ayrshire arose, were first introduced on Lord March- mont's estate in Berwickshire. A bull of the new stock was sold to Mr. Hamilton of Sundrum ; then Mr. Dunlop, in Cunningham, imported some of the Dutch cattle, and their progeny was long aftenvards distin- guished by the name of the Dunlop cows. These were the first of the improved, or stranger breed, that reached the bailleryof Cunningham. Mr. Orr, about the year 1767, brought to his estate of Grongar, near Kilmarnock, some fine milch cows of a larger size than any which had 737 '38 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLKTE STOCK DOCTOR- been on the farm. It was not, however, until about 1780, that this improved breed might be said to be duly estimated, or generally estab- lished in that part of Ayrshire^ although they had begun to extend be- yond the Irvine, into Kyle. About 1790, according to Mr. Alton, Mr. Fulton from Blith, carried them first into Carrick, and Mr. Wilson, of Kilpatrick, was the first who took them to the southern parts of +hat district. So late as 1804, they weie introduced on the estate of Penmore, on the Stonchar, and they are DAIRY CATTLE THE AYRSHIRES. 739 the established cattle of Ayrshire ; they are increasing in the neighbor- ing counties, and have found their way to most parts of Britain. III. The Ayrshire as a Milker. The quantity of milk yielded hy the Ayrshire cow is, considering her size, very great. Five gallons daily, for two or three months after calv- ing, may be considered as not more than an average quantity. Three gallons daily will be given for the next thi'ee months, and one gallon and a half during the succeeding four months. This would amount to more than 850 gallons ; but, allowing for some unproductive cows, ()0() gallons per year may be considered as the average quantity obtained annually from each cow. IV. Quality of the Milk. The quality of the milk is estimated by the quantity of butter or ^cheese that it will yield. Three gallons and a half of this milk will yield about a pound and a half avoirdupois, of butter. An Ayrshi?e cow may be reckoned to yield 257 English pounds of butter per annum, or about tive pounds per week all the year round, besides the value of tiie buttermilk and her calf. V. Mr. Youatt's Opinion. Mr. Youatt, writing in the early part of the century says : They will feed kindly and protitably, and their meat will be good. They will fatten on farms and in districts where others could not, except supported by artificial food. They unite, perhaps, to a greater degree than any other breed, the supposed incompatible properties of yielding a great deal of milk and beef. It is, however, on the inferior soil and the moist climate of Ayrshire, and the west of Scotland, that their superiority as milkers is most remarkable. On their natural food of poor quality they give milk abundantly and long, and often until within a few days of calving ; but when they are moved to richer pasture, their constitution changes, and they convert their food more into beef. It cannot be denied that even in this tendency to fatten when their milk begins to fail, or which often causes it to fail, the Ayrshires must yield to their forefathers, the Highlanders, and to their neighbors, the Galloways, when put on a poor soil ; and they will be left considerably behind their Short-Horn sires when transplanted to luxuriant pasture. It will be long, perhaps, before they will be favorites with the butchers, for the fifth quarter will not usually weigh well in them. VI. Quality of the Flesh. Their fat is mingled with the flesh rather than separated in the form of tallow ; yet this would give a more beautiful appearance to the meat, and 740 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTO'^ should enhance its price to the consumer. This fact of their flesh being so fully marbled with fat, would be an important consideration at the present time, if not when Mr. Youatt wrote, for tallow is not so valuable now as formerly, since the disuse of tallow candles, and this marbled flesh is much sought by butchers. VII. The Ayrshires in America. Mr. Allen, writing in 18fi7 in relation to their importation into America says : The Ayrshires first began to be imported into the United States about the year 1831. They were somewhat different in appearance from the latter importations, being in color usually deep red, or brown, flecked with white, of rather plain look, and having mostly black noses. In recent importations, or those within the last fifteen years, many of them have assumed more the Short-Horn colors, the red in them being of a lighter shade, and less of it — white being the prevailing color in many — -and soijie of them a lively patched roan, with yellow noses, and hand- some, and more symmetrical forms, but alike bearing the marks of good milkers. VIII. Ajrrshire Points Eighty Years Ago. According to Mr. Alton, the Ayrshire as it was found in its native country and in its improved form, in the beginning of the present cent- uiy had I hese characteristics : Head small, l)ut rather long and narrow at the muzzle ; the eye small, but smart and lively ; the horns small, clear, crooked, and their roots at a considerable distance from each other ; neck long and slender, tapering toward the head, with no loose skin below ; shoulders thin ; fore-quarters light ; hind-quarters large ; back straight, broad behind, the joints rather loose and open ; carcass deep, and pelvis capacious, and wide over the hips, with round fleshy buttocks ; tail long, and small ; legs small and short, with firm joints ; udder capacious, broad and square, stretching forward, and neither fleshv, low hung, nor loose ; the milk-veins large and prominent ; teats short, all pointing outward, and at considerable distance from each other ; skin thin and loose ; hair soft and woolly. The head, bones, horns, and all parts of least value, small ; and the general figure compact and well proportioned. IX. The Asrrshire of To-Day. The Ayrshire of to-day is noted for giving a large quantity of milk, rich in both butter and cheese ; and also for the wonderful development oi the thighs, the bulls being selected with reference to their feminine ap- pearance. They are docile in temper, hardy, sound-constitutioued ■ the bulls broad in the hook bones and hips, and full in the flanks. Of iate years there have been a number of herds introduced into the West, and DAIRY CATTLE THE AYRSHIRES. 741 742 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. wherever used they have been greatly liked. CaretuI selection has done much to keep down their fattening qualities on full feed, and it is prob- able that there is no strictly dairy cow that to-day combines so many good qualities as the Ayrshire cow. X. Points of Ayrshire Cattle. Dr. G. Lewis Sturtevant, of Massachusetts, a scientific investigator, and careful farmer, who has given particular attention to the characteris- tics and breeding of Ayrshire cattle in New England, minutely describes the points of Ayrshire cattle. With slight variations the same rules will apply to the Dutch or Holstcin cattle to be hereafter noticed : The usefulness of the dairy cow is in her udder, and toward the udder, its shape and its yield, all the capabilities of the cow should be directed. We may first view it as a reseiwoir for the milk. As such, it must be large and capacious, with broad foundations, extending well behind and well forward, with distinct attachments ; broad and square, viewed from behind, the sole level and broad, the lobes even-sized, and teats evenly distributed ; the whole udder firmly attached, with skin loose and elastic. Such a form gives great space for the secreted milk, and for the lodgment of the glands, while allowing the changes from an empty to a full vessel. The glands should be free from lumps of fat and muscle, well set up in the body when the cow is dry, and loosely covered with the soft and elastic skin, without trace of flabbiness. Such a covering allows for extension when the animal is in milk, while the glands are kept in proximity with the blood-vessels that supply them. XI. Escutcheon or Milk Mirror. 1 think a broad escutcheon is fully as good a sign as a long one ; tha quantity or quality mean more than shape, j^et I would not discard th shape entirely. The udder and its dependencies, the milk veins, and the escutcheon mark, may be considered the foundation of the Ayrshire cow. These influence profit, and also the shapes of the body and the form of the animal. The milk vessel as placed in the pubic region of the cow, ind is protected on either side by the hind limbs. The breadth of its attachments secures breadth of body, and the weight requires also a depth of quartei and of flanks. The breadth below requires breadth of hip above, and length of loin here appears related to length of pelvis. So much for the physical portion. The physical function of milk-producing demaads a great and continuous flow of blood, for it must not be for- gotten that milk is blood, so to speak. This flow is dependent on the supply of food, and on the facilities of digestion. To gain this, a large body is required m order to hold the suitable digestive organs. To gain the most of our blood after it has absorbed the chyle from the digestive DAIRY CATTLE — THE AYRSHIRES. 743 organs, reason shows that it should find its way freely and speedily through the system on its labors of supply and removal, cleanse itself in the lungs, and again pass on to its duties. All this points to a healthy heart, ivot cramped, and lungs of sufficient capacity ; for the yield of milk drains much nutriment from the system, and the constitution must needs have the vigor given l)y healthy and active heart and lungs. In this way the chest is correlated with the udder. The reproductive functions require hook Ijoncs of good size, and a broad pelvis is desirable, as underlying within arc the generative organs. Defects here are to be shunned. Xn. The Points Summed Up. The points of the Ayrshii-c cow, as given by the Ayrshire Agricultural Society, and the New York State Agricultural Society, have been summed up as follows : XIII. The Body. The whole fore-quarters thin in front, and gradually increasing in depth and width l)ackward, yet of sufficient breadth and roundness to in- sure constitution ; back should be straight and the loins wide, the hips rather high and well spread ; pelvis roomy, long, broad and straight, hook bones wide apart, quarters long, tolerably muscular, and full in theii upper portion, but moulding into the thighs below, which should have a degree of flatness, thus affording more space for a full udder ; the flanks well let down, but not heavy ; ribs, behind, springing out very round and full, affording space for a large udder — the whole carcass thus acquiring increased volume toward its posterior portion. Xrv. The Skin. In connection with the body and the udder, the skin is of great value in assisting our judgment. Between the portion of the external covering used for leather, and the nmscle, there occurs a layer of cellular tissue, which contains a larger or smaller amount of fat cells, and the mellow handling caused by these cells indicates a free circulation throughout this mesh work. The skin varies from a thin, papery hide, covered with silky hair, to a thick, supple, elastic hide, well coated with hair, on the one hand, and a similar variation, with harsh hair and coarseness, on the other. The thin, papery hide indicates quick fattening and a delicate constitution; thick, elastic hide, cushioned on fat, and which on the flank comes into the hand almost without grasping, indicates the height of vigor, accompanied b}"^ the fattening tendency, and the possessor of this hand- ling endures climatic changes, low y dwellers on the west coast of Denmark, people from Holstein and Schleswig, Jutes and Angles. This was between the eighth and eleventh centuries. Giving due weight to these statements, it cannot be doubted that the cultivation of cattle in the Netherlands existed a long time before such a thing could be thought of in Holstein. It is also quite as certain that the col- onies from Friesland, Holland and Westphalia, carried with them their cattle to Holstein. m. Dutch Cattle Older than those of Holstein. Hence we see that, first, the Dutch race of cattle date from an older descent than those of Holstein ; while, probably, second, the Holstein cattle orginated from the Friesian breed and from that of the Dutch and Westphalia emigrants. After this colonization, we have our attenticm directed to another remarkable particular in the history of Dutch cattle. rv. Establishment of Regular Markets. From the fourteenth on till the eighteenth centur}', a large number of Danish oxen were annually turned for pasture into the grassv meadows of North Holland, and sold at the weekly North Holland cattle market. The oldest of these cattle markets is that of the city of Hoorn. This market was already established in 1311, and in 1339 the Danes and the inhabitants of the Eyder, were allowed by Albrecht, duke of Bavaria, to hold a weekly market there. In 1605, the Danish cattle market was re- moved from Hoorn and transferred to Enkhujzen, when, in 1624, the number of 1,179 oxen were sold. There was also in Amsterdam a lean- cattle market, beginning in the Spring, in the month of April, l)ut held at irregular periods, depending upon wind and weather, when cattle were allowed to be conveyed thither from Denmark and Holstein to graze. These were mostly brought by vessel. v. Importation of Danish Cattle into Friesland. In the middle of the eighteenth century, it is mentioned that, owingto the cattle-plague, the people were compelled to import from abroad all kinds of small cattle, chiefly Danish. But, what was remarkable, however DAIRY CATTLE THE DUTCH BREEDS. 749 lint CYCLOl'I-JDIA <>l" LIVK STocK \M' (omii )(K' DOCTOR DMRY CArXLE lllE DUTCH IJKEEDS. 751 small and ill-favored these animals might be when compared Avith the handsome Friesian horned cattle, an im[)rovement of food induced a favorable development of body, and, from the mixtm-e of the two breeds, good and choice milch-kine were attained Avithiu two or three generations after the introduction of the foreign blood, no matter how much the race had in the beginning deteriorated through the process, and, eventually^ the type of Danish and German cattle was quite lost. VI. Pacts about Dutch Cattle. The chief characteristics of this Friesian breed — its eminent milk- givnig and fattening qualities — we find in all the districts mentioned, and extending still farther southward; v/ith this difference, however, that wherever the land is more fertile, the climate milder, and the tend- ing, feeding and breeding of the cattle observed with more care, in that measure, they are more developed, attain larger size, and are of a finer texture. If the intention be to convey a correct understanding of the true qualities of the several varieties or breeds mentioned in their own dwellMi*'- places, it is better that each breed should retain the name by which it is known, and that no collective name, though a historical one, should be given them. Vn. Varieties Described. In order to be able to readily classify a group of cattle of great extent, possessing the same chief qualities in form and productiveness, Sturm proposed, so long as fifty years ago, to give to a group, subject to the same conditions of soil and climate, a name indicating those con- ditions, and thus originated Mountain Cattle, Highland Cattle and Low- land Cattle. He also heads each of these divisions by the breed best repre- =entmg the distinctive feature of its class, as Us type. It is under the denomination of Lowland Cattle that he places the different breeds of the coast lands along the North Sea. Schmalz, Pabst and many subse- (juent Avriters, adopt this classification, some with a few modifications. According to Schmal//s statement, cattle, adopting Stui-m's clussitication, may be distinguished in the following manner: VHI. Races of Dutch Cattle. A. Lowland Race. — Primitive cow ; Dutch-Friesian cow. B. Mountain Race. — Degenerate, quite the contrary of A ; Swiss cow. C. Middle Race. — Highland race ; forms the transition from A to B ; Frankish cow. To the race A belong- the Dutch, as representatives, the Friesian, the Oldenburg, and chiefly all l^owland laces bearing the peculiar character- istics which identify it with the place of its sojourn. 752 CYCLorKDiA or live stock and complete stock doctor. This is a purely natural division, and there is not the least arrogance m assertiiiir, what history points out, that the Dutch cattle constitute thy type of the oldest, purest, and best breed. All other varieties are of less intrinsic value ; they are coarser or smaller, possess less productive quali- ties, though of local excellence in their native places. One hears in Europe of " Lowland cattle," but purchases of them for the i)urpose of improving other breeds have, for the last hundred years, only been made in the chief Neiherland provinces, where the choicest cattle of the Lowlands are found. Thus, thousands of Dutch and Friesian cattle are annually sent abroad under the name of Dutch cattle. IX Dr. George May's Testimony. Dr. George May, director of the agricultural establishment at Weihen- stephan, says : The Dutch cattle constitute the type of the properly so- called Lowland race, which extends throughout Netherlands, Flanders, Normandy, Oldenburg, and Denmark. The Oldenburg cattle descended from the Dutch race, and are likewise distinguished as East Friesian cattle, as still partially found in Hanoverian Friesland. In the adja- cent parts of Bremen it is called Bremen cattle. In the transactions of the Ohio Board of Agriculture, 1872, in an article on Dutch cattle, by Professor Furstenburg, we find the following: The breeds of cattle in Holland maybe divided according to their locality as follows : 1. The breeds in the provinces North and South Holland and West Friesland. 2. The breeds in the provinces Groningen, Guelderhind, Utrecht, and OverysSel. 3. The breeds in the provuices of Seeland. Although these breeds are closely related, still they show differences resulting from keeping and the various [)ui poses for which thi-y are bred. X. Breeds of North and South Holland and "West Friesland. The breed most renowned in the kingdom for its milk-producing quali- ties is found in these three provinces. But North Holland in particulai is noted for the manner of keeping catth% which are known by the name of Amsterdam race, being no less remarkable on account of size than for the great production of milk. The pastures of North Holland are said to contain 100,000 morgen (58-100 morgen to an acre) ; every acre furnishes nourishment for 49-100 head of cattle. The peasants are engaged almost solely in cattle breeding, and the keeping and care which these animals veccive here has almost become proverbial on account of its perfection XI. Their Color and Form. The cattle here are mostly spotted black and white ; however, brown and blue or gray mixed are found. The height is considerable, being not UAIUY CATTLE THE DUTCH BREEDS. 753 under two Amsterdam ells, (4 51-100 feet) ; the length of the body in pro- portion to the height, the middle part of which is particularly developed, the quarters fleshy, neck rather short than long, with a strong dewlap ; head narrow and long, with the forehead slightly depressed ; fine horns crooked forward, and large projecting ears. The withers arc often nar- row ; the back, on the other hand, broad across the hips, which are not very prominent ; the tail tine and long, with a good tuft of hair ; the posi- tion of the hind legs strong and straight (not knock-kneed), the hind-(|uar- tcrs broad and roomy, and the bag Avell developed. The lower part of the legs above the hoofs is invariably white, which is regarded as a sign of the pure unmixed breed. The live weight of the cows is 1.200 to 1,400 pounds; th;it of bulls reaches 2,000 i)ounds when full grown and fatted. The cows are usually productive of milk, and give an average of 3,000 quarts and over per annum. A very excellent milch cow of the Amsterdam race, from the royal cow stable in Eldena, which was brought with a few ethers to the Inter- national Exhibition, took the first premium for milch cows of the Netherland race at the International Exhibition of live stock at Stettin m 1865. This cow, fed in the stall only, gave in one year the great quan- tity of (),142 quarts of milk, and kept up afterwards to 4,000 quarts in an equal length of time. To the breed of North Holland are nearly related those of South Hol- land and West Friesland, and differ perhaps only in that the latter are larger-boned, and in general of not so pleasing a form. In regard to their milk-producing qualities they are about equal. The manner of keeping the stock, and the use of the milk, is also the same. viz. : the manufacture of cheese, while the calves are raised and sold as young stock at high prices. From these three provinces, the former two of which suffered so much lately from rinderpest, milch cows are bouglil for the best dairies in Germany. Holland cattle are well adapted to soiling, although at home they arc accustomed to pasturage. They are kept profitably on the latter only when its abundance facilitates grazing and makes corporal exertion unnec- essary. Therefore a great error would be made in placing these animals on a scant pasturage, and they are not at all adapted to the pasturage of a light soil. The result of stall-feeding is more favorable, because proper care and fodder can be given to the stock without its exertion. We have received from no other race an equal quantity of milk with the same feed, as years of observation in the cow stal)le of the Academy at Eldena has shown. 754 CYCLOI'KOIA OK LIVK STOCK AND COMPLIOTK STOCK DOCTOR. XII. Yields of Milk. The yield of milk of these races was: 1. Four Toudeni cows gave Sl,3o7 (juarts, or an average of 2,334 quarts, or (i 3-10 quarts per day for the year. The largest inilker gave 2,345 (juarts, the smallest, 2,020 quarts. 2. Three Breitenl)urg cows gave 8,594 quarts, or an average of 2,8(54 2-3 quarts, or 7 85-100 quarts per day for the year. The largest milker gave 2,94(5 quarts, the smallest, 2,820 quarts. 3. Three Ayrshire cows gave 5,38(J quarts, or an average of 1,795 1-3 quarts, or 4 92-100 quarts per day for the year. The largest milker gave 2,249 quarts, the smallest 1,415 quarts. 4. Twenty-two Holland cows gave 78, 100 quarts, or an average of 3,550 quarts, or 9 73-100 quarts per day for the year. The largest milker gave 6,142 quarts, the smallest 2,526 quarts. The average feed per head in the Winter was daily — 10 pounds Sum- mer straw, cut fine ; 2 1-2 rounds oat and wheat chaff ; 25 pounds beets , 10 pounds hay ; 8 pound reaise malt from beer brewery; 3 pounds rye bran. This food is considered about equal lo 42 9-10 pounds hay. During the Summer the cows Avere fed daily per head 135 pounds green fodder, viz., clover and vetches (of the latter very little was used), and three times a day 8 pounds of hay. XIII. Feeding Qualities. Although there is no doubt that the Holland cows eat more, generally, than the smaller Ayrshire and Toudern, this is of minor importance in conqjarison with the greater amount of milk given bj^ the former. The greater amount of feed consumed by the Holland cows can be estimated, viz : Nine of them stood at one crib, while ten of the smaller stood at another of equal size ; the fodder was, however, divided the same in each. The proportion is as nine to ten, or when the smaller cows cat 45 pounds of hay, the larger ones eat 50 pounds. From the quantity- of milk given, the Holland cows used a tritlc over 5 imunds weight of hay to produce one (juart of milk ; Breitenl)urg used 6 25-100 pounds of hay ; Toudcrn 7 pounds of hay; Ayrshire 9 pounds of hay. By 'these results it cannot remain doubtful which race is preferable. XIV. Dutch Cattle an Artificial Breed. It seems unfortunate that there should have been nmch feeling over the name of a breed of cattle, really the most wonderful as milkers of any known race. In the Eastern United States they are known as Dutch, Holstein, and Dutch-Friesian cattle. In the West they are almost uni- versally known as Holstein cattle. The probability is that the name DAIRY CATTLE THE DUTCH BREEDS. 755 o > o w S W ^ W o > 756 CYCT.OPFDTA OF LTVK STOCK AND COMPLK'T'E STOCK DOCTOR. DANISH COW. DANISH BULL, "FAURHOLM." CroBB Breeding with the Danish Cow originated the Holsteln Breed. DAIRY CATTLE THE DUTCH BREEDS. 75? Friesian is moi e nearly correct than any other. Nevertheless, the modern Dutch cow is as purely an artificially-bred animal as the Short-Horn, the Hereford or the Ayrshire. They have been bred and selected with scientific care so long that their character is constant and uniform in capabilities for milk, and they are bred to color almost purely at the whim of the breeder, one thing alone being constant. Where they are white they are pure white, and where black they are pure black. Of late years the name, Hoi stein -Friesian, has ))ecn authoritatively adopted. XV. The Earliest Importations. It is more than probable that Dutch cattle were among the first im- ported to this continent, since the Dutch in their settlement of New York undoubtedly brought with them the best representatives of their breeds. It is recorded that in 1625 cattle were brought into the Dutch colony. These were undoubtedly the true Dutch cattle, since milk and labor were the two prime requisites with the colonists, and even so long ago as that date, the Dutch cattle united these points in a high degree. For as long ago as the early part of the seventeenth century (early in 1600) both Holland and England were noted for breeds of superior and deep-milking cattle. After these early importations of the Dutch and up to the early part of the present century there were probably no more Dutch cattle imported. XVI. The Le Roy Importation. It is stated that somewhere between 1820 and 1825, Mr. Herman Le Roy, a public spirited merchant of New York city, imported some in.- proved Dutch cattle which were sent to his farm near the city. Between 1827 and 1829, some of the produce of this herd were sent to the farm of his son, Edward Le Hoy, on the Genesee river. Mr. L. F. Allen de- scribes this herd m 1833, as he then saw them, as being large, well-spread cattle, black and white in color, and remarkable for their uncommon yield of milk, and of great value as dairy animals ; their qualities in that line were universally acknowledged wherever known. It seems unfortunate that the Le Roys, father and son, should not have retained their herd pure, but such seems to have been the fact, for it is known that at the sale of the farms of these gentlemen, none but grades were found in the herd or in the adjacent country. XV IL. The Chenery Importation. According to the record it seems that the first imported animals tha have been retained pure, were those of Mr. W. C. Chenery, near Boston, m 1861. This was a bull and four cows, which were successfully bred and kept pure. Mr. Chenery, previous to that time, in 1852, imported '58 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMl'LETE STOCK DOCTOR. a single cow. In 1857 he made importations of a Ijull and two COWS, and in 1859 a further importation of four more cows. With this latter importation he was so unfortunate as to import pleuro-pneumonia. The ravages of this dread disease extended to the entire herd, and with the exception of a single young bull, DAIRY CATTLE — THE DUTCH BREEDS. 759 they were entirely destroyed. In 1861 Mr. Chenery made another importation of a bull and four cows, which canie over sound. These and their descendants were the only pure-bred herd in America for years. ' That they were the best representatives of their breed is certain from the fact that they were selected with care from the best dairy herds of North Holland, and were so certified to by the official authorities of the districts where they were bred. Later, as they gained a foothold in the West and showed their eminent adaptability to the climate, and their wonderful yields of milk became known, sagacious breeders undertook the importation as a business spec- ulation. These cattle are now pretty well distributed from Ohio west, and, with full summer and Avinter feeding, are regarded by many dairy- men, especially cheese-makers, as superior to an}^ other known milking breed. XVIII. What Prof. Roberts Says. Prof. Roberts, in an address before the New York Dairyman's Associa- tion, gives the following in relation to breeding and care in North Hol- land and Frieslana, from actual ol)servation there : In the first place, but few ])ulls are kept, and these but for two or three years at most, when they are sold in the market for beef. These bulls are selected with the utmost care, invariably being the calves of the choicest milkers. But little attention is paid to fancy points or color, though dark spotted is preferred to light spotted, and more attention is now being i)aid to color in order to suit American customers. All Other bull calves with scarce an exception are sold as veals, bringing about one and a half times as much as Avith us. In like manner the heifer calves are sold except about twenty per cent, which are also select- ed with care and raised on skimmed milk. The age of the cow is usually denoted l)y the nunil)er of her calves, and in no case did I find a cow that had had more than six calves, usually only four or five. 'I'lieirrule is to breed so that the cow's first calf is dropped in the stable before the dam is two years old, in order that extra care and attention may be given. There are other objects gained by this method ; for should the heifer fall below their high standard she goes to the butcher's market before another wintering, and though she brought little profit to the dairy she will more than i)ay for \\er keeping at the block. Here we find a three fold method of selection. First in the sire ; second, in the young calf , judged largely by the milking qualities of the dam ; and lastly is applied the greatest of all tests, perforinanee at the pail ; and not till she answers this satisfac- torily IS she accorded a permanent place in the dairy. '60 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XIX. Measurements Adopted for Dutch Friesian Cattle. The measurements adopted by the Dutch-Friesian Association of Amer- ica in estimating value, with a view to tabulated records in future, includ- ing milk records, are as follows: 1 — Length from point of shoulder to point of pelvis. 2 — Length from forward jjoint of hips to point of pelvis. 3 — A\idth of hips. 4 — Width at the thurl. 5 — Height at shoulders. G — Height at hips. 7 — Girth at the smallest circumference immediately back of shoulders. XX. Hovi^ to Select Dairy Cows. To sum up the whole matter of dairy breeds in a few words: If rich milk, without regard to quantity, is desired, select the little Jerseys. ONE-YEAR-OLD GALLOWAY HEIFER. Specially photographed for this work. They mil certainly satisfy the most difficult to please. If both butter and milk are wanted, our preference would lie with the Ayrshires. But if great quantities of milk excellently adapted to the manufacture of cheese were the object, we should have no hesitation in saying, the Dutch cattle will quite fill the most sanguine expectations o H DAIRY CATTLE— THE DUTCH BEEEDS. 761 v>V.' BEST GROUP AFRICANDER BREED (One Bull and Three Cows) Champion Prize, Ladybrand Show, Also Special Prize presented by His Grace the Duke of Westminster for Best Family Cattle, "any breed." The property of Tobias van Reenan.— Photographed expressly for this work. i!i:sT AFIMUAXDER COW. First Prize, Ladybrand Show, The property of Tobias van Reenan. Photograohed expressly for this work. 7G2 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. CHAPTER XII. DAIRY CATTLE AND DAIRYING. By W. D. Hoard, Editor Hoard's Dairyman. I. A PROPER FOUNDATION FOR THE INDUSTRY. II. CARE, HOUSING AND FEEDING. III. THE SOIL. -IV. ORGANIZATION. V. THE GROWING OF CROPS. VI. THE MAN BEHIND THE COW. The title of this article puiposely places dairy cattle as the foundation of the most successful prosecution of the industry of dairying. There is nothing like having a proper foundation for all human enterprises. The same may be said of the mind and judgment of the dairyman himself. If the foundation ideas he has of his business are unsound and faulty the outcome is sure to be unsatisfactory. The development of dairy qualities in cattle is for the purpose of having an animal that will produce milk economically. But few farmers, we think, give this phase of the subject the attention they should. They have never seriously considered the wonderful modifying influence of breed over feed in the production of any given product or the economy of any animal function. To illustrate — the famous trotting horse, Jay-I-See, trotted a mile in two minutes and ten seconds on grain ration of 12 quarts of oats a day. Put a draft horse on the track and feed him four times that amount of oats and yet he could not very likely, trot a mile in eight minutes. Reverse the situation and put the trotting horse in the collar against a heavy load, will extra feeding make him equal to the draft horse In a class of work that he was not bred to perform ? Of course not. I. A Proper Foundation for the Industry. So we sec that breeding an animal to the work of a certain function in- creased very greatly the economic effect of that feed that must be used in support of that function. This is the reason why a well-bred dairy cow will produce from six to ten thousand pounds of milk on no more feed than a beef-bred cow would consume in the production of two or three thousand pounds. When the great body of farmers in this country clearly understands the influence of breed over feed, then will be seen much less waste of labor and feed. As the case now stands, there is an enormous waste in this direction of using ill bred and unfit cows for the work of dairying. There is a clearly seen principle — if men would look for it — running all through nature in this respect. In Mechanics we see that every machine has a form well fitted to its function. If the builder of a 763 764 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. niadiiiie violates that principle he is at once punished for it. This is jnst as true of the living Machines we employ in converting our feed into ani- mal products. Dairy farming may be considered under the following heads: (1) Dairy cattle, their breeding, care, housing and feeding; (2) Birildings, stables, etc., and their proper construction and sanitation; (3) A knowl- edge of the soil and the up-keep of fertility; (4) The proper organizfition of all these forces into an economic relation to each other so as to insure the highest profit; (5) The growing of proper crops and how to cure and preserve them in their highest nutritive condition for the production of milk; (6) Last, but not least, how to make an intelligent man of the far- mer who shall take all these considerations and administer them to theii best purpose and profit. As will be seen from the foregoing, dairy farming is not the place for a narrow or ignorant man. It is emphatically a work of brains and wide comprehension. It is for that reason so nmny men make a poor success of it. They will not give it the thought and judgment it must have if it answers back in a profitable manner. There are four distinct breeds of cattle which have been developed in their milking functions by long years of breeding and evolution. These are the Holstein-Friesian and Dutch Belted, which are somewhat closely allied; the Jersey, the Guernsey and the Ayrshire. All of these breeds have been specially bred for milk. The Brown Swiss are coming into notice but as yet have not been extensively bred in this country. They are as yet of rather a beefy build but some of the cows show most excellent milk- ing qualities. The Holstein-Friesian, Dutch Belted and Ayrshire breeds are noted for the production of a large amount of milk of a lower percent- age of butter fat and a smaller butter fat globule. These characteristics have led very greatly to their adoption for the purpose of supplying milk to the cities where only a moderately rich milk is wanted. They are also extensively used in this country and Europe for cheese making. Some of the cows of the Holstein breed have been phenomenal producers of milk and butter fat when considered from the standpoint of a year's production. The Ayrshire cow yields a milk of fair average richness. She is an animal of great hardihood and average healthfulness, and is rapidly claiming in- creased attention as a cow of decided merit and desirability. One peculiar feature of the Ayrshire is the harmonious "nick" with the Jersey or Guernsey. We have known of several very fine business herds that have been built u\) by taking grade Ayrshire cows and breeding them to pure bred Jersey or Guernsey bulls. The heifei-s from this combination proved to be cows of high merit. As a rule we do not advocate cross breeding, but we must make an exception in the case of the grade Ayrshire cow and Jersey or Guernsey sires. It is evident that the two currents of blood and DAIRY CATTLE AND DAIRYING. 765 temperament do not meet at right angles as in the case of a cross between the Holstein and Jersey or Guernsey and thus set up a conflicting tendency in the resulting heifers. The Jersey and Guernsey families are distinctly butter breeds, their milk averaging nearly five per cent and more, in some herds. They have the constitutional power to take grain and forage and return for it butler fat at the lowest economic cost of any of the breeds. The Guernsey also enjoys the distinction of producing milk and butter of a high color as well as very desirable flavor. Both breeds are of a distinctive dairy tempera- ment having never been weakened in their dairy tendencies by dual-pur- pose or beef breeding crosses. It is not the purpose of this article to enter into a discussion of how to breed dairy cattle but rather to enumerate general principles for guidance. The logic of breeding remains about the same in all breeds. The sire is the fountain head. From him comes the seed. It must be of the right strain and stamp and strongly prepotent of dairy tendencies. The cow is the seed-bed. This must be harmonious and well fitted to nourish the seed and start it on its way in the direction we desire. It may be said that all noted producers 'of great dairy cattle have placed their chief reli- ance on the sire. The average farmer pays but little attention to the sire. A look at the cattle he generally breeds shows how thoroughly wrong he is in his notions of breeding. II. Care, Housing and Feeding. The secretion of milk is a maternal function. The cow must be con- structed for it in the first place. Then she must have kind and gentle treatment and her stable home must be fashioned in obedience to the one word COMFORT. The stable must be well lighted to insure her health through the antiseptic effect of sunlight. It must be well supplied con- stantly with fresh air that she may have the means to oxygenate her blood from which is secreted the milk. The circulation of blood from heart to lungs; lungs to the udder and back again to heart in a cow that gives twenty-five to forty pounds of milk a day is enormous. Think of a farmer who will shut up a herd of cows in a close, dark, unsanitary stable, leaving them to poison themselves with foul breathed-over air, and then expect good, profitable results from such blind folly. A cow lives on what she eats, drinks and breathes. If the food or drink is poisoned, foul or unfit, she feels it, and so if the air she breathes is poisoned, the effect is the same. Remember that oxygen is food. The blood is purified and nutritioned from the air. Poisoned air means a poisoned animal. The only satis- factory system of ventilation is what is known as the King System. Stables for northern latitudes should be constructed with two to three dead air spaces in the walls with plenty of windows and equipped with the King 766 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. ventilation. They should be thoroughly cleaned and swept each day, whitewashed once or twice a year and frequently disinfected. The manure should be taken to the field each day if possible. The water supply must be pure and the ration properly balanced so the cow can find in the food sufficient milk elements to enable her to do her most natural and perfect work. There is such a thing as feeding a cow according to dairy knowledge and the farmer that hath it not and will not seek it fails of his purpose. III. The Soil. The dairy farmer must be a good soil manager. He should know some- thing of the chemistry of soil. He should know what nitrogen, phosphate and potash mean and their effect on crops. Because of a lack of this knowledge, vast areas of farm lands in the United States have been robbed of their producing power. Every farm should be so farmed as to con- stantly increase its producing power. Every farmer should be an earnest student of his soil. He should hail with a warm welcome all that science and scientific men have to give on this subject. The old dairy districts of New York, New England, Pennsylvania and Ohio have gone down in producing power because the men who owned and managed those farms did not know enough to keep up the fertility of their farms. There is no escape from this indictment. Soil robbing comes from soil ignorance. We must face our responsibility to the soil, to coming generations and to the state with less flinching and less self excusing. IV. Organization. Every dairy farm should be intelligently arranged as to the relation of field to field, house and out-buildings to each other so that the whole may, like some w^ell arranged factory, be carried on at the least expenditure of labor and the greatest degree of efficiency. A great many dairy farms look as if the several parts had been thrown together. Farm architecture and arrangement is an important part of our study and efforts are being made in Agricultural Colleges to express the best thought of the day. This includes farm machinery and provision made for its shelter when not in use. Here as well as at every other point thought and eff"ort nuist be had to stop waste and thus add to profits. V. The Grovi^ing of Crops. Corn, both for the silo and the crib, clover and alfalfa, oats and barley, as well as the up-keep of pastures, constitute in the main the crops of the dairy farm. To the end that these crops may be abundant and stable and the soil constantly made more productive, there must be a wise care of manure, a right system of rotation and the expenditure every year of a DAIRY CATTLE AND DAIRYING. 767 certain amount of money for phosphate and lime and, if needed, nitrogen and potash. Unless we vigorously look after the productive power of our soil we cannot successfully grow the crops we need. Corn, clover and alfalfa are the sheet anchors of the dairy farmer. He must see to it that the necessary elements of the soil are supplied by purchase. To be nig- gardly here is to punish himself all the more. Still more he must keep up the hunras of the soil. To this end he must occasionally plow under a second crop of clover or the fourth crop of alfalfa. A liberal spirit here will bring him a liberal reward. Most of our old soils have become sour POINTS OBSERVED IN JUDGING DAIRY CATTLE. 1. Head. 12. Withers. 23. Shoulder. 34. Fore udder. 2. Muzzle. 13. Back. 24. Elbow. 35. Hind udder. 3. Nostril. 14. Loins. 25. Forearm. 36. Teats. 4. Face. 15. Hip bone. 26. Knee. 37. Upper thigh. 5. Eye. 16. Pelvic arch. 27. Ankle. 38. Stifle. 6. Forehead. 17. Rump. 28. Hoof. 39. Twist. 7. Horn. 18. Tail. 29. Heart girth. 40. Leg or gaskln. 8. Ear. 19. Switch. 30. Side or barrel. 41. Hock. 9. Cheek. 20. Chest. 31. Belly. 42. Shank. 10. Throat. 21. Brisket. 32. Flank. 43. Dew claw. 11. Neck. 22. Dewlap. 33. Milk vein. They need occasional applications of lime in the form of ground lime stone, ground marl or the refuse lime from sugar factories. Quick lime frings the best prices. XVI. Economy of Full Summer and Winter Feeding. From what has been written the reader will have become convinced that we l)elieve in the economy of full summer and wii.^er feeding, and this from calfhood up until the animal is sold to the bu-tcher. The same rule will a[)ply to stock intended for breeding and also to cows raised for their milk product. In the two latter cases, however, the feeding must be more diversified ; for breeding and milking animals need to have fully- developed frames. This is not so necessary for stock that is to be sold as soon as fit for the butcher. We have shown that three years from birth is ample time in which to prepare cattle for the butcher's block. The principal economy in feeding grain to fattening animals the year round is, that thereby your pastures may be more fully stocked than otherwise, and thus may he fed more evenly. By this course, also, you will have more land left for the production of corn for winter feeding. We have cultivated over sixty acres of corn to the hand in afield of 1,500 acres, the outlay being only one-third of a day's work per man per acre up to, but not including, the Ifibor of husking. The average yield was within a fraction of forty bushels per acre for the whole area, and the final result was of corn put into the crib, over seventeen bushels for every day's work of each hand employed. The same may be done by any farmer on measurably clean land in any season. The first proposition in relation to full feeding, winter and summer, is, that your pastures will thereby carry more cattle. The second is, tha; animals, going into winter quarters fat, will waste less flesh during the winter, since the animal heat is more easily kept up in a fat than in a half- fat or lean one. The third and not the least important point is, that you hasten maturity and thus save interest on capital, insurance, and other items of cost. XVII. Stunming Up. The whole matter may be summed up as follows : The pasture grasses mixed make a [)crfect food. Therefore make the most of them. Clover Timothy, Red-top, Orchard grass, and Fowl-meadow grass also make a perfect food. When they can be economically raised (and where in a grass country can they not?) make the most of them. Eaise all the roots you can, (in the West carrots and beets) to supplement your grasses with. But do not expect to fatten stock without grain. It cannot be done unless extra warmth is provided, and this is not economical. Never PASTUEAGE AND FEEDING FOR PROFIT. 793 attempt to fatten stock of any kind without due attention to comfortable shelter. For this, exi^ensive structures are not necessary. We have fat- tened cattle in Restructure of posts and poles covered with hay and em- banked at the sides, and with no flooring but the natural earth, but with a thick bedding of straw. Yet, if the means of the farmer will allow, a good frame structure will pay, simply in the lessened cost of labor in care, feeding and cleaning. Once you begin to fatten, never allow the stock to lose, but keep them going right along, and increase the richness of the food as the animal progresses to ripeness. Hay will bring a steer into tolerable condition for fattening. Then he will stop. Good pasture will carry him still farther. He will make good, succulent, healthy beef, but cannot be made fully fat on grass. Hence, he must at least be finished off with grain. Indeed, to make him '* ripe " (fully fat) meal and even oil-cake must be used. XVIII. Finishing a Steer. If the steer has been liberally fed from a calf, he will be ready to begin fattening the spring he is three or four years old, according to the breed —if a Short-Horn or Hereford, at two years old perhaps. Turn him on pasture and add what soaked corn or meal he will eat ; give him shelter from the heat and flies. If the aftermath is good add pumpkins, or corn in the husk, as soon as it begins to glaze ; and continue increasing the corn as the grass fails. Do not let 3^our steers suffer for want of shelter from storms, and when the grass gives out put them in a warm stable, and finish them with meal, or meal and oil-cake, allowing of the best hay not over ten pounds a day, with a peck, daily, of roots or the equivalent in pumpkins, as long as they last. If the steers are to be continued in the fields — where the climate and shelter will admit — feed shocked corn, and let store cattle and hogs consume the leavings. Thus you may always have them in condition to sell when the price suits. XrX. When to SeU. Sell in the fall or early winter if the demand will warrant it- If not, keep the steers until the price coincides with your views. Your ))ooks should tell you just how much your cattle have cost, and just what the profits would be at any time, if you weigh them on your home scales, or those nearest you; you will have cattle that buyers Avill always come to you for in either case. And if they are stall-fed — as we have shown how to stall-feed — they will always bring the price of fancy beef; and two to three cents advance over the price of half -fattened beef is just where the profit of feeding lies. CHAPTER XV. DAIRYING AND BUTTER MAKING— DAIRY BUILDINGS. L CAUSES OF CHANGES IX MILK. II. MTLKI.NG TITE COW. III. THE BARN. IV. jnXK UTENSILS AND THBIK CAKE. V. HANDLING OF MILK AFTER IT IS DRAWN. VI. THE CREAM SEPARATOR AND ITS OPERATION. VII. SEPARATING THE MILK. VII. RIPEN- ING THE CREA.Nf. IX. THE CHURN. X. CHURNING. XI. WORKING TEtE BUTTER. XIL CARE OF UTENSILS. The principles of making butter are easily understood. When studied from the standpoint of present knowledge, most of the mystery that for- merly surrounded the work of the butter maker di.sappears. The making of good butter is not a system of ''rule of thumb," but certain well-defined laws can be laid down, which, if followed, will insure success. On the farm the maker has control of every step in the process of making butter. Beginning with the supposition that the cows are normal and healthy, he starts Avith one ideal condition, namely, a source of pure milk. As the milk is drawn from the udder it should be free from any element that would cause its decomposition, but the fact that it will in a few hours become sour or show evidence that other changes have taken place proves that a foreign element is present to produce these changes. A study of these changes and their cause is the first and most important lesson for the butter maker. I. Cause of Changes in Milk. Everyone is familiar with the changes that often take place in milk and those which occur in the spoiling of fresh meats and vegetables, though the causas that produce these changes may not be apparent to the observer. It is also a matter of common experience that in hot moist weather these changes take place with much greater rapidity than in cold or dry weather. Everyone who has handled milk has learned that cleanli- nass in everything that comes in contact with it is one of the essential factors to success. Cold storage, such as may be supplied by the common household refrigerator, is also necessary for the keeping of milk and other perishable products in hot weather. The cause of the spoiling of fruit, vegetabl&s, meats, and milk was found to be minute plant life, or germs, called bacteria. It was discovered that these minute forms of life — so small that it takas a powerful magnify- ing gla.ss to see them — were the cause of all decomposition. A study of their life, habits of growth, the food on which they lived, the kind of sub- stance on which they could develop, and the temperatures most favorable to their growth revealed the scientific necassity for observing perfect clean- liness in all dairy utensils and for keeping the milk cold. It wds found that bacterial life is in evidence everywhere, and only awaits the proper food, moisture, and warmth to cause the bacteria to multiply very rapidly. Just as a grain of corn grows when given proper moisture and warmth, so the germ life that finds its way into milk utilizes the food and warmth found there to grow and multiply, causing decomposition, 794 DAIRYING AND BUTTER MAKING DAIRY BUILDINGS. 795 It has been found that when milk or other perishable foods are kept free from bacteria they will not spoil; and, further, that foods of this nature when kept at low temperatures are very much longer in spoiling, although they may contain great numbers of germs. When milk and other products are heated to a high temperature the bacterial life is de- stroyed, and the products will keep for a long time if no additional bacteria gain access to them. II. Milking the Cow. Things for Milkers to Think About. — Too many milkers regard the work of milking as a dirty, disagreeable task. The work has r&solved itself into nothing more than the manipulation of the udder, and is to be hurried through with as quickly as possible. The element that takes from all drudgery its unpleasantness is wanting. That element is thinking along lines tending to improve the work. In the processes that attend the milking of a cow there is enough to cause the milker to study seriously the work that leads up to the making of a perfect pound of butter. Milk as it is drawn from the udder is nearly free from bacteria. Could it be kept in this condition it would keep for many hours before any perceptible change would take place. The first bacteria enter during the time of milking and are naturally from the cow and her surroundings. The manipulation of the udder works off hair, particles of skin, and in many instances particles of manure that adhere to the hair and udder. All of this material finds its way into the milk pail and carries with it great numbers of bacteria. The warm temperature and the presence of a congenial food supply that is in just the right physical condition cause these bacteria to multiply very rapidly, and unless something is done to check their growth souring or other evidence of decomposition will take place in a few houi-s. The rapidity with which these changas occur will depend almost entirely upon the temperature at which the milk is allowed to stand and the number of bacteria that find entrance to it. These facts are constantly in the mind of the careful dairyman. He knows that the first step is that of prevention. The work of milking should be performed in such a way that few bacteria will find their way into the milk. The milk should be cooled quickly and thoroughly immediately after it is drawn, in order to check the growth of those bacteria that will, under the best conditions, find their way into it. Cleaning the Cow. — All this leads to the conclusion that the cow must be carefully cleaned. This is as good for her general physical well-being as for the protection and purity of the milk. The card or the currycomb thoroughly but gently applied will remove all cojirse dirt, straw, or other matter clinging to the animal that would eventually find its way into the pail. Aside from carefully cleaning the cow with the card or currycomb, the parts immediately surrounding the udder and the udder itself should be wiped with a damp cloth. This had best be done just before the milking begins, as it will remove most of the dust which may still remain after carding and dampen that which is not removed, so that it will not fall into the milk pail. If the milking is to be done in the barn there are some 796 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Other important things that need attention. The air in the milking place mii^it be free from dust— it matters not whether the dust comes from the floor as a result of its recent cleaning, or whether the animals have stirred up the du.'^t in coming into the stalls, or whether it is caused by the distri- bution of feed in the racks and boxes. Dust in the air will find its way into the milk, bringing with it great numbers of bacteria. If the floors are du.*ty they should be lightly sprinkled, so as to prevent the stirring of the dust! Feed should not be distributed just before or during the milking hour. Clean Milkers. — Another thing of importance in connection w'ith milking is the condition of the hands and clothes of the milker. He should be clean personally, and should be required to go about his work in clean clothes. The milking should be done with dry hands. The habit of some milkers of wetting their hands with milk just as they begin is a filthy practice and the cause of much bad milk and poor butter. There is something in the presence of a milker in a white suit that calls for clean work, particularly if he is required to keep the suit clean while about his work. For this reason, as well as for the esthetic effect, many dairymen require their milkers to be dressed in white. The same principle is true in regard to whitewash on the interior of the barn. A carefully white- washed wall shows off cobwebs to their disadvantage, and they will usually be removed. There is something out of place if part of a builduig is kept clean and fresh — as a whitewashed wall, for instance — and other parts are a mire of filth. "Whitewashed walls go with clean floors, and the two with a white-clad milker will usually insure clean milk. HI. The Barn. Construction and Care. — It will be seen from the preceding paragraph that the barn and its care have an important influence in the production of pure milk. As it is impossible to secure pure milk in a dirty dark barn reeking with odors of manure, its construction must be taken into account. Plenty of air space must be provided in order to insure pure air, from 900 to 1,000 cubic feet being needed for each animal. An abundance of window space must be provided. Enough light should enter to enable one to read a newspaper in the darkest places. The ventilation should be such that the air is changed every few minutes. Anyone contemplating a new barn or a reconstruction of an old barn to conform with the ideas here mentioned should secure some good treatise on barn construction and ventilation. It is evident to any observer that one of the difficulties in securing good milk is the dark, poorly ventilated and constricted barns, containing rotten wooden floors that can not be cleaned. Concrete is the best material for floors. It is economical and can be easily kept clean. If wood is used in floor construction, it should be closely laid in pitch and kept in perfect repair. The interior of the barn should be kept well cov- ered with whitewa.sh, which acts as a purifier and makes the rooms much lighter. Stalls and feed boxes should be simple in construction and easily cleaned. DAIRYING AND BUTTER MAKING DAIRY BUILDINGS. 797 IV. Milk Utensils and Their Care. Character of Utensils. — Not all of the bacteria that find their way into milk come from the cow or the barn. Often milk pails, strainers, cans, and other utensils used for handling milk are the source of such trouble. Faulty construction of these vessels is very common. There should be no hidden, inaccessible places in milk vessels. The seams should be soldered over smoothly, inside and out. Cheap tinware is not usually well soldered, and if such is purchased it should be taken to the tinner to have all seams carefully gone over, closing up all that are open and can not easily be cleaned. Galvanized iron is sometimes used for milk pails and other dairy vessels, but it should not be, as the galvanizing is rough on the surface . and affords hiding places for innumerable bacteria. Wooden vassels should not be tolerated, under any condition, for holding milk, for it is impos- sible to keep them clean. Rusty tinware, besides its effect in imparting rusty or metallic flavor to the milk, is objectionable for the same reason. Good tin is the only practicable material for milk vessels, and this must be kept shining and bright. Cleaning the Utensils. — The proper Avashing of milk utensils is some- thing that is often misundei-stood. All milk should be rinsed from the surface of the tin before it comes in contact with boiling water, as the heat will cook the milk onto the surface, forming a coating very difficult to remove. If this coating is not removed, it furnishes food and place for bacterial growth. This is especially true around places liable to remain moist. After rinsing the vessel free from milk, it may then be washed in hot water. There should be added to the water some good cleansing com- pound. Some of the so-called washing po\xders are very objectionable, as grease of some kind is used principally in their make-up. When such powders are used a coating of thick grease will be formed around the edges of the sink or pan containing the wash water. All such compounds should be discarded. Powders can be procured that are guaranteed to contain no grease, and they are usually excellent cleansers. If these are not obtain- able, the best thing to use is ordinary commercial sal soda and a little borax, which are cheap and effective. For scrubbing the surfaces of milk vessels a good brush should be used. There is nothing more objectionable for this purpose than a cloth, particu- larly the cloth that has been used for washing the dinner dishes, or the pots and pans. A good hand brush can be purchased for a few cents. It is the most effective and can easily be kept clean. Drying and Sunning Utensils. — The final rinsing of dairy vessels should be in boiling hot water. If they are allowed io remain a few min- utes in the hot water, all the better. The heat will reach every part, and be continued long enough to destroy all bacterial life. After the rinsing in boiling wat^r, the surface will quickly dry and should be allowed to do so naturally. Turn the vessel so that it will drain, and in a few moments the heat in the metal will dry the surface. A cloth for drying can rarely be kept clean, and for this reason does more harm than good. It is an 798 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. excellent pmctice to stand the paiLs and other milk v&ssels in the sun so that the rays will reach every part of the inside. Most species of bacteria can not live in the direct rays of the sun. For thLs reason milk rooms and similar rooms for handling milk products, except cold-storage rooms, should be built so that the sunlight can enter in abundance. Dairy rooms are iLsually damp, and if dark will permit the growth of molds and the development of bacteria, and will speedily become unfit as places to keep milk. The troubles with stringy, or ropy, milk usually occur in places of this kind, and can be overcome by a thorough cleansing and the admis- sion of plenty of air and sunlight. V. Handling of Milk After It Is Drawn. Milk is often spoiled by allowing it to stand in the barn too long after it is drawn. It readily absorbs odors from the air, and odors of the barn are usually very much in evidence. For this reason the milk should be quickly removed to a jilace free from odors. The Milk Room. — If milk is placed in a cellar or cave where there are decaying vegetables or fruits it will quickly absorb the odors from them. Such places are entirely unfit for the storing of milk. The dairy- man should have a building set apart from the barns or other places from which objectionable odors might come, for the exclusive use of the dairy. This building need not be very large, but must be constructed so that it can be easily kept clean and cool. A cement floor should be laid, as it is the easiest to clean, is cool, and does not rot from moisture. If the walls are built of stone, brick, or concrete, so much the better, for such walls keep out the heat. The roof construction should be such that it will effectually turn the heat of the sun. If the roof is not of concrete, it should be built double so that an air current will pass between the upper and lower part. Walls and ceilings should be covered with cement plaster, whether wood or stone is used in their construction. This finish, if properly put on, is easy to clean and does not readily become affected with mold or decay. The Water Supply. — Provision must be made for an abundance of water and the pumping arrangement must be such that the fresh water from the well or spring will flow through the dairy house. It should run into a tank built deep enough to allow the complete submerging of the milk and cream cans. The tank should have sufficient width and length to hold all that it may be necessary to use. A tank built up of concrete and finished with a cement surface is the most economical in the long mn and is much more satisfactory. Provision must be made for draining it out for purposes of cleaning. Wooden tanks are usually a source of trouble from leaks and decay. Iron tanks do not last long, because they become rusty. Cooling Arrangements. — If the dairyman has ice, the problem of cool- ing is very simple. Broken ice can be placed in the tank about the cans. There are plans for building ice houses with refrigerators connected, bui, DAIRYING AND BUTTER MAKING DAIRY BUILDINGS. 799 all purposes considered, the refrigerator can be built with most economy and with better sanitary arrangement if it is constructed separate from the ice house. The common ice chest in which the products to be cooled are placed in the box with the ice is a very satisfactory way for handling cans of milk or cream. For other products it is not so satisfactory, as it is not dry enough, and if the articles are small does not afford shelf room for them. • Use of Steam. — In a moderate-sized dairy there should be added to the equipment a small steam boiler which should be in a room separate from the dairy. There is always need of steam, and the additional cost involved is but little compared with the benefits obtained. If steam can not be provided, a small hot-water heater of some kind should be used. It is essential to have plenty of boiling water for puiposes of washing and scalding milk vessels and the floors and walls of the building. It is not within the province of this bulletin to go into details of con- struction in the matter of dairv' building's. The ideas here given are gen- eral in nature and involve principles that should be followed in any con- struction. VI. The Cream Separator and Its Operation. Advantages of Mechanical Separation. — There are two general methods in practice for creaming the milk. One is to place the milk in shallmv pans or deep cans and allow the cream to rise by gravity. The other is the use of the centrifugal separator. As the separator is fast displacing the old method, space will be given here for a discussion of separation by centrifugal force only. The dairyman can not afford to be without a separator. It removes practically all of the butter fat from the milk, while the old method of gravity skimming will leave from one-eighth to one-fourth of the butter fat in the milk. The cream from the centrifugal machine is of finer quality, and a much better j)roduct can be made from it. The skim milk is fresh and sweet for feeding and is far superior to that from the gravity system. There are numerous kinds of mechanical .separators on the market, but they differ in detiiils of construction rather than in the principles on which they work. The dairyman should thoroughly understand these principles. In selecting a separator one should first determine its value for good work, and then examine its mechanical construction to see if it will stand long use. The Principles of Separation. — The force that is used to separate the milk is known as centrifugal force. This force may be described as the pull that is felt when a weight attached to a string is whirled about the hand. It is the pull outward, and the faster the weight is whirled the stronger the pull becom&s. In the old system of creaming, the separation is caused by the action of gravity. The fat globules, being lighter than the other portions of the milk, are forced to the top; that is, gravity acts etronger or pulls harder on the heavier portions than it does on the lighter, 800 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. and the milk is gmdually arranged in layers, the lighter portion at the top and the heavier portion at the bottom. The force acting in the sepa- rator has precisely the same action on the milk, but acts outward from the center of the bowl the same as gravity acts downward from the surface, only many thousand times stronger, accomplishing in a few moments and far more completely what it takes gravity several hours to do. As the milk goe» into the bowl it is at once thrown to the outermost parts and fills the bowl completely until an opening is reached where it will flow out again. The surface of the milk is on a line parallel with the center, or axis, of the \yo\\\, and is exactly in line with the cream outlet. A cross section througli the bowl from this surface to the outside presents much the same appearance as would a pan of milk after the cream has raised by gravity. The cream is on the surface, which might be called the top, and the heavier portions of the milk at the point farthest from the center, which would represent the bottom. With this understanding of the arrangement of the milk in the bowl there are a number of things to be observed which influence the separa- tion. The difference in length of time it takes to separate cream by gravity and by centrifugal force shows plainly that the time varies with the amount of force applied. The shorter the time the greater the force must be. Skim milk from the separator contains less fat than that secured by the gravity system, showing that the greater force causes more perfect separation. From the above statements the following conclusions regarding the ues of the separator may be drawn : (1) If the amount of milk that passes through the separator in a given time is a fixed quantity, any increase in the speed of the machine will tend to cause closer skimming because of the greater force exerted; (2) if the amount of milk that passes through in a given time is increased and the speed remains the same the skimming will not be so perfect, for the centrifugal force is not exerted on the milk so long a time. It is evident, therefore, that the closeness of skimming is the result of two factors — time and force. If either of these is de- creased, the result will be poorer work. If either is increased, better work will result. Common Errors in Operating Separators. — Two errors are made in operating separators because of ignorance of the facts just stated. The f'rst consists in allowing too nmch milk to pass through the machine. As theie is a limit to the practical speed at which the machine can be safely run, it is not good practice to try to overcome the error referred to by increasing the speed bej'Ond the safe point. The feed outlet is usually fixed so that too much milk will not run through, but cases have been known where operators, anxious to shorten the time of separation, have enlarged the opening, allowing too much milk to pa=s. This error is not so conmion as the second, which is to allow the speed of the machine to become too slow. The slow speed does not generate enough force to skim properly, and the result is loss of butter fat in the skim milk. The number of revolutions per minute required by a machine is usually indicated on DAIRYING AND BUTTER MAKING DAIRY BUILDINGS. 801 the machine or in the instruction book belonging to it, and this should be ritrictly followed. Best Temperature of Milk for Separating. — All liquids flow more readily when warm than cold. This is not as noticeable with milk as it may be with molasses, but the principle holds just as true and is readily shown in the separation of milk. Everyone has observed that cold cream does not flow as readily as warm cream. As cream is one of the products of separation and has to flow from the machine through a small opening or outlet, it is seen that the warmer it is the more readily it will flow. If the flow of cream is checked, more milk will be forced out of the skim- milk outlet, and if the obstruction to the flow becomes too great, butter fat will go out with the skim milk, because it can not move fast enough through the cream outlet. For this reason the nearer the temperature of the milk approaches the animal heat the better will be the separation. While some machines are supposed to skim milk as cold as 60° to 65° F., it is not good practice, because the skimming will not be so close. The milk should be at a temperature of 80° or higher. It will be seen, there- fore, that a third factor, in addition to rate of feed and speed of machine — namely, the temperature of the milk — has a direct bearing on separa- tion, and it may be accepted as true that the warmer the milk the better the work. Summary of Points to Be Observed. — To sunnnarize, the points in the operation of a separator, given in their order of importance its bearing on the quality of the work, are as follows: First. The speed of the separator must be uniform and up lo Llie standard required by the makers of that particular machine. Second. The temperature of the milk should be such as will make it How readily; the warmer it is the more perfect will be the separation. Third. The amount of milk that is run through the machine shuuld remain constant, and should not be incre"ased over that which is intended for the machine. Fourth. The machine should be set on a solid base or foundation, so that there will be no jar or shaking about as it is turned, such as would tend to interfere with the even flow of the milk through the bowl and thus destroy its efficiency in skimming. Fifth. The separator must be kept thoroughly and scrupulously clean, particular care being taken that none of the tubes through which the milk flows become obstructed in any way. Sixth. The test of the cream can be readily changed by changing either the cream outlet or the skim-milk outlet. In the mechanical operation of a machine none but the best oil should be used, and this should not be allowed to gum or become dirty on the bearings. It is good practice to flush the bearings with kerosene occa- sionally by making a run with kerosene in the oil cups. This will serve 802 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMrLETE STOCK DOCTOR. to cut out any gum or dust that has accumulated in the bearings and ^^'ill make the machine run nuich freer and easier, thus greatly increasing the length of time that it will last and do perfect work. VII. Separating the Milk. The milk should be separated as soon as possible after milking, while it still contains the animal heat. Use of Strainers. — If milk has been handled in a cleanly way during milking it can be poured directly into the supply can of the separator without straining. The dairyman who depends upon the strainer to clean the milk rather than using cleanly methods of milking is the one who makes the poorer butter. If it is necessary to strain the milk a very fine wire strainer should be used. It is very difficult to keep a cloth strainer in good condition, and if not kept in good condition it is a seed bed for trouble. When a strainer cloth becomes yellow it rarely ever smells clean, indicating that decomposition is going on and that it is not fit to use. For this reason it is best to discard strainer cloths entirely. If a strainer other than wire is used, it is best to employ some material such as absorb- ent cotton that can be thrown away at the end of each njilking. Operating the Machine. — Before starting the separator the operator should look carefully after the bearings or wearing parts, putting a drop or two of oil on each and noting whether the oil cups are dropping prop- erly. Instructions for care and oiling come with each machine and they should be heeded. The makers have studied this problem and are bound for their own protection to give proper instructions for operation. In the winter time when the separator bowl and i)arts are cold it is best to pour a quart or so of hot water through the machine just as it is started. This warms up the surfaces and prevents the milk from sticking as it would if cold. It also makes the cleaning of the separator much easier and pre- vents its clogging up at the start. Bring the machine gradually up to its normal speed and then turn the milk in .slowly until the valve is wide open. Keep a constantly uni- form motion of the handle during the entire run. When all of the milk has passed from the supply can -d quart or so of the skim milk should be caught and poured through to flush out the cream that will remain in the bowl. Unlass this is done some of the butter fat will adhere to the surface and a small amount remain in the center of the bowl, not being able to get out of the machine because there is no more milk flowing in to force it through. Pouring in the skim milk forces it all out. Warm water may be used for this purpo.se but usually it is not so convenient. Care of Cream After Separation. — The first work on completion of the separation should be the care of the cream. It is the product for which all of the previous work has been performed and it is woi-se than folly to neglect it now it is secured. The cream must be cooled at once to check the growth of bacteria. The best method for doing this is to place it in a deep, narrow pail immersed in cold water just punii)ed from the well, DAIRYING AND BUTTER MAKING DAIRY BUILDINGS. 803 and then stir it gently until it is brought down to nearly the temperature of the water. A good dairy thermometer must be a part of the equipment of every dairy, and all temperatures should be taken with it — not by guess. It will take but a few minutes to cool the cream down in the man- ner described. As soon as it is cooled cover the pail in such a way that it can be entirely submerged in the water. The ordinary shotgun can, as it is commonly called, having a cover that fits over the outside coming down about two inches, with catches to hold it in place, is the best kind of a vessel for cooling and holding cream. When a can is entirely submerged it is protected from the heat of summer, the cold of winter, and the con- taminating odors that may he in the air; and the surface is effectually kept from drying, leaving the cream in as fine physical condition as when separated. Warm cream should never be mixed with cold. The result of mixing is always quick souring. The bacteria in the cold cream are dormant or inactive and will remain so if kept chilled. Just as soon as the tempera- lure of the cream is raised a little it quickens the life of the bacteria and they increase at a rapid rate, causing .souring in a very short time. Too much emphasis can not be given to the two points above mentioned — namely, the quick and thorough cooling immediately after separating and the caution in regard to the mixing of the warm and cold cream. It is of more importance to attend to the cream at once after the separating is finished than anything else at that particular time. The calves and pigs can wait for their skim milk, but bacteria in the cream wait for nothing until the temperature favorable to theit growth is reduced. In hot dry climates, where evaporation is excessive, another method for keeping milk or cream cool may be adopted. After the cream has been cooled as described, instead of submerging the can in a water tank it can be set out in the open under anything that will protect it from the sun. A pail of water should be set on the lid. A cloth stitched along the edges to form a sack must then be dipped in the water and slipi)ed down over the pail and can, bringing it clear to the floor, with the upper end turned down into the water. This cloth or sack serves as a siphon and will gradually empty the pail, the water moving up the edge and down to the floor. From a cloth thus kept wet the evaporation will be very great, and the can and its contents under the cloth will be kept cool even in the hottest weather. In fact, the hotter and drier the air the greater the cooling eft'ect, as there will be more rapid evaporation. In using the tank for keeping cream cool, it must not be forgotten that the water must be kept fresh. If a constant stream is not running through the tank the water should be changed at least twice or three times during the day. The frequency should depend upon the coolness of the room in which the tank is kept. Cleaning the Separator.— Yerj soon after the separation has been completed the separator should be cleaned. It is imperative that it be washed every time after it is used, and the sooner it is washed the easier will be the operation. The general directions for washing dairy tinware 804 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. apply to the parts of the separator that come in contact with the milk. In cleaning the machine the frame should not be neglected. Sometimes an operator thinks it is useless to spend time to keep it clean, as it does not come in direct contact with the milk. In most cases where a machine is found to be dirty and grimy, it will be found out of repair in other ways. The bearings will usually be gummy, and if examined the machine will be found to be out of level, and more often than otherwise the parts that come in contact with the milk will not have been properly cleaned. VIII. Ripening the Cream. Up to the point of ripening the cream the dairyman has been trying to keep his cream as free as possible from bacteria and to check the gro\\i;h of all that may get into it, but from this point on the work w411 be quite different. Cream prepared as described in the foregoing paragraphs should be perfectly sweet, and if cooled properly will remain so for a number of hours. In fact it can be preserved four or five days if kept at a temperature below 50° F. It might be churned in this condition and a quality of butter made that is in demand in a limited way, but, prac- tically speaking, all butter used in this country is churned from rour cream. Sweet-cream butter to most users tastes flat and insipid. IX. The Churn. Barrel Churn the Best. — Taking the barrel churn as best for the farm butter maker, he should know how to get the most out of it. In this form of churn the concussion of the cream necessary to do the churning is secured by the fall of the cream as the churn is revolved. The faster the churn is revolved the greater number of concussions per minute will be secured. But if the churn is whirled so fast that the centrifugal force cre- ated holds the cream from falling no churning will take place. Cleaning the Churn. — Churns are usually made of wood, and their care is an important factor. When ready to clean, the churn should be rinsed out with cold water to remove all buttermilk, salt, etc. ; it should then be partially filled with boiling water, the lid put on and fastened loosely, so steam can escape, the draining plug withdrawn, and the churn whirled. The pressure on the inside caused by the creation of steam from the hot water will force water into every nook and crevice of the churn. After a few revolutions the water should be drawn off and another lot, boiling hot, added, and the whirling repeated. Empty this out and let the churn stand so it will drain a few minutes, and then turn the opening up and let it dry. The heat in the wood will dry it out rapidly, and there will be no chance for mold to grow. An occasional rinsing out wath lime water will help to keep a churn sweet. All other wooden daii*y utensils should be rinsed, scalded, and dried w'ith the same care. X. Churning. The process of churning is the gathering into a mass of the butter fat in the cream. The butter fat exists in the cream in minute globules, each DAIRYING AND BUTTER MAKING DAIRY BUILDINGS. 805 independent of the others, and any agitation tends to bring them together, the force of the impact causing them to adhere to each other. As the agitation is continued these small particles of butter grow larger by addi- tion of other particles until a stage is reached where they become visible to the eye, and if the churning is continued long enough all will be united in one lump of butter in the churn. Temperature. — The time that it takes to churn depends largely on the temperature of the cream at the beginning. If the cream is quite warm, the butter will come very quickly; if it is too cold, the churning may have to be prolonged, in some instances for houre, before the butter granules will become large enough to free themselves from the buttermilk. The temperature at the beginning should be regulated accordingly. It is usually considered that about thirty to thirty-five minutes' churning should bring the butter. With different seasons of the year the tempera- tures will have to be varied somewhat in order to have the butter come in this length of time. It is necessary in hot weather to churn at a tempera- ture as low as 50° or 55° F., while in the winter months, when the cows are on dry feed and the weather is cold, it is often nec&ssary to raise the churning temperature to 60° or 65°. Cases have been known where under some peculiar feed condition the temperature had to be raised to as high as 80° F., in order to make the butter gather at all. Trouble of this kind rarely ever occurs when the cows have succulent feed in winter, such as silage or roots. Occasionally some peculiar fermentation takes place in the cream, causing difficult churning, but this is a result of carelessness somewhere, and can be remedied by a thorough cleaning up of the premises. Washing arid Saltmg the Butter. — It is important to know at just what point to stop churning. For best results in freeing the granules from the buttermilk and incorporating the salt it is considered that the butter granules should be about the size of beans or grains of corn, possibly a little larger. The churn is then stopped, and the buttermilk allowed to drain. After the buttermilk is well drained from the butter granules an amount of water about equal in volume and of the same temperature as the buttermilk should be added, and the churn given four or five revolu- tions, slowly, so that the water will come in contact with every particle of butter and wash out the remaining buttermilk. As soon as the wash water has drained well from the butter granules, salt .should be added. The amount of salt used wall depend entirely on the demands of the consumer. Usually about one ounce of salt for each pound of butter will be necessary. If the ordinary barrel churn is used, which is perhaps the best form made, the salt may be added in the churn. By giving the churn a few revolutions the salt will be quite thoroughly incorporated with the butter. It should stand in this condition for a few minutes, until the salt becomes more or less dissolved, before the working of the butter is begun. 806 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XI. Working the Butter. Table Workers. — For working the butter some form of table worker is best to use. The butter bowl and paddle never give as good results be- cause the butter will almost invariably be greasy, owing to the sliding motion of the jiaddle over the butter. The table workers commonly used are of two kinds — one having a stationary bed and a roller, either corru- gated or smooth, arranged so that it can be passed back and forth over the surface of the butter; the other having a movable bed, revolving on a center, usually under two corrugated rollers. Both of these forms will do good work if the operator undci-staiids their use. Suggestions as to Working. — If the salt and butter have been mixed in the churn the butter can be placed on the working table and the work- ing begun at once. After the butter has been pressed out with the roller it should be divided in the center, one part being laid over onto the other and the rollers passed over again. The process should be repeated until the butter assumes what is termed a waxy condition. If the working is continued for too long a time the butter will become salvy, having the appearance of lard, and will lose its granular structure, becoming weak- bodied. The firmness of the butter must be taken into account in deter- mining how long it should be Avorked. Usually the firmer the butter the more working it will stand and the more time it will need to thoroughly incorporate the salt and bring out the waxy condition. Testing Saltiness While Working. — During the process of working, the butter should be tested frequently to determine its saltiness, and if by mistake too much salt has been added it can readily be removed from the butter by pouring a little cold water over it as the working continues. The water washes out the excess of salt. XII. Care of Utensils. Care of Utensils. — The worker, paddles, and prints that come in con- tact with the butter need special preparation before the Avork is begun. They should first be thoroughly scalded, and the scalding should continue long enough to make the surface of the wood hot, after which it should immediately be rinsed with cold water. This operation opens up the pores of the wood and then causes them to contract and form a smooth surface to which the butter will not stick. It also thoroughly Avets the surface, which probably has a tendency to prevent the butter sticking. BOOK II PART II Diseases of Cattle HOW TO KNOW THEM; THliiR CAUSES, PRE- VENTION AND CURE 808 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOU. Ft^ . qualnr g^=--^ Second v"-^r lnUrmeO,HU: cute 6p(»«n I" S ^"'^«lme.' ^^M tnUr^d,ou- cuU, bet.^^ >"'« j-?ual.0e, l-:».''^;^'.-Sa Third guflli^- FIGURE 1 ll!r|:"^'ilii!!!l!l i>^ quoLty FIGURE 2. The difference in the appreciation and value of the various cuts of meat in London and Paris is very great; and as these rules have been introduced also in the large cities of America, our stocii-breeders are vitally interested, and should study this question, so they may know what portions of tiie body to develop by a judicious choice of breeding animals. For instance, a pound of the fillet represented by Nos. 4 and 5 in figure 1. and No. 1 in figure 2, is worth 44 cents in Paris, while the portions 13, 14 and 15 in figure 2, bring only 123^ to 14 cents. Nothing pays better than judicious and intelligent breeding of our meat supplies; and as the demand grows with tlie in- crease of population, the question assumes greater importance with each succeeding year. Diseases of Cattle. CHAPTER I. GENERAL PRINCIPLES. I. IMPORTANCE OF THIS DEPARTMENT OF PRACTICE. II. PATHOLOGY OF CATTLE AND OF THE HORSE COMPARED. III. ACTION OF REMEDIES IN CATTLE. IV. THE ONLY SAFE PRINCIPLES FOR MOST CATTLE OWNERS. V. FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH THE PHENOMENA OF HEALTH. VI. THE PULSE, RESPIRATION AND TEMPERATURE. VII. OTHER SPECIAL SIGNS OF DISEASE. As cattle occupy a foremost place in the wealth and resources of the country, furnishing its beef, milk, butter and cheese, and, as secondary products, its hides, tallow, glue, animal charcoal, etc., the prevention of disease among thorn — especially of contagious diseases — and their treat- ment when sick become very important, not only from a financial standpoint, but also from considerations of the public health and com- fort. II. Pathology of Cattle and of the Horse Compared. Cattle are a phlegmatic, plethoric race of animals, intended by nature to eat large quantities of bulky food, to be prepared for digestion while quietly lying down, by the process of rumination, and to take but little exi^rcise. This f:it, plethoric condition of the system renders them more susceptible to certain classes of diseases than the horse, especially to the blood poisons, that witli them are so rapidly and certainly fatal, such as rinderpest, anthrax and Texa:^ fever. On the other hand, their nervous organization being much less sensitive, they are not nearly so liable to attacks of such disorders r.s tetanus, r.aralysis, etCo Cattle not being fed to produce muscle without fat, are not subject to lameness and disease of the :ur=-pa8Sc.ges to the same extent as the horse, with whom speed and endurance arc the main points. In fact, soundness or unsoundness, as the terms arc used by horsemen, is of little importance to tho cattle owner, so long as the animal ca:^ move w th any degree of comfort at all; while such affections of wind-pr\csages as roaring, whist'ing anl heaves are to him nnknowno Still, that distressing, .ncur- able diseas:, so common in the human rf.ce, pulmonary consumption 809 810 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. is very prevalent among cattle, especially milch cows, probably on account of the drain on them of giving milk; this weakens the system, making them more susceptible to the infection. It is thought by many to be pri- marily a bovine disease, the horse seeming to possess an almost totai immunity to it. On account of their lower grade of vitality, they are more susceptible to influences that develop local diseases, as, for example, the miasma ol low, marshy ground, especially that Avhich has been overflowed ; and also to poor fodder, from must, or being affected with ergot, etc. There is a peculiar sympathy in disease among cattle, as is illustrated in regard to abortion. It is a familiar experience that if one cow aborts through accident, one or more of the others will abort through sympathy. Owing to theirnatural tendency to plethora, cattle seem peculiarly pre- disposed to malignant ulcers, swellings, glandular enlargements and even gangrene. To these they are more subject than any other of the domes- tic animals. The nostrils, pharynx, larynx and trachea (wind-pipe) are much smaller than in the horse, which is one reason why they cannot travel so fast nor so long as the latter, — the wind fails. This also explains why suffocation is a more imminent danger in cases of throat inflammation in cattle than in horses, needing specially prompt and active treatment, even to the op- eration of tracheotomy. The different arrangement of the digestive apparatus in cattle as com- pared with the horse, is very marked, the former having four distinct stomachs, while the latter has only one stomach, but a greater length of intestines, which are also much more sensitive. Inflammation of the bowels, so common with the horse, is quite rare with the ox. Cattle are less tolerant of disease and pain than the horse. They give up in discouragement, after one or two attempts, and pine away under pain very fast. They soon become indifferent to life, often refusing ta make one effort to rise when perfectly able to do so ; and, as weakness follows more rapidly in inflammatory diseases, these require more energetic measures and an earlier administration of tonics and stimulants than when treating the horse. III. Action of Remedies in Cattle. Eemembering the phlegmatic nature of cattle, remedies work very dif- ferently with them than with the horse. Medicines should always be given them in liquid form, and more bulky than for the horse ; and they should contain something in the nature of a mild stimulant to hasten their passage through the first three stomachs, and onto the fourth stomach and intestines, where they can be taken up into the system by the absorbents. GENERAL PRINCIPLES. ^H Aloes, though so excellent a purgative for horses, is of no use with cattle ; while epsom suits, that are so drastic and cold for horses, on cattle work like a charm. Calomel and other forms of mercury act violently on cattle, salivating them very soon, and is excreted through the milk, often affecting sucking calves seriously. Oils, used as purga- tives, act Avell on cattle, and especially melted lard. Mustard, as a blister, acts with more vigor on cattle than on the horse, but turpentine less. IV. The Only Safe Principles for Most Cattle Owners. But few outside of the more common diseases of cattle will be treated of in this work, the better to adapt it for its ready use, as a book for reference, by the average stock owner ; and the recipes will ho as few and simple as they can be made without detracting from their value. It is a mistake to suppose that any great variety of A'iolent drugs can be used with advantage l)y the public general l3^ The public would, no doubt, learn by experience, but it would be at the cost of losing many valuable animals. What we advocate and would like to instil into the minds of our readers, in conjunction with the importance of thorough preventive measures, is to treat the ordinary diseases as early and vigorously as pos- sible, with the simplest efficient remedies, and when any extraordinary case arises requiring more violent means, to employ an educated, well qualiii e d ve t e r i n a ry s u rge o n . V. Familiarize Yourself with the Phenomena of Health. As it is obvious that no person is fitted to treat disease who is unable to distinguish at least its prominent symptoms, every stock owner should familiarize himself with the ordinary phenomena of health, espe- cially with the pulse, respiration and temperature. Scarcely less im- portant than these, in many forms of disease, are the appearance of the hair and skin, and that of the e^^e ; the jmsture and movements ; and the character and frequency of the appetite, and also of the discharges. VI. The Pulse, Respiration and Temperature. The normal pulse in cattle ranges from lifty to fifty-five per minute ; in old animals, but especially in calves, it is somewhat more. The pulse is the most conveniently taken from the artery passing up along the lower part of the neck on either side just under the cervical vertebra?, or else that beneath the tail. In health it is softer and less tense than it is in the horse The breathing it requires no special skill to diagnose — only a moderate amount of practice. The soft, rustling sound of the healthful " respira- tory murmur," when the ear is placed to the chest, is altogether changed when there is any ailment affecting the lungs or air passages. The num- ber of respirations per minute (ordinarily ten to fifteen in cattle) can b? 812 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. easily counted by the heaving of the chest. Some practice, however, will be required to make one a first-rate judge of the sound obtained by percussion, which, in health, is always clear and resonant. Percussion consists in placing the foretinger of the left hand upon the chest, and striking it smartly with the ends of the first three fingers of the right hand. The temperature, in all animals, is a vital index of unsurpassed value. It can be approximately measured by feeling the skin, ears and legs, — in cattle the horns also, at their root. But what is termed the "clinical thermometer," which is so shaped that its bulb can be conveniently inser- ted into the rectum, (to remain two or three minutes), is infinitely better, as it gives results so much more exact. Its use has established the im- portant fact that different febrile disea.-^es have different ranges or tem- perature, each having its own "dead-line," beyond which recovery is im- possible. Thus, a horse with cerebro-spinal meningitis will certainly diti soon after reaching a temperature of 104 ® ; yet 108 ° or even 109 ^ by no means indicate a fatal termination, in a case of pneumonia. VH. Other Special Signs of Disease. A "staring coat," as it is termed, in which the hairs stand out like bristles, is an obvious symptom, and sometimes the only one, of a low state of health. Shivering, when the animal is exposed to only modeiv ate cold or to none at all, challenges immediate attention ; for it is, infal- libly, the ushering in of an attack of some disease, usually severe. Cold sweat coming out on the skin of an animal severely ill indicates a desper- ate, if not fatal, condition. The posture when standing, the method of lying down or getting up, the action in moving around, — these are all significant, and should be noted carefully. The countenance, and especially the eye, if observed closely, will betray the distress and pain which the dumb sufferer cannot express in words. The muzzle, which in health is moist, (or covered with "dew," as many call it), in disease, especially in fever, becomes unnaturally hot and dry or cold, and sometimes changed in color — sometimes paler, but more commonly injected with blood. One of the earliest signs of serious con- stitutional disturbance, as well as of certain special disorders, in the case of cattle, IS the suspension of rumination, — that is, ceasing to chew the cud. A nearly coincident general symptom, in cows, is the drying up of the milk. CHAPTER II. CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. I. CONTAGIOUS PLEURO-PNEUMONIA. II. RINDERPEST OR CATTLE PLAGUE. IIL TEXAS FEVER, SPANISH OR SPLENIC FEVER. IV. CONTAGIOUS ECZEMA, FOOT AND MOUTH DISEASE OR EPIZOOTIC APHTHA. V. ANTHRAX. VL VA- RIOLA VACCINAE OR COW-POX. VIL TUBERCULOSIS. VIII. CANCEROUS ULCERS AND OSTEO SARCOMA. IX. LUMPY JAW. X CONTAGIOUS ABOR- TION OF CATTLE. I. Contagious Pleuro-Pneumonia. This is the most fatal and contagious of the diseases to which cattle are subject, except rinderpest (a contagious enteric fever), which has never yet gotten a hold in America, and Texas or Spanish fever (si)lenic fever). It was first introduced into the United States in 1843, at Brooklyn, Loner Island, by a cow that was purchased from the caj^tain of an English vessel, and several times since then, at various other ports, in the bodies of im- ported cattle. It spread more or less slowly through parts of New York, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland, Delaware, Virginia, District of Columbia, Ohio, Illinois, Kentucky and Missouri. Through the combined efforts of the Federal government, exerted through the Bureau of Animal Industry, and the various state governments, it has been effectu- ally stamped out by quarantining and slaughtering all cattle in infected districts. This was done at an enormous expense, but it is the only way of radically ridding the country of this most insidious disease. It is a contagious fever of cattle, with local inflammation of the pleura, (the thin membrane lining the thorax and investing the lungs), and the lungs, accompanied by great prostration, and in its more malignant forms ending in death in a few days. It is, however, often slow in its develop- ment, weeks, or even months elapsing during which the contagion works in the system, before finally revealing its fatal symptoms. So terribly contagious is this disease, and so insidious in its spread, that exposed cattle may be transported long distances before it breaks out. The period of incubation is Very indefinite, ranging from eighteen days to two months. It develops in different cattle in all degrees of severity from a small focus of pneumonia, the size of a walnut, or a patch of pleurisy two inches in diameter, to a complete consolidation of both lungs, or a pleurisy involving every square inch of the lining of the chest. Mild cases appear to recover; they will show all the signs of good health, will feed well, fatten fast, cows will breed and give milk, as usual, but they do not recover; they simply 813 814 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. become chronic, and the focus of the disease is liable to break through the capsule that surrounds it, and reinfect that animal at any time, and thus form a new focus from which the disease may spread to other animals. Hence, the farmer suspecting it in his herd should at once apply to a competent veterinary surgeon, if there is one within reach, to verify the disease. If such expert authority be not at hand; kill the animal or animals at once, slash the skin to prevent any person from digging the animal up for the sake of the hide, and bury deeply; if quick lime can be gotten, use it freely over the carcass. Then disinfect carefully all stables and outhouses, and in case other animals are suspected, isolate and quarantine them and await developments. How to know it. — The earlier symptoms are apt to pass unnoticed. The first is a rise in temperature to 103° or 106° F., shown by intro- ducing a clinical thermometer into the rectum, the normal temperature being on an average of 101.5° F. ; there will be loss of appetite; a star- ing coat; slight shiverings; a hard, dry cough; a loss of milk; scanty urine, higher or darker colored than usual. Then will follow tenderness upon pressure between the ribs over the lungs; the cough will increase; and the breathing quicken; the nose will extend, the back be arched; the hind legs will be drawn under the body, and the elbows will be turned out. Later, there will be a watery or a more pronounced dis- charge of matter from the eyes and nose; obstin- ate constipation, or a watery foetid diarrhoea; a rapid weakening of the system, ending in death. Upon percussion (striking) over the lungs, there will be given back, in the earlier stages, a clear resonant sound; later, it will be dull and heavy. So, in the first stage, there will be a dry crackling sound; later, it will be a whistling Any of these may be easily distinguished Irom the sound occasioned by percussion upon an animal in health. In America pleuro-pneumonia does not show the most violent symptoms except in warm weather. Yet this very slow incubation shows the extreme PLEURO-PNEUMONIA. Section of affected lung in conta- gious pleuro-pneumonia. The thin end shows black hepatiza- tion; the center, red. At the thick end interlobular infiltra- tion and several blocked vessels are shown. or rough breathing sound CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 815 care that should be exercised in watchfulness. The seeds of the disease once in the system, the incubation is only a question of time, and warm weather will bring out the disease in all its intensity. But none of the above symptoms are conclusive of contagious pleuro-pneumonia, for all of them are seen in the non-contagious form of it. The history of the cases, one after another coming down with the same disease without any apparent reason for it in the way of exposure, the failure of the disease to respond to treatment, and the peculiar post mortem lesions found in it are the points to be relied upon in making a diagnosis. The characteristic post mortem lesions can be determined only by a competent veterinarian of experience with the disease. What to do. — As to remedial measures, it seems useless for the farmer to resort to them, since this is a disease that the veterinarian alone can cope with, and then only when perfect isolation may be had. The safest and also the cheapest plan, is prompt killing and burial of infected animals, thorough isolation of the rest of the herd, which should l)e fattened and marketed for beef under veterinary inspection at the time of slaughter, to determine what is fit or unfit for human food, and perfect disinfection of the premises. In the matter of disinfection, the easiest, cheapest and best way is to remove all animals from the barn or shed, and close it up tightly and burn sulphur in it for a couple of hours; then open and air it, and whitewash it thoroughly with lime. Prevention. — Proper quarantines of stock imported into this country, for a period of time sufficiently long to decide for a certainty that no latent contagion is hanging around them, say two months; destruction of all affected animals; and isolation of those that have been exposed to the con- tagion. Some very high authorities in Europe recommend inoculation of those that have been exposed, and even of whole herds and dairies. It is a disease, the occurence of which in an animal once, confers immunity from subsequent attacks. It is found that inoculation does not always produce the same disease, at least the disease produced by inoculation is not always located in the same place, but the constitutional effect is produced with the same result of immunity from subsequent attacks as the original disease; and the proportion of deaths among inoculated animals is small as compared with those who take the disease in its regular course. The conclusions arrived at by the Belgian Commission in regard to inoculation, as stated by Prof. Gamgee, are as follows: "1. The inoculation of the liquid extracted from the lungs of an animal affected with pleuro-pneumonia does not transmit to healthy animals of the same species the same disease, at all events so far as its seat is concerned. 2. The appreciable phenomena which follow the inoculation are those of 816 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. local inflammation which is circumscribed and slight on a certain number of animals inoculated; extensive and difl'use, with general reaction propor- tioned to the local disease, and complicated by gangrenous accidents on another number of inoculated animals, so that even death may result. 3. The inoculation of the liquid from the lungs of an animal affected with pleuro- pneumonia exerts a preservative influence, and invests the economy of the larger number of animals subjected to its influence with an immunity which protects them from the contagion of this malady, during a period which has yet to be determined." The losses sustained during the experiments of the Commission amounted to 11.11 per cent. The number of animals on which the effect of inocula- tion was benignant, was 61.11 per cent.; the proportion in which there was gangrene and loss of a portion of the tail, 27. 77 per cent. ; in twenty- one subjects the inflammation was very severe, and complicated by gan- grenous phenomena, causing the death of six; and, lastly, the recoveries amounted to 88.88 per cent. The place recommended to insert the virus is on the end of the tail, it being less liable to work violently, and terminate fatally from gangrene, when inserted there than at any other part. n. Rinderpest, or ContagiouB Enteric Fever. General Description. — Whatever may be said to the contrary, this terrible plague has never yet been introduced into any of the countries of the American hemisphere. At least, there is no well authenticated record of any case. Its ravages have been mostly confined to the herds of Europe and Asia, and especially to those of the southern portion of European Russia and adjacent districts. It is devoutly to be hoped it never will find its way to America, for it is terribly contagious, desperately fatal, and swift in its work of death. Where it originally started is not known. In Southern Russia, on the Asiatic steppes, in various parts of India, in Southern and Southwestern China, Cochin China, in Mongolia, Burmah, Hindostan, Persia, Thibet and Ceylon, it has long been known, and has been carried thence to various European States. The principle of contagion has not yet been discovered, but when once an animal is affected, it extends to every tissue and secretion. It is, how- ever, mostly contained in the secretions of the mucous membranes, and healthy animals will be infected by coming near infected animals, or near anything contaminated by their secretions and exhalations, and without actual contact. So, any object may be infected, and carry the disease indefinitely, as clothing, wool, hay, straw, litter, wood- work, for it may remain latent in any of these objects for a long time. Fortunately, air is CONTAGIOUS DISEASES, 817 said to be the most potent and effective means of destroying the virus; and hence, through aeration by a direct and continuous current of air is one of the best ways of diluting, and at length destroying, the seeds of this dread So quick is the development of the disease that death sometimes occurs after the second day, though usually after the fifth day; and an average of from seventy to eighty per cent, of the animals attacked die. Goats, sheep and deer are also attacked, and the probability is that all ruminating animals are subject to the contagion; but sheep and goats are not liable to so large a percentage of mortality as are neat cattle. Many of the symptoms of rinderpest occur in pleuro-pneumonia in its contagious form; also, in malignant catarrhal fever, and in foot-and-mouth disease. But pleuro-pneumonia is distinguished from rinderpest by the absence of the characteristic eruptions upon the mucous membranes. Malignant catarrhal fever is distinguished therefrom by the dimness of the transparent cornea of the eye, which in rinderpest remains clear. The foot-and-mouth disease differs from rinderpest by ulceration of the feet, and the less degree of fever. The alteration of the mucous membrane in rinderpest, heretofore spoken of, may very soon be observed in the vagina of cows, which becoii^es spotted or striped with red, and, in about twenty-four hours after, small yellowish white or gray specks are clearly distinguished on the red spots and stripes. These are formed by the loosening of the cuticle which may be rubbed off, leaving in its place a dark red depression. There is no known remedy for this disease, and hence the only security against its spread is in the enactment of the most stringent laws, first, for its prevention; second, for its extinction, by isolation of all suspected animals, and the prompt killing and burial of all infected ones. In this respect the laws of the German Empire are taQ most perfect, and our State and general governments might take a hsson therefrom, in dealing with pleuro-pneumonia and other malignant contagious diseases of animals, if the machinery of politics could be succi ssfully dissociated from the appointment of oflicers for the investigations sought When an animal has this disease and recc vers, he is rendered insus- ceptible to another attack. How to know it. — A perceptible rise in cie temperature of the body occurs about two days before any other symptoms present themselves; and it has been shown that the virus exists in the blood at the time a rise in temperature is first noticed. Inoculation with serum of the blood taken from an animal at this time, wiF pr jduce the disease. The temperature in the course of two days rises c> 104° or 105° F., when the following 818 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. symptoms will be noticed: Shiveiin colicky pains; sometimes a hiiskv coiu muscular twitching; restlessness; h; yawning; great dullness, with drooi)ing of the ears; occasional tits of delirium; the appetite is soon lost; the milk of cows is suddenly and entirely stopped, more so than in any other disease. In the later stages, the animal grinds its teeth; arches its back; draws its legs together; moans and grunts with each expiration, at which time the breath is held for an instant and then expelled with a grunt. At first the bowels are constipated, but fhis condition is soon followed by violent purging; the dry, hot, red condition of the eyes, nose and mouth, which exist in the early stage, is followed by a discharge of a glairy, watery character, soon running into an opaque and turbid form, which is very typical of the disease. In some cases the visible mucous membranes become altered in ap- pearance, by assuming a salmon- red appearance over t'le wnole extent, with deep crimson red patches dotted over the surface. When lying down, the head is usually turned upon the upper flank; the twitching of the mus- cles will b§ noticed more about the neck, shoulders and hind quarters. The discharges from the bowels are at first black, but soon change to a pale greenish brown; they are very foetid and are voided with much straining. The urine is scanty and high colored, and sometimes albuminous. The pulse rises to 120° to 140° per minute; the surface of the body gets deathly cold; weakness increases, the animal lying most of the time; the areolar tissue becomes, in most cases, bloated with air; the animal becomes drowsy, and soon after unconscious- ness sets in; the nostrils flap; the mucous membranes become lead-colored, with purple patches; flatulence supervenes, with involuntary evacuation of fceces, and death soon follows. Sometimes the eruption covers the entire body, and, again, it may be wholly wanting. III. Texas Fever, Spanish or Splenic Fever. This disease is indigenous to the lowlands of Mexico, Texas and other Southern States. It is due to a germ (micrococcus) that takes up its hab- itat in the red blood corpuscles, causing death by destroying them. These genns are carried from place to place and from animal to animal by Texas RINDERPEST. CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 819 ticks that infest the cattle in the South in large numbers. Southern native cattle become immune to the disease, but Northern cattle taken South take the disease and die. Southern cattle taken North, in warm weather, carry the ticks wdth them, from which the disease spreads by their biting the Northern cattle, or by the cattle eating the ticks that drop onto the grass, or by eating the excrement of the ticks. Frost kills the ticks; on this account it is considered sato to drive Southern cattle North during the winter, but fatal to Northern cittle during the summer. Southern cattle wintered in the North lose their immunity and then are susceptible to it, the same as Northern cattle. On acco';.ii • of the tremendous losses from this disease, the Western States have enc^Kied laws preventing Southern cattle from being driven North, except durmg the winter, and Illinois requires them to be shipped in special cars, into a special section of the Union Stock Yards, and driven to slaughter through special roads to avoid any danger of infecting Northern cattle that might be taken back to the country as feeders. The mortality runs from VO per cent, upwards. It has long been desired to take fancy Northern bulls South to improve the grade of Southern catcle, but until now it has been impossible to do so on account of their almost certain death from Texas fever, but now (1898) vaccination of such bulls, with an antitoxin got from the cultivation of the germs of it, is being quite extensively used with good success. The anti- toxin can be got from most of the Agricultural Experimental Stations, with directions how to use it. Incubation. — The stage of incubation is from seven to thirty-five daySo The blood undergoes a material change, and some of its elements escape into the various tissues of the body and into the urine, giving the latter a bloody appearance. How to know it. — As in pleuro-pneumonia, a marked symptom is an increase of heat, to 104° to 106°; the pulse rises from 40 beats a minute (the average for healthy steers) up to 120 a minute. The fever is generally preceded by a chill; the dung and urine become scanty, high colored, or bloody; the milk fails rapidly; yellow matter is discharged from the nos- trils and mouth; the animal assumes a peculiarly dejected look; the back is arched; the flanks become hollow; the gait unsteady or staggering, and the hair rough; the cough is more or less frequent; the urine coagulates on boiling; the mucous membranes are deep yellow or brown color, and that of the rectum dark red. There is but little trace of disease in the first thi-ee stomachs, but the fourth stomach shows congestion, and the intestines are still more gorged and blood-stained. The liver is not seriously affected, but the gall bladder is filled with thick, dark colored bile; the kidneys are also congested, and the secretion in the bladder is bloody or blood-stained; 820 CrCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. the spleen is much affected and enlarged. In a healthy animal the spleen should weigh a pound or a pound and a half; in cattle dying of Texas fever it has been known to reach a weight of eight pounds; hence, the specitic name of splenic fever. What to do,— Treatment for this disease, like that for pleuro-pneumonia and rinderpest, is not satisfactory in the majority of cases. There is this point, however, in the treatment — since cattle infested from Texans do not give it to others, and since isolation is a security against contagion, the animals should at once be put into comfortable quarters and receive good nursing. IV. ContagiouB Eczema, Foot and Mouth Disease, or Epizootic Aphtha. This disease is known in America, but it is very common in the older countries. Owing to its very short period of incubation — twenty-four hours to three or four days — there is very little danger of its importation; and quarantining any affected herds before allowing them to land, will effectually prevent its introduction. It is an eczematous or skin disease affecting the mouth, tongue, lips, feet, legs and udder. The contagion lies in the discharges from the mouth and feet, and the virus is strewn along the road and over the pastures by the droppings from the mouth, and the matter running from the feet, and is conveyed from field to field by small vermin, dogs, cats, etc. It is contagious to nearly all the lower animals and to man. It is not often fatal, EPIZOOTIC APHTHA OR FOOT , i •. i i . ,1 . , _,,_.^^ but it causes much loss to the stock owner, AND MOUTH DISEASE. ' through the loss of flesh in cattle that are being fattened, and the failure in milk, the supply being lessened by from one to two-thirds of the usual yield. The milk is affected not only in quantity, but contains much of the poison of the disease, and affects young animals to Avhich it is given warm, causing cramps, violent diarrhcea, intestinal irritation, which often prove fatal. It is considered by good authorities to be equally injurious to infants. By the aid of the microscope vibrioues, bacteria and monads are found, which appear to be more injurious to the consumer when the milk )s drank warm, fresh from the cow. Some authorities say to boil it before using, and others that this makes no difference, but it is certainly 'ess injiu'ious when it has stood a few hours and g(jt thoroughly cold. How to know it. — The usual symptoms are rough, staring coat; shiver- ing fits, dry, hot mouth and muzzle; pulse and temperature raised; the CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 821 mouth, tongue, lips, teats, udder and interdigital spaces become red, swollen and sore; on the second or third day little pustules break and discharo-e; saliva drolls from the mouth; the animal keeps working the tono-ne in great uneasiness; lameness in the feet is seen, the fever in them beino- sometimes such as to cause the hoofs to drop off, the joints to become opened, and extensive sloughing to take place. There is great inclination to lie down. The greatest damage to the feet ^,^^^ is seen among sheep and swine. "~ *^^ ^"^^'i^zm — The latter sometimes lose some epizootic aphtha. jj . , T -i 1 1 ladicatiousof the feet being affected. or the digital bones. What to do. — The treatment is of little consequence, as the disease runs a definite course, and usually tel-minates in recovery in aijout fifteen days. Give soft food to eat and a bountiful supply of clear cold water to drink; an ounce of saltpeter dissolved in each pail is an advantage. Pay the most attention to the feet, wash them clean and remove any horn that may be detached; if the inflammation and swelling are great, ai)ply a lin- seed poultice till there are raw surfaces, then change them to the followino- lotion : No. 1. 1 Ounce sugar of lead, 2 Drachms carbolic acid, 1 Ounce laudanum, Water to make one pint, Mix. Apply three times a day. When suppuration ceases, bind the feet up in tar bandages. If great weakness follows, Avith prostration and loss of appetite, give whiskey, brandy, etc., in oatmeal gruel. Give no purgatives, not even a laxative; for the bowels, although constipated at first, soon become loose and should not be interfered with, as that is one of the efforts of nature to expel the poison from the system; and never bleed. If extensive sloughing around the feet takes place, apply the following lotion: No. 2. One part carbolic acid, Eight parts olive oil. Mix. A-ppiy three times a day. V. Anthrax. This is known by many different names, according to the part attacked. and the impression made upon the mind of the person aescribing it— 822 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Black Leg, Black Quarter, Quarter III, Charbo?i, Chancre a la Langue, Sang de Rate, Mai de Sang, Splenic Apoplexy and Braxy in Sheep, Bloody Murrain, etc. Under the above names are included a group of diseases very virulent, malignant and contagious, appearing under different forms, externally and internally, and attacking the different species of lower animals and man, in an epizootic, enzootic or sporadic manner, according to the influences that produce it, or whether it is got by inoculation. It arises spontaneously in low, damp, rich pastures, and along the banks of overflowed rivers, or where ponds have ])een drained off or dried up, the soil containing a great amount of organic matter, and when cattle are fat- tened too fast, by feeding on rich, succulent food, especially clover. Long continued warm, dry weather, favoring the emanations of organic matter and miasmatic gases, with great changes in temperature between day and night, especially in a still atmosphere, favor its development. The main characteristic of the disease is black, tarry blood, that will not coagulate, and containing rod-like bodies {bacilli) containing spores, which are the active part of the virus. Blood containing these spores has been dried, reduced to dust, and kept four years, and found to be as active as ever in producing the fatal disease. (Koch.) The spores do not con- tinue to increase after death, and are not found in any great quantity. The rods are found in greatest quantity in the spleen. The spleen, liver and lymphatic glands enlarge and become soft. The bloody flux may lo- cate in any part of the body, with the tendency to gangrene, death and decomposition of the part affected, and the formation of gases that distend the tissues, making a crackling noise when the hand is passed over it. When it commences on one point of the surface, a small blister forms, gathers, breaks and dries up, and others form around it, and so on in con- secutive rings it spreads. This constitutes malignant pustule, and is the form it usually takes in man, got by inoculation, from handling carcasses and skinning animals dead from anthrax, handling dirty rags, etc. Anthrax has two distinct ways of manifesting itself, with external lesions and without them. To the former belong the black leg, black quarter, or bloody murrain, black tongue, Siberian boil plague, and carbuncular ery- sipelas of sheep and swme, and malignant sore throat of the latter; to the latter, all those having specific changes in the blood, with engorgement of of the spleen, exudations and blood-stained spots in the internal organs, and sudden death. The Siberian Boil Plagjie attacks horses, cattle, sheep, goats and pigs, and manifests itself in swellings on the sheath, udder, throat, breast, dew- lap, etc., which are hard, yellowish, and streaked with red, and sometimes spotted. The animals die in from twelve to twenty-four hours. This, inoculated into man, produces malignant pustule or charbon. CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. 823 Bkck leg or bloody murrain is not typical anthrax, but is anthracoid, with a special germ as the aetive principle of the virus, cheracterized by engorgment of a quarter or a leg, shoulder or a side. It usually occurs c. c, while bulls and very large animals may receive 3 c. c. 6. At 6 a. m. on the day following the injection of tuberculin com- mence taking temperatures, and continue every two or three hours until the twentieth hour after injection, at which time if there is no tendency for the temperature to rise the test may cease. 7. A rise of 2° F. or more above the maximum temperature observed on the previous day, providing the temperature after injection exceeds 103.8° F., should be regarded as an indication of tuberculosis. Those cavses which approximate but do not reach this standard should be con- sidered as suspicious and held for a re test six weeks later, giving double the original dose. CHAPTER VII. DISEASES OP THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. I OLOSSITIS OK INFLAMMATION OF THE TONGUE ; AND PARALYSIS OF THE TONGUE. J, HOVEN OR TYMPANITIS. III. IMPACTION OP THE RUMEN, OR MAW- ROiiND IV IMPACTION OF THE OMASUM, OR FAKDLE-BOUND. V. DYSPEP- ^,. Lyi CONSTIPATION. VII. DIARKHCEA, OR SCOURS. VIII. DYSEN- TERv. IX. ENTERITIS. X. PERITONITIS. XI. HERNIA. XII. STRAN- GULATION, OR GUT-TIE. It will be readily seen by the annexed cut, that the stomachs of nimi- nants are very complicated, and hence when out of order, serious results often follow. By noticing the relative positions of the compartments. COMPARTMENTS OF THE STOMACH OF RUMINANTS. Rumen, or first compartment- Keticulum, or second do. Omasum, or third do. d- Abomasum, or fourth compartment. e. CEsophagus, or gullet. /. Entrance to the intestines, or pylorus. the following pages will be more readily understood. The four com« partments (or, as they arc often termed, the four stomachs) all float loosely in the cavity of the trunk, excepting the paunch (rumen), ^^^^h grows to the side in the lef* flank. 859 860 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. I. Glossitis, oj Inflammation of the Tongue ; and ParaJysis of the Tongue. The mouth and tongue are frequently wounded from drenching in careless manner, or by foreign bodies in the fodder, thorns, etc Ik The TROCHAB AND CANNULA. swelling is sometimes very great, especially if it is the tongue that is in- jured. Temporary paralysis of that organ occasionally ensues, in which case it hangs from the mouth, like some lifeless appendage. What to do. — Examine the mouth care- fully, and remove all offending substances. If the tongue hangs pendulous, foment it with hot water ; if very bad, a few scari- fications, to make it bleed a little, will do it good. Apply the following lotion three or four times a day, with a swab : No. 25. 1 Ounce vinegar, 2 Ounces honey, ^ Pint Avater, Mix. POSITION OP THE INTESTINES OF THE COW. Left spot where the Trokar must be pierced. By piercing on the right -p^fU side, the intestmes would be injured, vvitu n. Hoven, or Tympanitis. This is distension of the rumen or pauncfa gas, the product of fermentation accompanying acute indigestion. It com- monly follows a hearty feed on clover or other succulent diet, or is one of the sequelcx, in a case of choking. How to know it. — The paunch is terribly distended with gas, so much so that the space between the last ribs and the points of the hips is puffed up above the surface, and when tapped, is elastic and resonant, Uke a drum, ' especially on the left side. The breathing is difficult and painful, becoming more so as the gas increases ; the nostrils are dilated, the eyes look wild, and gas and food are belched up from the stomach, and dribble from the mouth. The animal moves slowly and uneasily about, moaning with each expired breath. If not relieved, death follows from Buffocation, rupture of the stomach, or blood poisoning by the gases. ox SUFFERING FROM HOVEN, DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 861 What to do. — If it is a very urgent case, plunge the trochar and can- nula into the region of greatest distension on the left side, at a'ooint midway between the spines of the loins, last rib and point of the hip, pointing the trochar in and downward, and letting it pass in obliquely WRONG POSITION OF THE ANIMAL FOR USING THROAT TUBE TO RELIEVE IT OF GAS. The throat tube (c) comes with Its end piece (d) in the food gruet (6) and clogs the tube, (a) Gas over stomach contents. (6) Contents of stomach, (c) throat tube, (d) Button dipping into the contents of the stomach. to avoid the kidney. When food gets over the end of the tube (can- nula), pass in a piece of whalebone and push it off. If the measures above directed are not practicable, and a probang is handy, insert the gag oi the balling iron in the mouth, and with one man to steady the head, pass in the proI)ang, which will evacu- ate the gas from the stomach. After the acute symptoms are over, give a brisk purgative. No. 8 will be found effectual. Feed light for several days m. Impaction of the Rumen, or Maw-Bound. After an unusually full meal, the grain often becomes impacted in the animal's stomach, causing its temporary paralysis, the whole mass lying there like so much soggy stuff in a leather bag. Great distress necessa- rily follows, which is aggravated when fermentation sets in, death often resulting from suffocation, or in a more protracted case from nervous prostration and blood poisoning. DIAGRAM, SHOWING WHERE TO TAP THB RUMEN FOR IIOVEN. Imsert trochar at point where the lines cross. 862 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. How to know it.— It will have the same outward appearance of tre- mendous distension as tympanitis, but when the bloated section is touched it is found to be soft and pitty, so that when dented the dent remains or rises slowly. CORRECT POSITION OF THE ANIMAL FOR USING THROAT TUBE TO RELIEVE GAS IN THE STOMACH. Throat tube (r) comes with its end piece (d) not in tlie food gruet (&) but in the gas area (a). What to do. — When paralysis of the stomach has actually taken place from engorgement, there is nothing of any avail but to empty the umen with the hand. This operation, which is termed rumenotomy, will be found described in the chapter on operations. When the stomach is emp- tied, and before sewing up the wound, pour in carefully the purgative No. 8, with half a pint of ale added as a stimulant. Restrict the diet for a few days, giving only easily digested food — grass, sloppy mashes, etc. IV. Impaction of the Omasum, Fardle-bound, Dry Bible, or Dry Murrain. The omasum, or third stomach, is a sack of a great many leaves, arranged so as to rub constantly on one another, keeping up a grinding action DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 863 on the food. This stomach is apt to suffer from want of moisture, whereupon the food becomes impacted between the leaves, leading to inflammation. This condition is variously known as fardle-bound, bake of the many-plies, bake of the manifolds, etc. RUMEN EXPOSED FOR MECHANICAL REMOVAL OF ITS CONTENTS. How to know it. — It comes on gradually as an ordinary case of con- stipation, with a))dominal pain, a looking around to the right side, and disinclination lo move ; fever sets in, and slowly increases as the disease makes progress ; there is great tenderness in the right side just below the ribs, at which point a hard round substance can be felt ; the colic pains and fever grow more intense ; the animal makes constant attempts to pass faices ; delirium and vertigo set in, and death soon follows. What to do. — The treatment must be prompt and persistent. Give a full cathartic as follows : No. 26. l}i Pounds epsom salts, 2 Ounces ginger, 2 Ounces gentian, 2 Drachms calomel, 20 Drops croton oil, 1 Pint syrup, 2 Quarts warm water. Mix. Give as one dose, and encourage the drinking of as much water after- wards, from time to time, as jiossible. Give injections of warm water and soap every half hour. If it is cold weather, blanket the patient 864 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. learmly. To insure the action of the purgative, give every two hours S"- stimulating dose composed as follows : No. 27. 1 Ounce liquor ammonia, 1 Quart warm ale, }4. Ounce essence of ginger, Mix. It is not safe to repeat the cathartic, nor would it be of any use ; for if it remains inoperative, in spite of the stimulants, double the dose would not be more likely to effect a passage, but in the persistence to accomplish this end a quart of melted lard may be given night and morning, oftentimes with satisfactory results. During convalesence give recipe No. 7 or No. 20. When a passage is despaired of, and as a last resort, tepid water ii.ay be injected into the jugular vein, or galvanism applied to the region of the stomach ; but the case is well-nigh hopeless. V. Dyspepsia. The lower animals are not supposed by the great majority of people ever to be troubled with dyspepsia, but they are, nevertheless. All the domestic animals are liable to suffer from chronic indi-2 Ounce tincture arnica, 1 Ounce sulphuric ether, 2 Quarts starch gruel, Mix. Any of the astringent recipes given for diarrhoea are applicable, follow- ing the administration of laxatives. Feed lightly, and nurse carefully. IX. Enteritis. This is inflammation of the digestive apparatus, and especially (as its name implies) of the intestines, but is quite different from the inflam- matory state of dysentery. Causes. — It may come from eating various poisonous substances, either vegetable or mineral ; or it may follow the too sudden checking of diar- rhoea. Injuries to the abdomen sometimes cause it. How to know it. — There is constipation, such fceces as are passed being hard, dry, and coated with mucus, and sometimes offensive and bloody ; high fever and quick, hard pulse ; dry mouth, with an offensive fur over the tongue and cheeks ; the tliirst is insatiable ; the appetite fails, and so does the milk ; rumination is suspended ; colicky pains may occur, though the pain is more likely to be constant ; breathing becomes* labored, and more or less tympanitis may be noticed ; the urine is scanty and high colored ; the back is arched ; the animal moans, grinds his teeth, and refuses to move ; the pulse gradually becomes imperceptible, and the extremities cold ; and death soon follows, after an illness lastin'g from one to two A\eeks. Post mortem appearances arc usually as follows : The first and third stomachs are filled with food, dry and impacted — almost baked, and when this is taken out, the epithelium of the stomachs comes off with it ; the fourth stomach and bowels are inflamed ; and more or less lymph, in shreds, is found, as also some ulcers, in the large intestines. The liver is generally softened, and all other internal parts very much bleached, indicating great wasting. What to do. — Give a purgative as promptly as possible. No. 26, omitting the croton oil, will be the thing. Encourage the animal to drink large quantities of water and other fluids, and supplement the purgative with the following injection ; DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 869 No. 39. 1 Pint linseed oil, No. 40. 4 Grains strychnine, 4 Ounces oil turpentine, 1 Ounce spirits of wine, 30 Drops croton oil, 6 Drops sulphuric acid, 1 Quart warm water, Mix. 1 Ounce soft soap. Mix. Repeat No. 39 three times a day till a full purgative action is secured. If the constipation does not yield, give hypodermic injections of No. 40. When dissolved, inject from ten to twenty drops under the skin with a syringe suitable for the purpose. Ten drops of this solution contain one- twelfth of a grain of strychnine. If prostration follows, give the fol- lowing ; No. 41. 2 Drachms camphor, J-2 Ounce sulphuric ether, 4 Ounces acetate of ammonia (as directed below), Mix. The camphor is to be dissolved in the sulphuric ether, and the other ingredient added afterwards. Give as one dose in ale or gruel. If violent purgation takes place, it can be controlled with flour and water, — a double handful of flour to four or nve quarts of water ; or linseed tea may be given to drink. The prescriptions for diarrhoea will be found convenient in cases of superpurgation. X. Peritonitis. This is inflammation of the peritoneum, a serous membrane lining the cavity of the belly, and covering the bowels and other abdominal viscera. Cause. — It is always the result of injury, or of secondary inflammation following the operation of rumcnotomy. How to know it. — The animal stands dejectedly, and has fits of shivering, which are especially noticeable around the flanks and hind parts ; all the symptoms of fever arc present, the pulse, urine, tem[)era- ture, rumination, etc., all being affected ; the breathing is labored and done mostly with the chest, the ribs i)cing fixed ; the sufferer looks around to her flanks, and paws or crouches with pain ; all the symptoms become aggravated, and the temperature suddenly falls below the normal ; the belly fills with water, and death speedily follows. If a post mortem is had, large quantities of reddish water will flow from the belly, as soon as the membranes are cut, and unmistakable signs of inflammation will be seen around the injury ; and sometimes there are adhesions between the intestines. What to do. — Give recipe No. 8, following it six or eight hours after with No. 36; also, frequent injections of soap and water. No. 18 may also be given with advantage. If prostration follows the action of the puBgative, give No. 41. During convalescence, give No. 21. 870 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XI. Rupture or Hernia. This is familiarly known as rupture. The investing membrane of the abdomen is torn, as a result of external injury or of severe strain, thus letting out the intestines into the adjacent spaces. The swelling or enlargement of the hernia is sometimes seen as large as a half bushel. It is soft, and is easily pushed back if not very large. Sometimes, when a great quantity of the intestines is protruded, vvhatis called strangulated hernia results, Avliich is always dangerous, and unless reduced, causes death from inflammation and mortification. Umbilical hernia (at the navel) is sometimes seen at birth in calves. What to do. — For calves, a compress ortruss is put on, as shown in the annexed cut, adjusting it so as to make considerable pressure. If this fails, wooden clamps, applied so as to include the skin over the rupture, and just tight enough to set up a certain amount of adhesive inflamma- tion, will be effectual, the compress being applied over the clamps. In ventral (belly) hernia, little can be done, unless the rupture is small, in which case the same appliances may be used. In a case of strangu- lated hernia, when the gut cannot be pushed back, the skin may be opened and the parts put back and the wound sewed up again, — first that in the abdominal wall, and then the skin, — and a compress applied. TKUss Fou UMBILICAL HERNIA. Scrotal hcmia is very difficult to reduce. The animal must be castrated by what is called the covered operation, for which a qualified veterinary surgeon will be required. XII. Strangulation, or Gut-tie. This is a passage of the intestines into the abdominal ring. It is only seen in steers and oxen. The contraction of the spermatic cord foUow- ino- castration leaves the abdominal rings open, and during severe exer' tion, as in hard work, the intestines are forced through. How to know it. — All the symptoms of abdominal difficulty are seen, together with pain and soreness in the flank affected. What to do. — The ox must be cast, an opening made in the flank, the gut replaced, and the opening sewed up again, and a compress applied, most of which are difficult and delicate operations, that require the serv- ices of a qualified veterinary surgeon.^ CHAPTER VIII. DISEASES OP THE URINARY ORGANS. I. NEPHRITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE KIDNEYS. 11. RETENTION OF THE URIXE, OR DYSURIA. III. INCONTINENCE OF URINE, OR ENURESIS iV ALBUMI- NURIA, OR ALBUMINOUS URINE. V. II^EMATURIA, OR BLOODY URINE. VI. CYSTITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDER. VII. LITUIASIS, OR GRAVEL. VIII. CALCULI. I. Nephritis, or Inflai anation of the Kidneys. Causes. — External violence, wounds, strains, etc. ; eating acrid, diu- retic iilants ; and too free use of diuretic medicines How to know it. — It is rather rare in cattle. When it occurs, there are colicky pains, with great uneasiness ; the urine is thick and dark colored, and voided often, in small quantities and with much straining and pain : there is tenderness over the loins, especially at the sides, immediately below the transverse spines of the lumbar vertebrae ; the gait is straddling, and lame- ness iS noticeable, — sometimes in one leg, sometimes in both ; the appetite is poor : ox SUFFERING FROM INFLAM- / ^ f ' MATioN OF THE KIDNEYS. fcvcr ruus high ; rumination ceases : some- times blood, and in the later stages pus, is evacuated with the urine ; the nose becomes hot and dry, the horns and extremities cold, and the breathing labored. Diarrhoea often sets in, and sometimes dysentery ; and this state is usually followed by constipation. There is profuse sweating, great pain, and arching of the back ; the pulse becomes small and weak ; and stupor and death soon follow. Post mortem shows the affected kidney or kidneys enlarged and con- gested— usually, with an abscess also. What to do. — Avoid purgatives, especially salines, but give the follow- ing recipe in preference : No. 42. 3 Ounces Minderenis' spirit, 20 Drops tincture aconite root, 1 Pint linseed tea, Mix. Give as one dose Repeat it every two hours till better, tnen drop off in frequency as the case will admit. Give large quantities of linseed tea or slippery elm water to drink, with warm water injections. Api)ly 871 872 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK T)OCl^R, hot water rugs to the loins. Feed on sloppy food, and keep the patient perfectly quiet. If the animal recovers, he had better be fed ici the butcher, for the trouble is liable to recur, and unremitting care woiildi be required to guard against the effect of storms, extremes of tcmperatme, etc. II. Retention of the Urine, or Dysuria. Cause. — It may be brought on by eating acrid herbs, causing inflamma- tion of the urinary organs, irritability and spasms of the neck of the bladder. Most commonly, however, it is a symptom of some other dis- ease, the pressure upon the neck of the bladder resulting from inversion of the rectum, calculi, or other visceral trouble. How to know it. — Frequent but ineffectual attempts to pass the urine, straining, and colicky pains ; the hind legs arc raised and moved about restlessly, and the animal looks around towards the flank. What to do. — Give hot water injections by the rectum, (and in the female by the vagina also) ; add to the injection one ounce of opium, or three drachms of fluid extract of belladonna. Repeat these in fifteen min- utes. If there is still no relief, the urine must be drawn off with a catheter. With the female this is very easily done, the catheter being inserted through the opening to the bladder, Avhich will be found on the floor of the vagina, and about three inches from the external orifice. With the male it is a far more serious operation, and, unfortunately, retention of the urhie is far more common in the male than in the female, owing to the peculiar formation of the urethra, a slight pressure on one URETHRAL CANAL, ETC., OF THE OX. a. The bladder. b. The urethral canal. c. Curves of the urethral canal. d. The retractor muscle of the penis. of the curves being sufficient to cause the difficulty. The operation nec- essary to draw off the urine from the ox will be found described in the chapter on operations. After using the catheter, give the injections pre- scribed above, with a light diet and some linseed tea. for a few days. DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANb. 873 m. Incontinence of Urine, or Enuresis. This difficulty may be considered the opposite of that just considered : the urine dribbles away involuntarily. Cause. — Paralysis of the muscular coat of the bladder and sphincter vesietB ; calculi ; or pervious urachus after l)irth. What to do. — Give purgative No. 8, and follov/ it with one and a half drachm doses of nux vomica, morning and night, in soft feed. If there are calculi, remove them. If the case is a bad one, inject cold water into the rectum, and give ten grains of powdered cantharides in soft food, morning and night. IV. Albuminviria, or Albuminous Urine. This is the same as Bright' s disease in the human subject, and, in strictness, is probably a blood disease. Cause. — The blood is impoverished, to a certain extent, by too much and too long continued sameness of diet, in consequence of which there is a deficiency of blood forming constituents, Avith a low, unas.siniilable quality of albumen, which is excreted by the kidneys. This leads in time to a degeneration of those important organs in two different forms, — the large, white kidney, and the small, red kidney. The former secretes very little urine, the latter great quantities of it. Albuminuria is most common in sections where turnips are the almost exclusive diet. They cannot, alone, support the system in a healthv condition, and the impairment of the vital functions thus resulting, seems to affect the kidneys more than other organs, and in this peculiar way. It is generally regarded as the effect of bad management and injudicious feeding. How to know it. — In those rare cases where the trouble arises from an injury, the l)ack will be arched and the feet drawn together, indicating injury to the loins ; but in ordinary cases, the most common and charac- teristic symptom is the stretching at full length, getting the hind and fore feet as far apart as possible. Generally, there is constipation, a straddling gait, stiffness, and disinclination to move. The urine, which is thick, mucilaginous and dark colored, often fails to produce albumen on the application of heat (a common test), but with tincture of galls, solution of bi-chloride of mercury and alcohol, will always separate some. Death often results from paralysis of the hind parts, blood poisoning and coma. What to do. — Examine the bladder ; if full, evacuate it as described for retention. Give recipe No. 8, and injections, to overcome the con- stipation, and afford a complete change of diet, cutting short on green food, except grass, which should be from, uplands, but allowing more 874 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOBc grain. Also, give milk, eggs, etc. If it still continues, give the follow- ing recipe : No. 43. 2 Drachms sulphuric acid, 1 Ounce tincture of cardamoms, 1 Pint water, Mix. Give as one dose. V. Hsematuria, or Bloody Urine. Of this there are two kinds. Traumatic hoematuria is the effect of external violence, by which the loins and kidneys are injured, and may be recognized without difficulty, by the blood passing in clots distinct from the urine which contains them. Idiopathic hoematuria follows active congestion of the kidneys from calculi, eating acrid herbage, excessive use of diuretics, and the like causes. It may be distinguished by the red appearance of the urine. There are also signs of fever, and, upon suitable tests, the urine will be found to contain albumen. Inflammation of the kidneys (nephritis) is apt to follow. What to do. — The traumatic form is best treated by injections of cold water into the rectum, and by cold cloths laid over the loins. The idio- pathic kind treat the same as albuminuria, (see preceding section), and rub mustard paste well into the loins. VI. Cystitis, of Inflammation of the Bladder. This is inflammation of the mucous membrane lining the bladder. Causes. — Any derangement of the digestive organs is apt to change the character of the urine, making it acid and irritating, instead of alkaline, as it is in health. In other instances, cystitis is caused by eating poi- sonous plants, by calculi, and incautious use of diuretic medicines. Cantharides is peculiarly apt to cause it, either by being absorbed when spread over too large a surface of the skin, or by being given internally in too large doses. How to know it. — By colicliy pains, nose turned towards the flank, effort* to vomit, and, if a male, by the testicles being drawn up towards the body ; the urine is passed with pain, and is all)uminous ; its flow may be either retarded or accelerated ; there is evident constitutional disturb- ance and prostration ; the faeces are often covered with blood ; there is profuse perspiration ; gastro-enteritis or nephritis may ensue ; and death results from either rupture of the bladder or prostration. The main feature on post mortem examination, is the inflammation of the lining of the bladder. There are signs of blood poisoning also. DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 875 usually in the puiple spots, and the odor of urine is present throogliout the entire body. What to do. — Avoid oleaginous purgatives, resorting, in preference, to large quantities of linseed tea, or gum arable water. Give recipe No. 8, and feoothing injections. In short, adopt the same treatment as for nephritis. (See Section I.) VTI. Lithiasis, or Gravel. Abnormal conditions of the urine, in which either an acid or alkaline condition exists to an excessive degree, predispose to the formation of aand-like deposits in the bladder, from the union of the acids or alkalies with the urea in a changed condition. The presence of these deposits excites the bladder to contract, and hence may be noticed the inclination to void the urine often, though in small quantities and slowly. The uri- nation IS, of course, quite painful. Sometimes particles of the deposit may be seen hanging to the long hairs around the external organ. Gravel is always more prevalent among males than females. What to do. — Wash out the bladder with tepid water, which is easily done in case of the female. For the male it will be necessary to cut through the penis, as described for retention of urine. (See chapter on operations.) In order to dissolve the deposit, inject into the bladder a weak solution of hydrochloric acid, as follows : No. 44. 1 Drachm hydrochloric acid, No. 45. 20 Drops hydrochloric acid, y^ Pint water, 3 Drachms gentian, Mix. 1 Pint oat meal gruel. Mix. Give as one dose internally No. 45. Repeat it morning and night for a few days, and then change to No. 46. No. 46. % Pound bi-carbonate soda, 4 Ounces gentian, 2 Pounds linseed meal, Mix. Give two tablespoonfuls No. 46 morning and night. Continue this for two or three weeks. VIII. Calculi, or Stones in the Bladder. Calculi, like gravel, are the product of a mechanical union of small particles of phosphates, etc., that accumulate in the bladder and other parts of the urinary apparatus. They are most common in localities where the water is hard, as it always is on a limestone formation. How to know it. — The symptoms are almost exactly identical with gravel. To verify the diagnosis, make a manual examination by the rectum ; the stone can be felt in the bladder. What to do. — The stone or stones must first be removed by the method described in the chapter on operations. The subsequent treat- ment will be the same as for gravel. CHAPTER IX. DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OP GENERATION. I. MALPRESENTATIONS, ETC., IN PARTURITION. II. PROLONGED AFTER-PAINS. III. RETENTION OP THE AFTKK-BIRTH. IV. ABORTION AND MISCARRIAGE. V. UTERINE HEMORRHAGE, OR FLOODING. VI. INVERSION OF THE VTOMB. VII. METRITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE WOMB. VIII. PUERPERAL FEVER, OR METRO-PERITONITIS. IX. PARTURIENT APOPLEXY. X. LEUCORRHCEA, OR WHITES. XI. GONORRHCEA. XII. MAMMITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE UDDER. XIII. SORE TEATS. XIV. NYMPHOMANIA AND STERILITY. I. Malpresentations, etc., in Parturition. This, to the breeder at least, is the most important part of cattle pathology, aside from the contagious diseases. Oftentimes a valuable cow or calf, or both, are lost, when a knowledge of the subject would save them. A little timely aid, properly given, in a difficult case of par- turition is invaluable, but if the assistance comes tardily, or is rendered in a bungling manner, the damage done may be irremediable and fatal. In order to be able to recognize a malpresentation, some degree of familiarity with the natural presentation, and its attendant phenomena, is necessary. The period of gestation in cows is about nine months, sometimes a few days (or even weeks) more or less than this, but usually a few days more. The first calf, especially, is generally carried a few days longer. When the time for delivery approaches, the udder increases in size and fills, the vulva enlarges and thickens, the hips spread, and the space be- tween the root of the tail and the joints of the haunch drops. The time being up, the cow endeavors to seclude herself and hide away from the others ; the labor pains or throes come on gradually, increasing in force from time to time ; in most cases, the cow lies down, — sometimes on one side, and sometimes on the other, — and occasionally stretches right out. The first object expelled is the water bag, which is usually about the size of a man's head ; sometimes it breaks in the passage, at others it hangs unbroken, as low even as the hocks. The two fore feet next present, and then the nose lying between the feet. Three quarters of the labor is requli-ed to expel the head ; the remainder, to pass the shoulders, after which the delivery is accomplished without further effort. The cow usually rises, and commencing immediately to lick the calf, in a very few mioutcs has him all licked off, when he dries quickly without chilling. 870 DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 877 A k, Q v^-> jNSTRUMeNTS V?§P IN DISEASES FOLLOWING PARTURITION. 878 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. SUPPORT No. 1 FOR PROLAPSED UTERUS. r t. SUPPORT No, 2 FOR PROLAPSED UTERUa DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 879 Unaided by the maternal instinct in this manner, the calf would be a much longer time in drying off, and in cold weather would become seri- ously chilled. The foregoing, as before intimated, is an outline of a natural case of labor, when "everything is right." If the labor is severe and is prolonged more than half an hour, the cow should have help. The assistant should be the man whom the cow is accustomed to see ; he should be very quiet and gentle in his movements, and have no spectators, neither human nor cattle. If in any case, a sec- ond person is present, there should be as little talking as possible. When the feet are properly presented, catch hold of them, one in each hand, and pull — not with anything approaching a jerk, but with a firm, even traction — at exactly the same time that the cow strains, and only at that time, relaxing the traction entirely during the intervals of quiet between the throes. Judgment and good common sense are required to manage a case well, and these must be the operator's main reliance ; no printed directions can take their place. In a case of malpresentation, the first thing to be done is to push the foetus back out of the passage, in order to introduce the hand and arm 1= JOINTED HOOKS, far enough to get hold of the parts that ought to come first, and so bring about a natural presentation. This is always a difficult task. If the cow is standing, the calf can be push d back readily, but if she is lying down, the more fussing there is done the more the womb contracts, and the more difficult it becomes to i)ush the foetus in against the throws. The simplest, quickest, and easiest way is to fix a pulley and tackle around the cow's legs above the hocks and to something overhead, and by these STRAIGHT HOOK. means to elevate the hind parts so that the operator can get at the case, and push back and "turn" the calf. When all the arrangements for delivery have been completed, let her down, and she will soon return tc 880 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. the labor pains. Work as lively as possible while the cow is elevated ; it is an unnatural position, anl under very unfortunate circumstances, and if she is kept in it long at a time very bad results might follow. The instruments necessary are a piece of soft rope, (the size of a man's little tinger and about ten feet long), a jointed hook, straight hook, con- cealed knife, and erabriotomy knife. The last named, is a small curved blade fastened to a ring that fits over the big finger, so as to carry the knife in the palm of the hand. First Malpresentalion . — If one fore foot and the nose are entered in the passage and the other foot bent back, the calf cannot be delivered without first bringing up the retracted foot into its proper position, on account of the obstruction which the shoulder would offer. Tie a small rope around the foot presented, in order not to lose it ; then push the CONCEALED KNIFE. FIRST MALPRESENTATION. One fore foot and the nose entered, the other foot bent back. calf back, to allow the arm to be introduced and find the other foot ; take in a noose of the rope, and jiut it over the foot as shown in the annexed cut ; then — with the hand jjlaced over the foot, so as to cover the toes, and thus prevent them from lacerating the womb — draw it up with the other hand. This accomplished, delivery will soon be effected. Second MaJprcsentation. — When one foot is presented, the other foot and the nose being turned down, proceed in a manner similar to that just DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF OENERATION. 881 described. Tie the rope to the foot presented, so as not to lose it, and SECOND MALPRESENTATION. One lore foot presented, the other foot, and also the nose, turned down. push the calf back so as to catch the nose and raise it into the passage ; then get the other foot in the way directed for the first nialprcsentation. Third Malpresentation. — ^When the nose is presented and both feet bent THIRD MALPRESENTATION. The nose presented, and both fore feet bent back. back, the head may be entirely expelled, the neck being in the passage and the shoulders against the rim of the nelvis. If the foetus remainp 882 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. long in this condition, the head swells so as to render it utterly impos- sible to push it back, and the calf dies of course, — he is choked to death. In this extreme, the only feasible plan is to cut the head off, then push the body back and get the feet as directed for the first mjlpresentation. Such a case once occurred in the practice of the writer ; it was managed in this way, securing delivery without trouble, and saving the cow. The forosroiiig applies only when the head is swollen. When this is not the case, push the head back and bring up the feet as before described. Fourth 3IaIpresentatW7i. — In this the fore feet are both presented, but the head is turned back against the side. Tie the rope to the feet, iind carry a piece of it in, with a view of getting it into the mouth and FOURTH MALPRESENTATION. The fore feet in the passage, the head turned back on the side. around one of the jaws. Failing in the latter effort, hook the straight hook into the eye socket, and then push the feet back, till the head can be brought into the passage. Fifth MaJpreseniation, — Here, the foetus is lying on his back, with the poll presented and the feet bent back upon the belly. Delivery may be made in this position, but the nose and feet must be brought into the passage fii'st. To do this, pass in a noose for each foot, and another for the upper jaw, putting it in the mouth ; then push the calf back, so those parts can be liberated and brought "up. Carefully gujrird the womb from laceration by the toes, in all cases. When in a favorable presentation, let an assistant pull, while the main operator raises the withers of the fostus over the rim of the pelvis. DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 883 Sixth Malpresentation. — Both hind feet are in the passage, the calf's back beinoj against the loins of the mother. Delivery is not necessarily FIFTH MALPRESENTATION. The fcetus on his back, with the poll presented, and both fore feet bent back. difficult, but when once well started, it is very desirable to hasten it to the utmost limit of prudence, as there is danger of the calf suffocating. SIXTH MALPRESENTATION. The hind feet both in the passage. Seventh Malpresentation. — The breech is presented, and the hind feet are n^ ao-ainst the cow's bacV.. The feet must be drawn back into the 884 CrCLOPEDlA of live stock and complete SfOCK DOCTOB. passage. Pass in the rope, take a noose around the hocks, and pull the foetus down so as to get the noose around the feet and draw them back : SEVENTH MALPKKSKNTATION. The calf lying- on his back, the hind feet up against the cow's back, and the breech presented. this done, and the points of the buttocks being raised over the rim of ttie pelvis at the proper time, the calf may perhaps come without further EIGHTH MALPUESENTATION The breech presented, with tlic back up against Uie loins o< the mother, und the feet bent downward© trouble c But if otherwise, persevere, and tuid it into the position seen in the cut for the sixth malpresentation. Failing in this, and as a last DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 885 resort, it may be necessary to cut the calf up, and take him away piece by piece, with the concealed knife. The latter operation requires con- siderable skill, in order to avoid wounding the womb and vagina. It cannot safely be attempted, except by an expert. Eighth Malpresentalion. — This is a breech presentation in which the calf's back is up against the mother's loins, and the feet are bent down- wards. This is considered to be the hardest position of all to rectify. Pass m the ropes, and take a noose around the hocks, and then around the feet ; then, by elevating the cow very high behind and pushing back the foetus, and drawing up the legs and feet into the passage, it can be delivered. Ninth Malpresentati^ya. — The neck is presented in the passage, the head being bent around to one side and the legs down against the belly. First, get the feet up as directed for the first three malpresentations ; then turn the head into the passage, as directed for the fourth. We need hardly say that before introducing the hand and arm, in any of the cases we have mentioned, they should be thoroughly anointed with lard or oil. The exact position of the foetus should be determined beyond a doubt before attempting to change or "turn" it. These nine malpresentations do not comprise all the difficulties attend- ing parturition ; for there may be abnormal dovelopements of the foetus. NINTn MALPRRSENTATION. Neck presented, with the head turned against the side, and both feet down. rendering it a mechanical impossibility to effect its delivery alive. Bj far the most common phenomena under this head are hydrocephalic Cdrcpsy of the brain) and ascites (dropsy of the belly. ) 886 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AN© COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. Hydrocephalus. — This occurs mostly in old, thin cows, but sometimes also in excessively fine-bred ones. The head must be tapped with the HYDROCEPHALUS, \YITH MALPRESENTATION. trochar and cannula, thus evacuating the water ; then crush in the skull, and deliver. Ascites — Carry in the concealed knife, and with it tap the belly and ASCITES, OR DROPSY OP THE BELLY. The presentation is natural. let the water out into the mother's womb If this is not successful, use a long trochar and cannula, as shown in the cut. DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 887 The cow, dying, to save the calf. — In case of serious malformation of the cow, when all hope of saving her is given up, and the calf is still alive but cannot be delivered, resort should be had to the Csesarian operation. (See chapter on operations.) Some treatment, — or, rather, special care — is very necessary both be- fore and after parturition. If the delivery is easy, a warm bran mash with a little salt in it is soothing and slightly nutritious. The cow should be dieted for a few days before calving, to loosen the bowels; if on hay, give roots and bran. Avoid having breeders too fat, the other extreme being just as bad. If too fat, puerperal fever is much more apt to follow ; if too thin and weakly, the placenta is sure to be retained. Avoiding both these extremes, have them in middling flesh up to within a month of calving; then increase the feed up to within two days of that time, so as to have them in a thriving condition. If the cow is fat, it is a good plan to give, two weeks before calving, and repeat a week before, half a pound of epsom salts in a quart of water, to loosen the bowels. If delivery is long and exhausting, give a pint of warm ale during its progress, and again afterwards. If the udder fills very full before calving it is well to milk a little to relieve its painful tension. In all cases, milk the cow immediately after calving, while she is drinking her slop, and feed the calf, before he gets up, about a pint of the milk, giving the rest to the cow. It will act upon her as a healthful laxative. Inasmuch as the milk at this time is very different from what she ordinarily gives, there is a very little danger of begetting the habit of milking herself. The milk, at first, is rather thick and yellow, and is not fit to use for family purposes under three or four milkings. Some people indeed have a prejudice against using it under two weeks; nevertheless, except for drinking, it is good for all purposes after the third milking, provided there is no disease in the cow. II. Prolonged After-pains. These sometimes occur after protracted and painful delivery, from fail- ure of the womb to contract, or from retention of the after-birth, — most commonly in weak, thin, old cows. For treatment, injections of cold water thrown up the vagina will usually suffice. They should not be allowed to continue, as they are apt to lead to inversion of the womb. III. Retention of the After-birth. When the placenta or after-birth is retained, mechanical means are necessary to remove it ; for it becomes a foreign body as soon as the foetus is delivered, and begins at once to decompose, and the impure matter being absorbed into the circulation, the general health of the animal suf- fers decidedly. It is best to let the placenta remain till the end of the second day, or 888 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. beginning of the third, to soften a little. It may then, perhaps, come away of its own weight ; if not, it is easily removed by inserting the hand and arm to the shoulder, and then with the other hand, applying gentle traction to the hanging niembiane ; at the same time take each cotyledon or button by which the placenta is attached to the womb, in turn, and by pinching it a little between the thumb and fore finger, it will detach from it, much as iu unbuttoning a garment. Great care is required not to pull off one of these cotyledons, or the resulting hemorrhage might prove fatal. If, however, this should be done by mischance, cold water thrown over the loins will be the proper treatment. IV. Abortion and Miscarriage. Premature expulsion of the foetus is called abortion in the earlier periods of gestation, and miscarriage or premature labor in the later ones. It not infrequently takes on an enzootic character, and by running through a whole herd entails enormous loss on the stock owner. This tendency, as was remarked in Chapter I of this Part, is stronger among cows than any other of the domestic animals. It is usually explained by attributing it to sympathy, using the words pathologically, but it in reality occurs from three distinct sources, viz. : Habit, accident, and infecticm. In the latter case it is very often enzootic. Causes. — The most common causes are accidents, or violence of some kind, — being hooked and pushed a])out by other cattle, or kicked and clubbed by brutal herdsmen; jumping, leaping, falling, etc.; ergot in the hay or other fodder, such as has been badly harvested or grown in a wet season, especially on low, swampy ground. From habit a cow that has aborted once is apt to repeat it at about the same stage of gestation, due probably to a weakened condition of the genital organs and an unnaturally sensitive nervous system. Enzootic abortion is always due to infection, the cause being bacterial. Two different germs are thought by the best authorities to be the active agents, viz. ; Leptothrix vaginalis and the penicillinm glancum. These germs may be carried to a stable in many ways, and being raised in dust and falling or lodging on the external gen- itals of a pregnant cow, set up sufficient irritation in the vagina and uterus to interfere with the nutrition of the fcetus, causing it to perish, then abortion is inevitable. How to know it. — There will ])e dullness, suspension of rumination, anxiety in the countenance, separation from companions; at length, a Sinall water bag will be passed, and a little later a fcetus. Or, perhaps, all that may be noticed, to indicate something w^rong will be a tiny fcetus founcL somewhere. More or less discharge will follow. It will be of a bloody, mucous character, and is likely to become })urulent after a few days. Treatment. — For the original case (in which the mischief is nearly al- ways completed before discovered), nothing special can be done, except tr DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION, 889 syringe the parts out well with tepid water, and follow this with a carbolic lotion, viz. : No. 47. %, Ounce carbolic acid, Yz Gallon water, Mix. Inject a little twice a day. Continue it a week or more. Prevention. — This is really the important part. Isolate the cow tnat has aborted immediately, burn the afterbirth, all soiled litter and scald any blankets that have been used around her. Now, not knowing where the germs may have lodged, waiting for something to stir them up and infect others, it is proper to remove the cattle, sweep and scrape the stable thor- oughly, floors, walls and ceilings, then shower them with formaldehyde and water — one of the former to one thousand of the latter, then whitewash the ceiling and walls. Keep the cow that has aborted separated from pregnant ones for several weeks. Otherwise, some of her companions would probably abort from two to six weeks later. As general precau- tions, prevent violent commotions among the cows when out of the stable, and never allow them to be run by boys or dogs, but drive them as quietly as possible. Always shut up a cow when bulling; her jumping on the others, or, instead, being ridden by them is apt to injure them and her alike. The feeding of hemp seed deserves considerate attention, oAving to the experience of recognized authorities on breeding. It is given in jDint feeds once a day, with other food, from the time immediately preceding the bulling season through four or five months. As to the general diet, feed well so as to keep cows in good, strong condition, but avoid obesity. V. Uterine Hemorrhage or Plooding. Bleeding from the womb or vagina sometimes follows protracted labor, from injuries to those parts by carelessness or accident during parturi- tion ; or it may result from unskillful removal of the placenta. The con- tinuance of bleeding is due to the failure of the womb to contract, as it should do, after delivery. It is called flooding on account of its coming away in such large quantities, the womb-full being evacuated at a time. What to do. — Throw cold water, by the bucketful, over the loins; cool the hand and insert it into the womb, which will sometimes cause the latter to contract upon it. If these means prove insufficient, in- ject cold water into the womb, with a suitable syringe. VI. Inversion of the Womb. Following immediately upon par- exaggerated it.ltistration of uter- turition, after-pains sometimes come '^'^ hejiorrhage. on so nolently that the womb is forced right out through the vagina, and IS turned inside out, and lies or hangs behind the cow a pink, bag- 890 CYCXOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. INVERSION OF THE WOMB. like substance covered with cotyledonous (miilberry-like) excrescences all over the snrfuce. What to do. — If dirty, take it up on a clean sheet, and wash it with tepid W'ater with a little alcohol in it — a wineglassful to a pint of water. (If the placenta is still attached, remove it as directed in Section III.) Sponge it over with lauda- num, and carefully return it. This is an exceedingly delicate task, though not difficult other- wise; the utmost care is neces- sary to avoid punching the fingers right through the membranes, which w^ould cause death. Find the most dependent portion, then place the clenched fist beneath it, and let the womb fall down over the hand and arm as it is raised; and, with the parts in this position, promptly insert the arm at full length into the body of the cow, being very careful not to use undue violence. The uterus will generally suck down into its proper place without any difficulty, but if nec- essary to manipulate the walls of the vagina some- what, this may be done — always with extreme care and the minimum amount of force that will accom- plish the object. Then place the cow in a stall where the hind feet will be at least six inches higher than the forward, and apply a harness and compress over the external opening, as shown in the annexed cut. Or a rope, twisted as shown in the smaller cut, may be used, the object in either case being to prevent a recurrence of the displacement. jS' If straining is violent and continues any >^^\ /^^ *^ ^^v^'^^^^ length of time, give internally the following ! jK mixture: No. 48. 1 Ounce chloral hydrate, 1 Pint water, Mix. Give as one dose; if necessary, repeat »t in half an hour. TO PREVENT INVERSION OP THE VAGINA. 3^ TWISTED ROPE. Vo tie over the vulva, and thus prevent inversion ot the womb. DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 891 VII. Metritis, or Inflammation of the "Womb. This affection is not very often seen in the cow, owing to her phleg- matic temperament, and her proneness to other complications, arising at an earlier stage, in connection with parturition. It is the result of in- juries to the womb during difficult parturition ; it may developealso from a cold caught at that time. The inflammation soon extends and involves other parts, making a very serious condition indeed. See further in the next section. VTII. Puerperal Fever, or Metro-Peritonitis. This disease is often confounded with parturient apoplexy, so that, notwithstanding the difference between the two conditions, they are mis- taken one for the other. Puerperal fever is erysipelatous inflammation of the uterus and peritoneum, and may affect cows of all ages. The antecedent facts will usually be found to be difficult parturition, exposure to cold storms or extremes of temperature, retention of the placenta, or overdriving prior to calving, and the like circumstances. Thin, poor cows that have been changed suddenly from a dry, short pasture to rich succulent feed at or near the time of calving, are especially apt to have it. It may come on at any time from a few hours after calving up to the third or fourth day. How to know it. — High fever, with all of its attendant symptoms, such as dry, hot nose, horns and extremities hot or cold ; capricious appetite, with rumination suspended ; colicky pains ; kicking at the belly ; getting up and lying down frequently, — sometimes, remaining on the knees sev- eral minutes. The head is turned towards the flanks ; the pulse is quick, bard and wiry ; the respirations are accelerated, short and confined to the thorax, so as to avoid moving the abdomen as much as possible ; the belly is tucked up, the urine is scanty and high colored, and usually there is constipation. All the symptoms, and especially the belly pains, increase; prostration comes on ; finally, stupor (coma) sets in. Death soon follows. Post mortem examination shows all the evidences of inflammation of the womb and peritoneum, with purple spots here and there ; and the brain is visibly affected, showing ecchymosed spots, etc. What to do. — Give recipe No. 2G, and supplement its action with injec- tions of soap and water. Give No. 42 every two hours, till the pulse is improved. If in the very early stages, a little blood may be drawn, but this is not allowable after the first day. If the stupor comes on before the purgative can be gotten down, give the latter through the stomach pump, to avoid the danger of letting it run down into the lungs. Apply 892 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. blisters — mustard paste or flies — to the belly. If no symptoms of pur. gation show themselves in eight or ten hours, inject No. 40 under the skin every half hour till the bowels have moved. If constipation is still obstinate, a pint of tepid water may be injected into a vein. USING THE STOMACH PUMP. Manner ot giving medicine or food during stupor. Convalescence will be indicated by a return to sensibility, cessation ot pain, purgation, copious secretion of urine of a good color, and a return of strength. When these symptoms are noticed, give No. 19, repeating it three or four times a day. IX. Parturient Apoplexy. This is a blood disease affecting cows of a plethoric habit at time of calving. It is never seen following difficult or protracted labor, uterine hemorrhage (flooding), abortion, nor the retention of the placenta. There must be a constitutional tendency to congestion of the brain, coma and apoplexy. The first attack is usually fatal : even if not so, the trouble is very likely to recur at the next or some subsequent calving. How to know it. — There is at first a staring, wild look about the eyes, disinclination to move, loss of milk, and increased temperature ; but these symptoms are seldom so marked as to attract special notice. They are followed by a staggering gait and weakness across the loins, till suddenly the animal falls, when the ej^es are found to be bloodshot and glassy, the pupils dilated and the lids twitching. The mucous membranes become purple; she gets perfectly blind and comatose (stupid); the head is usually turned back to the side ; the pulse gets gradually slower, fading into imperceptibility ; the breathing is slow and stertorous. In this stage the pupils contract, the temperature falls decidedly, sometimes as low a<» 95^, The udder becomes hard and unyielding; the paunch 6lls witb DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 893. gas, causing marked interference with the breathing ; convulsions set in, and death soon follows. The post-mortem shows a fat, full body, blood vessels full of fluid, black blood, and purple spots on the brain and spinal column and in other parts of the body. There are many other abnormal appearances in th© brain, most of which can only be distinguished by an expert What to do. — Prevention is the main thing. If the cow is manifestly plethoric, give light, soft diet, with laxatives (No. 8 is excellent) once or twice a week for three weeks before calving. When the attack comes, if the cow is seen in the first stage, when the pulse is always full, bleed freely, and give recipe No. 26 ; after two hours give No. 20, repeating the latter every two or three hours as long as necessary. Give injections also every few minutes. Apply cold water and i©e to the head, and heat in PARTU11IE>.T APOPLEXT. the form of hot rugs, hot smoothing irons, etc., to the body. If the purgative does not work, give a hypodermic injection of No. 40, repeat- ing it every two hours. If these means fail, open the jugular vein, and inject a pint of clean, tepid water. During convalescence, treat the same as for puerperal fever. If she recovers, do not breed her again, but sell her to the butcher ; for, as before mentioned, it is almost certain to occur again, and at no distant day to end in death. If it is necessary to give any drenches during the coma, use the stomach pump, to guard against turning them in upon the lungs. PARTURIENT PARESIS OR MILK FEVER. Inflate the udder with pure air using an instrument especially made for the purpose, or in the absence of this use a bicycle pump by append- ing a reducer so that entrance may be made into the end of the teat. Disinfect adjacent air with carbolic acid and water. Give the cow No. 26. X. LeucorrliCBa, or Whites. This is catarrh of the vagina and womb, with a chronic discharge of a muco-purulent, white fluid that hangs around the vulva and tail, and has a very offensive odor. It is not attended with serious constitutional dis- turbance, but sometimes causes nymphomania or "bullers." Such cows rarely breed, and even if they do so, are apt to abort. Sometimes the discharge is so profuse as to keep the cow poor. 894 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. What to do. — ^Syringe out the parts with tepid water, and inject lotion No. 47, repeating this twice a day. Feed on nutritious but light diet, and give No. 21 in the feed. XI. GonorrhOBa. This is catarrh of the generative parts of the bull, — little ulcers or chancres in the sheath and on the penis, with a whitish discharge, which IS chrouico How to know it.— Painful urination is the most characteristic symptom , with all his frequent efforts, only a few drops are passed, and those not without great uneasiness, which is further manifested by his stepping for- ward and back or from side to side, and by raising the hind feet, lashing the tail, etc. What to do. — Suspend all service, and give him the laxative recipe No. 8, and when the bowels return to their normal condition give No. 21 in the feed, repeating the latter morning and night, for three or four weeks. Draw out the yard with soft linen cloth, and bathe all affected parts with the following lotion : No. 49. 4 Ounces spirits of camphor, 1 Ounce sugar of lead, 2 Drachms sulphate of zinc, 1 Quart soft water, Mix. Continue the application, once a day, till cured, and do not let him serve a cow, for the reason that it is contagious. If any chancres are seen, touch them once a day with lunar caustic. Feed on green food, if possible. Xn. Mammitis, or Inflammation of the Udder. This is most common after a parturition which occurs before the secre- tion of milk has assumed a normal condition, especially in the case of heifers at the first calving. Sometimes, it has no connection with calv- ing, but is contracted by Ij^ing on cold, damp ground, or in the case of middle-aged and old cows, develops in hot weather, taking on the form of garget or curdled milk. Cows in high condition are the most subject to it, the attack being usually induced by driving them until overheated. The inflammation, in some cases, will subside and go away, and the milk- ing function go on as before with very little loss ; in others, it goes on to suppuration in one or more quarters of the bag, or even to mortification. How to know it. — The type of mammitis that takes on the active in- flammatory character is ushered in with a shivering fit, which is succeeded In a short time by fever and dullness. The bag becomes hot and hard^ red, swollen and sore. It being so painful to the touch, the cow is very DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 895 Averse to being milked. The milk is often curdled, and sometimes bloody. The trouble may stop here and terminate in resolution, or it may go on to suppuration, the pus in some cases discharging inside and coming away with the milk, and in others through an opening on the out- side. Again, it may not suppurate at all, but become indurated and re- main permanently enlarged, or gangrenous and slough off. The milder type of mammitis, that which is not connected with par- turition, but is simply curdled milk or garget, yields readily to treatment. What to do. — If dependent upon calving, and the cow is fat and fever- ish, give recipe No. 8. Foment the bag with hot water several times a day, and as often as three or four times a day remove the milk that does form and apply the following lotion : No. 50. 4 Ounces gum camphor, 1 Pint olive oil. Mix. Rub well in three times a day. If the inflammation does not go out by the time purgation ceases, give No. 19, repeating it morning and night for a week or two. If the case goes on to suppuration, and it breaks on the outside, foment the bag, and inject recipe No. 9, two or three times a day. In all cases where there is much swelling, support the bag by a ban- .^^^^^ dage passed around the body over the loins. If a quarter sloughs off, dress the wound with ,. „ J • • i. n ii i! n • METHOD OF SUPPORTING No. 9, and give mternally the foUowmg : the udder. No. 51. 1 Ounce sulphate of soda, 2 Drachms nitrate of potash. Mix. Give as one dose in a bran mash, and repeat it morning and night for a week or two. Isolate the patient, on account of the smell. When it is merely a case of curdled milk (garget), give atablespoon- ful of saltpetre night and morning in a bran mash, and milk her with special care, to make sure of getting all the milk away. Xin. Sore Teats. Cows' teats are very apt to become chapped, cracked and very sore, rendering the milking exceedingly painful to the cow and very annoying to the milker. Unfortunately, the latter is often so thoughtless as to fly mto a passion and abuse the cow. Great patience and kindness should always be exercised in such cases, the milker taking plenty of time to soften the sore teats well with the milk before attempting to squeeze them. J3 896 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. When done milking, anoint them nicely with the following mixture : No. 52. 1 Ounce alum, 1 Drachm carbolic acid, 4 Ounces lard, Powder the alum and mix. Or, instead, this may be used : No. 53. y^ Ounce tannic acid, 1 Drachm carbolic acid, 4 Ounces lard, Mix. Little pea-like tumors sometimes grow in the milk passage, in the teat, eventuating, in some cases, in its complete obstruction, and the subse- quent loss of that quarter. Many expedients have been tried for the cure of this troublesome condition — such as teat siphons, probes, bistouries, needles, etc. — but all to no a\ A\ , for the teat very soon gets sore, and milking becomes dangerous, if not well-nigh impossible. The only feasible way of managing the case is just to let it go till the cow goeti dry, milking that quarter as well as possible without any instrumental aid ; and then to cut into the teat, remove the excrescences, and let the wound heal over a silver probe. If this is properly done, the teat will be as good as ever. XIV. Nymphoinania and Sterility. Nymphomania is chronic inflammation of the clitoris, giving rise to a constant desire for the male. Such cows take the bull at any time, but rarely conceive, and even when they do so, are almost sure to abort. They are called "buUers." It often happens that they are barren nat- urally, twins being especially prone to that condition. Sometimes, high bred cows will not breed to a high bred bull, yet will do so to a mongrel, especially a young bull. What to do. — For cows naturally barren nothing can be done. For others the difficulty can often be overcome by reducing them in flesh (for they are nearly always fat), and b}' judicious management. Keep them in a short pasture for a few weeks, and give them a handful of Glauber's salts every second day. At the proper time, put them to a young, vigorous bull, one or two leaps being sufficient. If this does not succeed, try a mongrel bull. If the cow is continually riding the other cows, keep her to herself, if possible, and feed from half a pint to a pint of hemp seed once a day for two months. In some cases hemp seed seems to have a magic effect. Feed it both before and after the service — beo-inning say three weeks before coining in heat, and continuing it right along till she conceives. If the cow is thin in flesh, fatten her up a little, even if she has to be shut up to do this. CIT AFTER X. MILK FEVER— ITS SIMPLE AND SUCCESSFUL TREATMENT. I, PRELIMINARY STATEMENT. II. NAME AND SYNONYMS. III. DESCRIP- TION OF DISEASE. IV. CAUSES. V. HOW TO KNOW IT. VI. THE NEW AIR TREATMENT. VII. PREVENTION. I. Preliminary Statement. Milk fever is a very common, and until recently a frequently fatal, disease affecting cows in all the large dairy districts of this and other countries. As it usually attacks the best milking members of the herd and at a time when the milk flow is the heaviest, the malady is one which Apparatus for Treatment of Milk Fever, for the injection of sterile atmospheric air into the udder. has caused very severe losses to our dairy industry. It is therefore of the greatest economic importance that every milk producer acquaint himself with the present extremely successful methods of treating this disease, es- pecially the injection of filtered atmospheric air into the udder. This form of treatment has been adopted within a comparatively recent time, and, in view of the uniform success that has followed, every dairyman should become familiar with its use and should provide himself with a suitable apparatus for its application, especially if he is located where the services of a competent veterinarian can not be secured. This method of dealing with the disease does not make the assistance of the veterinarian 897 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. MILK FEVER— FIRST STAGE. undesirable, in case it is obtainable, as the professional man may fre- quently be of the greatest assistance in treating complicated symptoms, should they arise. II. Name and Synonyms. The common name for this malady — milk fever — is an erroneous and misleading one, as in reality fever is usually absent; instead, there is generally an actual re- duction in body temperature. A far better and more dis- tinctive term and one that de- scribes the actual condition much more precisely is partu- rient paresis. The disease has also several other names in various parts of the country, such as calving fever, parturi- tion fever, parturient apoplexy, parturient collapse, puerperal fever, vitulary fever, and drop- ping after calving. III. Description of Disease. Milk fever is a disease of well-nourished, plethoric, heavy-milking cows; it occurs during the most active period of life (fourth to sixth calf), and is characterized by its sudden onset, and the complete paralysis of the animal with loss of sen- sation, and by following closely the act of calving, or parturition, terminat- ing in a short time in re- covery or death. One at- tack predisposes the ani- mal to a recurrence of the trouble. While this disease may occur at any time during the whole year, it is seen principally during the warm summer sea.son. The affection is almost entirely confined to the cow, although a few cases have been reported in the sow and goat. Sheep are entirely free from the disease. MILK FEVER— SECOND STAGE. MILK FEVER ITS SIMPLE AND SUCCESSFUL TREATMENT. 899 IV. Causes. There are few diseases among our domesticated animals regarding the exact cause of which more widely different theories have been advanced than that- of milk fever. The causes may properly be divided into two kinds — predisposing and direct. Experience shows one of the most prominent predisposing causes to be the great activity of the milk-secret- ing structure, namely, the udder. This organ is most active after the fourth, fifth, and sixth parturition, and this is the time of life when the vast majority of cases occur. The disease is almost unknown in heifers with the first calf and decreases in frequency steadily after the most active milking period is past. It is rarely, if ever, met with in pure beef breeds, such as the Shorthorn, Angus, and Hereford, while its main inroads are made into the heavy-milking breeds, such as the Holstein, Jersey, and Guernsey. Regarding the direct cause of milk fever numerous theories have been advanced by various investigators, but only to be abandoned as further discoveries in pathology were made. Thus Schmidt, of Miihlheim, basing his theory upon the striking resemblance of the symptoms of milk fever to those of sausage poisoning, claimed that the former was due to an aiuto-intoxioation, produced. by the absorption of toxins from the uterus. V. How to Know It. This disease in its typical and most common form is comparatively easy to diagnose and one which almost every dairyman knows immedi- ately before the arrival of the veterinarian. It usually comes on within two days after the birth of the calf and is practically never seen after the second week. In isolated instances it has been observed a few days before calving. At the commencement of the attack there is usually excitement; the cow is restless, treads with the hind feet, switches the tail, stares anxiously around the stall or walks about uneasily. She may bellow occasionally, show slight colicky symptoms, and make ineffectual attempts at relieving the bowels. These symptoms are rarely recog- nized by the owner, but they are followed within a few hours by begin- ning paralysis, indicated by a staggering gait, especially in the hind legs, and by weakening of the knees and fetlocks in front. The patient now becomes quieter, the gait more staggering and weak, and finally the animal goes down and is unable to rise. The paralysis by this time is general, the calf is unnoticed, and the cow lies perfectly quiet with the eyes partly closed and staring and showing a complete absence of winking when the eyeball is touched. She is absolutely unheedful of her sur- roundings and flies may alight with impunity on all parts of the body without causing the slightest movement to dislodge them. While down the patient assumes a very characteristic position, which is of great 900 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. aid in diagnosis. The head is turned around to the side (usually the left) and rests on the chest, causing a peculiar arching of the neck. If the head is drawn out straight, it immediately flops around to the side again when the force is removed. The body usually rests slightly to one side, with the hind legs extended forward and outward and the fore legs doubled up in their normal position. There is paralysis of the muscles of the throat, so that swallowing is impossible, and in case drenching is attempted there is great danger of the fluids going into the lungs and setting up traumatic pneumonia. In fatal cases the animal may remain perfectly quiet and die in a comatose condition from com- plete paralysis of the nervous system, but more frequently there is some IINAL STAGE COMATOSE CONDITION agitation and excitement prior to death with tossing about of the head. Death, like recovery, usually occurs in from 3ighteeu to seventy-two hours after the onset of the malady. VI. What to Do. To Andersen, of Skanderborg, belongs the credit for first having made use of plain atmospheric air, although Schmidt had previously recom- mended the admittance of air with the potassium iodide solution for the purpose of obtaining greater diffusion of the liquid. Andersen first injected air along with sterile water and then by itself. The results were astonishingly successful. Thus Schmidt reports that our of 914 cases treated in Denmark, 884, or 96.7 per cent, were restored to health. The record of 140 of these animals shows that recovery occurred in the aver- MILK FEVER ITS SIMPLE AND SUCCESSFUL TREATMENT. 901 age time of 6 2-3 hours. Of this number 25 cases required a second injection, while in 3 of the latter number it was necessary to give a third treatment before they were able to get upon their feet. The treatment is also practically harmless, as the statistics of the above-mentioned 914 patients show that only 1 cow was affected with a severe attack of caked bag after this treatment, while in 4 other cows a milder inflammation of the udder was apparent. Previous to making the air injection, the hands of the operator should be thoroughly cleansed and the udder should receive the same careful antiseptic treatment as has been recommended in discussing the injec- tion of potassium iodide. Soap and water should be applied to the teats and udder, after which they should be carefully disinfected with a 5 per cent solution of carbolic acid (3 tablespoonfuls of pure carbolic -acid to 1 quart of water). A clean towel should then be placed under the udder to prevent the teats from coming in contact with dirt or filth of any kind. The milking tube, before it is placed in the teat, should have been perfectly sterilized by boiling for fifteen minutes, with the lower hose and cap of the cylinder attached, and the apparatus should be wrapped in a clean towel, without touching the milking tube, to prevent contamination before use. If the apparatus has been subjected to this treatment shortly before, and it is desired to disinfect only the milking tube, the latter may be placed in a 5 per cent solution of carbolic acid for five minutes. It is then carefully inserted into the milk duct of the teat without emptying the udder of milk. Air is now pumped into the ud- der. Slight massage or kneading of the udder will cause the innermost re- cesses of the milk tubules to become distended with the injected air. After one-quarter of the udder is well distended the milking tube is removed, care being taken to prevent the outflow of air by having an assistant tie a broad piece of tape about the teat at the time the milking tube is with- drawn. The same treatment is repeated with the other three teats until the udder is' satisfactorily distended. In case the air becomes absorbed and no improvement is noted within five hours, a repetition of this treatment should be made under the same antiseptic precautions as at first. The tape should be removed from the teats two or three hours after the cow gets on her feet, the constricting muscles at the tip of the teats being now depended on for retaining the air. In this manner the air may be left in the udder for twenty-four hours, and when recovery is assured, it should be grad- ually milked out. It is needless to say that the calf should not be per- mitted to suck during this period. Inflammation of the udder (caked bag) is avoided if the milking tube is thoroughly disinfected before each application, and if the cow's teats and bag and the hands of the operator have been properly cleansed. While this method of treating milk fever is a comparatively easy one for a farmer or dairyman to adopt, he can not expect to have the same 902 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. successful results as those obtained by a skilled veterinarian, and it is therefore advisable Ihat the services of such a veterinarian should always be obtained in those districts where it is possible. In many cases it will be found that the injection of air into the udder will be sufficient to combat the disease without any other treatment, but it is always advisable to study the symptoms of each individual case and administer in a rational manner the indicated medicines. VII. Prevention. The most recent preventive treatment suggested is in line with the favorable results obtained by the injection of air into the udder. It con- sists in allowing the susceptible cow to retain in the udder for 24 hours after calving all the milk except the small quantity required by the calf, which should be taken if possible from each quarter. The distention of the udder naturally follows as in the air treatment and acts as a preventive against milk fever. In the Island of Jersey and at the Bilt- more Farms, N. C, where this practice is common, the number of milk fever cases has been greatly lessened. General sanitary conditions should also be looked "after, such as the supply of pure air and clean stabling, with plenty of clear cool water and laxative foods, such as grasses and roots. Some observers who believe in the microbic origin of the disease have recommended the cleaning of the manure and dirt from the animal and spraying the hind quarters and genitals with a 4 to 5 per cent solu- tion of carbolic acid, lysol, or creolin, just prior to calving. From our present knowledge of the disease, however, this is probably unnecessary. CHAPTER XI. DISEASES OP THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. I. PHRENITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIX. II. APOPLEXY. III. EPILEPc SY. IV. PARALYSIS. V. TETANUS. VI. RABIES OR HYDROPHOBIA. VII. NERVOUS DEBILITY AT PARTURITION. I. Phrenitis, or Inflammation of the Brain. This distressing disease, which is most common during the summer months, may be either idiopathic (i)rimary disease) or symptomatic. It may result from fever, or from inflammation in some other part, its im- mediate cause being too great a flow of blood which presses on the tem- poral arteries, and causes increased action in all the circulatory vessels. How to know it. — There will be strong pulsation in the temporal arter- ies, constant watchfulness, and finally raving. The eyes are inflamed ; the animal will fall suddenly, soon rising again, however; there will be trembling and starting of the tendons ; the skin will be harsh and the urine suppressed. In a more unfavorable stage, there will also be grind- ing of the teeth, and total want of rest. Really idiopathic phrenitis is rare. It is generally caused by acute indigestion, impaction of the omentum, and other local troubles. What to do. — The treatment consists of a good cathartic, as, for in- stance. No. 8, the effect of which should be assisted by injections of warm water and soap. Bleed from the jugular vein ; keep the head cool by means of ice or very cold water ; and if the limbs are cold, use mustard or strong embro- cations of ammonia. Aconite is also considered beneficial, but it should never be used except under the direction of a veterinarian. During re- covery, the animal should be kept quiet, and have good nourishing and easily digested food. II. Apoplexy. In true apoplexy, the animal drops suddenly, and death ensues very soon, unless immediate relief is given. The means to be used are bleed- ing from the jugular vein, and the administration of a purgative, such as No. 8, with injections of soap and water. Give a change of food. m. Epilepsjr Epilepsy is rare, except in the case of y^ Ounce saltpetre, Mix, Give as one dose ; repeat morning and night for a month. V. Tetanus or Lockjaw. Tetanus is a general and continued spasm (or, more strictly, contrac- tion) of the muscles of the body, both voluntary and involuntary. When the muscles of the jaw are principally affected it is called trismus, or in popular language, lockjaw, the term tetanus being more properly lim- ited to tlie general form. Causes. — This is now known to be an infectious disease due to the intro- duction through a wound of a microbe called the bacillus tetani. This germ works best in a small M'ound, in which the air is excluded by closure of the wound by swelling, or crusting over with a scab. Under these con- ditions the germs grow, increase in numbers, and produce chemical poisons called pto7nai7ies that are absorbed into the blood and poison the nervous system, producing cramps of the muscular tissues of the body. The germs exist naturally in the soil, especially in rich garden soil, consequently, tetanus occurs most often through wounds in the feet, especially nail pricks. The wounds may be so small as to preclude detection on account of the hair covering the body and legs, or they may be in the alimentary tract from punctures by sharp particles in the food, but for tetanus to develop there must be a wound and the bacilli must gain entrance through it. It DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 905 may follow castration. The case may be mild or severe; the mild one will recover by the system outliving the poison, and the severe one will prcve fatal by the muscular cramps interfering with circulation of the blood and respiration How to know it. ^The disease is insidious in its operations, until the danc^erous stage comes on. The animal may be dull, off its feed, and generally disinclined to move. Then the whole body may l^ecome affected, with the hind legs wide apart, the nose protruding, head and tail elevated, breathing quickened, and the pulse frequent and corded. The bowels are strongly bound. Sometimes the back is depressed downward, and some- times^rched up; and sometimes the spasm , throws the head to one side. There are different technical names for the several manifestations. What to do.— Little can be done, except to remove all irritating objects, give calming medicines, and operate on the bowels as soon as possible. The nervous excitement will be lessened by keeping the patient in a dark place. Search for the wound, clip off the hair, enlarge the wound by slit- ting it up with a knife, then wash it with warm water and soap, and bathe and inject it with recipe No. 9; bind on a pack of oakum wet with this lotion. Dress it two or three times a day. Give plenty of linseed gruel to drink. VI. Rabies or Hydrophobia. It seems needless to repeat the general statements respecting this disease given in Part II of this work, pages 452 and 453. It is, of course, incur- able, and from its exceedingly dangerous nature, the suspected animal should be immediately confined, and killed as soon as ever the symptoms become pronounced. VII. Nervous Debility at Parturition. This disease must not be mistaken for parturient apoplexy or peritonitis. It is readily distinguished from these by the total absence of any tendency to either high fever or lethargy. It is not confined to animals in high condition, but is found quite as often among those that are lean. How to know it.— The pulse may be somewhat fast, but will be com- pressi])le and often weak. The udder remains soft, and the milk is plenti- ful and easily drawn; and though there may be constipation, the appetite will be good. What to do.— Keep the animal warm and in good quarters, with plenty of bedding. Evacuate the bowels by warm injections, at the same time giving a mild purgative No. 8. Give stimulants, sloppy but nutritious food,\ay tea, etc., and remove the milk frequently from the udder. CHAPTER XII. DISEASES OP THE SKIN. I. SIMPLE ECZEMA. -II. CHRONIC ECZEMA, OR PSORIASIS. III. ERYSIPELAS. I. Simple Eczema. This is ji skill disease in which crops of vesicles come up, burst, run a little watery matter, dry up and heal, but while these are healing an- other crop breaks out in another place. It is attended with intense itch- ing, which worries the animal exceedingly. What to do. — Give a purgative, No. 8, repeating it after a week ; also, a change of food and good care. Let the cattle have salt at least twice a. week. Bathe the affected parts frequently with lotion No. 47. n. Chronic Eczema, or Psoriasis. When simple eczema is neglected the disease becomes chronic. The skin thickens, gets hard, dry and sore, and cracks into fissures or fur- rows ; the discharge continues and be- comes greasy, offensive and ichorous ; and the hair gets thin and stands straight out, or perhaps turns the wrong way, giving the parts the ap-. pearance of rat tails, by which name the disease is often known. It is very troublesome, frequently causing lame- ness, and always proving hard to cure. What to do. — Apply hot linseed meal poultices to the affected parts till all inflammation and soreness are gone ; then embrocate freely with lo- tion No. 9, using a cotton bandage wet in the lotion and applying it loosely. If there are any points of proud flesh, burn them down daily with lunar caustic. When all sore- ness is gone and the disease appears to be under entire control, apply either of the ointments Nos. 52 and 58. CHRONIC ECZEMA, OR 'UlAT TAILS," III. Erysipelas This is a diffuse inflammation of the whole th sometimes extending to the subcellular tissue, ai (kness of the true skin, il causmg much pam and irritative fever. 906 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 907 How to know it. — It is indicated by an intensely red skin, there being, moreover, no disappearance of color under pressure. The parts are hard and internally red, but not severely swelled, but the cellular tissue is in- jected and infiltrated, often inclining to a pustular state. The disease terminates in resolution, suppuration or ulceration — sometimes even in mortification and gangrene. If the head is attacked, there is danger of a fatal termination. THE POLISH cow. This race is bred for the meat alone, being unfit for draft purposes aud yielding but little milk. It was originally imported from southern Russia, and is regarded with distrust in Germany from the fact that it brought the disease known ns '^Rinderpest" into that country. But its meat is so desirable that it is much sought after, and the prejudice is dying out. What to do. — If there is sjmiptomatic fever and the animal is fat, deple- tion is necessary, — give No. 8 ; but if the animal's condition is the reverse of this, give No. 13. Follow this with nitre, in half ounce doses, twice a day. In connection with the above constitutional treatment, there should be local applications to the inflamed part, such as lotions of lead or zinc. A strong solution of nitrate of silver is sometimes applied, and with decided benefit, to the outer edge of the inflamed parts. A poul- tice of ripe cranberries is probably one of the best remedies for reduc- ing the inflammation, if ai)plied early. It is to be followed with glycer. ine in which a small quantity of ammonia has been dissolved, or with recij>e No. 1. CHAPTER XIII. PARASITIC DISEASES OF CATTLE. I. HOOSE OR HUSK (VERMINOUS BRONCHITIS). II. THE GADFLY AND GRUB (OESTRUS BOVIS). III. LICE. IV. TAPEWORM. V. MANGE. VI. RINGWORM. VII. HOOK-WORM DISEASE OF CATTLE. I. Hoose or Husk (Verminous Bronchitis.) The symptoms of this disease are similar to those of bronchitis. The difficulty is caused by a species of strongulus — worms — (filaria bron- chitis) the eggs of which are swallowed in grazing. Calves, and especially sheep, are the most likely to be affected, for the reason that they bite closer than cattle. How to know it. — There will be a slight, husky cough, recurring at irregular intervals. The coat will soon become staring, and the breath- ing more and more embarrassed. The cough becomes more frequent, and in character more suffocating and mucous; worms, either singly or rolled together, will also be coughed up. What to do. — Feed liberally with the soundest and most nutritious diet possible, including linseed or cotton cake, and roots, mixing in the food some good tonic, such as recipe ISJo. 4. For calves, make four doses of the recipe. Burn turpentine on pine shavings in the pen with the calves, and let them breath the fumes, and give them a tablespoonful of sulphur in the food once a day for two weeks. Prevention. — This is better than cure. The forms from which //ana bronchitis emanate are found In low, wet, undrained pastures. Hence, keep the stock off such pastures when the trouble is found, especially when wet with dew or rain. Do not allow animals to drink from stag- nant ponds or pools, and look to the proper drainage of the pastures, II. The Gadfly and Grub (CEiStrus Bovis). Little rounded tumors will often be found along the backs of cattle, during late winter and spring. These are called warbles, and are the lairs of the larvae of the ox gadfly (^cestrus bovis). Each tumor contains a grub, which may ox GADFLY (cES- ^^ squcczcd out by pressure,some- ^^^^ ^^ gadfly. TRus BOVIS.) times escaping with such force as to fly several feet. Sometimes it is necessary to enlarge the orifice with 908 PARASITIC DISEASES OF CATTLE. 909 the lancet, for the more easy ex|iulsion of the grubs. The cuts show the two forms of the insect, — the perfect fly and the grub. III. Lice. Vrrious species of lice infest the ox, the principal being the ox louse proper, the calf louse, (both of which are species of Jloematopinus, or blood suckers), and a certain kind of bird louse, one of the tribe of CALF LOUSE. BIRD LOUSE. APPEARANCE OP A COW AFFECTED WITH LICE. Trichodecies, having no sucking tul)e, but with strong biting jaws. The cixts show all these parasites, of course very much enlarged. There are also ticks infesting cattle at certain seasons, and espec- ially plentiful on Texas cattle. Of the several varieties founci, the one known as the Texas tick {Boophihis Bovis) is the most important, it being the cause, at least of the transmission, of Texas fever. The -emale attaches herself to the animal where the skin is thin and soft — on the insides of the thighs, along up to the anus, just back of the elbows and .>n the neck back of the ears — by burying her head into the skin, is fecunda- ted by the male, which dies immediately after, and remains there till mature if not pulled or rubbed off, then she drops off and hides under a crust, where she lays her eggs and dies. The young ticks hatch out in a few days, and, being very active, get on to the cattle as opportunity offers, and so the round is con- tinued. These ticks contain the germs of Texas fever, and they spread the disease through their bites. The accompanying cut shows the Texas tlOlF o TRXAf TICK. 9i0 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, What to do. — The remedy for Hcks consists in careful currying and picking them off. This can be dene if the herd is small, but to avoid over- looking the small ones, which are just as injurious as the large ones, sponge them thoroughly once a week with No. 55, or i)arafiin oil, till all ticks are killed. All ticks that are pulled or curried off should be burned. For lice on cattle, the following will be found among the best remedies in use: No. 55. Yi Pound of tobacco, 1 Gallon of "water, Steep for cwo hours. HEAD OF TAPE- WORM GOT BY EATING BEEF. Wash the affected animal with this infusion thoroughly, using it warm. rV. Tapeworm. It is not necessary here to ge hito a dissertation on the tapeworm. The microscopic eggs (a single worm is estinrated to lay as high as 25,- 000,000) are passed with the exuviae of dogs, and are taken up by graz- ing stock. One of the forms in which it exists in cattle is the cystic, found in the muscles. The parasite which is the mature tape- worm is found in the bowels of the human family, and in animals, especially dogs. The cut shows the head of a tapeworm of the species known as taenia mediocan- ellata. Prevention. — .Prevention of the parasites in the imma- ture form in stock consists in destroying all exuvice of dogs in pastures, wherever found. Once encysted in animals, there is no remedy. For prevention of tape* worm in the human family, eat no meat, not even smoked meat, without thorough cooking. V. Mange. There are a number of j^aiasitic insects which attach themselves to ill- conditioned cattle, producing itching. The latter is intensely aggravated in hot weather. A species of dermatoco'ptes^ similar to the itch or scab insect, is the most prolific cause of this class of affections. There is also a microscopic insect, the gamasus of mustyhay, which sometimes infests the skin of animals feed- ing thp^'oon. The cut shows the last named insect 'ligl/Jj' magnified. Treat about the same as for mange in the horse. (See page 530). VI. Ringworm. Tbif IS somewhat common in cattle, show- GAMASUS OF MUSTY FODDER. jj;,g ^g ^ greater or less number of round bald spots, coveied with white scales, and surrounded with bristly or split hairs ^hica dre scabbed around the root8» with some eruption o» ^h& t^biiL PARASITIC DISEASES OF CATTLE. 911 spots covered with white scales, and surrounded with bristly or split hairg which are scabbed around the roots, with some eruption on the skin. The microscope shows it to be a vegetable parasite. It is readily trans- mitted from one animal to another. What to do. — Clip off the hair, and wash the part with soap and water, to remove all scabs ; when dry, rub in well a little of the following : No. 56. 2 Ounces tincture of iodine, 1 Ounce oil of tar, 2 Ounces glycerine. Mix. Repeat the application once a day until cured. Or, instead, the follow- ing may be used in the same way : No. 57. 1 Ounce solution iodo-bromide of calcium compound, 3 Ounces water, Mix. Rub well in once a day. VII. Hook- Worm Disease of Cattle. This disease, also referred to as bovine uncinariasis and salt sickness, has been reported from Texas, Florida, and South Carolina, and is prob- ably widely distributed throughout the Southern States. C. F. Dawson, of the Florida Station, reports it as the most common disease of cattle. Investigations by A, F. Conradi and E. Barnett, at the South Carolina Station, have shown cattle to be seriously infested with the hook worm, which is frequently associated with other intestinal parasites, including the twisted wireworm or stomach worm, the inflated bowel worm, and the hair worm. The disease as described by Doctor Dawson is "an acute or chronic parasitic disease manifested at first by low fever, diarrhea, loss of appetite, soon becoming chronic, with continuance of low fever, constipa- tion, loss of appetite, progressive emaciation, and pronounced anemia, which, in many cases, terminates fatally." Young animals are more susceptible than older ones, but all ages may be affected. The nematode or round worm, formerly described as Un- cinaria radiata, is the exciting cause of the disease. These worms, found principally in the duodenum or first division of the small intestine, are provided with an armature of sharp teeth, by means of which they pierce the lining of the intestines and suck blood, moving from place to place. Other species of hook worm which affect sheep, dogs, cats, foxes, man, and other animals should not be confounded vnih the species that affects cattle. How to know. — The adult worm is from one-half to five-eighths inch in length and of the thickness of an ordinary pin. The eggs are deposited in the intestinal tract and are discharged in the feces, through an examina- tion of which the extent of infestation can be determined. Conradi and Barnett have observed a gorged female whose oviduct contained more than 1,500 eggs, 17 of which were deposited in one hour. At a temperature 912 CYCLOPiCDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. ranging from 48 degrees to 60 degrees F. forty-one days are required for the eggs to hatch. The hfe history and habits of the worm have been studied by Conradi and Barnett. Upon hatching, the young hook worms are very minute, but can easily be seen with the aid of a hand lens when crawling on the glass walls of the breeding' jars. They have a tendency to congregate, and these clusters can be easily recognized with the unaided eye. In this stage, as well as in the egg stage, they are very susceptible to heat or cold, being easily killed. Drought is also fatal, the worms dying in a few minutes. They feed on the fecal matter about them. In the second stage they are but slightly hardier. After several days the body wall becomes thicker and more rigid, and soon they pass to the final larval stage. The larvae that were hatched from eggs, gathered from fresh feces on February 26, and hatched February 28, had mostly passed to the final larval stage on March 15. ' In this stage they are protected by a resistant covering called ''sheath." Worms kept in the laboratory during January and February, the temperature varying from 48 to 60 degrees F., passed to the final larval stage in forty-one days. While active they were able to continue feeding through the aperture in the front end of the sheath. They move up and down on any near-by moist object, whether it is earth, grass, leaves, or weeds. They finally become quiescent in some elevated position, discontinue feeding, and are then greatly resistant to heat, cold, and drought. This habit of rising appears to be advantageous, as we be- 'lieve, the principal method of host infestation is through the mouth. That part of life history from egg to larval stage is very probably com- pleted in a few days during the warm weather of summer. The eggs and young worms require moisture. It seems quite probable that little development takes place in feces dropped on a hill during the drought of summer. There is said to be little danger from infestation in running water. At present the outlook for a cure for this disease is not very encouraging. Thymol has given good results in the treatment of the disease in man, and has been recommended by some authorities for the disease in cattle and sheep, but we believe it is far from being a specific. Certainly, in the case above referred to, with a dose of 150 grains, it could not be noticed that the worms had been in the legist affected three days later. How- ever, further experiments with this drug will be made as opportunity pre- sents itself. Even if drugs such as thymol were effective in expelling the worms, the animal, if still pasturing on infested land, would continue to reinfcst itself, so that the problem resolves itself into a question of pre- vention rather than treatment, the outlook for which is more encouraging. What to do. — When it is remembered that the disease occurs chiefly, or altogether, on low, wet lands, and that in dry seasons it is less severe, it would appear that much could be done by avoiding such places as pastures PARASITIC DISEASE OF CATTLE. 913 for at least one year. The land should be thoroughly drained, and it would be well to liberally apply air-slaked lime to accelerate drying. If in hook-worm infested lots the droppings are gathered every day, it will decrease the infestation. Plowing, undoubtedly, also reduces the dangei-s of infestation, as heavily infested material buried 3 inches in loose, pulvenilent, moist soil in the laboratory showed that a little over one-third as many larvae ascended on the glass wall of the breeding jar as in the jar used as a check where an equal amount of material from the same droppings was left on the surface of the moist soil. It is recommended that on hook-worm infested farms annual crop rota- tion be practiced as far as possible. The manure should be removed from stables occupied by infested animals daily and air-slaked lime used liber- ally to dry up the floors. The greatest precaution should be exercised to prevent the spread of this parasite into localities where it does not yet occur, either by shipments of infested cattle or otherwise. Where it is desirable to eradicate this pest from a lot previous to putting in animals that are not infested, it may be accomplished by burning. Dipping Cattle and Hogs. Cattle are dipped for miange (scab) which is prevalent on the large cattle ranges of this country. It is highly contagious, being due to a microscopical animal mite that burrows in the skin, causing the animal to rub furiously on any post, tree or other object that he can get to. The hair falls out, the skin becomes thickened, scabby and wrinkled over large surfaces in bad cases. They become quite thin in flesh, thus entailing great loss. On the farm the cattle can be treated successfully by the means prescribed for mange in the horse, but on the range dipping has to be resorted to. A tank four feet wide, six feet deep and twelve feet long is built, M-ater tight. The last six feet of the tank towards the outlet k sloped upwards with cross cleats on the floor for the cattle to walk out on. A chute is built leading up to the tank, and then on a level for about twelve feet leading on to a trap that falls with the animal's weight and plunges him into the dip. A man stands on each side of the tank to help him through it and safely on to the incline leading out of it. They should go through the dipping process slowly so as to be in the dip two or three minutes. In this manner a large number can be dipped in a day. The dip mey be composed of various substances, but the dip that is most commonly used is a one per cent solution of any of the coal tax emulsions. The liquid in the tank should be of sufficient quantity to com- pletely cover the animal when he plunges into it. " The dipping should bo repeated after a week. Hogs are usually dipped for lice. A tank and chute similar to the one above described, but, of course, very much smaller, is used for large herds, but for small herds a good method is to spray them with a force pump with a rose nozzle on the hose. A one per cent solution of a coal tar emulsion is the best for lice. The application should be repeated after a week. The sty and other enclosures where the hogs congregate should be cleaned and sprayed with the same solution. CHAPTER XIV. SCABIES OF CATTLE, OR MANGE. », ITS CAUSE. II. FORM AND LIFE HISTORY OF THE SCAB PARASITE. III. TRANSMISSION OF MANGE. IV. DISINFECTION. V. TREATMENT. VI. GENERAL DIRECTIONS. I. Its Cause. This disease has prevailed to a considerable extent among the range oattle of the West and Northwest, and has been heard of in other portions of the country. We quote from government report : Scabies, or mange, of the ox is a contagious disease caused by a para- sitic mite. Cattle are chiefly affected with but two varieties of these parasites, or mites, which belong to the class Arachnoidea. These are, first, the Psoroptes; second, the Symbiotes. The fii-st is the one which most frequently affects them. It lives on the surface of the skin and by its biting gives rise to great irritatioi: and itching. It is most frequent upon the sides of the neck and shoulders, at the base of the horns, and at the root of the tail. From these points it spreads to the back and sides, and may invade nearly the entire body. Its principal manifestations are more or less numerous pimples, exudation, and abundant scaling off of the skin, falling out of the hair, and the formation of dry, gray-brown- ish scabs. In the course of time the skin becomes thickened, stiff, wrinkled, and acquires the consistence of leather. When mange has spread over a large surface of the body, the animals lose flesh and become weak and anemic, rendering them constitutionally less able to with- stand or combat the effects of the mites. At the same time the decreased vigor and lessened vitality of the affected animals favor more rapid mul- tiplication of the mites and the further extension and intensification of the disease. Thus w^e have cause and effect working together, with the result that scabies, or mange, of cattle may in some cases prove fatal; especially are fatal terminations likely to occur in the latter part of a severe winter among immature and growing animals, or those of adult and full age when in an unthrifty condition at the time of becoming infected. Variations in the progress of the disease have been noticed de- pending upon the season of the year, ag.gravation in winter alternating wath improvement in summer. The mite which causes cattle itch, or mange, is closely related to the mite which causes sheep scab; both belong to the same genus and species, but are different varieties. The sheep-scab mite will not attack cattle, nor 914 SCABIES OF CATTLE, OR MANGE. 915 are will the cattle mite attack sheep or other animals. The itch mites found to be very numerous upon affected cattle, and a very small quantity of debris from an actively infested area of the skin will often reveal a surprisingly large number of the parasites. These mites may be removed from an animal and retain their vitality for a long time. Specimens have been collected and kept in small glass bottles in the laboratory at the ordinary temperature of the room during the winter months, varying from 45° F. during the night to 80° F. during the day, which would live and remain active from eight to eleven days. Exposure to bright sun- light, however, would kill most of the mites in a few hours. Sckbies does not appear to affect cattle while they are doing well on grass, nor to attack those in good condition over three years old. The animals which suffer most are calves, yeariings, and two-year-olds, and those in poor condition. The first symptom of the disease is usually an intense itching of the skin about the neck or shoulders, which ex- tends more or less rapidly, depending largely upon the health and vigor of the animal, along the back and sides and down the outside of the legs, but does not usually affect the inside of the legs nor the skin of the abdomen. The other variety of this parasite which produces mange in cattle is the Symbiotes. This is known as Symbiotic mange, or tail mange. It remains generally localized upon the depressions on the back part of the croup and at the base of the tail. It may, however, extend over the whole surface of the body if the treatment of the disease and care of the affected animal are neglected. These cases, however, are rare. Foot mange is also exceptional in cattle. Tail mange has almost no spreading ten- dency, and its contagiousness is hardly noticeable. It yields readily to treatment, and any remedy that will destroy the activity of the parasite producing the Psoroptic, or common form of mange, will readily kill that causing the Symbiotic, or tail mange. It is possible for the different morbid conditions produced by these two varieties of parasites to exist in the same animal at the same time. II. Form and Life History of the Scab Parasite. The Psoroptes, the first variety referred to, live upon the surface of the skin, adhere to it, and suck the blood and lymph of the skin by means of their mouth organs, producing a more or less intense inflammation through the numerous stings which they inflict. This species is character- ized by its relatively greater size. Its general form is rounded or egg- shaped. It can be seen with the naked eye upon dark surfaces, and is very easily seen with the help of a magnifying glass. The head is elon- gated and pointed. The jaws are long, straight, and stinging. The legs are very long. The sucking cups, which are tulip or trumpet-shaped, are 916 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. carried on the legs. In the male they are seen on the four pairs of legs ; in the female, upon the first, second, ,and fourth pairs only. In their immature form the Psoroptes or common mange mites have three pairs of legs, while in the adult state they possess four. The latter with five joints are fitted with suction cups covered with fine hair and armed with claws or hooks. The head, thorax, and abdomen are not separated. The mouth parts are represented by mandibles or jaws. The skin surface is covered with scales, hair, spikes, or silky hair, etc. Females, which are larger than males, lay from 20 to 24 eggs; at the end of 4 to 7 days the larvse come out and, after having undergone 3 or 4 changes, arrive at the stage of reproduction from the fourteenth to the seventeenth day. If exposed to damp air, or placed upon wet manure, the mange mites continue to live from 6 to 8 weeks. Upon damp ground the eggs remain alive from 2 to 4 weeks. In a dry place they lose their vitality after 4 to 6 days. Moderate heat is favorable to their vitality and to the hatching of the mites. In warm places under cover, and during the summer, their move- ments are more active and they multiply more rapidly than under the opposite condition. It has been estimated that one female alone may produce 1,500,000 individuals in 90 days. Each animal species has its specific mange parasites, or mites; conse- quently the expression "mange" must necessarily be incomplete unless the variety of the parasite is indicated. Thus, of the Psoroptic variety, we have the ox mange mites, the horse mange mites, and the sheep mange mites. In each of these animals we also have the Symbiotic, or tail mange, and in each the variety would be designated as in the case of the Pso- roptic or common form; but in neither variety is the contagion trans- mitted from one species of animal to the other. The tail-mange mites live especially upon the surface of the skin of the extremities, and exist in scabs in the outer layer of the skin. Their outlines are visible to the naked eye. The head is short and wider than it is long. The body is slightly egg-shaped and notched upon the outer edge. The legs are long and the sucking cups are shaped like a Roman shield, and are distributed in both the male and female, as in the case of the same organs on the legs of the common mange mites. Sarcoptic mange is a more serious disease than either of those already described, but is not common to cattle. It would not, therefore, seem im- portant to refer to this form of mange parasite and occupy space in this bulletin except by a reference to the serious disease which is produced by this variety of mite through certain characteristics natural to it. We find Sarcoptic mange in the following dornesticated animals: Horse, sheep, goat, dog, cat and pig. SCABIES OF CATTLE, OR MANGE. 917 This variety dig galleries under the outer layer of the skin and live on the cells of the middle layer of the skin. They multiply in these galleries and occasion a very intense inflammation of the skin. Because of the depth to which the Sar copies burrow Sarcoptic mange is exceedingly hard to eradicate. It would, therefore, seem fortunate that this form of the dis- ease is not common to cattle. It is rebellious to all medication, and very frequently recurrences of the disease are seen after treatment which has been prolonged for months. III. Transmissibility of Mange. Concerning the transmissibility of the different manges to animals and man, we find that all Sar copies may live for a considerable period upon man's skin, but the common mange mites, the first variety described, and the tail-mange mites, the second variety described, die very rapidly and occasion but slight irritations. The horse may contract Sarcoptic mange of the sheep, pig, dog, and cat. The ox takes the Sar copies of the horse, sheep, goat, and cat. The sheep contracts Sarcoptic mange of the goat. The dog takes the Sarcopies of man, pig, cat, sheep, and goat. The pig contracts Sarcoptic mange of the goat. From this it will be seer; the Sar- coptic mange, unlike the common and tail manges, is transmissible from one species of animal to another. IV. Disinfection. "What has already been said with regard to the contagious character of scabies in cattle — of the number of scab mites which may be found in a small quantity of the debris of the skin and their ability to live and remain active for a considerable length of time under unfavorable conditions — will indicate the importance of the thorough disinfection of corrals, sheds, or other buildings in which affected cattle may have been kept. It is therefore necessary, in order to attain success in the treatment of this dis- ease, to destroy parasites which have fallen off or have been dislodged from the animals, as well as those that are upon them ; otherwise there is danger of their becoming reinfected from the premises after the effects of the rem- edy applied to the animals have disappeared. V. Treatment. Methods in operation for the treatment of scabies in sheep have become more or less familiar to all people interested in sheep husbandry, and it may be said that the same treatment so successfully applied in ridding sheep of scabies has been found equally efficacious in the treatment of scabies of cattle. During the past few years many thousands of cattle have been success- fully treated for mange in different States of the Middle West and Middle 918 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Northwest under the observation and supervision of inspectors of this Bureau ; Dr. A. D. Melvin, Assistant Chief of the Bureau, and Dr. Robert H. Treacy, Inspecter, having submitted plans and specifications, which will be found further on. The dip previously used contained an excess of lime, and frequently proved quite irritating to the eyes and tender parts of the skin ; hence the lime-and-sulphur dip now adopted and recommended for the treatment of scabies of cattle is made with the following ingredients : Flowers of sulphur pounds. . 24 Unslaked lime do ... . 12 "Water gallons . . 100 Place the unslaked lime in a mortar box or some suitable vessel and add enough water to slake it and form a lime paste or lime putty. Sift into this lime paste the flowers of sulphur and stir the mixture well. Be sure to weigh both the lime and the sulphur, and do not trust to measure them in a bucket or guess at the weight. Place the sulphur and lime paste in a kettle or boiler with about 25 or 30 gallons of boiling water, and boil the mixture for two hours at least, stirring the liquid and sediment. The boiling should be continued until the sulphur disappears, or almost dis- appears, from the surface. The solution is then of a chocolate or liver color. The longer the solution boils the more the sulphur is dissolved, and the less caustic the ooze becomes. Some writers advise boiling from thirty to forty minutes, but this is not sufficient ; a good ooze can be ob- tained only by boiling from two to three hours, adding water when neces- sary. Pour the mixture and sediment into a large tub or barrel, placed near the dipping vat and provided with a bunghole about 4 inches from the bottom, and allow it ample time (from two to three hours or more if necessary) to settle. The use of some kind of a settling tank provided with a bunghole is an absolute necessity, unless the boiler is so arranged that it may be used for both boiling and settling. An ordinary kerosene oil barrel will answer very well as a small settling tank. To insert a spigot about 3 to 4 inches from the bottom is an easy matter. Draining off the liquid through a spigot has a great advantage over dipping it out because less commotion occurs in the liquid, which therefore remains freer from sediment. When fully settled, draw off the clear liquid into the dipping vat and add enough warm water to make lOO gallons. But under no circumstances should the sediment in the barrel be used for dipping purposes. A double pre- caution against allowing the sediment to enter the vat is to strain the liquid through ordinary bagging as it is drawn from the barrel or settling tank. The above directions are for the quantity of dip given in the preceding formula. Any multiple of the constituents may be used, depending upon SCABIES OF CATTLE, OR MANGE. 919 the capacity of the boiler, vessels, and tank to be filled, but let it be repeated that there should be no guessing about the proportions ; that the directions for the preparation of the dip as here given should be closely followed, care being taken that boiling be continued for the full time recommended. Another good method for making this dip, highly recommended by experienced inspectors, is to mix the lime and sulphur in a mortar box, then slake the lime thoroughly and put the mixture in the cooking tank (which should contain one-fifth the total quantity of water required for the dip), after the water in the cooking tank is nearly boiling. If the mortar box is not at hand the lime and sulphur may be mixed and slaked in the cooking vat and the water then added for cooking. The mixture must be boiled for at least two hours, stirring often. Then add enough water to replace that which has boiled away, so as to have the original proportion of water. Allow to settle two hours, or longer if possible, and draw off the clear liquid for use in dipping. The liquid obtained by these processes contains calcium sulphides in solution and now only requires the addition, of sufficient clear water to reduce to the proper strength for dipping. Flowers of sulphur must be used'and the lime must be of good quality. VI. General Directions. Soft water is better than hard water for dipping, but if it can not be obtained the hard water may be softened by adding potash or lye, but no more should be added than sufficient to cut the water. The average depth of the liquid used in a dipping vat is from 5Mj to 6 feet, and the amount of dip necessary to obtain that depth should be ascer- tained before preparing the dip, in order that the requisite amount of the liquid may be prepared. In 1 gallon there are 231 cubic inches. In order to find the number of gallons contained in a dipping vat multiply together, in inches, the average length, the average breadth, and the depth, and divide by 231, and the result will be the number of gallons. To obtain the average length of vat, add the length at the bottom to the length at the top of dip — or water line — and divide by 2 ; obtain the average width in the same manner. The depth should be taken at the center of vat, and should be from the bottom to water or dip line. Be sure to measure only the space filled by the dip, and not above that line. The cooking vat should also be measured. It is convenient to have rods marked, showing the number of gallons at various depths. Mix the dip thoroiio;hly in the dipping vat by stirring lengthwise in the vat, also from top to bottom. A large hoe is a good instrument to use in stirring. After the dip is thoroughly mixed, take the temperature at different parts of the vat ; see that it is uniform, and, if too hot or too cold, 920 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. add hot or cold water with proper proportion of dip until the right tem- perature is obtained ; be careful to have all well mixed. The temperature of the dip when used should be from 102° to 110' F. To ascertain the temperature, take some of the dip out of the vat in a bucket, hold the thermometer in it, and read the temperature while it is in the fluid. The dip nmst be changed as soon as it becomes filthy, re- gardless of the number of cattle dipped in it, and in no case should it be used when more than ten days old. "When there is any doubt as to the good quality and proper strength of the dip, or if it seems to have deter- iorated by standing, by freezing, or by being fouled by use, do not depend upon it, but throw it away, clean out the dipping vat, and make new dip. In emptying the vat the entire contents must be removed, including all sediment and droppings and other foreign matter. In order to attain success in the treatment of mange, care and thorough- ness of method must be observed. Animals that have been exposed should be dipped as well as those that show distinct evidences of the disease. After the lapse of ten days or two weeks following the first dipping, the animals should be subjected to a second dipping, in order that parasites which may have survived the first treatment, or which may have gotten on the animals from corrals, sheds, buildings, or elsewhere, may be destroyed. Careful examinations of thousands of cattle, thirty to forty days after being put through the dip for the second time, have failed to reveal evidence of scabies on any of them. The dip liquid in the tanks during the whole dipping process should be kept at the temperature before stated — from 102° to 110° F. Each animal should be kept two minutes in the dip, and be put completely under twice during that time. All bad cases should be hand-rubbed and kept in the dip four minutes. Pregnant cows have been treated, as well as cattle of all ages, from calves to full-grown steers, with the loss of but one animal in one of the -swimming tanks. This was a steer which for some unknown reason seemed to be unable to swim and was drowned. It would appear that the dipping of cows, when proper care is taken — especially to prevent crowding in the chutes — has no appreciable effect upon abortions, as a comparison with previous years showed that the dipping had not increased the average number of abortions regularly occurring among these herds before dips were used. CHAPTER XV DISEASES OF THE EYE. I. OPHTHALMIA OR CONJUNCTIVITIS. II. FUNGUS H^MATOD«:S, OR BLEEDING CAN- CER. III. TORN EYELIDS. IV. INVERSION AND EVERS1->N OF THE EYELIDS V. FOREIGN SUBSTANCES IN THE EYE. I. Ophthalmia or Conjunctivitis. As a rule, cattle are subject to but few diseases of the eye, the most common being simple soreness or inflammation of the conjunctiva (lining of the lids), from the introduction of foreign bodies, exposure to cold winds, scratching of thorns, or blows from horns of other cattle, or else from kicks or some similar violence on the part of the attendants. How to know it. — There is swelling and congestion of the lids ; weep- ing, the tears running down over the cheek ; shaking and hanging of the head ; refusal of food ; suspension of rumination, etc. On examination, it will be found that the eye is kept closed or nearly so, and is very red ; and the small blood-vessels of the eye-ball are enlarged and injected. The in- flammation may extend to the iTiternal parts of the eye, and pus may gather and fall to the bottom of the anterior chamber, forming a whitish yellow spot. Cataract may result from this, or, at least, opacity from the for- mation of a Avhite film over the surface of the eyeball (cornea). What to do. — Give a mild purgative, No. 8. Bathe the eye with warm milk and water, half and half, several times a day, and apply the follow- ing lotion with a camel's hair brush directly to the eyeball and all other parts, several times a day. No 58. 2 Grains sulphate ot atropla, 1 Ounce water, Mix. After the active inflammation is subdued, apply the following lotion in addition to the other treatment, which should still be continued : No, 59. 10 Grains nitrate of silver, 1 Ounce water, Mix. Apply directly to the eyeball, morning and night, with a camel's hair brush. Continue this till all opacity is gone, that is, till the white half- moon spot at the bottom of the anterior chamber is absorbed 921 922 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. n. Fungus Heematodes, or Bleeding Cancer. This is a cancerous growth that may develop on any part of the body but is especially apt to come in the eye, destroying that organ, and form- ijig a large, spongy, fungus-like excres-- ence that bleeds upon the slightest in- ^ jury, in fact almost upon a mere touch. What to do. — When the exact nature of the disease is recognized, the eye should be dissected out, and the animal fitted for the butcher as speedily as pos- sible. The operation is the same as that described under " Extirpation of fungus h^matodes. the Eye" in the Horse department. m. Torn Eyelids. As in everything of the nature of a " blemish," an injury to the eye is of less consequence in cattle than in the horse. Still, both humanity and self-interest dictate that it should not be neglected. In a case of torn eyelids, — an accident that may happen in various ways, — bring the edges neatly together, and sev/ them with fine silk. Dress them afterwards 'with a weak carbolic or other healing lotion, applying the same two or three times a day as long as necessary. rv. Inversion and Eversion of the Eyelids. These are more of an annoj'ance than a serious ailment, and are not of very frequent occurrence in cattle. Their technical names are entropium and ectropium, respectively, under which they have been described in the Horse department, on page 524, to w^hich the reader is referred. They are identical wita what oculists are often called on to treat in the human subject. V. Foreign Substances in the Eye. Hayseed, hair, or other foreign particles in the eye always occasion great annoyance, and often real suffering, which the animal will manifest by keeping the eye partly closed, and perhaps by turning the head slightly awry. Anything of this kind should be removed at once, the head being well secured, so that the operator will run no risk of injury from the horns. The method of procedure, as also the subsequent treatment, will be similar to that described on page 520 for the horse. Pink eye in cattle: — This disease resembles epizootic catarrh in that the eyes become red and tears stream down the cheeks. Those af- fected usually become blind by a film growing over the ball. If an abscess form, mix powdered calomel and starch in equal parts and blow into the eye. Otherwise, dissolve 20 gr. of boracic acid in an oz. of water and apply to the eye once or twice per day. Isolate the animal affected and put in a dark stable in the dav time. CHAPTER XVI. ACCIDENTS, ETC. I. CHOKING. II. FRACTURES. III. WOUNDS. IV. DISLOCATIONS. — 1= — V. SPRAINS. VI. WENS. VII. BLOAT IN CATTLE. In this chapter we shall treat of the more common accidents, such as every stock-man is called on to face more or less frequently every year. They often require immediate attention, and even if a veterinary sur- geon is Avithin reach it will in many cases be very desirable to take a half dozen stitches or so, while waiting for him. I. Choking. This is a common accident where roots are fed, and it may happen on any farm in the fall, if the cattle have access to apples, etc. The im- perfectly chewed turnip or apple sticks in the gullet, (which in cattle is small), and resists all the animal's efforts to dislodge it. How to know it. — There is always tympanitis ; the head is extended and neck stretched out ; saliva drools from the mouth ; the animal mani- fests restlessness and pain ; she keeps chewing and making frequent efforts to swallow ; and an anxious expression is seen on the countenance. Death may follow, either from suffocation or from rupture of the dia- phragm . What to do. — Ascertain if the object is in the throat or neck, and if it is, place a balling iron in the mouth, (or a plow clevis may be used, pro- vided it will open the mouth wide enough to allow the hand to be inserted ) ; have the head steadied, and insert your hand and take it out. An assist- ant to manipulate the obstruction on the outside, and push it up against you, will facilitate its removal wonderfully. If it cannot be reached, tap the paunch with the trochar and cannula, to evacuate the gas ; (see cuts on pages 861 and 862) ; then pass down the probang, and with steady, gentle force push it through into the stomach. In the absence of a pro- bang, a strong, three-quarter inch rope may be used. Dip it in hot water and oil it ; then pass it down, twisting occasionally with the twist of the rope. Even, gentle pressure on the probang will make the obstruction yield in a few minutes. n. Fractures. As a rule, a broken bone is more easily repaired in the case of cattle than in horses, owing to their being more auiet. Fractures are classified 923 924 CYCLOPEDIA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 9B transverse, oblique, "green-stick," simple, compound, comminuted and complex. In transverse fracture, the bone is broken square off; in oblique, it is broken obliquely across; in "green-stick," it is bent and split, but not broken clear off. In simple fractures, only the bone is broken without any complications; in compound, the endo ol the broken bones punch through the flesh, and protrude; in conuninuted, the bone is shattered into many small pieces; in complex, the bone is not only ])roken, ])ut there is serious damage also done to important soft tissues, such as lacerations of blood vessels, nerves, ligaments and other tissues of joints. How to know It. — ^The only reliable tests, when there is displacement, is the unnatural position of the parts and the crepitation (grating of one bone upon another) that may be heard when the parts are moved. TRANSVERSE AND OBLIQUE FRACTURES OF BONE. What to do. — In case of a broken leg (by far the most common frac- ture in cattle), phice the bones in position as nearly as possible, and put on a plaster of Paris bandage, to enclose the leg and maintain the parts in place. In the absence of plaster of Paris, sole leather, softened with water and fitted to the leg may be used ; bind it on with a bandage. Keep the animal as quiet as possible. Compound and complex fractures are generally fatal, on account of the inflammation that follows. III. Wounds. Wounds on the body may be sewed up with any of the different su- tures described in the Horse department, on page 556. Wounds on the MANY-TAILED BANDAGE FOR LARGE LACERATED AND OPEN WOr>n)S. legs are best held together with bandages. The many-tailed bandage Is oarticularly haudy to draw the edges together and bold them io place ACCIDENTS, ETC. 925 Bandages should be kept scrupulously clean, by vvashnig them once or twice a day and bathing them with recipe No. 9. When the wound is well filled up, apply No 1, with No. 2 occasionally. IV. Dislocations. Cattle are peculiarly liable to dislocation of the patella. It slips off on the outside when the leg is back of a perpendicular position, and the ani- mal IS unable to bring it forward. This is well shown ni the accompany- DISLOCATION Or THE PA.TELLA ing illustration. It IS best reduced by pulling the foot forward Mnth a rope passed around the pastern, and pushmg inwards on the stifle bone (patella), when it will snap in, and locomotion can be resumed at once. SIMPLE METHOU OF PREVEKTING A RECURRENCE OF DISLOCATION OF THE PATELLA. In the first few instances, the joint is injured, so that considerable swelling takes place and causes great lameness, but after a few disloca- tions it slips in and out easily. What to do. — Fasten the leg forward with the rcpe passed around the neck as seen in the annexed cut. Foment the joint with hot water 926 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. several times a day, and when the inflammation is gone, blister thoroughly with the following blister : No. 60. 1 Ounce powdered cantharides, 4 Ounces lard. Mix. Rub well in. V. Sprains. The best treatment for sprains is to foment them with hot water or hot vinegar three times a day, and apply the following liniment, rubbing it in thoroughly : No. 61. 2 Ounces tincture arnica, 1 Ounce alcohol, 1 Ounce turpentine, 1 Ounce laudanum, 1 Ounce liquor ammonia. Water to make one pint. Mix. If practicable, bandage tolerably tight. Give rest till the lameness is all gone. VI. Wens. These are hard, fibrous tumors resulting, usually, from a blow or other external violence. They are frequently seen on the ribs, legs and jaws of oxen. What to do.— If noticed when first started, when they are sore, foment them with hot water several times a day; after a few days, the soreness being partially gone, paint them Avith tincture of iodine once a day. If, however, they become large and hard, nothing will be of any use short of dissecting them out. This may be done without any danger. Afterwards dress the wound with recipe No. 9, two or three times a day. VII. Bloat in Cattle. Internal treatment for Bloat in Cattle:— Cattle bloat when turned into luxurious, succulent feed, when not accustomed to it, or are fed too many roots, apples or potatoes at a time, especially if not accustomed to them. They also bloat when choked. If it is severe, with great distress in breath- ing, they must be tapped with a trocar and eanula. After tapping, or in cases not requiring it, give a purgative of Epsom Salts one pound, ginger one ounce, oil of turpentine two ounces, warm water to make two quarts, mix and give as one dose. CHAPTER XVII. OPERA.TIONS. £. TAPPING THE CHEST, AND TAPPING THE BELLY. II, TRACHEOTOMY. III. TAP- PING THE KUMEN (PAUNCH) FOU HOVEN. IV. KUMENOTOMY. V. CASTRATION. • VI. SPAYING. VII. TAPPING THE BLADDER OF THE OX OR BULL. VIII. SUTURES AND BANDAGES. IX. C^SARIAN OPERATION. X. BLEEDING. I. Tapping the Chest, and Tapping the Belly. The first of these operations (^paracentesis thoracis^ lias for its object the removal of Avater f I'om tlie chest ia hydrothorax. Clip off the hair from a spot about three inches back of the joint of the elbow, and on a level with it. Make an incision through the skin and muscles to a depth of about two inches, being careful to locate it so that it shall pass between two ribs, and not too close to the posterior aspect of the anterior one of the two — about midway if possible. Then pass in the trochar and cannula, withdraw the trochar, and leave the cannula to act as a spout for the water. If lymph or other substance clogs the hole. MAKING THE INCISION VTITH THE KNIFE THE FLUID FLOWING FROM THE CHEST THROUGH THE CANNULA. push it away with a whalebone probe. The other side may l)c tapped in the same way. The trochar for this operation should be about a quarter of an inch m diameter. 927 928 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Paracentesis Abdomenis is the same operation, to empty the belly in peritonitis. Make the incision in the center line of the belly just back of the navel. Use the same trochar, but do not insert it deeper than two inches. In either of these operations, when the instrument is withdrawn the hole will close without any aid, n. Tracheotomy. This is the insertion of a tube in the windpipe, in case of threatened suffocation. It is identical with the same operation on the horse, de- scribed on page 558. m. Tapping the Rmnen (Patmch) for Hoven. Insert the trochar, which may be a large one (f of an inch in diame- ter), in the center of a triangle made by the last rib, the anterior point of the hip and the ends of the transverse processes of the lumbar spines on the left side. Point it downward and inward obliquely, and it will pass directly into the paunch, which grows to the left side only, and only in this vicinity. Pull out the trochar, and the gas will escape through the cannula. (See the article, with cuts, on Hoven.) IV. Rumenotomy. This is an operation to empty the paunch in case of engorgement, when a passage cannot be effected m the regular way. Clip off the hair from the triangle described in the last article, on the left side, (see cuts on pages 862 and 863) ; and make an opening, running up and down, large enough to insert the hand ; open first the skin, next the muscles, then the wall of the paunch. Insert a towel, and arrange it to cover the lower edge of the wound, to keep the latter clean. Then empty the paunch with the hand. When nearly empty, pour in recipe No. 26, wash the wound, and sew it up with cat-gut sutures. First sew the paunch, leav- ing the ends hanging inside ; then draw the muscles together, the ends of the ligatures hanging outside ; then sew up the skin. Dress the whole with lotion No. 9, keeping the parts wet with it nearly all the time. V. Castration. This may be done to calves by laying them down on their backs, open- ing the scrotum and cutting through the tunics to the testicle, letting it out, when the tunics may be cut from their attachment at the end of the testicle, and the testicle pulled out, tearing away the spermatic cord. Pour a little cold water into the scrotum, and let the calf u}). Old bulls may be castrated standing. Make a separate opening for each testicle, and let the testicle out of the tunics ; cut off the cord with the ecraseur well up towards the body ; if no ecraseur is procurable, apply clamps, •«bich may be removed after two days. OPERATIONS. 929 VT. Spaying. This is an operation on the female to remove the ovaries, and corres- ponds to castraiion of the male. In young, small heifers it is best done in the flank. Lay the heifer on her left side with the legs stretched back. Clip off the hair from the angle between the point of the hip and last rib ; make an incision, running up and down, large enough to admit the hand ; pass the hand into the abdominal cavity and find the womb ; follow up a horn of the womb till the ovary is reached, pull the ovary out, and either cut or twist it off, — preferably the latter, to avoid bleeding. If cut off, the artery should bo twisted, to arrest the hemorrhiige. The parts arc put back, and the other ovary is brought up and operated on similarly. This one may bo more difficult to bring out, but gentle trac- tion will accomplish it. Select warm pleasant weather for this operation, to avoid chilling the intestines. Great care should be taken to keep everything as clean as possible, as hair or other foreign particles, intro- duced into the belly, might cause fatal peritonitis. Stitch up the walls of the belly first ; then the skin with cat-gut, interrupted sutures. Dress the wound with lotion No. 9. Cov.-s are best operated on standing. Make the incision throuo-h the upper wall of the vagina close to the os uteri, large enough to introduce two fingers, by which the ovaries are pulled out and excised with an ecra- seur. No stitches are needed in this wound. Dress it afterwards with lotion No. 47, twice a day. Feed lightly for a day or two before the oper- ation, and give bran mashes for a few days after. If peritonitis sets in, (which, however, it is not very likely to do), treat it according to the directions for that disease. Vn. Tapping the Bladder of the Ox or Bull. When it is necessary to draw off the urine of the male, an opening must be made at the point where the penis turns over the angle of the pelvis, and the catheter introduced as seen in the annexed cut. The in- cision should be made very carefully, and no larger than really neces- sary to introduce ^he instrument. Dress the wound with No. 9, twice a day. It will oe advisable to take a stitch in it, of course. The curve in the urethral canal (see cut on page 872) is what makes this operation necessary, as it renders the introduction of a catheter by the penis impossible. Vni. Sutures and Bandages. Sutures are used in sewing wounds, whenever they are longer than half an inch. The material generally used is silk, doubled once or twice, to make the cord large enough to prevent it from jiulling out. Silver wire 930 CYCI,OPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPT,r:TE STOCK DOCTOR. may be used, l)ut has no special advantages over the silk. Pass the needle through the skin al)out half an inch hack from the edge and tie loosely, leavin": the ends about half an inch lonij^. i*^?!^^*^^^^^ ^"^^"•y^. OPKKATION KOR HEMOVIN(} URINE FROM THE OX. Bandages arc particularly useful in cases of wounds on the legs, since there the stitches will almost invariably pull out, unless thus reinforced. The many-tailed l)andage shown on page 924 is verj^ useful. For further details see the corresponding article iu the Horse department. IX. The Caesarian Operation. This is resorted to for tlic delivery of the calf, in the extremity men- tioned on page 887. The belly is opened high up in the flank on the right side, and an incision made in the uterus, and the calf taken out. It is seldom resorted to, for obvious reasons. X. Bleeding. A cord is passed around the neck, and tied tight enough to raise the vein, over which a fleam is held and struck with the blood-stick. AVhen sufficient blood has been taken, remove the cord and close the wound with a twisted ("figure 8" ) suture. The article on Bleeding, in the Horse de- partment, should be read in connection with the foregoing directioiis. Dehorning cattle: — The best way to do this is to breed them off. To get rid of the horn,< from those passed beyond the "button" stage use a saw or a pair of clippers. Under this age, moisten a small piece of caustic l)ota&h and apply gently over the coming horn until the skin Alps from the tip and the job is done. Bloody Milk:— Mix a pound of epsom salts and a teaspoonful of salt- peter in a quart of warm water and give as a drench. Give a teaspoon- fi;! of .=altpeter in a 'bran mash every night, bathe the bag with warm ual! r md rub in lard and camphor. ox I'KEPAREl) FOR 15LEl,l>ING. CHAPTER XVIIl. RECIPES FOR CATTLE. As a matter of convenience to the render, to whom time will often be precious in treating his sick stock, we add this chapter, rccapitulatiug all our prescriptions for cattle. No. 1. No. HEALING LOTION. Sugar of lead, 1 ounce, Carbolic acid, 2 drachmS; Laudaimni, 1 ounce. Water to make 1 pint, Mix. Apply three limes a day. ANTISEPTIC LOTION. Carbolic acid, 1 part, Olive oil, 8 parts, Mix. Apply three times a day ANTISEPTIC DRENCH. Nitro-muriatic acid, 1 drachm, Bi-chroniate potash, 3 grains. Chlorate potash, 2 drachms. Water, y^ pint. Mix. Give as one dose two or three times a dav. No. G. No. No. NO. 4. TONIC POWDER. Copperas, % ounce. Oil-cake, a handful, Powder and mix. Give as one dose, and repeat morn- ing and night. No. 5. POWDER FOR RHEUMATISM. Colchicum, 2 drachms. Nitrate of potash, 2 drachms, Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat night and morniug for a week. 931 No 9. LINIMENT FOR RHEUMATISM. Laudanum, 1 ounce. Spirits camphor, 1 ounce. Turpentine, 1 ounce. Water to make 1 pint, Mix. Apply tln-ee times a day with fric= tion, and bandage. TONIC DRENCH. Gentian root, 1 ounce. Ginger, % ounce. Oatmeal gruel, 1 quart. Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat three times a day for two weeks. MILD PURGATIVE. Epsom salts, 12 ounces. Ginger, 1 ounce. Gentian, 1 ounce. Syrup, 4 ounces. Water to make 2 quarts, Mix. Give as one dose. CARBOLIC LOTION. Carbolic acid, ^^ ounce, Water, 1 pint. Mix. Apply two or three times a day; in case of a surface sore, bind on a sponge wet with the lotion. 932 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. No. 10. ALTERATIVE AND STIMULATING DRENCH. Iodide potash, 2 drachms, AVTiiskey, 2 ounces. Powdered cinchona, 1 ounce, Gruel, 1 pint. Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat three times a day. No. 11. TONIC POWDER. Saccliarized carbonate of iron, 2(lis. Powdered cinchona bark, 2 (hs.. Mix. Give as one dose; repeat nioriiin^- and iiisht. No. 12. TURPENTINE DRENCH. Oil turpentine, 1 ounce, Linseed oil, >^ pint, Mix. Give as one dose, repeat three times a day. iVo. l:{. .ONIC DRENCH. Tincture nniriate of iron, )^ ounce, 'J'incture cinchona, 1 ounce, Water, 2 ounces, Mix. Give as one dose; repeat three times a day, between the doses of No. 12. No. 14. AMMONIA LINIMENT. T/iqnor of ammonia, 1 ounce. Oil of turpentine, 1 ounce, Ijinseed oil, 1 ounce. Mix. Rub well in to the face and head once a day. No. 16. A GARGLE. Chlorate of potasYi, 1 ounce, Water, 1 pint, Mix. Inject a little into the throat as a gargle several times a day. No. MIXTURE FOR DIAKKIIOCA. Infusion of quassia. 1 pint. Laudanum, 1 ounce, Sulphuric ether, )^ ounce, Cold, thin gruel, 1 pint, Mix. Give as one dose. Repeat, if nec- essary. No. 18. FEVER MIXTURE. Spirits nitre, 3 ounces. Tincture aconite root, 2 drachms. Fluid extract belladonna, }.i oz., Nitrate potash, 2 ounces. Muriate of ammonia, 2 orinces. Water to make 1 quart. Mix. Give half a teacupful every two or three hours till better. No. 15. SILVER LOTION. Nitrate of silver, 10 grains, Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Apply twice a day with a camel's hair brush. No. 19. TONIC AND ALTERATIVE POWDER. Nitrate of potash, 2 drachms. Gentian root (powdered), 2 drs.. Ginger, 1 drachm. Mix. Give as one dose; repeat morning and night for a week. XO. 20. STIMULATING DRENCH. Infusion of gentian, >2 pint. Ginger, 1 drachm, Carbonate of ammonia, 1 draclun. Syrup, 2 ounces, Watei , Yi pint, Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat three times a day. No. 21. TONIC POWDER. Sulphate of ii'on (copperas), 3 drs., Gentian, 2 drachms. Ginger, 1 drachm, Foenugreek seed, 1 drachjti. Powder and mix. Give as one dose, and repeat morn- ing and night for a week or two. RECIPES FOR CATTLE. 933 No. 22. A GARGLE. Chlorate of potash, 2 ounces. Water, 1 quart, Mix. • Shoot back into the throat, as a gargle, several times a day with a syringe. No. 23. FEVER MIXTURE. Mindererus' spirit (acetate of am- monia) , 2 ounces, Tincture aconite root, 20 drops, Water, >^ pint. Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat every two hours till better. No. 28. ANTACID ?OWDER. Bi-carbonate of soda, 3 drachms Gentian, 2 drachms, Ginger, 2 drachms. Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat morn' ing and night. No. 29. No. 24. COUGH MIXTURE. ^ pin ,, Mix. Give from two to four tablespoon- fuls, according to tlie size of the calf, morninj!: and nijjht. No. 30. No. 2;"). HEALING LOTION. Vinegar, 1 ounce. Honey, 2 ounces, Water, 3^ pint. Mix. Apply three or four times a day. No. 26. POWERFUL PURGATIVE. Epsom salts, 1)^ pounds. Ginger, 2 ounces, Gentian, 2 ounces, Calomel, 2 drachms, Croton oil, 20 drops, Syruji, I pint. Warm water, 2 quarts, Mix. Give as one dose. No. 27. STIMULATING DRENCH, Liquor ammonia, 1 ounce. Warm ale, 1 quart. Essence of ginger, 3^ ounce, Mix. Give as one dose. ASTRINGENT DRENCH. Tincture of catechu, 2 ounces. Tincture of cardamoms, 2 ounces, Carbonate of soda, 2 drachms. Mix. Divide into two to four doses, ac- cording to age of animal, and give one of them morning and night- No. 31. ASTRINGENT DRENCH. Powdered opium, y^ drachm, Tincture of cardamoms, 1 ounce. Sulphuric ether, 3 drachms. Linseed tea (or starch gruel) 1 pint Mix. Divide into six doses; give one niffht and morninsr. No. 32. ALTERATIVE DRENCH. Tincture of rluibarb, 4 ounces, Powdered ginger, 2 drachms. Warm gruel, 4 ounces, Mix. Give as one dose, and follow it with some doses of No. 30 or 31. No. 33. ASTRINGENT DRENCH. Prepared chalk, \% ounces. Powdered catechu, 2 drachms, Powdered opium, % drachm, Powdered gentian, 2 drachms. Starch gruel, 1 pint. Mix. Give as one dose ; repeat in twenty? four hours, if necessary. 934 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AXD CO>[PLETE STOCK DOCTOR. No. 34. ASTRINGENT DRENCH. Powdered opium, 2 drachms, Powdered starch, 4 ounces, Sulphuric ether, 1 ounce Cold ale, 1 pint, Mix. Give as one dose. B)> substituting tepid water for the ale. it may be advantageously used as an injec- tion. No, 35 ASTRINGENT DRENCH. Tannic acid, % drachm, Powdered opium, 1 drachm, Powdered gentian, 1 ounce, Warm ale, 1 pint, Mix. Giv? :.; one dose. No. 36. ALTERATIVE DRENCH. Calomel, 1 drachm. Powdered opium, 2 drachms, , Gruel, 1 quart, Mix. Give as one dose. No. 37. ALTERATIVE DRENCH. Epsom salts, 7 ounces, Powdered opium, 2 drachms, Powdered gentian, 2 drachms. Gruel, 1 pint. Mix. Give as one dose. No. 38. ANTISEPTIC MIXTURE. Chloride of lime, % ounce, Tincture of arnica, ^ ounce. Sulphuric ether, 1 ounce, Starch gruel, 2 quarts, Mix. Give half by the mouth and half by injection. No. 39. STRONG INJECTION. Linseed oil, 1 pint. Oil turpentine, 4 ounces, Croton oil, 30 drops, Warm water, 1 quart. Soft soap, 1 ounce, Mix. Repeat three times a day as an in- jection, till a full purgative ac- tion is got. No. 40. STIMULATING SUBCUTANEOUS INJECTION. Strychnine, 4 grains. Spirits of wine, 1 ounce. Sulphuric acid, 6 drops. Mix. When dissolved, inject from ten to twenty drops under the skin. No. 41. ANODYNE FEVER MIXTURE, Camphor, 2 drachms. Sulphuric ether, % ounce, Acetate of ammonia, 4 ounces, (a.- directed below). Mix. Dissolve the camphor in the su;- phurie ether, and then add %hv. acetate of ammonia. Give at- one dose in ale or gruel. No. 42. FEVER MIXTURE. Mindererus' spirit, 3 ounces, Tincture aconite root, 20 drops Linseed tea, 1 pint. Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat ever^' two hours till better. No. 43. STIMULATING DRENCH. Sulphuric acid, 2 drachms, Tincture of cardamoms, 1 ounce Water, 1 pint. Mix. Give as one dose. No. 44. ANTILITIIIC INJECTION. Hydrochloric acid, 1 drachm, Water, ^o pint. Mix," Inject into the bladder. No. 45. ACID DRENCH. Hydrochloric acid, 20 drops, Gentian, 3 drachms. Oat meal gruel, 1 pint. Mix. Give as one dose, and repeat it moruingand niebt for a few days RECIPES FOR CATTLE. 935 No. 46. ANTACID POWDER. Bi-carbonate soda, ^ pound, Gentian, 4 ounces, Linseed meal, 2 pounds, Mix. Give two tablespoonfuls morning and night for two or three weeks. No. 47. ANTISEPTIC INJECTION. Carbolic acid, % ounce, Water, >^ gallon, Mix. Use as injection twice a day No. 48. ANODYNE DRENCH. Chloral hydrate, 1 ounce, Water, 1 pint, Mix. Give as one dose ; repeat, if neces- sary, in half an hour. No. 49. HEALING LOTION. Spirits of camphor, 4 ounces, Sugar of lead, 1 ounce. Sulphate of zinc, 2 drachms. Soft water, 1 quart. Mix. Bathe the parts once a day. No. 50. SOKTENINO LOTION. Gum cau)phor, 4 ounces, Olive oil, 1 pint. Mix. Rub well in three times a day. No. 51. ANTISEPTIC POWDER. Sulphite soda, 1 ounce, Nitrate potash, 2 drachms. Mix. Give as one dose in a bran mash; repeat morning and night for a week. No. 53. ASTRINGENT OINTMENT. Tannic acid, >^ounce, Carbolic acid, 1 drachm, Lard, 4 ounces. Mix. Apply twice a day. No. 54. NERVINE AND ALTERATIVE. Nux vomica, 2 drachms. Saltpetre, % ounce, Mix. Give as one dose, repeating it mor-a. ina: and night for a month. No. LOTION FOR LICE. Tobacco, % Pound, Water, 1 gallon, Steep for two hours. Apply warm. No. No. 5(5. MIXTURE FOR RINGWORM, Tincture of iodine, 2 ounces, Oil of tar, 1 ounce, Glycerine, 2 ounces. Mix. Kub well in once a day. 57. MIXTURE FOR RINGWORM, Solution iodo-bromide of calci«-m compound, 1 ounce. Water, 3 ounces, Mix. Kub well in once a day. No. 52. ASTRINGENT OINTMENT. Alum, 1 ounce. Carbolic acid, 1 drachm. Lard, 4 ounces, Powder the alum and mix. Apply twice a day. No. 58. EYE WASH. Sulphate of atropia, 2 grains. Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Apply several times a day with c camel's hair brush. No. 59. EYE WASH. Nitrate of silver, 10 grains, Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Apply directly to the eyeball, morn- ing and night, with a came)'^ hair brush. 936 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. No. 60. FLT BLISTER. Powdered cantharides, 1 ounce, Lard, 4 ounces, Mix. Rub well in. XO. 61. LINIMENT FOR SPRAINS. Tincture arnica, 2 ounces, Ak'uiiul, i ounce, Turpentine, 1 ounce, Laudanum, 1 ounce. Liquor ammonia, 1 ounce, Water to make one pint, Mix. If practicable, bandage tolerably tight. Give rest till the lameness is all gone. ■ ^m ^ \i.ijid 1 ^-^ - -'-'•■■■■' ^^* ..^ A DUTCH COW. This cow belongs by nature to lowlands of a moist and marshy character where there is much green vegetation. They are not beautiful, but produce large quantities of milk, and are greatly esteemed for their excellent beef. THE LIMBUKGER COW OF GERMANY. This race is found in the Belgian province of Limbourg, and a part of Wurtemberg, The color is silvery-yellow, with now and then a white spot In the forehead. Tbef arH 8m:ill. but very fine milkers, O I -J a; BOOK III PART I SWINE HISTORY, MANAGEMENT AND CHARACTERISTIC; OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS 938 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND Co\n-T ptf •ed bo^ 939 940 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. m. SwineofEiirope, Asia and Africa. While it is a fact, as i)reviously stated, that the swine of Europe, Asia and Africa have a conimoii origin, there is no means of knowing how or when they were first introduced. The probability, however, is that they spread si)ontaneously over these countries ; for the original forest cover- nig rendered the means of migration easy to them, since thiclv timber and all the lands along streams furnish their natural feeding grounds. IV. The Wild Hogs of Europe. It matters little, practically, how any of the farm animals originated, or how they were naturally disseminated over the earth ; though to savants, of course, the question is curious and interesting. It is worthy of remark, that of all domestic animals used as food by man, the hog is the only one that has preserved his native characteristics unmoditied in a wild state. GROUP OV CHESTER WHITES. The hunting of wild hogs has formed an exciting chase in ail ages of Lhe world, both on account of their fleetness and their savage courage when brought to bay. In the southern portions of the United States, in sparsely settled districts, swine are found escaped from domestication, and showing all their natural savage traits, including dangerous fiercenesa when brought to bay. Forty years ago the writer hunted wild hogs, — the descendants of Indian breeds, — in the swamps and morasses of north- ern Indiana and the timbered river bottoms of the Calumet. The hai-d winter of 1844, howev(;r, destroyed the last remnant of these wild hogs, they having all died in their lairs, from exposure and want of food. Wild hogs are now rarely found in Europe, and this when preserved in royal forests as in Denmark, Italy and Greece. In France and Germany they have become extremely rare, and in Great. Britain the wild species has long been extinct CO CO ?1 ■| ^ p td HISTORY AND STATISTICS OF SWIXE. 941 V, Teeth of the Hog. The teeth of swine are 44 in number, as follows: Incisors, six upper and six lower, (12); canines or tusks, two upper and two lower, (4); molars, or grinding teeth, fourteen upper and fourteen lower, (28) ; mak- ing 44, inrlnding what were formerly called wolf teeth, but are now. classed with the molars. They are represented scientiticilly by the den- ial formula : | — | — || — 44. Furstenburg, a careful German author- ity, gives the manner of determining the age of swine as follows : Born with eight teeth, four corner incisors and four tusks, on the eighth or tenth day the second or third temporary molars appear. The four ni})pers, two on the upper and two on the under jaw, appear at four weeks old. At the fifth or sixth week the first temporary molars appear in the upper and lower jaw. At the age of three months the intermediary incisors aj)pear. At the sixth, the so-called wolf teeth arc seen, and also the third per- manent molars. At the ninth month the permanent corner incisors, the permanent tusks, and the second permanent molars will be seen. At twelve months the permanent nippers will have appeared, and by the thirteenth month, the three temporary molars will have been shed, and the permanent ones will be seen ; at fifteen months these will be fully up. At the age of eighteen months the permanent intermediary incisors and the permanent rear molars will show, and at the twenty-first month these will be fully developed, thus completely finishing the permanent denti* tion. From this time on, the means for determining the age is by the wear of the permanent teeth, and also by the increasing length of the tushes, which at from four to ten years, attain such size and become such formid- able weapons that it is said that hogs have been known to cope success- fully with the lion. Certain it is that no beast dares attack tiiem when herded together, and it is only by the strategy of man that they may be successfully hunted and killed. And so dangerous has this pastime always been considered, that a hoar's head has been counted as one of the most valuable trophies of the chase. VI. Brought to America by Columbus. The history of the introduction of swine into America is that they were brought by Columbus to Hispaniola in 1493, and to Florida in 1538 by De Soto ; they were brought to Nova Scotia, and Newfoundland in 1553 by the French, and into Canada in J ^08, In 1609 they were brought y42 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. into Virginia by the English adventurers, and eighteen years thereafter it is recorded that their numbers had so increased that the settlement at Jamest-own had to be surrounded with palisades to keep them away. VII. Location of Principal Markets. The ten leading hog producing states are a.s follows : Iowa, Illinois, Nebraska, Missouri, Indiana, Texas, Ohio, Kansas, Georgia, Oklahoma — in the order named. Markets naturally are located in places that are best suited for the pur- pose— places where the largest number of hogs can be bought at the lowest prices, and where the means of distributing the output of the i)acking- houses are the best. The two factors are not of equal weight. The dressed carcass can be transported with less expense than can the live animal ; therefore the principal markets are located in proximity to the country where most hogs are produced. This is in the corn belt. The following are the principal hog-raising states, with the round number of hogs pro- duced annually: Iowa, 7,000,000; Illinois, 4,000,000; Missouri, 3,000,- 000; Indiana, 3,000,000; Nebraska, 3,000,000; Ohio, 3,000,000; Texas, 2,000,000; Wisconsin, 2,000,000, and Kansas, 2,000,000. The principal hog markets in the United States, with the approximate number of hogs slaughtered annually, are as follows: Chicago, 7,000,000; Kansas City, 4,000,000; Omaha. 2,000,000; St. Joseph, 2,000,000; St. Louis, 2,000,000; Indianapolis, 1.000,000; Buffalo, 1,000,000; Sioux City, 1,000,000, and Cleveland, 500,000. New York takes about 500,000, and Boston 1,500,000, annually, but these can hardly be considered markets from the farmers' standpoint, as this supply is principally bought in other markets and shipped to these places. This takes some of the hogs shipped from the Western markets of the United States. In the above figures, only the hogs that are slaughtered are taken into consideration, not those that are shipped out alive. Chicago annually ships out one million live hogs, making the total handled at that place annually about eight million. "HISTORY AND ST \ 944 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. ■ ^^^^:» 1 |L ' 1 ^flBCSI 1 ^B^ -: 1 ^F^I^^'V^ 1 Hoj 1 1 1 ? »i ^i^^a^l 1 1 *% 1. ■ ^^1 1 1 s. ,' H ^^^^BOX^^ 1 ' fejj k fl| Tf' ' ' ■c f f ^ ^'^ 1 ^-HH ta M 1 IS" cj CHAPTER 11. BREEDS OF SWINE. SIRES OF IMPKUVKI) UKKLDf. II. CHINESE SWINE. III. NEAPOiaXAN SVVINE IV. THE HOG OF INDIA. V. ENGLISH BREEDS— THE BERKSHIRE. VI THE ESSEX. VII. THE BLACK DORSET. VIII. THE SUFFOLK. IX THE YORKSHIRE. X. LANCASHIRE BREEDS. X r. AMERICAN BREEDS. XII THE CHESTER WHITE. XIII. THE POLAND-CHIN.\. XIV. THE CHESHIRES. XV. JERSEY RED SWINE. XVI. DUROC SWINE.— —XVII. THIN RIND, OR HAMPSHIRE HOG. XVIII. SUMMARY OF BREEDS. I. Sires of Improved Breeds. The swine used iu the iini)roveineiit of the breeds (tf Enghmd and the United States, are: First, the China hog; second, the Neapolitan hog, and third, the hog of India. The first has given remarkable aptitude in fattening, while the second and third have imparted style, beauty of form and excellence of flesh. II. Chinese Swine. The first iiiii)rovement in modern swine is undoubtedly due to import?, tions of lious from China. They are remarkable for prepotency of blood, DUROC— JERSEY BOAR. duo to their careful breeding for centuries in China with special refer- ence to early maturity and aptitude for fattening; and these hogs were the basis upon which all English and American breeds were originally 945 946 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. built. The infusion of tliis Chinese hlood long since converted the orig- inal raw-boned, hard-feeding, long-nosed and long-legged hogs of England of 100 years ago, into compact, deep-bodied, broad-backed, short-nosed and early maturing hogs of fifty years ago, known in the earlier crosses YORKSHIRE BOAR. as Grass-breed, Irish Graziers, etc. Then came in the India hog, reducing the l)one, hair, and coarseness of flesh still more ; and afterwards the improved form of the India hog — the Neapolitan — still further refined them, giving us the splendid Berkshire, the Essex, and various other black and spotted breeds. m. Neapolitan Swine. Neapolitan swine are marked for the excellence of their flesh, their el- egant style, little hair and fine bone. In relation to them Sidney says it is Droba])le that the Neapolitans are the descendants of the dark Eastern swine imported by early Italian voyagers and cultivated to perfection by the favorable climate and welcome food. Martin is of the opinion that to this breed and to the Chinese is duo the improvement of all English swine, and, in this connection mentions particularly the Berkshire, Essex, Hampshire and Yorkshire. Youatt, while accepting the authority of Martin, adds also the swine of Wiltshire. Of these breeds only the Berkshire, Essex and Yorkshire have held their ground with the other improved breeds of to-day, and these are among the finest and most gen^ erally liked of any of the now fashionable breeds. The first importation BREEDS OF SWINE. 947 of Neapolitan swine into the United States, is said to have been made about 1840 ; but in 1850 fine specimens were imported into New York by a Mr. Chamberlain. They are described as having been of a dark slate color, and as having brought their pigs true to color and characteristics. ESSEX SOW. CHESTER WHITE SOW. The Neapolitans are well described by a committee of the American Swine Breeders Association as follows: ITead small; forehead bony and flat; face slightly dishing; snout rather long and very slender; ears small, thin, standing forward nearly horizontally, and quite lively; jowls very full; neck short, broad and heavy above; trunk long, cylmdrical and well ribbed back; back flat, and ribs arching, even in low flesh; 948 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. belly horizontal on the lower line; hind-quarters higher than the fore, but not very much so; legs very fine, the bones and joints being smaller than those of any other breed; hams and shoulders well developed and GROUP BERKSHIRE SWINE. meaty; tail fine, eurled, flat at the extremity, and fringed with hair on each side ; general color slaty, or bluish plum color, with a cast of cop- pery red ; skin soft and fine, nearly free from hair, which, when found upon the sides of the head and behind the forelegs, is black and soft, and rather long ; flesh firm and elastic to the touch. IV. The Hog of India. These swine hold the same relation to the Neapolitan that the Chinese do to the improved breeds of white swine. They are undoubtedly an- cestors of the Neapolitan breed. The hog of India, of which the Sia- mese hog may be said to have been a representative, Avas in color from a jet black to a dark slate, or rich plum color, of medium size, quick to ma- ture ; very fine in all points, with short, small legs and head ; thin jowls, a dished face, slender, erect ears; broad, deep, compact body, well rib bed, heavy hams and shoulders ; slender tail, skin thin, but firm and elastic to the touch. V. English Breeds—The Berkshire. The Berkshire is among swine what the thoroughbred is among horses — a type of perfect breeding. The Berkshircs are noted for their fine bone, great muscularity, firm flesh, and excellent hams and shoulders. Their conutitutions are most excellent, and they are among the best of the im- proved breeds as gleaners after fattening cattle. They require some- what more feed in proportion to their weight than some of the breeds abounding in lard and other fat ; but this is compensated for in the greater proportion of lean meat and its excellent distribution. BREEDS OF SWINE. 949 The fashionable color now is, black all over except the dish of the face, the feet and the end of the tail, which are white. If there is white, no CHAMPION BERKSHIRE SOW. TOLA NT) CHINA matter how small, on the body, discard such animas; a bluish spot or tinge is not objectionable, but rather shows a strengthening of the blood by revei-sion to the original cross. The points of the pure Berkshire 950 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, are ; Face short, fine and well dished ; generally broad between the eyes ; ears almost erect, sometimes inclined forward with advancing age, always smaP., thin, soft and showing veins; jowl full; neck short and thick; shoulder short from neck, but moderately deep from back down ; back broad and straight, or very little arched; ribs long and well sprung, TAMWORTH BOAR. giving rotundity of body; short ribs of good length, giving breadth and levelness of loin ; hips good length from joint of hips to rump ; hams thick, round and deep, holding their thickness well back and down to the hocks ; tail fine and small, set on high up ; legs short and fine, but straight and very strong, with hoofs erect and legs set wide apart ; size medium ; length medium, since extremes are to be avoided; bone fine and compact; offal very light; hair fine and soft; no bristles; skin pliable. BREEDS OF SWINE. 951 VI. The Essex. Thi^ ineainm to light weight English hreod is, to our nnnd, ono of the ^rv hcst of the hreeds ever introduced into the United States. They com- bine great stamina and vigor of constitntion. They make excellent pork, not too fat. The sows are prolific and are good nui-ses; and the barrows fatten easily and kindly at any age. When mature they weigh about 300 pounds. They make excellent crosses on coarse swine, the pro- duce being fine-boned, quiet, and easily fattened hog-s. The Essex, in 952 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE bTOCK DOCTOR. shape and color, is not unlike the Berkshire, but larger proportionally. The color is a pure, deep black ; face short and dished ; ears small, soft and erect while young, but falling over somewhat with age ; the bone is KSSEX SOW. 3ne, hair thin ; the carcass long, broad, straight and deep, with excellent tjams, carrying meat fully down ne:ir the hock. Their great delicacy of Torm is due to their crossing with the Neapolitan ; and except that (hey ire better haired the cuts we give would not be bad rep'-esentations of j&e breed. BLACK DORSET SOW. Vn. The Black Dorset. The black swine of Dorsetshire, England, are a breed in high repute, locally. They are represented na being strons-constitutioned, attaiaJD^ BREEDS OF SWINE. 953 heavy weights and fattening kindly. If the illi stration, reproduced from an English cut, showing the hog in breeding f^esh is a good representation of the breed, they ought to be valuable in the West. The great trouble with our breeders is that they are working tfteir stock too fine. Many of them have not head and jaw enough to perfectly grind corn. They have too little hair, and their constitutions have suffered from too close breed- ing, rendering them liable to disease. We believe the coming hog will be the reverse of this. Vm. The Suffolks. The Suffolk is now regarded as only a variety of the Yorkshire, one of the best of the English white breeds. The Manchesters, the Middlesex, the Suffolk, the so-called Windsor, the Calehill and the Cheshire of New York State have all been formed on the Yorkshire-Cumberland stock, and the differences in all these breeds are trifling. The characteristics of the Suffolks are given in the Swine Register as follows: Head small, very short; cheeks prominent and f uL ; faco dished ; snout small and very short ; jowl fine ; ears small, thin, upright, soft and silky ; neck very short and thick, the head appearing almost a'^ if set on front of shoulders ; no arching of crest ; crest wide and deep ; elbows standing out ; brisket wide, but not deep ; shoulders and crop- shoulders thick, rather upright, rounding outward from top to elbows; crops wide and full. Sides and flanks — ribs well arched out from back, good length between shoulder and ham ; flank well filled out and coming well down at ham. Back broad, level and straight from crest to tail, not falling off or down at tail ; hams wide and full, well rounded out ; twist very wide and full all the way down. Legs and feet — legs small and very short, standing wide apart, in sows just keeping the belly from the ground • bone fine; feet small, hoofs rather spreading; tail small, long and tapering. Skin, hair, and color — skin thin, of a pinkish shade, free from color ; hair fine and silky, not too thick ; color of hair pale yellowish white, perfectly free from any spots or other color. Size small to medium. The principal objections to the Suffolk are ; They have too nmch fat ; they are bad nurses ; the i)igs arc weak-, and they are subject to scrofula. rx. The Yorkshire. The Yorkshire is, to our mind, one of the very best of the English white breeds. They are hardy, vigorous, and well-haired ; they arc prolific and good nurses ; they are uniform in shape and color, and of any size requisite, from 200 pound hogs up to heavy weights, according as you select the small, the middle, or the large breed. The middle br^ed ie y54 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. produced between the small York and the Cumberland. The large York- shire attains heavy weights, while the middle breed is about the size and weight of the Berkshire. X. Lancashire Breeds. This remarkable English breed is divided into three sub-families : The short-faced, the middle breed and the large Lancashire ; the character- GKUl P 1^(JLAND-CHIXA S\Vii\E GROUP DLKOC-JEKSEY SWINE istics and color (pure white) of each being constant. Over one hundred years ago the large breed were cultivated in England, and are represented as being of immense size, large-limbed and coarse-boned. Short Faced Lancashire.— This breed is remarkable for the shortness of the face from the eyes to the end of the snout ; prick ears ; small bones ; a good coat of white hair ; cubic in form, with broad back and BREEDS OF SWINE. 955 broad hams, well let down. The skin, as well as the hair, is white, al- though !iu occasional one may De found having a few dark-blae spots on the skin, but never dark or black hairs. Lancashire Middle-Breed. — This breed is one which partakes of the quality of the small breed and the size of the large breed. Middle bred hogs are got by crossing large bred sows with small bred boars, but all attempts to attain the same results by reversing this operation, and putting large bred boars to small bred sows have proved failures. The largest of the middle bred sows are used to improve the large breed. Their char- acteristics are : The small bred hog must have small bones ; a short face ; silky hair ; fine, small, upright ears ; a comparatively square form ; must have good square hams, the most valuable part of the hog; must carry the meat near tlic ground ; flat on the back ; straight and cubic in form. Lancasllire Large Breed. — These hogs have large bones, are of great height and length, and are the largest breed of swine known. They are a true breed, and breed constant to color and characteristics. These are : Large size, great length ; flat back, with large square hams when fattened ; must carry tlicir width of back along over the hams ; must have deep and tolerably straight sides, large feet and leg bones ; hair short ; may have a long face, but it had better be short, as tliey fatten better ; may have a large, drooping ear, but, other qualities and size being eciual, an upright, smaller ear preferred. They usually have a long, thick, strong tail ; must be of great weight when fattened, and above all must be des- cended from a hog having the foregoing qualities, and, if a breeder, must ptoduce them. They are short of hair, but still are hearty. A middle bred hog must have a short face, and all other good (jualities of the small breed, except tiiat they may be longer in proportion to their width ; must have thicker legs and longer bones to carry the greater size ; should be well haired. XI. American Breeds. The American breeds in best repute are: The Chester White, which originated in rcnnsylvania ; the Poland-China, which originated in Ohio; Jersey Reds, originated in New Jersey ; the Duroc, originated in New York ; and Cheshire, originated in New York. These, however, as previously stated, are only modified Yorkshires. Of those breeds the Chester- VYhite and Poland-China have been most widely disseminated. XH. The Chester White. This breed originated in Chester County, Pa., and is recorded to have been brought about as follows ; The first impulse to the improvement of swine in that county vras given by the mtroduction of a pair of fine pigs;, brought from Bedfordshire, England, by Capt. James Jeffries, and 956 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTORc placed upon nis farm near the county seat, in 1818. Some of the enter- prising farmers of the neighborhood were encouraged to commence the improvement of their swine ; and by crossing tliese pigs upon the native white hog of the county, their progeny with the best specimens attainable, and by a course of careful and judicious crossing and selection for many years, the present valuable breed of well formed, good sized, easily fat- tened hogs, known as Chester Whites, was produced and made an estab- lished breed. The following are the characteristics of these hogs : Head, short and broad between the eyes ; ears thin, projecting forward and k)i)ping at the point ; neck short and thick ; jowl large ; body lengthy and deep ; back BREEDS OF SWINE. 957 ^Toad ; hams full and deep ; legs short, and well set under the body for bearing the weight ; coat thin, white, and straight ; (if a little wavy it is no objection) ; small tail and no bristles. XIII. The Poland China. There has been much controversy over the origin and improvement of this breed of swine, and in some instances much acrimony. They have nevertheless held their own among the reputable breeds of the West, have been largely improved within the last fifteen years by infusion of Berkshire blood, and are now probably more widely disseminated west of the AUeghanies than any other breed except the Berkshires. The American Swine Breeders' Association give their history and character- istics as follows : In 181G, the Shakers of Union Village, Warren county, O., purchased at Philadelphia one boar and three sows, of what was, at the time, be- lieved to be pure China. They were called Big China hogs. Subse- quently other China hogs were introduced and extensively used. The Shakers and other judicious breeders in Warren and Butler counties con- tiimed to cross them with the Russian and Byfield blood, that had long been in use there, and produced, by repeated crosses, a hog of exceedingly fine qualities for that period, which was generally known as the Warren county hog. This condition of the breed continued until about the year 1835 or 1836, when the Berkshires were introduced. Other lots of Berkshires contin- ued to come into the Miami Valley until about 1841. The Berkshire blood was liberally infused into the stock existing not only in Southwest- ern Ohio, but in Kentucky also. Crossing with the Berkshires was ahnost exclusively done until about 1838 or 1839, when Mr. William Neff, of Cincinnati, imported some choice specimens of the Irish Grazier. This breed soon grew into high favor, and, as a consequence, was liberally used in making crosses with the best specimens of the crosses previously made. This crossing of breeds continued for some time. In a few years, however, the use of the pure l)looded Berkshire was entirely discontinued, and there were no further importations made of the Irish Grazier. For more than thirty years no new blood has been introduced into this broed, and no effort made to obtain a new supply of the blood of either breed previously used. While this is true, the breeders have net been in- different to the further improvement of the breed. The best specimens have good length ; short legs ; broad, straight backs : deep sides, flanking well down on the leg ; very broad, full, square hams ind shoulders ; drooping ears ; short heads, wide between the eyes, of 958 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. spotted or dark color; are hardy, vigorous, and prolific, and when fat are models, combining the excellences of both large and small breeds. DUROC JERSEY SOW. It should be added, that the representation we give is that of a Poland- China, combining the characteristics of both the white and black crosses. The more fashionable color now is pure black, with minute white spots BREEDS OF SWINE. 959 scattered more or less over the body, with white fetlocks and hoofs. The best strains now are pure black XIV. The Cheshire. This variety, undoubtedly only a modified Yorkshire, is said to have originuted in Jefferson county, N. Y. They are pure white in color, with little hair and a pink skin, thin and pliable, but not quite uniform, marked distinctions sometimes being noticed ; and, like the Suffolks, the tails of the 3 oung pigs often drop off. The snout is often long, but very slender and fine. The jowls are plump, and the ear erect, fine, and thin. The POLAND CHINA BOAR. shoulders are wide and the hams full. The flesh of these hogs is fine- grained, and they are commended on account of the extra amount of mess-pork in proportion to the amount of offal. The probability is they will never be very popular among the breeders in the West and South. Yet, for fattening exclusively in the pen, there are few of the white breeds that excel them. XV. Jersey Red Swine. The origin of this breed is not positively known. In some portions of New Jersey they have been bred for over fifty years, and are there con^ sidered valuable. Their size is immense, a weight of 500 or 600 pounds being not unusual. They are also hardy, strong in constitution, and free from disease : and they are said not to be subject to mange. They 960 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. rary in color, in some neighborhoods being of a dark red, and in others :^uite sandy patched with white. A good specimen of a Jersey Red should be red in color with a snout of moderate length, large Jop-ears, small head in proportion to the size and length of the body. They should be long in the body, standing high and rangy on their legs ; bones coarse, hairy tail and brush, and hair coarse, inclining to bristle on the back. XVI Duroc Swine. There is another breed of Red Swine named Durocs, which have been bred rather extensively in Saratoga county, K. Y., and have been known there for twenty-five years. They are finer in every respect than thft Jersey Reds, and when mature attain great weights. They have been hred in some sections of the West with satisfaction, are more uniform in their make up, quite as good in their constitutir)ns. and much finer in BREEDS OF SWINE. 961 their substance than the Jersey Reds. The origin of both the Jersey- Reds and the Diirocs was undoubtedly in the old-fashioned Berkshire, a sandy hog with more or less black. This was not unusual with the Berk- shires as we knew them and bred them over fifty years ago — a hog in every respect different from the elegant and finished swine of the last quarter of a century. XVII. Thin Rind or Hampshire Hog. The propriety of this name, "Thin Rind," is due to the fact that the hog has a mellow, thin skin and soft, silky hair. In this respect it differs materially from the Jersey Red, the Tamworth, and other popular breeds. The name ''Hampshire" is due to the fact that the hog was a native of Hampshire, England, early in the last century. Their first importation to this country dates back to about 1825, when a sea captain living near Boston, Mass., brought some of the pigs from England to Massachusetts where they became popularly known as "Thin Rinds." By this name it has long been known in Kentucky and it has been assumed that it came from the same source as the McKay pigs imported to M^issachusetts. Major Joel Garnett, a wealthy and highly intelligent farmer in Kentucky, in 1835 purchased in the East and carried tc^ Kentucky a small herd which increased, and it became popular in that agricultural state. It is a fact that authorities differ in reference to the ancestry of this pig — some claiming that the original importation was from Tonquin, China, and that this importation was made by a noted New Orleans merchant. It is a singular fact that the early English writings make no mention of this breed, Descriptionally, the head of the Thin Rind is of the straight faced type of medium size and with light jowl. The ears are erect but inclined slightly forward. The back is of only medium width — not thick but fairly well supported. The shoulders are light and well set in, and have fair width. The body has only moderate depth and length as a whole, but produces a fair side for bacon. The hams do not possess the thick- ness and depth of the more popular Ainerican breeds, as they are lacking in fullness. They are somewhat long of leg, but the bone is of good quality and the pasterns and toes are usually well placed. The color of the Thin Rind is usually black with always the white belt about the body. The width of this white band is from 4 to 12 inches wide, encircling the body just back of the fore legs and front of the hind legs. While the list will long be retained by many of the breeders as the most fashionable color, there are also those who try to run their herds pure black. The breeding of the blacks is thought to be a necessity. Other- wise, a list of hogs would begin to show too much white, and the breeding of the blacks is to avoid narrowing the belt. The Thin Rind pig is only 962 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. about medium size and, hence, cannot be placed among the largest breeds. A weight of 500 pounds is sometimes attained by the boars, though they are usually smaller. In ordinary condition, the full-grown sow will weigh about 300 pounds. Barrows often weigh 300 to 400 pounds in high flesh. In a recent International Live Stock Exposition in Chicago, the first prize, five Thin Rinds, averaged 493 pounds each at 18 months of age, and one of these won the championship in the slaughter test. A superior characteristic of the Thin Rind pig, is its fecundity. The sows under favorable conditions, will usually farrow litters of ten or twelve pigs, and they make excellent mothers and nurses. In this respect they rank well up with the most prolific breeds of American ancestry. The use of the pure-bred boar on good sows will result in a most prolific stock, with a decided leaning toward the bacon type. Thin Rind boars of superior quality should add vigor and killing quality to the off-spring of a certain class of high-classed sows of pronounced chunky type. In Kentucky and elsewhere, the Thin Rind as a grazer ranks high, where pigs range more or less for mast, and seek for feed in field and forest. It is this quality, together with that of fecundity, which add to the popularity of the breed where known. It is an admitted fact that the quality of the Thin Rind meat is dis- tinctively superior. The. breed belongs to the bacon cldss. When per- sistently fed corn for generations it, however, loses some of its bacon- producing character. Still, in the slaughter test, these pigs have made a good showing. At a recent International Live Stock Exhibit in Chicago, the second prize, for both pens of five barrows of bacon type, and for carcass, weighing 300 pounds or over, was awarded Thin Rind Barrows, exhibited by Mr. Goodwine of Illinois. Two years later, Mr. E. C. Stone won the Championship in barrow class, over all breeds. The Thin Rind meat is of most excellent grain, and has a desirable proportion of lean to fat. In Boon county, Kentucky, six farmers organized a farming organiza- tion to promote the Thin Rind interest, under the name of "The Ameri- can Thin Rind Record Association." They have produced about twelve herds of this breed that are eligible for registration, and these are located mainly in Kentucky and Indiana. The distribution of the Thin Rind breed is not extensive. The popularity of the breed has gained percepti- bly in recent years. XVIII. Summary of Breeds. The English breeds of to-day that have been received with the most general favor in the United States are: First, the Berkshire, next the Essex, and third the Yorkshire. The Berkshire will weigh at full matu- rity 500 pounds, and the Essex 400 pounds. In exceptional cases they BREEDS OF SWINE. 963 will average these weights. 350 pounds for Berkshire and 250 for Essex may be taken as good weights. The Yorkshires in their three classes — small, medium and large — will weigh 250 pounds for the small, 350 pounds for the medium and up to 450 pounds for the large breed. They may, of course, be made to weigh much heavier at maturity if fully fat, and so may the other breeds mentioned. The so-called Prince Albert Suffolks are simply modified small Yorkshires, and the same may be said of the other sub-families called Suffolks. All these sub-breeds, including the Yorkshires, are pure white, and dark hair is not allowable, but bluish flesh marks or spots are not objectionable ; on the contrary, they are an indication of purity of blood. The most widely distributed of American breeds are: First, the Poland- China, and second the Chester county hogs. Well to the North the latter have been more widely disseminated than the former. In all the great corn growing region of the West, it may be safely said the Polands are the favorite of American breeds. The Jefferson county, the Jersey Reds and the Durocs, have never become widely known. We do not think the first has anything to recommend it over the small Yorkshire. They seem to have been too closely interbred, like particular families of Suffolks, a thing that should be especially guarded against in swine, since they are inclined more or less to scrofula and other cutaneous and sub-cutaneous diseases. For this reason, the Jersey Reds and Durocs, as being especially free from those taints, have been received with favor, growing year by year, and stand to-day the peer of any of the superior breeds of swine. CHAPTER m. THE BREEDING AND CARE OF HOQ8. I. PRACTICAL VALUE OP IMPROVED BREEDS. II. CARE IN SELECTION. III. AGE OF BREEDING SWINE. IV. HOW TO SELECT BREEDING ANIMALS. V. FORM AND FEEDING QUALITIES. VI. THE CARE OP BREEDING STOCK. VII. FAR- ROWING. VIII. WEANING THE PIGS. IX. CASTRATION. X. GESTATION OF SOWS. XI. NECESSITY OF GOOD CARE. XII. RINGING A HOG. I. Practical Value of Improved Breeds. In no department of stock breeding has the value of superior breeds been more fully asserted than in the breeding of swine. Cheap food and the improvement of breeds have already made the West and Southwest the great s\vine-breeding and swine-feeding regions of the world, and eventually the Northwest and the South will share equalW in the profits of these great industries. In all the West and Northwest, it is now difficult to find a f armei who has not swine of some one of the improved breeds. When the South, also, shall have taken hold of the business, in the extension of a di- versified agriculture, millions of dollars will have been added to the wealth of that section. From what Ave have said in the preceding chapter, it should not be difficult for the young breeder to work undcrstandingl}' and profitably. Nor can success be achieved by selecting a good breed, and starving the hogs, or allowing them to shift for themselves. Hogs of the improved breeds are not so well able to take care of themselves as those of a half-wild breed, but well cared for they will pay fifty per cent, in profit over the other breed, for the grain fed. Why ? They are more quiet, and assimilate their food more perfectly. This is all there is to any superior breed of any farm stock, if we add that the flesh is better laid on in the prime parts. n. Care in Selection. However good the breed, if care is not taken in the selection, or coup- ling of animals, degeneration of the offspring will inevitably result. This is true of all animals. But care in .selection is even more clearly shown to be necessary in planting grains and vegetables, for the reason that weeds, poverty of soil, and the sowing of imperfect seed, react at once on the product. Hence the reason why seedsmen make fortunes io 964 2.0 THE BREEDmO AND CARE OF HOGS. gelling improved seed that have been grown on rich soil, carefully selected, aud all undersized seed screened out. Exactly the same care is necessary with breeding stock. . Keep this up to the mark at any cost; those ani- mals that do not come up to the standard can be used for food. Never sell the best seeds, nor the best animals, whatever may be offered ; they are worth as much to you as any one else. m. Age of Breeding Swine. The boar is capable of coupling at from six to eight months old, but it IS better that he be at least ten months of age before being allowed to serve. The sow is capable of breeding at seven or eight months old, but TAMWORTH SOW. it Is better that she shall not drop her first litter until she is thirteen to fifteen months old. Two litters of pigs each year is till the sow should be allowed to raise, and the best breeders are content with one litter a year. If the sow has a warm place for farrowing, the earlier in the season the pigs are pro- duced, the greater is the profit from them. If they come the first of March, and are well fed until the new year, there is little difficulty in making them average 250 pounds each, and such pigs should bring fully one cent a pound more than hogs wintered once and weighing perhaps fifty pounds more. The profitable plan with swine of any breed is to push their fattening from the time they are born until they are killed, fcr with swine, as with other farm stock, the daily increase in flesh becomes less and less as the animal increases in age. 966 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AXD COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. IV. How to Select Breeding Animals. In the selection of stock for breeding, look first to constitutional vigor. Without this, no matter what the beauty of form may be, disaster will be brought to the herd. Next examine the form with reference to what you require. Then the question of early maturity and aptitude to fatten will be important. Then constancy of characteristics as shown in the pro- geny must be attended to, since this shows a perfect line of superior breed- ing, most valuable in any kind of farm animals. In all farm animals tractability and quietness of disposition are essential. In swine this is especially so. The subject of uniformity in the progeny is referred to in cattle under the title "heredity." It is worth reading again in con- nection with swine. V. Form and Feeding Qualities. Once you have secured an improved breed, or if you have made one by judicious crossing and selection, not only hold it so, but continue to im- prove it. Careful selection of animals that show the best points, is the important integer here, and the fixing them by breeding such animals A GROUP OF CHESTER WHITE BOARS. together in connection with good shelter and feeding is another. The best breed that ever existed, if they do not die in the degenerating pro- cess, will, if they must shift for themselves half the year, with barely enough to keep life in them the other half, soon come to look like the picture of "a back-Avoods hog," or that of the "prairie ranger." We see THE BREEDING AND CARE OF HOQS. 967 them every aay even in the best farming regions, among that class -"vho have "no luck" in raising "critters." Why should they? They are de- generating, themselves, every day in the effort to get "something for nothing," or else for less than its value. VI. The Care of Breeding Stock. In a general way the same principles laid down for the care of other farm stock will apply to swine. There is one thing of special importance, however, in l)rccding swine, that must not he overlooked. That is the care that must be taken in not breeding too closely in-and-in. We have lUOKKSIilKK shown in another part of this work that the tendency of this close breed- ing is to render the constitution delicate, and hence the vigor of the ani- mal must suffer. Swine are especially susceptible to scrofula and other blood diseases, and also to inflammatory diseases. In-and-in breeding is apt to exaggerate these constitutional disabilities. For this reason special care must be taken, not only in the breeding, but in selecting for breed- ing purposes only those that show superior constitutional vigor. If you see a pig in a litter free from cough, that is superior in growth, and shows great constitutional vigor, save him or her by all means, for further examination. Save all such, and you will soon have stock superior to that oiigiuaily bought ; for the breeder of pure stock sells all indiscriminately, 968 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. except such as are actually? deformed, or so far from the type that even the ignoraot wiJl notice the fault. They must do so, or else sell at such prices as to place stock out of the reacb of all but the most wealthy. Once a breeder finds an animal right in every respect, some hundreds, or even a thousand, dollars over the usual price of a/erage specimens of a breed is readily paid. Hence, in starting out, if your stock is not perfect you can easily improve it by selection ar^d care in breeding. It is the object of this book to give the mass of fani:ers definite information on these points. The best breeders are already informed, and fully alive to their value. Vn. Parrowing. In regard to farrowing, the farmer must be guided by circumstances. If the sows are expected to produce two litters of pigs a year, the tirst Lit- ter must come as early as March, so that the ner.* I'Kver may come early enough in the autumn for the pigs to be wear d aiid feeding before cold weather sets in. When farrowing is expected in cold v. eat her, a place warmed by tire heat must Ue. provided, and the sow, espv'-^.iily if it be a yczif/. or^e, I'L'jM be allowed perfect quiet. A temperature of not less than fzisty-^ve de- grees is necessaiy unil?. the pigs are properly dried and take the teats. After that, they \Till do we?l under a temperature at night of s'^out fifty degrees, yet sixty .vill be found better, for there is nothing more tender, or more susceptible to cold than a i;8wly bom pig, unless it be a young lamb. The sow having farrowed all right, she will generally take the boar again when the pigs are three or four days old. if aou she will not come in heat until after the pigs are ?reaned. VUL Weaning the Pigsi The pig is bom with teeth that will be ready to grind its food by the time It is two months old. We have always weaned at sis weeks old, so far as spring pigs were concerned, allowing plenty of skimmed milk and butter milk, mixing, at seven or eight weeks old, a fair proportion of corn meal mush, or, better, light wheat and rye screenings ground together. Give them grass, also, as soon as they will eat it, and at three months old they may be put on clover and whole, or, better, soaked com. IX. Castration. Pigs should be castrated at from two to three weeks old j never delay it longer than the age of four weeks ; since they require fully three weelis to recover from its effects before being weaned. THE BREEDING AND CASE OP HOfSS. 969 Castration h a simple operation. Let an a^stant hold the pig on its back, with its head and shoulders between his knees and with tiio legs spread apart. With a sharp knife, cut down into the scrotum and tiiroagh th:; tesJcle, press it out from the integuments, separate this from the tcs- ticl and with a jerk break the ooi"d j or the cord may be cut with a dull p.lr of shears to prevent bleeding. The pigs will generally do well enough, t^iough there is no objection to introducing a little melted h:rd and salt into the wound. If there is a-welUng the second day, inject into the cavity tt Jiale tincture of myrrh. 7L Gestation of Sows. Gestation in the sow is accomplished in three months, three weeks and three days, as the average time. There is a vanation sometin co ai twenty and even thirty days. Young or weak sows carry their young i^ shorter period than older and stronger ones. Once you get a good breeding sow, keep her as long as possible, since young sows are often bad mothers. A sow will remain prolific for about eight years, unless she becomes over- ioaded with fat, and this must be guarded against. XI. Necessity of Qood Care. Swine have naturally but little hair, aiid artificial breeding has nearly destroyed what little they originally had. To supply this lack, nature has given them a thick layer of fat next the skin, when in good condition. Hence the necessity, not only of good feeding, but also of warm quarters and a good bed to lie in. Mature has also given them the instinct to curry together plenty of material for maidng their own beds, and also to lie together in families for mutual warmth. Knowing these facts, it should not be difficult for the sagacious farmer so to provide them with food and quarters, that they may be comfortable. If this is not done, and considerable numbers are kept together, they will *'pne up" in cold nights so that in the morning the owner may have a chance to dx&g out some hogs dead from smothering. For when swine are piled up two or three thick, the under layer have no longer the power to move if they should try. Xn. BiGging a Hog. We do not believe in ringing swine, except fattening stock and those fed in the fields with a view to fattening. We believe it one of the most prolitic causes of disease and contagion, especially in preventing them from getting their natural food. Breeding stock should never have rings in their noses, at least until tbey are ready to be turned out for fattening. 970 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Nevertheless, we suppose many will not think so. We have reference to the old fashioned way of hampering a hog for ringing, and also the ring; now-a-(lays jiatcnt I'ings and riiiLi,iii,u- [>incers render the process more easy. ¥^MJ^/M n HH ^f .W^^^^^^v t^-^ — *s,..V- .-.:_- ■ -i )i;i:OC JERSEY sow^- The old method wa.s both clumsy and cruel; and excc})t when necessary rings of every kind should be discarded. ('UKSTKU wniTK noATl. A hog that is turned out to fora.ge in the woods on mast and roots should not, of course, be ringed; for he then needs free use of his snout which is the means nature provides him with for getting food. The reason why breeding swine should not be ringed is, that the natural exercise of rooting, and the food they get in this way, are necessary to develop consti- tutional vigor and perfect health, so important in all breeding stock. This point is touched upon more fully elsewhere. CHAPTER IV. THE FEEDING AND SHELTERING OF SWINE. I. FEED THE BREEDERS FOR HEALTH.- — — II. THE PROPER FOOD FOR SWINE. III. SUMMER FEEDING FOR PORK. IV. GRASSES AND CLOVERS. V. ROOTS. VI. GRAIN THE MAIN RELIANCE. VII. FEEDING IN THE FIELDS. VIII. GLEANING IN THE FIELDS AND AFTER CATTLE. IX. VALUE OF MAST FOR HOGS. X. HOG-FEEDING IN THE SOUTH. XL FEEDING IN CLOSE PENS. XIL HOG- BARNS. XIIL THE BEST FORM OF HOG BARN. XIV. COMPARATIVE VALUE OF LIGHT AND HEAVY HOGS. XV. ECONOMY OF FULL FEEDING FROM BIRTH. XVL MIXED RATIONS FOR HOGS. XVII. GRAIN SHOULD BE GROUND. XVIIL WET FEED BETTER THAN DRY. XIX. COOKING FOOD. XX. FEED- ING POTATOES. XXL PUMPKINS FOR HOGS. XXIL CONCLUSION. I. Peed the Breeders for Health. The only profit that can accrue from the care and management of swine lies in the vahie of their flesh as food, and in the offal for grease and in the arts. Hence the greatest profit — except in rare cases, where they have an unlimited forest range — lies in forcing their feeding to fatness, from birth until they are slaughtered. True economy will dictate that they have the warmest possible shelter in winter, and that they be kept cool in summer, with some place where they may escape from in- sect enemies, and with range suflScient for them to exercise their instinct of rooting for such underground vegetation as their natures may require. This promotes health and strengthens their constitutions. The above applies especially to the breeding stock. Those animals which are intended for fattening — and whose lives should not extend be- yond fifteen months at most — do not require all this. If the breeding stock have been kept healthy they will transmit health to their offspring. I lielieve that the purely artificial breeding and feeding of breeding stock, the indiscriminate ringing, the absence of roots, and the feeding of breedino- animals almost exclusively on corn, have, in many cases, so enfeebled the constitution of swine that they have Ijecome an easy pre}'- to the various epi- demic and contagious diseases that, of late years, have carried off so many. And I believe, also, that the utmost care will be necessary in the fu- ture to guard against this disability. And any common-sense man may see that the breeding animals are so few in proportion to the slaughtering swine, that it is true economy for every breeder to spare no pains in pro- viding for this class of stock diversified food Avhich they crave, and which, is necessary to make sound and vigorous constitutions. Remember that swine — like man — are universal feeders, and that if allowed to be so, few animals are more cleanly in their habits. They wal- 971 972 CYCLOPEDIA OF IIVE STOCK AND COMFjLETE STOCK DOCTOB. low ill the mud, at times, it is true, but a mud bath is nature's specifio for scurvy and other skin diseases. Svvmc, also, take a mud bath as refui!:e fi-oni insects ; nevertheless they are cai-eful, if allowed, to thor- oughly (!lean themselves, when drj- , against the rubbing post. II, The Proper Pood for Swine. Swine eat fewer varieties of ncrbs and grass than any other animal. Pig- weed (^amaranth), pursley [portulacca ) and various other succulent plants, with the common pasture grasses, and red and white clover are about the only ones swine Avill feed on. Artichokes and various tuberous and bulbous roots, many insects — especially the larvoa of the May beetle, and the white grub of our pastures — frogs, and such small animals as they i an kill, together with all the edible grains, and culinary vegetables, consti- tute their natural food. In fact, they eat few substances that would be injurious to man. Such, then, is their proper food — so far as it may be obtained — if the highest constitutional vigor is to be preserved in the breeding stock. If they are allowed a fair range on clover, including the gleaning of grain fields in summer; and if a good supply of pumpkins, and the refuse fruit of the farm be allowed them in autumn ; and if in the winter they be allowed daily rations of artichokes, small potatoes, parsnips or carrots, they may have, in addition, what grain they need to keep them in full flesh — not fat. If this course of feeding were gener- ally adopted for the breeding stock, we should in a few ^^ears hear but little of the epidemics which periodically sweep the s^ine away by thous- ands. But as long as there are so many breeders who never look beyond present profits, these epidemics will probably continue to be bred among the herds of this class to scatter the germs far and wide. m. Smmner Feeding for Pork. We now come to the care of fattening stock. The pigs having been weaned, as already directed, give them the run of a clover pasture ; and, while we object to the ringing of breeding stock, with those intended for fattening it is, perhaps, less objectionable than the tearing up of the graz- ing fields. But if the grazing fields are infested with the larvse of the May beetle or similar insects, the fattening hogs may as well be allowed to root as much as they want to. There is no cheaper way of ridding the land of these pests. In addition to clover, give the young pigs all the milk and other slops of the house, and also give what corn they will eat ; older pigs will do well enough on clover and corn, without the slops. Whether the grain shall be ground, or ground and cooked, will depend entirely on the price, We have always found whole grain the cheapest, except for finishing off. THE FEEDING AND SHELTERING OF SWINE. 973 when the price of corn was fifty cents per bushel or less ; and here again economy will depend more or less upon the facilities for grinding and for cooking. rv. Grasses and Clovers. The main aependence for grazing will be blue grass, orchard grass, and red and white clover. Alfalfa — wherever it will grow — cut green, makes an excellent supplementary food, when swine get used to it ; and field peas cut just before they shell are excellent for hogs. V. Roots. Artichokes, potatoes, ruta-bagas, parsnips, carrots, and beets, are readily eaten by swine, and are preferred in the order named. We have successfully wintered store hogs entirely on ruta-bagas with the addition of a little meal. Artichokes are a cheap and excellent root food, if the swine are allowed to gather them themselves in the autumn and spring. VI. Grain the Main Reliance. Grain, however, is, in the West, the cheapest food and the main de- pendence of the farmer. The other foods are useful mainly for keeping the animal in good health and digestion ; for, without sound health and good digestion, no animal can be made fully fat. In the fall there is no better food than pumpkins and grain boiled together ; and if the pumpkins are protected from frost, swine may be carried in this way until Christmas and made fully fat. VII. Feeding in th.e Fields. In all the great com region of the West and South, field-feeding wil^ lon«- continue to be the favorite way of fattening hogs. It is cleanly, and, where grain is cheap, economical. It is only necessary to see that the ho^-s are made comfortable by shelter from storms and cold weather, and that they have plenty of pure water. This is so easy to do that the mere mention of it will suffice. vm. Gleaning in the Fields and after Cattle. Swine should always have the run of the grain fields after harvest, if possible. In this way they save all the grain dropped in harvesting, and, most important, they get a variety of herbage, which they could not other- wise obtain. It should, of course, not interfere with their getting full rations of grain, and plenty of pure water for drinking must be provided, for swine are thirsty animals ; and attention to providing a dark place where they may escape msects must not be forgotten. 974 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE 8TOCK DOCTOR. So, in feeding cattle, swine should glean what is left. One or two hogs should follow each steer or cow, according to how much grain is fed to the hogs in addition. Our plan always was, to allow two hogs to each steer, and then at night to give the hogs what extra corn they would eat. rX. Value of Mast for Hogs. This will depend upon the range and the number of nut^producing trees. When a suitable range is to be had it should always be used, especially for breeding hogs, and young swine. For fattening, it will only be available in extensive forest districts, and for half-wild swine. In any event, hogs fed on mast should be allowed full feeds of grain for at least three weeks before slaughtering. X. Hog Feeding in the South. Swine-feeding can be prohtably conducted on a large scale at the South, only in the more temperate regions where corn may be economically grown. There is, however, still so much forest area there, that it should be made use of to the fullest extent for hog pasture, on account of the natural roots, the wild fruit and the mast. The supplementary food must depend, as it does everywhere else, on the cost. If it has to be bought, corn and mill feed will be found the cheapest. Every planter should raise and cure enough hogs to furnish pork, bacon ard hams for his home use. I. will be found, in nearly every instance, cheaper than to buy the bacon and pork already prepared. XI. Feeding in Close Pens. In all cases, where few pigs are kept, or where only the family supplies of pork are fattened — especially when the fattening pigs are bought in the spring — it is cheapest to feed in close pens. These should always be in two apartments, one closed in for sleeping, and the other an open plat- form for feeding. A pen twelve by sixteen Avill accommodate six large hogs ; and this will allow the sleeping room to be 8 by 12, and the feed room the same size. In every case where hogs are to be kept and fattened in cold weather, warm sleeping places must be provided ; and evei where large numbers of hogs were kept to be fed fully fat, we have found the plan of close pens to be most economical in the end. XII. Hog Bams. When many hogs are kept, a permanent structure should be built for fattening and wintering them. The simplest form of a hog barn is alow buildino", with ranges of pens on each side of a four-foot passage way, the sides being divided into pens eight feet square. This would give twenty feet for the width of the building. In the middle, a twenty-foot room should be left for the boiler, and for the storage of feed. The THE FEEDING AND SHELTERING OF SWINE. 975 sleeping apartments may be lean-to structures, back of the feeding rooms, and with a door to each, hung on hinges at the top, so it may easily swing either way when a hog pushes it. The pens must be cleaned into a wheelbarrow, rolled along the passage on a running way laid for dump- ing directly upon the compost heap. Xm. The Best Form of Hog Bam. The best form of hog burn we have ever used was a central building, twenty-four feet square and two stories high ; the upper stories arranged with bins for meal, and a corn crib, with chutes running below. The twelve-foot square in the center of the lower story is used exclusively for the cooking apparatus, the first range of pens adjonnng being for breeding sows and the younger pigs, since it is the warmest part of the building. Thence wings extend on each of the four sides, as in the plan of a hog barn first described, except that this being intended for both winter and summer feeding, a door communicating from the sleeping pens to a yard beyond should be added. In this way we have kept five hundred hogs, and, by proper attention to their feeding and sanitary condition, alwavs breeding our own stock with but slight loss from epidemics. The water supply was ample and pure. The pens were kept regularly washed; the offal was carried, to the compost heap and covered regularly with earth ; and the hogs had always by them ashes and salt, and also a supply of bituminous coal slack. For cut of hog barn, see page 980. XIV. Comparative Value of. Light and Heavy Hogs. We have heretofore shown that an animal, if allowed to lose flesh when growing, does so at the ex}3ense of ultimate profits. This is especially true of swine. No feeder can afford to winter pigs with a view of gettincr heavy weights, unless under exceptional circumstances. It costs too much. Hogs weighing from 400 to 600 pounds will not bring so much per pound as lighter fat hogs, and with hogs as with other stock, every year they are kept their daily gain becomes less and less. Hogs weighing 200 pounds, or theresbout, will bring more money in any market than those of any other weight ; for hogs of this weight cut up better into hams, bacon, and family side pork, than heavier ones. No one wants a ham, for instance, tliat will weigh twenty-five to thirty pounds ; there is too much fat on it for the lean. Thick bacon does not sell well, for very fat bacon is not liked. Hogs if properly fed may be turned off weighing 200 to 250 pounds at nine months old; and under ordinary good feeding, at ten or eleven months old. We have 976 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. raised pigs, farrowed in March, that in the succeeding January killed to dress up to 380 pounds, and have turned them off several times, that, at ten months old, would average 300 pounds alive. To put the thing in a nut-shell, it is altogether cheaper to feed three pigs to 200 pounds each at nine months old, than it is to feed a hogthree years to make him weigh 600 pounds ; and again, if the pigs are worth six cents a pound alive, it is $3(5 ; the 600 pound hog will not then bring more than five cents, or $30, and has eaten more corn than the three lighter hogs. XV. Economy of Pull Feeding from Birth. It should be remembered that it takes a certain percentage of the food to supply daily animal waste. The young animal converts into flesh more of the food given than a full grown one ; no matter how long the animal is kept the daily waste goes on constantly. Hence, it should re- quire no argument to show that. the true economy is to feed stroLg from birth, if the object be simply to sell the animal when fat. When fat, sell at once, unless the state of the market is such that it wil'j pay to hold for a time. Above all, do not allow the animal to fall away at any stage of growth, since it must be brought '.vi,ck at an increased cost of food over that originally given, to bring it '.o tLfc condition at which it be- gan to fail. XVI. Mixed Rations for Hogs. To determine the feeding value of a mixed grain ration as comj. ired with one of a single kind of grain, numerous experiments have been con- ducted, and in every case the results favor a mixed ration. This is one strong reason why a superior quality of pork can be produced in the Northwest, where such a large variety of grains and forage plants can be grown. In corn-growing sections there is a disposition to feed corn almost ex- chisively on account of its cheapness, its fattening qualities, and the relish with which it is eaten. While in many sections we can not grow corn successfully as a grain crop, we can grow a long list of other cereals, such as oats, barley, wheat, millet and rye; and we can grow them cheaply with very little danger of failure. As no artificial fertilizer is needed to grow these crops in the Northwest, the cost of production is low enough to make them cheap stock foods. A mixture of chopped wheat, oats, and shorts will give better results than a single grain of any sort, not excepting corn. A mixture of this kind is usually cheaper than wheat alone, and will produce better gains. Chopped oats should not be fed alone. The hulls interfere verv^ materially with its value as food for hogs. They do not enjoy the hulls, and will refuse to eat the oats quicker than any other THE FEEDING AND SHELTERING OF SWINE. 97(7 grain except bran, which they do not relish, principally for the same reason. Chopped bai'ley and shorts make a good combination for feeding. A small amount of bran can be used to good advantage when mixed with other grains. Shorts alone will not furnish mineral matter enough for growing pigs. XVII. Grain Should be Ground. Small grain should be crushed or ground for hogs. When fed whole there is less gain to amount of food consumed, and the total gain in a given time will be less. It is a too common practice among farmers in this section to follow slovenly methods in feeding stock. Instead of getting a few feet of cheap lumber for a floor on which to feed, or making a few troughs, whole grain is strewn on the ground for the hogs to gather up as best they may. Often the rainy season begins before the hogs are sold ; then the feed yard becomes a slough of mud, out of which the ani- mals work very assiduously to gather their daily food. This may be an extreme picture, but who has not seen it many times in this Western country ? In feeding experiments it was found that it required 1.2 pounds more of whole wheat and oats to produce a pound of gain in live weight than it did with ground grain fed under the same conditions. In many cases the excreta were examined to determine the amount of undigested whole wheat present, and it was found that as much as 50 per cent passed off unmasticated. This condition was more marked when the grain was fed dry, but at all times there was a very great loss. XVIIT. Wet Feed Better than Dry. Hogs relish a moist diet better than a dry one, and will give better returns for the same food ted after soyking a few hours than when fed dry. Soaking grain from twelve to twenty-four hours pays well for the extra trouble in preparing the food. The old practice of permitting the feed to ferment and become a source of great annoyance, on account of the offensive odor it gives off, is no longer followed by the intelligent feeder. XIX. Cooking Food. The practice of cooking grain for hogs has long since been discouraged as of doubtful economical value. Pound for pound, the raw grain will give the best results, and when the extra cost of cooking is taken into account, the results are very much in favor of feeding the grain raw. In case of vegetables it is quite different ; for the feeding value as well as the palatability of most vegetables is improved by cooking. 978 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XX. Feeding Potatoes. Very often potatoes become so cheap, on account of an increased supply, that it would pay better to feed them to hogs than to sell them on the market. Hogs can be made to gain rapidly on a ration of cooked potatoes to which is added shorts, chopped wheat, oats or barley. In experiments conducted at the Oregon station, pigs made a daily gain of 1.3 pounds on an average ration of 12.4 pounds of potatoes, and 2.8 poimds of chopped oats and shorts mixed half and half. The results of experi- ments indicate that the value of potatoes for feeding to hogs is about 10 cents per bushel. This value will vary, however, under varying condi- tions of market and methods of feeding. XXI. Pumpkins for Hogs. Not much has been done in an experimental way in feeding pumpkins to hogs, but in practice many farmers in the West feed pumpkins very successfully. Experiments were carried on at the government station to determine the value of pumpkins as a part ration for hogs, with the following results: They were fed from October 10 to December 25. The pumpkins were cooked and shorts were added to make the food palatable. The hogs gained 499 pounds, and consumed 7,523 pounds of pumpkins and 924 pounds of shorts. Placing the pumpkins at $2.50 per ton, and the shorts at $12 per ton, the total cost would be $14.94. This makes the cost of 100 pounds of gain in live weight $2. This is the cheapest pork produced from any combination of food materials tested at the Oregon station. The pumpkins were valued at the estimated cost of production. The pork produced by this feed was pronounced first- class for bacon purposes. The hogs were healthy and were never off their feed throughout the feeding period. XXII. Conclusion. Hogs free from disease. — Hogs in the Northwest are generally very free from disease. Hog cholera is practically unknown in Oregon, Wash- ington, and Idaho. No well-defined cases have, so far as we are aware, developed within this region, although cases have been reported where hogs were imported from cholera-infected districts in the Eastern States. Our methods of feeding, together with a greater variety of food material, is conducive to the health of the animals. The comparatively small proportion of com fed is an advantage to health. Corn, being a highly carbonaceous food, induces more animal heat, and should be mixed with some food rich in protein to give the best results, both as affecting the health of the animals and the quality of the product. Where wheat, THE FEEDING AND SHELTERING OF SWINE. 979 oats, barley, peas, alfalfa, and clover, constitute the chief food supply, there is little danger of disease. ProspGCt of the industry. — In conclusion it may be said that there is a broad field for the farmers of the Pacific Northwest to occupy in pro- ducing a superior article of bacon and other pork products. The climatic and feed conditions are the very best that can be found for producing a grade of pork which can not be excelled in the world. VICTORIA BOAR. There is not a day in the year, over large areas in this section, when hogs can not have some form of green succulent food. Pastures of clover, grasses, and annual plants can be provided that furnish a large amount of food which, supplemented with a small ration of grain, will produce a superior article of meat products. The foreign as well as the domestic market demands a better pork product, especially in the hams and bacon. With good blood in the herd as the first essential, and then a proper food supply, the results will be wholly satisfactory. 980 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Paralysis behind, "downers": — Pour a tablespoonful of turpentine across the loins once a day for several days. Give coperas and sulphur, a tea^poonful of each for three successive days and repeat in a few days if necessary. Prevention : Give all of the soft coal, charcoal, etc., that they A^ant to eat. Sows Eating their Pigs:— This is due to a depraved appetite while in a delirious condition brought on by parturition. All sows are apt to do it during the first few hours following delivery. The only remedy is to watch her during delivery and remove them as fast as they come, and put them in to her to nurse at intervals of two hours, watching them closely, then remove them. Conthuie this for three or four days, when the danger of eating them will have passed. 21 . L 22 _ 23 . 24 ® A 25 26 17 28 12 10 T 35 J6 i 34 f J f-- i 33 29 1 30 31 32 4 3 1 r 2 ;• 1 Hon HOUSE. For description see page 975 Thumps in Pigs:— Separate from the rest, feed liquid food and give about five gr. of tinct. of digitalis twice a day. Black Teeth:— These are found upon the inside of the pig's mouth, often cutting the tongue so as to interfere with eating. Pull them out. BOOK III PART II Diseases of Swine HOW TO KNOW THEM; THEIR CAUSES, PRE- VENTION AND CURE 982 cYCLorEbiA oi-' live stock axd complete stock doctor. Diseases of Swine. CHAPTER I. MALIGNANT AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES. '. THE PREVENTION OK DISEASE. II. MALIGNANT EPIZOOTIC CATARRH. III CONTAGIOUS FEVEH OP SWINE. IV. CONTAGIOUS PNEUMO-ENTERITIS. V. SPLENIC FEVER, OR MALIGNANT ANTHRAX. VI. SUMMARY OF TREATMENT FOR MALIGNANT DISEASES. VII. RULES FOR DISINFECTION. VIII. DIFFICULTY IN GIVING MEDICINE TO SWINE. IX. WATCH SYMPTOMS EARLY, AND USE PREVENTIVES. I. The Prevention of Diseases. In the care of swine the prevention of disease is of the ntraost impoi-t- ance. They are, indeed, subject to comparatively few aihnents ; but these few are, generally, in the shape of malignant, epidemic or contcV gious diseases of the most serious kind. In such cases the difficulty iij administering medicine (they being too sick to take it with food) is very great. To prevent disease in swine, the most important thing is so to care for the animals that they shall be kept in general good health. The admission of other swine among the herd should, also, be prohibited until you are well assured that the new comers are free from disease. The herd should be perfectly isolated during the prevalence of epidemic or contagious diseases, and disinfectants should be freely used ; when once serious disease makes its appearance in the herd, the sick animals should be carefully separated from the well o;.es. There is only one economical way to treat so-called hog cholera, which may appear in any of the follow- ing forms, viz : malignant epizootic catarrh ; intestinal "hog cholera," a specific contagious fever, attended by congestion, exudation, blood ex- travasation, ulceration of the membranes of the stomach and bowels, and foetid discharges ; contagious pneumo-enteritis or purples, a contagious inflammation of the stomach and bowels, with red or purple blotches of tbe skin ; or the erysipelatous form of pneumo-enteritis, or that attended with malignant sore throat. When either of these forms of disease at- tacks swine, the cheapest way to treat it is to send the animals at once to the rendering tanks, and convert them into "grease," or kill and burv them at once, and thoroughly disinfect every possible place where con- tagion may lurk. If a competent veterinarian be near, apply to him at 984 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. once ; but beware of quacks who go about doctoring hogs with so-called specifics ; they are a dehision and a snare for the unwary. II. Malignant Epizootic Catarrh. Causes. — This disease, if not actually generated in filthy yards and pens, is quickly and fatally developed in such places, and the poison germs quickly find their way to the mucous membranes of the animals. Anything that suddenly checks the insensible perspiration, as a cold, will quickly predispose to the disease „ How to know it.— There will be difficulty in breathing ; panting ; lift- ing of the flanks, and a short hoarse cough. There is fever; the head will be stretched out and drooping ; sometimes running at the nose ; efforts to vomit; generally constipation, but sometimes diarrhoea; and the annual will show a stiff tottering gait. After death, if the animal is opened, there will be found inflammation of the nasal passages of the upper part of the throat, and of the windpipe and lungs, which latter will be found more or less solidified. A second form of the disease shows less cough ; less difficulty in b: eathing, but decided paralysis, and tottering in the gait ; there is con- ivtipation, followed by profuse and foetid diarrhoea ; the back arched ; partial or total blmdness ; enlarged glands and scrofulous ulcers. After death the lining membrane of the intestines will be enlarged and degen- erated ; the spleen enlarged, soft and dark ; the liver is also affected, and there may be water exudations in the chest and belly. The duration of either form will be about fifteen days. What to do. — If the disease shows clearly the symptoms described, kill the animal and bury it deep. Separate all animals showing the slightest ailment, and give the following emetic : No. 1. 15 to 20 Grains, powdered white hellebore }4 Pint milV' Mix and let the animal drink it, if it will; if not, turn it down with a horn, as described under Article VIII, in this chapter. When the dose has vomited the animal, if the symptoms are as first described or in the lungs, give No. 2. 2 or 3 Grains tartar emetic. If the symptoms are as described in one second form of the disease, or if the bowels are implicated rather than the lungs, give, instead, the following : No. 3. 2 or 3 Grains calomel. Either dose may be administered in the half of a roasted potato if the animal will eat. If not, envelop the dose in lard and place it well back MALIGNANT AND EPIDEanC DISEASES. 985 mthe mouth on the root of the tongue. Apply over the sore spot, lungs or bowels, as the case may be, the following blistering ointment : No. 4. 1 Ounce powdered cantharides, 4 Ounces olive oil. Efeat the two over a moderate fire for half an hour, stirring constantly, ?nd rub it in well, repeating if it does not blister on the first application. So soon as the animal gets relief, if the disease is in the lungs, p-ivethc following, every day for a few days ; but if the trouble is in the bowels, omit the carbonate of potash : No. 5. 20 Grains sulphate of iron, 30 Grains carbonate of potash. If there are copious, dark discharges from the bowels, give No. G. 20 Grains podophyllin, 2 Drachms bi-carbonate of soda, Mix in a pint of milk. But, if there be constipation, give the following instead of No. 6 : No. 7. 1 Ounce castor oil. 1 Drachm oil of turpentine. Mix in a pint of milk. III. Contagious Fever of Swine. This is sometimes called intestinal hog cholera. Causes. — It is contagious and the infection is virulent, so much so that tiie germs arc carried to considerable distances, supposablyin the air. If not generated in foul pens and yards, they, together witi: bad care and management, cause it to develop quickly when the germs are once intro- duced. How to know it. — Succeeding the incubation, which lasts from three days to two weeks, according to the season and temperature, there will be shivering ; prostration ; the nose hot and dry ; the animal mhU not feed, but will lie under the litter ; the eyes will be sunken ; the gait weak and unsteady. There will be great thirst, and a clinical thermometer in- s:'erted into the rectum will show a temperature of 103 ^ to 105 <^ F. There will be heat and soreness of the skin, with red patches and black spots, the redness disappearing under pressure. The pulse will be weak but rapid ; the tongue much furred ; a hard dry cough, and quick breath- ing ; the belly is sore and the animal will flinch and scream if it is handled ; the l)owels are costive sometimes throughout the disease, but generally as the disease progresses, or about the third day, diarrhoea, foetid and exhausting, will supervene, and slime and blood may be passed, showing ulceration of the bowels. The last stage occasions stupor, par- alysis of the hind limbs, with tremblings, jerking of the limbs and invol- untary motions of the bowels. 986 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK Aim COMPLETE STOCK DOCTORo What to do.— Bdll and bury deeply all infected animals, unless they can be treated in a place where the atmosphere is constantly disinfected. Disinfect, also, all animals that may be near. Separate all animals in which the clinical thermometer, inserted into the rectum, shows a tem- perature of 100 "^ F. or more. Give them charcoal, bi-sulphate of soda, 20 grains at a dose, mixed with the same quantity of nitrate of pot-assa ; give also sulphate of iron (copperas), or the following: No. 8. 2 Pounds flowers of sulphur, 2 Pounds sulphate of iron, J^ Pound nitrate of potash, 14 Pound black antimony. This mixed in twelve gallons of slop will be enough for 100 hogs ; or give each hog 1 pint at a dose, repeating every day. Be sure the water used has not run through the premises of a diseased herd ; use only pure well water, and be sure, also, that the food has not been contaminated ; and if you have lately bought strange hogs, isolate them in a safe quarantine until assured they are all right. Treatment of the sick. — Give cool pure well water, just acidulated with sulphuric acid, to drink. If there is constipation, give a mild dose of castor oil, say two ounces, and also give injections of warm water to assist the operation. Then give the following dose, repeat-ed two or three times a day. N'o. 9. 20 Grains nitrate of potassa. 20 Grains bi-sulphate of soda. Mix ID a pint of gruel, and ^ve as one dose. If the belly becomes tender, and bloody dung is passed, showing ulcer- ation of the bowels, give tifteen or twenty drops of oil of turpentine, in a little gruel, night and morning. When the worst cases show signs of improving, give tonics, say 5-grain doses of quinine twice a day; or 4 drachm doses of sulphate of iron (copperas). This with nourishing, soft food, such as boiled or scalded oats ai.d bran in eqiuil parts, no corn, good nursing, and a most thorough disinfection (see Article VII), may bring them out. IV, Contagious Pneumo-Enteritis. This is a form of so-called "hog cholera," or purples. It is a conta- gious inflammation of the lungs and bowels with red or purple blotches on the skin, according to the relative form of the disease. Causes. — Bad water, and malaria from filthy pens or swampy grounds, are prolific causes in hot or warm, wet seasons. A minute organism (bacillus) is found in the serous fluids and tissues of the body. How to know it. — Charbon or malignant anthrax, also called hog cholera by those who want a better name, is sometimes confounded with MALIGNANT AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES. 987 this disease. In some respects, indeed, the ignorant may easily confound them. Hence we give the symptomatic distinction of each, side by side, as stated by Dr. Klein : CONTAGIOUS PNEUMO-ENTERITIR. TRUE CHARBON. — Period of in- —Period of incubation from two cubation, or latency, from a few to five days and more, hours to three days. Rarely and with difficulty trans- Easily transmissible to other mitted to other species. species of animals. Spleen rarely enlarged or other- Spleen always enlarged, and wise changed. often broken down. Blood after death of ordinary Blood after death dark and fluid, appearance. No bacillus anlhracis in the Bacillus anthrads in the blood, blood, but numberless bacilly m the serum of the thorax and abdomen. Lungs and bowels always both mflamed. Cough always present. Lungs and bowels frequently not The red or purple color diffused implicated. Cough may be present, over the surface, and of an ery. The discoloration local, and of sipelatous appearance. a true carbuncular appearance. There are two forms of pneumo-enteritis, one the erysipelatous form, the other with malignant sore throat. The Erysipelatous Form. — The animal is dull; will not eat; is un- \\illing to move ; tries to vomit ; there is cough ; difficulty in urination -, the bowels are constipated ; the dung hard and black. Then dark red or l^urple blotches passing into bluish -black will appear about the ears, throat, neck, breast and between the fore-legs. There may be a dis- charge of dark or purple fluid from the nose ; the breathing becomes labored, even to panting ; there is pai-alysis of the hind Limbs ; if the animal is forced up, his head will drop to the ground, and he walks with a reeling gait behind, Fcetid diarrhoea sets in, and the animal dies in from one to three days. With Malignant Sore Throat. — The symptoms in the commence- ment are the same as in the erysipelatous form, Avith a red and purple line about the throat ; there are attempts to vomit ; difficulty in swallow- ing ; and the sensation of choking in breathmg is so intense that the animal will sic on his haunches, gasping for breath with livid, protruded and swollen tongue. The symptoms so increase, sometimes, that the swelling of the larynx will kill, by choking, in an hour. What to do. — Foment the swoileh parts with hot water, saturated with sulphate of iron (copperas). If there are signs of gangrene, saturate the 988 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. surrounding parts with equal parts of turpentine and sweet oil. Give at once two ounces of castor oil, and when it operates, give the following two or three times a day : No. 10. 20 Grains nitrate of soda, 20 Grains nitrate of potash. Mix in a little gruel. If the bowels are swollen and tender, give twenty drops of turpentine in a little gruel, as may be needed, and let the ammal have pjwdered charcoal in the water it drinks. Another valuable remedy is that of M. Lubin, to be given in gruel three times a day, omitting the calomel after the third dose. It is as follows : No. 11. 5 Grains calomel, 1 Drachm nitrate of potash, 10 Grains powdered camphor. This is a good dose for the swine not yet affected, and it may be used in any of the preceding diseases, as a preventive. The following has been found useful by Prof. J. B. Turner of Illinois. It will bo sufficient for 100 hogs, the dose being one pint for each hog i No. 12. 2 Pounds flowers of sulphur, 2 Pounds sulphate of iron, 2 Pounds madder. ^ Pound black antimony, }/^ Pound nitrate of potash, 2 Ounces arsenic. Mix the whole in twelve gallons of gruel for 100 swine, or give one- pint doses to each. V. Splenic Fever or Malignant Antlirax. This disease is rare, and has even been asserted as not occurring in the United States. Yet, since charbon or malignant anthrax of cattle may be easily communicated to other animals and man, there is no reason why swine should not become victims. The common form of Anthrax. — In pigs the most common form is a carbuncular swelling of the throat, extending inwards to the windpipe and gullet, causing difficulty in breathing and swallowing, and terminating in convulsions and death by strangling. It has been popularly known as white-bristle, from the peculiar appearance of the bristles about the parts. The treatment should be similar to that advised for pneumo-enteritis with malignant sore throat. (See article IV. ) The apoplectic or splenic form. — If this form of the disease should appear, it will be known by malignant inflammation of the internal organs, such as are noticed in bloody murrain in cattle. It is malignant blood poisoning, and so virulent is the infection that every tissue of the animal IGNANT AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES. 989 is affected, and is poisonous to both man and beast, producing what is iinown as malignant pustule, if serum or blood or the flesh of the in- fected animal comes in contact with any abrasion of the skin. Prevention. — Perhaps as good a preventive as any is prescription No. 12. But every animal infected had better be killed at once and buried deeply, and covered with quick lime. VI. Summary of Treatment for Malignant Diseases. As a last word, however, we repeat: Do not waste time in doctoring any but blooded hogs that are valuable enough to warrant perfect isola- Nion and the necessary care in curing. The best precaution to take in all the diseases named, and which go under the general name "hog cholera," is disinfection, and the most thorough isolation of the sick from the well. If the sanitary conditions of the hospital are not strictly attended to, all other treatment is thrown awjiy ; and the attendants must thoroughly disinfect themselves before going about other swine. In fact, it is better that the attendants keep away from the well hogs altogether. Hence our advice : Thoroughly isolate all swine upon the first indicatioui of disease, and if it does not give way quickly to treatment, kill and bury deeply at once. VTI. Rules for Disinfection. The rules we give for disinfection, will apply to any structure, includ- ing barns, stables, sheds, and outhouses of every kind. Fumigants are not always disinfectants, and simply deodorizing or destroying odors, is not disinfection in any sense of the word. The disinfection of all barns, stables, sheds, or other places where ani- mals having malignant or contagious diseases have been kept, should re- ceive strict attention. Every part should be stopped tight, and flowers of sulphur and wood tar, in the proportion of one pound of the former to two quarts of the latter, mixed with tow, should be burned and allowed to smoke thoroughh', until the whole building is thick with smoke. So the hospital should be fumigated with the same, two or three times a week, but not sufficiently to set the animals coughing. Every part of the building should also be thoroughly washed with dilute carbolic acid, and the clothing also wet with it. If pure carbolic acid is used for sprinkling floors or washing walls, 100 parts of soft water may be added to one pint of acid. The impure carbolic acid of gas works may be used undiluted. All discharges should be treated with chloride of -^inc, dissolved in water, in the proportion of one ounce to one or two gallons of water. The at- tendants taking care of animals with malignant diseases should never approach or handle the well ones. 990 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. A disinfectant that has no smell and is not poisonous, Known as chloralum, is made by dissolving three pounds of chloride of aluminum in two gallons of water, or in like proportions*. Another oheap and pow- erful disinfectant, but poisonous, if taken, is made of eight ounces of chloride of zinc, sixteen ounces of sulphate of iron, and one gallon of water. Dissolve, and to each pint used add one gallon of water. Among disinfecting substances may be named chlorine. This is set free by add- ing oil of vitriol and a little black manganese to common salt, as a disin- fectant of the air, but must be used in vacated buildings, and is better if used in the full light of day. So flowers of sulphur, burned by a heat only suflScient to produce smoke, will accomplish the same purpose, and if used carefully, it will not injure stock. A disinfectant that may be used in occupied buildings is formed by adding a little chlorate of potassa, at short intervals, to half a pint of strong jnuriatic acid, in a strong V3ssel of glass, or heavily glazed stoneware. VIII. Difficulty in giving Medicine to Swina The diiiiculty in administering medicine to swine is well known. The usual way is to fix a slip noose about the upper jaw and draw up the head, the obstinacy of ^he hog prompting him to pull steadily back, bringing the hinder parts to the floor. In this position liquids may be administered from a horn. The diflBculty is the struggles of the animal frequently do injury. In most cases if the hog is placed in a chute whete he cannot turn around and he be given an old shoe to bite on, having a hole in the end, the medicine may be poured in the shoe and it will be taken in champing the end. Another device lately recommended is to take a pine board three and one-half inches wide and ten or twelve inches long, including a handle whittled down at one end. At about three inches from the end cut a notch one and three-fourths inches deep and three inches wide. On the other edge of the board, about opposite the middle of the first notch, cut another notch about one inch square, then cut down the end of the board for a handle. Let one hold the hog while the other drenches him. Catch the hog by the ears and set him back on his hind parts. Place the board in the front part of the mouth, small notch down; pour the medicine in the front part of the. mouth, on the end of the tongue, from a strong bottle. Pour slowly, and give time to swallow. Be careful not to strangle him. The size of the stick must vary according to the size of the hog. In case doses in the form of pills or paste are to be given, place them well back on the root of the tongue. IX. Watch Symptoms early and use Preventives. The «*ounce of prevention" in the case of swine, is worth many times more than the "pound of cure." Good nursing, isolation and thorough disinfection are really thechief, as they are the comnion-sense treatment. This has always been our practice, in connection with prompt killing and deep burial of those which did not yield to simple treatment. Any per- son by carefully studying what we have written, may pretty accurately Oidge when killing becomes necessary*^ ^ CHAPTER n. THE COMMON DISEASES OP SWINE. 1. CNFLAMMATORY DISEASES. II. PNEUMONIA OR INFLAMMATION OF THE LUNGS. III. QUINSY OU INFLAMMATION OF THE TONSILS. IV. APOPLEXY, STAG- JKRS, OR CONGESTION OF THE BRAIN. V. COLDS OR RISING OF THE LIGHTS. ri, CATARRH OR SNUFFLES. VII. MEASLES AND TRICHINA. VIII. TRI- CHIVA SPIRALIS. IX. OTHER INTESTINAL PARASITES. X. PARASITES OP THE SKIX— MANGE OR SCAB. XI LICE. XII. DIARRHOEA. XIII. LEPROSY. XIV. SKELETON OF THE HOG. I. Inflammatory Diseases. Svine arc, from their nature and the manner in which they are kept, more subject to congestive and inflammatory diseases than any othei farm animal. The results of this tendency are conspicuously seen in quinsy, coughs and colds, sometimes ending in consumption, and especi- ally in inflammation of the lungs. II. Pneumonia, or Inflammation of the Lungs. How to know it. — By the rapid and laborious breathing, and shivering of the body and limbs. There will be a more or less severe cough, and the hog loses appetite. What to do. — Put the animal in a comfortable, quiet and well venti- lated place. Keep a preparation of mustard and tepid water on the chest and side, and give the following mixture : No. 13. 2 Drachms bi-sulphate of soda, 2 Drachms nitrate of potash. Mix in a pint of gruel and feed it to the patient, or turn it down from a horn. This may be repeated as necessity requires, and, if necessary, a blister may be applied to the chest ; but good nursing, and such nour- ishing food as the hog will eat, should effect a cure. III. Quinsy or Inflammation of the Tonsils. This is a common and often fatal disease, if relief is not promptly given. It is an inflammation of the glands of the throat. How to know it.— If you find that the hog has difficulty in swallowing ; if slavering and protrusion of the tongue are seen, and especially if there be a swelling under the lower jaw and neck, you may be sure the animal has the quinsy. What to do. — Cast the hog or pig, and with a thin, keen-bladed knife ecarify the parts until the blood flows freely. Then foment the parte 991 992 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOE. with cloths ^vrung out of very hot water, applying them repeatedly tc induce bleeding and reduce the inflammation. In the mean time the fol- lowing should be prepared, to be used as soon as possible, as an injection : No. 14. 4 Ounces sulphate of magnesia, 2 Drachms oil ol turpentine, }^ Pint soap suds. Mix, ani inject into the rectum with a syringe. If the animal wiU eat, give the following, mixed in a little gruel : No. 15. 2 Teaspoonfuls turpentine, 2 Teaspoonfuls lard oil. If he will not eat, swab the tonsils often with the mixture by Uicans of a swab fastened to a small rod, the mouth being held open, as previ- ously described. rv. Apoplexy, Staggers or Congeafcion of the Brain. This disease is not unusual in fat hogs. How to know it. — The animal will be stupid ; the eyes red j the pulse hard and rapid ; the bowels constipated. As the disease progresses, the animal becomes partially or wholly blind, going in a circle or striking against objects ; and at last he falls unconscious. Sometimes the attack is attended with effusion on the brain, without other symptoms being especially noticeable; the animal falls suddenly ; the limbs stiffen ; f rotb flows from ths mouth, and the breathing is hard, with a snorting sound. What to do. — If cold water is not at hand, bleed freely from the jugu- lar vein. The proper application is cold water allowed to fall upon the head from a considerable height. At the same time let an injection be quickly prepared and administered at once ; use No. 14. v. Colds, or Rising of the Lights. Rising oi the lights is what is generally called a cold. Keep the ani- mal warm and quiet ; feed well with easily digested food, and rub vinegar and mustard on the chest. If it does not yield to treatment, give a table- spoonful of tar every day, placing it well back on the tongue with a paddle. If the disease resolves itself into inflammation of the lungs, see treatment therefor in Article II, of this chapter. VI. Catarrh or Smiffles. This is a common disease that usually disappears with warmth and good care, and light, digestible food. It sometimes assumes c chrsric fcx^fiJ, as nasal gleet, just as it does in man. When this is the case, the animai had better be killed at once and burled. THE COMMON DISEASES OF SWINE. 'Q3 VII. Measles and Trichina. Causes. — ^In swine measles is caused by a parasite (the bladier worm) from eating the eggs of the tape worm of man (taenia solium) in its food, just as trichina is caused by eating rats and mice or garbage containing the germs of this parasite ; dogs, also, are well known to carry and void the eggs of the tape-worm, and hence care should be taken that swine do not eat their excrement. If the flesh of measly pork is eaten by man, without its being most thoroughly cooked, he will be just as surely infected with tape-worm as he would be with trichina if he ate trichina-infected pork. Hence, it is never safe to eat measly pork, since there is always danger that some of the cysts may escape death in cooking. The tape-worm is a flat-bodied worm, made up of small segments or joints from a quarter to a half inch in length, joined end to end, with a depression between them. When full grown, the worm is from one inch to one hundred feet long. One end is narrow, being the head, which* is globular and furnished with circular, sucking discs and a proboscis or snout, encircled by a row of booklets. From the broad end the segments become detached and are expelled when ripe. These little segments may be seen wriggling along over the grass, vegetables and grounfl , and, as they go, they deposit innumerable quantities of eggs, which are taken up by grazing animals, especially the hog. It is estimated that a single tap© worm lays upwards of 25,000,000 eggs. An egg taken into the stomach of a hog opens and hatches an ovoid, six-hooked embryo, which bores its way through the tissues till it finds a tissue congenial to its nature ; and there it encysts itself and lies an indefinite length of time till, perhaps, it is eaten by a person, who becomes a host for the tape- worm, which is developed very soon and causes intes- tinal pain, emaciation, nervous irrita- bility, convulsions and, often, death. The cysticercus cellulosa is the hydatid or bladder worm, that forms the measles in pigs ; it becomes encysted in the mus- cles, liver, brain, mucous and serous membr^ines, etc. How to know it. — Measly pork is known by the tysts, some of which are nearly the size of a grain of barley, distributed through the muscular and ftther tissues. In the living hog, when infected, there will be found small, watery pimples of a pink or red color, just under the skin. There will also be weakness of the hind parts and gen- eral lack of health. HEAD OF T^NIA SOLIUM. Magnified, (Cobbold.) CYSTICERCUS CEtLU' LOSA. — Magnified. 994 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. sixth What to do. — Treatment is of little avail. If the difficulty could be known in time, daily small doses of sulphur and saltpetre, given for some weeks, might pass the eggs from the bowels ; yet this is not certain. Keep the dogs about the place free from tape worms by occasional vermifuges, and burn all their dung when found. Vm. Trichina Spiralis. Trichinae are found in all animals, but usually in man, the hog and the l^t. They are almost microscopic, varjing from one-eighteenth to one- of an inch in length, and are among the most fatal of parasites. The mature and fertile worm lives in the intestines of animals, while the immature lives in cysts in the muscles. When the eggs first hatch, the young ones migrate through the intestines, and find their way into the voluntary muscles, that is, the mus- cles of motion ; and in the course of six weeks they become encysted, and do no farther harm to the man or animal containing them ; but during those six weeks the life or death of the victim is merely a question of strength to withstand the pain, ex- haustioM and emaciation, and many people die from it. How to know it. — The symptoms are swelling and great soreness of the muscles affected ; pain ; emaciation and exhaustion ; it is often mis. taken for rheumatism. In the lower animals, the same S3aiip- toms are seen as in man, but to a less marked degree ; there is loss of appetite ; stiffness in the hind parts ; the muscles are sore, and the animal is loth to move. Tf those affected live «ldult intestinal tri china spiralis. magnified. MUSCLE TRICHINA ENCYSTED. MAGNIFIED. through the six weeks, they will recover. What to do. — During the six weeks give alcohol in half-ounce doses, three times a day in gruel, and a teaspoonful of sulphur in the food morning and night. Prevention.— For people — never eat underdone pork, for trichinaj sur-. vive 140 ^ F. Hams thoroughly smoked and boiled are safe. For hogs keep them remote from slaughter houses, and never feed them on Uie offal from slaughter houses. Keep their pens free from rats and mice. Pork fed on slaughter refuse, or kept near a slaughter house, ou^rht to be examined with a microscope before being eaten. THE COMMON DISEASES OF SWINE. 995 IX. Other Intestinal Parasites. These are numerous. The lard worm ( IStephanurus Dentatus) and the kidney worm {Eustrongylus Gigas) are the most common, except those tvhich produce the measles. Once they have found lodg- ment, there is little to be done, and the swine had better be killed immediately and converted into grease to avoid danger. The lard worm is from one to one and three-fourths inches long, by one-thirteenth inch broad, and is found in almost ail parts of the body. It is often found in the liver, and the fat about the rib, heart the air passages, etc. The Eustrongylus Gigas is found in the kidneys, which it lives on till the whole is eaten, and then it attacks the capsule enclosing the kidney and eats its way through into the intestinal cavity, and causes death from nervous prostration or inflammation. The kidney worm grows to enormous size — the gigas means the giant — it being found from one to three feet long and from a quarter to a half ""^^.^^Ati^imtl inch in diameter. It is sometimes found in the intestiuee. -('^«*^'"-> Worms in Hogs:— Worms in hogs are best treated, in ordinary eases, by- giving a teaspoonful of copperas to each one once a day in the feed. X. Parasites of the Skin— Mange or Scab. Scab is produced by a small itch insect {Sarcoptis /iSm's), and the disease may be communicated to man. If the animals appear uneasy STEPHANURUS DENTATUS OR LARD WORM. EUSTRONGYLUS GIGAS (Cuvier.) examine them with a glass. Mange should be no more \;leiated than the itch in children. What to do. — Give the animal, immediately, and thereafter once p day for a fortnight, the following as a dose : No. 16. )^ Ounce flowers of sulphur, 1 Drachm nitrate of -jotaaiLw 996 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Mix as a powder, and give in the food. Kub the animal thoroughl^^ with soft soap, and at the end of an hour clean well with warm rain water. AVhen dry, prepare the following; No. 17. 1 Pint train oil, 2 Drachms oil of tar, 1 Draclim petroleum, Flowers of sulphur to form a thick paste. Rub this thoroughly in, and let it remain three days. Then wash thoroughly Avith strong soap suds, and if the difficulty is not removed, repeat the application of the ointment. The animals must be changed to perfectly clean quarters, with clean bedding. Burn all old bedding, and paint the floor cracks, and every surface outside and in, with quick-lime, slaked with carbolic acid, one part to one hundred of water ; or get the carbolic li(juor from the nearest gas-works, and slake with that. XI. Lice. There would seem no reason why swine should l)c infested with lice. If they be suspected, examine the hogs, and when dry, after washing with soft soap and water, sponge freely v/ith crude petroleum, and give daily, for some days, ^ drachm of copperas in the food. If any lice remain, apply an ointment of Scotch snuff and lard to the infested parts. XII. Diarrhoea. Young i^igs are often taken with diarrhoea, gen- erally during the first ten days after birth. The difficulty lies in the milk of the sow, either from bad food or other disability. What to do. — Give good, nourishing food, of which sound grain is the basis ; place a mixture of powdered charcoal and salt where the pigs and sow may freely take it. Prepare the following : No. 18. 2 Pounds powdered fcenugreek seed, 2 Pounds powdered anise seed, 2 Pounds powdered chalk, 1 Pound powdered gentian, 2 Ounces cai-bonate of soda. Mix, and give a tablespoonful to the sow every time she is fed. Xm. Leprosy. We have received accounts of hogs affected with "hog cholera" — every disease for which no better name is known is now so called — in which pimples and blisters appear about tke mouth and eyes, prostration ensues HiKMATOPINDS. Blood-sucking' louse of the THE COMMON DISEASES OF SWINE. 997 the anima^ staggers when moving, and death follows sometimes with great emaciation. In Europe this disease is called Leprocy — a misnomer as much as to call it ' ' hog cholera, " It is a form of malignant eczema. What to do. — Allow the hog a clean, cool, well ventilated place with cool water to drink, and, if possible, pure water for a bath. Cleanse the skin with soft soap and water, and dress the sores with the following lotion ohree times daily: 1 Ounce powdered borax, 1 Pint of soft water. Give, twice a day, the following, in gruel or ajiythmg the unin)ul will best eat : No. 19. >^ Ounce Uowers of sulphur, 1 Drachm nitrate of potash. The disease is contagious, and want of care, dirty pens, and foul feed- ing are superinducing causes. XIV. Skeleton of the Hog. For a better understanding of the anatomy of the liog, the lettered and fignretl illustration of the skeleton will be found instructive. The first series of figures, following the capitals, refer to the bones of the fetlock and feet. The figures following Phalanges ], 2, S, refer to the hinder parts. The last series of figures following Z — Head, indicate the bones of the head. The reader will have no difficulty in recognizing and learn- ing the names. SKELETON OF THE HOG. Names of the Bones. — A — Cervical vertebrie. B, B — Dorsal verte- bra?. C — Lumbar vcrtcbrse. D — Sacrum. E, E — Coccygeal bones. Fi F — Ribs. G — Costal cartilages. H — Scapula. / — Humerus. K, K — Radius. L — Ulna. M — Carpus, or knee. 1. Scaphoid. 2. Semi- lunar. 3. Cuneiform. 4. Trapezium. 5. Trapezoid. b. Os mag- num. 7. Unciform. 8. Pisiform. iV, N — Lar^^e metacarpal, or 998 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTORc cannoD. O — Small metacarpal. P, P — Sesamoid bones. Q^ Q — Phalanges. 1. Os suffraginis, or pastern bone. 2. Os coronse. 3. Oa pedis. R — Pelvis. (Fore-leg of pig. Phalanges 1,2,3). 1. Ilium. 2. Pubis. 3. Ischium. /S'— Femur. T— Patella. C7— Tibia. F— Fibula. W — Hock. 1. Os calcis, 2. Astragalus. 3. Cuneiform magimm. 4. Cuneiform medium. 5. Cuneiform parvum. 6. Cuboid. 3, 6. Cubo cuneiform. X— Large metatarsal. (Hind-leg of pig. Phal- anges 1, 2, 3). T — Small metatarsal. Z — Head. 1. Inferior maxilla. 2. Superior maxilla. 3. Anterior maxilla. 4. Nasal bone. 5. Molar. 6. Frontal. 7. Parietal. 8. Occipital. 9. Lachrymal. 10. Squamous- tempoid. 11. Petrous-tempoid. Delivering Pigs* — If conditions are right there should be little oc- casion for trouble in this regard. The sow should not be too fat and from twelve to thirteen months old. She should have plenty of room to exer- cise— a run to clover, alfalfa or other grass is excellent and give a little extra laxative food for two or three weeks before farrowing if she is the least bit constipated. Do not ring a brood sow. With all this care, trouble should yet occur, proceed quietly with a pair of forceps or a wire hook to assist in the delivery, taking care that the instruments a^ well as your hands are well oiled and that you do not use undue violence in the work. To Castrate a Ruptured Pig:— Elevate behind and work the intes- tine back. Make an incision at the usual place but do not cut through the covering next to the testicle. Tie the cord and its covering with a strong linen thread as close to the body as possible, taking care that the intestine is not caught, and sever within an inch of tie. Tumor On the Cord: — This is an evil result of castration. The tumor usually grows rapidly and attains great size. Peel it out and disinfect with carbolic acid and water. A few stitches may be taken leaving a drainage at the bottom. Milk Fever in Sows: — It occurs at time of delivery and is serious in that milk is not secreted and the sow is very sick. Drench her with about a quarter of a pound of epsom salts, a table- spoonful of sweet sp. of nitre and a little ginger. Follow this with a mix- ture of saltpeter and sulphur, using a teaspoonful for a dose once or twice a day. Let the pigs tug at the teats and bathe with hot water. Spaying Sows: — Right time, four to eight weeks old. Lay the pig onitsrio-ht side with hind legs stretched back. Remove hair from a spot midway between hip joint and edge of flank and make a cut one inch long and through the muscle. Insert a finger and make an opening in membrane covering fat. Press intestines forward and bring out upper ovary with points of fingers. Work out folds of the bag to the fork, then the other ovary in same way. Cut off the bag at or near the fork. Insert a finger and push back the intestine and let the left leg loose. Withdraw finger, disinfect wound and take a couple of stitches with coarse cotton thread. To Castrate a Ridgling: — Make the incision as for spaying, only large enough to insert the hand when the testicle may be found and easily pnlled out and severed. Disinfect and sew up the wound. xr ^ >> 3i d o a o BOOK IV PART I Sheep and Sheep Husbandr> EMBRACING ORIGIN, BREEDS, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT; WITH FACTS CONCERNING GOATS 1000 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, SHEEP AND SHEEP HUSBANDRY. CHAPTER I. ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS. V NATIVE COUNTRY OP SHEEP. II. THEIR DIVERSIFIED CHARACTER. III. A.N ATOMY OF THE SHEEP. IV. TOP AND VERTICAL VIEWS OF SKULL. V. DEN- TITION OF SHEEP. VI. POINTS OP SHEEP EXPLAINED. VII. DIVISIONS OF FINE WOOL. VIII. COMPARATIVE VALUE OF FINE AND COARSE WOOL. IX. RANGING AND FLOCKING OF DIFFERENT BREEDS. X. REGIONS ADAPTED TO SHEEP. XI. POINTS OF EXCELLENCE OF THE PRINCIPAL BREEDS. XII. STANDARD FOR AMERICAN MERINOS. XIII. STANDARD FOR MIDDLE-WOOLED SHEEP. XIV. STANDARD FOR COTSWOLD SHEEP. I. Native Country of Sheep. The native country of sheep is not known, and has not been since the earliest historical times. There are no wild sheep known, if we except the Ovis Montana, or wild sheep of Montana, in the United States, though at the Paris exhibition of 1865, several wild (so-called) sheep were exhibited, although bred in confinement. Among these were the Vild sheep of Barbary, Ovis TragelapuSy more resembling a goat than our wild species, which is really a sheep ; and also thePunjaub wild sheep, Ovis Cycloceras, a native of Northern India, and the Europeon moufflon, Ovis Musimon, belonging to Corsica and Sardinia. n. Their Diversified Character. That sheep were the earliest domesticated of any of the wild animals, there is no doubt. Abel was a keeper of sheep, the first recorded shep- herd or herdsman of any kind. The gi-eat length of time since their domestication, is also shown by their widely diversified character. The classification of Jiinnssus shows : The Hornless, Horned, Black-faced, Spanish, Many aomed, African, Guinea, Broad-tailed, Fat-rumped, Bucharian, Long-tailed, Cap-bearded, and Bovant. To these may be added the Siberian sheep of Asia, found also in Corsica and Barbary, and 1001 1002 CYCLOPEDIA OP Live SfOCK AND COMPLETfi 6T0CK DOCTOK. the Cretan sheep of the Grecian Islands, Hangary, and some portions of Austria, making about all the principal sub-species. m. Anatomy of the Sheep. SKELETON OF LEICESTER SHEEP. Explanation. — ^Begmning with the head, the leferences to cut of skele- ton show: 1 — The intermaxillary bone. 2 — The nasal bones. 3 — The upper jaw. 4 — The union of the nasal and upper jaw bone. 5 — The union of the molar and lachrymal bones. 6 — The orbits of the eye. 7 — ^The frontal bone. 9 — The lower jaw. 10 — The incisor teeth or nip- pers. 11 — The molars or grinders. The Neck and Body. — 1, 1 — The ligament of the neck, supporting the head, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 — The seven vertebrse, or bones of the neck. 1 — 13 — The thirteen vertebrae, or bones of the back. 1 — 6 — The sixver- tebr:i3 of the loins. 7 — The sacral bone. 8 — The bones of the tail, va- rying in different breeds from twelve to twenty-one. 9 — The haunch and pelvis. 1 — 8 — ^The eight true ribs with their cartilages. 9 — 13 — The five false ribs, or those that are not attached to the breast bone, 14 — The breast bone. The Fore Leg. — 1 — ^The scapula or shoulder-blade. 2 — The hu- merus, bone of the arm, or lower part of the shoulder. 3 — The radius^ or bone of the forearm. 4 — The ulna, or elbow, 5 — The knee, with its different bones. 6 — ^The metacarpal or shank-bones ; the larger bones of the leg. 7 — A rudiment of the smaller metacarpal, 8 — One of the sessamoid bones. 9 — The two first bones of the foot; the pas- tern.- 10 — The proper bones of the foot. ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS OF SHEEP. 1003 2— The id also out of danofer. The Hind Leg.— 1 — The thigh bone. 2 — The stifle joint and its bone, the patella. 3^The tibia, or bone of the upper part of the leg. 4 — The point of the hock. 5 — The other bones of the hock. 6 — The metatarsal bone, or bone of the hind leg. 7 — Rudiment of the small metatarsal. 8 — A sessamoid bone. 9 — The two nrst nones of the foot, the pasterns. 10 — The proper bone of the foot. It will be seen that the general anatomy of the sheep corresponds to that of the ox. In the limbs we find the number of jonits the same in the horse, ox and sheep. Beneath the fetlock, however, the four bones are doubled in the sheep. IV. Top and Vertical Views of Skull. The first illustration shows the skull of a polled sheep as seen from the top. Explanation. — 1 — Occipital bone, depressed out of danger, parietal bones, the suture having disappeared, 3 — The squamous portions of the temporal bone — the buttress of the arch of the skull. 4 — The meatus auditorius, or bony opening into the ear. 5 — The frontal bones. 6 — The openings through which blood-vessels pass, to supply the forehead. 7 — The bony orbits of the eye. 8 — The zygomatic or mokr bones, very much developed. 9, 10 — The bones of the nose. 1 1 — The upper jaw bone. 1 2 — The foramen, through which the '-erve and blood-vessels pass, to supply the lower part of the face. 13 — The nasal processes of the intermaxillary bones. 14 — The palatine processes. 15 — The intermaxillary bone, supporting the cartilaginous pad, instead of containing teeth. Next we give a vertical section of the head with its appropriate expla- nation. Explanation.— 1— Nasal bone. 2— Upper jaw boi 3 — Intermaxil- lary bone supporting the pad, supplies the place of upper front teeth. 4, 4 — The frontal sinus. 5 — Cavity or sinus of the horn, communicating with the frontai sinus. It is here shown by removal of a section of the base of the horn. 7 — The fron- tal bone. 8 — Vertical section of the brain. 9 — Vertical section of the cerebellum, a — The cineritious por- tion of *he brain, b — The medul- lary portion of the brain. 10 — ^The ethmoid bone. 11 — The cribif oral SKULL OV A POLLED SHEEP. HEAD OF SHEEP— VERTICAL SECTION. 1004 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. or perforated plate of the ethmoid bone. 12 — ^The lower cell of tbe ethmoid bone. 13 — ^The superior turbinated bone. 14 — ^The inferior turbinated bone. 17 — The sphenoid bone. V. Dentition of Sheep. Youatt gives as follows the dentition of sheep, oy which it will be easy to tell the age correctly: The sheep has eight incisors in the lower jaw, and twelve grinders — six on a side in each jaw, — making in all thirty-two teeth. At birth the lamb should have the two central incisors just pushing through. At a month old all the incisors should be up. At one year, sometimes not uitil fifteen months old, the two first milk incisors will be shed, and two new or permanent ones will appear. At two years old past, it will have two more permanent teeth, or four in all. At three years old past, it will have six permanent incisors, and at four years old past, the eight permanent teeth, or a full mouth, as it is called, will be shown. This will be an accurate test as to the age of sheep, up to four years, varied of course, by care and keep ; highly fed sheep developing faster than ill kept ones. At six the incisors begin to decrease in breadth, and lose their fan shape, as seen at four years old. At seven they become longer and narrower, and each year this shrinkage continues, until at last they become quite slender, the middle ones long, and at ten years they loosen and begin to drop out. VI. Points ot Sheep Explained. To locate the different exterior portions of the sheep, we give a cut of one of the half-wild breeds of the animal, which seems goat-like, but the vvool of which shows it to be a sheep. EX l-ERIOR POINTS OP SHEEP. Explanation.— — Shoulder. Ji Shooider. i?'— Breast. 65— Girth-place. ^— Bact. i ilZ-sHin. iT— Boot of Tail. ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS OF SHEEP. 1005 Vn. Divisions of Pine WooL To illustrate the divisions of the wool we ^dve a figured cut of a fine wooled sheep. The divisions are numbered to coiTespond to pure Saxon and Merino sheej), which when pure-bred, show only four qualities of wool. However, the cross-breds and especially gi'ades sometimes show seven or eioht. DrVISION OF WOOL. Explanation.— The refina^ or pick wool, (1) begins at the withers, and extxnids along the back, to the setting on of the tail. It reaches only a little way down on the quarters, bu dipping down at the flanks, takes in all the superior part of the chest, and the middle of the side of the neck to the angle of the lower jaw. The nna, (2) a valuable wool, but not so deeply secreted, or possessing so many curves as the refina, occu- pies the belly, and the quarters and th'ghs, down to the stifle joint; (3) is found on the head, the throat, the lower part of the neck, and the shoulders, terminatmg at the elbow, (fore legs,) and reaching from the stifle to a little below the hock; (4) is procured from the tuft that grows on the forehead and cheeks, from the tail, and from the legs below the hock. vm. Comparative Value of Pine and Coarse Wool. Up to twenty years ago, fine wool was the most valuable, and the fine- ness of the fiber increased the price per pound in corresponding ratio. Then the exceeding fineness of broadcloth was the limit and standard of highest excellence. Of late years the demand for long and worsted wools 1006 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCltX has steadily increased, with the change in fashion for gentlemen's, >vea,T; and the demand for worsted, combing, and other long wools is steaaify growing, and ai, prices altogether in advance of the fine wools. Hence the larger breeds of sheep, once principally valuable for their mutton, sprung suddenly into favor for their wool. In England, the value of a sheep is rated fully as mucli for the carcass as for the wool. In the United States and in Canada, to a considerable degree, the wool is still the principal object ; so the saying that, an Englishman in examining a flock, would ask, " how much will they dress," while the question of an American would be, " how much will they shear," still holds good. Nevertheless, this is gradually changing ; and the increased consump- tion of prime mutton in our laige cities, and the increased facilities for ocean transportation of live animals, have stimulated more and more the breeding of mutton sbeep. The probability is, that the fashionable fab- rics made of the wools mentioned will not soon go out of use for sum- mer wear, since they are altogether superior to cotton and linen, both in coolness and the ease with which they may be kept clean. Fine wools, on the other hand, will never be superseded for wintei wear, for blankets, for underclothing, and the endless variety of uses fot which they are adapted. rX. Ranging and Flocking of Different Breeds. It is not generally known that there are peculiarities in sheep husband- ry, especially in the flocking of herds, which cannot be overcome. The most important of these is, that the mutton and long-wooled breeds can- not be carried in large flocks. Merino and other fine-wooled breeds may easily be carried in flocks of even 1000 and upwards, on suitable soils ; but the large breeds cannot successfully be carried in flocks of more than 200 together. Hence the adaptability of the Western plains and of Texas and New Mexico to the fine-wooled breeds, individual owners numbering their flocks by many thousands each. On the other hand, the large breeas are the favorites among farmers in the thickly settled portions of the United States, where they are kept in flocks of from twenty up to several hundreds. X. Regions Adapted to Sheep. It has generally been thought that only rocky, hilly regions are well adapted to the keeping of sheep. This is a mistake. Such regions are suited to sheep, no doubt, for sheep require a firm soil ; sheep, aL;o, can subsist in rocky, barren regions where other animals would starve. Yet any dry situation adapted to grass possesses all the necessary essen- tials. The Western prairies, which, except for a short time in the spring, are firm and dry, are most admirably adapted to sheep. All the hUl ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS OF SHEEP. 1007 1008 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. §1 ORIGIX, ANATOMY AND POINTS OF SHEEP. 1009 '•egions of the South are eminently suited for sheep husbandry, espe- cially for the mutton and long-wooled breeds. There are found the es- sentials of a genial climate, plenty of range, pure water, sweet grasses, and a soil natural to sheep. There is only a single drawback — the num- ber of dogs that are allowed to wander at will to decimate flocks. If the dogs were abated, the hill regions of the South would soon prove as valuable for sheep as for fruit and for general agriculture. XI. Points of Excellence of the Principal Breeds. The standards of excellence, now generally adopted at the St. Louis fair, at the Illinois State fair, and at many other prominent Western fairs, and also at the great exhibition of live stock at the Chicago fair for 1881, may be taken as being as near perfect as possible, and will rule in all points except, perhaps, in the weight of the carcass. In the East, and in some portions of the hill region South, the weight of carcass may be reduced some twenty pounds. Thus the standard of 165 pounds gross weight for a Merino ram, and 120 pounds for gross weight of Merino ewe, was reduced to 140 and 100 jicands respectively at the Centennial Exhibition, while in other respects the standards were identical. At St. Louis, the heavy standard known as the Illinois standard is, without modi- fication , used for judging sheep , This standard , in fact, was really arranged by i)roniinent breeders of Illinois, and of the country contiguous to St. Louis, we believe. The standards for the several grades will be found adapted to any breed ; that for Cotswolds, applying to any long-wooled breed with very simple modifications. The standards are as follows : XH. Standard for American Merinos. Points. Blood. — Thoroughbred, i. e, purely bred from one or more of the direct importations of Merino sheep from Spain prior to the year 1812, without the admixture of any other blood. - - 1 Constitution. — Indicated by form of body ; deep and large breast cavity ; broad back, heavy quarters, with muscular development forming capacious abdomen ; skin thick, but soft, of fine tex- ture, and pink color; expansive nostril, brilliant eyes, healthful countenance, and good size, age considered. - - - - 15 8iZE. — In fair condition, with fleece of twelve months' growth, full- grown rams should weigh not less than 165 pounds, and ewes not less than 120 pounds. ------. 7 General Appearance. — Good carriage, bold style, elastic move- ment, showing in particular parts, as well as general outline and symmetry of form. - * - - , . . | 1010 CrCIiOPEDIA OP LITE 8TOGK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOa. Points. Body. — Throughout, heavy bones, well proportioned in length ; smooth joints ; ribs starting horizontally from back-bone, and well rounded to the breast-bone, which should be wide, strong, and prominent in front ; strong back-bone, straight and well proi)ortioned as to length ; heavy, muscular quarters, deep through, and squarely formed behind and before, with shoulders well set on, neither projecting sharply above the back-bone, nor standing so wide and flat as to incur lial)ility to slip-shoulders. - 8 Folds and Wrinkles. — Folds on the ram should ))c larger than on the ewe. Large and pendulous folds from the chin or jaws, succeeding each other down the neck to the brisket, ending with large fold or " apron," and extending up the sides of the aeck, but lighter if at all extending over top of neck ; two or three behind the fore leg or shoulder ; one on front of hind leg, hanging well down across the flank ; two or more on rear of hind legs or quarters, extending up tow^ards the tall, with one or two on and around the tail, giving the animal a square appear- ance on the hindquarters, and straight down as may be from end of tail to hock joints and hind feet. In addition to folds, small wrinkles over the body and belly are desirable, as forming com- pactness of fleece, but not large enough to be apparent on the surface of grown fleece, or to cause a jar in its quality, thus leaving the body of the fleece even in quality, and free from the jar of large folds over the body. - - - - --.'"! Head. — Wide between the eyes and behind the ears and across thb nose ; short from top of head to tip of nose ; face straight, eyes clear and prominent; ears thick, medium size, and, together with the face, nose and lips, white, covered with soft fur or downy wool. Ewes should give no appearance of horns, while upon the rams the horns should be clear in color, symmetri- cally curved, without tendency to press upon the sides of the head or to extreme expansion. - - - - _ _ 6 Neck. — Medium length, good bone and muscular development, and, especially with the rams, heavier, toward the shoulders, well set high up, and rising from that point to the back of the head. -- - - - - --__5 Legs and Feet. — Legs medium or short in length, straight and set well apart forward and V)ack ; heavy bone, smooth joints, with large muscular development of the fore-arm ; thick, heavy thighs, wide down to hock joints, and from knee joints down- ward covered with short wool, or the soft furry covering pecu- liar to the ears and face ; hoofs well shaped and of clear color. - 5 ORIGIN, ANATOMY AND POINTS OF SHEEP. 1011 Points. Do'OiRiNG — ^Tendency to hair and gare upon any part of the sheep is to he avoided. Evenness of fleece in length, quality, density, lustre, crimp, trueness, strength and elasticity, covering the en- tire body, belly and legs to the knees ; head well covered forward, squarely to a line in front of the eyes ; well filled be- tween the eyes and the ears or horns, and well u[) on the cheeks ; muzzle clear, with small opening up to and around the eyes. Scrotum of rams covered with wool, free from tendency to hair. . = „ _ . . 1^ Quality. ^ — Medium, but such as is known in our markets as fine de- laine and fine clothing wool, distmctly better in quality, lustre, crimp and elasticity, than the wools of same length grown upon the common grade sheep. - - - » _ •) Density. — Shown by the compactness of the fleece throughout, which should open free but close, showing very little of the skin at any pomt, even at the extremities of the fleece. - - 10 Length. — At one year's growth not less than two and one-half inches, and as nearly as may be uniform in length to the extrem- ity of the fleece. - - - -*=. -5 Oil. — Evenly distributed *, soft and flowing freely from skin to sur- face ; medium in quantity. . - - - > 5 100 Xnr. standard for Middle-Wooled Sheep. Points Blood. — Purely bred from one or more of direct miportations from Great Britain. = = -.=.„„!() Constitution and Quality.— Indicated by the form of body ; deep and large in breast and through the heart ; back wide, straight, and well covered with lean meat or muscle ; wide and full in thigu, deep m flank ; skin soft and pink color ; prominent eyes and healthful countenance, -• - - - - 25 Size. — In fair condition, when fully matured ; rams should weigh not less than 200 pounds, and ewes not less than 175 pounds. 10 General Appearance and Character. —Good carriage ; head well up ; elastic movement, showing symmetry of form and uni- formity of character throughout. - - = . . 10 Body. — Well proportioned ; small bones ; great scale and length ; well finished hind quarters ; thick back and loins ; standing with legs well placed outside ; breast wide, and prominent in front - - - --.--10 1012 CrOT-crraaDiA or «.rr« STOCK Ain> cxmiflete stock doctor. Points. Head. — Short and broad : wide between ears, and well covered with wool ; color dark ^rey ; light muzzle not objectionable ; ears short. - - - - - --10 Neck. — Short and heavy, especially toward shoulders. - - 5 Legs and Feet. — Short and well set apart : color dark grey, and wooled to the hoof, which must be well shaped. - - - 5 CovEKiNO. — Body, belly, head and legs well covered with fleece of even length and quality ; scrotum of rams also well cov- ered. - - - - - - --10 Quality of Wool. — Medium, such as is known in market as half- combing wool. -____----5 100 XIV. standard for Cotswold Sheep. Points . Head. — Not too fine, moderately small, and ))road between the eyes and nostrils, but without a short, thick appearance, and inj^oung animals covered on crown with long lustrous wool. - - 8 Face. — Either white or slightly mixed ^^^th gre}^ or white dappled with browTi. '- -- - - ---_4 Nostrils. — Wide and expanded ; nose dark. - _ _ . i Eyes. — Promineni, ])ut mild looking. - - - - - - 2 Ears. — Broad, long, moderately thin, and covered with short hair 4 Collar. — Full from breast a; d shoulders, tapering gradually all the way to where the head and neck join. The neck of ram should be short, thick and strong, indicating constitutional vigor^ (neck of ewe should be fine and graceful) and free from coai-se and loose skin. [Collar 5 points with ewe.] . - _ 6 Shoulders. — Broad and full, and at the same time join so gracefully to the collar forward and the chine backward as not to kv^ve the least hollow in either place. --____ g Fore-legs. — The mutton on the arm or fore-thigh should come qu\ie to the knee. Leg upright with heavy bone, being clear from superfluous skin, ^vith wool to fetlock, and may be mixed with g^^y- - - - 4 Breast. — Broad and well forward, keeping the legs wide apart ; girth or chest full and deep. _ - _ _ _ - 10 Fore flank. — Quite full, not showing hollow Oehind the shoulder. [4 points with ewe.] ____ _ _ -5 Back and loin. — Broad, flat and straiglit, from which the ribs must spring with a fine circ ilar arch. - - - - - 12 Belly. — Straight on underlme. [5 points with ewe.] - 3 p o a K (D _; I M ORIGIN. ANATOM V \ . ] > i . .(NTS OF SHEEP. 1013 QuAKTEits. — Luu^^ and full, wuli multoii i^uite down to the hock. Hock. — Should stand neither in nor out. . . . - Twist. — Or junction inside the thighs, deep, wide and full, which, with a broad breast, will keep the legs open and upright. - Fleece.. — The whole body should be covered with long, lustrous wool. .-..•••••• Points. 18 100 CHAPTER TT. VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. I. LONG-WOOLED ENGLISH SHEEP. II. LINCOLN SHEEP. III. ROMNEY MARSH SHEEP. IV. LEICESTER SHEEP. V. THE COTSWOLDS. VL NEW OXFORD- SHIRE SHEEI'. VII. THE OXFORD-DOWNS. VIII. MIDDLE .\ND SHORT- WOOLED BRITISH BREEDS. IX. WHITE-FACED MOUNTAIN SHEEP. X. BLACK PACED HIGHLAND, OR SCOTCH SHEEP. XI. HAMPSHIRE-DOWNS. XIL SHROP- SHIRE-DOWNS. Xin. SOUTH-DOWNS. XIV. OTHER BREEDS OF GREAT BRITAIN. XV. DORSET SHEEP. XVI. FINE-WOOLED SHEEP. XVIL AMER- ICAN MERINOS. XVIIl. THE ATWOOD AND HAMMOND MERINOS. XIX. THE RICH MERINOS. XX. ABOUT SHEEP IN GENERAL. XXI. THE AVERAGE WOOL PER SHEEP. XXII. SUMMARY OF BRITISH BREEDS. XXIII. THE SHEEP IN AUSTRALIA. XXIV. THE WOOL HARVEST. XXV. WHERE THE WORLD'S SHEEP ARE LOCATED. XXVL THE WORLD'S GREATEST WOOL SUPPLY. Long-Wooled English Sheep. Long-wooled sheep may l)e divided into two classes — those reared iu rich alluvial and mar.shy districts that have been drained, as the Lincoln and Konino}^ marshes ? and those reared in the rich agricultural districts of arable land devoted to mixed farming. The latter includes the Cots- wolds, the Lcicesters, and the Oxford-Downs. In discussing long-wooled sheep, we shall simply give characteristics, supplemented with accurate illustrations of the more valuable breeds, since this will be all that will be necessary to enable the reader to easily recognise them and estimate theii value. n. Lincoln Sheep. The Lincoln sheep are the largest sheep known, tfnder fairly good feeding they dress up to 120 to 160 pounds at two years old past, while under exceptional circumstances they dress up to 90 pounds per quarter at thatage. Their long, lustrous fleeces, at the second shearing, will weigh from 10 to 15 pounds of washed wool, the fibre measuring nine inches in length. They have been known in the United States since 1835, are hardy and prolific, but large feeders. Notwithstanding their good qualities, they have not become widely disseminated in this country, the Cotswolds being generally preferred. They require the best and most succulent grasses and the most skillful care, and this, probably, is the reason why they have not succeeded so well in the West, where high farming is not the rul& HE. Komney Marsh Sheep. These sheep are natives of the Southeastern part of England,especially the drained marsh districts of Kent, where they have been bred from the 1014 VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 1015 earliest times. They are hardier than the Lincolns, and, like most Brit- ish breeds of long-wooled sheep, have been improved by a cross of the Leicester. They have a peculiar tuft of wool on the forehead ; a thick, broad head and neck ; are long in the body, with flat sides ; a broad loin ; full, broad thighs ; the fore quarters are not so well developed. The limbs are strong ; the hoofs broad ; the wool long, somewhat coarse, but sound, bright and glossy. The wethers at three years old will dress from 100 to 120 pounds for the butcher ; the ewes dress from 70 to 90 pounds, and have much inside fat. There seems to be no reason why they should not prove valuable on rich, succulent pastures in the West, though it is not to be denied that all the English breeds deteriorate in America, es- ,pecially in the West, probably both from the dry climate and the want of succulent food (roots) in winter, IV. Leicester Sheep. Leicester sheep are considered as among the most valuable of British breeds, and justly so. Since their improvement by Bakewell, during the last centuiy, they have been successfully used for the general improve- ment of the long-wooled breeds of England, giving better feeding quali- GROUP OF SHROPSHIRE RAMS. ties, fineness and early maturity. Tlieyare divided into Leicesters proper and Border Leicesters. The modern improved Leicester is hornless ; the head small and clean ; eyes bright, prominent and animated ; limbs clean and fine-boned ; the neck and shoulders full and deep ; the body full ; back straight, with hind quarters tapering to the tail, and less square than 1016 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOE. the Cots^olds; the flesh is good, but not the best, being too fat; the ears thin, long and directed back. The fleeces are especially valuable for combing wool, being white, long and lustrous, and will average seven or eight pounds per fleece; the skin is thin, but soft and elastic. They VABIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 1017 fatten to weigh, at twelve months old past, up to twenty-five pounds each quarter, and at two years old up to about forty pounds per quarter. The breed is popular in some parts of the United States, especially in the West, but to succeed they must have the very best of care and attention. Border Leicesters. — The breeding of the New Leicesters, or Dishley as they were sometimes called, upon the "Border Sheep" of England, produced what became known as the Border Leicester, a sub-family that attained a distinct and well marked position in England, and which, under good management, at about one year and a half old, would dress from eighteen to twenty pounds per quarter of tender and succulent flesh. Older than this che accumulation of fat was great, and the meat not fine. The principal characteristics are an exceedingly small head, and small but fine bone In proportion to the weight of carcass. They have clean jaws; thin ears; full, placid eyes; straight, broad, flat back; arched ribs — a peculiarity of all Leicesters, giving the body often the appear- ance, when fully clothed with wool, of being broader than it is deep. The belly is, also, carried very evenly below, giving a straight or nearly straight line below. The skin is thin, but mellow, and the fleece long and soft, averaging nearly as much as the improved Leicester — six to seven pounds. Their heavy accumulation of fat has not made them fa- vorites in the United States. V. The Cotswolds. There ai-e none of the English breeds of sheep that have become so universally disseminated in the United States — not excepting the South- Downs — as have the Cotswolds. The improved Cots wold is one of the largest of English breeds, even since its refinement through the Leicester crosses. It is hardy and moderately early in maturing; strong in con- stitution ; broad-chested ; round-barreled ; straight-lxicked ; and fattens kindly at thirteen to fifteen months old to yield fifteen pounds of mut- ton per quarter, and at two years old, from twenty to thirty pounds per quarter. The wool of the Cotswold is strong and rather coarse, but white and mellow, six to eight inches in length, and averaging seven to eight pounds per fleece ; some American fleeces have been sheared weigh- ing eighteen pounds. The two illustrations of Cotswold ewes will show the appearance of this favorite long-wooled breed as they appear under good keeping, before shearing time. Cotswolds in the West and South.— Their many good qualities, especi- ally their hardiness, adaptation to the rolling prairies of the West and the hill regions of the South, have made them general favorites with long- wool breeders. They also cross kindly with other breeds, including the South-Downs ; the ewes are prolific, and the flesh of the lambs and 1018 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. yearlings most excellent. Like all the long-wonled breeds, they accumu- late much fat with age. Another point in their favor is that the fleeces are not gummy, and do not shrink, as do the Merinos. A pound of Cots- Mold wool, as it is taken from the sheep, will produce as much clean scoured wool as two and a half pounds of gummy Merino wool. South of the Ohio river, Coiswolds are often reported as wintering with little or no feeding, except grazing, unless during more than ordinarily severe winters. East and AVest of the Mississippi, in the latitude of St. Louis and south of it, the same is true, and the statement will hold good with all the more hardy breeds. Yet, even in these genial climates, all sheep must be sheltered from storms, and it is by no means good policy VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 1019 to allow them to shift entirely for themselves in the matter of food. To show accurately the form of this admirable breed, we give an il- lustration of an ewe, and also of a buck, showing their appearance after shearing. In the hill region of Virginia, and other parts of the South and West, the Cotswolds are yearly increasing in favor. The testimony of many Southern planters and farmers is decidedly in their favor. One statement, that of a prominent farmer of Clark county, Va., must suffice. His testimony is as follows: It is far more profitable to keep the different varieties of mutton breeds, than the fine wools, or Merino breed in this 5EST IiMPuKTKD KAiM 1 Gt'imani. Age 2 Yeara The property of J. C. van Rooyen, Esq., Bornman's Drift. — Photographed expressly for this work. portion of Virginia. I say this from my own experience, and that of many intelligent gentlemen with whom I have conversed. The Cotswold sheep, and its crosses with the South-Down, are less liable to diseases of all kinds; they are more prolific, better nurses, and less liable to lose their lambs than the Merino. The lambs are more vigorous and hardy; then add their early maturity, their fitness for market at eighteen months old, and their almost double value when in market, and you have advantages which far outweigh the additional amount of food which the mutton sheep may consume in proportion to his size. 1020 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. This is high praise not only for the Cotswolds, but for the South- Downs, which were always a favorite breed in the hill region of the South. It must be remembered, however, that none of the long-wooled or 1 ,,. _^o;^|,\- ^ ,,,^-^ 'f:'$' -Jf -mm Jt- '' ' -'■■«■ ' 1 :p " 1 |:; t;. - ^ " m^^ ^ — i^Z5E- m¥'' ''tM ■■i.- ^ ;f ^li!^ Ill "WflH ^ — .^ the mutton breeds do well in large flocks. As before stated, 100 of these sheep is the largest number that should be flocked together. The illus- tration of yearling Cotswold will serve as a good representation of the VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 1021 fully wooled animal at this age. It also shows the foretop of wool on the pate, which is characteristic of this breed. VI. New Oxfordshire Sheep. Another breed that has been introduced into the United States, but has not met with general favor, is the New Oxfordshire, one of the breeds arising from crosses of the New Leicester upon the Cotswold. They should not be confounded with the Oxford-Down, whichis a cross between 1022 Gf Cl/OPBDIA or UTB S1O0K Ain> CKWPLBTB STOCK DOCTOB. the Cotswold and Hampshire-Down, and belongs to the middle-wools, as well as to the special mutton breeds. In England they are regarded in their own locality ^Yith favor. They are less hardy than the Cotswolds, and in the United States have not been received with special favor. The illustration of New-Oxfordshire ewe will show the general appearance of the breed. VTL The Oxford-Downs. This excellent breed of Enghsh sheep is said to have originated about the year 1830, by crossing a Cotswold ram on a Hampshire-Down ewe, producing a sheep heavier than the Hampshire, resembling the Cotswold in size and fleece, but finer and firmer in the fibre. The produce of these parents were bred together, and careful selection ^produced sheep that in p-- BIJP ^v:;.. ^^PT^ 1 f ■:: 1 ■, J k^^ m> *■"* ,; f •■■-'■,.■■♦' ■'"■'' .^*^'' ^'W ■^t'-* *"' "■ . - ■ 5l^S^"- - M A-'M bhb^^ ii A -■^■>iitJHP '" '^ 1^^ k 1862 were awarded a separate class at the English fairs. They are com- paratively rare in the United States. It is said of them that, in a district at the foot of the Cotswold hills, abounding in springy places, and re- quiring extensive drainage, they have succeeded and thriven where neither the Cotswolds nor the South-Downs would. A pen of these sheep, shown at the Smithfield cattle show, in 1873, are repoiied to have averaged, at 22 months old, 298 pounds each, or 885 pounds for the pen of fchree. The average fleece is given as weighing 8 or 9 pounds, and of the best quality for worsted manufactures ; and rams are reported af having sheared 20 pounds of wool. The ewes are prolific, producing 150 lambs to the 100 ewes. The Oxford-Downs mature early, dressing 80 VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 1023 to 90 pounds of superior mutton at fourteen months of age. They are hardy, herd well, and are good feeders. They have a head much like the Cotswold, with the tuft on the forehead, but with dark gray face and legs like the Hampshires, but the grey is lighter than that of the South- Downs. The fleece is thick and somewhat curled, giving 8 to 10 pounds each, yearly, for the ewes, and twelve to fifteen pounds for the rams. The wool is six to seven inches long, lustrous, neither hairy nor harsh, but even in quality. This breed has as yet been but sparsely introduced into tjie United States, but wherever it has fallen into good hands, has been much liked, and is fully worthy of more extended trial, especially on 1024 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. soft and spongy lands, where its constitutional vigor should stand it in good stead. VIII. Middle and Shcrt-wooled British Sheep. The middle and ^hort-wooled sheep of Great Britain are comprised principally in the following breeds: The Black-faced and the White- faced Highland sheep; the Hampshire-Downs; the Oxford-Downs; the Shropshire-Downs; 'the Cheviots; the Dorsets; the Welsh Mountain sheep, and the mixed Mountain sheep of Ireland. IX. White-faced Mountain Sheep. Wales has long been noted for one of the indigenous breeds of British sheep, as it also has been as possessing one of the indigenous breeds of British cattle. This breed seems clearly allied to the Highland sheep of Scotland, and long occupied much of the low lands and hill region adjoin- ing Wales. Its principal recommendation is the superior quality of the B ^ B L "^^ ' iHH^^^^^H LINCOLN EWE, GIBSON'S 16 2, BY ROYAL DUKE. Grand Champion Ewe of her Breed. mutton, which, however, seldom weighs more than eight to ten pounds per quarter. These sheep are hardy, good nui-ses, with faces white, rusty-" brown, or speckled with grey. The fleeces weigh only about two pounds each, but the wool is famous for its quality of not shrinking in wash- ing, a quality probably due, mainly, to the fact of its being home- spun, since the same quality is allowed to all home-spun flannel ia « greater or less degree. C CO IS m VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS, 1025 X. Black-faced Highland or Scotch Sheep. This breed is celebrated for its great hardiness and for its power of withstanding cold and living on scanty food even when the ground is cov- ered with snow, as well as for its superior mutton. It is the oldest breed known in Scotland. The face is black; the muzzle thick; the horns of the rams massive and spirally curved; eyes bright and wild; the body square and compact. They herd well together, are docile and easily handled. When fat, the carcass will weigh from sixty to seventy pounds, and yields mutton of exceedingly fine flavor. The ewes are excellent and careful mothers, and for these reasons we have given them a place in this LINCOUX K.\M. CIBSONS Grand Champion Rar . BY liuYAL DUKE, of his Breed. work; in some mountain regions of America, this and the Welsh Moun- tain breed may come to be of value. The fleece of the White-faced breed will weigh about three pounds, but is adapted only to the manufacture of coarser fabrics, as caipets, blankets and rugs. XI. Hampshire-Downs. The Hampshire-Downs are a mixed breed, originating by crossing the South-Down on the native breed of Hampshire, followed later by the Cotswold. During this infusion of improved blood, they have retained ilieir original hardy constitutions in a remarkable degree. Before the -7ar thev were much esteemed in the South, as being larger and fully as 1026 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. good in their mutton as the South-Downs, der good keep, will weigh 100 pounds ei seven pounds of excellent combing wool. The lambs at a year old, tin- 3h, and the fleeces give six to The mutton is not overloaded with fat, and is Juicy and excellent in flavor. The Hampshire-Downs are a hornless breed with black face ; roman nose ; large head ; the whole frame massive niid compact; the barrel round and the limbs strong and short. XII. Shropshire-Downs. The original of the Shropshire-Downs is an old English breed which were kept on what was known as Marfe common, a tract of some 600,- OCO acres. They were horned ; black or brown faced ; hardy, and con- stitutionally excellent; yielding a medium fine fleece, of about two pounds weight ; and about fifty pounds of excellent mutton when ma- ture. Crossed with the Cotswold in the latter part of the last century, and later with the Leicester and South-Down, careful selection has pro- duced a sheep without horns ; faces and legs of a peculiar spotted gray or darker color ; small, firm head ; handsome ears ; thick but handsome neck ; broad deep breast — a round-barreled, broad-backed, fine-horned sheep, that at two years old, will dress 100 pounds, and under extra feed 120 pounds, of excellent mutton. The fleece is long, glossy and will yield about seven pounds of washed wool. The ewes are prolific and good mothers, and wherever known iu the United States and Canada, Are highly urized . VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS 1027 ^ il-SL ■^^H^^^^HIkv ' ■fl^^^^^^p^^^^^^^^ 1028 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Xm. South-Downs. The South-Downs, ouce the most celebrated of the mutton breeds, both in England and the United States, ought probably still to be the favorites wherever the production of mutton is the chief aim of the breeder. But in the United States, wool is the most valua))le product of sheep husbandry, and in England the South-Downs have, of late years, ^jven place in many districts to the broods heretofore mentioned, Avhich eon)bine good mutton with superior wool. This is veiy generally ihe case in the United States, and especially in the West, except in the vicinity of large cities where superior mutton commands high prices. Still, the South-Downs have been bred for many years in the United Stiites, and are found in all sections of the country. The ewes are very HAMPSHIRE EWES. prolific. The staple of the wool is fine and curled, with spiral ends, weA adapted to carding. They are models of what a mutton and hill sheep should be ; in shape and character they have altered very much from the old-time South-Downs, being smaller in the bone, equally hardy, and with a greater disposition to fatten is combined a heavier carcass when fat. The head of the modern South-Down should be of a medium length, and the lips thin ; the under-jaw, or chap, fine and thin ; the ears tolerably wide apart, well covered with wool, full and thin ; the forehead well covered with wool, especially between the ears, and the eye full and bright, but not prominent. The neck should be of proportionate length, thin next the head, and enlarging towards the shoulders, where it should be broad and straighten ihe top, and not what is generally called ewe-necked. The breast should be wide and deep, projecting well forward between the fore-legs. This is considered an essential point with gi-aziers, as the breast gives the sheep a greater degree of weight, and also Indicates a good coustitutioir and disposition to thriVki. VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 1029 1030 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The shoulders should be on a level with the Kack, and not too wide above. If the shoulder-plates are very wide on the top, it is generally found that the annnal drops beliind them. The back should be flat, from the shoulders to the setting on of the tail. The ribs should project horizon- tali}' from the spine, extending far backward, and the last rib projecting more than the others. The rump should be long and broad, the tail set on high, and nearly on a level with the spine ; the hips wide, and the space between them and the last rib on cither side as narrow as possible, thus preventing the dropping of the belly ; the ribs generally presenting a circular form. The legs should be of proportionate length ; the hind legs full in the inside at the point called the twist ; the hock, or hough, rather turning out. The fore-legs should be straight from the breast to the foot ; the face and legs of a dark brown color. XIV. Other Breeds of Great Britain. The breeds of sheep in Great Britain are as varied as the neighborhoods, very few of them, except those already mentioned, having more than a local reputation. In the summary of breeds, a few pages further on, Ihese will be mentioned in connection with some of those described in the preceding pages. The only additional English breed necessary to illustrate here is the Dorset sheep. XV. Dorset Sheep. The Dorset sheep, while pro])ably of the same origin as the Welsh Mountain, and the Scotch Highland sheep, are peculiar, we believe, to GROUP LEICESTER SHEEP. Dorsetshire. They are a hardy, active, strong, heavily horned race, that would seem to be well able to take care of themselves in inhospitable VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 1031 regions. Thej are larger in every way than the Highlanders, prolific, and both rams and ewes are horned. They are said to produce young twice in the season, and this is turned to account, since tlie mutton of the lambs is excellent, and sells for good prices. At two years old they are said to dress 100 pounds each, and the fleeces are close, soft and white, and comb well, and weigh about six pounds each. It is probable that they might have some value in the mountain regions, where the lambs might be made available in some near market. XVI. Fine Wooled Sheep. The principal breeds of fine wooled sheep that have attained a good reputation, are : The Spanish, the Saxony, the Silesian, the French Meri- nos, and the American Merinos. The latter breed, years since famous all over the United States, is the result of careful breeding from Span- SHROPSHIRE YEARLING EWES. ish stock. All the other breeds have been carefully tried in the United States but not with satisfaction. Both the Saxony and the Silesians have exceedingly fine wool. In Australia many of the flocks have received an infusion of Saxon blood ; but at the Centennial Exhibition at Philadel- phia, there was nothing in the vast variety of these fleeces to induce 1032 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. American breeders to make a change in their own fine-wooled sheep. A cross of the French Merino on American Merinos, and a second cross, making the strain three-quarters American and one-quarter French, re- sulted in increased size, but the animals were tender and bad feeders. This might have been expected, since the French Merinos are at best a mongrel race. It is doubtful if now a flock of French Merinos can be found in the United States. XVII. American Merinos. So widely disseminated are this most valuable breed in every portion of the United States, and so well known are they, that it is not necessary to go into a description of their origin further than what has been given. Suffice it to say they are now divided into three families, known as the Atwood, the Rich, and the Hammond Merinos, from the names of the three original breedei*s of these strains. They have been improved by long continued and careful selections. XVIII. The Atwood and Hammond Merinos. The Atwood Merinos were originated in 1813 by Mr. Atwood, from what were known as the Humphrey stock. About 1844 Mr. Hammond, from selections from the Atwood flock, produced the larger breed of American Merinos, perfect in the length and thickness of fleece and thickness of staple, and characterized by great looseness of the skin, which lies in soft, low, rounded ridges over the body, but offering no obstruction to the shears. These were originally of Infantado and Paular blood, the Paiilars, it 'is said, prevailing. VAEIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 1033 XIX. The Rich Merinos. These were originally descended from the pure Paulai*s of Spain, and by careful breeding and selection were much improved by Mr. Silas Rich, of Vermont, and by his son. Thus the American Merinos originated from the choicest families from the herds of Spanish grandees, at the time of their confiscation and sale by the Spanish government, about 1809. Hon. Wm. Jarvis, at that time United States Consul at Lisbon, bought 3,500 sheep from the flocks of the Paulars, Negrettis, Agueirres and Montarcos. The flocks of these grandees are said to have amounted to an aggregate of 50,000 sheep. The animals bought by Mr. Jarvis were the cream of Spanish flocks, and with the Infantados, make up the five families which constitute the ground-work of the American Merinos, now acknowledged to be the most valuable fine-wooled sheep in the world. Thus we possess the descendants of the Infantados, large, compact, rather long bodied, and the descendants of the Paulars, smaller but exceed- ingly rich in all that constitutes fine wool — two well marked families that would be injured by the infusion of foreign blood, from whatever source it might come. XX. About Sheep in General. In Great Britain the breeding and feeding of sheep has been second in importance only to that of cattle. Since the settlement of Australia and the other British dependencies, the breeding of fine-wooled sheep in England has been almost entirely abandoned, and long, medium and short-wooled sheep — valuable as well for mutton as for their fleeces — have taken their place, leaving to the United States, and to the British colonies, the almost exclusive breeding of fine-wooled sheep — Saxony, Silesian, and French and Spanish Merinos. This production has grown into great magnitude, owing to the fact before stated, that these Merinos may be kept in immense flocks, and to the added reason, that, in Aus- tralasia and in Texas, New Mexico, and the great American plains east of the Rocky mountains, there are vast ranges of country where stock of all kinds may be herded at a minimum cost. The sheep of the world are estimated at 600,000,000 head, yielding 2,000,000,000 pounds of wool annually. Of this number Great Britain has 35,000,000 sheep, shearing annually 218,000,000 pounds of wool. This wool is principally of long, middle and short staple, but is not what is known as fine wool. The rough wool, medium fine to coarse, but not uniform in its texture, is produced in South America and Mexico from 58,000,000 sheep, yielding annually 174,000,000 pounds of wool; in North Africa, with 20"!oOO,000 sheep yielding 45,000,000 pounds; and 1034 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. In Asia with 175,000,000 sheep, yielding annually 350,000,000 pounds ot wool. Now if we add 25,000,000 sheep to these numbers for tlie moun- tain regions and northern portions of Europe, Greece, and Turkey, and 50,000,000 for Russia, producing in all 164,000,000 pounds of wool, the entire balance of the world may be sot down as the home of iine-Avooled sheep. Of these Australia has 60,000,000; the United States 36,000,- 000; the Cape of Good Hope 12,000,000; Germany 29,000,000; Aus- tro-Hungary 21,000,000; France 26,000,000; Spain 22,000,000; Italy 11,000,000; Portugal 2,750,000 sheep. Of all these countries, Austra^ lia produces the finest wool, while the United States and Canada come next, although Canada is essentially a mutton producing countiy, which the United States is not, for the number of sheep kept. Notwithstanding the immense area in the United States adapted to sheep husbandry, the industry has not kept pace with the demand, and until ten years ago our wool imports were constantly on the increase in spite of the yearly increase of our flocks. From 1870 to 1875, only two-thirds of our manufactured wool product was home growm. Since that time our annual imports have not increased. The bulk of imported wool is of low grade carpet wools, and unwashed Merino, and nonstitutr ing only one-fourth of the product manufactured. XXI. The Average Wool per Sheep. In the United States the average M-eight of wool per fleece is over five pounds ; in Australia it is over four pounds ; in Great Britian four and three-quarters pounds ; in the German Empire three and two-thirds pounds ; in France four and five-sixths pounds ; in Austro-Hungary three pounds. South American fleeces are variable in weight, but much lighter than those of Australia, and probably will not average more than three pounds of wool each. XXII. Summary of British Breeds. The report to the Government of the United States, following the Vienna Exhibition, states the characteristics of prominent English breeds as follows : The British breeds are most naturally divided according to al- titudes and fertility of their habitat. The large breeds, white, hornless, and bearing long wool with small felting property, occupy the rich allu- vial districts, the land? reclaimed from the sea, and the highly cultivated and very productive farm-areas. These are the Leicester, Lincoln, Rom- ney-Marsh, Cotswold, the few remaining of the Devonshire Notts, the Roscommon, and similar Irish sheep. Next should be classed the sheep of the chalk-downs, the commons and forests, suited to a dry and tern* porate climate. These are the Downs of several families, perhaps now to VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIA CHARACTERISTICS. 1035 be taken as breeds, the Dorsets and their congeners — the pink-nosed Somersets. They produce a short, felting-wool, suited to inferior grades of goods. The Ryeland, formerly found in the western counties, and es- teemed for producing the finest clotli-wool of England, is now almost ex- tinct. The third general division comprises the mountain breeds, first the Cheviots of the hills of the North of England and borders of Scot- land ; the Black-face of the central chain of mountains and moors north- ward from Derbyshire to the mountains of Scotland ; and two varieties of Welsh mountain- sheep, and the Kerry and other mountain breeds of Ireland. There are many local remnants of the ancient stock allied to the above, but there are none worthy of special mention. The weight ol fleece of British sheep averages about five pounds. The Lincolns may be placed at eight pounds, the Cotswolds nearly the same, the Leicesters at tseven, the Downs at four, the Cheviots at three, the Black-faces at two and one-half, and the Welsh at two.^ The Leicesters are most numerous, exceeding one-third of all ; the Downs one-sixth, the Black-faces nearlj as many. Cheviots one-eighth, leaving about one-fifth for other breeds. The heavy breeds of eighty years ago, modified mainly by the Leicestert now furnish lighter fleeces. BUNCH OF YEARLING CHEVIOT LAMBS. 1036 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XXIII. The Sheep in Australia.* Spain rendered a great service to the world in preserving the purity of the ancient 'blood in sheep. It remained for other countries to improve the stock by means of the modern art of breeding. While some of the early Australian breeders gave attention to improvement by selection ; stocking up the "runs" was in general the first consideration and when at length the time for considering the quality of the sheep arrived, the flocks presented wide opportunities for improvement. The wool wtus fine; but the fleece \yi\s small and the staple short. The frame was small, and the ill-shaped body bore wool only on the back, while there was much to be desired in the way of evenness of quality throughout the fleece. What had to be accom- plished in order to produce the Australian merino of to-day is shown by -rfC7'5HKsSiJC;7T^ T3.'PE OF SPANISH MERINO EWE IMPORTED TO AUSTRALIA IN 1828. the representation of a merino of the time from the Royal Spanish flocks. Not content with securing the best breed of sheep in the world, the Austra- lian breeder set about bringing it to the highest point of perfection. The wool must not only be fine, but it must also be long, and of brilliant white- ness, and it must cover the entire surface of the animal, the legs, head and under-parts all taking part in producing the wool crop. The tip of the nose and the hoofs are the only parts that do not bear wool, as may be seen by the illustration of a typical Australian merino. There had to be an enlargem.ent of the body, and the area of wool-bearing skin was farther extended by a skillful arrangement of folds and pleats. This enlarged area was also subjected to a kind of intensive cultivation. Two piles of wool had to be made to grow where only one grew before; the crop had to grow thicker on the ground, ''density" being carried to its extreme limit. • For this article on "The Sheep In Australia" we are Indebted to the December l^sue of the admirable magazine "LIFE" issued monthly at Melbourne, Australia, for which courtesy on the part of Its publishers due acknowledgment 1« here mnde. VARIETIES OF SHEEP AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS. 1037 Meanwhile, attention was also being paid to the "evenness" of the crop, for Nature had no use for wool of equal fineness on every part of the sheep. The skill of the breeder, however, managed to coax Nature into producing an even fleece, and the development of the most perfect fine-wool sheep in the world was complete. XXIV. The Wool Harvest. It would have been possible to develop a few ideal sheep in special stud flocks, without having brought the general flocks of the country up to a high standard, but there has been a remarkable all-round improvement. Before sheep-classing, selection, and culling became general, the average TYPE OF SPANISH MERINO P.AM IMPORTED TO AUSTRALIA IN 1823. yield of wool was not more than three pounds or three and a half pounds per head, but the return has been gradually increased to a general average of about seven pounds per sheep. Last year the clip of Australia and Nevv Zealand, according to Dalgety's review of wool, averaged seven pounds four ounces per head, and its average value per head of sheep and lambs was 5.s. lOc?. ($1.40). Another indication of the increasing size of the fleeces is the average number of fleeces per bale of wool. The returns bearing upon this point show a marked enlargement of the fleece even within the last ten years. The number of fleeces of sheep's and lamb's wool averaged 59.65, 60.08, and 59.62 for the years 1897, 1898, and 1899, as compared with 51.72, 47.79, and 46.49 for the years 1908, 1909, and 1910 ; while improve- ment in the same direction is indicated by the increased number of bales required on the average to contain the fleeces of 1000 sheep. For the 1038 CYCLOrEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. three years ending in 1899, the average number was 16.68 ; while for the three years ending in 1910 the average was 20.70. That the increase in the quantity or weight of fleece per sheep has not been secured by any sacrifice of the high quality of the wool is sufficiently proved by the un- rivalled market-value of the clip. According to "Dalgety's Review" the average value of all wool sold in Australasian markets this season. has been 9}id. (19y2 cents) per pound, as compared with Sy2d. (17 cents) last year, and 9j/ >s 2 t?j oC P O I ^ n ^■" BREEDING AND CARE OP SH3SP. 1057 make a nuisance of one's self after the manner of Beara-^A 3illy, the goat. What wonder, then, that it is hard for the goat famil)' to shake off the reputation of 2,000 years, especially when that reputation is sanctioned by the Holy Word. But there are goats and goats. The Angora is not a worthless vaga- bond like his bearded cousin, who loafs about the streets, a cheap clown making fun for small boys, an unspeakable "butter in," whose chief delight is to "chew the rag;" on the contrary, he is an aristocrat, dig- nified and decorous, a thing of beauty and a source of profit to his owner. Moreover, he has an interesting history. Although born and reared in the mountainous regions about Angora, a province 200 miles southeast of Constantinople, he is thoroughly at home in any part of the world where fortune takes him. It was in 1846 that Dr. James B. Davis of Columbia, S. C, at the request of the Sultan, was sent to Turkey by President Polk to make experiments in the culture of cotton. So well pleased was the Sultan with Mr. Davis and his work that, as an expression of his appreciation, he presented him on his return to the United States with nine Royal Angora goats. These were the progenitors of the present Angora goats in this country. Uncle Sam, however, did not make much of the Sultan's hint, for after the lapse of sixty years the total number of goats within the United States does not exceed 500,000. This seems insignificant when com- pared with 75,000,000, the estimated goat population of the world. XXVI. A Profitable Industry. No domestic animal, not even the reindeer, is more thoroughly adapted CO man's use than the Angora goat; and yet for some reason the goat industry has not taken root in this country. Everything seems favor- able, the climate is admirable, and the food supply is abundant. The slow progress made in the development of this industry is more than likely due to a lack of information regarding the profits that can be de- rived from the business. I have little doubt that the Golden Fleece that Jason went forth to find was the fleece of the first Angora. For the fleece of the pure Angora is neither wool nor hair, but a fibre with qualities distinctly its own — it is the mohair of commerce. From it are made not only the plushes but the finer fabrics of ladies' wear, such as crepons and brilliantines. The fibre is from three to six inches long, and the annual clip averages about six pounds. The market price for mohair runs from twenty to forty cents per pound, the average in the United States being about thirty 1058 CYCLorEDiA or live stock and complete stock doctor. cents. Here is an annual profit of at least $1.50 per head, not counting the increase, which is rapid. A large percentage of the Angoras in this country are not pure brea, 'but are the results of crosses with the common goat. This impairs the value of the fleece by introducing the hair of the common goat, called kemp. This kemp will not take dyes, and therefore must be removed before the mohair can be used. The fleece, however, is but one of five sources of profit — and not al- ways the greatest. The United States at present imports annually about $35,000,000 worth of goat skins. For what purpose? For .gloves, shoes A^.^rc..>.. .vlD — PRIZE WINNER OREGON ANGORA GOAT SHOW. and for a hundred small toilet articles. Many a chamois skin did its first •service on the V)ack of some luckless kid. The value of a goat skin depends largely upon its commercial reputa- tion, i. e., the locality from which it comes. For instance, the Curacao kid has a special value, although not one specimen in a hundred is pro- duced on the i.sland ; the vast bulk of this particular brand is imported from the mainland of Venezuela and Colombia. Another and a most important source of revenue are the untanned pelts. There, seems to be no limit to their usefulness and their popu- larity. Taken when the hair is about four inches long they make the finest kind of rugs. The readiness with which they take and retain dyes rendei-s them i)articularly valuable as carriage robes. Indeed, they have BREEDING AND CARE OP SHEEP. 1059 about displaced the disappearing buffalo robe. Undyed, the hair retains its brilliant luster. In its original white, nothing compares with the An- gora as a robe for the baby carriage. These skins with the fleece on are also used extensively in making chil- dren's muffs and— tell it not — the beautiful white fur on My Lady's opera cloak is the skin of the little Angora kid. Yes, it is known by another name, or My Lady would not wear it— "but a rose by any other name is still a rose. And it is not My Lady alone who is deceived. Many a fine gentleman wears the coat of an old Angora wether thinking he is decked in genuine astrakan. The profit in goat keeping is not confined to the skin and the fleece. The flesh is sold readily at market prices ranging above those of mutton. It is a well-known fact that when goats are fed on grass, their flesh has the flavor of mutton, but when kept exclusively on browse, it takes the flavor of venison, and sells for that in the market — in the proper sea- son, of course. XXVII. Habits of the Angora. As I have remarked, the Angora is not dainty ; he is adapted to a very wide range of climate and j^hysical conditions. He seems to thrive ecjually well in the climate of Mexico and in that of Canada. Naturally the better and heavier fleece is produced in the colder climates. In southern latitudes it is necessary to clip the fleece twice a year to pre- vent shedding. Then, again, a dry climate is preferable to a humid one, and a rough and semi-mountainous country to a level plain. The goat is by nature a climber— an inheritance of his ancestors in the rugged moun- tains and tablelands of Asia Minor. The most interesting thing about the goat is his diet. In this respect he differs from all his farm associates — and radically. He is a browser, and prefers leaves, twigs and weeds to the best white clover or blue- grass that ever grew. This is one of his strong points. He does not interfere with the feed of the other stock. Sheep have been called four-footed locusts ; they will utterly destroy the most carefully pre- pared pasture in one season. In a single summer a flock of goats will create a pasture out of a brush-covered common. Turn fifty goats into a forty-acre pasture covered with brush, weeds and all manner of foul growths, and in two years the work of reclama- tion will be done; the brush will be dead, the weeds exterminated, and the native grasses, whatever they are, will be in complete possession. 1060 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND raMPT^ETE STOCK DOCTOR. XXVIII. An Assistant to the Farmer. Like the honey-bee, the Angora goat works for his owner and boards himself. He will eat what the other members of the farm animals spurn. At the same time he will do as much as a gang of men toward clearing the farm of bnish and weeds. In this respect a herd of goats is of especial value to farmers living on the cut-over lands in the tim- bered regions of this country. These cut-over lands have grown up with brush which is often about as difficult to clear as the original timber. Goats eat the leaves and small twigs, and the brush, thus deprived of its breathing apparatus, dies, root and branch. The best time for goating AMERICAN MILK flOAT. a field of brush is in early summer, when the sun is hot. It does not take long to reduce a field of vigorous second growth to the condition of bare and dry whip stalks. When the goat cannot get leaves he takes the bark of small saplings; in this way he does the work of the ax. It is best in goating a field to cut all small saplings, that the goats may get at the branches. You may depend on him to keep down all sprouts. Dr. Santley, of Iowa, who has had much experience with Angoras as land clearers, says : "Land can be cleared of the worst brush known in this country for a little less than nothing by employing Angora goats. They will pay you a profit and live on leaves and weeds, leaving the land cleaner than you oan get it by any other process. At the present BREEDIN© A:ND CARE «F SHEEP 1081 time I have over 600 acres that have been reclaimed by Angoras, and a conservative estimate would be that the value of the land had thereby been enhanced at least $10 per acre." XXIX. Angoras in the United States. Of the 500,000 Angora goats in the Ujiited States, four-fifths are in the Southwest, especially in California, New Mexico and Texas. Yet there is not a state in the Union where they will not do well, as well as sheep, and when we consider their vast superiority as money-makers over AMERICAN MILK GOAT. Specially photoKraplied for this work. the sheep, it seems strange that shrewd live-stock men have not seen the handwriting on the wall and gone more extensively into goat raising. The problem of pasturage in the West will have to be solved by the sheep men if they intend to remain in business, but the goat pasturage of the United States has not yet been touched. In the timbered regions of the South and the Southwest, and in the cut-over sections of the North, there are millions of acres of the finest 1062 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. goat pasture, not only free, but for which the goatman could get a price for clearing with his herds. All unimproved land is goat pasture. And this at present amounts to 265,000,000 acres, enough to support as many goats. The stat€ of Maine, for instance, according to the last census, had 6.000,000 acres in farms, one-half of which was unimproved land. Most of the Southern states have less than one-third of the land under cultiva- tion ; the balance is goat pasture. "We have a duty of 12 centw a pound on mohair. With this protection, foreign competition cannot be given as an excuse by the average fanner YOUNG MILK GOAT. Specially Photographed for this work. for not going into goat raising. If there is such a demand for goat skin^v Angora robes and mohair, as the returns from our custom houses show, the market here must be good. In recent years the United States department of agriculture has been making efforts to interest the public in the Angora goat industry. Ex- haustive bulletins have been issued giving information for the benefit of the general pul)lic. Yet, wdth the facts before them, the growth of the industry has been slow. If I were asked what field of animal industry gave promise of the largest and most reliable returns on the investment of both labor and BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEEP. 1063 capital, I should unhesitatingly reply, the raising of Angora goats. If I were asked to designate a locality in which to locate on Angora ranch, I should say any place in the United States where the climate is reason- ably dry and an unlimited goat range is available. To be more partic- ular, the states of Michigan, Wisconsin and northern Minnesota offer exceptional facilities, while Missouri, especially the Ozark region, the states of Texas and Arkansas, and the entire Allegheny region, are perfectly adapted to raising Angoras. I need not mention the extreme Southwest, for the goat is already there. There appears to be, therefore, no adequate reason why the people AMERICAN MIT.K GOAT of the United States should be paying tribute of $50,000,000 annually to the goat herders of Asia, Europe and Africa, and another $10,000,000 to the importers of goat skins and Angora robes from Mexico and South America. XXX. Capabilities of the Milch Goat. The two subjects uppermost in dairy circles just now are the milch goat and a milking machine. The suggestion that goat's milk is pre- i'3rred for hospital patients in cities and for children everywhere, has set Home enterprising men and women to speculating on the probable 1064 CYCLOPEDIA O].' LIVE STOCK ANT> COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Figs. 1, 2, 4— Imported Toggenburg Goats. Fig. 3 — Schwarzwald Goat. BREEDING AND CARE OF SHEEP. 1065 profits to be derived from dairy farms made up exclusively of goats. There is no doubt about the superiority of goat's milk over that of the cow for some purposes, and it is known that there is considerable de- mand for this product, but to what extent, of course, is not so easy to ascertain. The discussion naturally brings out inquiry as to the best breeds for dairy purposes, and our counsels abroad are being urged by the doj)artin(Mit to look up information in those countries where goat breeding has long been a recognized industry. The Swiss are, perhaps, AMERICAN MILK GOAT, jecially photographed for this work. the most skilled of all goat-herds, their mountain slopes and elevated valleys being i)eculiarly adapted to goat culture. There, naturally, inquiries have been set on foot and some information of interest has been sent over from our counsel-general at St. Gall. It relates to the Toggenburg goat, a variety which seems entirely unknown in this coun- try, but one that has long been a favorite in the land of William Tell. The milk of this goat is rich in quality, and keeps quite as well as cow's milk. It sells for three and a half to about four cents a quart. These goats breed at a year old, the time of gestation being five months. The 10()H CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. food in summer consists of grass and shrubs, but in winter, if the milk is to continue rich in quality, a small quantity of grain and hay must be given, and the temperature of the stall should be kept at from 57 to 60 degrees Fahrenheit. In regard to the amount of pasture land required for the support of this animal, it is computed that six to eight goats will need as much as one cow, and that one man can manage from forty to fifty goats. Gen- erally speaking the milk of the cow is more popular, but for children the goat's milk is in greater demand, as tuberculosis is hardly ever found in these hardy animals. The milk of the goat makes an excellent cheese and fairly good butter, but as to the latter the milk of the cow retains its pre-eminence. The meat of the young goats, from five to twelve weeks old, is considered a great luxury. Indeed, it is often mistaken for venison, and sells for from 29 cents to 39 cents for 2.1 pounds. This compares very favorably with the average price received in Switzerland for beef, which is 33 cents to 37 cents for 2.2 pounds. The average clip on long-haired goats is about 4.4 pounds. The hair is not very marketable, but is used in some instances for ropes, which are very strong and defy the action of water. The skins are worth from 29 cents to 58 cents each, but the finest and best bring as much as $1.35 each. If well cared for, these animals will give milk from their first to their tenth year, when they decrease in flow and finally dry up. Ordinarily they will produce milk for eight months in a year. The price of these animals is higher in the spring than in the fall, but average for a good one, from one to three years old (male) in the fall, is $9.65 to $19.30. Females of the same age bring $7.72 to $9.65; four-year-olds bring as high as $13.51. BOOK IV PART II Diseases of Sheep HOW TO KNOW THEM; THEIR CAUSES, PRE VENTION AND CURE 1068 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. COMMON SCAB. First Pronounced Manifestation. COMMON SCAB, ADVANCED CASE. Diseases of Sheep. CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DISEASES. I. REFERRING TO SCIENTIFIC TERMS. II. INFLAMMATORY DISEASES. III. DIS- TEMPER OR EPIZOOTIC CATARRH. IV. GRUBS IN THE HEAD. V. HYDATIDS ON THE BRAIN. VI. APOPLEXY. VII. INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. VIII. INFLAMMATION OF THE EYES. IX. SWELLED HEAD. X. VEGETABLE POISON- ING. XI. TETANUS OR LOCK-JAW. XII. PARALYSIS OR PALSY. XIII. RA- BIES OR CANINE MADNESS. I. Referring to Scientific Terms. The anatomy and explanation of the terms used to designate the several parts of a sheep have been treated of in Chapter 1 of Part VII. A care- ful study of these is necessary to enable the flock-owner intelligently to undertake the cure of disease, as well as to enable him to become nicely conversant with all that goes to make up physical perfection in the ani- mal. The knowledge of these things is an im[)()rtant integer in consti- tuting the difference between haphazard and practically intelligent breeding, management, and cure of diseases, and may save the intelli- gent man valuable animals and much money yearly. In the United States and Canada, the fatal diseases to which sheep are subject are comparatively few ; and this is especially true in the West and South- west, owing, probably, to the fact that the summer and autumn are com- paratively dry and equable, and the winters not characterized by excessive dampness. II. Inflammatory Diseases. Diseases of an inflammatory nature are prolific causes of death among sheep in Great Britain. In America, our sheep are comparatively exempt from these diseases. Mr. Spooner remarked this fact, in comparing English and American sheep, and attributed the cause to the more arti- ficial care of sheep in England. Whatever the cause may have been in his day, this will not now apply ; for in no country is all farm stock more highly fed than in the United States and Canada. The real cause un- doubtedly lies, first, in the climate, and second, in the greater intelligence of our flock masters. They neither intrust sheep nor other farm stock 1069 1070 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. to ignorant servants, who, perhaps, can neither read nor write, and who add superstition to ignorance. The intelligcMice of the master keeps puce fully with all that is new in the art of farming, and this intelligence is quickly caught by the workmen and shepherds. m. Distemper or Epizootic Catarrh. Sheep distemper or Malignant Epizoiitic Catarrh, is an epizooty that is sometimes fatal in sheep, both East and West. The disease in its malig- nant form is a severe congestion and inflammation of the lining mem- branes of the nasal cavities, sometimes extending to the stomach and bowels. How to know it. — There is a slight watery discharge from the nostrils and eyes ; there is depression and more or less loss of appetite ; the pulse is slightly increased in frequency and is weak ; the breathing is not changed unless the bronchial tubes are affected ; there is no cough. At the end of a week, miless the animal gets relief, the nasal discharge is thick and glutinous, and sometimes tinged with blood ; the eyes are halt dosed and the lids are gummed with a yellow secretion ; there is great prostration and emaciation ; the pulse is very weak ; respiration is diffi- mlt ; the appetite is lost, and the animal soon after dies. What to do. — There should be no bleeding or purging. Remove the sheep to warm, well-ventilated quarters, and if the bowels are costive, prepare the following : No. 1. 1 Ounce carbonate of ammouia, 1 Ounce rhubarb, 2 Ounces ginger, 2 Ounces gentian. Simmer the rhubarb, ginger and gentian for fifteen minutes in a quart of water, and, when cold, add the ammonia and cork the bottle. Give two tablespoonfuls four times a day. Keep up the strength of the sheep with good food and nourishing drinks. Good nursing is of equal import- ance with the other treatment, for if the sheep are neglected they will either die or become so enfeebled as to be of little value. IV. Grubs in the Head. Causes. — This is caused by the eggs of the sheep gadfly ( (Estrus Ovis,) being deposited in the nostrils of the sheep in July ^ and August. The eggs being deposited, the mag- ^B^^ gots hatch and find their way through the sinuses, W^^ causing much pain. When the gadflies arc seek- ■^ ing the sheep, the animals will crowd together, SHEEP GAD- with their noses to the ground, stamping violently ^„ ^„ *- i o ./ GKUB OF at times, and will run from one place in the pas- gadfly. ture to another. When the maggots reach their resting place they attach tliemselves by their hooks, and are not easily dislodged. GENERAL DISEASES. 1071 What to do. — The grubs may often be extracted by a competent sur- geon, but it is a nice operation, and scarcely pays except in the case of a very valuable animal. Burning leather under the noses of the sheep in a close place, to cause violent sneezing, used to be practiced, but it is un- safe. Injecting up the nostrils equal parts of sweet oil and turpentine will often dislodge the grubs when they are not firmly fixed, but care must l)c taken not to strangle the sheep. Prevention. — Prevention is ia tiiis case far the best remedy. Keep a portion of the field plowed so the soil is loose and dry. Smear the sheep's noses once a day with tar during the season of the fly, and catch as many of the flies as possible, by means of a light bag-net. The most convenient way to apply the pine tar, in case of large flacks, is to smear the inside of the salt troughs with it; then they will smear their own nores while eating the salt. V. Hydatids on the Brain. Causes. — The bladder worm, causing this dangerous disease, is one of the forms of the tape worm of the dog, the tenia serrata, preceding the true or sexually i)erfect worm. It is rare in America, probably from the fact that there are fewer dogs in proportion to the population than in England. What to do. — Once fixed, nothing practically can be done, though, when located, surgeons have pierced the cysts with a strong hypodermic syringe, injecting therein half a teaspoonful of the following: No. 2. 1 Grain iodine, 5 Grains iodide of potash, 1 Ounce water. Mix. Prevention. — Never allow dogs to feed on sheeps' heads, or other gar- bage, unless cooked in the most thorough manner, remove the excre- ments of dogs wherever found in the pastures, and kill all dogs that make a habit of prowling about, away from home. VT. Apoplexy. This disease is mostly confined to sheep that are plethoric and fat. What to do. — The sheep will leap suddenly in the air, fall, and unless promptly relieved, will die in a few minutes. Then the only remedy is sudden and copious bleeding from the jugular vein. Prevention. — Fat sheep should be carefully watched for the earlier symptoms. If a sheep appears dull and partially unconcious of what is going on ; if the nostrils and pupils of the eyes are dilated, and the membranes of the nose deep red or violet ; the pulse hard and the breath- ing stertorous, bleed immediately and give afterwards two ounces of epsom salts, to be followed by an ounce every six hours, until a full evacuation takes place from the bowels. 1072 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Vn. Inflammation of the Brain. This is produced by the same causes that produce apoplexy, and is often a secondary effect of apoplexy. The animal is dull and inactive ; the eyes red and protruding, and, as the symptoms intensify, the animal rushes about in the wildest delirium. The general treatment is the same as for apoplexy. VIII. Inflammation of the Eyes. What to do. — If there is serious inflammation, take a little blood from the facial vein, the vein running down obliquely from the eye. Bathe the eyes with the following wash : No. 3. 5 Grains nitrate of silver, 1 Ounce soft water, 15 Drops laudanum. Dissolve the nitrate of silver in the water and add the laudanum ; mix. Batlie the eyes well three times a day and apply the lotion t\vice a day with a camel's hair brush. IX. Swelled Head. Causes. — This is produced by a variety of causes, the bites of venom- ous serpents and malignant insects, etc. Snake bites usually produce death before the animal is found. What to do. — In case of the bites of venomous insects, cut the wool from around the parts, and bathe with strong sala^ratus water and give internally, if necessary, each hour until relief is obtained, the following: No. 4. % Drachm chloral hydrate, 1 Ounce soft water. Mix. X. Vegetable Poisoning. What to do. — 111 ^'^se of trouble from vegetable poisoning, bathe the affected parts thoroughly Avith warm water, and keep moist with the fol- lowing lotion : No. 5. 1 Ounce sugai of lead, 1 Pint soft water. Mix. XI. Tetanus or Lock-Jaw. Causes. — There are various causes producing this difficulty, as inflam- mation of the membranes after gelding, injury to the horns and hoofs, or a wound on any part of the body. How to know it. — The animal, if able to walk at all, does so with great distiess ; the jaws are set, and death generally takes place qui-'ikly. It is an excited condition of the nervous system. See lock-jaw of the norse. GENERAL DISEASES. 1073 What to do. — Treatment is of little use, the malady being usually fatal. Put the sheep into a dark place alone, and put a piece of Solid Extract of Belladonna, the size of a pea, on the tongue twice a day ; put oatmeal water in the pen for him to drink. Warmth and quiet are essential. Bleeding used to be considered a specific by many, l)ut it should not be practiced. Move the bowels as soon as possible, and follow tiiis up with belladonna. Give four ounces of castor oil as the laxative. When the worst symptoms are overcome, give gruels and other soft nourishing food unal recovery. XII. Paralysis or Palsy. Lock-jaw and epilepsy are often mistaken for palsy ; yet, it is the direct opposite of them. Like the two first it is somewhat rare in America. What to do. — The first thing to do is to make the lamb warm and com- fortable. Give warm gruel, with a little ginger as a stimulant. If the bowels are costive give four ounces of linseed oil. Give twenty grains of powdered Nux Vomica in soft mashes three times a day ; continue this two or three weeks. If the paralysis is severe, clip off the wool and apply a blister of Spanish flies to the spine, from the points of the hips to the shoulders. Xni. Kabies or Canine Madness. Sheep are particularly liable to be bitten by rabid dogs in their first stages of madness. It is usually considered that flock-masters have a right to destroy any dog worrying their sheep, but by a decision not long ago, l)y the supreme court of Massachusetts, dogs are property; consequently, the owner of a dog is liable for all the damage done by him, and anyone that kills the dog is liable for his value. When a sheep develops rabies he might as well be destroyed at once to save suffering. See rabies in horses, page 452. Tympanitis in Sheep: — Give internally a tea.spoonful of turpentine in a little water or pa.s.s a rubber tube down the throat, A.-i a last resort puncture the stomach with a trochar as you would cattle. Inversion of the Womb in Sheep: — ^\Vash it with tepid water con- taining a little laudinuni. Replace it carefully and take a few stitches in the lifw of the vulva. Elevate the ewe behind. Usually the danger is pa^ssed at the end of thirty-six hours. CHAPTER TI. PARASITIC AND OTHER DISEASES. I. SCAB, TICKS AND LICE. II. FOOT-nOT. III. FOUL IN THE FOOT. IV. SWOLLEN FOOT AND GRAVEL. V. MAGGOTS FROM BLOW FLIES. VL INTESTINAL WORMS. VIL THE ROT OR LIVER FLUKE. VIII. LUNG WORMS. IX. SHEEP WORRIED BY DOGS. X. SPRAINS, STRAINS AND BRUISES. XL CARE WHEN LAMBING. XII. NAVEL ILL. XIII. BARE-LOT METHOD OF RAISING LAMBS TO AVOID NODULE DISEASE. I. Scab, Ticks and Lice. Causes. — Scab is produced by a minute microscopic, parasitic insect, which burrowing just beneath the cuticle, produces extreme irritation, and causes the exudation of a watery fluid, serum. This, in drying, forms the scab which brings away with it the wool in larger or smaller patches. The disease is very contagious, and the insect is so tenacious of life that it has been said to have remained in a pasture three years andthcn spread the infection. A careful flock master should examine every sheep uhMvuiLx. purchased minutely, and take every means to keep *oi°"he s"heep^and"^(k)g" u tlic infectiou f rom his flock. The illustration shows causes skin irritation and p/. , i • , i i • -j j ^ eruption. shccp affectcd With scab in its extreme lorm. How to know it. — The sheep will be restless and irritable ; will rub against anything near ; will bite its fleece, and scratch with its hoofs. At length the fleece becomes ragged, and drops off, to permanently infect tne pasture. What to do. — It is not diflicult to cure, but the means must be thor- ough. A good effective remedy, though poisonous, is the following : No. 6. 6 Pounds arsenic, G Pounds pearl ash, 6 Pounds stdphur, 6 Pounds soft soap, 20 Gallons boilings water. Mix, but avoid the fumes, and when cold, add 180 gallons of cold water, and stir until well mixed. Prepare a tank that will readily allow a sheep to be dipped in it. From this a slanting, slotted drain, having a watcr- tit'ht bottom underneath, and extending just over the edge of the tank, should be laid. Dip the sheep, back foremost, into the tank, allowing him to remain submerged in the liquid, except the head, for one minute. Then 1074 PARASITIC AND OTHER DISEASES. 1075 place him on the slats and squeeze the wool thoroughly, and when well drained turn into a clean yard until dry. Then go over the heads of the Hock with the following: No. 7. 2 Pounds mercurial ointment, 6 Pounds lard, 2 Pounds rosin, 1 Pound oil of turpentine. Place the lard and mercurial ointment in a suitable iron pot, and im- mei*se in a vessel of hot water, say about 180 degrees, and stir until well mixed. Then dissolve the rosin and turpentine, and when the lard is cold, nib it all well together. Apply it by parting the wool on the head between the ears, on the forehead, and under the jaws, the idea being to reach every part not touched by the dip. A COMPARATIVELY FJARLY CASE OF COMMON SCAB, Showing a Bare Spot and a Tagging- of the Wool. In preparing No. 6, for ordinary cases, twenty pounds of strong tobacco may be simmered in the water, instead of the arsenic, and the other in- gredients miay be stirred in while the liquid is boiling hot, having first removed the tobacco leaves and stems. When this dip is used, the head may also be dipped, from time to time, being careful that the liquor does not get in the nose and eyes. The sheep may remain in the liquor, as hot as can be borne, four or five minutes, dipping the head occa.'jionally, and No. 7 need not be used though it would be better. The wool must be pressed and dried, as before stated; so proceed until the flock is all gone over, using some means to keep the liquor hot. 1076 CYCLOPEDIA OF UVB STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. A dip in great repute in Australia, where immense tiocks are kept, is the following^ No. 8. 10 Pounds tobacco leaves, 10 rounds sulphur. 50 Gallons water. Boil the tobacco in the water, .-indadd the sulphur while hot. Dip the sheep in the liquor, as hot as can be borne, for five minutes. Tjck. — The sheep tick is a dipterous insect, but with no wings devel- oped. The ticks are large and live on the surface of the skin and suck blood. They are plainly seen when the wool is divided, or when the sheep are shorn ; then the ticks will go off to the lambs, where there is more wool. The treatment for them may be the same as for scab. SHEEP TICK Lice. — Lice are sometimes found on sheep ; they WITH EGGS. are of the variety of bird lice, (Trichodectes), with large, broad head, with biting jaws, but no sucking tube. Bird lice are usu- ally very irritating. The treatment given above will apply for lice as well as for scab and tick. II. Foot Rot. How to know it. — The skin at the top of the clefts of the hoofs and over the heels, which is naturally smooth, dry and pale, becomes red, moist, warm and rough, as though chafed. Next, there is a discharge ; and ulcers form, extending down to the upper portion of the inner trichodectes wall of the hoof. Then the walls become disorganized, and o*" ^"^ sheep. the disease penetrative, between the fleshy sole and the bottom of the hoof, an offensive and purulent matter is thrown out, and the whole foot becomes a mass of corruption, often filled with magg-'tts. The animal early becomes lame and loses appetite, and at length dies from exhaustion. If the attack is violent, and in the first cases it gene- rally is, it may reappear the second and third years, but in a milder form, if proper measures be taken, and this should be done at the first symp- toms of lameness. What to do. — Cut away all the diseased parts, cleaning the knife from time to time in weak carbolic acid. Prepare a tank and fill it to a depth of four inches with a saturated solution of blue vitriol (sulphate of copper). Keep this as hot as the sheep can bear to stand in, by occa- sionally introducing a piece of hot iron. Let each sheej) stand in this for ten minutes or more. Then cover the hoof with chloride of lime, and PARASITIC AND OTHER DISEASES 1077 fill the cleft of the hoof with a fillet of tow, long enough for the ends to he twisted into a string to tie ahout the fetlock. Keep the sheep in a dry, well-littered yard on dry, short pasture, and examine the hoofs daily for some time. Renew the chloride of lime, if necessary, and feed plenty of nourishing food. It is probahle that a tonic may be needed ; if so, l)repare the following: No. 9. 2 Drachms common salt, }4 Drachm sulpliato of iron, la Drachm nitrate of potash. Mix as a powder, and give once a day, as circumstances may dictate. III. Foul in the Foot. This is a common disability, especially in sheep that have been driven on the road. What to do. — When it is only the effect of travel, the remedy is simple. Wash the cleft and other parts of the hoof with warm, soapy water, and then touch the tender or thin parts with a feather dipped in oil of vitriol (sulphuric acid), and cover them with tar. Apply a strong solution of blue vitriol (sulphate of copper), to the cleft if any signs of foul are ap- parent. In driving sheep, these three things, viz., soap, sulphuric acid and blue vitriol should be kept on hand ; or in place of sulphuric acid the following : No. 10. 1 Part solution chloride of antimony, 1 Part compound tincture of myrrh. Mix and keep ready for use in incipient foul or travel sore. If it is a bad case the foot should be bandaged. IV. Swollen Foot and Gravel. How to know it. — The issue (biplex canal in the front and upper part of the hoof) becomes swollen and inflamed. What to do. — Kxamine it to find if any substance is imbedded therein ; if so, extract it ; if swollen and inflamed, treat as advised for other swell- ings ; if ulcerated lance it lightly to let out the matter, and dress with the compound tincture of myrrh. If the hoof becomes graveled, extract the gravel at any cost ; dress as above, and cover with a small plug of tow dipped in tar. V. Maggots from Blow Flies. There should be no excuse for maggots accumulating in wounds, much less from the collection of filth about the thighs. If found, cleanse the 1 078 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. parts thoroughly, extract the maggots and touch the wounds with the following : No. 11. 1 Part creosote, 4 Parts alcohol. Mix. Bathe dally with tincture of myrrh. Prevention. — Keej) the sheep well tagged by shearing from under the tail and thence diagonally down the thighs. VI. Intestinal "Worms. The presence of intestinal worms is seldom known to the ordinary ob- server until after the death of the sheep, when they may be found by dissection. If the worms are thus found, the presumption is good that other sheep are seriously infected, for, as a rule, unless they are abund- ant, they do little or no harm. What to do. — As a simple vermifuge, when their presence is suspected, ordinary wood soot, mixed with the salt the sheep naturally take will do good. In fact, if sheep are allowed plenty of salt, with the soot mix- ture once a week, when worms are suspected they will do well enough ; or give every two weeks, in ground feed, the following, which is enough for 80 to 100 sheep: No. 12. 2 Pounds common salt, 1 Pound sulphate ot magnesia, ^ Pound sulphate of iron, % Pound powdered gentian. Mix. For good simple vermifuge for round and thread worms, to be given as a drench, take No. 13. 4 Ounces linseed oil, J^ Ounce oil of turpentine, Mix. If the sheep are known to have tape worm, give in molasses and water the following : No. 14. 2 to 4 Drachms po\vder»?d areca nut, 10 to 20 Drops oil of male-fern. Mix The first quantities for small, and the latter for large sheep. In the case of a large sheep, administer half a pint of linseed oil on the following day. Vn. The Kot or Liver Fluke. CauseSr — Small flat worms {Fasciola Ilepatica and Distomum Lan- ceolalum) in the liver, called the liver fluke, are the cause of rot. PARASITIC AND OTHER DISEASES. 1079 How to know it. — There will l)e tenderness and weakness about the ioins ; the bellv will be swollen and enlarged ; the eyes yel- low as in jaundice ; and if the skin be rubbed back and forth, when taken up between the thumb and fingers, it is soft and flabby, with a crackling sensation. What to do. — If there is diarrhcea, a weak heart beat, and general stui)or, remove the shoop to a high dry pasture, or to well ventilated airy })laces, as the case may be. Prepare the following : No. 15. }£ Pound sulphate of magnesia. 6 Dracluns oil of turpentine. Mix the magnesia sulphate with three half joints of water, add the turpentine and give one-third of it every two days, shaking the bottle before using. Follow the above with the tonic : No. 16. 40 Pounds oat meal, 4 Pounds powdered gentian or anise seed, 4 Pounds common salt, 1 Pound sulphate of iron, Mix. Give half a pint to each sheei) once a day for a week : then wait three weeks and repeat. Remove the sheep to high dry pasture or salt marsh, both being poisonous to the fluke. Do not put the sheep in a wet iDasture, for there they only sow the seed to perpetuate the trouble. VIII. Lung Worms. Causes. — This disease is caused by the presence of worms (Stronffi/lus Fila7'ia), which are usually found in the wind-pipe, and hionchial tubes and sometimes in the lungs. How to know it. — There will be a husky cough ; quickened breathing ; loss of appetite and flesh ; and the sheep will rub its nose on the ground ; there may be dysentery with foetid evacuations. Examine the mouth and throat, and also the stools, for in- dications of the worms. Prepare the following: No. 17. 6 Ounces sulphate of magnesia, 4 Ounces nitrate of potash, 4 Ounces sulphur, 4 Ounces sulphate of iron, Mix. DISTOMUM LANCEOLATUM. STRONGYLUS FILARIA, MALE ENLARGED. 1080 CYCIX)PEDTA or LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Give a single handful to each sheep in oat or corn meal once a day for a week ; then wait three weeks and repeat. Burn turpentine on pine shavings under their noses so as to make them l)reathe the fumes. IX. Sheep worried by Dogs. Sheep that have been torn by dogs, are apt to die, owing to the lacer- ated nature of the wound, especially if the skin has been stripped from considerable surface in hot weather. What to do. — The lacerated surfaces must be brought together, in such a way that they may unite ; and, if necessary, stitched. In hot weather flies must be guarded against, and the wounds should be treated as advised in the case of horses when wounded. X. Sprains, Strains and Bniises. What to do. — These also are to be treated precisely as advised in the case of horses. In simple cises hot fomentations and the subsequent application of camphor is the rule usually followed. For a sprain, to immerse the liml) in water as hot as can l)e borne, for half an hour at a time, and repeated several times a day, usually effects a rapid cure. XI. Care when Lambing. What to do. — The ewes should be well fed for several weeks previous to lambing, so as to be strong and have the lambs strong and well devel- oi)ea when dropped ; but avoid having ths ewes fat. Have a dry, com- fortable place for them to run in, not too warm ; they should be put in a SWELLING OF THE UMBILICUS IN CHARBON (NAVEL ILL.) warmer place when lambing than they have been accustomed to, in order to avoid chilling the lamb. Allow no spectators around the sheep while lambing, except the man they are accustomed to ; let him watch the progress of events to see that help is given if needed. PARASITIC AND OTIILII UlSLASES. 1081 Sometimes wrong presentations are made, and then the shepherd should be ready with his hand oiled and warmed in warm water to render assistance ; let him insert his hand and change the position of the fcetus as the ease requires, being very careful indeed not to wound or torture the ewe. If the lamb is dropped at night and gets chilled, put it into a warm water bath and dry it thoroughly when taken out, and give it a few spoonfuls of milk, diluted a little and sweetened, and with a dusting of red pepper in it. Keep the ewe separate from the others for a week or ten days, and feed on soft food and roots if it is too early for grass. XII. Navel 111. Charbonous fever, or carbuncular erysipelas in lambs, in addition to the other symptoms, usually manifests itself in swelling of the umbilicus. The swellings are not confined to the umbilical region, but are often found in other parts of the body. It is sometimes seen as a symptom or complica- tion of rheumatic disease of the joints of lambs, foals and calves. It was considered by shep- herds, not many years ago, to be a distinct THE ROT. disease, known as Navel 111. See illustration on preceding page. Xlll. Bare-LrOt Method of Raising Lambs to Avoid Nodule Disease. A panisitic worm known to scientists as Oesophagostoma colum-biananh causes the appearance of nodules in the intestines of sheep. This worm is generally distributed throughout the United States, and becomes a serious scourge in the sheep business, especially when conditions are favorable for the infestation of young lambs. It has been shown by the Louisiana Experiment Station that when sheep infested by this parasite are placed on clean pasture and allowed to remain for some time the pasture becomes contaminated and will cause an infestation of healthy sheep which may subsequently graze upon it. It was also found that when an infested pasture was plowed up and cultivated for one season danger of infestation with the parasitic worm which causes nodule disease was entirely removed. This indicates a successful method of treating infested land. On ac- count of the wide distribution of this parasite, however, and the general infestation of breeding ewes, it was desirable to find a method by which lambs could be raised from these ewes without becoming seriously infested with the parasite. 1082 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. What to do. — In order to accomplish this purpose a bare-lot system was adopted. This consists simply in keeping the ewes with their lambs on a plat of ground from which all grass or other green vegetation has been removed. The lambs, therefore, have no temptation to pick up any- thing from the ground and do not run the risk of infesting themselves with the nodule-producing parasites which may be upon the ground. In the experiments carried on at the Louisiana Station the ewes were fed grain once a day, and a rack was provided for feeding green forage of different kinds. All green forage which was pulled out of the rack by the sheep was carefully removed from the feed lot each day. Fresh water was always present in a wooden trough, and the feed lot was leveled so as to prevent the accumulation of water in pools from which lambs might drink. In this feed lot nine ewes were placed with six lambs, the lambs being born in February and March. At the end of June, all lambs being weaned, the ewes were slaughtered and all found to be infested with the parasitic worms. The lambs were slaughtered and carefully examined at ages varA'ing from 88 to 155 days. In three of these lambs two or three nodules of minute size were found in the intestines. The others were entirely free from nodules, but all six of the lambs were infested to a greater or less extent with stomach worms. The infestation of stomach worms, however, was not sufficient to influence perceptibly the develop- ment and fattening of the lambs. It is difficult to understand how infesta- tion with stomach worms took place. The bare-lot method appears, from these experiments, to give promise as a means of raising lambs for market at an early age from mothers infested with the nodule-producing parasite without danger of serious infestation of the lambs. It is recommended that in addition to maintaining the infested ewes with their lambs in a bare lot the lambs should be given some vermifuge with their food, or at least common salt, to assist in the removal of possible stomach worms. TROUGH FOR DIPPING LAMBS FOR SHEEP SCAB. BOOK V PART I POULTRY BISTORY. MANAC^jEMENT AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VARIOUS BREEDS • [084 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. BL(qCK (qND WHITE L(qNGSHflNS POULTRY CHAPTER I. ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OP FAUM BIRDS ; ORIGIN OF THE WOUD I'OULTRV. II. TYPES AND NATIVE COUNTRY OP BARN-YARD FOWLS. III. CHANGES DUE TO BREEDING. IV. DIVISION OF FOWLS. V. THE WILD TURKEY. VI. DUCKS. VII. GEESE. VIII. THE SWAN. IX. PHEASANTS. X. GUINEA FOWLS. XT. PEAFOWLS. XII. ANATOMY OF THE HEN. I. Origin of the Word Poultry. The word poultry comes from the Latin word ^JwZZws, a chicken, or the young of any animal. In its broad sense it is now used to designate any domestic fowl bred or fed for human food, and for the eggs and feath- ers. Hence, the peacock may reasonably be included, since its feathers are an important article of commerce. The modern word poultry, how- ever, more pj'operly comes from the French word poule, hen, just as our word pullet comes from the French poulet, a chick. The cut of the French Creve Cceur will illustrate a singular departure from the wild type given on the next page. In a more modern sense the word poul- try is generally applied to barn-yard fowls or the genus gallus — the Avord fowl being used with a prefix, as water-fowl, which includes ducks and geese, Guinea-fowl, etc., while turkeys, peacocks, pheasants and other later or only partially domesticated birds are designated by their proper or common names, II. Tjrpes and Native Country of Bam- Yard Fowls. The originals of all the varieties of barn-yard fowls were inhabitants of thickets, and other openings of the forests, rather than of the dense forest itself ; there are a number of species. A variety closely resem- bling our common barn yard fowl, is the Sonnerat fowl, ( Gallus Son- neratii) a native of the Ghautes, separating Malabar from Coromandel. Damphier, previous to the discovery of Sonnerat, found wild fowls closely resembling our old barn-yard fowls in the islands of the Indian Archipelago. So it may safely be said, that our fowls with long flowing tails, are natives of India. 1085 1086 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOP, m. Changes Due to Breeding. The great wild species of Southern Asia, and the wild Malay and Chit- tagong, were probably influential in modifying the large Asiatic breeds of to-day; and our bantams undoubtedly spring from the Bankiva jungle fowl, although careful and systematic l)reeding and selection have given us bantams of all the principal breeds of barn-yard fowls, including the games. Again, as showing a marked departure from the wild form, we BEARDED SILVER POLISH HEN. «nve cuts of two heads, one tne Breda, or Gueldre, retaining the wattles, but not the marked comb, and a variety of Brahma, with no wattles, and with only the rudiments of a comb. rv. Division of Fowls. Our barn-yard fowls may therefore be divided into the common or mixed breeds, Asiatic fowls, European and American varieties, and Ban- tams. Each of these will be treated in their proper places. ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 10S7 V. The Wild Turkey. The wild turkey is a native only of America ; there are several so- called species, but they are, however, only varieties that have bred con- stant lo type, perhaps having escaped from some ancient domestication. They are all fertile one with another. The turkey is native to all that region from Central America, north, up to 45 degrees, wherever suitable timber covert can be found ; but in all the more thickly settled regions they have long since been exterminated. The illustrations show the common wild turkey hen, and the Mexican wild turkey cock. GALLUS SONNERATIl. VI. Ducks. None of the wild fowl seem to have been more eaViVy domesticated than the duck, though the domestication of birds of any species seems easy, whenever they prove valuable enough to pay their keepmg. Only the hirger varieties have, as a rule, been thought worth domestication, though^of late years some of the smaller and beautifully plumaged birds have^been bred in a tame state. They make very handsome adjuncts to water scenery, in connection with swans and t.he rarer species of geese. 1088 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, The common white duck and the Rouen are two of the oldest domesti- cated varieties of ducks ; while the Cayuga, or black duck, an American variety is among the latest. iTF.ATi OF SINGLE WATTLED BKAHMA FOWL. HEAD OF BREDA, OR GUKLDRE. VII. Geese. Geese, as well as ducks, being birds of passage, are found in all cli- mates, from sub-tropical latitudes up to the Arctic Circle. "R'ollowinfc the BUFF LEGHORN COCKEREL. season of spring into the North, they breed in summer from latitude forty-five no to sixty, and return in the autumn to their winter quarters ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 1089 in the sub-tropical regions. The common gray goose is the nearest ap- SINGLE COMB RHODE ISLAND REDS. A PAIR OF SINGLE COMB BROWN LEGHORNS. proach to the wild type, and these are becoming scarcer and scarcer each 1090 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. year, gradually giving way to improved breeds. Of these, the Embden, or Breme\::^ combine a pure white color, softness of color, and heavy weight. The origin of the gray and the white geese is generally sup- A PAIR OF SILVER-LACED WYANDOTTES. posed to be the gray-lag goose (Anser Ferus), of the North of Europe. The American wald goose (Anser Canadensis), is a distinct species; this variety breeds freely, and is tolerably contented under domestication, ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 1091 even in the first generation. It is but a few years, compurativelj'-, since they were first domesticated. Asia and Africa have furnished tin with TRIO OF BLACK COCHINS. four sub-families of geese, three of which enme from China, and the fourth from Africa — the African goose. 1092 CYCI/5PEDIA OP UVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOiU vm. The Swan. The swan has long been known in history, but is not a useful bird except as an ornamental appendage to the ponds and Irkes of parks. The most common is the white swan ; there are, besides, a number of rare and ornamental varieties, among them the black swan from Australia, and the black-necked Chili swan. The head and neck of the latter are jet black ; the body, wings, and tail, pur^ white, the bill having a red knob or protuborance. IX. Pheasantf, None of the pheasants {Phasianus) are natives of tlie United States, the so-called pheasant of the South and some other sections of the United States being really the ruffed grouse ( Tetrao umheUus), The convmon half-domesticated pheasant of Europe and America {Phasiaims Qolchi* cus) is found wild in the Caucasus, and about the Caspian Sea. In the United States we have five varieties which breed in confinement, but none of them are more capable of domestication than the peacock. Theso varieties are : The ring-necked, originally from China ; the ash-colored, the white; and the parti-colored. The ring-necked pheasant is said to be originally from China. The male of the silver pheasant {Phasianus nycthemerus) originally from the north of China, is a most beautiful bird, of a silver white color, with. regular, slender, lace-like black markings on the feathers of the back, while the under parts are of a black color ; the long, drooping tail is also silver white, barred with black. The female is of a dull reddish color, and of a smaller size. The golden pheasant (Phasianus thaumalea pic- tus) is one of the most beautiful of birds, bred in a state of balf-domes- tication, and is much smaller than either of the pheasants before men- tioned. The under part of the male is of a red color, the head is orna- mented with a splendid golden yellow crest, the neck i» hidden or over- hung by a somewhat projecting ruff of feathers of a bright yellow color, striped or barred with black. The wings are of a dull blue, the hind parts of the body are of a golden color, set off with red, and the tail is long and brown, barred with black The female of this species is also inconspicuous in color. These birds have bred well in some forests in Europe, and in a state of domestication have produced three varieties, viz : the ordinary golden and red color, the black, and the Isabella or fawn. They all, like the Guinea-fowl and peafowl, roost on high trees and elevated points, and wander considerably ; but in close confiueioeut they will permit handling. ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 1093 X. Guinea-Fowls. ' Guinea fowls are of two varieties and are now quite widely dissemi- nated The varieties are, the pearl and the white, the latter yet rather rare ' They have been grouped by naturalists into a number of varieties, A TRIO OF GUINEAS. but the distinction «as more fanciful than real, since all ^e varieties readily mate one with the other, and the progeny arc contmuously fertile '"xhtir' original home may be inferred from their generic name Nnm- ida; they come from Numidia and other portions of Africa from Gam- WHITE GUINEA-FOWL. Ha to the Gaboon. The so called Cape Verde and J^"''-;- Gm";''" fowls are undoubtedly descendants of these, become wild after having been carried there. The cuts of the white and speckled species will give a 1094 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. good idea of the whole tribe. A very rare species is the Vulturine Guinea-fowl, so called for its vulture-like head and neck. The whole species are among the most watchful and wary of birds, giving instant alarm with their shrill note of danger. When bred, they should be allowed full liberty, since they do not stand confinement well. XI. Peafowls. This magnificent bird, quite useless except for the splendor of its plum- age and the value of its tail feathers, is rare in farmyards, from its sup- posed want of adaptation to northern climates. This, however, is a mis- take ; they are as hardy as most of the breeds of barn-yard fowls. The male is cruel and cowardly, and is given to destroying the eggs of the female. Hence the hens are very secret as to their nests. They do not lay their eggs until late in the season, and keep their broods away from the yard;? until driven thither in the autumn for want of food. They have considerable powers of flight, and the males, especially, wander .ong distances from home ; they should be allowed their full liberty. Xn. Anatomy of the Hen. The anatomy of the hen will answer for all the land birds, and, in a "Pleasure (for all but th j scientific breeder) for water-fowls as well, since the frame of the latter is only so modified as to permit their swimming an1 diving in water. Both ir land and water-fowls the more valuable ORIGIN AND VARIETIES OF FARM BIRDS. 10. portions for food are the breast, the thigh, the leg, the neck and the wing. The back and rump give but little flesh, very choice in flavor. Fig. 1 represents the skeleton of a hen of average size and in the pro- portions as ordinarily met with. Explanation. — ^ — ^The head, length 2 3-4 inches. B — The neck, length 5 1-3 inches. G — The back or spine. D — ^The hips or hip bones, (the back and hips comprise from the shoulder to the tail,) length 5 9-10 inches. E — Rump or coccygis, length, 1 1-2 inches. F — Shoulder- blade or shoulder. G — Collar bone or *merry-thought.' H — Chest or thorax, composed of the sides and breast-bone (bone of the throat); it contains the heart, liver, etc. 1 — The breast-bone, length a little over 3 1-2 mches. J — The wing bones, as will be seen, are composed of the humerus or shoulder- bone of the wmg, length 3 1-7 inches ; also the radius and the cubitus, the fore- arm or pinion, length 2 3-4 inches ; the tip of the wing, or that which takes the place of the hand and fingers, length 2 1-3 inches. K — The leg, composed of c? — (Fig. 2.) the thigh bone, length 3 1-7 inches ; e — the shin bone, length 4 1-3 inches ; / — ^the bone of the foot, the tarsus, length 3 1-7 inches ; g — the claws, that of the middle, length 2 1-3 inches ; the two to the right and left, length 1 6-10 inches ; that of the back, length 8-10 inches ; h — the patella or knee ; i — the os calcis or heel. The foot as shown in Fig. 2, is all that part (/) from (g) to {i). The hen — like nearly all four-footed animals, and unlike man — walks on the toes. If the hen walked on the foot, all that portion from the toe aails up to e, would 'rest on the ground, and hence the position of the irear toe would be different. As it is placed, it supi)orts the other toes m iv^alking and especially when on the perch, at night ; for all land breeds are peculiar in this, that when they are at rest, they retain their position securely by the simple weight of the body, which causes the sinews and muscles to contract and thus draw the toes firmly around the object grasped. Some fowls have five, and even six toes, but fouronh' sire used to advantage — thiee before and one behind. The rest are really super- uumerary — as much so as two timmbsi on h luan^ band ANATOMY OF THE HEN. (Fig 1). :Fig. 2). CHAPTER n. BAHN-YARD FOWLS. I. ENGLISH BREEDS— DORKING FOWLS. II. SILVER GRAY DORKINGS.^— HI. OSAT DORKINGS. IV. FAWN-COLORED DORKINGS. V. BLACK DORKINGS. VI. BOLTON GRAYS, OR CREOLES. VII. FRENCH FOWLS — HOUDANS. VIH. LA FLECHE FOWLS. IX. CREVE CCEURS. X. BREDA OR GUELDER FOWLS. XI. SPANISH FOWLS. XII. HAMBURG FOWLS— BLACK HAMBURG. XIII. PENCILED HAMBURGS. XIV. LEGHORN FOWLS. XV. AVHITE LEGHORNS. XVI. AMERICAN BREEDS. XVII. DOMINIQUE FOWLS. XVIII, OSTRICH FOWLS. XIX. PLYMOUTH ROCK FOWLS.. I. English Breeds— Dorking Fowls. Of the distinct English breeds of bam yard fowls, the Dorking«, in their varieties, confessedly stand first. The old White or Surrey Dork- nig is the original type from which the others have sprung. The Dork- ings all have five toes, are full wattled, with long sickle-shaped tail feath- ers and generally single serrated combs. The White Dorkings are plump, compact birds with strong head and bill. The plumage is pure white without spot, and the legs, also, are white. The mature cock will weigh fully ten pounds, the hen eight or nine pounds, and year-old birds eight or nine pounds when fat. They are fairly hardy, good layers, care- ful and watchful of the brood ; and the flesh is most excellent. None of the Dorkings can stand cold storms ; but they are altogether the best of the distinct English breeds. n. Silver-Gray Dorkings. The Silver-gray Dorking is undoubtedly a chance variety of the White Dorking, which has been continued by careful breeding and selection. They vary much in their markings, unless the greatest care is used, and even then many chicks must be discarded from the breeding yards. Their mixed origin is fully shown in the fact that dark colored birds often produce handsome silver-gray chicks. m. Gray Dorking. The distinguishing colors of this variety are : Breast, tail and larger tail feathers perfectly black ; the head, neck, hackle, back, saddle, and wing bow a olear, pure, silvery white ; and across the wings a well de- fined black bar, in striking contrast with the white outside web of the 1096 BARN-YARD FOWLS. 1097 quill feathers and the white hackle of the neck and saddle. The neck of the hen is silvery white; the breast salmon red, changing to gray near the thighs; the wings silvery or slaty gray, without any tinge of red; the tail dark red, the inside nearly l)lack. The chicks grow rapidly, if well fed, so that they may be mude ready for broiling before they are fully fattened. i A PAIR OF BUFF LEGHORNS. A PAIR OF ROSE COMB RHODE ISLAND REDS. IV. Fawn-Colored Dorkings. Birds of this variety are handsome, but with tails shorter than the others ; they have black legs and a high carriage. The hens lay large eggs. The matured cocks will weigh up to nine pounds and the hens seven 1098 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. pounds of excellent flesh. They are said to have been produced by a cross between the White Dorkings and the f awn-colored Turkish fowl. V. Black Dorkings. The black Dorkings differ but little from the other varieties. They are, however, thought to '^e more hardy than the other sub-families ; the hens are good layers and careful nurses, and the eggs are large. According to Wright, the pui-e-breds are jet black; the neck of some cocks tmged PAIR OF WHITE INDIAN GAMES. with gold, and the hens silver tmged ; the comb usually double, short, sometimes cupped, but sometimes single; the wattles small; the tail feathers shorter and broader than those of the "White Dorking ; the legs black, short, and with the two under toes separate and distinct. VI. Bolton Grays or Creoles. This breed, once famous in England, was said to have been bred with such nicety that individual fowls could scarcely be distinguished one from another. They are great layers ; not inclined to set ; short-legged ; plump j medium-sized ; the eggs, however, rather small ; the color is white, thick- ly spotted with black as to the neck and body, with black bars at the ex- tremity of the tail. BAEN-YAKD FOWLS. 1099 Vn. French Fowls— Houdans. The four varieties of French fowls that have been more or less dissemi- nated in the United States are the Houdans, the Creve Cceur, La Fleche, and the Breda. The Houdans rank in France with the Dorkings in England, and in the United States they are regarded with favor. They are said to have been originated from a cross ])etween the Dorking and the silver Padoue, and have the fifth toe as do the Dorkings. In color they should be white BLACK JAVAS. and black, evenly distributed, making them distinctly speckled. Red feathers are not admissible, but an occasional stained feather is sometimes seen in the best fowls. They love to wander, but bear confinement well. The comb is double leafed, and they have whiskers and beard growing well up on the face which, with the crest or top-knot, gives them a curious appearance. The crest of the hen is quite thick, rounded and full. They are hardy, fatten kindly, lay good-sized eggs, and the flesh is of the first quality. 1109 CTCLOPEDIA OF LTO: STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCEL DOCXOB. Vm. Iia Pleche Fowls. These are hard}' ; tall , rather angular, but compact-bodied ; jet black ; sirong-limbed, with dense, firm plumage. They lay excellent eggs, and the flesh is superior to that of an}^ other French breed, and excelled probably by none. They are ^^ - - 60LDEN PENCILED HAMBmtGS. the Silver penciled variety are probably but little different from the okf BoltoD Gray, previously descnbed*-flTi(^ descendwJ probably direct Umi 1108 CYCLOPEDIA 01<' LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. the Turkish fowl described long ago by Aldrovandiis. Tegetmeier says of them, that perhaps no variety of fowl ever rejoiced in more synonyms than this very pretty, and, in suitable situations, profitable breed; they have been long termed Bolton Grays, from being extensively and success- fully cultivated in and about Bolton, in Lancashire; Creoles, from the intermixture of the black and white in their plumage ; Creels, which is a provincial mode of pronouncing Creoles; Corals, because the numerous j)oints of their polished, bright scarlet rose combs bear no distant resem- blance to red coral; Penciled Dutch, because many are imported from Holland; Dutch Every-day Layers and Everlasting^^, for the same rea- CORNISH INDIAN GAME HEN. BLACK HAMBURG HEN. son, and their great productiveness as layers; and Chitteprats, the deri- vation of which is not so obvious. Chitteface, according to Bailey, the lexicographer, means a meagre child; and Chitteprat, if intended to de- scribe a diminutive hen, would not be misapplied to one of this variety. The general characters of Penciled Hamburgs may be thus stated: They are birds of small size, compact and neat in form, sprightly and cheerful in carriage: In the plumage on the body of the hens, each feather (with the exception of those of the neck-hackle, which should be perfectly free from dark marks) is penciled with several transverse bars of black on a clear ground, which is white in the silver, and a rich bay in the golden birds. These pencilings have given rise to the name of the BABH'-TABD FOWLS. 1109 variety. In the cocks, however, there is a general absence of these mark- ings, the birds being either white or bay. In both sexes the legs are blue, with fine bone. The comb is a rose, square in front and well peaRed be- hind ; the ear-lobe a well-defined white ; the face scarlet. in weight and size, Silver-penciled Hamburgs are considerably below the general standard ; the carriage of the cock is very erect ; the tail is well borne up, and the head occasionally thrown back so far that the neck often touches the tail ; the general form is exceedingly neat and elegant. In the hen the carriage is sprightly and active, but not so impudent as that of the cock ; both sexes are alike noisy and restless in their habits, neat and very pretty in their form. The neck-hackle in both should be pure white ; penciling with black, a very frequent fault in the hackle of the hens, being very objectionable. The saddle of the cock must be pure mealy white. The cock's tail is black, the sickle and side sickle-feathers beiug glossed with green, and having a narrow white edging. In the heae the tail must be distinctly barred or penciled with black. The breast and thighs of the cock are white, as are the upper wing-cov erts or shoulder, but the lower wing-coverts are marked with black on the inner web, showing a line of dots across the wing, forming a bar. The secondary quills, or those flight-feathers which are alone visible when the wing is closed, are white on the outer web and blackish on the inner web, and have a rich green-glossed black spot at the end of each feather. In the hens the entire plumage of the body, namely, that of the breast, back, wings, and thighs, should have each feather distinctly penciled oi marked across with transverse bars of black ; the more defined these are the better, as there should be a perfect freedom from a mossy appearance, which is caused by the two colors running into one another. The legs and feet in both sexes should be of a clear leaden or slaty blue. The comb in the cock is evenly set on the head, square in front, well sprigged al)ove with small, even points, not hollowed on the upper surface, andter- mhiating in a single flattened pike behind, which inclines slightly upwards. In the hen the comb is the same in form but very much smaller. The ear-lobe in both sexes must be a dead opaque white, free from red on the edge. The hens of either variety must have the body distinctly and definitely; penciled, and the hackles of either sex mu£t be entirely free from dar^ markings. In the spangled varieties the markings must be distinct, like spangles, or speckled. The other characteristics range uniform with those of the other varieties. Whatever the variety, they are most valu- able either to the farmer or fancier, but with the fanner, unless he be a fancier as well, if a little off color in breeding it is no '*''*nmeuU so far as egg-lapng is conoeroed. 1110 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XIV. Leghorn Fowls. The Leghorn fowls are of the Spanish type, except in color. White Leghorn is regarded witli most favor, although the Brown The Leg- horn has its fanciers. There are also other grades of colors except black. SINGLE-COMB BROWN LEGHORN COCK. Whatever the color, they have all the good laying qualities of the Span- ish, without their tender qualities, and indeed dispute the palm with the Hamburgs in every good point. The illustration shows what are ac- cepted among breeders a.s standard White Leghorns. XV. White Leghorns. These birds are among the most elegant of barn-yard fowls, either in the yard of the farmer or amateur. They are similar to the Spanish in ap- pearance, except that the plumage is white, with hackle or neck, and the saddle or rump feathers tinged golden. Unlike the Spanish, they are hardy, standing even our western winters excellently. They are good winter layers, and seldom desire to sit; the young early take care of BAKK-YAUD FOWLS. \nt themselves, and feather so early that they look to be miniature fowls when six weeks or two months old. They are quiet and docile. The eggs are superior in flavor, and as a table fowl they have few superiorib among the gallinaceous tribe. LLACK MINORCA COLX.-ILIIL. XV 1. Ajnerican Breeds. The distmctive American breeds of barn-yard fowls that have attained wide celebrity are the Dominique, the Ostrich fowl, and the Plymouth Hock. The Dominique have often been confounded with the Scotch Grays, and also with the Cuckoo Dorkmgs and oth^^ fowls bred to the 1112 CYCLOPEDIA OF UVE STOCK AND COMPLETB STOCK DOCTOB. cuckoo feather of England and France ; they are, however, an old and entirely distinct American race. The Georgian Game is also a distinct American breed, but this will be treated of under the head of Games. XV Jl. Dominique Fowls. For the farm-yard, when both eggs and chickens are desired, this breed when pure, (unfortunately now rather rare), is one of the most valuable of the known breeds, for it combines hardiness of constitution with goodfor- aging qualities ; is prolific of eggs, and when killed shows plenty of good flesh. The true color is a soft and undulating shading of slaty blue, t^on a light ground all over the body, thus forming bands of variouA DOMINIQUE FOWL. narrow widths, and finely penciled among the smaller feathers. The cocks have heavy hackle and saddle feathers. The feet and legs must be bright yellow or buft", and the bill of the same color. The combs of the cocks, however, are variable, some cocks having a single and others a doubls comb. BARN-YARD FOWLS. 1113 BLACK SPANISH. 1114 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. BABN-YABD FOWLS. 1115 XV ill. Ostrich Fowls. This breed is not widely disseminated, but in their native region- Bucks County, Pa.— they are highly esteemed for their weight, valuable laying qualities, excellent flesh, and hardy constitutions. The cocks will weio-h nine pounds at maturity and the hens seven to eight, and will *^ ~ often lay forty to fifty eggs before wanting to sit. The color of the cock is blue-black, the ends of the feathers tipped with white. The wings a golden or yellow tinge, the hackle dark glossy blue. The cocks have a double rose-col- ored comb, and large wattles. The leo-s are short and strong, and the body thick and plump. The hens are marked similarly to the cock, but more soberly, and the comb is single, high and serrated. XrX. Pl3rmouth Rock Fowls. This is one of the latest-formed of American breeds, first shown at OSTRICH FOWLS. '- ^i^ A PAIR OF COLUMBIAN WYANDOTTES. Boston in 1840. It is evidently a breed made up of various crosses, and ^^^^ '''^'''^TSiliMW^^^^ '"" --^— DOCTOR. BARN-YARD FOWLS. 1117 unfortunately was disseminated before its characteristics became uniform or well fixed in any respect. It gave rise to much bitter controversy, in which even the common dunghill was stated to have had a large share in the origin. Of late years, what is called the Improved Plymouth Rock has appeared and shows care and uniform breeding. They are said to grow fast, fledge early, take on flesh rapidly, and to combine excellent qualities as egg producers and as table fowls. They have not yet be- come popular, except with a comparatively few fanciers, and for the reason, perhaps, that their really good qualities are not yet known among farmers. A. PAIR OF SINGLE-COMB WHITE LEGHORNS. 1118 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. 3 < g O o K P o Oh caAPTEnni. GAME FOWLS AND OTHER RARE BREEDS. I. GAME FOWLS AND THEIR VARIETH.S. II. EARL DERBY GAMES. IH. BROWN* BREASTED RED GAMES. IV. DUCK-WING £D GAMES. V. WHITE GEORGIAN GAMES. VI. GAME BANTAMS. VII. OTHER BANTAMS. VIII. THE SEA- BRIGHT BANTAM. IX. JAPANESE BANTAMS. K, FBIZZL£D FOWLS. Xl. EUMPLESS FOWLS. XII. SILKY FOWLS. I. Game Fowls and their Varieties. The Games are the most elegant as they are the noblest of the gal- linaceous tribe. Watchful, without fear, attacking an enemy— even in- truding dogs— with boldness, and tightingto the death, they at the same time are hardy, good foragers, and the hens produce eggs of the finest flavor. In fact, many fanciers breed them simply for the excellenceof their eggs and the delicacy of cheir flesh Pubhc sentiment is justly against the barbarous practices of the cock-pit, in which birds are pitted against each other until one or both are killed. The varieties are numerous, and the sub- varieties are many, each having a local celebrity. As mere fighting birds, the English, Irish, Cubans, Mexicans, Spanish and Malays all have theii favorites, while in many sections of the South the (xeorgian Games ape held to be superior in point of shape, carriage, plumage, hardiness and courage, as they undoubtedly are superior in point of flesh, and thft quality ot the eggs. Among sub-varieties that have acquired more o> less celebrity, the Salmon-pile Games, and the Dominique or Cuckoo Games may be noticed as combining many excellent qualities. What- ever breed is selected, but one variety can be kept in a run, since it would give rise to endless battles and killing of birds ; besides, of all gallina- ceous birds, the breeder of games should carefolly keep tbem from inter* mixture. n. Earl Derby Game. This most excellent strain of game fowls is really the Blaok-Breastod red Game, but bred with the greatest care and attention for over a cen- tury in England. They are unsurpassed in style, beauty and courage, and for the table are among the best. As bred in England and If. this country they are identical ; tliey are described as having a round, well knit body, on long, strong legs, with white feet and claws i the head long, the bill laaoe-«haped and elegant ; the face brigjbt red, with traall 1119 1120 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AfJJ> COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. comb and wattles red ; they are daw-eyed, that is, the eye is gray like that of the Jackdaw; back intense brown-red; lesser wing coverts marc-on colored ; greater wing coverts marked at the extremity with steel-blue, forming a bar across the wings ; primary wing feathers bay; tail irridescent black; hackle well feathered, touching the shoulders; wings large and well quilled ; back short ; breast round and black ; tail long and sickled, being well tufted at the root ; the carriage is upright «ui4 elegant. EAKL DERBY GAME. Beeton, an English author describes them as follows : Head fine and taperinir ; face, wattles and comb bright red ; extremities of upper man- dible and the greater portion of the lower one white, but dusky at its base and around its nostrils ; chestnut brown around the eyes, continued beneath the throat ; shaft of neck hackles light buff ; web pale brown edf^ed with black ; breast shaded with roan and fawn color ; belly and vent of an ash tint ; primary wing feathers and tail black, the latter carried vertically and widely expanded; legs, feet and nails perfectly white. aAME FOWLS, AND OTHER RARE BREEDS. m. Brown-Breasted Red Games. 1121 Not mferio?* perhaps to the foregoing in point of elegant carriage and wurage are the Browu-breasted reds. Tegetmeier justly says that since J-J^y have long been sought for the pit, by men who rear them s>^^ zkv to this end, variation in shades of color is cared nothing about. Hence undei the name of Browu-breasted red are included streaky-breasted, marble- oreasted, and ginger -breasted reds, and various other shades of color. There is no l^reed of Game having so many variations in color, caused b} 1122 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMI'LETE STOCK DOCTOR. mating together blues, piles, duns, and brown and black-breasted reds; so that there is little uniformity of color in the strain. In the purest strain is a light streaky breasted cock, with back and shoulder coverts dark crimson ; saddle red maroon on centre, pn.ssing off to* a dark lemon and straw; hackle red, with the middle of each feather dark. The hen should have a nearly black body, but intermixed with gray on the wing; the hackle bright, brassy or golden. IV. Duck-Winged Games. Like the Brown-breasted reds, there are several varieties of the Duck-wings. The Silver Grays are considered to be, perhaps, the pure.-;t in type; but each fancier has his own peculiar strain. Tegetmeier des- cril)es the best cocks, correct in color, as having the hackle nearly clear white, with a very slight tinge of straw color, without any decided yel- low tinge or dark streak on the feather. The saddle should be as nearly as possible the color of the hackle; the Ijrenst of a maroon straw; the PAIK OF WHITE-FACED BLACK SPANISH FOWLS. shoulder coverts a rich brass or coi)per maroon ; the breast and tail pure black. The hens to match these cocks should have their necks of a clear silver, striped with black, the silver to go right up to the comb, but being a little darker above the eyes; the back and shoulder coverts a bluish- gray, shaft of feather scarcely showing any difference from the rest of the feather, any approach to red or penciling being decidedly objection- able ; the breast salmon color, of a rich shade. GAME FOWLS AND OTHER RARE BREEDS. 1123 V. White Georgian Games. This magnificent breed of Southern games makes one of the prettiest sights we have ever seen on the lawn. Their elegant carriage, pure white color, great courage and intelligence, make them decided favorites wherever known. They are of European origin, like all other Games, but have been bred pure in the South, and are now, we believe, unknown in Europe except by specimens carried there. They are as good farm fowls — the eggs being delicate, the flesh excellent — as they are game in the 1124 CrCLOFEDlA OF LfVE 8TOCE AND COMrLETE STOCK DOCTOB. pit. Their characteristics are : In color they must be pure white all over, with no shade whatever on neck, breast, hock or tail. The legs may be white or yellow ; and the beak should harmonize with the legs ; the comb, ear lobes and wattles must be of the deepest vermilion color. The yellow beak and legs arc generally preferred, since they a^a sup- posed to indicate greater hardiness ; but we have never seen any differ- snce in this respect between the white and yellow legged birds. Still, the latter will continue to be preferred for cooking, in response to a somewhat popular, but probably erroneous taste. LIGHT BRAHMA. VI. Game Bantams. Many of the varieties of the large games have their representatives in the bantams ; specimens of the game bantams are often but little larger than pigeons, but they all possess the erect carriage, wonderful courage, and brilliant plumage of their larger relations. To our mind, the Black- breasted reds combine more good qualities than any other. They may be kept in the yards with the large Asiatic breeds without any danger of intermixture, but they will nevertheless be found fully masters of the'yard. and will always give due warning of danger to the flock, and assist ma- terially in its protection from intruders. Fall broods of any of the ban- tams make the handsomest and smallest specimens, and show birds are usually thus brod GAME iJ'OWLS, AND OTIIKIC llAlilJ UKEEDS. 1125 Vn. Other Bantams. The principal varieties bred are the Black, the Cochin, the Feather- legged, the Nankin, the Pekin, the White, the Soubright and the Japan- ese. The two hitter will be sufficient for notice here as being the two most distinct and elegant of all the varieties. Vin. The Seabiigbt Bantam. These are of two varieties, the Golden-penciled, and the Silver-penciled, identical, except in the color of their plumage. A peculiarity of these is, that occasionally an old hen, or a barren one, will assume the plumage of the cock, a remarkable reversion. It is worthy of note, however, that the mules of the Seabrights are all what are called hen-tailed breeds. The standard for the Seabrights whether Gold or Silver-penciled, is : The weight of the cock should not exceed twenty ounces at most ; the hen not more than sixteen. Hens have been shown weighing not more than twelve ounces. The plumage of the Silver bantam is of a silver- white color with a jet black margin. The Golden variety is identical except that the ground color of sEABRKjur BANTAM. tho plumagc is golden. The legs are smooth, the heads are clean, the comb double and pointed at the back, and the tail straight and without the long sickle feathers. Whether they be golden or silver spangled, the value of the birds consists in the delicacy and pen* cilings of the markings. IX. Japanese Bantams. These are without doubt the most striking of any of the varieties of bantams. Their carriage and general contour remind one of the best specimens of the white Leghorn, except that the comb of the hen is fully upright. This rare breed has a pure white body, the tail long, and the shafts of the sickle feathers white, long, upright, with the ends slightly curved, but carried over the back. The comb should be very long, broad, and moderately serrated, extending well back ; the wattles long, pendant, and bright red. The legs are short and yellow ; the body of the wings is white, but the quill feathers black. The hens are fan-tailed and the comb somewhat crinkled. These fowls cannot stand hard weather, and the chicks are quite tender. Hence they should not be hatched until warm weather sets in. The illustrations show perfect representations of these elegant fowls. 1126 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. X. Frizzled Fowls. Among the most curious of the gallinaceous tribe are the frizzled fowls, originally said to have been brought from Java, and occasionally fouiKl in the collections of amateur fanciers. The color should be pure white, though there are varieties bred brown and also black. Their peculiarity consfsts in their feathers being frizzled or rolled back. They are not useful, and their only value consists in their curious appearance. JPAIK or SILKY FOWLS. XI. Rumpless Fowls. Rumpless fowls have been known for centuries at least. They were known in Virginia in the last century, and Buffon would have had the generation for whom he wrote believe, that short tails, or the want of tails was a characteristic of American animated creation ; and he gravely accepted as truth that Englisa fowls gradually lost their tails when trans- planted to America. If he nad been better informed he would have known that Aldrovandus described the rumpless fowls more than a hun- dred years before his time. It is the Persian or rumpless cock of Latham. They have been bred of various colors, including black. The most fashionable variety now is pure white, with a small single comb as shown in the illustration. Rumpless bantams have also been bred. I' GAME FOWLS, AND OTHER RARE BREEDS. 1127 fact, it would seem not difficult to breed off the tail feathers of any fowls. None of the rumpless breeds, however, have particular value except as curiosities. RUMPLESS FOWLS. XII. Silky Fowls. This is also a breed more curious than useful. Its chief peculiarity is, that the feathers are filamentous and lack cohesion, giving the plumage a silky appearance. They are sometimes called negro-fowls, from the fact that the skin is of a dark violet color, or almost black, and the wattles and low, flat comb often dark purple, and covered with wart- like excrescences. The bones are also covered with a dark membrane, so that taken altogether they may be regarded as the most singular of the 1128 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. whole galliuaceous tribe. The silk fowl is a native of Asia, and *hemost fashionable specimens are now bred pure white. The young chickens are covered with a yellow, silky down and are most interesting. Aside from their ota-ious appearance, they Jiave littie value. RED PYLE GAME COCK SILVER DUCKWING GAME COCKEKEi. LONG-TAILED JAPANESE GAME COCK. GAME FOWLS, AND OTHER RARE BREEDS, 1129 AMERICAN DOMINIQUE. MALE. From "Perfected Poultry of America," used by courtesy Hon. F. D. Coburn, Secretary Kansas State Board of Agrrioultvire. 1130 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. AMERICAN DOMINIQUE. FEMALE From "Perfected Poultry of America." used by courtesy Hon. F. D Coburn Secretary Kansas State Board of Agriculture. CHAPTER IV, ASIATIC FOWLS. r IHE VAKIOUS ASIATIC! BREEPS. II. DAKK BRAHMAS. HI. LIGHT BRAHMAS. IV. CC^OHIN FOWLS. V. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF COCHINS. VI. WUITE COCHINS. VII. BUFF COCHINS. VIII. PARTRIDGE COCHINS. I. The Vaxious Asiatic Breeds. Of all the varieties of the large Asiatic breeds introduced into the United States, first and last, the Brahmas and the Cochin Chinas alone have held their own with other popular breeds, and have been generally disseminated. The so called Shanghai and the Chittagong — the latter confessedly the giants of the larger breeds of fowls— have not fulfilled expectations. Wo shall, therefore, give the Chittagong only a passing no- tice, and simply delineate the principal varieties of the Brahmas and the Cochins. Of the Shanghais it may be remarked, that, when first intro- duced, they were the largest of the fowls imported up to that time, and were of various colors, gray, buff, cinnamon-colored, partridge and black ; and it is more than prr/bable that some varieties of the Cochins owe their parentage to a union /f the Shanghai and Chittagong, if indeed the so called Shanghai be not a Cochin and nothing else. However this may be, neither the Cochins nor Brahmas' were originally from the Brahma-Pootra river, in India, since this region having been in the pos- session of the English so long, these remarkable fowls, if they had existed there, could not have remained unnoticed. n. Dark Brahmas. As bred both in England and America the characteristics of the dark Brahmas are as follows : The head of the cock should be surmounted with what is termed a "pea-comb." This resembles three small combs running parallel the length of the head, the centre one the highest; beak strong, well curved ; wattles full ; oar-lobes red, well rounded and falling below the wattles. The neck should be short, well curved; hackle full, silvery white striped with black, flowing well over the back and sides of the breast; feathers at the head should be white. Back very short, wide and flat, rising into a nice, soft, small tail, carried up- right ; back almost white ; the saddle feathers white, striped with black, 1131 1132 CYCLOPEDIA OF UVK STOCK AHD COMPLETE 8TOCK DOCTOR. and the longer the better. The rise from the saddle to the tail, and the side feathers of the tail to be pure lustrous green- black (except a few next the saddle), slightly tipped with white, the tiiil feathers pure black. The breast should be full and broad, and carried well forward ; feathers black, tipped with white : wings small, and well tucked up under the saddle-feathers and thigh fluff. A good black bar across the wing is Important. The fluff on the hinder pails and thighs should be black or dark gray; lower part of the thighs covered with soft feathers, nearly black. The markings of the hen tire nearly similar to those of the cock. Both sexes should have rather short yellow legs and profusely feathered A PAIR OF SILVER-LACED WYANDOTTES. oo the outside. The carriage of the hen is full, but not so upright as that of the cock. The markings of the hen, except the neck and tail, are the same all over, each feather having a dingy white ground, closely pen ciled with dark steel gray, nearly up to the throat on the breast. III. Light Brahmas. The best of these fowls should be mostly white in color, but if the feathers are parted, the bottom of the plumage will appear of a bluish gray. The neck*backles should be distinctly striped with black downthu ASIATIC FOWLS. 1133 LIGHT BRAHMA MALE AND FEATHERS. 'rcim "p^rfftcted Poultry of America," used by courtesy Hon. F. D. Coburn, Secretary Kansas State Board of Agrlcalture. 1134 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. LIGHT BRAHMA FEMALE AND FEATHERS. ■^rom "Perfected Poultry of America," used by courtesy Hon. F. P, Coburn, Secretary Kansas State Board of Agriculture, ASIATIC FOWLS. 1135 center of each feather. The plume of the cock is often lighter than that of the hen; the back should be quite white in both sexes. The wings should appear white when folded, but the flight feathers are black ; the tail black in both cock and hen ; in the cock, however, it is well developed, and the covert^s show splendid green reflections in the light; it should stand tolerably upright, and open well out laterally, like a fan; the legs should be yellow, and well covered with white feathers, which may or may not be very slightly mottled with black; ear-lobes must be pure red, and every bird should have a perfect pea-comb. The illustration shows both the penciled or dark and also the light Brahma. SINGLE-COMB WHITE LEGHORN COCK. IV. Cochin Fov^^ls. As an indication of the steady and increasing popularity of this, the largest of valuable barn-yard fowls, it is only necessary to enumerate some of the principal varieties into which they have been broken up, according to the taste or fancy of breeders. These are, White, Buff, 1136 CYCLOPEDIA OF LFVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Cinnamon, Grouse or Partridge Cocliin, Lemon, Silver Buff, Silver Cin- namon, Black Cochin, Cuckoo, and Silky-feathered Cochin, We illus- trate three of the best known breeds, the White, the Partridge and the Buff Cochin. Although amjong the largest of barn-yard fowls, they endure confined quarters well; but it must be remembered that even the BARRED PLYMOUTH ROCK FEMALE AND FEATHERS. From "Perfected Poultry of America," used by courtesy Hon. F. D. Coburn, Secretary of Kansas State Board of Agriculture. most domestic of fowls cannot remain healthy unless they are allowed a fair amount of exercise. Among the best of the breeds for farmers are the White Cochins, the Buff Cochins, and the Partridge or penciled Coch- ins, It may also be remarked that the principal objection to the Brah- mas, and especially the Cochins, is that they accumulate fat so rapidly at 4SlAriC FOWLS. 1137 maturity that they are subject to apoplexy and kindred disorders. This may, however, be avoided by plenty of exercise, and a rather low diet. The engravings of Buff Cochin cock and hen show the general shape and carriage of the several sub-familes. V. Gteneral Characteristics of Cochins. The characteristics which will apply to the several varieties are now generally accepted to be as follows : In the cock the comb single, A FAIR OF PARTRIDGE COCHINS. fine, rather small, upright and straight, with well defined serrations, stout at the base and tapering to a point ; head small and carried rather for- ward ; eye bright and clear ; deaf ears pendant and large ; wattles large and well rounded on the lower edge ; the hackles of the neck full and abundant, reaching well to the back ; back broad, with a gentle rise from the middle to the tail, and with abundant saddle feathers •• wings small, the primaries well doubled under the secondaries, so as to be out of sight yyiien the wings are closed ; tail small, curved feathers numerous, th« 1138 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLITE STOCK DOCTOR. whole tail carried rather horizontally than upright ; breast deep, broad and full ; thighs large and strong, well covered with soft feathers ; vul- ture hocks, those with long, stiff feathers, are objectionable ; the fluff soft and abundant, well covering the thighs and standing well out behind ; legs rather short, thick and bony, wide apart, and well feathered on the outside to the toes ; toes stout and strong, the anterior and middle toes well feathered ; the carriage not so upright as in other breeds. The hen should coiTcspond with these points, but be more feminine in appearance ; for instance, the comb should be single, very small, fine, low in front, perfectly straight with well defined serrations, and the tail, of course, lacking the sickle feathers. VI. White Cochins. These are sturdy, heavy birds, and among the best foragers of any of the Asiatic varieties. The standard for color, the other characteristics being as given under the general head, is : Comb, face, deaf-ear and wattles, brilliant red ; plumage pure white throughout, the cock as free from yellow tinge as possible, the hens entirely free from any tinge whatever ; legs bright yellow. Vn. Buff Cochin. The points for cocks of this breed are as follows . Comb, face, deaf- ear and wattles, brilliant red ; head, rich clear buff ; hackie, back, wings, and saddle, rich, deep golden buff, the more uniform and even the bet- ter ; quite free from mealiness on the wings ; breast, thighs and fluff, uni- form, clear, deep buff, as free from mottling and shading as possible ; tail, rich dark chestnut, or bronze chestnut mixed \\'ith black, dark chest- nut preferable ; legs, bright yellow ; leg feathers, clear deep buff. The color of the hen should be as follows ; Comb, face, deaf-ear and wattles, same as cock ; hackle, back, wings and saddle, same as cock, but slight marking at ends of feathers of the neck not a disqualification ; legs, bright yellow, with feathers same color as those of the body. VUL Partridge Cochins. The illustration will give a good idea of this magnificent breed of fowls. The points of color are r Color of CocK.-'Comb, face, deaf-ear and wattles, rich brilliant red i head, rich red ; hackle, rich bright red, with a rich black stripe down the middle of ea ;h feather ; back and shoulder coverts, rich dark red ; wing bow, rich dark red ; greater and lesser wing coverts, metallic greenish black, forming a wide bar across the wings; primary wing quills, bay on outside web, dark on inside web ; secondary wing quills, rich bay on the outside web, black oo tbe inner web, with a metaUio ASIATIC FOWLS. 1139 black end to each feather; saddle, rich bright red, with a black stripe down the middle of each feather; breast, upper part of body, and thighs, rich deep black; tail, glossy black (white at the base of the feathers ob- jectionable, but not a disqualification.) ■fNm^A:.^ ^ A PAIR OF SINGLE COAIB WHITE ORPINGTONS. -^51^$ A PAIR OF GOLDEN WYANDOTTES. Color of Hen.— Comb, face, deaf-eax, and wattles, brilliant red; neck, bright gold color on the edge of the feathers, with a broad black stripe down the middle; remainder of the plumage, light brown, dis- tinctly penciled with dark brown ; the penciling to reach well up the front 1140 CYCLOPEDIA OF lAYE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. of the breast. The shaft of the feathers on the back, shoulder coverts, bow of the wing, and sides, creamy white ; remainder of the plumage, rich brown, disticotly penciled with darker brown ; the penciling reaching well up the front of the breast, and following the outline of the feathers ; legs, dusky yellow, with brown feathers. PARTRIDGE COCHIN HEN. ASIATIC FOWLS. 1141 ■f 114? CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOK. CROUP OF YOUNG LIGHT BRAHMA HALF BREEDS. CHAPTEE V. NEW. POPULAR BREEDS OF POULTRY. WYANDOTTES. II. WHITE WYANDOTTES. III. WYANDOTTE BANTAI IV. LANGSHANS. V. AMERICAN JAVAS. VI. THE ORPINGTONS. I. Wyandottes. The Wyandottes are one of the strictly American breeds, and were originally known as American Seabrights from their peculiarity of marking. When admitted to the American standard in 1883, they were given the name Wyandotte. Their origin, so far as known, was a cross between the Brahma and Hamburg. As now carefully bred, their char- acteristic markings are distinct and constant. The plumage is white and black, each feather having a white ground heavily laeed with black, the tail being entirely black ; the plumage is in fact the white and black speckled of the Hamburg with the black tail of the Brahma. The legs are yellow as are those of the Brahma, but bare like those of the Ham- burg. They have the rose comb of the Hamburg, but not so large, and in size they approach the Brahma. ^The birds feather early, are plump broilers when young, and retain plumpness with age. They are yellow skinned, thrift}^, hardy, and reach a capacity for broiling early. In the adult birds the feathers are white, bordered red with black, giving them a bright, even, speckled appearance. The hackle is penciled white and black, and the tail is quite black. The eggs are medium in size, of a dark buff color, and the laying qualities of the fow.s are generally good, but as in the case of any variety, the de- scendants of cross-bred fowls will depend somewhat on care in selection. The illustration represents highly bred fow^s of this variety. II. White "Wyandottes. Early in the breeding of the Wyandottes (1872) some pure white chicks were observed in a clutch of the laced Wyandottes of Mr. Geo. H. Towle, of New York State, as having the same characteristics of the dark variety. They were bred together until 1886, when they were ex- hibited in Boston, Mass. This variety are reported to be prolific layers and hardy ; are pure white with yellow legs and skin, but yet (1911) they are not generally disseminated. III. "Wyandotte Bantams. Whenevei a r.ew and well received breed is brought out, there are aWays some who seek to get money out of alleged variations. There 1143 1144 CLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. are Bantams of many of the older breeds of fowls. These are produced by in-and-in breeding, and the production of clutches of chickens hatched m the autumn, the growth carefully subdued by light feeding, and strict selection, and this continued for generations until the peculiarities are fixed. Lately Wyandotte Bantams have been advertized. Do not be ied astray just yet by these alleged small Wyandottes. They are half starved fall chicks, bred by a smart boy near Chicago, and Bantams only . WYANDOTTES. im name, so we are informed by one of the best authorities on poultry in the United States. rv. Langshans. This new breed of poultry, at least in the United States, is distinct in its characteristics, and originating as it did in the provinces of Langshan, Northern China, is one of the most hardy of Asiatic fowls. In China iis name is "Yop" (sacred bird), from the fact that it is offered in sacri- fice to the Gods of the Chinese. These birds were first introduced into England about 1872, and immediately attracted the attention of fanciers, and also caused a controversy as to whether it was a pure breed. T^as NEW, rOl-LLAU bUEKLS OF POULTRY. 1146 question settled, it was admitted to the English standard. Birds were broujiht to the United States in 1878, and admitted to the standard here in 1883. The excellence of the fowls soon attracted general attention. They are showy, handsome, have the power of resisting disease remark- ably, and are noted for their quietude and ability to stand confinement. SULTAN COCK. BLACK-TAILED JAPANESE BANTAM COCK. ROSE-COMB WHITE LEGHORN COCKEREL. SILVER GRAY DORKING COCK, They are great winter layers, a characteristic of Asiatic fowls, and with special care are also good all the year layers. The hens are good sitters and good mothers ; the flesh is considered superior. The chicks when hatched are black with shades of canary color on the head ai-.d breast, 1146 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. but carrying a few white nest feathers when assuming their first plu- mage. They are of two breeds, white and black. The flesh is white, resembling somewhat that of the turkey. The plumage is dense black throughout, with a beetle green gloss on back, wing and sickles, the feathers in the sun's rays showing vivid scintillations- The tail of the cock is largo, wide spread and carried well up with glossy side hanging, and long sickle feathers; hackles full, flowing and quite glossy; head small for the size of the fowl ; comb single, straight, and evenly serrated ; wattles and ear lobes deep rich red ; legs da.;k slate color and lightly .feathered on the outer toe; bottom of feet and web between the toes pink. There is no dou])t but the Langshans are among the most practically useful of the Asiatic breeds, but they nmst not be confounded with the Black Cochin, a most excellent fowl, and which have been sold by some unscrupulous breeders for Langshans. The home of the Langshan is a 1,000 miles from Cochin, China. The Langshans are more erect, and have larger and better feathered tails, than the Black Cochins, and are considered more vigorous, active and hardy. The Langshans are of great size, cockrels weighing, at seven months of age, if fat, ten to twelve pounds, and pullets, of the same age, eight to nine pounds. The chicks are noted for rapid growth, small dense bone in propor- tion to weight of the fowl, white fleyh and skin, full breast, and finely flavored flesh, not having the dryness so often found in the large breeds. The illustration o-ives excellant portraits of this now famous fowl. V. American Javas. This breed is attracting some attention of late years. They are not generally disseminated, but are described upon the authority of Mr. Bicknell, as large, long bodied fowls, with deep, full breasts, handsome and hardy. There are two yarieties bred, one black, the other mottled. The difference is only in color. The combs of both vareties are single; legs yellow; shanks free from feathers ; skin yellow. The flesh when cooked is said not to present the ol)jectlonable dark color of some of the breeds of fov ' HEAD OF SINGLE-COMB BROWN LEGHORN HEN. HTCAD OF SINGLE-COMB BROWN LEGHORN COCK. NEW AND POPULAR BREEDS OF POULTRY. 1147 VI. The Orpingtons. To a Mr. Wm. Cook is credited the honor of having originated the Orpingtons, which were named after his own home. It is admitted also that he originated all the varieties, we believe, except possibly the Buffs, but there was some little dispute about this, some claiming that what he called Buff Orpingtons were the fowls originally known a.s the Lincoln- shire Buffs. In any event they are all Oi-pingtons and to IMr. Cook be- longs the honor of their propagation. The Bujf Orpington. — The Buff Oipington is a compact fowl, created through the Golden-spangled Hamburg, Buff-Cochin, and Colored-Dork- ings. The Orpingtons are a large-sized, compactly-built, general-purpose fowl, broad, deep, with a fairly good length of back and body, built a little more after the Cochin type than any other of the general-puiiDOse fowls. They have wonderful vitality, are good egg producers, and highly valued as table poultry. They have good length and fulness of the breast and plumpness of the carcass. They are very attractive fowls in all their varieties, and have gained great reputation throughout the world in a very few years. The Black Orpingtons. — The Black Orpington was produced from Black Minorca male birds, black sports from Plymouth Rocks and Black Langshan males, only clean-legged specimens being selected. This united the blood of the Minorca, the Plymouth Rock and the Langshan, after carefully selecting their offspring to produce the present-day Black Orpingtons, both single and rose-combed. This variety has the same general breed characteristics demanded of all of the varieties of the breed. The shape of the Black Oqjington conforms to the Buffs, except that they lean more toward the Langshan than the Cochin. They arc larger than the Buff variety, but are not so much like the Cochin as the Buff and the Jubilee varieties. In color of plumage they are a rich, glossy black, some of them beautiful in finish; bottom of the feet showing the pinkish white; eyes, dark; face, wattles and ear-lobes, bright red; skin, pinkish white. The only difference between the single and rose-combed specimens of this variety lies in the combs. The White Orpington. — The White Orpingtons are believed to have been produced from White Leghorns, White Dorkings and Black Ham- burgs. The same general type of breed conformation pertains to all the Orping- tons. It varies, however, an appreciable difference in the type of the sev- eral varieties. The Buffs and Jubilee varieties lean toward the Cochin type, while the Blacks and White favor the Langshans. The Jubilee Orpington. — This variety is produced by crossing Ham- burgs, Cochins and Speckled Dorkings. These crosses produced birds of fine size, possessing prolific egg-producing qualities. They have four toes on each foot, white legs, light horn or white beaks. They are bred in both the single and rose-combed varieties. They have a deep body, long, promi- nent breast, skin and flesh very white, with round, bulky formation, typical of all the Orpington family. CHAPTER VI. INCUBATORS AND BROODERS. ARTIFICIAL INCUBATION I. THE ANTIQUITY OF ARTIFICIAL INCUBATION. II. INCUBATORS VS. HEN. III. WHEN CHICKS BRING MONEY. IV. KEEP UP WITH THE TIMES. V. CARE WHILE IN THE BKOOUER. VI. FEEDING YOUNG CHICKS. VII. HOW TO MAKE AN INCUBATOR. VIII. HOW TO OPERATE THE INCUBATOR. IX. A CHEAP HOME-MADE INCUBATOR. X. HOW TO MAKE THE BROODER. I. The Antiquity of Artificial Hatching. How long artificial incubation has been practiced is not definitely known. Tiiis principle was known in Egj'pt many centuries asro. It has long been practiced in China. In Egypt ovens were used. In China the same general plan was in operation. In warm climates the use of brood- ers are not so essential as in cold climates. Efforts were made from time to time in France and in the United States in the direction of artificial in- cubation, but little progress was made until a perfect brooder became an accomplished fact. It is only within the last few years that real progress has been made in rendering incubators and brooders pratically succesful, and only within the last three years is it the fact that eggs have been hatched and reared more succes.sfully than by the natural process. II. Incubators vs. the Hen. The incubators will not hatch every fertile egg, neither will the hea. In intelligent hands, however, the incubator will hatch more eggs in cold weather than the hen, and in warm weather about as many. The brooder will take care of chickens better than the hen if the temperature is properly controlled. The incubator does not, like the hen, drag the chicks throngh the dew and dirt. It does not cover the chicks with lice, like too many hens. The food can be just what is required. The water is pure, and the weak chick is not without food, since there is always enough for all. One reason why the incubator should hatch more eggs than the hen, is, the eggs if gathered properly are known to be fresh. They can bt tested readily from time to time, and infertile eggs removed. The prin- cipal thing to attend to is to know that the incubator retains its heal without requiring too nmch attention. The operator must learn how to manage the machine, and this any intelligent man or woman may easily do. In fact, women take most kindly to the work, and become enthusi- asts in the care of the fluffy chicks. 1148 INCUBATORS AND BROODERS. 1149 III. When Chicks Bring Money. *' The early bird catches the worm." The early hatched chick brings the money. You can hatch eggs in the incubator as soon as the hen can bo made to lay. You cannot hatch eggs by the natural process in cold weather unless you have special facilities for so doing. By means of the incubator and brooder, you can get little broilers into market by the time it is s.ife to set a hen out of doors. To raise broilers by means of the incubator and brooder requires comparatively little room. Villagers can do this even if they keep no hens, by contracting for eggs from such i^armers' wives as raise good poultry. As fast as one clutch is hatched you can put another lot into the incu- bator You can hatch the eggs of any birds, including those of turkeys, ducks and geese. The time required for hatching the eggs of the various species of barnyard fowls will be found on page 1164. The money, how- ever, is in chickens. IV. Keep up with the Times, What you want to do to be successful, is to study your incubatoi- and brooder until you are sure you understand the working perfectly. Prac- tice with it without eggs until you are sure as to the regulation of the temperature. Among other things, you must know how much water to use, and the colder the weather, the more hot water. Water nmst be kept in the ventilator. It must be fresh when put in, and be changed every day. You must have a correct thermometer, and learn to use it. The heat should be as near 103 degrees Fahrenheit as possible until the last three days, then, not over 102 degrees. The extremes of temperature are between 95 and 105 degrees. A temperature of 108 degrees for a short time will not kill the life of the egg, nevertheless it should never be allowed to get so high. Keep the incubator where there are no odors, and when the chickens are hatched, let them remain in the incubator until they are dry before removing them to the brooder. The heat of the brooder should never go below 90 degrees. V. Care While in the Brooder. The brooder must have sufficient heat and plenty of fresh air, and the air must be warm. There are several good brooders as well as incuba- tors for sale in the market. We illustrate an incubator — by a series of cuts — simple in its construction, perfect in its working, and that with the aid of the carpenter and tinman, can be made on the farm. Also a brooder. 1150 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE! STOCK DOCTOR. VI. Feeding Young Chicks. Chicks require no food for the first twenty-four hours after hatching The second day the food should be haid boiled eggs. Then bread and milk may be allowed. The fourth day, and thereafter, feed equal parts of oatmeal and coriimeal cooked together with milk. Feed five times a day until the chickens begin to feather. Thereafter four times a day. When the chicks are ten or twelve days old they may have screenings of wheat, cracked corn, gravel, finely powdered oyster shell, bone meal, and clean water where they can always take it. The food must be varied; mashed potatoes, chopped onions, cabbage, or lettioe should form part of the food, and in lieu of insects give them finely minced meat. Do not crowd them. Keep them in small lots. Feed in vessels that may be kept clean, .-.nd let the water always be pure. VH. How to Make an Incubator. We have been at some considerable trouble to lay before our readers some practicable plan by which a common sense incubator could be made on the farm, by means of the village carpenter and tinman. In corres- pondence with Mr. P. H. Jacobs, a gentleman who is an acknowledged authority on poultry, we learned that his facile pencil had contributed to the Farm and Garden^ of Philadelphia, drawings, of not only incu- bators, but of brooders as well. A letter from Mr. Jacobs to the editor of the Farm and Garden^ brought the response back, we were welcome to the cuts and descriptive matter to make the whole intelligible. Tiie offer was accepted with thanks for the courtesy, and thus we are enabled to lay before our readers the latest im[)rovement in practical artificial incubation and brooding of chickens. Of course there are many good incubators and brooders patented and otherwise. The reader can avail himself of these upon investigation, but the following will fill the bill in a common sense way. It is so fully illustrated, that the description an- nexed will be all that is required to make the whole quite intelligible, and is as follows : First, get good boards, 1 inch thick and 1 foot wide. Cut them 46 inches long for your floor, and have the floor 42 inches wide. Place four posts, which are 24 inches high, at each corner (figure 1) marked A A A Ay and two posts {B B) in front, the two front posts to be 18 inches high. Make posts of 2x3 strips and nail them securely to the floor. Fasten the floor boards together by strips underneath, using as many as preferred. The PIG. 1. INNER BOX. four comcr posts are for your outcr box. This box, when finished, is 4 feet long: and 44 inches wide, outside, provided it is rNClTBATORS ANV BKOODERS. 1151 made of boards one inch thick. Iiiduding its top and floor, it is 26 inches high. Nail on your side boards. Let rear and front end boards cover ends of side boards. After the tank is in, and the top of the inner box is on, cover inner box with sawdust, and nail down the top of outer box. Tongued and grooved boards should bo used for every part of the incubator except the floor, which should be of heavy boards. All the measurements given here, however, are for boards one inch thich, but three-quarter stuff may be used if desired. Inner box. This holds, or rather comprises, ventilator, egg-drawer, and tank. It is 40 inches long and 32 inches wide, outside measurement, and must hold a tank 30x36, The side boards are nailed to the posts B B (figure 1) and front boards of outer box, and fastened at the rear FIGURE 2. INTERIOR OF INCUBATOR. end by the rear oards being nailed to the ends of the side boards. Cleats are put on end and sides (on the floor), to fasten the inner box to the floor. Nail the bottoms of the side and rear end boards to the cleats. To make the inner box, refer to figuere 2, which has portions of the outer and inner boxes torn away, to show interior. A is the large or outer box ; B is the inner box ; C C are strips 1 inch wide and 1 inch thick, nailed to sides of inner box; D 2> are strips 1 inch wide and 1 inch thick nailed to sides of inner box. The strips G C, with iron rods, half an inch thick (F F F F), hold and support the tank. Let ends of iron rods extend a little into sides of inner box, to assist in supporting the weight of water. The strips D D are to hold the egg drawer. E is 1152 CYCLOPEDIA OF UVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. FIG. 3. EGG DRAWER. a tin tube, 1 J inches in diameter and 2 feet long, placej in the front part of the ventihitor to admit air. Observe, however, that figure 2 does not show the sawdust in front, as will be explained. We will now take up the separate parts. First is the ventilator. This is simply the bottom of the inner box, being under the egg-drawer, 5 inches deep and 30 inches wide, (the side boards of the inner box being its sides). The front end is boxed off, which includes the front boards and also the sawdust, thus making ventilator, inside measure- ment, 36 inches long. E is the tin tube, for the admission of air, before mentioned. Use no sawdust in the ventilator, but paper the bottom well and close, so as to have no air enter except through the tin tube. The tin tube is open at the front on out- side of incubator, and enters into ventilator. Egg" drawer. The egg drawer goes under the tank, and rests on the strips D D (figure 2). The egg drawer is 4 inches deep, outside mea- surement. It is 39 inches long, outside measurement (which includes the boxed-off portion in front of drawer), and is 30 inches wide. Three movable trays, each 1^ inches deep, are fitted in egg drawer. Nail strips 1 inch wide and f of an inch thick, 1 inch apart, the length of the egg drawer (but not under boxed-off por- tion) for the bottom. Mortice ends of strips in egg drawer, so.:as to have the bottom smooth. Tack a piece of muslin on these strips (thin muslin is best), and tack it on the inside of the drawer. Now nail strips to bottoms of trays (use lath, if desired, cut to 1 inch width), but you need not mortice them. Simply nail them on the bottom, 1 inch apart, running lengthwise, and tack muslin on the bottom of the trays, inside^ in the same way as for egg drawer. The inside of your drawer will be 3 inches deep. The sawdust in front of egg drawer (the boxed portion) fits in boxed front of incubator (see figure 5). Put a broad cap on out- side of egg drawer, at front end, to exclude air. The tank. This is 30x36 inches, and is 7 inches deep. It is supported by the stiips G C. and rods FFFF(^gure 2). Being 36 inches long, it goes close up t(/ the back boards of the inner box, the front being enclosed by a sliding board, secured with upright strips at each end ot FIG. 4. TANK. tNCUBATORS AND BROODEES. 1153 board, 1 inch in diameter (so as to remove tank when necessary )j which leaves a small space in front of the sliding board to be filled with saw- dust. Have the tank tube in front only long enough to extend through the sawdust in front, and have your faucet to screw into this tube, the tube being threaded. The tube on top of tank should be long enough to extend through the tops of hotli boxes (outer and inner, through the saw- dust"), and should, therefore, be 7 inches high from top of tank, as is seen at figure 5. When the incuba- tor is ready, we have figure 5, which shows the sawdust packing in front, by looking into the opening into which the Qg^ drawer enters when filled with eggs. Figure 6 shows the incubator as if cut in half lengthwise, and displays all the positions. What ZIZZHZl INCUBATOR READY FOR THE EGG DRAWER. TANK %:, EGG DRAWER 3C FIG. G. SECTIONAL VIEW OF INCUBATOR. is meant by the "boxed- off" portion in front, is that portion filled with sawdust in front. The side boards of the inner box are joined, on their front ends, to the front boards of the outer box, being also nailed to the two short middle posts. Fill in between the boxes with sawdust, and if saw- dust is scarce, use chaff, oats, finely-cut hay (rammed down), or any- thing that will answer, but sawdust or chaff is best. In figure 6 ^ is the tube on top, B the faucet in front, C the opening for the egg drawer, and Z> the tube to admit air into the ventilator. This tin tube should bo as close to the bottom of the ven- tilator as possible. When making incubator, do not forget to cut holes for tubes oi tank and also for air tubes to come through, and then putty around them. FIG. 7. INCUBATOR COMPLETE. 1154 CYCLOPEDIA OF UVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Vni. How to Operate the Incubator. Each tray holds about 80 eggs, laid in promiscuously, the same as in a nest, making total number for incubator 240 eggs. First fill the tank with boiling water, but never allow it to remain in the tube on top, as it thus increases pressure ; hence, when tank is full to top of the tube, draw off a gallon of water. Fill it 48 hours before putting eggs in, and have heat up to 115 degrees before they are put in. As the eggs will cool down the heat, do not open the drawer for 6 hours, when the heat should be 103 degrees, and kept as near to that degree as possible, until the end of the hatch. It is best to run it a few days without eggs, to learn it thoroughly. Place incubator in a place where the temperature does not fall I)elow 00 degrees. As the heat will come up slowly, it will also cool off slowly. Should the heat be difficult to bring up, or the eggs be too cool, you can raise or lower the trays, using small strips under them. You can also stop up or open the air tube in the front openings of the ventilator whenever you desire. When the eggs are put in, the di-awer will cool down some. All that is required then is to add about a bucket or so of water once or twice a day, in the morning and at night, but be careful about endeavoring to get up heat suddenly, as the heat does not rise for five hours after the additional bucket of water is added. The cool air comes from the ventilator pipe, passing through the muslin bottom of the egg drawer to the eggs. Avoid opening the egg drawer frequently, as it allows too much escape of heat, and be careful not to open when chicks are hatching, unless compelled, as it causes loss of heat and moisture at a critical time. Cold draughts on the chicks at that time are fatal. Do not oblige visitors. Be sure your thermometer records correctly, as half the failures are due to incorrect thermometers, and not one in twenty is correct. Place the bulb of the thermometer even with the top of the eggs, that is, when the thermometer is lying down in the drawer, with the upper end slightly raised, so as to allow the mercury to rise, but the bulb and eggs should be of the same heat, as the figures record the heat in the bulb, and not in the tube. Turn the eggs twice a day at regular intervals — six o'clock in the morning and six o'clock at night. Do not let them cool lower than 70 degrees. Turn them by taking a row of eggs fi-om the end of the tray and placing them at the other end, turning the eggs by rolling them over with your hand. By removing only one row you can roll all the rest easily. Give no moisture the first week, very little the second, and plenty the third week. Do not sprinkle the '^&2®. For moisture, put a wet sponge, the size of an egg (placed In a fiat cup), in each tray, the second week, and two spongos in each tray the third week. Do not put in sponges until you are about to shur. INCUBATORS AND BROODERS. 1155 FIG. 1. THE BUOODEU IN POSITION. up the drawer, after turning. Wet the sponges by dipping in hot water. After the first ten days the animal heat of the chicks will partially assist in keeping the temperature. Be careful, as heat always drops when chicks are taken out. You can have a small glass door in front of egg drawer, to observe thermometer, if desired. Always change position of trays when eggs are turned, putting the front one at the rear. IX. A Cheap Home-made Brojder. We give an illustration of a brooder in use, figure 1, and select it be- cause it is one of the best, being easily made, and at a low cost, and because it has been tried and found to answer all purposes. By refering to figure 1 it will be seen that the top is detachable, being lifted off by the handle when desirable. Al- though the lower part of the brooder is above ground, yet, if preferred, it can be sunk in the ground, provided the holes (to admit cold air to brooder, and smoke from lamp to escape) are left above the surface of the ground. Space must be left to admit of getting at the lamp if brooder is in the ground. Eithei a No. 2 burner lamp or a small kerosene oil stove may be used for heating the brooder. Be careful to leave air holes at the bottom of the door, or the lamp will smoke. Keep the brooder at a temperature of 90 degrees. Figure 2 shows the lamp (or kerosene oil s?tove, if preferred) under a sheet-iron tank. It heats the tank, the smoke of the lamp pass- ing out at four holes, placed at each corner of the brooder, which distributes the heat. The cold air enters around the tank, and is drawn right over it above the lamp, as the cold air rushes in as fast as the warm air rises. The hot air rises through a tube in the floor. It will be seen that the sracke of the lamp does not go into the brooder, and that the tube in the brooder extends through the wooden floor only. The brooder is a yard square, but the tank may be smaller; the box containing lamp is ten inches deep, and the space SECTIONAL VIEW. 1156 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. FIG. 3. TANK, SHOWING HOW TO CONSTRUCT IT. hetween the top of the tank and wooden floor is half an inch. The cur- tain in front of brooder is simply a piece of cloth cut into strips. The smoke holes of the lamp should be at each corner^ but only two cold air holes are necessary, and they should be near the centre of the sides of the brooder. Bear in mind the cold air goes between the tank and the wooden floor, and gets heated. X. How to Make the Brooder, To make this brooder, cut six boards, 1 inch thick, 6 inches wide, and 3 feet long, tongued andgrooved,so that no air can come through except by way of the tube on top, which tube is 1 inch in diameter, and 2^ inches high from the floor. These boards are your floor. On the under side of this floor, at the edges, nail strips all around (on ends and sides), the strips being I inch thick and 1^ inches wide. Then set your tank as shown in cut. You will then have an air space between the floor and tank of half an inch. Be sure and cut air holes to admit the coid air. You may simply have open holes The holes need only be a half inch -RAP ^ f^ ;"-,- .- D60R_ % ' -^-. --r-T.=*i; - 1 -.T-' -j:. ^m N^L . , FIG. 4. LOWER PART UNDER GROUND. or may use tin tubes, if preferred, n diameter. You can now easily fit on the lower box, and also make the covering on top, as may be seen by the illustration. This brooder is an English method, and shows that upward currents of warm air have been in use for many years for both hatching and brooding. Figure 1 shows the brooder with lamp and tank above ground. Figure 2 shows a sec- tional view of the same. Figure 4 shows the lower part of brooder under ground, with trap door, for getting at the lamp. Figure 5 shows the mother, which covers the chicks, with adjustable pegs or legs. The tank is from Lewis, the top from Rankin, while the mother is from Bell and others. FIG. 5. THE MOTHER. CHAPTER VII. BREEDINa AND MANAGEMENT OP POULTRY. U A STtTDY OF POINTS NECESSART. II. EXPLANATION OP POINTS. in. POINTS OF THE HEAD. IV. THE PLUMAGE ILLUSTRATED AND EXPLAINED. V. IDEAL SHAPE OF FOWLS. VI. BREED TO A FIXED TYPE. VII. NUMBER OF HENS TO EACH COCK. VIII. HOW TO MATE. IX. BREEDING UPON A MIXED FLOCK. X. INCUBATION OF VARIOUS FOWLS. XI. GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF FOWLS. XII. PROPER FOOD FOR FOWLS. XIII. POULTRY HOUSES AND COOPS. XIV. FEED BOXES AND DRINKING FOUNTAINS. XV. BREEDS FOR MARKET. XVI. BREEDS FOR EGGS. XVII. HOW TO FATTEN.^— XVIII. KILLING AND DRESSING FOWLS. XIX. PACKING AND SHIPPING TO MARKET. XX. GLOSS- ARY OF TERMS USED BY POULTRY FANCIERS. I. A Study of Points Necessary. Careful study of the points and characteristics is fully as necessary to 'Success in the breeding of poultry as in any other department of breeding. !t is not enough that you have a general idea of how fowls are to be fed and cared for ; but to succeed — especially as a breeder of pure fowls— POINTS OF POULTRY, ILLUSTRATED. one raust understand the probable results in mating fowls for a particular purpose, rsjt only must the contour and physical make-up be under- stood, but the breeder must have a knowledge of, and nice discrimination for, the various feathers, markings and characteristics, else he cannot hope 1157 1158 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. for the best success. He should also understand the technical terms used, so that he may school his mmd to their exact meaning in applyig them to the fowl. The preceding illustration and references will fully explain all the points. They have been compiled from the best authorities extant, such as the writings of Tegetmeier, Wright and others. n. Explanation of Points. The first illustration, with lettered references, is all that will be re- quired in learning the technical terms relating to the exterior of fowls. Explanation— ^— Neck hackle. ^—Saddle hackle. (7— Tail. D— Breast. E — Upper Wing coverts. F. Lower Wing coverts. G — Primary quill. H — Thighs. I — Legs. K — Comb. L — Wattles. M — Ear-lobe. m. Points of the Head. For the following analysis of the points of the head, and of the plum- age, we are indebted to Moore' s Rural New Yorker. The cut will explain the precise situation of the several parts of the head. POINTS OF THE HEAD OF COCK. Explanation. — 1 — The como, which surmounts the skull. 2 — The wat- tles which hang underneath and on each side of the beak. 3 — The ear wattles, which hang under, the cheek. 4 — The tufts of little feathers which cover and protect the auditory organ. 5 — The cheeks which com- mence at the beginning near the nostrils, cover all the face and re-unite hehjnd the head by a continuation of the flesh of the same nature, but BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. 1159 covered with feathers. 6 — The nostrils which are at the beginning of the beak.. 7 The beak, of which the two parts, the upper and lower man- dible, are horny. The head of the cock, as of the hen, is composed of two principal parts ; 1st, the skull is a firm union of bones, which include the upper part, or mandible, of the beak ; 2nd, the lower part or mandible of the bep,k, be- ino- the lower jaw-bone, formed by a single piece. In the skull are the sockets or cavities which contain the eye ; the nostrils are in front of the eye ; the auditory organ, or ear, is behind the eye. The head, excepting the beak, is entirely covered by a fleshy covering, round which may be seen several appendages or caruncles, which are the crest, the two ear- OUTER AND INNER WING PLUMAGE. (See Article IV 0 lobes, and the two ear-wattles. This covering forms the checks The color, the size, the form of each of these parts is v.ncd according to the variety, and often serves to characterize each. A tuft of short feath- ers called "the tuft" covers the ear. The comb is straight or drooping ; it is single when it is composed of only one piece, double when there are two alike united or near together, it is triple when it is formed of two alike and one in the middle ; it is frizzled when full of granulations more or less deep, and erect excres^ cences • it is a crown when it is circular, hollow, and indented ; it is goblet shaped'when hollow, vascular, and not indented. There are other forms hvi they are composed of parts or unions of those particularized. 1160 i-jrCLOPEDIA OF UVB STOCK AWD CXJMTLETB 8T0CK DOCTOB IV. The Pliunage lUustxated and Explained. With the hen there may be three kinds of feathers distinguished : 1. The large feathers on the wings for flying, and on the rump to form the tail ; 2. the middle-sized feathers which cover the large feathers, and are also found on the wing and rump ; 3. the neck, the back, the sides, the throat, the shoulders, and a part of the wings. They are always in lay- ers compactly covering those beneath them like tiles. We shall des- ignate them by the name of the places they occupy, and refer to the engravings to render them easy to recognize : POINTS OF THE FOWL. Explanation — A — The upper featkers oi the head are small in those fowls not tufted. They suiTOund the skull. JB— The under feathers of the head are almost like bristles. They cover the cheeks ia die space which separates on the wattles. C — The upper feathers of those at the back of the neck are short, and leagtheniBg lower dcwn, forming what is called the hackle. ITiey become longer between the liouiders when they cover the beginning of those on the back and the commeucemeol »f the wings. BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. 1161 7)— The feathers of the back, forming a layer about 10. These feathers are of the same nature as those of the ueck, but a little larger, and form the saddle. ji'_The feathers of the breast cover the entire length of the two breast muscles extend- ing beyond the breast-bone at each side and uniting at its end. The whole forms what is termed the breast. These feathers, with the feathers of the loins, overlap those of the sides. G^— The feathers on the sides cover the loins, taking in the back as far as the rump, which they go beyond and cover the lower part of the feathers of the tail. They also cover the commencement of the feathers of the flanks, thighs and abdomen. ^— The feathers of the flanks are light and fluffy. They cover the upper part of tllO thigh feathers and slip under those of the breast. SHOWING POINTS. /—The feathers of rh'j abdomen cover and envelop all this part from the end of the breast to the rump. These feathers are generally fluffy, of a silky nature and spread out in a tuft. J— The outside feathers of the thigh cover those of the abdomen and leg. i— The outside and inidde feathers of the leg stop at the heel, or in some varieties they proceed lower and form what are called ruffles or vulture hocks. Jf— The feathers of the feet or sole are long, short, or entirely absent, in the different Yarieties. These feathers' are along the shank either in one or several rows. They are always on the outside par* . 1162 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. JV— The feathers of the toes appear on the outsides. O— The middle tail feathers envelop the rump and cover the bases of the large feather* l>f the tail. P— The larger tail feathers are in a regular line of seven on each side of the rump, ana form the tail. Q—The outside feathers of the shoulders cover a part of the other feathers of the wing. They form the shoulder. ^— The inside feathers of the shoulders are small, thin, and slender. S—The larger feathers of the pinion form, when the wing is opened, a large, arched surface, and are of different sizes. These feathers grow out of the under side of the pinion. T— The small outside feathers of the pinion are of dilierent sizes. They come on all the outside sm-faces from tlie shoulder to the pinion. They begin quite small on the out- Bide edge, and finish a medium size on the inside edge. IT— The inside feathers of tlie pinion are close, middle-sized, and small, covering the bases of the large feathers of the pinion. F— The large flight -feathers, or feathers of the hand, are large and strong, and are of most use to the bird in locomotion. They begin at the under edge of that which is called the top of the wing. X^The outside flight-feathers cover the large ones ; thev are stiff and well flattened on the others. T— The inside flight-feathers are, some tsmall and others medium-sized; cover th- bases of the flight-feathers. Z — An appendix called the pommel of the wing, which represents the fingered part. It Is at the joint of the pinion and has some middle-sized featliers ot the same description as the large pinion feathers, and have some small ones to cover tljem. These feathers assist the flight. V. Ideal Shape of Fowls. The Dorking fowl may be taken as the embodiment of as much ex- cellence in the same compass as can be found in any other breed. Hence IDEAL KHAPE OF FOWL. we give an illustration of the Dorking, figured to represent ^he ideaj 'shape of the barn-yard fowl. BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. 1163 VI. Breed to a Fixed Type. In breeding fowls, always avoid violent crosses. Disparity of form in mating birds can only end in disaster through the cropping out of undue form, and especially by bad effects in the feathering, even after the lapse of many years. The same general rule should be borne in mind that we have stated in previous chapters on breeding live stock; avoid crosses as much as possible, and breed pure when it is possible to do so. VII. Number of Hens to Each Cock. The number of cocks to be kept according to the hens will vary with different breeds. One cock to eight or ten hens is sufficient in any l)reed. This will be the right number for Games, Dorkings, and French fowls; with Spanish Brahmas or Cocbins two more hens may be allowed One Hamburg cock will generally serve for twelve to fourteen hens. When several males are kept, it is better to keep all but one or two of them con- fined, allowing them to take turns with the flock, since this prevents worrying the hens and ensures better service. When the raising of chickens is alone concerned, it is better to have plenty of males, to ensure fertility. When only eggs are wanted for market, as many will be laid whether properly fertilized or not. Vm. How to Mate Fowls. From the age of one to four years is the best time for laying. Hens two years old and over make the best setting hens. Avoid vulture hocks (feathers running down at the hocks as in vultures) in all fowls, and PAIR OF HOUDANS. especially in the Asiatic breeds. In breeding Asiatic fowls, let the males be as full-colored as possible, since the tendency of these fowls is to breed to lighter colors; but judgment must be used not to get too violent 1164 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. contrast in the sexes. So, if the hen is long-backed select a short^backed cock, but if the hen is short-backed, never breed to a long-backed cock ; you cannot well have the back too short. In breeding to color, all self-colors should be as solid as possible, and in parti-colored fowls study the birds for mating carefully, so that you may breed as near to a feather as pos- sible, according to the characteristics of the breed. As a rule, heavily penciled males will get heavily penciled chicks, but if the saddle is very heavily striped, or the neck hackle very dark, the chicks will incline to be spotted ; but cocks with dark hackles, and hens with hackles lightly penciled will produce chickens delicately penciled. IX. Breeding upon a Mixed Flock. if you cannot afford pure-bred stock, buy a sufficient number of cock? for your hens, or select a dozen hens and mate them w^ith a good cock, from which to raise chickens. Once you Ijegin, stick always to the same strain, and in three years you will have a strain of fowls — if you have carefully selected the chicks, alsvays using pure males — good enough for market purposes and eggs. In the meantime, get a clutch of eggs from pure fowls and breed them separate from the others, and soon you will have the pure breed also. There is no farm stock that it pays better to breed pure than poultry, whether they be land or water fowl. X. Incubation of Various Fowls. The following table will show at a glance all necessary information m relation to the incubation of various fowls. NAME OF BrRD. Turkey, sitting on ^ Hen . . . the eggs of V Duck • . the j Turkey Hen sitting on the \Duck. • eggs of the . . . j Hen . . . Duck Goose Pigeon PERIOD OF INCUBATION. SHORTEST PERIOD. MEAN PERIOD. LONGEST PERIOD. XI. General Management of Fowls. In order to raise poultry successfully, proper buildings and plenty of range must be provided. The buildings need not be exi^ensive, and on the BBBEDINQ AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. 1165 farm any warm out house will afford comfortable quarters, and range enough is provided in the out fields. On the farm in summer fowls will pick up a good share of their living, insects chiefly, and thus, while partly supporting themselves, they are at the same time profiting their owner by the destruction of insect pests. In fact, fowls, if allowed, will wander consider- able distances in search of food, as illustrated -n the cut "Foraging for themselves." Those who keep fowls i.i villages and subur- ^^^^^^^^ ^,^^ themselves. ban places, must provide animal food and also green vegetable food in addition to the grain fed. This, with com fortable quarters, care in feeding, and due attention to the health of the birds, constitute about all there is practically in poultry raising, except that pure breeds are kept with a view to the rearing of very superior birds. In the latter case a more careful study of the anatomy, physiology, and points of fowls must be made as in breeding any other animals. Xn. Proper Food of Fowls. Fowls need a variety of food ; they are nearly omniverous feeders. Animal food is essential, but the bulk of the feeding may be grain, either raw or ground. If mixed feed (ground grain) is used, have the dough so stiff that it will not run ; never feed sloppy food. Indian meal and pota- toes boiled and mashed together, so stiff that the dough clings when squeezed in the hand, is one of the best of foods. Feed on clean ground never in a trough in summer, since moist food so fed will inevitably become sour, and the troughs are seldom properly cleaned. In winter, ground feed should be fed as hot as the hens can eat it, and a little chop- ped onion mixed m is excellent; provide other green food also, as cab- bage leaves. For animal food, a sheep's pluck, hung so high that the fowls can just reach it, is excellent ; so are the greaves from trying establishments. To keep the hens in good laying condition, they must have animal food, and also bones broken so fine that they may be easily swallowed. Very little meat, however, is necessary, for if too much is fed the fowls may lose their feathers. Whole grain, and the drinking water should be kept in some receptacle, so the fowls may take it at pleasure. The grain fed may be screenings from wheat, rye, buckwheat and oats. Xm. Poultry Houses and Coops. Poultry houses, however simple, should be both warm in winter and well ligbtec?'. The sjcje containing the glass should face the South for the 1166 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. advantage of the sun's warmth in winter. The windows should also be provided with iron netting, so the sash may be raised to admit air in summer, and also in mild weather in winter. One portion should be half- dark, for the laying and sitting hens, and a proper dust bath must also be provided. Have the perches not more than two feet from the floor in the roosting place, and all on one level ; let them be large. A two by four scantling, well rounded and set on edge, is not too large for heavy birds. The whole house should be whif ewashed once a month in summer, and kept scrupulously clean at all times. If lice make their appearance, fumigate thoroughly, and after cleansing, whitewash with lime to which a little car- bolic acid is added. Sprinkle Scotch snuff among the feathers on the backs of the fowls, and give fresh materials for dust bath. The proper coops for hens with young chickens will readily suggest themselves. A barrel with one head out, laid on its side, and with stakes driven along one end to admit the passage of the chicks is a good make- shift. The ordinary triangular coop is well known. The best coop is a square box 18 by 24 inches, and roofed to shed rain ; from the open end of this a runway is thrown nine inches high and as wide as the coop, so closely slatted at the top that old fowls cannot get their heads through to feed. At the end arc orifices to give egress and ingress to the chicks. In this way they may be fed without interference from the mother hen or other fowls, and it also furnishes a safe place of refuge from danger. XrV. Peed Boxes and Drinking Fountains. Both the feed boxes and drinking fountains should be self-feeding. A three-gallon jug filled with water, and turned mouth down in a suitable dish, and properly supported, makes a toler- able drinking fountain, and will suffice to convey the idea. For a larger number of fowls, a five or six gallon keg, with a faucet with a long spout to rest near the bottom of the drinking trough is good. If filled, bunged tight, and the faucet opened, just enough water will be given up to keep the supply in the trough at a uniform height. A GOOD FORM OF FOUNTAIN. ^eed boxcs are made on the same general principle, a box narrowing to the bottom, and with an orifice large enough to allow a free flow of grain, and resting near enough the bottom of the feeding box so that but little will be given down at a time. Slats sufficiently wide apart so the fowls can feed through them, also the poultry from wasting the grain. BREETESiH MiD liiANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. 1167 A Perfect Hopper.-The best form of feeding hopper is shown in tht annexed cut ; it can readily be constructed by any person by aid of the follorring description with references : A —An end view, eight inches wide and two feet six inches high. ^—The roof, three feet long, projecting over the perch on which the fowls stand while feeding. (7— The lid of receiving man- ger raised, exhibiting the grain. E,U —Cords attached to the perch and lid of manger or feeding trough, i— End bar of perch, with a weight attached to the end to balance the lid, otherwise it would not close when the fowls leave the perch. ^-Pulley. (^-Fulcrum. ^ ,,,,,,, ,^^,«a hopper. The hinges at the ridge are for raisuig the top when the hopper is to be replenished. When a fowl desires food , it hops upon the bars of the perch and the weight of the fowl raises the lid of the feed box, exposing the grain to view, and after satisfymg it« hunger jumps off and the lid closes. Of course the dimensions can be increased as desired. A Rat-Proof Hopper.— A stool hopper— as shown in the annexed cut- inaccessible to rats may be built by the following directions : Make a platform two or three feet square, as the case may be ; then make a square box, three inches high and sixteen inches square ; nail it in the center of the plat^ form ; saw strips one and a quarter inch square and eighteen inches high for the posts ; nail strips of boards, two inches wide, to the posts at the top to secure and steady them; then take common lath or any thin stuff, one and a half or two inches wide, and nail them to the top and bottom, up and down, leaving spaces of two inches be- tween the slats, so that the fowls can get at the feed. The roof may be four-square, as shown in the cut, and detached so that it can be raise for the hopper to bo replenished with grain. Elevate the hopper on a post about three feet from the ground, as shown in the cut, which makes it rat and mice proof. The fowls will soon learn to leap upon the pla/- form and feed from the gram box between the slats. A STOOL FEEDING HOPPEK. 1168 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLEX?: STOCK DOCTOR. XV. Breeds for Market. The Dorkings are superior table fowls ; they are, however, rather ten- der and hard to rear, and have not gained special favor in the United States. The Dominiques are hardy, good layers, and good table fowls ; the Plymouth Rocks are larger, and perhaps better if you have the stock. A Dominique cross on Brahmas or Cochin Chinas, will give chicks that grow fast, feather well, and make plump fowls. A Dorking cross on the large Asiatic breeds, is regarded in England as excellent. All things con- sidered, we think the Brahmas and the Cochins will give the best results, and the Brahmas especially are good winter layers. In this, however, every breeder will have his own fanc}'. The Houdans and La Fleche are in good repute among breeders, but the price of the original stock must, of course, be taken into consideration. XVI. Breeds for Eggs. As laying fowls simply, we have found the Polands all that could be desired. The Leghorns, Houdans, Hamburgs and Black Spanish are fully as good layers, and all of them are non-sitters ; but the Leghorns and the Hamburgs have the reputation of being tender, and the Spanish are decidedly so. The Houdan and La Fleche have hardly been tried sufficiently in this country to warrant a decided opinion as to their true value. XVII. How to Fatten. The fattening of poultry, if they are in good flesh to start with, does not take long. In fact the bulk of the chickens marketed are taken direct from the yards without extra feeding. This is bad econom3^ Fifteen to twenty days' feeding, if they are confined in a dark place, will render them fat. When fat, market immediately, since they wdll soon begin to shrink. Market when they cease to teed full. Corn meal, made into a thick mush, with as much additional meal as can be worked in while boiling hot, and allowed to cool, is the best feed. Put the fowls in coops so small that they cannot turn round, and feed three times a day, allowing to take what water — skimmed milk is better — and clean gravel they will. The last week omit the gravel, and keep the pens clean and well littered with straw all the time. XVni. Killing and Dressing. Let the fowl fast at least twelve hours before killing. No man ever made money by selling a fowl with half a pint of raw corn stuffed in the crop. Tie the legs of the fowl together, hang it up, open the beak, pass a sharp thin-bladed knife, into the mouth and up into the roof, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POULTRY. 1169 dividing the meirfbrane ; tiius the bird is killed instantly. Then deftly cut the throat and let it bleed. The nicest way to pick, is without scald- ing and while the bird is quite warm. It may be easily done and the bird not torn ; thus dressed it will bring enough more in a city market to pay the extra trouble. To Scald a Fowl.— A well known buyer and dresser for the Chicago market, in answer to the question, how to ciress and pack, gave the writer the following information which is here reproduced : Have the water just scalding hot — not hoiling — 190 degrees is just right. Immerse the fowl, holding it by the legs, taking it out and in, until the feathers slip easily. Persons become very expert at this, the feathers coming away by brushing them with the hand, apparently. At all events, they must be picked clean. Hang turkeys and chickens by the feet, and ducks and geese by the head to cool. Under no circum- stances whatever, should ducks and geese be scalded ; they must invaria- bly be picked dry. Take off the heads of the chickens as soon as picked, tie the skin neatly over the stump, draw out the insides carefully, and hang up to cool. Never sell fowls undrawn. They will bring enough more drawn and nicely packed, with the heart, gizzard and liver placed inside each fowl, to pay for the trouble. Let them get thoroughly cool as cold as possible— but never, under any circumstances, frozen. There is always money in properly prepared poultry ; the money is lost in half fitting them for market, the fowls often being forwarded in a most dis- gusting state. There is money in the production of eggs ; there is money in raising poultry for the market. The money is lost in improper packing, and in a foolish attempt, occasionallv made, to maLe the buyer pay for a crop full of musty corn, at the price of first-class meat. XIX. Packing and Shipping to Market. The poultry, having been killed as directed, carefully picked, the heads cut off, and the skin drawn over the stump and neatly tied — or if pre_ f erred, leave the head on, the fowl will not bring less for it — and the birds chilled down to as near the freezing point as possible, provide clean boxes and place a layer of clean hay or straw quite free from dust, in the bottom. Pick up a fowl, bend the head under and to one side of the breast bone, and lay it down flat on its breast, back up, the legs extena^ ing litraight out behind. The first fowl to be laid in the left hand corner. So placed, lay a row across the box to the right, and pack close, row by row, until only one row is left, then reverse the heads, laying them next the other end of the box, the feet under the previous row of heads. If tliere is a space left between the two last rows, put in what birds will fit sideways. If not, pack in clean. Icng straw, and also pack in straw at the 1170 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AN.T> COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOE. sides and between the birds, so they cannot move. Pack straw enough over one layer of fowls, so that the others cannot touch, and so proceed until the box is full. Fill the box full. There must never be any shak- ing, or else the birds will become bruised, and loss will ensue. Many packers of extra poultry place paper over and under each layer before filling in the straw. There is no doubt but that it pays. Nail the box tight ; mark the initials of the j^acker, the number of fowls and variety, and mark plainly the full name of the person or firm to whom it is con- signed, with street and number on the Ijox. Thus the receiver will know at a glance what the box contains, and does not have to unpack to find out. XX. Glossary of Terms Used by Poultry Fanciers. Beard. — A bunch of feathers under the throat of some breeds, asHou- dans or Polish. Breed. — Any variety of fowl presenting distinct characteristics. Brood. — Family of young chickens. Broody. — Desiring to sit. Carriage. — The attitude or bearing of a bird. Carunculated. — Covered with fleshy protuberances, as on the neck of a turkey-cock. Chick. — A newly-hatched fowl, until a few weeks old. Chicken. — Applied to indefinite ages until twelve months old. Clutch. — Given to the batch of eggs under a sitting hen, also to brood of chickens hatched therefrom. Cockerel. — A young cock. Comb. — The red protuberance on top of the fowl's head. Condition. — The state of the fowl as regards health, beauty of plumage ^-the latter especially. Crest. — A tuft of feathers on the head ; the top-knot. Crop. — The receptacle for food before digestion. CiLshion. — The mass of feathers over the tail and end of the hen's back, covering the tail ; chiefly developed in Cochins. Deaf-ears. — Folds of skin hanging from the true ears, varying io color, being blue, white, cream-colored, or red. Dubbing. — Cutting off the comb, wattles, &c., leaving the head smooth. .Ear-lobes. — Same as deaf-ears. Face. — The bare skin around the eye. Flights. — The primary wing feathers, used in flying, but unseen when at rest. Fluffs. — Soft, downy feathers about the thighs. BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF POIILTRY. 1171 Furnished. — Assumed full character. When a cockerel obtains his tail, comb, &c. Gills. — A term applied to the wattles, sometimes more indefinitely to the whole region of the throat. Hackles. — The peculiar narrow feathers on the fowl's neck. Hen-feathered^ or Henny. — Kesembling a hen, in the absence of sickles. Hock. — The elbow-joint of the leg. Keel. — A word sometimes used to denote the breast bone. Leg. — The scaly part, or shank. Leg-feathers. — The feathers on the outside of the shank. Mossy. — Confused in marking. Pea-comb. — A triple comb. Penciling. — Small stripes over a feather. Poult. — A young turkey. Primaries. — The flight-feathers of the wings, hidden when the wing if closed . Pullet. — A young hen. Rooster. — The common term for the male bird. Saddle. — The posterior of the back, reaching to the tail in a cock, answering to the cushion in a hen. Secondaries. — The wing quill-feathers, which show when the bird is at rest. Self-color. — A uniform tint over the feathers. Shaft. — The stem of a feather. Shank. — The scaly part of the leg. Sickles. — The top curved feathers of a cock's tail. Spangling. — The marking produced by each feather having one large spot of some color different to the ground. Spur. — The sharp weapon on the heel of a cock. Stag. — Another term for a young cock. Strain. — A race of fowls, having acquired an individual character of its own, by being bred for years by one breeder or his successors. Symmetry. — Perfection of proportion. Tail-coverts. — The soft, glossy, curved feathers at the sides of the bottom of the tail. Tail-feathers. — Applied to the straight, stiff feathers of the tail only. Thighs. — The joint above the shanks. Top-knot. — Same as crest. jTn'o. — A cock and two hens. Under-color. — The color of the plumage as seen when the surface is lifted. 1172 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. Vulture-hock. — Stiir projecting feathers at the hock-joint. Wattles. — The red depending structures at each side of the base of the beak. Weh. — Expressing a flat and thin structure. The web of a feather is the flat or plume portion ; the web of the foot, the flat skm between the toes ; of the wing, the triangular skin, seen when the member is extended. Wing-bar. — Any line of dark color across the middle of the wing. Wing-how. — The upper or shoulder part of the wing. Wing-butts — The corners or ends of the wing. Game fanciers denote the upper ends as sliouldcr-butts ; the lower as lower-butts. Wing-coverts. — The broad feathers covering the roots of the seconda- ry quills. TTTF. NARRAOANSETT TTTRKEY— MALE. CHAPTER VIII. THE TUEKEY, AND ITS VARIETIES. r. VARIETIES OF THE DOMESTIC TURKEY. II. THE BRONZED-BLACK TURKEY. III. THE COMMON TURKEY. IV. THE OCELLATED TURKEY. V. ENGLISH TURKEYS. VI. RARE VARIETIES. VII. THE CARE OF TURKEYS. I. Varieties of the Domestic Turkey. Notwithstanding the length of time that the wild turkey has been do- mesticated— over 300 years — it still retains some of its wild habits, even under the most artificial conditions. This is undoubtedly due to the fac. that the turkey endures close confinement to a less extent than any of the domestic land birds, and hence these traits of wildness, Avandering and the hiding of nests and youngs have not been entirely bred out. The same is true of the pheasants, still less domesticated, although they have been in more or less subjection to man since ancient times. All turkeys, whether of the wild or domestic varieties, breed freely, one with the other, and continue fertile, thus proving conclusively that they came originally from one species. They are now broken up into every color, black-bronzed and white-mottled being the original wild color. Among the sub-species, are : The Common turkey ; Black-and- white-mottled ; Black-bronzed ; the Mexican ; the Ocellated or Hondu- ras ; the White ; the Buff ; the Fawn-colored ; the Copper-colored, and the Paili-colored . Temminck, in 1813 described Isabelle yellow turkeys, with fine full crests of pure white. Lieutenant Byam described crested wild turkeys as seen by him in Mexico ; it is probable that this observer mistook curassows for turkeys, since this bird is domesticated there and nobody else has found crested turkeys in Mexico. II. The Bronzed-Black Turkey. This variety is said to have been produced by a cross of the Wild tur- key upon the Common turkey hen, the produce fixed and improved by careful selection and breeding. They are the largest, as they are un- doubtedly the best, of the domestic varieties. The average for mature birds, well fattened, is about thirty pounds, while forty pounds is not uncommon for extra male birds. The hens will weigh from twenty to twenty-five pounds each, when mature. They are as hardy as they are beautiful in plumage. ^ 1173 1174 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The best specimens are described as follows : In the cock, the face, ear- lobes, wattles and jaws are deep rich red, the wattles warted and some- times edged white, the bill curv^ed, strong, of a light horn color at the tip and dark at the base. The neck, breast and back black, shaded with bronze, which in the sunlight glistens golden, each feather ending in a narro\y glossy black band extending clear across. The under part of the body is similarly marked, but more subdued. The wing-bow is black A PAIR OP WHITE WYANDOTTES A SILVER-LACED WYANDOTTE PULLET showing a bnlliant greenish or brown lustre, the flight-feathers black, barred across with white or gray, even and regular; the wing-coverts rich bronze, the end of each feather terminating in a wade black band, giving the wings, when folded, a broad bronze band across each ; tail black, each feather irregulariy penciled with a narrow brown band, and ending in a grayish-bronze band. Fluff abundant and soft; legs long, strong, dark or nearly black. The hen is similariy colored, but more subdued. ' THE TURKEY AND ITS VARIETIES. 1175 BUFF TURKEYS 1*76 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. WHITE TURKEYS ADULT BRONZF TURKEY—MALE. E TURKEY, AND ITS VARIETIES. in. The Common Titrkey. 1177 The common turkey is white and black mottled, having the head and wattle of the wild turkey. They are of medium size, and, probably from the fact that they have been more generally disseminated and longer domesticated than the other varieties, they are less inclined to wander* SLATE TURKEY HEN. When simply dollars and cents are concerned, they are the most profit- able to breed, since they are hardy, of medium size, and mature early. They will weigh, fat, at eight months old, from eleven to twelve pounds, and, when fully grown, sixteen pounds. IV. The Ocellated Turkey. This is one of the most elegant of the whole genus ; it is a native of Central America, and is found wild all over that region. It breeds kindly with our domestic turkey, and the progeny remains quite fertile, but both the true and cross breed are too tender for the North. Our bronzed green and gold turkeys undoubtedly owe their markings to this variety. The ground color of the plumage of the Honduras, or Ocellated turkey, is bronzed-green, banded with gold-bronze and shining black ; lower down the back the color is deep blue and red ; upon the tail the bands become fully defined and sharp, producing the peculiar oceliated or eye-like ap- 11' CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. pearancc, whence their name. The wattle is also peculiar, and the top of the head is covered with wart^like protuberances, as shown in the cut of a vounjic Ocellated hen. rOUNG OCELLATED TURKEY HEN. V. English Turkeys. The so-called English turkey is simply a su])-variety of the common American domesticated turkey already described. Careful breeding and selection have increased the size and rendered them quite uniform in color. One sub-variety is the Norfolk turkey, black with a few white spots on the wings. Another sub-variety, valued in Cambridgeshire, is bronze-gray, and longer-legged than the Norfolk ; these, however, vary from a light copper color to dark, the latter being preferred. THE TURKEY AND ITS VARIETIES. VI. Rare Varieties. 1179 There are a number of more or less rare varieties of turkeys, the Buff, the Fawn, and the Pure-white being the principal ones. They are all considered more tender than the varieties heretofore named. Turkeys of the white variety are especially handsome, the color being relieved by the tuft on the breast, which remains jet black, which, with the blue-white and red caruncles of the head and neck, present a most elegant appear- VII. Caring for the Turkey. There are almost as many w^ays and methods of feeding as there are localities where turkeys are grown. A considerable number who allow A PAIR OF BRONZE TURKEYS. their turkeys a good deal of freedom will succeed ; others do equally well who follow methods quite the reverse. Some never house the mother hen or the young, while others house them both. While our present-day turkeys are classed as ''domestic fowls," they are rather semi-domestic when compared with other poultry. For this reason the treatment given them must differ from that given to hens and chickens, and houses or coops that will serve for the latter will be clean and dry for the poults ; it may not meet the wants of the turkey hen. She must have a house or box in which she can stand erect and stretch 1180 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. her neck and look about. The floor of this must be of boards, but dry, clean earth is best for both the hen and the poults. This natural environ- ment has a beneficial influence upon the mother and the young turkeys. It adds to both health and spirits, and helps to develop constitutional vigor. Satisfactory results can never be secured by handling turkeys like cage birds or hothouse plants. Avoid overdoing the care and attention. Treat them like turkeys, and use common sense in looking after them. Their native home was in the woods and fields; in their present semi-domestic condition they need more shelter and care, but they should never be shut in so close as to deprive them of plenty of light, room, and air. They should not be pampered and fed upon unnatural foods; neither should they be over-fed at any time. In their wild state they ran about here and there, seeking small grains, seeds, and bugs, getting plenty of exercise as well as food. Their domestic condition deprives them of the necessity of hunting for their food, and consequently of the exercise that comes from so doing. When quite young, the poults are apt to receive more attention than they need. Then, as they grow older and the novelty of attending to them wears off, they are too often neglected just at the time when more care should be given to them. For instance, when their feathers are growing and the unusual heat overcomes them, special care may profitably be bestowed; again, the same is true when the frost destroys their natural food supply in the fall. Thousands are lost at these critical periods from lack of a full food supply. An open coop, made of slats or lath, may be placed over the mother turkey just prior to the hatching of her eggs, as this will prevent her wandering away with her young when they are hatched. It may be. covered on top with tar paper as protection from rain or sun. Such open coops are frequently used in turkey-growing districts, and those who use them could not be induced to change. They should be large enough to provide plenty of space for the mother turkey. Quite often a box too small for the hen to turn about or to stand erect in is used for a coop for the hen and poults. This annoys her and she becomes restless, tramps about, kills her young, and is blamed for taking bad or indifferent care of her offspring, when more than likely, if she had room to move about, she would be a model mother for the poults. In a suitable coop, the brood of young turkeys can stay for a day or more in comfort, sheltered from wet and storm or cold, with space enough to move about. In such a coop the very young poults can stay while the mother goes about on the outside for exercise. To have this use the coop when the hen is out, set up in slides inside the door a piece of board a foot wide; this will keep the poults safe from the hot sun or the wet much better than will the triangular pen so often made of three boards. THE TURKEY AND ITS VARIETIES. 1181 Almost any kind of pen, coop, or house will do for the turkey hen and poults if it will protect them from rain and storms, if it is large enough, is clean, not too close or warm, and absolutely free from parasitic enemies. These are the important requisites of the structure in which they are to be kept until the poults are well started. They should be allowed their freedom a part of every day when the grass is dry, and should be made to stay within at nights and during wet days, till old enough to wander with the mother hen and roost out on the fences or trees. Either fresh coops should be provided each year or the old ones should be thoroughly cleansed within and without. Prior to using old coops. A PAIR OF WHITE HOLLAND TURKEYS. paint them thoroughly with crude petroleum, in which have been dis- solved some naphthalene balls, filling everj^ crack and crevice with this at least a week before they are needed, and be sure that the odor of the preparation has disappeared before using the coops, as it is not beneficial to the young. The features of most importance in cooping the mother and young are plenty of light and room, and freedom from dampness and insect parasites. When the poults are ready to leave the nest, move the mother hen and her young into the coop provided for them ; supply a little food now and then as they need it, and see that the mother has plenty of food and water. Let them alone in the coop till they begin to move about. As soon as they will, let the poults run out on the grass when it is dry, but keep them from the wet grass, as nothing is more detrimental to their growth, unless 1182 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. it be insect parasites. As they advance give them a more plentiful food supply, and guard against any possibility of lice infesting them. While they are young special attention must be given to protection from the direct rays of the sun, exposure to which wilts them completely. At times they will reel under its influence as though suffering from sun- stroke, or move about with slow steps, weakly dragging one foot after the other, while giving forth a feeble peep that sounds the warning of their approaching end. The blood-sucking parawite has much the same effect upon them when present. When under the influence of both at the same time, the chance of survival is small indeed. Have a dry spot where the young poults may run and exercise. This may be provided by spreading a load or two of coaree sand near the coops, which will furnish a dry foothold, no matter how wet or damp the grass may be. To keep this in sanitary condition go over it once a day with a fine-toothed rake, in order that the sun may dry it thoroughly. When the young turkeys are suitably housed, properly fed, and kept free from lice, they are quite as easy to grow as young chickens. A thorough investigation of the methods of feeding young turkeys shows to what extent general rules already cited are followed. While all who succeed seem to adopt nearly the same methods, there are a few dif- ferences worthy of consideration. Some feed bread and milk in a saucer as soon as the poults will eat, while others soak bread and milk and squeeze it dry before feeding; some adhere closely to an absolute grain diet, while others feed everything they imagine the poults will eat. It should never be forgotten that in the wild state their foods were the bugs, worms, seeds, etc., which they could find for themselves, and which were hunted for and scrambled after continually. There was then no overfeeding upon rich, unnatural foods that impaired health and produced bowel troubles or other ailments that naturally follow unwholesome food. They subsisted by their own efforts in the wild state, while now they are quite too often forced to eat unnatural foods that are furnished in hope of forcing them to an unnatural growth. If the grower wishes to copy nature as nearly as possible, the young poults may be given for their first meal very fine oatmeal or finely cracked wheat or corn, with a little fine grit of some kind and a very little granulated meat scrap. Some of the commercial brands of ''poultry food" are also good. They should have clean water convenient where they can help themselves at will. As a general rule, do not feed them wet food or slops. Poults are seed- eating chicks, not slop eaters. Bread and milk, however, contains ele- ments most valuable in the growing of all kinds of fowls. This food should be considered, when properly given, as one of the best kinds of food for the first day or two. Soak stale bread in sweet milk, press out the milk as completely as possible, and feed the bread to the young poults. Be careful never to use sour milk, nor should the bread thus prepared THE TTTRKEY AND ITS VARIETIES. 1183 ever be fed after it has become sour. Feed this, a little at a time, every hour or two for two days or more ; then add a little hard-boiled egg, shell and all broken fine, to the soaked bread. After a day or two on this ration, follow with the ration of finely broken grain already described, and include a little finely cut meat. Make sure that the meat scrap is pure and sweet. Nothing is more injurious to the poults than tainted or infected meat of any kind, as it will disturb their bowels in a very few hours and cause great trouble. Lean beef, well cooked and cut into very small fragments, is good. Be very cautious about feeding green meat or bone. If any of this is fed, have it cut quite fine, giving but little at first, and be absolutely certain that it is fresh and sweet. Cooked meat is better for them while young. Coarse sand is excellent for grit, and if sufficient of this is at hand no other grit will be needed; but plenty of grit of some kind is a necessity, for without it the poults cannot grind their food. Food should be given them quite early in the morning, and at frequent intervals during the day. Never overfeed them, but use discretion in providing plentifully for their necessities. Give them all they will eat willingly, and no more. Avoid the use of rich foods, grains in hulls, and millet seed, which is not good for them while they are young ; a little of this seed, however, may be fed as they grow older. Too much hard- boiled egg is bad for them, while a reasonable amount with bread is bene- ficial. An excess has a tendency to clog and congest the bowels, and the writer has seen poults die from the effects of a diet exclusively of egg and millet seed. The same injurious effect may be produced by feeding entirely with milk curds. Bowel trouble must be considered as an assured result of improper feeding, and may be aggravated by exposure to cold and dampness. Indigestion is a prime factor in the development of this ailment that kills so many turkeys while young. This should be prevented as far as possi- ble by the feeding of finely broken charcoal, which is a safeguard against fermentation in the crop or gizzard, thus aiding digestion. This looseness of the bowels should not be mistaken for cholera. It may usually be relieved by feeding rice that has been boiled almost dry in milk. Too much stress cannot be laid upon the practice of hand feeding. The turkey hens are not so attentive to their young as chicken hens. If all who grow turkeys w^ould pay special attention to hand feeding of the poults as soon as they are hatched, much benefit might be gained. To be successful with hand feeding, one must take the food between the fingers and thumb, patiently hold it to the ueak of the young turkey, and try to induce it to eat. This method of feeding tames and quiets the young poults, gives them a good start, and prevents the possible con- tamination of the food by being thrown upon the ground. Although 1184 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. feeding in this manner may appear to involve considerable labor, the resulting benefits are often far in excess of the time and effort expended. After three weeks the poults may have whole wheat, hulled oats, cracked corn, and a little millet seed, in addition to their other food. Many young turkeys are lost when partly grown, particularly during wet weather after they have been given liberty to roam at will. Much loss may be avoided by going after them wherever they may be and feeding them a little once or twice a day. This plan should be followed during continued wet weather, no matter how far advanced they may be. A continuous wet spell deprives them of the greater part of the bugs and worms they feed upon, and the wet grass, by retarding their motion, tends to reduce vitality. Go after them during such weather and feed them, so as to prevent the bad results that must follow a scarcity of food at such times. Flocks of young turkeys that wander continually should be fed at least once a day, if only a little, to keep them quiet or tame. If fed at least once a day on grain, they will grow faster, mature earlier, and make better size than if not fed at all. Those who make use of these methods secure the best results. One of the most successful growers in the country feeds the young poults at the start oatmeal, broken wheat, and finally cracked corn; as they grow older whole wheat, hulled oats, and coarser cracked corn, and still later, whole grains of corn. When running at large they are taught to come close to the barns twice a day for food. Following these and similar methods enabled him to bring to maturity, during the unfavorable season of 1903, over 300 white turkeys out of about 335 that were hatched. Hulled oats are used to avoid the injurious effects that arise from feed- ing oats in the hull, the sharp portions of which are apt to prick and irritate the crop. No more nutritious grain can be fed to growing poults than hulled oats. Wheat and whole or broken corn will do as they grow older, but oats should be added whenever practical. If hulled oats cannot be had, use clipped oats, boiled; drain them thoroughly, and feed w^hen cold. Always select plump, heavy oats, with a large percentage of kernel. Nothing equals good, sound grain of all kinds for feeding the growing turkeys. Do not use poor, shriveled, or musty grain of any kind. It is a mistaken notion that it will pay to feed inferior grain to any kind of growing fowl. It is a loss of both time and money to do so, as nothing but disappointment can result from its use. The best results always come from having the best quality of stock and giving it the best food and care. WATER FOWL. 1185 WATER FOWL. CHAPTER IX.. GEESE ANB THEIR VARIETIES. ». THE MANAGEMENT OF GEESE. II. EMBDEN OR BREMEN GEESE. III. TDTT- LOUSE GEESE. IV. WHITE CHINESE GEESE. V. HONG KONG GEESE. VI. THE AFRICAN GOOSE. V£I. THE CANADA OR WILD GOOSE. VIII. EGYPTIAN GEESE. I. The Management of Greese. The management of geese is very simple. A good dry spot for their resting place, plenty of range, with young grass, and a pond, or running water, if possible, will enable any one to raise geese successfully, if plenty of grain, corn and wheat screenings are given to make up what they fail to get in their rambles. The grain fed should always be given in a deep vessel of water in summer, if deep natural water is not near, since geese are often annoyed by insects getting in the ears and nostrils, which they rid themselves of by thrusting their heads well down into water. In fattening for market, corn-meal and potatoes boiled together to a thick mush, is as good as anything. They should be sold as soon as fat, trhich should be in about two weeks of feeding. If the mush is made with skimmed milk the geese will become very fat, if given as much as they will eat three times a day. Geese are subject to but few diseases. For diarrhoea, give one or two drops of laudanum in a little water, and repeat if necessary For giddi- ness bleed them in the prominent vein which separates the claw. Geese live to a great age, and old geese are the best mothers. Ganders, how- ever, are best at from one to three years old, since as they get age they are apt to become cross, and sometimes injure small children. II. Embden or Bremen Geese. There is no doubt but the Embden is the most valuable of the domesti- cated varieties of geese. They should be pure white, with prominent blue eyes ; strong, medium-length neck ; heavy bodies, with the featbew 1186 GEESE, AND THEIR VARIETIES. 1187 rather more inclined to curl from the shoulder to the head, than in other varieties ; the bill rs dark flesh color and the legs orange. Young birds of the year have been made to weigh over forty poiuuls, and mature birds PAIR OF GRAY AFRICAN GEESE, near sixty pounds. The average for breeding birds may be put at about twenty pounds. They are early layers and may be made to rear two broods in a season. 1188 CYCLOPEDIA OF UVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. III. Toiilouse Geese. These magnificent birds, next in merit to the Embden, and by many fanciers preferred to them, have compact bodies, rather short legs, and will often outweigh the Embdens. Their bodies and breasts are light gray ; the neck dark gray, the color deepening as the head is approached : the wings are colored like the neck, but getting lighter towards the belly, PAIR OF YOUNG BROWN CHINESE GEESE which, together with the rump, is white. The legs and feet are a deep reddish orange, and the bill the same color, but inclining to brown. In quality of flesh there is little if any difference between the Embden and the Toulouse. IV. White Chinese Geese. The White Chinese geese, from their immense size, pure white color, and swan-like appearance are much admired by fanciers who have ponds of water. Whether swimming or on land, they are pleasing and graceful GEESE, AND THEIR VARIETIES. 118^^ fn movement. The color is pure white ; the bill and the knob on the head oniiigc colored, and the color of the legs the same. A peculiarity of this breed is the great disparity in si/e between the males and females, MMMiMk PAIR OF GRAY TOULOUSE GEESE. EMBDEN AND AFRICAN CROSS. ctie former bemg one-third larger than the latter. They are prolific of eggs, which are rather small-sized for the size of the birds, and the gos- lings are tender and delicate in flesh. They are hardy and prolific, some- times reanng three breeds in a season. 1190 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. V Hong Kong Gteese. The Hong Kong, or gray China goose, is supposed to be the variety from which the White Chinese goose sprung. Certainly, there are not greater differences between the two than between the Embden and Toulouse. The Hong Kong is distinctly knobbed, and in size is between a goose and swan. Their distinguishing marks are the knob on he top of the head, the feathered dewlaps or wattle under the throat, and dis- tinct dark stripe do^vll the neck. They vary in color, but the true color GROUP OF WHITE PEKIN DUCKS. is a grayish brown on the back and upper parts of the body, changing to white or whitish gray under the al)donien ; the neck and breast yeUowish gray, with a distinguishing stripe of dark brown running down the back of the neck from the head to the body ; the bill and legs are orange, and the protuberances at the base of the lower bill very dark, approaching to black. They are nocturnal in habit, very prolific in eggs, and the flesh of the young birds is superior in quality. GEESE, AND THEIR VARIETIES. 1191 VI. The African Goose. This is one of the largest of any of the varieties of geese, and is re- markable for its upright carriage, carrying the neck straight and the head level in walking. It is rather a rare bird in the United States, and has sometimes been called the Siberian Goose, but the name African goose is undoubtedly the true one. The bill is hooked or armed with small inden- RMBDEN TOULOUSE CROSS, tations along the sides ; at the base of the bill on top is a bright vermil- ion colored fleshy tubercle, and a hard, firm, fleshy membrane under the throat. The head and upper part of the neck are brown, deeper on the upper side and lighter on the underside. The cut will give a good idea of the principal characteristics of this variety. VH. The Canada or Wild Goose. This goose is well known all over the United States and Canada, breeding in the far North, spending the spring and autumn in the more tempe-^ate regions, and going South, even to the Gulf of Mexico, in the winter. It is the most sagacious of any of the goose tribe, and when 1192 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. hatched from wild eggs, often becomes thoroughly domesticated in tuo first generation, and breeds freely with the other varieties of geese. When bred on the farm, the flesh retains much of the game flavor of the wild birds. It is certainly one of the handsomest of water fowls. VIII. Egyptian Geese, This is a rare variety in the United States, but is prized for its beautiful plumage and stately carriage. It is a small bird, weighing about eight pounds, but elegant and striking in its plumage. The color is dark red around the eyes ; the bill white ; a red ring about the neck ; the neck and breast light fawn gray, with a maroon star on the breast ; the belly red and gray; the wing feathers one-half deep rich black, and the rest pure white, with a black bar running across the centre ; the back light red, changing to dark red near the tail ; the tail jet black. STANDARD TOULOUSE GOOSE. WATER FOWL. CliAPTERi X. VARIETIES OP DOMESTIC DUCKS. I. DUCKS ON THE FARM. II. VARIETIES BEST ADAPTED TO THE FARM. Til. AYLESBURY DUCKS. IV. ROUEN DUCKS. V. THE COMMON WHITE DUCK. VI. CAYU(}A BLACK DUCKS. VII. MUSCOVY DUCKS. VIII. BLACK EAST I'NDIA DUCKS. IX. CALL DUCKS. X. PEKIN DUCKS. OTHER AND RARE DUCKS. I. Ducks on the Farm. Year by year both ducks and geese are becoming more popular as an addition to the reguhir farm stock. Ducks, especially, are yearly receiv- ing more and more attention. First, from the fact that the ducklings are the most active and indefatigable insect hunters known ; second, they are more easily reared than any other farm birds; third, their feathers are valuable, and fourth, the eggs and young ducks find ready sale in the markets. In the fields of the market gardener they are especially vakiable, and all those who know their value in this respect Avould raise , if only for their aid in summer as insect destroyers. II. Varieties Best Adapted to the Farm. When the flesh and feathers are the principal objects, the white breed are best ; but when flesh is the prime object, and handsome, ornamenta qualities are desired, the Black Cayuga and the Rouen duck will give sat- isfaction. We think the young of the Rouen duck the best insect de- stroyers of any of the large breeds, and the young of the common gray duck, the best of the smaller breeds. The Muscovy, one of the largest of ducks, has really little to recommend it, except size, and even here, the Cayuga, the Rouen and the Aylesbury' will nearly compete with them, and are far superior in quality of flesh. One reason, probably, why ducks have received so little attention in the West, is that wild ducks have been so numerous in tne spring and fall that a mess might at any time be had for the shooting. They are, however, becoming scarcer 1193 1194 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK ANT> COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. and higher year by year, and hence, except in new settlements near water, more and more attention is yearly l)eing paid to the raising of tame ducks. TRTO OF COLORED ROUEN DUCKS. The raising of ducks is exceedingly simple. They are little liable to disease and are able to take care of themselves soon after being hatched. The mean period of incubation is thirty days. The eggs should be placed under a large hen, light Brahma preferably, and vv-n.-^n hatched VARIETIES OF DOMESTIC DUCKS. 1195 they should have a pool of clear water to play in, however small it may be. Their food may be the same as that of young chicks, and if placed where insects abound, they will soon rid the squash, melon, cucumber, or other patches of these enemies of the oardener. III. Aylesbury Ducks. Of all the English breeds, the Aylesbury is undoubtedly the best, and, taking into consideration the color of the feathers, it is one of the most useful of the species introduced into the United States. They are scarcely so heavy as the Rouen, but eighteen pounds per pair is not unu- sual. They are prolific in eggs of pure white color, and quite thin in WHITE PEKIN DUCK. the shell. The Aylesbury is rather inclined to fall down behind from the stretching of the abdominal muscles. In breeding, always avoid such birds, and as soon as it is noticed, kill and dress them for market, since as soon as this becomes the case they are generally sterile. This will apply to all ducks, and hence, in the selection of the male, take those that are especially free from this disability. rv. Rouen Ducks. This name is probably a corruption of Roan duck ; at all events there is no evidence that the breed originated at the French town of this name. 1196 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. It is undoubtedly a variety of the Mallard or Gray duck, and bred together the young come uniform in their markings. The color should closely PAIR OF CRESTED WHITE DUCKS. PAIR OF COLORED EGYPTIAN GEESE. approximate that of the wild Mallard duck. In fact, the marlrings of the wild duck will perfectly describe the lame, enlarged and improved va- riety. The eyes, nowever, are more deeply sunken, and they have the VARIETIES OF DOMESTIC DUCKS. 1197 disability of soon falling behind, the abdominal protuberance being devel- oped at an early age. Thev are the largest as they are the most quiet of ducks, and seidom wander. When fat, they have been made to weigh nearly twenty pounds the pair, and drakes of nine or ten weeks old have been known to weigh more than twelve pounds the pair. The llesh is most excellent and they are prolific layers of large, rather thick-shelled, bluish-green V. The Common Wliite Duck. This duck is too well known to need description. They are not unlike the Aylesbury, except in size. Since the introduction of the larger breeds, they have fallen into disrepute and are now seldom found pure. PAIR OF WHITE MUSCOVY DUCKS. VI. Cayuga Black Duck. Of the origin of this famous American duck, nothing positive is known. They have been bred about Cayuga lake, New York, for many years. They are essentially a water duck, rarely rising from the water, and so clumsy on land that they seldom wander far. In color they are black, or rather deep brown black, with a white collar about the neck, and white flicks on the breast ; the drakes usually show more white than the ducks, and the green tint on the head and neck being far more pronounced ; in fact the duck should have but a faint strip of green on the head, neck and wings. In breeding, the darkest males should be selected, since they in- cline to breed to white. They are good layers, producing about eififhty 1198 CYCLOPEDIC OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOi to ninety eggs in a season when well fed. The flesh is excellent, dark and high flavored, and the birds hardy. The weight of the birds at six to eight months old, if well fattened, is from twelve to fourteen pounds YOUNG GOOSE CROSSES— EMBDEN AND TOULOUSE. per pair, and sixteen pounds has been reached. For rearing entirely on land, we have not found them so good as the Kouen or Roan, but near lakes, ponds and streams there are no better or more profitable ducks. Vn. Muscovy Duck. The Musk, or Brazilian duck was once regarded with great favor, and certainly they are both handsome and large, the drakes often weighing ten pounds The color is a very dark, rich, blue-black, prismatic with every color of which blue is a component ; there is a white bar on each the back of the drake are fine and plume-like ; the legs and feet are dark. In warm climates they are said to be prolific, but our experience with them, years ago, was that they are neither hardy nor good layers. They are readily distinguished by the red membrane surrounding the eyes and covering the cheeks. VARIETIES OF DOMESTIC DUCES. 1199 Vm. Black East Indian Ducks. These are really black, and are among the most beautiful of ducks. From time to time tbey have appeared under various names, as East Indian, Labrador, Buenos Ayres, and Brazillian ducks. They are quite YOUNG GOOSE CROSSES— EMBDEN AND AFRICAN. Hardy, and their color would suggest that they are closely related to the Mallards. Their beauty and hardiness, together with their small size will recoE mend them to amateurs ; but for profit they cannot compare with the b?st of the huge breeds. PAIR OF WHITE CALL DUCKS. rX. Call Ducks. There are two «^arieties of ducks which bear the same relation in size ttj the large breeds that Bantams do to other barn-yard fowls. These 1200 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. are the Gray and the AVhite Call duck. The Gray is the miniature counterpart of the Eoan or Rouen duck, and the White resembles the Aylesbury except in size and color of the bill, which in the AYhite Call duck is a clear yellow, while in the Aylesbury it is a flesh color. They GROUP OF WHITE AYLESBURY DUCKS. are pretty things on a lake or piece of water m ornamental grounds, a, d the colored variety is used by sportsmen as decoys for other ducks, they being noted for their loud, shrill, aud oft repeated call ; hence the VARIETIES OF DOMESTIC DUCKS. 1201 X. Pekin Ducks. These valuable waterfowls were originally introduced into the United States in 1873. Their weights come fully up to that ot the Aylesbury duck, but they look larger, being exceedingly heavily feathered. The color is i)ure white, with a creamy tinge underneath. The flesh is not con- sidered fully equal to the Aylesbury, but the feathers are s'-ipcnor. The beak of the bird is yellow; neck long; legs short and red. Pet Pokins are hardy, and can be made to weigh, at four months old, about twelve pounds the pair. The following are the qualifications and points required for ex- hibition birds by the American Association: Head, long, finely formed; color of plumage, white; eyes, deep leaden- blue; bill of medium size, deep yellow and perfectly free from marks of any other color; neck rather long and large in the drake — in the duck, of medium lenghth; color of plumage white, or creamy white breast and body. Breast, round and full; body, very long and deep, and in adult birds, ap- proaching the outlines of a parallelogram; color of plumage, white or creamy white throughout; wings, short and carried compactly and smoothly against the sides; color of plumage, white; tail, rather erect, the curled feathers of the drake being hard and stiflf; plumage, white; legs, thighs short and large; color of plumage, white; shanks, short and strong, and of a reddish orange color; plumage downy, and of a faint creamy white. XI. Other and Bare Ducks. Among the ducks of elegant plumage lately domesticated is the Wood duck, known all over the West, and now disseminated as the Carolina duck. It is one of the most beautiful of any of the varieties in the bril- liancy of its plumage and varied elegance of the markings, one of the most striking in the graceful plume of feathers falling back from the head They are so easily domesticated that they will allow themselves to be handled, if always treated with gentleness. The Mandarin duck, a Chinese variety, is also a bird of splendid plum- age, but rare. Of the crested ducks, the White and the Black Poland are best known. Both are crested, the crest varying in size, but always bearing a ball of feathers, quite round. Another very rare duck, the Crested duck, said to be native to America, is described by Mr. Latham as being " the size of the wild duck," (an indefinite description), "but much larger, for it mensures twenty-five inches in length ; a tuft adorns its head ; a straw yellow, mixed with rusty-colored spots is spread over the throat and front of the neck ; the wings, speculum blue beneath, edged with white ; the bill, wings and U*^\ are black ; irides red, and all the rest of the body ashy-gray. 1202 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. PAIR OF BLACK CAYUGA DUCKS. WILD AND AFRICAN CROSS. GRAY WILD GOOSE. BOOK V PART II Diseases of Poultry HOW TO KNOW THEM; THEIR CAUSES, PRE. VENTION AND CURE 1204 CYCLOl'EDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMl-LETE STOCK DOCTOR. r TOULOUSE GEESE AND FEATHERS From -Perfected Poultry of America." used by courtesy Hon.' P. D. Coburn. Secretar Kansas State Board of Agriculture. Diseases of Poultry. CHAPTER I. THE CAKE AND TREATMENT OP SICK FOWLS. \ DIVISION OF DISEASES INTO GROUPS. II. APOPLEXY. III, VERTIGO. IV PARALYSIS. V. CROP-BOUND. VI. DIARRHOEA. VII. CATARRH. VIH, BRONCHITIS. IX. ROUP. X. GAPES. XI. PIP. XII. CONSUMPTION. XIII. INFLAMMATION OF THE EGG PASSAGE. XIV. LEG WEAKNESS. XV RHEUMATISM. XVI. POULTRY LOUSINESS. XVII. CHICKEN CHOLERA. I. Division of Diseases into Groups. The diseases to which poultry are subject, are comparatively few. Poultry lousiness ; roup, a contagious disease ; gapes ; crop-bound , diarrhoea ; catarrh ; inflammation of the egg passage, and rheumatism, are the principal ones. These and a few others, only, will l)e noticed. They may be divided as follows : Diseases of the brain and nervous sys- tem ; diseases of the digestive organs ; diseases of the lungs and air pas- sages ; diseases of the egg organs ; and diseases of the skin. II. Apoplexy. Causes. — The cause of this disease is usually overfeeding and confined quarters. The bird may be moping for some days, but usually the trouble is not noticed until the fowl falls, and dies with hardly a struggle. What to do. — The remedy is to open the largest of the veins under the wing. By pressing on the vein between the opening and the body, the blood will continue to flow until the pressure is released. Prevention — The prevention is i)lenty of exercise, and abstinence from over-stimulating food. m. Vertigo. This is caused usually by strong feeding and lack of exercise. The fowl runs in a circle with but partial control of the limbs, and sometimes falls and dies. What to do. — When observed, hold the head of the bird under a stream of cold water which will soon give relief. Ten grains of jalap may be administered afterwards, and the bird be kept on a rather low diet. 12U0 1206 CYCLOPKDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. IV. Paralysis, This is also induced by the sumo causes as the two last mentioned dis oases, and is the direct effect of some disorder oi the spinal cord. But little can be done, when once a bird is thus attaciijd. Prevention. — Plenty of exercise, a mixed diet, and well ventilated but dry quarters. V. Crop-Bound. Causes. — This is caused by irregular feeding. A hungry bird stuffs his crop to such a degree, that the whole, when moistened, becomes a dense impacted mass. Sometimes any large hard substance will serve as a nucleus for the gradual gathering of other substances around it. What to do. — The treatment is to puncture the upper part of the crop, ■ loosen the mass by degrees with a blunt instrument, and gradually re- move the lump. If the incision is large, the slit may be sewed up, and the bird kept for ten days on soft food. If in good condition, the cheapest way is to kill the bird unless it be a valual)le one. \rL. Diarrhoea. The symptoms are obvious. What to do. — The remedy is to give something to check the purging. Try the following : No. 1. 5 Grains powdered chalk, 5 Grains Tui-key rhubarb, 2 Grains Cayenne pepper. If this does not check the discharge, give the following, until the bird Id relieved : No. 2. 1 Grain opium, 1 Grain powdered ipecac. Give every 5 hours, until relief is had. VII. Catarrh. Causes. — Damp quarters, and roosting in exposed situations. How to Know. — In simple cold or catarrh there will be swelling of tho eyelids, a watery or other discharge from the nostrils, and the face may be more or less swollen at the sides. What to do. — Remove to comfortable quarters, and give warm food, liberally dusted with pepper. This will usually effect a cure. VTII. Bronchitis. Causes. — Bronchitis results when the effects of a cold expend them selves in the lungs and ail' passages THE CARE AND TREATMENT OF SlCK FOWLS. 1207 how to know it. — There will be cough, a raismg of the head to breathe, and a more or less offensive smell. What to do. — In severe cases, give the following: No. 3. 1 Grain calomel, }^ Grain tartar emetic. Strip a feather, also, to within one-half inch of the end, and swab the throat thoroughly with powdered borax ; also, let the fowls drink of the following : No. 4. ^ Ounce cliloride of potassium, 2 Quarts soft water. This disease is sometimes called croup. Preventives. — Good ventilation, cleanliness, and jiroper care. IX. Roup. When this disease is once found, the affected fowls should be either .Jlled and l)urned, or else removed out of the way of the well ones. Or, better, remove the well ones to other quarters. Separation must be complete ; otherwise the entire flock will be subjected to the disease. It is one of the most fatal pertaining to fowls, and action should be decisive and promptly taken. How to know it. — The symptoms, at tirst, are like those of severe catarrh ; but the discharge from the nostrils is thick, opaque, and of a peculiar and offensive odor. Froth appears at the inner corners of the eyes ; the lids swell, and often the eyes are entirely closed ; the sides of the face become much swollen, and the bird rapidly losea strength and dies. What to do. — The fowls must have dry, warm quarters, and soft and stiumlating food. Give, as soon as po8sil)k', for a small fowl, a tea- spoonful, or for a large fowl, a tablespoonful of castor oil. The nostrils should be syringed, by inserting a small syringe in the slit of the roof of the mouth, with one part of chloride of soda to two parts of water. Three or four hours after the oil has been given, having divided the fol- lowing into thirty doses, give one, two or three times a day ; No. 5. 1^ Ounce balsam copaiba, }^ Ounce liquorice powder, }4 Drachm piperiue. This is enough for thirty doses ; enclose each dose in a little gelatine, and administer as directed. If the fowls continue to get worse, kill at once and them. 1208 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB- X. Gapes. This is caused l)y parasitic worms ( Sclerostoma syngamus) in the wind-pipe, and occurs usually in chickens from two to four months of age. It has been said to be produced from a small, tick-like parasite, lodged on the heads of the chickens. If a case occurs, examine the chickens Avith a pocket lens, and if the parasites are found, destroy them with the fol- lowing, which is good, also, for hen lice: No. 6. 1 Ounce morcmial ointment, 1 Ounce lard oil, ^'2 Ounce llowers of sulphur, )2 Ounce crude petroleum. batl m a warm and apply (JAIMC WORM, natural size , i. enlarged. Mix, by melting when just warm. To cure the gapes, strip a small quill feather to within half an inch of the end ; dip it in spirits of turpentine, and insert it into the opening to the wind-pipe at the base of the tongue ; turn it around once or twice, and withdraw it. If relief is not had, repeat tht operati(m again the next day. Give warm shelter, good, soft food, well mixed with a little black pepper, and skim-milk to drink. XI. Pip. This is not a disease but the result of another disease. It is the forma- tion of a scale or crust at the tip of the tongue. What to do. — Remove the incrustation , wash with chloride of soda, and if the nostrils are stopped, inject as advised for roup ; if the fowl is very much ailing, give a teaspoonful of castor oil. XIIc Consumption. This is a rare disease among fowls that are kept on the farm. It is a gradual wasting away, with cough and the throwing out of matter, and is the result of too close confinement in damp, unhealthy (quarters. It often becomes hereditary in fowls so kept, and if you are unfortunate enouo-h to have got such fowls from some breeder of pure-bred fowls, who was not attentive to his stock, kill them, since it is worse than use- less to breed from them. XIII. Inflammation of the Egg Passage. How to know it. — The indications of this disease, rare in fowls kept on the farm, are as follows : If the inflammation is at the lower end of the passage, the egg is without shell; if the inflammation is iu the middle TUE CAllE AND TREATMENT OF SICK FOWLS. I'iOU portion, the membrane is misshapen, or incomplete; if the H^hole pas- sage is inflamed, the yolk is passed out without any covering. The laying of soft shelled eggs is not evidence of inflammation. It may be the effects of being driven about, or of a want of lime material m the system to form the shell. In inflammation there will be fever, and the feathers, especially over the back, will be rufiled. The hen will be moping, and at times will strain to discharge the contents of the passage. What to do. — The proper remedy is to give the following ; No. 7. 1 Grain calomel, 1-12 Grain tartar emetic. To be given in a little gelatine. Keep the hen afterwards, for some time, on nourishing but not stimula- ting food. As a rule the cheapest way, unless in the case of a valuable fowl, is, if the difficulty returns, to kill the fowl. XIV. Leg Weakness. This is a disease of young fowls and more generally of young males, rather than of pullets. The bird seems unable to support its weight, and constantly sinks down. The large Asiatic fowls are most suoject to it. The remedy is nourishing diet, with a due proportion of insect or animal food. The grain should be cracked wheat, coarse oat-meal or barley meal, and if from three to eight grains of citrate of iron be daily given, it will greatly assist as a tonic. XV. Rheumatism. Causes. — This is a disease arising from cold, damp quarters, or those badly ventilated. Another cause is the chickens running in the dew or wet in the early season. Cramp is produced by the same causes. Little can be done, once they are affected. Prevention. — The prevention is obvious. Good, clean, well ventilated quarters, and plenty of nutritious and varied food. XVI. Poultry Lousiness. There would seem to be little need for the appearance of this nuisance, if care were taken, and if new fowls introduced were first examined with a lens ; for the jiarasites are very minute. The common hen louse, is larger than the "hen spider" so called, which is almost microscpic. What to do. — The first may be destroyed by sprinkling the breeders and nests with Scotch snuff or flowers of sulphur, at intervals of two or three days. Tlie hen spider is more difficult to exterminate. When hens have been al 3wed to roost in a horse stable, we have known the horses and every 1210 CYrx.OPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, crevice to fc .^o infested that only the most rigid means could extermi- nate themo This was by the application of flowers of sulphur, moistened with kerosene, applied to the roots of the manes and tails of the horses, and a thorough application to the fowls themselves. In addition, every part of the building must be thoroughly cleansed and washed, and every surface, crack and crevice filled with lime, slacked with ammoniacal liquor from the gas works ; or in place of this use a little carbolic acid with ordinary lime wash. "Wash, also, all the furniture, perches, nests, etc., with a solution of one pound of potash, to a quart of water, or the ammoniacal water of a gas factory. Then put in plenty of dust baths, and the difficulty will probably be ended. XVTI. Chicken Cholera. First ren\vate the coops thoroughly; then saturate the roosts, floor and sides of the coop with kerosene oil. Then use Recipe No. 6 for lice. Grease your chickens thoroughly with it, every one of them, under the wings, and wherever the feathers are off. Repeat the greasing pro- cess in ten days, then once a month from the first of May until Novem- ber, and use the following internally: No. 8. Hyposulphite of soda, 4 oz., Water, 1 gallon. Mix. Dissolve the soda in the water; then make cornmeal dough with the water, and feed it to your chickens twice a day for a week (just an ordinary feed), and then once a week through the summer months as a preventative. If, however, any are sick, give one teaspoonful of the water (without the meal) four times a day until out of danger. In the very great majority of cases, the above will be found effectual. Bumble Foot in Poultry:— If the foot is swollen and contains mat- ter, open it and press the puss out. Wa.rA n\- ( 1 ■ONfl'LETK ^'irir'K riOPTOR. THL GENDERS OF BEES. BE£-Ke'^^'=::# AND SWARM. BEES. CHAPTER I. VARIETIES AND PECULIARITIES OP BEES. 2. NATURAL IIISTORV OF BEES. II. THE TIIUEE GENDERS OF THE HONEY BEE. III. VARIETIES OF THE HONEY BEE. —IV. THE SO-CAl.l.EI) ^lEEN OR MOTHEB BEE. V. THE NUMBER OF EOGS LAID. VI. DRONES OR JIALE BEES. VII NEUTER OR WORKER BEES. VIII. VARIETIES OF HONEY. IX. WAX AND HOW IT IS FORMED. X. PLANTS ADAPTED TO THE PRODUCTION OF HONEY. I. Natural History of Bees. Ill all liuips, and among all nations and tril)es, however savage, the honey bee has been held in high esteem. Among savages and barbarians bees have always been prized for the stores of sweets they produce, and among more civilized people, for the interest attached to the study of their peculiarities and habits, as well as for the value of the honey as an article of food or luxury. The honey bee belongs to the ord^r Hexapods, that is true insects : and to the sub-order IJyrnenoptera. This sub-order includes wasps, ants, sand-flies and ichneumon flies. The group com})rises insects havin:? ^ tongue for taking liquid food, as well as strong jaws for gnawing and biting. The family to which the honey bee belongs (Ap/'dm), includeg all in.sects which feed their young or larvoe on pollen and honey. Insects of this family have broad heads ; also antennne or feelers, usu- ally thirtecn-jointed in the male, and only twelve-jointed in the female; the jaws (77iandibles)x(iry strong, often toothed ; the tongue (h'gidc) long ; the second jaws [maxilla') one on each side of the tongue, also long ; and the tongue, when not in use, generally folded back once or twice under the head. The Jarv SMOKING TUBK. ^.^.^.^j ^^^j^^,^ ^^^^^^ ^^^ ^.^^^^^^^^ ^j^^ j^^^^^^^ ^^^j pay no attention to the flying bec^s — if you do you will get stung. A good form of smoker — very little smoking will do — is given in the cut. A few whiffs from a smoker's pipe answers very well. If any honey wished to be removed, sticks, loosen it or cut through jjoNEY KNIFE. it with a thin knife. The cut shows the best form of honey knife. VI. Wintering Bees. A gooa siaiid for bees is a simple shed, tight on the sides and facing the cast ; the roof should be water-proof ; if then you have shutters for the front to l)e put up in winter, to keep out drifting snow, you have a good place both for summering and for wintering bees. Bees, of course, may be most economically wintered in a cold, dry, light, well-ventilated cellar ; but this again belongs to the professional Ai)iarist, and wants nice manao-ement. The healthiest and best place for the farmer to winter bees is in such a house as we have mentioned, further protected with cornstalks, or straw mats. The hives should be placed within twelve inches of the ground ; this is, also, the pi-oper distance for summer. The main thing in summer is to guard against extreme heat, and in winter against driving storms, especially snow. Bees will stand extreme cold, if they are healthy, and the hive contains thirty pounds of honey in the autumn. They cannot stand wet, nor snow drifted among them in the hives. ; GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF BEES. 1289 Vn. Implements of Use. In bee-keeping, as in every other art, certain implements and labor- saving appliances are needed. For tailing honey from the hives, the bee veil, the smoker and the honey knife are all that is necessary; and where the honey is made in the small movable frames, already described, the knife is discarded. Indeed, the implements of use are but very few, so fnr as successful bee-keeping is practiced by the farmer. We have figured the smoker and the honey knife. A pipe of tobacco and any well tempered, thin knife will answer. There are centrifugal machines in use for extracting honey from tl-e comb, when it is wanted to be again returned to the hive. A cut of a good form is given. This again belongs more to the i)rofessional bee keeper than to the farmer. VIII. A Motherless Swarm. Sometimes, from one cause or another, a colony of bees loses the (pieen or mother bee, and has no hirvie from which to rear another ; or, the bee keeper may choose to divide swarms, giving a nucleus of Ihrco frames. These are taken from the center frames of other hives ; take bees and all, but be sure the queen is left in the old hive, and shake among those in the nucleus hive the bees from two or t hi'ee more frames, so that after the departure of those that will naturally leave and return to their old homes, enough will be left to keep up the requisite warmth in the hive. First, however, you must tind a frame containing one or more capped queen cells ; cut a triangular piece out of one of the fi'anies to be inserted in the nucleus swarm, cutting away the bot- tom as shown in the illustration, so there shall be no danger of conipies- sion of the queen cell. Then cut a })iece containing a queePi cell from the other frame, and fasten it to tli<^ frame — see the illustration, also showing other queen cells — and after putting this in the nucleus hive, i)ut in the other two fi-anies and l)ees as directed. We could hardly advise the farmer Dee- FURNisHiNG A QiiEKN CELL. kccpcr to adopt this plan, but it is well to know how, in case it becomes necessary to furnish a queen cell tc an unfortunate swarm CMCNTKIKITGAL EX- niACTOK. 1240 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. UTTLIZTNO PIECES OF OOMB. IX. Fastening Empty Comb in Frames. On pn.goll02i£ a cut of a wired coinb foundation; any com b even ^ ^ in pioces may be utilized hy a little cut- ling and fitting, and temporarily fastened with wire or thin narrow strips tied top and bottom as shown v.\ the annexed cut, until the bees secure it, which they will do ::' a day or two. X. Feeding Bees. If a swarm, from lack of forage, becomes insnfticiently supplied with honey to carry them through the winter, or if it be found that they lack food in the early spring, they must be fed. The best thing is strained honey, of course ; the only other admissible thing is granulated sugar made into a syrup of the consist- ency of honey. If the object be to stimulate bees to commence rearing brood early, a half pound to a pound of sugar a day, early in the spring and continued until bloom is plenty will be sufficnent. If they are starv- ing, enough must be given to fully supply their wants and some to spare. If the bees require feeding in the fall, it should be given in such quanti- ties that they may begin the winter with fully thirty pounds of capped honey per swarm. It is best not to guess at the weight ; mark the weigh"' of every empty hive plainly on it before the bees are put in, and then you may know pretty nearly how much honey the swarm has by the siire test of weighing. We give two cuts, one of the feeding hox invented by Mr, Shuck, the C^) ^1^ 9 other Professor Cook's couibined division board and feeding box. Any suitable ves- vel that will hold honey, with a float on top, pierced with holes, that the bees can feed through, will answer well enough, and this may be placed in the upper chamber of the hive, secure from other bees. COOK'S DIVISION BOAKl> AND KEEDEIJ. GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF BEES. XI. Enemies of Bees. 211 There are many enemies of bees, among them the mosquito hawk, or WOKK OF THE LARV^: IN COMB. BEK MOTH. (.levil's darning-needle, as it is some- times called. The bee-killer (Asil- us) is a two winged fly, which seizes the bee and sucks its fluids. A Ta- china fly has the reputation of laying its eggs ill the l)odies of bees occasionally. Large spiders rarely entangle bees in their nets. Ants sometimes depredate on bees. These, how- ever, may be provided against, as may mice, toads, and the king bird. The worst enemy to bees is the moth, which, if a swarm is not strong, will soon ruin it entirely with the webs and larva. The moth lays its eggs in the miimtest crack, and the young find their way into the hive, where they soon destroy the swarm by filling everything with their webs, as they progress. Tiieir manner of working is shown in the cut en- titled "work of the larvie in comb." XII. Foul Brood. This fungous disease of bees, once it gets a foothold in an apiary, gen- erally carries destruction with it. It is quite contagious ; Schonfeld, of Germany, not only infected the healthy larvje of bees Avith the germ, but other insects also. The symptoms are a steady decline in the colony ; llie brood becomes brown and salv}^ and gives off a l)ad smell like that of putrefaction. The spores arc in the honey and the bees eating this and feeding it to the young brood, infect them. A remedy said to be suc- cessful in eradicating the disease is as follows: 8 Grains salicylic acid, 8 Grains soda borax, 1 Ounce rain watei-. Uncap all the brood one below the knee or hock. The met acarpal or metatarsal bone of the horse, Cantharis — A coleopterous insecst. The cantharis vesicatoria ; powdered, it is the active principle in ordinary blistering plasters. Canula — A hollow tube of metal or other substance, variously used ii surgery. Capillary — Hair-like ; applied to the minute ramifications of the bloot vessels. Gapped Hock — A swelling on the points of the hock of the horse. C ipsicmn — Cayenne i)ei)per. The small, long red pepper. Capsular Ligaments — Ligaments surrounding the joints. Capsule — A membranous bag or sac. Carbon — Woody matter. Charcoal is impure carbon ; the diamond is pure carbon. Carbonic acid is expelled from the lungs in the act of breathing. Carbonic oxyde in the blood or lungs is fatal to life. Cardia — The superior or ossophagal orifice of the stomach ; and of the heart. Caries — -Ulceration of the substau^' 3 of the bones. 1248 CYCLOPKDTA OF T.TVF STOCK AND COMPLFTE STOCK DOCTOR. Cai'mmatives — Warming, stimulant, aromatic medicines, used in colic ana wind. Carotid Canal — A canal in the temporal l)one, through which the carotid artery, and also some nervous tilaments pass. Cartilage — Gristle ; the substance covering the ends of l)ones, moving and working upon each other, Caseine — The nitrogenized constituent of milk. Blood fibrin and all)u- men is identical in composition. Castrate — To geld, emasculate, deprive of the testicles. Cataplasm — A poultice, either medicated or not. Tt sometimes takes name from the special agent employed, as si/iapism, a mustard poultice. Catafrh — A co/d attended with running of the nose. Cataract — An opacity of the crystaline lens of the eye, causing partial or total blindness. Cathartic — Purgative medicine, used for freely opening the bowels. Catheter — An instrument used for drawnig the water from the bladder, and for other purposes. Caustic — Any l)urn;ng agent, as potash, nitrate of silver. To cauterize is to burn, generally applied to the use of the hot n-on in diseases. Cavity — A depression, as the cavity of a- wound. Cellular tissue — The membrane or tissue which invests every fiber of the body, composed of minute cells communicating with each other, and which serve as reservoirs of fat. Cephalic — Pertaining to the head. Cerebral — ^Peitaining to the brain. Cervical — The neck ; belonging to the neck. Characteristic — A symptom of character. Characterize, to distinguish. Chalybeate — Containing iron. Any medicine of which iron forms a part. Chemical — Relating to chemistry. Chemistry — The science which investigatesthe composition of substances, and the changes of constitution produced by thdr mutual action. Chii-urgical — Belonging to surgical art. Cholagogue — Medicines tr) Increase the secretion of the bile. Cholechloride — A medicine which increases the evacuation of the bile. Chole, the bile. Chondritis — Inflammation of cartilage. Choroiditis — Inflammation of the choroid coat of the eye. Chronic — A lingering, long-standing disease, succeeding the acute stage. A seated, permi nent disease. Chyle — The milky liquid, as taken from the food during digestion, and prepared from the chyme, and ready to be absorbed by the lacteal vessels before being poured fortU into the blood. OIXMSSABT OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1249 Chyme-^-^ThQ food modified and prepared by the action of the stomach. Cicatrice — The scar left after the healing of a wound or ulcer. Circumscrihed — Limited. In pathology applied to tumors distinct at their base from the surrounding part. Circulation — The vital action which sends the blood through the aiteries, and back again through the veins to the heart. Cleft — A mark ; division ; furrow. Clyster — Liquid medicine injected into the lower intestine. Coagulate — To clot, as the blood when drawn. C oh ion — Connected ; adhering together ; sticking together. Colic — Acute pain in the abdomen, intensified at intervals. Collapse — A falling together. A closmg of the vessels. Extreme de- pression of the vital powers. Colon — ^The largest of the intestines, or more properly, the largest divis* Ion of the intestinal canal. Cmtiorh — ^The act of copulation ; union of the sexes. Coma — Lethargy. Drowsiness produced by depression of the brain and other causes. Comatose — Constant propensity to sleep. Conception — Fecundation by action of the male. ConeUHon — A healthy, sei-viceable state of the system. A firm state of the muscular tissue. Congenital—Born with another ; of the same birth. Belonging to the individual from birth. Congestion — An accumulation of clogged blood in the vessels, or in the parts, as the lungs, brain, etc. Constrict — Drawing or binding together, as constriction of the muscles of a part. Contagions — A disease that may be communicated by contact, or the matter communicated, or proceeding from the breath, or emanations of the body. Contorted — Twisted, twisting, writhing, as the body in pain, or from the result of disease. Contusion — A bruise ; a wound made by a blow or bruise. Convex — Having a rounded surface. The opposite of concave. Concretion — Adherence of parts naturally separate. In chemistry, coB* densation of fluids or other substances into more solid matter. Condiment — Substances used to improve or heighten the flavor of food. Confiuent — Running together, as in pimples or pustules when they become confluent. V-nstipation — ^A state of the bowels in which the evacuations are unmat" 'jjrally hai'd. A stoppage of the evacuation of the bowels. 1250 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Continuity — ^Parts united so completely that they cannot be separated without laceration or fracture. Convalescent — Returning to health after sickness. Convoluted — Rolled together or upon itself. The cerebrum is convoluted. The irregular foldings of the intestines are convolutions. Copious — Plentiful, abundant, as a copious discharge. Core — The hard portion of purulent matter, as in boils. Corn — A diseased portion of the foot, — in the horse, between the bar and the quarter, usually on the inside. Coronet — The upper part of the hoof, just where it joins the skin. Corrosive — ^That which eats away, destroying the texture of the living body. Corrugation — ^Contracting the skin into wrinkles. Costa — A rib. Costal : belonging to the ribs. Counter Irritation — An application to irritate one pai-t to relieve pain in another. A blister or mustard poultice produces counter irritation. Cow-pox — Peculiar pustules upon the teats of cows, from which the vac- cine matter is obtained, used to prevent contagion from small-pox, or to mitigate the intensity of the disease. Cranium — The skull. Cranial : pertaining to the skull. Crest — The back or upper j^art of the neck of the horse. Crepitation — Applied to the noise made by the ends of fractured bones, when they grate together. The sound produced by pressing together cellular tissue in which air is contained. Cribbing {of horses) — The act of seizing any hard substance, or pressing thereon witn the teeth, and gulping; sometimes called wind sucking, though the latter is not necessarily cribbing. Crisis — In disease, that pomt or period which determines a favorable oi unfavorable termination. Crop — The craw or first stomach of a fowl. Cruor — The red colored portion of the blood. Crupper — The buttocks of a horse. Crural — Pertaining to the legs, as the crural arteries and veins. Crust — The hoof, so-called. The outside luminal of the hoof. Crusta — A scab. Cul-de-sac — A passage closed at one end. Cuneiform — Formed like a wedge. Curb — A soft swelling, becoming hard, situated on the back part of the hind leg, just below the point of the hock. Cuticle — The epidermis or scurf skin. The skin is composed of the cutis vera, reta muscasum and cuticula. Cutaneous — Of the skin, as ^ cutaneous affection. GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1251 Cyst, Cystis — A small bladder or sac ; applied to those containing mor- bid matter or parasites, which become encysted, or inclosed in an envelop. Cystic Duct — The duct which proceeds from the gall bladder, uniting with the hepatic duct. Cystitis — Inflammation of the bladder. Cystoplegia is paralysis of the bladder. Debility — The condition of weakness or feebleness. Decoction — Extraction of the soluble parts of substances by boiling. Decompose — To decay. To separate into component parts. Defecation — Purifying from impurities of foreign matter. Voidnig the excrement from the body. Degenerate — To become worse or inferior. Deleterious — Injurious, poisonous or destructive. Delirium — Insanity ; a wandering of mind in disease. Deliquescent — Any salt which becomes liquid by attracting moisture from the air. Demulcent — That which sheaths and protects irritated surfaces. Dens — A tooth. Dental : pertaining to the teeth. Dentition : the de- velopment of the teeth, Depilitory — Any agent or thing which causes the loss of the hair. Dermal — Belonging to the skin. Desiccate — To make dry by heat. Detergents — Medicines having the power of cleansing the vessels or skin. Develop — To increase. A disease develops its intensity. To show increasing muscular form. Bringing to perfection. Diabetes — An excessive flow of urine containing saccharine matter. Diagnosis — The distinguishing of one disease from another. Diaphoretic — A medicine which causes perspiration or sweating. Diaphragm — The midriff. The membrane, or broad muscle, which divides the thorax or chest from the abdomen or belly. Diarrhae,a — A continued and profuse discharge from the bowels. Diet — Any kind of food or drink. Dietary : a regulated allowance of food. Diffuse — To extend or drive out. That which may flow or si)read, as a diffusible stimulant. Digestion — The separation and dissolving of the food in the stomach. Digestive ointment has the power of resolving tumors. Dilate — To open wide, as dikition of the eye. Dilatation — The expanding of a body, as of the heart, arteries, the blad- der, etc , from over-fullness. Dilute — To make thin, as a medicine with water, with oil, etc. Diminution — A lessening, or decreasing, as of pain, etc. 1252 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Diploma — A document granted by a legally chartered college, showing that the person named is entitled to practice his or her profession. Disinfectant — An agent capable of neutralizing morbific effluvia, or the cause of infection. Dislocation — Putting out of joint. Disorganization — A complete morbid change in, or even total destruction of, the structure or texture of an organ. Dissection — Exposing the different parts of a dead body, that their ar- rangement and structure may be studied. Distorted — Deformed, crooked, out of the natural shape. Distend — To stretch out, or swell. Diuresis — An extraordinary or abundant excretion of urine. Diuretic — A medicine to increase the flow of urine. Doctor — In a common sense, applied to a person legally qualified to prac- tice medicine. In its real sense, applying to various titles, as Ph, D., Doctor of Philosophy; D. D., Doctor of Divinity; LL. D,, Doctor of Laws. Domestic — Relating or belonging to the home or farm. Dorsal — Pertaining to the back. The dorsal column : the back-bone. Drachm — The eighth part of an ounce. Drastic — Powerfully acting medicines or poisons. Drench — Liquid medicine given by the mouth. Drug — Originally, a medicine in its simple form, but now applied to medicines generally. Duct — A tube for conveying a fluid or the secretions of the glands. Duodenum — The first portion of the small intestine, through which the bile is poured. Dura Mater — ^A fibrous, semi-transparent membrane, lining the cavity of the cranium, and containing the brain, (of which it may be considered the outer membrane), and protecting the same by its thickness and great resisting power. Dysentery — Inflammation of the mucous membrane of the large intes- tines, producing mucous or bloody evacuations. Dyspepsia — Serious derangement of the digestive functions. Dysphagia — Difficulty of swallowing. Dyspnoea — ^Difficulty of breathing. Dysuria — Painful and incomplete passage of urine. EcbolicSf Parturients — Agents causing the contraction of the womb. Ectozoon — Parasites, as lice, infesting the surface of the body. Entozoa : parasites within the body. Eczema — Small pustules crowded together, not contagious, but producing a smarting pain. GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TSRMS. 1253 Effluvia — Morbid exhalations of the body ; sometimes applied to animal and vegetable odors. Effusion^=-'A flowing out, as of the blood, water or lymph, into the Ejection — Casting out, as ejecting improper matters from the stomach. Elastio-^ThQ property of springing or stretching. Elephantiasis — Chronic lymphangitis, by which the limb is enlarged, resembling the leg of an elephant. Emasculation — Removal of the male generative organs ; castration. Embryo— ThQ impregnated ovum in the womb, after growth has com* meoced. Emetic— A medicine given to produce vomiting. EmoUients — Agents which have the power of softening or relaxing. Empiric — One whose skill is experimental, or the result of mere ex- perience. Ena7nd~—ThQ hard outer covering of the teeth. Encysted — ^Enclosed in a sac. Enema — Medicines given by injection into the bowels. Engorgement — In animals, vascular congestion, the result of over-feeding. Enteric — Belonging to the bowels. Enteritis — Inflammation of the bowels. Enterorapliy — The sewmg together of the divided edges of the intestines. £[p^t?e»^^o— Disease that affects a large number, as though carried in the air Epiglottis — The covering of the glottis „ A tongue-shaped projection, to prevent food or liquids from entering the wind-pipe. Epizootic — Contagious disease, attacking large numbers of horses at one time. Applied to catarrhal fever in influenza, which spreads rapidly. Equine — Belonging to the horse. Equitation — The art of riding on horseback. Eruption — ^Pimples, blisters, rash, etc., breaking out on the skin. Esopkagtts — The gullet, or tube of the throat which conveys food to the stomach. Essence — The properties or virtues extracted from any substance. Evacuate — To empty or pass out, as to evacuate the bowels. Ewe-necked — In the horse, having a neck like a shorn sheep. Exanthema — Eruption of the skin, with fever. Excision — Cutting out, or cutting off, any part. Excoriate — To tear or strip off the skin ; to wear away or abrade ; to break the skin in any manner, as in galling, or with acrid substancea* J:ixcremenz — Hefuse matter. The dung, ^iujreecence— Unnatural or superfluous growth. 1254 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Excreting — Throwing out from the body. Excretion — ^The act of throwing off effete matter from the animal sys- tem ; that which is thus thrown off. Exfoliation — Separation or scaling off of dead from living bone. Sepa- ration of scales (laminaj) from any substance. Exhale — Breathing out, evaporating. Exostosis — Unnatural growth or })r()jection of bone. Exotic — Foreign. Tbat which belongs naturally to another district than our own. Extensor-tendon- 'Tha tendons which stretch out the limbs. Extirpation — The complete removal of a part by means of the knife. Extravasate — To let out of the proper vessels, as blood, after the rui)ture of a blood-vessel. Extremities — The limbs. Exudation — A sweating, or passing out of a liquid through the walls or membranes containing it. Exude — To discharge through the pores. Facial — Pertaining to the face. Foices — The excrement. Farcy — A disease of the lymphatics of the skin of the horse. Also, a disease allied to glanders. Fat — The well known animal substance, whose natural function it is to protect the organs, maintain the temperature, and nourish in case of need. Febrifuge — A medicine to lower the temperature of the body, and counter- act fever. Feculent — Foul or impure matter, formed by the breaking down of the tissues ; excrementitious matter. Femur — The thigh bone proper. Fermentation — ^Incipient decomposition of vegetable substances, from souring. Fester — To suppurate, and discharge corrupt matter. Fetid — Having an offensive odor. Fibrin — An organic substance found in the blood, and composing a large part of the tissues of the body. Fibrous membrane : a membrane composed of fibres. Fibula — The small or splinter bone of the leg. The outer bone of the hind leg of the horse, etc., — much smaller than the tibia. Filtration — Straining a liquid to clarify it. Fissure — An opening, a crack. Fistula — ^A deep, narrow ulcer, having a passage leading to it. FietubMS — Resembling a fistula, either in form or nature. GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1255 Flanks — That part of the horse between the false ribs, hips and stifle. Flatulent — Affected with, or caused by, the generation of gas or wind in the stomach and intestines, as tiatulent colic. Fleam — An instrument used for bleeding the larger domestic animals. Flex — To bend, as the head, neck or limb ; as, a muscle flexing the arm. Flexor — A muscle whose office it is to bend a part ; in opposition to extensor. Florid — Red or scarlet like, from excess of blood in a part. Foetus — The young, yet unborn. Fomentation — The application of warmth and moisture, as with a liquid or poultice. Foramen. A cavity pierced through and through. Forceps — Long pointed pincers or nippers. Fracture — The breaking of a bone. Friction — Exciting circulation by rubbing. Fumigate — The application of smoke or vapor. Function — The ofiice or duty of any part of the body. Fundament — The anus or extremity of the bowel. The end of the gut. Fungus — An unnatural growth resembling mushrooms. Qall — The fluid contained in the gall-bladder, consisting, principally, of the bile secreted by the liver. Ganglion — A collection or bunch of nerve fibers, causing the enlargement of a nerve, and resembling a knot. Gangrene — The mortification or death of any part of the body, or of any of its tissues. Gas — An emanation, or invisible fluid, generated in the body. Gastric — Pertaining to the stomach. Gastritis — Inflammation of the stomach. Gelatine — Animal jelly. Generate — To beget offspring ; begetting or producing young ; breeding. Genital — Relating to reproduction of young, or to the generative parts. Gland — A structure for secreting certain fluids of the body, and contain- ing a tube. Gestation — The condition of pregnancy, or being with young. Glanders — An exceedingly contagious disease, which is incurable and fatal . Gleet — Thin matter issuing from an ulcer. In horses, applied to nasal gleet exclusively. Glottis — The narrow opening at the top of the windpipe. Graminivorous — Feeding on grass and other vegetable food. Granivorous — Feeding on grain or seeds. 1256 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Granulate — To grow or develop in the form of grains, as new flesh in the healing of wounds. Gravel — Calculous matter found in the kidneys. Gravid — The state of being with young. Gullet — The oesophagus, or food pipe leading to the stomach. Haggard — Worn down ; thin ; ghastly ; deathlike. Haunch — That part of the body which lies between the last ribs and the thigh. In the horse, the bony region of the hips. Haw — The process of the eye-socket, which is thrown over the eye to clear it of foreign substances. Haemal — Relating to the blood. Hcematin — The coloring matter of the blood. Hectic — A constitutional and remitting fever exhibited in consumption ; produced also by ulcers, sores, etc. Helix — The outer circumference or ring of the external ear. Hemorrhage — A discharge of blood from the vessels containing it. Hepatic — Belonging to the liver. Hepatitis — Influnmiation of the liver. Hepatized — Converted into a liver-like substance. Herbivorous — Feeding on herbs. Hereditary — Inbred from the parents, as disease, color, vices, and other peculiarities. Hermaphrodite — Possessing the attributes of both sexes, in a greater or lesser degree ; being of, or including, both sexes. Said of animals, plants or flowers. Hernia — Rupture, or soft tumor formed by the protrusion of any of the viscera of the abdomen. Hippopathology — The science which treats of the diseases of horses ; the leading branch of veterinary science. Homogeneous — Being of the same kind or quality throughout. Hue — Color. Humor — Any fluid of the body, excepting the blood. Humerus — The upper arm-bone ; upper bone of the fore-leg. Hybrid — The offspring of two different species of animals, as of the horse and ass (the mule). Hydragogue — A medicine which removes effused fluids from the systi^m. Hydrocephalus — Water in (dropsy of) the head. Hygiene — The preservation of health and prevention of disease. Hypertrophy — Excessive growth. Hypodermic — Beneath the skin . Used principally of medicines — as mor- phia, etc., — applied by injection under the skin. Hysterics — A nervous disability, mostly among females. GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1257 Ileum — The lower part of the small intestine. Impotence — Inability to iserforni the sexual function. Impregnation — The act of rendering, or state of being, pregnant. Incision — Cutting into ; a clean cut ; cutting, as in any operation per- formed. Incontinence — Inability to retain the natural evacuations. Induration — The hardening of a part from the effects of disease. Incisors — The front teeth of the jaws. Infection — Communicating disease by miasma or emanations from a dis- eased body. Influenza — An epidemic disease, causing general depression, with fever. Infusion — Liquid produced by steeping an insoluble substance in water, without boiling. Ingesta — Food taken into the stomach. Inhalation — A drawing into tl 3 lungs ; the inbreathing of medicated or poisonous fumes. Inject — To throw in artificially, as from a syringe. Injection — Liquid medicine thrown into a natural or artificial cavity. Inoculation — The production of disease by virus or matter from a sore, communicated from one animal to another. Instinct — Sense, as applied to animals. Integument — The covering which invests the body (the skin), or a mem- brane covering any particular part of it. Intercostal — Between the ribs. Interfering — The cutting of one foot or leg with the other. Intermittent — In fevers, a characteristic by which the paroxysms intermit or cease, returning at regular, or nearly regular, intervals. Interstices — The minute spaces between the particles of a body. Intestines — The bowels. The alimentary canal, leading from the stomach to the anus. Invert — To turn about or upside down. Invigorators — Strengthening medicines, or agents. Iris — The circular membrane of the eye floating in the aqueous humor, and perforated to form the pupil. Isomeric — Composed of the same elements in the same proportions, but chemically and physically different. Ifisue — A running sore, artificially produced, and kept open to relieve irritation or morbid action in a neighl)oiing i)art. Jaundice — A diseased condition resulting from derangement of the liver, and characterized by great lassitude, and by yellowness of the eyes, skin and urine. 1258 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE 8TOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Jejunum — That part of the small intestines comprised between the duo^ denum and ileum. Jet— The peculiar flow of blood from the arteries, in a spurting motion. Jugal region — The region of the cheek-bone. Jugular — The large vein of the neck. Labial — Belonging or relating to the lips. Lacerate — To tear. A lacerated wound is a torn wound. Lachrymal — Pertaining to the tears. The lachrymal duct is the duct leading from the eye to the membrane of the nose. Lactation — The act of giving suck, or time of suckling. Lactiferous — Bearing or conveying milk ; as, a lactiferous duct. Lamella— K thin plate or scale of anything ; pertaining to the anatomy of the hoof. Laminitis — Founder ; a disease consisting of inflammation of the parts between the pedal or coffin l)one and the sensitive laminaj. Lancinating— ^hai'i^, acute, shooting , in a manner as if tearing ; thus, a lancinating pain. Languor — Weakness, faintness, debility. Laryngitis — Inflammation of the larynx. Larynx — The swell at the upper part of the wind-pipe, and extending into the throat. Lateral — At or to one side. Laxative — A medicine which gently opens the bowels. Lens — In oculary anatomy, a portion of the eye situated immediately back of the cornea. Lesion — Disease of a structure ; any hurt or injury. Levator — A general name for a muscle whose office it is to raise some part, as the lip or eyelid. Ligaments — The bands of the joints binding them strongly together. Ligature — Silk or flax thread, or any material suitable for tying arteries. A bandage used in the operation of bleeding. Liniment — A fluid medicine employed externally and with friction. Liquefaction — The act or process of reducing a solid substance to a liquid form. Lithotomy — The operation of extracting stone from the bladder, by cutting. Liver — The largest gland of the body, its office being to secrete the bile. Lobe — A round projecting part of an organ. Local — Confined to a certain part or district. Lotion — A fluid applied externally, usually by means of a cloth kept constantly wet therewith. GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1259 Lubricate — To moisten, as the lubrication of the joints and moving parts by their appropriate fluids. Lumbago — Rheumatism of the lumbar region. Lymph — A transparent and nearly colorless fluid. The fluid contamed in, and poured out by, the lymphatics. Lymphatics — The vessels of animal bodies ^\hich contain the lymph. Macerate — Steeped almost to solution. Thorough soaking of a part in water previous to dissection. Malady — Disease or ailment. Malar — Pertaining to the cheek-bone. Malanders — An ulcerous condition on the inside of a horse's legs. Malaria — Infectious and noxious eflluvia, from decomposing animal or vegetable matter. Malformation — Badly or unnaturally shaped or formed. Malignant — Severe ; long ; dangerous disease. Mammal — Having an udder or teats for suckling the young. Mammary glands — The glands which secrete the milk. Mange — A contagious disease caused by the presence of acari in the skin Mai-row — The fatty substance in the hollow of cylindrical bones. Mastication — The act of chewing the food. Materia medica — A term including all medicines or substances used in the cure of diseases. Maxilla — The upper or lower jaw. Mediastinum — The partition formed by the meeting of the pleura, divid- ing the chest into tw'o lateral parts, and separating the lungs. Medidlary — Consisting of, resembling, or pertaining to, marrow. Membrane — A thin animal tissue. The thin covering of the brain, bones and other organs. Mental — Relating to the mind, or to the reasoning faculty. Mesentery — The membrane which attaches the intestines to the spine. Mesacolon — A process of the peritoneum to which the colon is attached. Metastasis — The transference or removal of disease from one part to another, or such change as is succeeded by a solution. Miasma — Impalpable germs, the product of putrefaction (animal wr vegetable), producing disease. Midrif — Th e di aph ragm . Milk fever — A fever preceding or accompanying the secretion of railk. Morbid — A state of disease ; the product or result of an uimatural state, as morbid humors ; a failing, sinking state. Mortification — The death of a part from gangrene. Motor — That which causes, or is the instrument of, movemeiit; as, the motor muscles. t260 OYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Mucilage — A jelly-like fluid ; one of the proximate eleiLcnts of vege- tables, al)undtint in slippery elm ; the agent which lubricates the joints. Mucus — The substance secreted by the mucous membranes, and effused! upon the surfaces of the membranes, as the running of the nose in a cold. Muscles — The organs of motion. The voluntary muscles constitute the lean meat, or flesh of animals. Muscular fiber — Fibers composing the body of a muscle, disposed in dis- tinct bundles Myeline — The fatty substance in nerve tissues. Myitis myosotis — Inflammation of a muscle. Myology — The branch of anatomy treating of the muscles. Myotomy — Dissection of the muscles. 2^(2vus — A natural mark or blemish ; a birth-mark. Narcoma — Stupor from the influence of opium or other narcotic. Narcotics — Drugs which allay pain and produce sleep. Nasal — Pertaining to the nose. Naturalia — The parts of generation. Nauseants — Medicines that sicken the stomach. Navel — The umbilicus. Necrosis — Death of a bone, or of a portion of bone. Nephritis — Inflammation of the kidneys. Nerves — The fibrous system which conveys sensations to the brain and through the body. Nervous — Having weak nerves. Neuralgia — A painful disease, or affection of, one or some of the nerves. Neurotomy — The cutting or division of a nerve. Neutralize — To destroy the force or effect of anything. Nictitation — A quick and frequent winking of the eyelids. Nitrate of silver — Lunar caustic. Nutritive — Tending to nourish or build up ; strong, healthy food. Nutrition — The process by which the food taken is assimilated ; to repair waste and promote growth. Obesity — Exceeding fatness^ Oblique — Slanting. Obliteration — Alteration in the appearance or function of a part prevent- ing its action. Occult — Hidden. Applied to diseases whose causes or successful treat- ment are not understood. Ocular, oculary — Relating to the eyes. Odontalgia — Violent toothache, usually from decay. GLOSSAEY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1261 Oedema — Effusion of serous fluid into the cellular tissues, producing svvelliug. Oil — Fluid fatty or unctuous substances, either animal or vegetable. Oils are either fixed or volatile ; the former leave a greasy stain on paper. Omentum. — The caul. A fold of the peritoneal membrane, covering the intestines in front, and attached to the stomach. Omnivorous — Animals which cat all kinds of food. Swine are omniv- orous, in the general acceptation of the term. Opacity — Want of transparency ; that quality of bodies by virtue of which they cannot transmit rays of light. Optic — Relating to the sight, as the optic nerve ; relating to the laws of vision. Or'bit — In ocular anatomy, the bony cavity in whicli the eye is situated. Organ — The natural instrument by which a process or function is carried on. Organic — Composed of, or pertaining to, an organ or its functions; de. pendent on, or resulting from, organism. Orifice — The mouth or entrance to any cavity of the body. Origin — The beginning or starting point of a thing. Os — The technical name for bone. Os calcis — The tip of the back. Osseous — Bony, or resembling bone, Os cheocele — Scrotal hernia. Any tumor of the hernia. Ossification — Changing to bone. Bony formation. Ostalgia — Pain in one or some of the bones. Osteo sarcoma — A fleshy, cartilaginous mass, growing within a bone, enlarging and sometimes fracturing it. Ovariotomy — The art or operation of removing the ovaries from the female animal ; spaying — analogous to the gelding of the male. Ovaries — The organs connected with the uterus that mature and give off the ova (eggs) which, when impregnated, produce the foetus. Ovule — The impregnated germ or egg. Oxidize — The change formed by the action of oxygen, or air containing oxygen, on any substance. The changing of the black or venous blood into red or arterial blood, in the lungs. Ozcena — Gleet, catarrh. Pabulum — That which is proper for food. Palate — The roof of the mouth. Palpitation — A rapid, thumping movement of the heart, from mental excitement or from disease. 1262 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Panacea — A supposed universal cure. A medicine applicable to manv cases. Pancreas — The narrow, flat gland extending across the abdomen, some- times called the sweet-bread. Paralysis — An affection impairing or destroying the natural function, and especially the voluntary movement, of a i)art ; in popular usage, the palsy. Parotid— ^anv the car. Parotid gland : the largest of the salivary glands. Paroxysyn — In disease, a recurrence coming on after an intermission. Chills and fever, for example, are paroxysmal. Parturition — The act of bringing forth young. Patella — The knee-pan. Pathology — The science which treats of the causes, nature, symptoms and cure of diseases. Paunch — The rtrst stomach of ruminating aninuils. Pectoral — Pertaining to the breast, as the pectoral nuiscles. A medicine adapted to relieve affections of the chest and lungs. Pectin — Tiie gchitinizing principle of certain fruits and vegetables. Pelvis — That i)art of the trunk bounding the abdomen, containing a pan of the intestines, and the internal urinary and genital organs. Penis — The exterior male organ of urination, and of the passage of the semen. Pepsin — A substance assisting digestion. Peptic — Promoting digestion ; relating to digestion. Pericarditis — Inflammation of the pericardium. Pericardium — The serous membrane enclosing the heart. Perichondrium — The membrane covering the cartilages. Pericranium — The membrane lining the bones of the skull. Perinoeum — The space between the anus and the genital organs. Periosteum — The fibrous membrane investing a bone. Peritoneum — The serous membrane lining the cavity of the abdomen Peritonitis — Inflammation of the peritoneum. Permeate — To penetrate every part of, and pass through without rupture or sensible displacement. Water permeates sand ; light permeates glass. Pharynx — The opening or tube at the back part of the mouth which leads to the stomach. Phlebitis — Inflammation of a vein. Phlebotomy — The operation or act of bleeding. PhthiAs — Consumption . Physiology — The science which treats of the functions of the varioui? organs of a living body. GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1263 Piles — A disease consisting of chronic dilatation or small tumors of the blood-vessels immediately about the anus, and attended with more or less pain. Placenta — The membrane covering the young in the womb ; the after- birth. Plethora — A full habit of body ; full of blood. Pleura — The serous membrane lining the interior of the chest, and covering the lungs, which it lubricates with its secretions. Plexus — Any union of vessels, nerves or fibers in the form of net work. Pneumonia — Inflanmiation of the lungs. Poison — Any substance, animal, vegetable or mineral, which appHed ex- ternally or taken internally, causes either death or serious hurtful changes. Poisons are classified as irritant, narcotic, sedative, acro-nar- cotic, and acro-sedative. Poll-evil — A chronic, suppurating abscess, on the summit of a. horse's head, around the attachments of the cervical ligaments. Polypus — A tumor with narrow base, in the nostrils, uterus, vagina, etc. Post-mortem — Literally, after death. The examination of a dead body. Predisposed — Prepared or fitted for beforehand ; inclined to ; as, being predisposed to disease. Prepuce — The cutaneous fold covering the glans penis. Prohang — A flexible, knobbed instrument, for pressing into the stom- ach food or other substance which may have lodged in the throat. Process — Prominence; a projecting part; any i)rotuberance, eminence or projecting bone. Profuse — Abundant, plentiful ; as, a profuse discharge. Prognosis — The act or art of judging by the symptoms the probable course of a. disease. Prolapsus uteri — Falling of the womb. Prolapsus recti — Falling of the rectum. Proud fiesh — A fungous growth on an ulcer, or an excrescence of flesh in a wound from excessive granulation. Pulmonary — Pertaining to, or affecting, the lungs. Pulsation — A beating or throbbing of the heart or arteries. Pulse — The action or beat of the arteries. Pumices — The letting down or falling of the coffin bone on the sole. Puncture — Any orifice made with a pointed instrument. Pupil — The ball or apple of the eye, through which the rays of light pass to the crystalline humors. Purgative — ^Any medicine having the power of operating strongly on the bowels. 126-'^ CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Pus — The matter discharged from a tumor when hmced, or from sores. Healthy pus is yellowish white in color, and is always secreted in the process of healing. Pulref action — The process of decomposition ; state of corruption ; rottenness. Pylorus — The lower orifice of the stomach on its right side, through which the food passes to the intestines. Quack — A pretender in medicine. A charlatan. Qualmisii — Sick at the stomach ; suifering from nausea. Quiescent^-At rest. Showing no pain. Making no sounc* Quitlor — An ulcerous formation, rescml),ing fistula, inside a horse's foot. Rabies — Madness ; hydrophobia. Rachitis — Inflammation of the spine ; rickets. The latter word is i)rob- ably a corruption of rachitis. Ramify — Branched ; running in various directions. Rancid — Having a rank, strong smell ; in a state of incipient putrefac- tion. Raphe — A seam or suture. Rash — An eruption of the skin. Receptacle — That which receives or contains something else. Rectum — The last intestine. The anal gut. Reflux — In medicine, the return of the blood from the head, or f::D.- towards the extremities to the heart. Refrigerants — Medicines or lotions to diminish heat. Regurgitate — To throw or pour back ; to swallow again. Relax — To abate ; to become more mild, or less rigorous. Remittent — Ceasing for a time, as a fever or a pain. Reproduction — The act or process of reproducing the young ; breeding. Resolvent — A substance or medicine that will scatter inflammatory or other tumors, and prevent their suppuration. Respiration — The act of breathing. Respiratory murmur — The nmrmur which, when the ear or stethoscope is applied to the chest, is heard in the lungs, and attending the act of breathing. Retention — A stopping or withholding, as retention of the urine. Retina — The expansion of the optic nerve in the back part of the eye, on which the image is produced, in the act of seeing, or vision. Repulsion — In physics, that power by which particles or bodies are made to recede from each other. Reunion — The union of parts separated by a wound or accident. Rickets — A certain diseased state of the bones in children. itigidity — Stiffness ; inflexibility. GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1265 Ringbone — ^Exostosis, or formation of bony matter, on the coronet bone and pastern bone of a horse's foot. Roaring — A disease or constriction of the wind-pipe, producing a roar- ing noise in the expulsion of the breath. Rumination — The act or habit of chewing the cud. Rupture — ^The act of breaking or bursting, or the state resulting there- from. The common name for hernia. Saccharine — Containing, or having the qualities of, sugar. Sacral — Belonging to the os sacrum. Saline — Containing salt in solution ; tasting saltish. Saliva — The secretion of the salivary glands, which moistens the food in chewing, and also keeps the mouth and tongue moist. Salivation — An excessive secretion of saliva. White clover will some- times produce it in horses, or it may be produced by certain medicines, especially calomel. Sanguine — Full of blood. Abounding with blood. Sanguinification — The process of producing blood from chyle. Sanitary — Relating to the preservation of health ; tending to health. Sarcoma — A fleshy tumor. Saturate — ^To soak so full of liquid or fumes that no more can be held. Scab — The incrustation on a sore. A verminous disease of sheep. Scaphoid — Shaped like a boat, as the navicular bone. Scapula — The shoulder-blade. Sclerotic — The thick, hard, white outer coat of the eye. Sciatica — A rheumatic or neuralgic affection of the hip. Sear — To burn Avith a hot iron ; actual cautery. Secretion — The separation of various substances from the blood. Sedatives — Soothing medicines ; remedies to depress nervous power, or lower circulation. Semen — The male generative product :ecreted in the testicles. Senile — Old, or belonging to old age. Sensorium — The seat of sensation. An organ which receives impressions. Sensitive — Having feeling. Sensitive lamellae : lamellae of the coffin-bone. Septic — Causing or hastening putrefaction. Antiseptic : arresting putre- faction. Serum — T^e yellowish, watery portion of the blood remaining after coagulation. Seton — An artificial passage made under the skin, by means of a seton needle, and kept open with tape, silk or the like, which is thereby drawn in, and is moved backward and forward daily, to keep up irri- tation, with a view to reducing inflammation elsewhere. Shank — ^The bone of the leg from the knee to the ankle. 1266 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Sialogogue — A medicine to promote the flow of saliva. Sinus — An orifice or canal containing pus or matter. Skin — The covering of the body, and the organ of touch. It is com- posed of the scarf skin {cuticle), the middle {reta inucosum), and the inner or true skin {derma). Slink — To abort; to produce young before the natural time. Slough (pronounced sluff). — To fall away, separate from, as in disease, or in mortified parts. Socket — The depression or process in which one organ works on another. Soj)oriJic — A medicine to induce sleei). Spasm — A sudden involuntary contraction of the muscles ; a convulsion. Spafunodic—Chiivactenzod by spasms, as cramping, fits, etc. ; recurring at intervals, as colic pains, etc. Spavin — A swelling in or near some of the joints of a horse's leg. It is of two kinds. Bone spavin is a bony growth (exostosis) in the region of the hock. Bog spavin, incorrectly called blood spavin, is situated between the tibia and astragulus. Spinal — Relating to the spine, or back-bone. Splint — An excrescence in the shank-bone of a horse. Splint-bone : one of the bones of a horse's leg. Spleen — A livid colored organ, the office of which is not yet well known. Spontaneous — Occurring without any apparent cause from without. Sporadic — Separated, scattered ; occurring here and there, as sporadic cases of disease. Sterile — Barren. Not capable of producing young. Sternum — The breast-bone, situated in the fore part of the thorax. Stimulants — Medicines to temporarily excite the nervous or circulatory systems. Stomachics — Agents to promote digestion. Strangles — An eruptive fever attended with inflammation and suppura- tion of the tissue of the upper part of the throat ; called in the United States, distemper. Strangulated — Choked ; having the circulation stopped in any part. Strangury — Stopping of a passage. Stricture — Stoppage or obstruction of a passage of the body, by morbid or spasmodic action. Stupor — A dull, sleepy, stupid condition. Loss of sensation. Styptic — A powerful astringent for restrainmg or stoppmg bleeding. Sudorific — That which ^vill cause perspiration or sweating Suppuration — The process of forming pus or matter ; the result of in- flammation in an abscess or wound. GLOSSARY OF SCIENTiriC TERMS. 1267. Suture — A stitch or fastening on joining together. The seam or joint which unites the bones of the skull. Symmetry — As applied to animals, signifies that they are well propor- tioi.ed, handsomely and stoutly formed. Sympathy — The connection existing ])etween two or more oigans, by which the diseased condition or abnormal action of one is transmitted. secondarily, to the others. Symptom — Any circumstance observed to occur (jonstantly in the smimc form of disease, and serving to point out its true nature and seats • any change occurring in the progress of a disease, indicative of its course and probable determination. Synovia — A fluid resembling the white of an egg, secreted at the joints and articulations, which it lubricates and keeps in healthful condition Jomt-oil, so called. Tmnia — Literally, fillet or band. The scientific name of the tape-worm Tarsus— The cartilage towards the edge of each eyelid, giving it shape and firmness. That part of the human foot with which the leg joiiAS, and whose front is called the instep. The hock-joint of the horse. Tendon— T\\Q dense, fibrous structure in which a muscle ends, and b}' which it is joined to a bone. Tent — A pledget or plug introduced into a wound. Tenuity — The property of being thin, as rarefied air. Testicle— 'T\\Q. male gland containing the seminal fluid. Tetanus — A disease in which the muscles of voluntary motion are spas- modically but persistently contracted, causing rigidity of the parts affected. When in the face it is called lock-jaw or trismus. Therapeutics— T\ii\t part of medicme which relates to the discovery and application of remedies for diseases. The use of diet and medicines. Thorax— ThQ chest, or that part of the body between the Heck and abdomen. Thorough-pin — A bursal enlargement of the upper and back part of the hock of a horse. 7% rwsA— Ulceration of the cleft of the frog, and extending over the whole of it, with a discharge of fetid matter. Tibia— ThQ large bone of the hind leg of the horse, etc. Tonics — Agents which gradually and permanently improve the system. Tonsil — An oblong gland situated on each side of the fauces, terminated by the larynx and pharynx, at the rear of the mouth and having ex- cretory ducts opening into the mouth. Torsion — The act of turning or twisting, as in drawing a tooth with the turnkey. Trachea — The windpipe. 1268 CYCLOPEDIA OP UVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Tractile — That which may be drawn out. Transfusion — The introducing of blood from one living being into another. Tread — Tramping upon, as the tread of one hoof upon the other. The part of the hoof resting on the ground. Trichina spiralis — A minute entozoon (parasitic mite), which burrows in the muscles, and which, before becoming encysted, sometimes causes the death of the animal. They are principally generated in swine, fowls, rats and other omnivorous feeders. Tuber — A rounded projection, especially of a bone. Tuhercle — A small tumor, as tubercles in the lungs. Tumor — A swelling or enlargement, generally applied to those which are permanent. Tympanum — The drum of the ear. Ulcer — A r inning sore. JJlna — The larger of the two bones of the arm. Ulterior — Remoter ; yet to come ; last or final. Umbilicus — The navel. Ungulata — Animals having the toes (digits) enclosed in hoofs. Unciform — Curved or crooked, as a clam or the finger nail. Ureter — One of the two canals or ducts which convey the urine from the kidneys to the bladder. Urea — ^The principal characteristic constituent of urine. It is white, transparent and crystallizable. Urinary — Pertaining to the urine. Urine — The saline secretion of the kidneys. Uterus — The womb. Vagina — The canal, in female animals, from the vulva to the uterus. Varicose veins — Veins, most commonly in the legs, which are permaneLtl}/ dilated, knotted and irregular. Vascular — Pertaining to the vessels or animal and vegetable bodies, as the vascular functions. The arteries, veins, lacteals, and the liKe, compose the vascular system. Animal flesh is vascular. Venesection — Letting blood by opening a vein, Fewows— Pertaining to the veins, or contained in the vein. Ventral — Pertaining to the abdomen or belly. Ventricose — A swelled appearance, making the object look bellied. Vermicular — Worm-like in shape or appearance. Vermifuge — A medicine or agent to kill or expel worms. Vertebra — A division or separate bone of the spinal column. Vertex — The top of the head GLOSSAKY OF SCIENTIFIC TERMS. 1269 ^ eriigo — ^Dizziness. An indication of plethora, or, frequently, a symptom of some disease. Vesicle — A small blister. Any membranous cavity. Veterinarian — One skilled in (and, usually, legally qualified for) the treatment of the diseases of the horse, cattle and other domestic animals. Veterinary — ^Pertaining to the diseases of domestic animals, and treats ment of the same ; connected with the duties or art of the veterinarian. ViUi-^¥me, small fibres. Villous : abounding with minute fibres, as the inner mucous membrane of the stomach and intestines, 'ailed the vil- lous coat, from its abounding with villi or minute hairs. Virutent—DangQYou.^ or malignant ; as, a virulent tj^Q of * disease. Virus — Contagious or infectious matter^ Fisce* (x-=The organs contained in. any cavity of the body, particularly of the head, thorax and abdomen, P^sc^c/-=-Sticky or tenacious, with a glutinous consistency. Fmow™- The act or faculty of seeing ; that which is seen. F2Ya^— Having or containing life. Necessary to life, Vivify-^To bring to a vital state o Vivisection — The dissection of, or cutting into, living animals. Volatile — Giving off v^apor, or flying off in vapor. Vulnerary — Plants, lotions, ointments, drugs or other substances useful in the healing of wounds - Vulva — The outer opening in female acimalSy of the generative parts. Wane-^To decrease, as in a fever, Warbka—SuidW, hard tumors on the back of a horse, from irritation of the saddle Tumors occasioned by the depositing of the eggs of t^ gadfly In the backs of horses and cattle » PFarte— Spongy excrescences on various parts of the body, W'in-^A. distinctly defined tumor under the skin, seldom hur*tf ul. An encysted tumor. Wfiinny---^£o utter the call of the horse- To neigh, WindgaUs-^A. distension of the synovial membranes of a horse's fetlock joints. WitJiers-^Tfxe bony crest of the shoulders, in a horse. WoTub—ThQ uterus, or bag in which the young are carried before birthe Wound — A breach of the skin or flesh. Surgery classifies wounds as contused, incised, punctured or poisoned. Wry neck — ^An involuntary fixed position of the head towards one of the shoulders. Xiphoid — Sword-like. A small cartilage at the bottom of the breast-bone* Yeasty — Frothy, foamy, spumy ; as, yeasty pus or matter. 1-270 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR, ZeiiK'—The gluten of maize. Zootogf/— That part of natural history which treats of the structure, habits, classification and habitations of animals. Zod7i — An animal ; having animal life„ Zootomy — Dissection of the lower animal Zygoma-'T\\(i cheek-bone„ Zygomatic — Pertaining to the cheek-bone, or to the bony arch under which the temporal muscle passes. Zymotic— Caused by, or pcrraming to, fermentation ; as, a zymotic dis- ease, being one in which some morbific principle acts on the system like a ferment. BOOK VII SUPPLEMENTARY INCLUDING CANADIAN, AFRICAN, AUSTRALIAN AND OTHER MATTER 1272 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Stomach. — The stomach is the large white poiich-hke organ which is situated in the upper part of the abdominal cavity next to the lungs and by the side of and partly underneath the liver. Usually the external surface of the stomach shows no change from normal, though occasionally there may be observed small red spots similar to those which have been described as appearing in the lungs, heart, and kidneys. The stomach should be opened by cutting the front wall from one end to the other. HOG SICK OF HOG CHOLERA, CHRONIC TYPE. INTKSTINKS OF A HOG. Notice the small tubercles. Small intestine. — In some acute and virulent types of hog cholera the outer surface of the small intestine may be literally covered with bloody spots, giving one the impression that blood had been spattered over these organs, but upon washing them with water it will be found that these bloody areas can not be removed. There is no other characteristic lesion of the outer surface of the small in- testine. The inner lining, however, may at times, in cases of hog cholera, be congested and inflamed, so that the normal wrinkled inner surface is greatly thickened and covered with a yellowish exudate or coating, or it may be dotted with small bloody spots like those seen on the outer surface. "HOG CHOLERA. PROM THE LATEST EXPERIMENTS AND INVESTIGATIONS. t THE VARIOUS FORMS ASSUMED. II. INVESTIGATIONS IN SWINE PLAGUE. III CONTAGIOUS, OR INFECTIOUS PRINCIPLE, ETC. IV. FROST AND THE VIRUS —-v. MEASURES OF PREVENTIVE. VI. THE DISEASE AS OBSERVED IN SWINE. VII. GLOSSARY OF PRECEDING SCIENTIFIC TERMS. VIII. CON- CLUSION. In the body of this work the various contagious diseases of swine are treated of. Malignant diarrhoea often carries away large numbers of swine. It is sometimes called hog cholera. In a general way corn burned nearly to a charcoal is a good corrective of diarrhoea. So is wood char- coal, and also the slack of bituminous coal, or the soft coal itself. Fatal diarrhoea is often the result of disorganization of the functions of the liver, the flux not being the disease, but the result. To excite the liver to action where this is suspected, for a hog weighing from a hundred to a hundred and fifty pounds in ordinary stock condition, give 20 grains powdered mandrake, or from 10 to 20 grains of calomel, and repeat if necessary. This will excite the liver to action. In the first stages of diarrhoea, where the discharges are copious and dark, give 1 to 2 drachms of bi-carbonate of soda dissolved in milk, or if the hog will eat, incorporate it in a warm bran mash. The liver remedy may also be given in the same way. In cases of cholera, if subsequent to the flux constipation ensues, it may be met with doses of 1 ounce of castor oil and 1 drachm of turpen- tine. Or give one-half ounce doses of sulphate of soda in one-half pint ©f water. If there is difficult breathing and cough, give 1 to 2 grains of tartai emetic and one-half drachm of saltpetre, two or three times a day, in one-half pint of water, and rub the sides of the chest and throat with turpentine. In giving these formulae the farmer must use his judgment. J^ollow up the dos"es as may be required to produce the effect desired. These remedies will also be indicated in cases of malignant hog cholera. I. The Various Forms Assumed. When the later symptoms are pronounced, the disease will assume the form of malignant epizootic catarrh, (see page 984), and the prescrip- tions there given are to meet the symptoms as stated. 1273 1274 CYCLOPEDIA OP LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOB. On page 1)8") a form of intestinal hog cholera is treated of under the name of "Contagious Fever of Swine." Symptoms as there stated should be closely observed, that they may be met by the remedies as stated. Still another form of hog cholera, and one of the most malignant and fatal, is a peculiar inflammation of the lungs and bowels, known as conta- gious pneumo-enteritis. This is the disease that has caused such wide destruction of swine, and which the government of the United Slates has spent long time of the best veterinary talent of the country and money to investigate. The result of all this is, that hogs once fairly down with any of the fatal forms of contagious diseases we have mentioned, had better be killed at once, and sent to the grease rendering tank if near, or deeply buried. When a hog is too sick to take medicine in food, the diflSculty of administering is one of the chief obstacles to produce the proper effect. Disinfection. — The rules for disinfection must be carefully observed, as given on pnges O.SO and 990, for where the virus germs are present or capable of being brought, there can be no hope of permanent help. There is no specific for these malignant diseases, as already stated in this book. The cures claimed from the use of so-called specifics are of swine not affected with malignant diseases; as preventives they may be valuable. Fully as much or more so, will be No. 8 and No. 12. The receipts given in the descriptions of the several forms of hog cholei-a are the best known to veterinary science. II. Investigations in Swine Plague, Recognizing the importance of combatting the virulent contagious di- seases affecting swine, the Department of Agriculture, at Washington, has had comi)etent veterinarians investigating the disease for years. A large portion of the work, and especially the microscopical examinations, were placed under the direction of PI. J. Detmers, V. S., now professor of veterinary science. University of Ohio. This gentleman adds to his accurate knowledge as practitioner the habit of careful investigation in various departments of science. His examinations into swine plague (hog cholera) covers a number of years, and we give his general state- ment of symptoms, and, also, general conclusions gathered from the hundreds of pages he has written on the subject. m. Contagious, or Infectious Principle, Etc. If an animal infected with swine plague receives a wound or an exter- nal lesion suflScient to cause congestion and inflammation, the morbid process is almost sure to localize in the congested or inflamed parts Further, if the infectious principle is introducea into the wound or a HOG CHOLERA. 1275 lesion with inflamed, swelled, or congested borders — for instance, in a wound caused by ringing or castration, etc. — the morbid process is sure to develop in the inflamed or congested borders of that wound. All this is easily accounted for if the bacilli and their germs constitute the infec- tious principle, and if the mode and manner in which they obstruct and <^log the capillary vessels is taken into consideration; but it is utterly irreconcilable with the non-appearance of any local reaction after an inoculation by means of a wound too slight to cause congestion, if the infectious principle possesses the nature of a virus, or of a chemical agency. rv. Frost and the Virus. Swine plague, until the last days of December, or until the ground becomes covered with snow, and the weather exceedingly cold, was s[)reading from farm to farm and from place to place, in the locality vis- ited, but as soon as the temperature began to remain below tlie freezing point at noon as well as at night, it at once ceased to spread from one farm or locality to another. At the same time, however, it was observed that the very cold weather of the last days of December and the first days of January did not materially interfere Avith the spreading of the swine plague from one animal to another in all pens and hog lots in which the disease had previously made its appearance, and in Avhich the way of feeding and watering the animals was such as to allow a contam- ination of the food and the water for drinking with the excreta of the diseased hog, or in which the pigs and hogs still healthy had open wounds, sores, or scratches, and had to sleep together with the diseased hog in the same place and on the same litter. Afterwards, when milder weather had set in, the spreading from one place to another very slowly commenced as^ain. (The cold indicated 20 degrees below zero.) V. Measures of Preventive. In relation to the spread of the disease and measures for prevention, Dr. Detmers advises as follows: The most effective means of prevention that can be applied by the in- dividual owners of swine consists, first, iii promi)tly destroying and bury- ing sufficiently deep and out of the way the first animal or animals that show symptoms of swine plague, if the disease is just making its appear- ance, and in aismfecting the premises, or if that is difficult, in removing the herd at once to a non-infected place, or out of the reach of the infec« tious principle. If possible the herd should be taken to a piece of high and dry ground, free from any straw and rubbish — if recently plowed, still l)etter — and should there receive clean food and no water excei)t such as is freshly drawn from a well. If this is complied with, and if all com- 127(5 CYCLOPwpiA or live stock ant complete stock doctor. munication whatever with any diseased hogs or pigs is cut off in every respect, which is absolutely necessary, and still danger should be antici- pated, for instance, if one or more animals should have become infected l)efore the herd was removed, or a po.si5i))ility of either food or water for drinking being or becoming tainted with the infectious principle should exist, the danger may be averted, or at least be very much diminished by administering three times a day to the water for drinking either some carbolic acid (about 10 drops each time for every 150 pounds of live weight) or some hyposulphite of soda (a teaspoonful for every 100 pounds of live-weight), till all danger has disappeared. Second, where swine plague has been allowed to make some {)rogress in the herd, or where the presence of the disease is not discovered until several animals have been taken sick or have died, and others have become infected, the best that can be done is to separate at once the healthy animals from the diseased and suspected ones ; to place the healthy animals by themselves and the doubtful ones by themselves; to separate, disinfect and treat the animals in the way just stated. Special care must be taken to pre- vent any communication, direct or indirect, between the three different parts of the herd. If one person has to do the feeding, etc., he must make it a strict rule to attend always first, to the healthy animals, then to those considered as doubtful, and last to the sick ones, and must never reverse that rule, or go among the healthy hogs or pigs after he has been in the yard or pen occupied by the others. If possible each portion of the herd should have its own attendant, who should not come in contact with any of the others. The separation must be a strict one in every re- spect; even dogs and other annuals may carry the infectious principle from the diseased animals or from the yard occupied by them to the healthy hogs and pigs. Buckets, pails, etc., which are used in feeding the sick hogs should not be used for the healthy ones, because the infec- tious principle may be conveyed by them from one place to another. Last, but not least, it is very essential that the hog-lot occupied by the healthy portion of the herd be higher than that occupied by the others. If it is lower, and especially if it is so situated that water and other liquids from the other hog-lots can flow into it or over it, the separation is worse than useless, for then the healthy portion of the herd will surely become infected, unless the ground is exceedingly dry. Third, whenever swine plague is prevailing in the neighborhood, any operation, such as ringing, marking by wounding, or cutting ears or tail, and castration and spaying particularly, must not be performed, but should be delayed until the disease has disappeared, or does not exist anywhere within a radius of two miles. If such operation should become absolutely necessary, the HOG CHOLERA. 1277 wounds must be dressed at least once a day with an effective disinfect- ant, for instance, with a sohition of carbolic acid or thymol, till a heal- ing has been effected* (See disinfectants, page 990.) Swine plague Is very often communicated from herd to herd and from place to place by a careless, and, in some cases, even criminal contamina- tion of running streamlets, creeks and rivers with the excrements and other excretions of diseased hogs and pigs, and with the carcasses and parts of the carcasses of the dead animals. This source of the spreading of the disease can be stopi)ed only by declaring such contamination of streamlets a nuisaii'3e and making the offense punishable by law. Allow- ing swine affected with the plague to have access to such streamlets should be considered as constituting good evidence of such a contamina- tion, as also the throwing of dead hogs, or parts of a carcass, into such streamlets, creeks, or rivers. VI. The Disease as Observed in Swine. Symptoms during life. — "The disease may last from a few hours to four weeks in fatal cases. Quite frequently animals will die very sud- denly and without warning. Some of these cases present the hemorrhagic type of the disease very distinctly. In the majority of cases which came under our observation recently, the disease lasted from one to two weeks. The most prominent symptoms are those of great debility and capricious appetite. In about one-half of the cases, diarrhoea set in afler three or four days. The feces are usually liquid, at times blood-stained. In ^hose cases where ulceration is extensive, diarrhcea is always present. The vectal temperature is usually high but variable, and not at all reliable as ?. means of determining the intensity of the disease. Lesions observed after death. — Discoloration or reddening of the skin is quite rare. When present, it is usually found about the genitals in both sexes. The subcutaneous fatty tissue is frequently of a diffuse red- ness and rarely studded with small extravasations. The peritoneal cavity usually contains more or less straw colored serum in advanced cases. In those which die quite suddenly serous effusions are absent. The coils of the intestine are now and then covered with a few fibrinous, stringy coagula, indicating slight peritonitis. Beneath the serous covering of the intestines extravasations of blood are quite common in very acute cases. They are most frequently encountered on the large intestine throughout its entire lens'th or limited to the csecum. Occasionally a few coils of the ilium are covered with punctiform ecchy- moses. They are found now and then on the stomach. Only once did we see large ecchymoses in the fatty tissue sorrounding the kidney. The spleen is usually considerably swollen, dark, gorged with blood. 1278 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. and very friable. On its surface and borders, in acute cases, raised blood-red points are frequently encountered. The liver is sometimes enlarged, sometimes liighly congested, and is found quite pale at other times. Occasionally its surface is mottled with pale greenish patches. The kidneys are more or less changed. Frequently the surface is dotted with a variable number of dark-rod points, is commonly much congested ; even the tips of the papilUe may assume a dusky hue. The cortical portion in some cases is the seat of a hemorrhagic intlammation. On section it is dotted with closely set, dark-red points, probably the glome- ruli in a state of extreme engorgement. The heart is but slightly affected. The pericardium is always more or less distended with fluid. In acute cases a variable number of puno- tiform and larger extravasations are present beneath the pericardium of the auricular appendages. More rarely a few are found beneath the endocardium of the ventricles. The right side is, as a rule, distended with a dark coagulum and left nearly empty. The lungs are in many cases normal, both in cases of rapid death and protracted disease. We have seen many cases in which perfectly sound lungs accompanied extensively ulcerated intestines. In a moderate number of acute, virulent cases, the luiigs are, in general, collapsed and pale. Under the pleura, however, there are seen small patches of a dark-red color, which correspond to limited regions of dark hepatized tissue not much more than one-quarter inch in diameter. These foci are always found throughout the lung tissue in greater or less abun- dance. In the advanced stages of chronic swine plague, the major part of the lungs may be completely hopatizod. This condition we have found but rarely, and may depend on circumstances not yet clearly un- derstood. The lymphatic glands are always more or less affected, those of the thorax as well as those of the abdomen. The glands at the root of the mescntary are very nmch thickened and confluent, mottled, red, and whitish; the medullary portion is commonly reddened, the cortex more frequently gorged with blood. The glands imbedded between the coils of the large intestine are usually of a very dark-red. When these coils are torn apart, the glands are brought to view as isolated, bean-shaped bodies, their dark, blood-red color contrasting markedly with the adja- cent paler, flesh-coloix'd serosa. This congestion prevails throughout the gland-tissue. On section the knife becomes covered with blood. This description applies equally well to the glands in the region of the stomach, the paler inguinals, the bronchial, and mediastinal glands. In chronic cases, which have lasted from three to fours weeks, the lym- phatics are usually large, but very pale and tough od section. HOG CHOLERA. 1279 The intestinal tract is ordinarily the seat of the most severe lesions. In the stomach the fundus or most dependent portion is deeply reddened, often blackish in color, depending on the amount of extravasated blood. Occasionally clots of blood are found forming a coating around the food. In older cases the inflammation may be absent or replaced by isolated ulcers. The duodenum is rarely affected. The jejunum seems to enjoy a still greater imnmnity. The ileum is less exempt from pathological changes which seem to be proportioned to the extent and severity of the lesions found in the adjoining large intestine, which will be first de- scribed." VII. Glossary of Preceding Scientific Terms. The scientific terms used in the foregoing in diseases as observed in swine, are as follows : — Auricular — Pertaining to the ear. Caecum — The commencement of the large intestine. Ecchymoses — Livid, black or yellow spots from extravasation or effu- sion of blood. Feces — The natural discharges of an animal. Glomeruli — Heads. Places of gatherings. Hemorrhagic — Pertaining to flux or discharge of blood. Hepatized — Gorged with effused matter, producing a peculiar livery appearance. Ilium — The third or longest division of the lesser intestines. Lymphatic Glands — A reddish colored gland connected with the lym- phatics {lymphatic^ a vein-like valved vessel containing a transparent fluid). Lesion — An injury or morbid change, Mesentary — The membrane which retains the intestines and their ap> pendages in their proper position. Peritoneal — Region of the thin, smooth serous membrane investing the whole internal surface of the abdomen, and more or less all the viscra contained in it, and of which it forms the surface. Pericardium — The membranous sac inclosing the heart. Pleura — The membrane of the inner portion of the thorax and invest- ingr the lungs. Rectal — The last portion of the intestines. Sub-cutaneous — Under the skin. VIII. Conclusions. The preceding investigations definitely settle certain controverted points concerning the causes of swine plague, which may be briefly sum- marized : 1 280 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPI.ETE STOCK IKKTrOR. Swine plague Is caused by a specific microbe (an invisible germ) mal- tiplying in the body of the diseased animal. The microbe probably be- longs to the genus bacterium (a filamentous organism not yet defimtely known as belonging to the vegetable or animal kingdom, but apparently having distinct power of motion). When introduced beneath the skin this bacterium is fatal to pigs, rab- bits, guinea-pigs, mico, and a certain percentage of pigeons, it is more than piohahle that cattle inoculated with the virus of swine plague will come down with a disease that has been mistaken for contagious pleuro- pneumonia, but it is not communicated to other animals. It is also fa- tal to pigs when introduced with the food, or when they feed on the in- ternal organs of swine which have died of the disease. It is worthy to be remembered that the disease described in France as Rouget, and in Germany as Rothlauf, and for which Pasteur has pre- pared a vaccine, is caused l)y an entirely different microhe. The vaccine for this disease does not protect against swine plague. The introduc- tion of . Pasteur's vaccine is not only useless but may contribute to the introduction and spread of a disease, the existence of which in this country has not yet been demonstrated. During the last two years, 1897-98, the Bureau of Animal Industry has been experimenting with the serum treatment, both as a cure and preven- tive, in Pope County, Iowa, with the result that about 23.16 per cent, of infected hogs died, showing a recovery of 76. 84 per cent. In a correspond- ing number of hogs in other herds not treated the loss was 84. 24 per cent. This is a remarkably strong showing in favor of the serum treatment. This serum can be got from the Department of Agrichlture at Washington, D. C. It can be applied by any up-to-date veterinarian. The value of this treatment can be figured from the loss in Iowa alone lastyear of $15,000,000. Full particulars of the experiments with this serum are found in Bulletin No. 23, United States Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Animal In- dustry, 1899. Jlog Cholera (1911): — It is yet the great question among breedei's of hogs. It is well established that he who provides comfortable quarters for his hogs, keeps their surroundings clean by a regular program of re- moval of filth and disinfecting where they eat, sleep and wallo^v, with a cHDnstant lookout for lice and providin.s; for such food as the system' re- quires, need have little fear of that droad disease. Experts are in hot pursuit of the cholera bacillus and as a result are rapidly perfecting a serum that is an anti-toxine against hog cholera and will no doubt control that disease as effectually as they do black le^ in cattle. SWINE, By Prof. G. E. Pay, K. S. A., Professor of Agriculture and Farm Superintendent. Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ontario. I. Judging Hogs of Bacon Type— II. The Fat Hog.— III. Large Yorkshires.— IV. Tamworths. V. Berkshires. In dealing with this subject it will be necessary to pay special atten- tion to the type of hog for which Canada is noted, and this calls for some e.V Any of the lighter breeds of horses mentioned are very serviceable on the ordinary farm, and can be made to earn their own living from three years old until marketable, say at four or live years. A/ XVII. Points of the Horse. Hea.l. L'-J. Back. 1. Muzzzle. 2;i, 2:5. Jlibs (forniinfr tojj<'tIicr the 2. Nostril. or chest). .'{. Forelipad. 24. The circumference of the chest 4. Jaw. point, called tlie girth. r.. Poll. 2;'). The loins. Neck. 2f5. The croup. G, <;. Civst. 27. The hip. 7. ThioppU^ or wind-pipe. 28. The flank. 29. The sheath. Fore quai-ter. ;{0. Tlie root of the dock or tail. 8, 8. Shoulder-blade. The hind quarter. 9. Point of shoulder. .'Jl . The hip-joint, whirlboue or roui ]0. Bosom or breast. ;{2. The .stifle joint. ]1,11. True arm. 31}, 'SA. Lower thigh or gaskin. 12. Elbow. 34. The quarters, haunch or upp(!r YA. Forearm (arm). 35. The hock. ]4. Knee. 3fi. The point of the hock. If). Cannon-bone. 37. Tlie curb-place. 10. Back sinew. 38. The cannon-bone. 17. Fetlock or pastern joint. 39. The back sinew. 18. Coronet. 40. Pastern or fetl-)ck joint. 19. Hoof or foot. 41. Coronet. 20. Heel. 42. Foot or hoof. Body or Middlepiece. 43. Heel. 21. Withers. 44. Spaviu-place. it this thigh lolO CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. XVIII. The External Conformation of the Horse. We will now give t:i])les of what we consider the desirable points in the different classes of horses, making use of as few words as possible, in order to make our meaning clear. The plate and table on the fore- going page explains the position of the different points. XIX. Gouformation of the Heavy Draft Stallion. Jltad.—EiiY somewhat short, but pointed; forehead broad and rather flat; nasal bone straight ; eye full, prominent and mild; muzzle small ; muscle of cheek well developed; lips firm; mouth of medium size. ]\J'eck. — Of medium length, deep where it joins the body, being con- tinuous with withers without any line of demarcation; crest well arched, broad and strong, but not so heavy as to turn to either side; whole neck well and prominently muscled, and surmounted by a good full mane. Wit/iers. — In line with posterior part of the upper border of neck; rather broad and well muscled; back straight, not too long; loins broad and well muscled. Croup. — Well and prominently muscled, not too drooping; tail well carried and full haired. Chest. — Ribs long and well sprung; breast l)roa(l, full and prominently muscled. /Shoulder. — ^Moderately upright and well muscled, the muscles cover- ing the blade thoroughly developed. Elbow. —Strong and muscular, turning neither in nor out, but fitting closely to the chest. Forearm. — Large and well covered with prominent muscles. Knee. — Well developed, broad from side to side and deep from before backwards; straight, neither bending forwards (called kneespring) nor backwards (called calf knee). Knee to Foot. — Cannon-bone, broad and flat with an absence of beefi- ness ; in Clydesdales and Shires, should be well feathered with straight and not too coarse hair on the posterior border, especially in the region of the fetlock; in other breeds of draft horses the same amount of long hair is not present; back tendons hard and prominent and not too much tied in below knee; pasterns short, strong and tolerably upright. Foot. — Of medium size, rather round, with good strong wall, not flat ; heels full and round and not too deep; frog well developed; must not turn toes either in or out; must stand straight. Haunch. — Heavily muscled; thick through ham; hind quarters broad and well muscled. Stijle. — Strong and well muscled. Oaskin. — Muscles strong and prominent; bone large and substantia* HORSE BREEDING. 1317 Hock. — Large and strong and well developed in all directions; point well developed, posterior border straight, and the joint free from pufli- ness. Hock to Foot. — Cannon-bone and feathering same as the fore, ten- dons Avell marked and must not have a pinched or tied in appearance below joint, skin lying close to bone and tendons; an absence of beefi- ness; pasterns short, strong and tolerably upright. Foot. — Smaller, narrower and more concave sole than in front foot; frog well developed. Color. — Bay, chestnut, black, brown, roan, with reasonable modifica- tions. Skin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment. 'Iempera7ne)it. — Energetic, docile, not nervous. Style and Action. — General appearance attractive, movement firm, smart and elastic, especially to walk. Weight. — 1600 pounds upwards. Height. — 16 to 17 hands. XX. Conformation of Draft Mare or Gelding. Head. — Not so masculine-looking as the stallion, ear rather short but pointed, forehead broad, nasal bones straight, eye prominent and mild, muscles of cheek well developed, lips firm, mouth of medium size. jVeck. — Of medium length, deep where it joins the body, well muscled : crest high and hard, but not as much developed as in the stallion ; good mane. Wiihe7's. — In line with superior border of neck, thick and strong, back short and straight; loins broad. Croup. — Well muscled, not too drooping; tail well carried and full haired. Chest. — Ribs long and well sprung; barrel tolerably round and close to the ground; breast broad, full and well and prominently muscled. Shoidder. — Moderately upright ; well covered with well developed, hard muscles, the part against which the collar presses well defined, muscles covering the blade well developed. Elbow. — Well developed and fitting close to body. Forearm. — Large and well muscled. Knee. — Large and strong in every direction, straight. Knee to Foot. — Not too much tied in below knee; cannon-bone flat and clean; tendons well marked and strong, may be well feathered, an absence of beefiness; pasterns short, strong and tolerably upright. Foot. — Strong, tolerably round, sole not flat, frog pron^inent and full, heels full and ronnfj and not too deep. 1P)18 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Haunch. — Well muscled, thick throujrh ham, (jiiarters broad and strong. Stifle. — Large and well developed. Gask-in. — Muscles strong and bone substantial. Hock. — Strong and well developed in all directions, point well de- veloped, posterior border straight, free from puffiness. Hock to Foot. — Hind cannon broad and flat, not tied in below joint, tendons well developed, an absence of beefiness, skin lying close to bone and tendon, may be well feathered by straight and rather tine hair, pas- terns, short, strong and tolerably upright. Foot. — Smaller and narrower with more concave sole than in front, frog i)rominont and well developed. Color. — Bay, black, brown, chestnut, roan, with reasonable modirica- tions. Skin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment. Temperament. — Docile but energetic, not nervous. Style and Action. — General appearance attractive, action free, firm and easy, all feet being brought forward in a straight line and firmly planted; walking action especially must be good, not slow or clumsy. Weif/ht. — 1500 pounds upwards. Height. — 15f to 17 hands. XXI. Conformation of Coach Stallion. Head. — Ear of medium size, tine and approaching each other at tips when pointed forward, forehead broad and flat, bones of nose straight in front and slightly dished on the lateral surfaces, muscles of cheek well developed, eye prominent, nostrils large and flexible, mouth of medium depth. jSfeck. — Rath'^^' long, head gracefully attached and carried well up, crest well developed and nicely arched. Withers. — Well developed, not too thick, back straight and rather short, loins broad and strong. Croup. — Only moderately sloping, dock coming out high uj), tail full haired and carried straight and well out from the body. Chest. — Ribs long and well sprung, deep from above downwards ; breast full and well muscled. Shoulder. — Rather oblique and well muscled. Elbow. — Well developed and fitting closely to ribs. Forearm. — Strong, muscles well developed and standing out boldly, Knee. — Broad from side to side in front, deep from before backwards, upright. lines to Foot. — Cannon-bone broad and flat, tendons well developer HORSE BREEDING. lolU and prominent, skin lying close to bone and tendons ; an absence of beefi- ness, not too much tied in below knee, an absence of long hair ; pas- terns strong, of medium length and obliquity ; all joints strong and well developed. Ji'oot. — Wall moderately deep and strong, of medium size and toler- ably round, sole concave, frog well developed, heels broad and strong and not too deep; must not turn toes either in or out. Haunch. — Muscles well developed and standing out boldly, hind quarters broad and strong. Stifle. — Well developed and strong. Gaskin.—Sivong and well developed, muscles standing out boldly and well defined. Hoch. Large and strong in all directions, point well developed, pos- terior border straight; an absence of coarseness and puffiness. Ilock to Foot. Hind cannons clean, broader and flatter than the fore ones, tendons standing boldly out and well defined, an absence from beefiness, skin lying close to bone and tendon ; must not have a tied in or pinched appearance below hock, an absence of long hair, pasterns strong, of medium length and obliquity. }i'oot. Smaller and narrower, with more concavity in sole than the fore one, frog well developed, heels round and strong and not too dee}). Color.— Biiy, brown, black, chestnut, roan, gray, with reasonable modifications. (In this class a good horse may be a bad color.) Skin.—Soii, mellow, loose, not like parchment, Temperament.— ^n&v^eWc, docile, not sluggish, free from nerv- ousness. Style and Action.— Free and elastic, attractive, knee well bent, fore feet lifted well off ground when in motion and being brought straight forward, neither paddling orrooling, stride long, with an absenc-e of the tarrying action sometimes seen, hocks well bent and hind feet lifted well up, not going wide or yet close enough to strike opposite ankle. Weight. —l\()^ to 1400 pounds. Height,— lh% to Wi hands. XXII. Conformation of Carriage Mare or Gelding. Head. The same general outline as the coach stallion, with an absence of the masculine appearance. ^ec•^^— Clean cut, an absence of masculine appearance, rather long, head nicely attached and carried well up, crest well developed and wiry and nicely arched, windpipe standing in relief from the muscles, the lugular gutter well defined. 1320 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Withers. — More prominent and not so thick as the stallion; back straight and rather short, loins broad and strong. Croup. — Not too sloi)ing, dock coming out well up, tail well haired, carried straight and well out from the body. Chest. — Ribs long and well sprung, deep from above downwards. Shoulders. — Moderately sloping, well nmsclcd over shoulder-blade. Elbow. — Well developed and lying close to chest. Forearm. — Strong, muscles well developed, well defined and standing boldly out. Knee. — Large and strong in all directions, upright; should be crit- ically examined for malformations. Knee to Foot. — Cannon-bone strong, broad and flat, tendons well defined and standing boldly out, and not apparently too much tied in below the knee, and absence of bcefincss and long hair, skin lying close to bone and tendon, pastern strong, of medium length and obliquity. Foot. — Of medium size and tolerably round, horn thick, strong and with smooth surface, sole rather concave, frog full and well developed, heels broad and strong and not too high, must not turn toes either in or out. Haunch. — Muscles strong and standing boldly out, well defined, hind quarters broad and strong. Stifle. — Strong and well muscled. Gaskin. — Strong, muscles well defined, large and standing boldly out. Hock. — Strong and well developed in all directons, an absence of coarseness and pufiiness, point of hock well developed and posterior border straight. Ilock to Foot. — Kind cannons broad, strong and clean, tendons strong, well defined and standing boldly out, not tied in below joint, an absence of bccfincss, skin lying close to bone and tendon, limb flatter than the front one; pasterns strong, of medium length and obliquity. Foot. — Smaller and narrower than in front, sole more concave, frog large and strong, heels strong and not too deep. Color. — Bay brown, black, chestnut, roan, gray, with reasonable modifications. (A good horse of this class may be a bad color.) Skin. — Soft, mellow, not like parchment. Temperament. — Docile, lively, energetic, not sluggish, free from nervousness. Style and Action. — General appearance attractive and stylish, knees well bent and fore feet lifted high from the ground when in motion, being brought forward in a straight line, with neither a paddling nor rolling motion, and not allowing the foot to tarry in the air, but extend- ing it promptly and boldly forward with a long stride, hocks well bent HORSE BREEDING. 1R21 and hind feet lifted gracefully and quickly from the ground, not going wide, nor yet close enough to interfere; must not forge. Weight.— 1000 to 1300 pounds. Height.- -15^ to 16^ hands. XXIII. Conformation of the Hackney Stallion. Head. — Of medium size, slightly dished laterally, wide between the eyes, eyes full, prominent and mild, but lively in appearance, ears small, fine, turned inwards at tips when pointed forward, set wide apart, nos- trils of medium size but very flexible, mouth small, muzzle tine, jaws not heavy but wide apart, cheeks flat with well developed nmscles, but not too fleshy, head carried fairly high, nose drawn slightly inwards towards breast. Neck. — Of medium length, crest well developed, hard and whipcordy, well arched, clean, but not too fine at throat, wide and muscular at shoulder. Withers. — High but not sharp, back short with rise at loin, which should be broad, full and muscular. Croup. — Slightly drooping, long, not steep, tail set on rather high, well haired and carried straight and well out from the body. Chest. — Ribs long and well sprung. Breast. — Tolerably wide and well nmscled. /Shoulder. — Oblique, dee}) and well musclec". Elbow. — Well muscled and strong, fitting close to chest Forearm. — Long, well and prominently muscled. Knee. — Broad and deep in all directions, straight, with an absence of malformations. Knee to Foot. — Cannon-bone short, strong and flat, with an absence of beefiness, back tendons standing out prominently, no coarse hair on posterior border, tendons not too much tied in below knee, pasterns strong and of medium length and obliquity. Foot. — Of medium size, round and strong, tolerably concave sole, well developed frog, strong and broad heels, not too high, must not turn toes either in or out. HauncJi. — Heavy muscled, thick through ham, hindcpiarters bro;id •md strong. Stifle. — Strong and well muscled. Gaskin. — Well and i)rominently muscled and strong, hamstring standing boldly out and well let down at hock. Hock. — Strong, clean, rather short, an absence of coarseness, well developed in all points, no pufiiness, point well marked, posterior border straight. 1322 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. Hock to Foot. — Cannon rather short, strong and flat, an absence of beefiness, back tendons standing out prominently and not tied in below joint, skin lying closely to bone and tendon, without long hairs on pos- terior border, pastern strong, of medium length and rather oblique. Foot. — Smaller than fore foot, sole more concave, frog w^ll developed, heels broad, strong and not too high. /Skin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment. Color. — Bay, brown, black, chestnut, roan, gray, with reasonable modifications. (A good horse of this class may be an undesirable color.) Action. — Knee and hock action high, with considerable extension, stride, grace and speed, must not paddle or rool fore feet nor allow them to tarry in the air, but fetch them up and forward in a straight line, with grace, promptness and style; hind feet must be lifted promptly and high, not with a sprawling action nor yet going close enough to interfere, but being brought forward in a straight line, with a good long stride and firmly planted. Temperament. — Docile but veiy energetic, free from nervousness, general appearance attractive and symmetrical. Weight.— \)bO to 1200 pounds. Height. — 15 to 16 hands. The conformation of the Hockney mare or gelding the same as above, with the absence of the masculine appearance of head, crest and genera] physiognomy. XXIV. Conformation of the Standard-Bred Stallion. Head. — Ear of medium size and pointed, eye large, prominent and of docile expression, bones of the nose straight in front and slightly dished laterally, bones of cranium nicely rounded, nostrils firm, large and readily dilated, muscles of cheek well developed, but not too heavy, mouth of medium size, lips firm, muzzle fine and tapering, branches of lower jaw well spread apart at their angles. Neck. — Rangy with well developed crest and attached to the head in an angular sort of wa}^ rather of the obtuse order. Withers. — May be continuous with the su})erior border of the neck, well developed and not too broad, back straight and rather short, loins broad. Croup. — Somewhat sloping with dock coming out high up, tail well haired and carried in a graceful manner. Chest. — Deep through the girth, ribs long and well sprung with well marked angles, breast broad and well muscled. Shoulder. — Oblique from above downwards and forwards, blade bon% well covered with muscles. HORSE BREEDING. 1323 Elbow. — Well muscled and lying close to chest. Forearm. — Well developed and strong, with muscles well defined and standing boldly out. Knee. — Straight, strong in all directions, free from malformations. Knee to Foot. — Cannon-bone rather short, broad, flat and clean, not feathered, tendons well defined and prominent, skin lying close to bone and tendon, tendons not too much tied in below knee, an absence of beefiness, pasterns strong, of medium length and obliquity. Foot. — Of medium size, rather round with strong wall, sole rather concave, frog large and well developed, heels broad, strong and not too deep, must not toe either in or out. JTaunrh. — Muscles well developed, deep through ham, quarters broad end strong. Stifle. — Strong and well muscled, compact. Gaskin. — Muscles prominent and hard, hamstring prominent. Hock. — Large and strong in all directions, all parts well developed, an absence of malformations and puffiness, point well developed and pos- terior border straight. Hock to Foot. — Cannon-bone rather short, broader and flatter than in front, little or no feathering, an absence of })eetiness, tendons standing out prominently and well defined and not tied in below joint, skin lying- close to bone and tendon, fetlock joint large and strong, pasterns strong, of medium length and obliquity. Foot. — Smaller and not so round as in front, sole more concave, frog well developed, heels strong and not too deep. Color. — Bay, brown, black, chestnut, roan, gray, with reasonable modifications. 8kin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment. Temperament. — Docile, kind, prompt, energetic, not nervous. Style and Action. — Free and elastic, perfect in trotting gait, a good walker, must not paddle or rool in front, may go wide behind, may either trot or pace, and must go level without hitting himself any phice, and be able to go fast. Weight. — 9r)0 to 1200 pounds, or even more. Height. — 15 to IG^ hands. The mare and gelding of this class may be of the same general type as the stallion, but not so masculine looking; the neck, withers and gen- eral physiognomy being the points which contribute most to the more tffeminate appearance of these animals. The neck should be more del- icate and cleaner cut, the crest not so well developed, the withers more pronounced, not so thick through and through at the upper part, and 1324 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AXD C0:MPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. there should be a line of a demarcation between withers and neck, the general physiognomy milder and gentler and less impetuous. XXV. Conformation of the Thoroughbred Stallion. Jfead. — Ears tine, not too long, ai)i)roaching each other at the tips when thrown forward; cranium broad and nicely rounded, forehead tlat and broad, eyes wide apart, prominent, large and bold in expression, nasal bones straight in front but slightly dished on lateral surfaces, nostrils firm, large and flexible, of large capacity when the animal is ex- cited, lips firm, mouth of medium size, muzzle small and tapering, cheeks well but not too heavily clothed with hard, well developed mus- cles, branches of lower jaw well spread apart at their angles. J^eck. — Clean cut and rangy, crest well developed and whipcordy but not so heavy as in other classes, head attached to neck in graceful, angular manner, rather of the obtuse order, jugular gutter well marked. Withers. — Well developed, high and not too wide, unless animal bo fat there should be a line of demarcation where the neck leaves off and the withers commence, back straight and rather short, loins broad and strong. Croup. — Rather long and slightly sloping with dock coming out high up, tail carried straight, well out from the body in an arched and graceful manner. Chest. — Somewhat cone-shaped with good, broad base behind, apex between forelegs, where the animal may be narrower in proportion than other breeds, the cavity should be deep from above downwards espe- cially at the girth, ribs long, well sprung, with well marked angles, breast muscles well defined and prominent, but not too wide. Shoulder. — Oblique from above downward and forward, the blade bone being well covered with hard, well developed muscles. Elbow. — Well muscled and lying close to chest. Forearm. — Long, well developed and strong, well clothed with hard, well developed muscles, having grooves of demarcation between them, showing the outlines of each individual muscle. Knee. — Clean, straight, large and strong in all directions, the bone forming the back part somewhat prominent, an absence of malforma- tions. Knee to Foot. — Cannons short, broad, flat and clean, tendons standing out plainly, hard and whipcordy, lines of demarkation between tendons and ligament and between ligament and bone, an absence of beefiness and long hair, skin lying close to bone and tendon, tendons not toe jsuci. pinched below knee, fetlock joint well developed and strong, pasterua somewhat lengthy and of medium obliquity. HORSE BREEDING. 1325 Foot. — Rather smaller ia proportion than in other breeds, round, strong and tolerably deep wall, sole concave, frog well developed, heels full and not too deep, must not turn toes in or out when standing. Haunch. — Well clothed with hard, well developed muscles, showing grooves of demarcation between them, thick through ham, (juarters broad and strong. Stijie. — Strong and well muscled, not bulky, Gaskin. — Clothed with hard muscles standing individually boldly out, hamstring strong, prominent and whipcordy. Hock. — Deep and strong in all directions, all points well developed but not rough, an absence of malformations or puffiness, point very well developed, straight on posterior border, the whole joint clean and hard and of an angular order. Hock to Foot. — Cannons short, wider and flatter than fore ones, clean, no beefiness, no feathering, tendons well marked individually and must not have a pinched appearance below joint, but very gradually taper in width from hock to fetlock, skin lying close to bone and tendon, fetlock joints large, clean and strong, pasterns rather lengthy, strong and of medium obliquity. Foot. — Smaller, not so round as the front ones, sole more concave, frog well developed, heels strong and not too deep. Color. — Bay, brown, chestnut, gray, black with reasonable modifica- tions. Skin. — Soft, mellow, loose, not like parchment, hair forming coat fine, silky and straight, hairs of mane and tail, although coarse, must be straight and soft in comparison with other breeds. Temperament. — Mild, not vicious, energetic, inclined to be impetuous, not too nervous. Action. — Prompt, free and elastic, not too much knee and hock action, but going rather close to the ground, esi)ecially in the canter or gallop, must not paddle or rool fore feet, nor go close enough behind to interfere, good walker. Weight.—S-Ay 1050 to 1300 pounds. Height. — Say Ib^ to 16|^ hands. XXVI. Conformation of the Thoroughbred Gelding or Mare. Head. — Rather small, ear fine and pointed, not too long, cranium nicely rounded, forehead flat and broad, eye large and prominent and gentle in expression, nasal bones straight in front and slightly dished laterally, nostrils large, firm and flexible, lips firm, mouth of medium depth, muzzle tapering and small, cheek clothed with hard, well 1326 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. developed muscles, branches of lower jaw well spread apart at their angles. Neck. — Clean cut and rangy, crest well developed and whipcordy, but not so full as in the stallion, the point where the neck leaves off to be well marked in frontof the withers, jugular gutter well marked, wind- pipe standing out independently of the rest of the neck, attachments of head to neck well marked and to be rather angular, of the obtuse order. Withers. — Well developed and high, forming a well marked promi- nence over the shoulder, the top of which should not be thick; the back, springing from the posterior aspect of the withers, should be straight and short, loins broad and well muscled. Croup. — Rather long and somewhat sloping, with dock coming out well up, tail carried straight, well out from the body and in a gracefully arched manner. ■ Chest. — Somewhat cone-shaped with good broad base behind, apex between shoulders rather narrow, but deep through the girth, ribs long and well sprung with well-marked angles. Shoulder. — Coming from high, sharp withers, should be obliciue from above downward, blade clothed with hard muscles, well formed but not bulky. Ulboio. — Well muscled and lying close to chest. Forearm. — Well developed and strong, with muscles standing boldly out and well defined, marked from each other by grooves. Knee, knee to foot, foot, haunch, stifle, gaskin, hock, hock to foot, foot, color and skin, same as stallion. Temperament. — More docile than the stallion, l)ut still very energetic. Action. — Rather lighter on foot than the stallion; in other respects the same. Weight.— ^ixy 850 to 1250 pounds. Height.— Sixy 15 to 16^ hands. The saddle horse may be of the same general type as the thorough- bred (mare or gelding), but if not Ihoroughljred will not have as much (|uality. Must have good manners, a mouth that responds readily to the hand of his rider. Graceful and elastic actions in all paces being essential. We will now give a 'sw illustrations showing some of the desirable and undesirable points of conformation of the horse. From these ilhis- trations the breeder will be able to inform himself as to the various features and traits of disposition; also the correct and incorrect posi- tion of the limbs, feet, etc. HORSE BREEDING. IS'il Fig. A. — Shows a very good head of a thoroughbred. The general expression and attitude denote intelligence, ambition and docility. The crest is nicely arched, but not bulky; head gracefully attached and well carri< 1; all muscles and the jugular gutter well marked. Ft B. — Shows a good head and neck of a trotting or road horse. Fig. C. — Shows a good head, but the neck is very deficient, being too long and thin, and much too fine where attached to head. Necks of this description are usually accompanied by a small head, with little space between the angles of the lower jaw. Consequently, the space occupied by the larynx (that catilaginous box at the commencement ol the windpipe) is limited, not allowing suflicient room for expansion when large quantities of air are taken into the lungs during violent exercise, and as a consequence the animal is very liable to become a roarer. F\6 6 Pig, 7). — Represents an ill-formed head and neck. The neck is at- tached to the head in an ill-manner. The mouth or nose is turned in too much towards the breast, which renders the animal practically uncon- trollable unless a check rein be used to keep his nose out. The eye, ear and general expression denote stubbornness and ill-temper. For purposes of draft, the neck should be very much thicker and more heavily muscled than in light horses, but nevertheless the head should be properly attached. Fig. ^.— Shows a shapely, muscular neck for draft, rather thick at the attachment to the head, but at the same time well proportiored. 1328 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. The head is broad, strong, and rather large at the muzzle, not a serious fault even with drivinir horses, althouj^h a line muzzle looks more attract- FIGE FIG F ive, and with large flexible x :^strils this conformation may be vei well marke.l. Fig. F. — Shows a badly I'ormed neck and shoulder, and an ill-propor- tioned, badly formed head. Fig. G. — Shows an ewe-necked vicious brute, the head set on too high, the dished face, shape and position of ears, wild expression of the eyes and position of lips denote a vicious and dangerous disposition. The Roman nose also denotes stubbornness. Fig. II. — Shows a strong, muscular neck and head, but at the same time the position of the ear, the eyes high in the head with a surly ex- pression, the Roman nose, thick neck and jaw denote a treacherous and unsafe horse. Such a horse, if kept properly under control by a com- petent driver, may l)e fairly well numaged, but in careless or incom- petent hands is liable to become vicious and intractable at any time. Plate 2. — Shows different conformations of the back. The back should be straight and of medium length; the straighter and shorter it is the more it denotes strength, while the longer it is, and especially if it also be hollow, the more indicative it is of weakness. However, very HORSE BREEDING. 1329 short backs arc not desirable, as a certain amount of lengtli is essential in order that the animal may have action and a certain amount of speed. GOOD AND BAD BACK. Though shortness of the back indicates strength, particularly as regards carrying weight, we must remember that too much must not be sacri- ficed for any one point, and a horse with a very short back is apt to overreach (forge) unless his shoulders be very oblique. Backs which are in their original formation hollow, invariably become more so under the influence of weight and age. This is particularly noticeable in stall- ions that are used in the stud. In fact, all backs, though originally straight, become more or less hollow with age. This effect is partly due GOOD AND BAD HINDQUARTERS. to the ordinary mechanical action of weight on a given line, and partly to wasting away of the muscles in old age. A horse with what is called 1330 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. a roach back is usually rough and uneven in his paces and inclined to forge. The formation is favorable to strength, and unless the pecul- iarity be very marked, especially if the quarters are good, and the shoulder strong and obli(|ue, he will generally be a serviceable animal. In the illustration the top tigure showf^ a very straight back and croup — with the dock coming out very high up. The central tigure a hollow back and drooping croup, and the lower figure a roach back, Plate 3. — The hair of the tail usually indicates the breeding of a horse to a certain extent. That of well-bred horses is generally straight and fine. A thick, coarse or curly quality of hair usually denotes want of breeding. The tail should be carried firm, straight and well away from the hind (|iiarters. It should be set on almost in a line with the back bone. In the coarsely bred animal the tail is usually set on low down, possesses little muscular power, clings to the quarters, and altogether looks mean. Fine, curly hair is occasionally, though seldom, seen even in the tails of thoroughbreds. In the illustration the figure on the left shows a tail the dock of which comes out high up, and the tail is well and gracefully carried. The sec- ond figure shows the dock coming out lower down from drooping croup, and tail not so well carried. In the next figure this is more marked, the animal hugging the tail, while the figure to the right shows a tail with coarse, wavy hair coming out very low down from a very sloping croup, and meanly carried, the hams cut away and weak, and altogether the parts of a mean-looking and generally unserviceable animal. Plate 6. — Let us now view the position of the hind legs, viewed from the side, the horse standing. Fig. 1. — Shows the commonly received idea of the correct position, but the whole limb is placed rather too far back, and it is rather too near the perpendicular from point of hock to fetlock pad. Fig. «/.— Shows a more correct position, the limb is more under the center of gravity than Fig. I, the hock not quite so far back and there is a slight deviation forward from hock to fetlock. Fig. K. — Shows a horse standing too straight, hamstring not well developed, and rather a deviation backwards from point of hock to fet- lock, altogether a rather weak limb. Fig. L. — Shows the limbs too much bent, sickle shaped, giving the horse a mean appearance, and at the same time the hock is not strong, and disease, especially curb, is easily produced. Fig. M. — Shows the leg from hock down placed too far behind; this conformation indicates weakness and is usually associated with defective action. HORSK BREEDING. 1331 Fig. iV. — Shows the point of the hock poorly developed, the hock is not "well let down," always accompanied by poor hock action. Fig. O. — Shows the opposite and desirable conformation, the point of hock well developed. The hock is "well letdown." This confor- mation indicates good leverage, and is usually accompanied by good 1332 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. riG R no. 5 FIO, FIG V no vs/ FIO X ■IG. DD pig.ce: fig ft FIG 6G FIG HH action. In this figure the hock alone must be considered, not its posi- tion in respect to the body. Coming now to the rear view of the hind legs. Fig. P. — Shows the points of the hocks too close together Ccow hocked), with a lateral deviation outwards of the limbs to the feet. lie points the feet outwards, is splayfooted. The points of the hocks HORSE BREEDING. l■^'?,^ should not approach each other in this manner, but should stand squarely, turnhig neither outwards nor inwards, and the limbs should maintain this position down to the foot, which also should be planted straight forwards and backwards. j^lfj, g._Shows the hocks too far apart, the points turned outwards, with a lateral deviation inwards from hock to foot, the toes turned inwards (parrot toed). Coming to the fore quarters the illustrations will give a good idea of «?hape, obliquity of shoulder, setting on of the neck and carriage of Jihe head. _Pig^ i?._Shows good conformation of head, neck and shoulders.^ pig^ ^\_Shows shoulders too upright, neck too short and thick, throat' thick and heavy, ears and eyes badly placed, and general expres- sion bad. j^'ig^ T.— Shows correct position of fore limb and foot. ji^ig, [/-.—Shows feet too close together; the horse is bandy-legged. jTig^ 17._The feet are too wide apart; the horse straddles. j^ilg] If .—Shows the toes turned out; when traveling he will rool his toes inward, and in all probability strike the opposite limb some place between the pastern and knee, or even above the knee, according to the lieicrht of action. This is called speedy stroke, and is very undesirable, as i"t necessitates the wearing of boots for protection, and is liable to cause him to stumble. jTig, A^— Shows the contrary conformation ; the toes turn inwards, giving the animal a waddling action, which has a very clumsy and unatti-active appearance. There is considerable waste motion. 7//^. Y.—CjUes a side view of fore leg. The position is correct, the knee large, strong and straight, neither bending forwards, "knee spring," nor backwards, "calf-knee." jPlg^ Z.— Shows the knee bending backwards, "calf or buck-kneed." This conformation is well marked, causes undue strain on back liga- ments and tendons. Fi(j. yM.— Shows a small, weak knee, with the tendons tied m or pinched below the joint. Fig. BB.—Sho\\s the pastern too long and weak. Fig. (7(7.— Shows the pastern too short; there is a want of flexi- bility; the action will be stiff and stilty. Fig. DD.— Shows a good limb in a correct position. Fig EF.— Shows the pastern too short and upright; the action will be stiff and stilty, especially for saddle purposes. The concussion is so ^leat that parts are very liable to disease. Fig. FF.—Shosws the opposite conformation ; the pastern is too long 1334 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. and oblique, the strain consequently undue upon the back tendons, which, as a consequence, are liable to disease. Fig. GG. — Shows the correct position of foot in relation to the breast. Fig. HII.— Shows the foot planted too far back. Fig. If. — Shows a weak knee and fetlock. The limb is straight, but out of proper position on account of weakness. The reader who carefully examines these illustrations should be a fairly good judge of how a horse should look, either from a :.>ont, rear or side view, both as to the body and limbs. DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. By Prof. H. H. Dean, B. S. A., Professor of Dairy Husbandry, Ontario Agricnltural College, Guelph, Ontario. THE DAIRY COW. II. FEED. III. BUTTER MAKING. IV. SPECIAL POINTS ON BUTTER MAKING. V. CREAMERIES. VI. CHEDDAR C!HEESK. -VII. SALTINll THE CURD. VIII. CURIN(+ THE CHEESE. IX. FARM CHKESE. X. DAIRY BUILDINGS. XI. TOWN AND CITY MILK AND CREAM TRADE. XH. CONDENSED MILK. XIII. IMITATION BUTTER. XIV. THE TESTING OF MILK. XV. MAR- KETING DAIRY PRODUCE. The dairy interests of the North American people are very large. No branch of agriculture has been so profitable as dairying. The dairy cow is the queen of all animals kept on the farm, when i)roperly fed and when cared for in the best manner. There are two classes of dairymen as regards method of manufactur- ing their product, viz. : private and co-operative. The former are the older, but the latter are more extensive in their operations. Co-oper- ative cheese factory dairies began in 1851, in the State of New York. The chief advantages of co-operation in the dairj' are a more uniformly high quality of cheese and butter, which sells for a higher price than average private dairy goods, and the fact that it relieves the farmer's wife of a great deal of drudgery. Co-operative factories are managed on one of two plans — joint stock company or private enterprise. In the first, the factory, plant, etc., are owned by the farmers that manage the business, as well as owning and milking the cows. WTien properly managed, they are the most success- ful factories. Private enterprise factories are chiefly owned by one per- son, who provides factory and plant and manufactures the product, as a rule, for a certain rate per pound. This plan usually insures good busi- ness management, and the system is well liked in muny sections. I. The Dairy Cow. A good cow is the foundation ;if all successful dairying. Good cows are found in all breeds and among those of no particular ])reeding; but they are more common among what are known as the dairy breeds, chief of which in America are Holstein, jersey, Ayrshire, Guernsey, Cana- dian, and some strains of the Short-Horn. 1335 1336 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE SIOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 1337 In building up a dairy herd, select the best cows of the breed, grade or native most suitable for the conditions under which they are to be used. Breed these cows to pure bred males of the same breed as the cows are, where pure breeds are kept, and breed the grades and natives to pure bred males of whatever breed is thought to be best. Rear the heifer calves on whole milk for about two weeks, then change gradually >;o warm, sweet skim milk to which has been added a small amount of bran and ground oats when young. Afterwards feed the meal dry and give clover hay, grass, and in winter give pulped or sliced roots. Keep the calves warm, dry and clean. The heifers should commence milking when between two and three years old. Weigh the milk from each cow, and test for fat at least once a month. Have a standard of not less than 6000 pounds of milk or 250 pounds of butter per year foj- each cow, and sell all which do not come up to this standard at the end of their second milking period. In this way a creditable dairy herd may be built up in a few years. II. Feed. Grass is nature's food for milk production, and where this is obtain- able in abundance no other feed is necessary. Give plenty of pure water, and allow cows access to salt at all times. Lucerne clover is an excellent soiling crop, as also are green peas and oats and corn. Corn silage is a valuable summer food as well as a good food for winter. In winter give the cow all the mixed corn silage and cut clover hay which she will eat, together with mangels, and six to eight pounds of meal for each pound of fat produced in the milk, or for every twenty-five tc thirty-five pounds of milk which she gives. The meal may consist of one-half bran and the other half peas and oats. Gluten feed, cotton- seed meal, oil cake, etc., are also useful concentrates, if they can be pur- chased at reasonable prices and without adulteration. The subject of cow feeding and management may be summed up in: breed carefully, select wisely, care for kindly, feed liberally, milk regularly. This dc, and prosperity shall attend the steps of the dairyman. Ill, Butter Making. Butter may be made in a private dairy or in a creamery. In the pri- vate dairy the milk is usually set for the cream to rise in shallow pans or deep cans, or, what is now very common, it is run through a cream separator innnediately after being milked. To obtain the best results with shallow pans, set as soon as possible after milking in pans about four inches deep. Keep in a clean, cool place, such as a cellar or milk- house, and skim at the end of twenty-four or forty-eight hours. Loosen the cream from the edge of the pan with a thin-bladed knife, and allow 1338 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE S'lOCK DOCTOR. JERSEY IvILY. Ontario Agricultural College. Two years old, solid color, black tongue and switch. Her milk is excellent quality and she promises to make a fine cow for butter making. the cream to glide over the edge of the pan into the cream can. Do not use a perforated skimmer, as it wastes the cream. In deep setting, set in pans about eight inches in diameter and twenty inches deep. Phice the cans in ice water for twelve to thirty-six hours, and skim carefully from the top or bottom. If using a separator, run the milk through as soon as milked; but if separating but once a day, heat the milk to 115'' to 100° and then separate. Cool the cream to 60° as soon as it comes from the separator. Wash the machine after each time of using. The cream from pans and cans should be kept sweet until twenty-four hours before churning, when it may be warmed to about 60° to 65°, and a small amount of clean flavored sour skim-milk or buttermilk may be added to hasten and control the ripening or souring of the cream. A better way is to heat some skim-milk, to which has been added 25 per cent, of clean water, to 1(50° for twenty minutes, then cool to 80° to 1*0° and add a commercial culture. This is a safer plan than to use ordinary sour milk, buttermilk or cream. The commercial culture may be propagated DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 1339 for ail iudetinite length of time with proper cure, and need not be bought oftener than once or twice a year. The cream is ripe and ready to churn when it tastes slightly sour, is thick and glossy in appearance, and has a pleasant, ripe smell. If tested with a one-tenth normal alkaline solution, it should show five-tenths to six-tenths of one per cent, acidity. Cream may be churned in a box or barrel churn or in a combined churn, and worked at a temperature of 50^ to TC, depending upon conditions. Churn at such a temperature that the butter will come firm in twenty to forty-five minutes. Stop the churn when the butter is the size of wheat grains, and draw the buttermilk. Wash the butter once in water at 50"^ to 55", and then salt in the churn or on a worker. For a farm dairy a V-shaped worker is very convenient. In the factory, rollers are used to apply pressure to the butter. The amount of salt will vary from one- half ounce to one ounce per pound of butter. Use fine, clean salt. Work the butter once for local markets ; for export or to pack, work twice, to overcome "mottles" or "streaks." For local trade, put the butter in pound prints wrapped in parchment paper. For export or AYRSHIRE PATTI. No. 10,741 in Canadian Ayrshire Book. Two years old. Her dam was imported from Scotland and was one of the best cows in the college herd. 1340 CYCLOPEDIA OF 1,IVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. cold storage, pack in square boxes holding fifty-six pounds, or in tubs holding fifty pounds. The best packages are lined with paratfine wax and heavy parchment pa})er. If the packages are unlined, soak in brine for three or four days, then steam and sprinkle the inside with salt be- fore putting in the butter. Spruce is the best material for wooden butter packages. Pound the butter firmly into the package, so that it will be close and uniform when emptied. IV. Special Points on Butter Making (1) If coloring is used, add it to the cream before commencing to churn. Do not overcolor the butter. Commercial coloring is prefer- able to carrot or other home-made coloring. (2) Pasteurizing (^. e., heating to 160°) the whole milk before run- ning it through the separator in winter will enable the butter maker to secure a more uniform quality of butter, and butter at all times which has im})roved keeping quality. Sweet cream may also be Pasteurized after each time of skimming by setting the can of cream in a tub or tank of hot water at 180° and stirring until the cream reaches 160°, then cool to below 60° before adding to the cream can or crock containing cream from previous skimmings. Add about one cup of culture to the cream can in winter with the llrst lot of cream to get good •flavor, and hold at 60°. V. Creameries. Creameries are of several kinds — whole milk or separator, cream gathering, and combined separator and cream gathering — usually in con- nection with skimming stations, at which only the cream is separated and then it is taken to a central creamery to be churnod. In connection with the cream-gathering creamery, hand separators on the farm are be- coming very common. This method saves the expense of hauling the whole milk to the creamery and the skim-milk back to the farm ; but owing to the fact that the cream is often spoiled before it reaches the creamery, it is doubtful if this is the best plan to make a fine quality of butter. In sections where cows are not plentiful the cream-gathering pkn is to be commended, but in thickly settled portions the whole milk creamery is best, because the finest quality of butter may be made if patrons cool the milk properly at the farm and it reaches the creamery sweet. The butter maker then has an opportunity to show his skill in the manufacture of high-class butter. VL Cheddar Cheese. In the system of factory cheese making known as cheddar, the milk is delivered at the factory once a day — usually before 9 a. m. The proper cariqg for ui'iIk at the farm is a very important point in the DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 1341 1342 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. making of fancy cheese. The chief things to observe in the care of milk are: Have good health j cows, fed on clean food, which does not taint the milk. (Turnips, turnip tops, rape, api)les, apple pomace, brewers grains, etc., should not be fed to cows producing milk for cheese mak- ing or any other fine dairy products.) As soon as milked the milk should be strained into cans. When the cows are all milked, place the cans of milk in a tank of cold water and stir until the milk is below 70% at which temperature it may be left for the night, except on Saturday, when it should be cooled to near 50'', if it is to be sent to the factory on Monday morning. The morning's milk should also be cooled, if possi- ble, and should not be mixed with the evening's milk until it leaves for the factory. Be sure that the atmosphere is pure in which the milk sets over night. The cows should also be milked in a clean, pure at- mosphere. After the milk reaches the factory coloring is added, as soon as the weight of milk in the vat is known, if colored cheese are made, though white or uncolored cheese are more wholesome, and there is a growing demand for uncolored cheese. The coloring commonly used is made from Annato seed, though many colors are now made from the by-})roducts of gas manufactories. The milk is then heated to 86° by means of steam turned under the vats of milk. When the milk is ripe, which is ascertained by means of a rennet, or an acid test, the milk is set by adding from three to five ounces of rennet extract per 1000 pounds of milk. When the curd is firm it is cut once with a horizontal knife and twice with a perpendicular knife. The curd will then be in the form of cubes from three-eighths to five-eighths of an inch in size. The curd is then gently stirred and in about ten minutes heat is applied by means of steam. The curd is kept in motion by the hands, by means of a rake, or by machinery until the whole mass of curd and whey reaches a temperature of 98°, when the steam is shut off, but the stirring continues for some time. When the curd is firm and the acid begins to develop, as indicated by the hot iron test, or the acid test, the .whey is run from the curd, which process is known as "dipping." After dipping, the curd is stirred and then allowed to "mat" or "cheddar." The curd is afterwards cut in strips about six inches wide and three to six inches thick and })laced on racks covered with a cloth for the whey to drain. When the curd becomes "meaty" it is put through a knife mill and cut in strips about the size of a finger. These strips of curd are stirred often enough to keep them from matting together, and also to improve flavor and texture of the cheese. DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 1343 VII. Salting the Curd. The ripening process goes on until the curd feels mellow, and when a handful is squeezed it shows a mixture of butter and white whey. Tho curd is then ready to salt. Salt is applied at the rate of one and one- half to two pounds per 1000 pounds of milk for rapid curing cheese, and two and one-half pounds to three and one-half pounds for slow cur- ing cheese. After the salt has been thoroughly stirred through the curd and the harsh feeling leaves, the curd is then placed in hoops which have SHORT-HORN HEIFER, CONSTANCE XV., OE MAPLE LODGE. Bred by A. W. Smith, Maple Lodge, Ontario, and the property of the Ontario Agri- cultural College, Guelph, Ontario. a cotton bandage placed inside by means of a bandager. The curd is then firmly packed into the hoops and pressure is applied by means of a screw. The gang press in which the cheese lie horizontally is now used in preference to the upright press. After the cheese have been under pressure for about three-quarters of an hour they are removed from the press and the bandage is neatly pulled up on the cheese and cap cloths are placed on the ends. This is known as "dressing" the cheese. The cheese is now returned to the press and allowed to remain under 1344 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. pressure for about twenty hours, when they are removed to the curing room. Cheese should always be neat and stylish before placing in the curing room. VIII. Curing the Cheese. Cheese are about half nuidc when leaving the press. The green cheese are indigestible, and the process of curing is the gradual change of insoluble, indigestible curd to a soluble, digestible cheese. Temper- ature is the chief factor in controlling the rate at which the change takes place, though rennet, salt, moisture and the character of the gieen cheese are also important factors. Cheese cure best at a temperature between 60° and 65°. During hot weather most curing rooms get too warm. To control temperature in hot weather the room should be well insulated by means of building paper and matched lumber. Double doors and double windows are also necessary. To cool the room use a sub-earth duct, ice, cold water in pipes, or compressed air. A sub-earth duct may be built at a cost of about $75 by placing two rows of ten-inch tile in a trench about 150 feet long and ten feet deep, and connecting these with the curing room and an in-take pipe with a hood or cowl on it to face the wind at all times. This in-take pipe should be about four- teen to sixteen inches in diameter, and may be made of galvanized iron, and should be thirty to fifty feet high. As the air passes through the tile from the pipe it is cooled to about 60" and enters the curing room at this temperature. The amount of air entering the room is regulated by means of a slide door or a register placed in the floor or wall. For heating a curing room in spring or fall use a coal furnace or steam from the boiler. Cheese should remain in the curing room from two to four weeks, if the temperature does not go above 65° to 70° at any time. If the tem- perature cannot be maintained below 70"", they are best placed in cold storage at the end of one to two weeks. Cheddar cheese ai'O not fit for consumption until they are one to two months old. A well-made ched- dar is at its best when six to ten months old or even older than this, if it does not cure too rapidly. IX. Farm Cheese. Cheese for home use or for local trade may be made b}^ putting one hundred to three hundred pounds of milk in a can, clean tub or other vessel, adding rennet, cutting with a long knife, heating to 94^ to 96*^, by taking out some of the whey and heating it on the stove, then pouring it back on the curd. In about two hours take off the whey and allow the curd to mat slightly. Then break or cut it, and when it is mellow apply the salt and put in a small hoop. A hoop to hold the cur^ DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDINGS. 1345 from one hundred pounds of milk should be eight inches in diameter and about the same height. The cheese may be pressed by placino- a lever on the cheese and hanging a weight on the farther end. Nice cheese are made in this way at small expense. X. Dairy Buildings. Buildings for all kinds of dairy work should be built substantially, with good walls to control temperature, high ceiling (ten to fourteen feet), cement floors, and have a good drainage. Wood, brick, stone or cement may be used. All buildings should have good foundations. The cost of a cheese factory to handle the milk from five hundred cows will be from $1,000 to $1,500, and the utensils will cost $500 to $800. A separator creamery for five hundred cows will cost about $2,000 for building, and $1,000 to $1,500 for machinery. A cream-gathering creamery complete will cost $1,500 to $2,000. A combined factory with skimming stations will cost $5,000 to $10,000. A first-class curing room is a very important part of a cheese factory, and a good refrigerator is very essential in a creamery. Mechanical re- frigeration is now common in large creameries, though the smaller ones continue to use ice; sometimes the ice is mixed with about five per cent, salt, and placed in galvanized iron tubes in the refrigerator to secure a greater degree of gold. Butter should be maintained at about 32° while at the creamery. All dairy buildings should be painted a light color outside with suit' able trimmings. The surroundings should be neat and tidy. XI. Town and City Milk and Cream Trade. There is an increasing demand for dairy products in towns and cities. This is the most remunerative branch of the dairy, but entails a great deal of labor where the dairyman delivers the milk or cream. It is now customary to ship to large concerns who handle the business in the cities. Some cities are equipped with very excellent facilities for hand- ling and delivering milk and cream to customers. "Clarified," "certified" and "modified" milks are now obtainable in many large cities. The interests of city consumers are considered as never before. A pure and wholesome milk supply is as important to any town or city as a pure and wholesome water supply. Company or municipal control appears to be the best means of securing this, though there is danger of it becoming a monopoly when controlled by a company, and danger of mismanagement and corruption if controlled by the municipality. Milk for town trade should be strained at once after coming from the cows, and then be cooled to below SO"" by stirring the milk placed in ice- water, or by running it over suitable coolers. Milk should be delivered 1346 CYCLOPEDIA OF LIVE STOCK AND COMPLETE STOCK DOCTOR. SENSATION OF DEN TON I A — No. 134368. Sweepstakes Jersey Cow, Toronto Industrial Exhibition. DENTONIA'S ISLAND QUEEN— No. t|4t66. & nottd prize-wiaaev. DAIRYING AND DAIRY BUILDIN DISEASES PECULIAR TO SOUTH AFRICA 1-^75 Mortalityi In outbreaks on the veldt, the mortality may range from five to thirty per cent, the loss to the flock master being very great in value of the wool, as many fleeces become patchy and ragged. But with suitable treatment the losses will not be so severe. CauseSf Seeing that Blue Tongue is not contagious, for contact of healthy with diseased sheep fail to produce it, no organism has yet been found in the blood, which, if injected into healthy sheep produce the disease, therefore, it must be clearly acknowledged that the sickness is caused by insects biting or stinging the sheep. Immunity. After an attack of Blue Tongue, sheep acquire a consider- able amount of immunity, but it has been proved by Theiler, Dixon and Spreule, of Cape Colony, that protection and immunity is also given by a hypodermic injection of an antitoxic serum which can be obtained from the various veterinary centres in the Colonies with full instructions. Much credit is due the above investigators in the experiments carried out by them. What To DOa Give the sick animals complete rest, cool shady surround- ings and succulent food. Water should be sparingly allowed as it in- duces vomiting. Aj^plications of chlorate of potash and water, or of glycerine of tannin as described below are very good, and many farmers have met with great success by the use of Stockholm Tar and Sulphur. When the tongue and lips are very much swollen, scarification w4th a small lancet or needle gives relief. Let the sheep have plenty off salt to lick. Mode off Application! Chlorate of Potash. Take one ounce of chlorate of potash and dissolve it in two pints of rain water. Pour some of this solution into the mouth to act as a gargle. If a little is swallowed it will do no harm as it is not poisonous. Glycerine of tannin (obtainable from any chemist) and also the Stockholm Tar and Sulphur, are applied with a stiff feather, or gum brush, or even a piece of rag tied on the end of a stick to form a swab. Apply once daily. The above applications may be used alternatively in their given order to obtain the best results. We are not advocates of too much interference with sick animals, for some, such as cattle, sheep and pigs, do not like it. Unlike horses they are not so amenable and appreciative of attention therefore we say, lot the attendant do what he has to do once a day and do it well, and we think it will generally be sufficient. Only in very bad cases should the Creasing be applied twice a day. ^37(i DISEASES PECULIAR TO SOUTH AFRICA Heart-Water in Sheep and Goats What It ISi Heart-water is an inoculable disease due to a micro- organism so minute as to defy the efforts of all investigators to find it. Like the organism of horse sickness, it passes through all filters, though Theiler reports it did nut pass through a Berkefield or Chamberlain filter, and he hopes very soon to be able to define it. After inoculation of blood from a sick animal into a healthy one, it is found that from five to fifteen days elapse before any symptoms ap- pear, and usually the time is from eight to ten days. After the mani- festations of symptoms the disease runs on from two to six days, or even more. Heart-water in sheep is very similar to, if not identical with, the Heart-water of cattle, and can be transmitted by blood inoculation from sheep to goats and to cattle, or vice versa. The credit of these investigations is due to the late Dr. Hutcheon and his assisstants and to Mr. Loundsbury, the Cape entomologist who has made clear the mode of spreading and dissemination of the disease. Heart-water is met with only in the bush veldt, on which the breed- ing of high bred sheep and goats is distinctly disappointing. One happy feature about this disease is, that not all the bush veldt is equally bad. The worst parts are certainly the low lying. The season has some in- fluence. In summer the disease is more prevalent and virulent, and the wise farmer knowing this, when a outbreak occurs among his flock, if on a low veldt, moves the sheep to a higher veldt. The disease soon comes to a standstill. It is not contagious, for once a flock was moved out of the Heart-water veldt to a high and noninfected area, and mixed among other sheep and goats, the latter would not take the disease. Mode of Infection! Mr. Loundsbury, the Cape entomologist, found that Heart-water is carried by a certain species of tick, viz., the Bout tick, and, in his experiments, time after time, produced the disease artificially. He reports that the disease does not go from the female through the egg as is generally supposed, but is taken up either by a larva or lymph from a sick animal and so communicated, thus showing that while the disease is not contagious it is infectious. The Bout tick breeds only in warm veldt where it finds protection in the bushes. Heart-water is met with in the Transvaal 0. R. C, C C, and Rhodesia, and in fact any part where the Bout tick is found. How To Know Itt Fever accompanied by rise in temperature, may be the only symptom, and the animal suddenly dies, although it might have seemed quite healthy only a short time before. Usually, however, the temperature continues to rise even up to 106 degrees F, or 108 degrees F, DISEASES PECULIAR TO SOUTH AFRICA 1377 The animal may then stop feeding, become prostrated, and die without any typical sign of its suffering from Heart-water. Many cases show symptoms of brain trouble before death, denoted by a constant movement of the jaw, and of the tongue, as if it was chewing, extending the tongue and withdrawing it, and, in some cases, licking the ground. If tied to a post, it will turn round many times and suddenly fall. Fits set in, the neck being extended backwards, and the legs in regular motion. These symptoms pass away but only to return again, indicating the approach of death. Some animals bleed a great deal before death, while others pass quietly away. The symptoms of the digestive organs also vary greatly. Sometimes there is foam at the mouth and the throat may be slightly swollen, rumination (chewing the cud), may stop even before feeding, the bowels are usually normal, but sometimes costive, and again, diarrhoea may be present. Thus it will be seen that the symptoms vary considerably in different cases, but the brain signs are very indicative, and are caused by the diseased condition of the brain. Posi-Mortenii The principal lesion in Heart-water in sheep and goats is the increase of liquid in the heart-bag, hence the name Heart-water. This condition is also found in sheep and goats dying from other causes such as bad pasture, internal parasites, etc., but there is this difference, that in these latter cases one always has to do with a poor carcass, whereas in a good-conditioned animal the water in the heart sac, points to Heart- water as a specific disease. The changes occurring in other parts of the body or organs do not call for special mention as, except by the pro- fessional reader, they would be but little understood. What To DOi Prevention by cautious methods and by protective inoculation. At present no tangible forward movement has been made. Some investigators claim to have discovered a protective method by inoculation, but experiments made by the late Director of Agriculture and his very capable staff found them to fail, and so far, no true protective power is known. In the meantime flock masters will do well to watch their flocks carefully. Dipping is good during the period of infection, using any of the authorized sheep dips, so as to destroy any larva or lymph ticks that may be among the wool or mohair. Shift the kraals from low veldt to hieh veldt. 1878 DISEASES PECULIAK TO SOUTH AFRICA Tape-Worm in Ostriches Tape-Worm in OstriclieSi 'i'his very prevalent and often fatal disease is well-known to all bird farmers. It is sometimes confused with Froi- maag, or rotten stomach, but the latter generally occurs only after eating lucerne which sometimes ferments in the stomach and causes the so- called rot. A post-mortem shows the actual cause of death. Symptoms of Tape-Worm. Ostriches that have worms soon show the signs and should be treated at once. The birds get thin and look dull and flabby, very much like a chicken that has gapes. The feathers and wings droop, and the bird mopes and lags behind in a big camp, and if in a small camp, it keeps by itself seeming to prefer solitude. It has no appetite and gradually pines and dies. Treatment! in the Oudtshoorn C. C. district most farmers use airy, or aloes, as a remedy, also soot with meal. Some say this is a cure, and it is a fact that a certain specie of aloes is an excellent remedy, but this specie is not the common Cape aloe, but a small aloe with a long trailing pointed stem, thick as a finger. The leaves are about a foot long, one inch broad at thickest, tapering, serrated at edges with fine teeth, flowers on top of stalk one inch long and one-sixth of an inch wide and of a light color. The Kafllirs call the plant Ikalona. The leaves are cut off and the expressed juice only is used, in doses according to circumstances. The different farmers have their own mode of administering and their own ideas as to dose, etc., which vary in different cases. Alphabetical and Analytical Index Abdomen, tapping the, horse 555 Abnormal presentation foal, horse . . 482 Abortion and miscarriage , cow 888 —of cattle, contagious 831-832-833 — or slinking the foal, mare 195 — mare 513 Abeesses, horse 445 Abscess on breast, horse 273 — opening an, horse 555 Accidents and diseases, legs of the horse 314 —cattle 923 Actinomycosis of the lower jaw, cattle 829-830 Acute and chronic founder or 1am- initis, horse 293-297 African goose, the 1191 After-birth, cow, retention of the ... 887 — expulsion of the, horse 484 Age of cattle told by the chart..625-626-627 — of hog, how to tell by teeth 941 — or horse, chart illustrating the.. 113 — of horse, how to tell by teeth... 113 Alimentary canal, diseases and acci- dents of, horse 408 Albuminuria, or albuminous urine, cattle 873 Alderneys, Guernseys and Jerseys . . 679 Alfalfa or luzerne 788 Altering the character by crossing cattle 637 Amaurosis or glass eye, horse 521 American breeds, fowls 1111 — breeds of hogs 955 — Javas, fowls 1146 —Merinos 1032 Anaemia, cattle 834 — pernicious, swamp fever or surra, horse 470-476 Anaesthetics and how to use them, horse 547 Analyzing the skeleton of the horse . 57 Anatomy and points of sheep. . .1001-1002 — of foot of horse 282 —of the hen 1094-1095 —of the horse's foot 295 — of man and horse, comparative. . 56 Ancestors perpetuated, peculiarities of 639 Aneurism, horse 439 Angora goats, a coming money maker 1056 — where he thrives 1059 —habits of the 1059 Angoras in the United States 1061 Page Angus cattle, polled 734-735 — cows as milkers 736 — cattle, color of the, polled 735 — cows compared with the Gallo- ways 736 Ankle boots in common use to pre- vent interferring 366 — cocked horse 342 Anthrax, cattle 821-822 — in birds and poultry, how pro- duced 824 — malignant, or charbon, hogs. .986-987 — malignant or splenic fever in hogs 988 — prevention, cattle 825 — prevention, hogs 989 — the common form of, hogs 988 Antidotes, poisons and their 1361 —to poisons, horse 561-562-563-564- 565-566-567-568-569-570-571 Anointing sheep 1054 Antiquity of the Devons 708 Apparatus and appliances, surgical, horse 573 Apoplexy, cattle 903 Apoplectic or splenic form of an- thrax, hogs 988 Apoplexy, cow, parturient 892 —fowls 1205-1212 — horse 431 — how to prevent, horse 431 — staggers or congestion of the brain, swine 992 — sheep 1071 —splenic, cattle 822 Arabian blood, horse, potency of. .168-169 —horse, the 164-165 Arabia, horses of 46 Artery, tying an, horse 279 Artificial breeding of horses 46 — hatching, the antiquity of 1148 Asses and mules 199 Asiatic fowls 1131 Atavism, cattle 639 — or breeding back, horse 188 Atavism or striking back in a horse. 1302 Atrophy of the heart, horse 438 — of the liver, horse 517 —of the muscles, horse 273-368 Atwood and Hammond Merinos, sheep 1032 Australia, the sheep in 1036 — the wool harvest in 1037 Average wool per sheep 1034 Aylesbury ducks 1195 1379 1380 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Page Ayrshire ancestry 737-738 —as a milker 739 — cattle, points of 742 —cattle, the antiquity of 737 — cow, importance of good teats, color, style and condition. .745-746 — cow, milk points, the head, the neck, body and limbs 744-745 — cow, the body, the skin 743 cow, the points summed up 743 — In America "-10 —of today 740 — points 80 years ago 740 — quality of the flesh 739 —quality of the milk 739 Azoturia, congestion of the kidneys, horse 461 Back, good and bad, horse 1329-1330 — sprain of the, horse 375 Backing or gibbing, horse 262 Back sinews, thickening of the, horse 268 Bacon type, judging hogs of ... .1282-1283 — type scale of points of hogs of 1283-1284-1285 Baker's brace for broken knee, horse 340 Bakewell's ten rules, cattle 644 Balking, horse - 536 Bandages and sutures, cattle 929 — horse 548 — for lacerated wounds, cattle .... 924 — for various diseases, 7 illustra- tions 370 Bantam fowls, other 1125 Bantams, game 1124 — Japanese 1125 —the Seabright, fowls 1125 Bantam Wyandottes 1143 Bare-lot method of raising lambs to prevent nodule disease ..1081-1082 Barn for hogs 974-975 Barns for sheep 1049 Barnyard fowls 1096 Batavian cattle, Friesian and 747 Bees, conclusion 1241-1242 — drones or male 1230 — enemies of 1241 —feeding 1240 —foul brood 1241 — history, characteristics and man- agement 1225 Bee hives 1235 — keeping, implements of use in ..1239 Bees, natural history of 1227 — neuter or worker 1230 Bee, number of eggs laid 1230 Bees, taking the honey 1238 Bee, the three genders of the honey. .1228 —the so called queen or mother ..1230 Page Bees, varieties ind peculiarities of.. 1227 Bee, varieties of the honey 1229 Bee's wax and how it is formed 1232 Bees, wintering 1238 Beef from the old Teeswaters 656 points illustrated, short horns... 674 — where the choice, lies 623 Bedding for horses, economy of 227 Belgian horse, characteristics of the. 149 —the 148 Belly, tapping the, cattle 927 — tapping the for flatulence, horse 557 Berkshires, characteristics, scale of points 1293-1294 Berkshire hogs, English breeds 948 — swine, detailed description of. . . 1294-1295-1296 Big head, horse 372 Big leg, horse 274 Biting, horse 262 Body and limbs of the horse 96 — of horse seen from the front 98-99-100 Bog spavin, horse 274 Boil plague, Siberian, in horses, cattle, sheep, goats and pigs.. 822 Boil, shoe, horse 274 Book II Part I, cattle 597 Bolton grays or Creoles, fowl 1098 Bone and bulk imparted to the Eng- lish horse 161 Bones and articulations of the foot, horse 65 — and muscles, front limbs of horse 62 Bone, fractures or broken, cattle . . . 923 Bones of the arm, horse 62-63 — of head and neck of horse 61 —of knee, horse 62-63 Bone spavin, bog spavin, blood spavin 316-319-323 — spavin hocks with skin removed. 315 — spavin, horse 274-314 Bony tumor, horse 273 Border Leicester sheep 1017 Bots, horse 528 — in the duodenum or intestine, horse 532 — in the stomach, horse 532 Bowel, impaction of large, horse . . . 424 Black Dorkings 1098 Black East Indian ducks 1199 Black-faced Highland or Scotch sheep 1025 Black head, turkey 1221 —Hamburg fowls 1107 —leg, cattle 822 — quarter, cattle 822 —teeth In pigs 980 ALPHABETICAI. AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. 1381 Page Bladder and kidney disease, cattle. . 836 — calculi or stones in the, cattle . . 875 — cystitis, or inflammation of the, cattle 874 — eversion of the, horse 463 — extraction of stones from, horse 552-553 — inflammation of the, cystitis, horse 462 — of the ox or bull, tapping the . . . 929 — paralysis of the, horse 463 — rupture of .the, horse 464 — spasm of the neck of the, horse. 463 Blankets and other clothing for horse 238-239 Bleeding, an old time practice, horse. 548 — cancer or fungus haematodes, cattle 922 —cattle 930 Blind eye, horse 272 Blindness, moon or specific ophthal- mia, horse 518-519 Blistering, hor^e 549 Bloat in cattle 926 Blood diseases, contagious, horse. 448-451 • — general diseases of the, horse . . 441 Bloody milk, cattle 930 — murrain, cattle 822 Blood poison, specific or strangles, horse 451 — poison, treatment for, horse.... 333 —spavin, horse 274-323 — vessels, diseases of the heart and, horse 437 — vessel, rupture of a, horse 439 Bloody urine, cattle 874 — urine or haematuria, horse .... 465 Blue disease or cynosis, horse 439 Blue tongue, or bilious form, horse. .1372 — tongue, pei'iod of incubation. .. .1374 — tongue, sheep, mode of infection. 1373 — tongue, sheep, mortality of 1375 Brace for dislocated elbow, horse... 369 — for dislocated shoulder, horse... 369 Brain, diseases of, horse 429 — hydatids on the, sheep 1071 — inflammation of the, cattle 903 — inflammation of the, horse 378 — inflammation of the, sheep 1072 — swine, congestion of the 992 Brahmas, Dark 1131 —light, fowls 1132 Breaking the halter and pulling back, horse 535 Breast of horse, abscess on 273 Breda or Gueldre fowls 1104 Breeders for health, feed the, swine. 971 Breeder must know, what the, cat- tle 644 — of cattle must be a good farmer. 646 Breeding age of sheep 1041 — and care of hogs 964 — and care of sheep 1041 — ancient and modern, cattle 628 — animals, (hogs) how to select... 966 — and management of poultry 1157 — cattle, careful judgment necess- ary 651 — cattle, early system of 643 —cattle for beef 646 — cattle, special selection of male necessary 651 — fistula from improper, horse 273 — for certain uses, cattle 634 — for .labor, cattle 647 —for TOilk, cattle 647 —horse 1297 — horses, opinions relating to 48 — in and in-breeding, cattle 635 —in line, cattle 635 — Jerseys viewed from a practical standpoint 698-699 — know what for, cattle 649 —of cattle, the 642 -^of horses, know what to breed for 183 — of horses, importance of accurate knowledge of 183 — poultry, changes due to 1086 — swine, age of 965 — stock, hogs, the care of 967 —stock, poultry 1367-1368-1369 — specimens of close, cattle 651-652 — to color in horses 189 — upon a mixed flock, fowls 1164 Breeds and breeders of cattle 599 — care in selection, hogs 964 Breed, cattle, do not attempt to form a 632 — cattle, how formed 634 Breeds, development and improve- ment of, cattle 628 — for beef and milk, cattle 647 — fowls, American 1111 — from mature animals, horses . . . 185 — game fowls and other rare 1119 — illustrations of noted English, cattle 631 —of cattle, native districts of. .615-616 —of fowls for eggs 1168 — of fowls for market 1168 — of hogs, American 955 — of hogs, Lancashire large 955 — of hogs, Lancashire middle 955 — of hogs, practical value of im- proved 964 —of hogs, the Chester White 955 — of hogs, summary of 962 — of horses and their characteris- tics 120 — of poultry, new popular 1143 — of sheep, points of excellence of the principal 1009 1382 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Page Breeds of sheep, ranging and flocking of different 1006 — of Swine 945 — cf swine, sires of improved 945 —Spanish American 600-601 — summary of British sheep. .1034-1035 — typical types of cattle 599 Breed, symmetry in cattle essential whatever the 692 Breed, to a fixed type, fowls 1163 Bremen or Embden Geese 1186 British breeds of sheep, summary of 1034-1035 — sheep, middle and short, wooled.1024 Broken back, horse 374 —knees, horse 265-342 — ribs, horse 376 — tail, horse 377 Broken-wind, horse 265 Brooder, a cheap home made 1155 Brooders and Incubators 1148 Brooder, how to make the 1156 Brood-mare, choosing the 258 Bronchitis, cattle 844 —fowls 1206-1212 —horse 397-398 Bronzed-black turkey, the 1173 Brown-breasted red game fowls 1121 Bruises of the foot, stone, horse 307 — sprains, strain and, sheep 1080 Buff Cochins 1138 Buildings, dairy and dairying 795-1335-1345 Bullocks, outline of fat 622 Bumble foot in poultry 1210-1213 Bursal enlargement of fetlock, horse 274 Butter, how to color 800 —how to pat 800 — immitation 1348 —making 1337-1339 — making in Europe 799 — making in the west 799 — making, special points on 1340 — preparing a package for use 801 —salting 800 Buying for blood, horse 258 Calculi, causes, remedy, horse 427 — or gall-stones, horse 516 — or stones in the bladder, cattle. 875 — urinary, horse 467 Calks or threads on the coronet, horse 305 Call Ducks 1199 Calves, a good condiment feed 784 — castration of 928 — common sense feeding 776 — feed grass and oats early to 781 —feeding for beef and labor 782 — feeding the young 780 — good winter keeping for 776 — outdoor feeding where corn is cheap 783 Page Calves, to prevent horns growing on young 1353 — starved 776 — when and how to castrate 777 —when and how to feed 783 — where profit comes in 781 Canada or wild goose, the 1191 Cancer, fungus haematodes, or bleed- ing, cattle 922 Cancerous ulcers and osteo sarcoma, cattle 828 Canker, horse 304 — of the frog and sole, horse 304 Caponizing, chickens 1210 Capped hocks, horse 265-275 — hock and elbow or capulet, horse 334-335-336 Capulet or capped hock and elbow. . 334-335-336 Care of the feet in the stable, horse. 312 Caries or ulcerations of the bones of the horse 371 Carbuncle or furunculus, horse 358 Carbuncular erysipelas or braxy in sheep 823 Carriage horses 1311 Castration and docking of sheep 1051 —calves 928 — evU results of, horse 508 — horse 551 Castrate, calves when and how to... 777 —a ridgling, to 998 Casting cattle, device for 848 Casting, horse 550 Casting, Rarey's plan, horse 551 Castration, pigs 968 Cataract, eye, horse 523 Catarrh, distemper or epizootic, sheep 1070 —fowls 1206-1212 —horse 393 — in cattle, malignant 839 — or cold in cattle, simple 841-842 — or snuffles, swine 992 — swine, malignant epizootic 984-985 Cattle, action of remedies in 810 —accidents 923 — anemia 834. — and the horse compared, path- ology of 809 — ascites, or dropsy of the belly with natural presentation 888 — bloat in 926 —bleeding , 930 —Book II 597 — breeder must be a good farmer . 646 — bronchitis 844 — chokins: 923 —contagious abortion of . . .831-832-833 — constipation 865 — cornstalk disease in 840 —cuts of meat in 808 — dehorning 930 — diarrhoea, or scours 865-866-867 —dipping 913 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. 1383 Page Cattle, diseases of 807 — diseases of tlie digestive or- gans 850 — dislocations 925 —Dutch 613 —Dutch belted 723 — Durham or Teeswater breed .... 606 —dysentery 867-868 — dyspepsia in 864 — economy of full summer and win- ter feeding 792 — enteritis or inflammation of the digestive apparatus 868 — feeding in summer 791 — five general classes of 777 —fossil 613-614 — full feeding and early maturity of 779 — glamorgan 721-722 — haematuria or red water in 838 — heredity in 637 — Herefords, the 604 — history, management and charac- teristics of the various breeds. 597 — hook-worm disease of 911 — hoven or tympanitis * 860 — hydro thorax in 847 — hydrocephalus with malpresen- tation 886 — impaction of the rumen or maw- bound 861 —Irish 608 —kidney and bladder disease 836 —lice 909 — lithlasis, or gravel in 875 — long horns 619 — malignant sore throat 840 — mange 910 — non-contagious blood diseases of 834 —of the Campagnas 628-631 — operations 927 — original type 600 — owners, only safe principles for. 811 — paralysis 904 — parasitic diseases of 90S — pasturage and feeding for profit. 786 — peritonitis 869 — phenomena of health 811 — pleurisy in 846 — pneumonia 845 —Polled Durham 717 — purpura hemorrhagica, blood dis- ease 837 — retention of the urine, or dysuria 872 — rheumatism in 835 — rumenotomy 928 — scabies of, or mange 914 — septicaemia and pyaemia 836 , — short horn 654 — Spanish-American breeds 600-601 — spaying 929 — special signs of disease in 812 — seven special classes 778 — sutures and bandages 929 Page Cattle, Swiss 610 — Swiss contrivance for slaughter- ing 805 — tapping the chest and belly 927 — tapping the rumen for hoven... 928 — the breeding of 642 — the Caesarian operation 930 — the dehorning of 1356 — the Devons 603 —the wild of England 614-015 — the pulse, respiration and tem- perature 811 — torn eyelids 922 — tracheotomy 928 — true policy with young 780 — tuberculin test of, for tubercu- losis 853 — typical breeds 599 — undomesticated herds of Europe and Asia 600 — uraemia 836 — variation in type 635 — watering 791 — wens 926 — wounds 924 — when to sell 793 Caustics are not effective, age when. 1360 — in dehorning, applying the 1360 Cavalry horses for U. S. Army 180 Cayuga black duck 1197 Cerebro spinal n:\eningitis, horse .413-431 Ceroma, or fatty degeneration of the liver, horse 515 Certificate of soundness, conditions modifying the, horse 5G0 Changes in poultry due to breeding .1086 Characteristics and varieties of sheep 1014 — Hblstein-Friesians 728 —of the Devons, notable 712-713 Charbon or malignant anthrax, hogs 986-987 — chancre, lalange, cattle 822 — true, period of incubation, hogs. 987 Chart, age of cattle told by the. 625-626-627 — illustrating ages of the horse, 6 months 1o 29 years 113 — plates, and figures, important fac- tors in modern education .... 49 Cheddar cheese-making 801-802 — cheese 1340 Cheek of the bit into the mouth, how to remedy 262 Cheese, cheddar 1340 —Cheshire 803 — curing the 1344 —farm 1344 —making 801-802 Cheshire hogs 959 Chest, tapping the, cattle 927 — tapping the, horse 555 Chester white hogs 955 Chicken cholera 1210-1213-1214 Chicken pox or sore head 1215 1384 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Page Chicks, care when in brooder 1149 — feeding young 1150 — when bring money 1149 Chinese swine 945 Choking, cattle 923 —horse 412 Cholera, chicken 1210-1213-1214 —hog 1273-1274-1275-1276-1277- 1278-1279-1280 — hog sick of, chronic type 1272 —turkey 1223 Choosing the brood-mare 258 Chordes, horse 386 Chronic founder or laminitis, horse.. 297 Chunk, a good farm, horse 280 Circulatory apparatus of the horse . . 84 — horse, explanation of 85 Cirrhosis, or fibrous degeneration, horse 516 Cleanliness, importance of, poultry .1211 Cleveland Bay horse, the 136-137 Clovers not generally valuable .... 788. — the valuable 787 Clydesdale horse, the 124 Coach stallion, conformation of.1318-1319 Cobs 1314 Cocked ankle, horse 342-345-346 Cochin fowls 113.5 Cochins, Buff 1138 — general characteristics of 1137 —partridge 1138 —white 1138 Colds or rising of the lights, swine . 992 Colic flatulent, first stage and ruptur- ed or last stage, horse 418-419 — spasmodic, horse 416 Color and form in horses, the im- press of 189 Coloring butter, how to 800 Colt, handling a vicious, the Rarey method 215 — how to raise a 196 — how to subdue a wild 214 — the breeding and training of .... 183 — to make come to you 211 Comb in frames, fastening empty . . .1240 Common turkey, the 1177 —white duck, the 1197 Comparative anatomy of the man and horse 56 — value of fine and coarse wool.. 1005 Conclusions regarding the tuberculin test, cattle 857-858 Condensed milk 1347 Condiment for calves, a good 784 Conestoga horse, the 130 Conformation of the carriage mare or gelding 1319-1320 —of coach stallion 1318-1319 —of the Hackney stallion 1321-1322 —of the heavy draft stallion. .1316-1317 — of the horse, external 1316 Pag-e Conformation of the thoroughbred gelding or mare 1325-1326 —of the thoroughbred stallion.1324-1325 —of the standard-bred stallion.1322-1323 Congestion of the kidneys, Azoturia, horse 461 — of the liver, horse 514 —of the lungs 403 — or inflammation of the testicles, horse 477 Conjunctivitis or opthalmia, cattle.. 921 Constipation, cattle 865 — horse 421 — sufferer from, horse 424 Construction of mangers and racks.. 227 Contagious diseases of cattle 813 — fever, swine 985 — pleuro-pneumonia, cattle. .813-814-815 — pneumo-enteritis, swine 986-987 Contracted hoof, horse 274 Contraction of the foot, horse 301-302 — of hoof, horse 265 Consumption, fowls 1208 — or white plague, cattle 849 Coops, poultry houses and 1165 Cord of pig, tumor on the 998 Corns, horse 265-281 Corn disease, wormy, horse 349 Corn stalk disease in cattle 840 Correlation, the law of, horses 1302 Cotswold sheep 1017 —in the west and south.. 1017-1018-1019 —standard for 1012-1013 Cough, chronic, horse 406-407 — disease of horse 265 Coupling sheep 1043 Cow, abortion and miscarriage 888 —a Dutch 936 —dairy 1335 — dying to save the calf 887 —gestation of 652-653 — nymphomania and sterility .... 896 — of Germany, the Limburger 936 — pox, or variola vaccinae 825 — prolonged after-pains 887 —retention of the after-birth 887 —the man behind the 767 — uterine hemorrhage or flooding.. 889 Cows and heifers, scale of points for Jersey 693-694-695-696-697 Cracked heel or scratches, horse.... 355 Cramps of the muscles of the neck and loins, horse 386 — of the muscles of the thighs, horse 348 Cream, attention to 1338-1339 — trade, town and city milk and.. 1345 Creamery and cheese factory, how to build 797' — and factory vs. dairy 806 Creameries, patent 798 — the several kind 1340 Creve Coeur fowls 1103 Cribbing, horse 533 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. 1385 Page Crib-biting and wind-sucking, horse 263-266 Crop-bound fowls ^^^^'^oH Cross-breeding, horse 1305 Crossing, altering the character by, cattle 637 -sheep 1043 the Jersey 681-682 Cruelty and improvidence vs. thrift and kindness 242 Cutting ankles, horse 263 —horse ^^^ Cuts of meat in cattle 808 Curb, horse 266-275-325 Curd, salting the 1343 Curing the cheese 1344 Cyanosis, or Blue diseases, horse... 439 Cystitis or inflammation of the blad- der, cattle S74 — horse 462 Dairying and dairy buildings.795-1335-1345 a profitable industry ^. • 795 Dairy buildings, the "'^^'lal — butter in the west '799 cattle and dairying 763 points observed in judging 767 cows, how to select 760 cow, the 1335 industry, a proper foundation for 763-764 —products in the United States... 796 produce, marketing 1350 vs. creamery and factory 806 room, temperature of the 799 Dairy cattle, housing, feeding and care of 755 — the Ayrshires 737 cattle, the Dutch breeds 747 Dairying, essentials for 766 Danish cattle, importation into Fries- land 748 Dark Brahma fowls 1131 Definition of terms, cattle 649-650 Degeneration of the testicles, horse. 479 Dehorning cattle 930-1356 .—treatment after 1358 Delivering pigs 998 Dentition of sheep 1004 Derby game. Earl fowls 1119 Development and improvement of breeds of cattle 628 of cattle tick on the ground 1353 Devons, active, handy, first-class for beef 716 — antiquity of the 708 —cattle 708 — comparatively small cattle 708 — cow, color and form 714-715 — essentially muscular cattle 711 — natural grazing grounds of the.. 708 — notable characteristics 712-713 — points of the 712 —the 603 —the body and tail of the 714 Pag© Devons, the legs of the 713 — their deceiving appearance .... 711 —weights of the 719 — working qualities of the 711 Diabetes, insipidus, or profuse stal- ing, horse 464 Diagnosis of tuberculosis in cattle.. 853 Diarrhoea and superpurgation, horse . 422 —fowls 1206-1214 — in hogs 996 or scours, cattle 865-866-867 — turkey 1222 Difference between the teeth of foal and horse 114-115 Digestion and assimilation, influence of good, cattle 686 Digestive apparatus of the horse ... 86 — apparatus, explanation of 87 organs of cattle, diseases of the. 859 Dikkop form, the, horse 1372 Dipping cattle and hogs 913 Diphtheria, fowls 1212 Dipping, general directions, cattle. 919-920 -sheep 1054-1055 Dirt sac of broken knee, manner of opening, horse 342 Disabilities of the horse and how to know them 262-263-264-265- 266-267-268 Discharge from nose, horse 272 Diseases and accidents of the alimen- tary canal, horse 408 bad habits, and insect pests, poultry 1211 to 1217 contagious blood, horse 448 Diseased hocks, three 316 Disease in cattle, corn stalk 840 Diseases, malignant, summary of treatment for, hogs 989 Disease, navicular, horse 299-300 Diseases of cattle 807 Disease of cattle, special signs of . . . 812 Diseases of cattle, contagious 813 non contagious blood 834 of fowls, division into groups. . .1205 of sheep, how to know, causes, prevention, cure 1067 —of sheep, inflammatory 1069 —of poultry 1205 of poultry, common 1211-1212- 1213-1214-1215-1216 —of poultry and their remedies, a summary of 1211 of stock peculiar to South Africa 1371 of swine 981-983 of swine, the common inflam- matory 991 —of swine, malignant and epidemic 98c of swine, the prevention of 983 — svmptoms of internal, horse 275 —of the blood, general, horse 441 —of the digestive organs, cattle. . . 859 —of the eye, cattle 921 — of the eye, horse. 518 1386 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Page Diseases of the generative organs, horse 477-478 — of the heart and blood vessels, horse 437 —of the horse 271 — of the horse, external accidents. . 371 — of the liver, horse 514 — of the nervous system, cattle... 903 — of the organs of generation, horse 507 — of the organs of generation, cat- tle 876 — of the respiratory organs, cattle. 841 — of the respiratory organs, horse. 392 —of the skin, cattle 906 — of the turkey — causes, prevention and cure 1219 — of the urinary organs, cattle 871 — of the urinary organs, horse 459 Disease, outward manifestation of, horse 272-273-274-275 — wormy corn, horse 349 Disinfection, hogs, rules for 989 — mange, cattle 917 Distemper or epizootic catarrh, sheep.1070 Dislocations, cattle 925 — of shoulder and elbow, horse 369 — shoulder, hip joints, etc., horse.. 359 Division of diseases into groups, fowls 1205 —of fowls 1086 Divisions of the several parts of the horse 55 Docking and castration of sheep 1051 — and nicking, horse 554 Domestic ducks, varieties of 1193 Dominique fowls 1112 Dorkings, black 1098 — fawn-colored 1097 — silver gray 1096 Dorset hog, the black 952 —sheep 1030 Doses, graduation of, horse 278 — repeated, when and how often, horse 577 Dourine, or Maladie du Colt, horse.. 480 "Downers" or paralysis behind, hogs. 980 Draft mare or gelding, conformation of 1317 — stallion, 'conformation of the heavy 1316-1317 Dressing fowls 1168 Drinking fountains, feed boxes and, poultry 1166 Driving and saddle horses, highly bred 175 Drones or male bees 1230 Drooping rump, horse 273 Dropsy, horse 385 — of the belly with natural pre- sentation, cattle 886 — of the scrotum, or hydrocele, horse 507 Droughts, provide against 786 Page Dry bible or dry murrian, impaction of the omasum, fardle bound, cattle 862-863 — murrian or fardle bound, • cat- tle 862-863 Ducks 1087 —Aylesbury 1195 —black East Indian 1199 —Call 1199 —Cayuga black 1197 —Muscovy 1198 —of the farm 1193 — other and rare 1201 — Pekin 1201 —Rouen 1195 — the common white 1197 — varieties best adapted to the farm 1193 — varieties of domestic 1193 Duck-winged game fowls 1122 Duroc hogs 958-960-961 Durham cattle, polled 717 — the or Teeswater breed 606 Dutch cattle 613 — cattle, antiquity of the 747 — cattle, an artificial breed 754-757 — cattle as a distinct race 747 —belted cattle 723 — cattle, color and form 752-753 — cattle, early importations. 757-758-759 — cattle, facts about 751 — cattle, feeding qualities 754 — cattle older than Holstein 748 — cattle, origin 752 — cattle, races — Lowland race — Mountain race — middle race... 751 — cattle, varieties described 751 — cattle, yields of milk 754 — Friesian cattle, measurements adopted to 760 Dysentery, horse 423 —in cattle 867-868 Dyspepsia, horse 415 —in cattle 864 Ear, large, long and drooping, horse. 273 — small, short, horse 273 Eating feathers, fowls 1210-1217 Economy of comfort, the 224 — of the muscular covering of the horse 68 Eczema, contagious, foot and mouth disease or Epizootic Aphtha, cattle 820-821 — chronic, or psoriasis, cattle 906 — horse 391 Ectropium, turning out of the eye- lids, horse 524 Eel back, horse 273 Eclipse, description of 252 Egg-bound, poultry 1216 Egg-eating, fowls 1217 Eggs, breeds for 1168 Egyptian geese 1192 Elephantiasis or lymphangitis, horse 353 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. 1387 Page Elephant leg, horse 352-354 Embden or Bremen geese 1186 Emphysema of the lungs, cattle 848 Endocardium, sac around the heart, horse 437 Enemies of bees 1241 English thoroughbreds, horses 152 —turkeys 1178 Engorgement, horse 349 Enlarged glands, horse 267 Enlarged fetlock joint, horse 273 —hock, horse 267 — jugular vein, horse 273 Enteritis or inflammation of the di- gestive apparatus, cattle 868 Entropium, inversion of the eyelids, horse 524 Enteritis or inflammation of bowels, horse 424 —a test for horse ." .425-426 Epilepsy, cattle 903 Epizootic Aphtha, eczema or foot and mouth disease, cattle 820-821 — catarrh or distemper, sheep. ... .1070 — catarrh, malignant, swine 984-985 Epizooty, pink eye, influenza, horse 441-442 Equine variola or horse pox 454 Erysipelas, horse 446-447 —cattle 906-907 Erythema or mud fever, horse 274 Escutcheons, illustrated and ex- plained, cattle 690-691 Escutcheon marks, the .Jersey cattle. 685 — or milk mirror Ayrshire cattle.. 742 Essex hog. the 951-952 Eversion of the bladder, horse 463 Ewe-neck horse 273 Exostosis of the jaw, horse 373 Explanation of terms used in dis- eases of the horse 277-278 — of points in poultry 1158 External accidents and diseases of the horse 371 — conformation of the horse 1316 — parts of the horse 81 —parts of a fat ox 623 Extirpation of the eye, horse 552 Extracasation of blood in the penis, horse 480 Eye, blind horse 272 — cancerous tumors in the, horse. . 524 — cataract, horse 523 —diseases of the, horse 518 — diseases of the, cattle 921 — extirpation of the, horse 552 — firing, horse 552 — foreign substance in the, cattle.. 922 — glaucoma, horse 522 —iritis, horse 522 — leucoma, horse 522 —pink in cattle 922 Pag-e Eye, obstructions of the lachrymal duct, horse '. 525 — worm in the, or filaria oculi, horse 523 Eyes, inflammation of the, horse 267 — sheep, inflammation of the 1072 Eyelids, inversion and eversion of the, cattle 922 — torn, cattle 922 — torn, horse 524 Farcy and glanders, horse 448-449-450 — buds, horse 273-274 — Japanese, or mycotic lymphan- gitis, horse 457 Fardle bound or dry murrian, cat- tle 862-863 Farrowing, hogs 968 Fat hogs, scale of points for 1286 Fatty degeneration of the heart, horse 438 Fawn-colored Dorkings 1097 Feather eating in fowls 1210-1217 Fecundity or power to reproduce, the power of, horse 1302 Feed boxes and drinking fountains, poultry 1166 — calves, when and how to 783 — cattle, a summing up 792-793 —dairy cattle 1337 — grass and oats early to calves. . . 781 — grass the most valuable for cattle 789 —how to, horse 232 — kinds to raise for cattle 786 — the breeders for health, swine.. 971 — the quantity of grain to, horse.. 235 . — wet better than dry for hogs 977 — what to, horse 234 — when to, horse 233 Feeding and early maturity of cattle 779 — and sheltering swine 971 — and watering horse 541 — bees 1240 —calves for beef and labor 782 — calves outdoors when corn Is cheap 783 — calves to reach results . . .'. 782 . — cattle, economy in 779 —cattle for profit 786 — cattle in summer 791 — cattle in winter 790 — hogs for pork in summer 972 — hogs from birth, economy of full 976 — in close pens, hogs 974 — influence of shelter and, cattle.. 637 — of cattle, the raising and econom- ical 775 — potatoes to hogs 978 . — sheep in winter 1048 — sick animals, horse 276 —swine in the fields 973 — watering and grooming, horse. . . 232 — young calves 780 — young chicks 1150 1388 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Page Feet in the stable, care of the, horse. 312 — of the horse and their diseases. . 281 — of the horse, object lessons on.. 326 — pumiced, horse 298 — sound and contracted, horse 288 — various stages of foundered, horse 296 Fetlock joint, gall on, horse 273 — versal enlargement of. horse... 274 Fever, malarial, horses 470 — mud, horse 274-357 — puerperal, mare 512 — puerperal, or metro-peritonitis, cow 891 — Rinderpest or contagious en- teric 816-817-818 — splenic or malignant anthrax, hogs 988 — swine, contagious 985 —Texas cattle 1351 — Texas, Spanish or splenic, cat- tle 818-819 Fibrous degeneration or cirrhosis, horse 516 Filaria oculi or worm in the eye, horse 523 Fine wooled sheep 1031 Firing, eye, horse 552 Fistulas, probing and opening, horse. 556 Fistula from improper breeding, horse 273 — of the lower jaw, horse 272 — of the parotid duct, horse 380 — of the upper jaw, horse 272 — salivary, horse 273 Fistulous withers, horse 273-380 Flank or ventral hernia, horse 274 Flat foot, horse 274 Flatulent colic, first stage and rup- tured or last stage, horse. . .418-419 Flatulence, tapping the belly for, horse 557 Flexions, horse, how to teach 212 Flexor tendons of the forelegs, horse 331 Flies, maggots from blow, sheep 1077 Foal, abnormal presentations, horse. 482 — after-birth retained, colt 490 — attention to the colt 487 — dorsal presentation, colt 491 —expulsion of afterbirth, colt. .484-486 — expulsion of foetus, colt 484-486 — head presentation, colt 485-486 — left transverse position, colt. .485-486 — right transverse position, colt. 485-486 — tail presentation, colt 485-486 — the different presentations, colt 484-486 — umbilical cord of, colt 490 — various presentations illustrated, colt 491-492-493-494-495-496-497- 498-499-500-501-502-503-504-505-506 — when is born dead, colt 490 Foal's teeth, horse 113 Foaling time, mare, how to know the 195 Page Food for swine, the proper 972 — of fowls, proper 1165 — quality of for sick animals, horse 276 — the assimilation of, cattle 645 Foods, so-called perfect for bone and muscle 784 Foot and gravel, swollen, sheep 1077 — and mouth disease or eczema or epizootic aphtha, cattle 820-821 — bones and articulations of the, horse 65 — contraction of the, horse 301 — flat, horse 274 — foul in the, sheep 1077 — fracture of the bone of the, horse 306 — horse, the analysis 59 — of horse, anatomy of 282-295 — of the horse, how to prepare for shoe 310 — of the horse, veins of the 312 — ox, horse 273 — names of the bones, horse 65 — pumiced, horse 268 — rot, sheep 1076 — sole of, showing position of corn, horse 283 — sound, horse 322 —stilt, horse 274 Forage and feeding plants, cattle 788 Fore-quarters of the horse, bad 96-97 — of the horse, good 97 Forging, the habit of, horse 367 Fossil cattle 613-614 Foul in the foot, sheep 1077 — sheath, horse 466 Founder, chronic or laminitis, horse 297 Foundered feet of horse, various stages of 296 —horse 294 Founder or laminitis, acute, horse.. 293-297 Fowl, Bolton grays or Creoles 1098 Fowls, American breeds 1111 —Asiatic 1131 —barnyard 1096 — breeding upon a mixed flock 1164 — black Hamburg, or Hamburg 1107 —Breda or Gueldre 1104 —Cochin 1135 — Creve Coeurs 1103 —dark Brahma 1131 —division of 1086 — Dominique 1112 —Dorking, English breeds 1096 — duck-winged games 1122 —Earl Derby game 1119 —French Houdans 1099 —frizzled 1126 — game and other rare breeds. .. .1119 — general characteristics of Coch- ins 1137 — general management of 1164 — how to fatten 1168 — how to mate 1163 — how to scald a 1169 —ideal shape of 1162 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. 1389 Page Fowls, killing and dressing 1168 — LaFleche 1100 —Leghorn 1110 —light Brahmas 1132 —Ostrich 1115 — packing and shipping to market. 1169 —penciled Hamburgs 1107-1108-1109 — period of incubation of various. .1164 — proper food of 1165 —Plymouth Rock 1115 — rumpless 1126 —silky 1127 —Spanish 1105 — the care and treatment of sick.. 1205 — the various Asiatic breeds of 1131 —water 1186-1193 — white Georgian game 1123 Fractured limbs, sling in use for, horse 338-339 Fractures or broken bones, cattle... 923 —of limbs, horse 336-337 Fracture of the bone of the foot, horse 306 — of the skull, horse 377 Frames, fastening empty comb in.. 1240 Framework of horse and index of value 53 Freezing or frost bite, poultry 1215 French fowls — Houdans 1099 Friesian and Batavian cattle 747 Friesians, Holstein, origin and devel- opment 724-727 Frizzled fowls 1126 Furunculus or carbuncle, horse 358 Gadfly and grub, the, cattle 90S —horse 528 Gall on fetlock joint, horse 273 — saddle, horse 273 Galls, saddle, horse 383 — wind, horse 274 Galioways in America 734 — points of the, cattle 732 Galloway, limbs and head, skin and color, cattle 732 Gall-stones or biliary calculi, horse.. 516 Game bantam fowls 1124 — fowls, brown-breasted red 1121 — fowls and other rare breeds. .. .1119 Gapes, fowls 1208-1215 —turkey 1219-1220-1221 Gastritis, horse 413-414 Geese 1088 — and their varieties 1186 —Egyptian 1192 — Embden or Bremen 1186 — Hongkong 1190 — the management of 1186 —Toulouse 1188 —white Chinese 1188 Gelding, conformation of car- riage 1319-1320 — conformation of draft mare or.. 1317 — or mare, conformation of the thor- oughbred , 1325-1326 Page Genders of the honey bee 1228 Generation, diseases of the organs of, cattle 876 Generative organs, diseases of the, horse 477-478 — tuberculosis in cattle 852 Gestation of cows 652-653 — mare, treatment during 194 — mare, the period of 194 — sheep 1043 — of sows 969 Gonorrhea, bull 894 Glanders and farcy, horse 448-449-450 Glands, enlarged, horse 267 — swelling of the lymphatic, horse 273 Gland, swelling of the parotid, horse 273 Glamorgan cattle 721-722 Glass eye or amaurosis, gutta serena, horse 521 Glaucoma, eye, horse 522 Gleet, or gonorrhea, horse 509 — nasal, horse 394 Glossary of terms used by poultry fanciers 1170-1171-1172 — of scientific and other terms. . . . 1243-1247 Glossitis or inflammation of the tongue, cattle 860 Gonorrhea, horse 466-509 Gnawing the manger, etc., horse.... 534 Goat, Angora, varied uses 1066 —Angora, where distributed. .1062-1063 — Angora, an assistant to the farmer 1060 — milch, capabilities of the 1063 — raising a profitable industry ...1057 Goats, a word about 1056 Goitre, horse 273-379 Gold dust horses of Kentucky 124 Goldsmith Maid and Abdallah 170-171-172-173 Good and bad heads, horse 1327-1328 Goose, the African 1191 — the Canada or wild 1191 Grading the sheep 1050 Graduation of doses, horse 278 Grain, cheapest food for swine 973 — should be ground for hogs 977 Granary, an economical 228 Grapes, advanced stage of grease, horse 357 Grass lots 230 — the most valuable feed for cattle. 789 Grasses and clover for swine 973 — the coming for the west 790 — of special value 789 Gravel, horse 303 — swollen foot and, sheep 1077 —in bladder, cattle 875 Gray Dorkings 1096 Grease heel, horse 274 —horse 356-357 Greatest wool supply, the world's. . .1039 Groom, when to, horse 238 Grooming and watering horses.232-236-238 1390 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Grub and gadfly, the, cattle 908 Grubs in the head, sheep 1070 Gruel, how to make, horse 235 Guernseys, Jerseys and Alderneys.. 679 Guinea fowls 1093 Gut tie and intussusception, horse... 428 — or strangulation, cattle 870 Gut twist, horse 428 Habits and insect pests, poultry. 1211-1217 — of the Angora goat 1059 Hackney stallion, conformation of the 1321-1322 Haematuria or bloody urine, cattle.. 874 or bloody urine, horse 465 or red water in cattle 838 Halter, slipping the, horse 264 Hamburg fowls 1107 Hammond and Atwood Merinos, sheep 1032 Hampshire-down, sheep 1025 Hampshire or thin rind hogs 958-961 Hams of horse, avoid straight 101 Harmlessness of the tuberculin test, cattle 856 Harness room, the 230 — where to keep 225 Hatching, the antiquity of artificial. .1148 Hay and straw, horse 236 Head, analyzing the, cow 623 — and backbones, the horse 55 , — and neck of horse 60 Heads, good and bad, horse 1327-1328 — horse, economy of the 70 — horse, the analysis 59 — of the horse, vertical section of 68 Heart, atrophy of the, horse 438 — enlargement of the, horse 437 —fatty degeneration of the, horse. 438 — induration of the, horse 438 — obesity of the, horse 438 —rupture of the, horse 439 — spasmodic action of the, or thumps, horse 440 — the diseases of, horse 437 Heart-water in sheep and goats 1376 Heaves, horse 402 Heel, grease, deep-seated skin dis- ease, horse 274 Hegelund method of milking. .. .773-774 Hemorrhage of the uterine or flood- ing, cow 889 Hemorrhagica, purpura, horse ...443-444 Hen, anatomy of the 1094-1095 Hens to each cock, number of 1163 Herd, how to start a, cattle 650 — will grade, how the, cattle 650 Hereditary characteristics of horses, value of 49 — influence of parents, cattle 638 Heredity in cattle 637 — in good milkers, value of 686 —or similarity, the horse 1299 Page Hereford as a work ox, the 705 —color, the 700 cow, discussion of qualities 705 Herefords as valued in England. .706-707 — date of importation 702 — grades fifty years ago 702 — in America 701 — in Canada 703 —in the West 703 — of today in England, the 705 —points of the 705 —the 604 — the middle-horned cattle 700 ' —fifty years ago 700-701 Hernia, flank or ventral, horse 274 — inguinal, horse 274 — or rupture, cattle 870 — or rupture, horse 387 Hepatitis, or inflammation of the liver, horse 515 Hide-bound horses 389 High-blowing, horse 265 Hindquarters, good and bad, horse.. 1329-1330 Hip lameness and hipped, horse 351 Hipped, hip lameness and, horse... 351 History, management and character- istics of swine 938 — of the English horse, Herbert.. 152-154-157 — of the Texas fever tick 1351 — the horse in ancient 41 Hives, bee 1235 Hiving new swarms 1237 Hock and elbow, capulet or capped, horse 334-335-336 — enlarged, horse 267 — horse, bones of the 66-67 Hocks, capped, horse 265-275 Hog barns 974-975 " — cholera or purples 986 —cholera 1273-1274-1275- 1276-1277-1278-1279-1280 —feeding in the South 974 — house '. 980 —lice 996 —location of markets for 942 — objectionable points 1291 —of India 948 —origin and antiquity of the 939 — ringing a 969 —skeleton of the 997 — stomach of 1272 —teeth of the 941 —the Essex 951-952 —the fat 1285 —the native American species of. 939 —the Suffolks 953 —the Yorkshire 953 thin rind or Hampshire 961-962 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. 1391 Page 964 Hor Hogs, breeding and care of —cooking feed for • • • • • • • • • • • - ■ ■ —comparative value of light ana heavy „. o —dipping cattle and »J^ —farrowing q^„ —feeding potatoes to ^"^ —form and feeding qualities general conclusions Hampshire or thin rind . . — leprosy of _ —malignant sore throat in . —mixed rations for of Europe, the wild -paralysis behind r>f +hp ITKILISLI V lU 957 978 959 974 . 966 . 978 . 958 6-997 . 987 . 976 . 940 ^ .980 —prospect of the industry in 979 —Poland China pumpkins for the Cheshire —value of mast for • • —wet feed better than dry for.... ^i' worms in, how treated Yorkshires Holstein cow, the great milk mirror 995 1287 -Friesians, characteristics -Friesians, milk and butter rec- ords 688 728 729 -Friesians," origin and develop- _ ment ^24-^27 —Friesians types '/T. Home-made brooder, a cheap •••••••j^^^ Honev bee, the three genders of the. 1228 —plants adapted to the production_^^^^ —taking " the* ' ^^38 varieties of 1231 1190 274 Hongkong geese Hoof, contracted, horse —of horse, contraction of ^oo —ridge in the, horse j^'- —with rings, horse ■ ^'^ Hook-worm, disease of cattle yj-^ Hoose or husk, cattle ^^^ Hopper, a perfect for fowls lib/ —for fowls, a rat proof iJ-«5< Horns growing on young calves, to prevent ^^^^ Horse, a choice express delivery.... j^o( —a good farm chunk • • ^^^ —a choice heavy drafter of the show ring order ^o^ —bones and, of the front limbs of the horse ^2 —and bones, fore legs of the horse 63-64 —of the head and neck of the horse '^^■H —of the hinder parts of the horse.. 75 —of the hind quarters of the horse 75 —of the horse in walking -69 _^f the horse described "5-76 —of the front of the neck of the horse 71-72-73 _of the horse, fore lifnbs, leg and ^ foot ^^-'^ —of the nose and lips of the horse 71 —rupture of, horse • • 368 _of the shoulder and back of the horse '^3-74-75 Muscovy duck ^^^^ Muscular covering of the horse, econ- omy of 68 —system of the horse »» Mustang, the ^^3 Mycotic lymphangitis, or Japanese farcy, horse ^57 Nails, pricking from, horse 291-292 Nasal gleet, horse 394 Native districts of some breeds of cattle 615-616 Nature and application of tuberculin, cattle ^54 Navel ill, in sheep 1081 infection, horse 349 leakage from, horse 349 rupture, horse 274 Navicular disease, horse 299-300 —disease and ring bone, illustrated, horse 324 Neck, ewe, horse 273 Necrosis, death of bone of the horse. 372 Neapolitan swine 946-947 Nephritis, or inflammation of the kid- neys, cattle 871 —or inflammation of the kidneys, horse ^^^ 1396 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Page Nervous debilitj' at parturition, cat- tle 905 — system of the horse 82 — system of the horse, explanation of plate 83 — system, diseases of the, cattle.. 90S — system and brain, diseases of, horse 429 Netritis, or inflammation of the womb, cattle 891 Neurotomj% destroying sensation in the foot, horse 553 — horse 267 New Oxfordshire sheep 1021 Nicking and docking, horse 554 Nodule disease of sheep, bare-lot method of raising lambs to avoid 1081-1082 Norman Percheron horse, the 126-127 Nose, discharge from, horse 272 Nursery for sheep necessary 1053 Number of hens to each cock 1163 — of swarms profitably kept on a farm 1236 Nursing and feeding sick animals, horse 276 Object lessons, about, horses 49 —on feet, horse 326 Objectionable points, hog 1291 Obesity of the heart, horse 438 Obstetric instruments 489 Ocellated turkey, the 1177 Omasum, impaction of the, fardle bound, dry bible or dry mur- rian, cattle 862-863 Open joint in horse 340 Operation, the Caesarian, cattle 930 Operations, cattle 927 — horse 547 Opinion of milk mirrors. Sharp- less' 689-690 Opinions relating to breeding 48 Ophthalmia or conjunctivitis, cattle. 921 — simple or conjunctivitis, horse.. 520 Organs of generation, cattle, dis- eases of the 876 — of generation, diseases of, horse. 507 Orchitis, congestion or inflammation of the testicles, horse 477 Origin of the hog 939 — of the tuberculin test, cattle... 854 — of the word poultry 1085 Orpingtons, buff, black, white, jubi- lee 1147 Osteo porosis, big head, horse 372 Osteophytes, following sore shins, horse 363 Ossification of th'e lateral cartileges, horse 267 Ostrich fowls 1115 Ostriches, tape worm in 1378 Outline of fat bullocks 622 Outward manifestations of the horse 272-273-274-275 Pag« Ovaries, inflammation of the, mare.. 511 Overreaching, horse 367 Ox, external parts of a fat 623 — foot, horse 273 — skeleton of the 621 —structure of the 620 —teeth of the 625 Oxford downs, sheep 1022 Oxfordshire sheep 1021 Pacer, the Narragansett 143 Packing and shipping fowls to mar- ket 1169 Palsy or paralysis of sheep 1073 Paralysis behind "downers," hogs... 980 —cattle 904 — horse 434 — of the bladder, horse 463 —fowls 1206 — of tongue, cattle 860 — or palsy of sheep 1073 — of hind leg, horse 374 Paraphimosis and phimosis, horse . . 509 Parasites and other diseases, turkey. 12^.9 — of the skin in hogs, mange or scab 995 — other intestinal, hogs 995 Parasite, cattle, form and life history of the scab 915 Parasitic diseases of cattle 908 — and other diseases of sheep 1074 — diseases of the horse 526 Parents, the relative influence of, horse 1305 — hereditary influence of, cattle... 638 Parisis or milk fever, parturient, cow 893 Park horse, a choice 248 Parotid gland, inflamed, horse 379 — gland, swelling of, horse 273 Partridge Cochins 1138 Parts of the horse, names of the 79 Parrot mouth, horse 409 — apoplexy, cow 892 Parturient parisis or milk fever, cow 893 Parturition cattle 876 — difficulties due to mother, mare. 489 — difliculties due to the foal, horse 489 — difficult, in the mare and cow compared 487-488 —implements, cattle 878-879-880 — mechanism of, horse 498 —natural, horse 483-510 — nervous debility at, cattle 905 — preliminary stage, horse 483 Pastern, malformed, horse 273 Pasturage for sheep 1044 —and feeding for profit, cattle 786 Pasture, time to 790 — the poor man's wealth 787 '—and feeding sheep, early and late 1047 Paunch or rumen, tapping for hoven, cattle 928 Peafowls 1094 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. 1397 Page Peculiarities of ancestors perpetu- ated, cattle 639 Pekin clucks 1201 Penciled Hamburg fowls ..1107-1108-1109 Penis, wounds of the, horse 508 — extravasation of blood in the, horse 480 Perch'eron horse of today, the 128 Period of incubation of various fowls. 1164 Peritonitis, horse 426-427 —cattle 869 Pernicious anemia, swamp fever or surra, horse 470-476 Perpetuated, cattle, peculiarities of ancestors 639 Persian sheep 1046 Pharyngitis, horse 411-412 Pheasants 1092 Phimosis and paraphimosis, horse... 509 Phlebitis, or inflammation of a vein, horse 440 Phrenitis or inflammation of the brain, horse 429 — or inflammation of the brain, cattle 903 Pictures from real life 244 Pigs, castration 968 —black teeth in 980 — delivering 998 — to castrate a ruptured 998 — sows eating their 980 —thumps in 980 — weaning the 968 Pink eye in cattle 922 — epizooty, influenza, horse ....441-442 Pioneers of improved cattle 631 Pip, fowls 1208-1213 Plants adapted to the production of honey 1233 Plethora, cattle 834 Pleurisy in cattle 846 — horse 404 Pleuro-pneumonia, cattle, contagious 813-814-815 — in cattle, inoculation for 815 Plumage, poultry, illustrated and ex- plained 1160-1161-1162 Plymouth rock fowls 1115 Pneumo-enferitis, contagious, swine. 986-987 Pneumonia in cattle- 845 — horse 400 — or inflammation of the lungs in swine 991 Points of Ayrshire cattle 742 — on buttermaking, special 1340 — estimating the value of, cattle.. 697 — of excellence of the principal breeds of sheep 1009 —of the Devons 712 — of the head, poultry 1158 —of the horse 1315 — for short horn bulls, scale of . . . 674-675-676-677 Page Points, necessary study of, poultry. .1157 — of poultry, explanation of 1158 — of sheep explained 1004 Polled Angus cattle 734-735 — cattle in general 731 —cattle, the Galloways 731-732 — Durham cattle 717 Poisons and their antidotes, horse.. 561- 562-563-564-565-566-567-568-569-570-571 —of the skin, horse 566 — and their antidotes 1361 Poison, treatment for blood, horse.. 333 Poisoning by loco plants 1363 — in horses, symptoms of loco.... 1364 — from stings, horse 566 — in sheep, symptoms of loco 1365 — in cattle, symptoms of loco 1364 — from drugs, minerals, etc., horse 561-562-563-564-565 —sorghum, cattle 840-1355 — vegetable, sheep 1072 — while grazing, horse 565 Poland China hogs 957 Polish cow, the 907 Poll evil, horse 273-381 Polypus, horse 393 Ponies 141 Porcelaneous deposits, horse 363 Potatoes, feeding to hogs 978 Poultry, changes due to breeding. . .1086 —Book v.. Part 1 1083 — breeding and management of 1157 —bumble foot in 1210-1213 — common diseases 1211-1212-1213-1214-1215-1216 — diseases of 1205 — houses and coops 1165 — importance of cleanliness 1211 — lousiness 1209 — necessary study of points 1157 — new popular breeds of 1143 — origin and varieties of 1085 — selections for breeding stock 1367-1368-1369 — types and native country of 1085 Presentation of foal, abnormal 482 Prevention of diseases of swine 983 Pricking from nails, horse 291-292 — to straighten crooked tails, horse 554-556 Principles for cattle owners 811 Prizes, rules in awarding. Jerseys.. 695 Probing fistulas, horse 556 Profit in calves, where it conies in. . . 781 Profuse flow of saliva, horse 272 Psoriasis, or chronic eczema, cattle. 906 Puerperal fever, or metro-peritoni- tis, cow 891 — fever, mare 512 Pulling back and breaking the halter, horse ^35 —at the halter, horse, to prevent. . 223 1398 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Pag-e Pulse, a proper method of feeling the, horse 434 — respiration and temperature of cattle 811 Pumiced feet, horse 298 — foot, horse 268 Pumpkins for hogs 978 "Purples," or "hog cholera" 986 Pyaemia and septicaemia, cattle.... 836 Purpura hemorrhagica, horse ....443-444 — hemorrhagica, cattle 837 Quarter and sand cracks, horse 286 — crack and remedies, horse 287 — crack, horse 274 — crack illustrated, horse 289 —ill, cattle 822 Queen or mother bee, the so-called. .1230 Quidding, horse 268 — or dropping the food, horse 409 — and swallowing the food without grinding, horse 264 Quinsy, horse 397 — or inflammation of the tonsils, swine 991 Quittor, horse 268-274-284 — horse, what to do 285 Rabies or canine madness of sheep. .1073 — or hydrophobia, cattle 905 — or hydrophobia, period of incuba- tion, horse 453 — or hydrophobia, horse 452 Race-course, the first London 158 Racing and trotting form of horse. . . 253 Rams, management and training of. 1044 Rations for hogs, mixed 976 Rat-tail, horse 273 — or loss of hair on the tail, horse. 388 Rearing, horse 263 Recipes for the horse 589-590-591-592-593-594-595 — or prescriptions for cattle 931-932-933-934-935-936 Red water in cattle 838 Regions adapted to sheep 1006 Relative influence of parents, the horse 1305 Rennets, how to prepare 804-805 Remedies and their application, stan- dard, horse 579- 580-581-582-583-584-585-586-587-588 Respiratory organs, diseases of the, horse 392 — organs, diseases of the, cattle... 841 Restiveness of the horse, how to cure 262 Rheumatism, horse 445 —fowls 1209 —in cattle 835 Ribs, the horse 55 — broken, horse 376 Rich merinos, the 1033 xlldge in the hoof, horse 273 Rinderpest or contagious enteric fe- ver in cattle 816-817-818 Page Ridgling, to castrate a 998 Ringworm, cattle 910 — horse < 531 Ringbone, horse 268-322-327 — and navicular disease, illustrated, horse 324 Rings, hoof with, horse 274 Ringing a hog 969 Road horses 130 Roadster and many times a cham- pion, horse 191 Roadster, the 253 Roadsters 1314 Roaring, wheezing, whistling, high- blowing and gruntin? horse.. 265 — and whistling, laryngitis, horse.. 395-396 Rolling in the stable, horse 264 Romney marsh sheep 1014 Roots for swine 973 Rot or liver fluke in sheep 1078 Rouen ducks 1195 Roup, fowls 1207-1213 Rules in awarding prizes. Jerseys... 695 Rules for disinfection, hogs 989 Rumen or hoven, tapping the 928 — or maw-bound, impaction of the, cattle 861 Rumenotomy, cattle 928 Rump, drooping, horse 273 Rumpless fowls 1126 Running away, horse 263 Rupture of the bladder, horse 464 — of the suspensory ligaments, horse 333 — a tendency to, horse 439 — or hernia, horse 387 — of stomach, intestines or dia- phragm, horse 421 — of muscles, horse 368 — of a blood vessel, horse 439 — of the heart, horse 439 — or hernia, cattle 870 — of the liver or softening or ra- mollissement with, horse 517 — navel, horse 274 Ruptured pig, to castrate a 998 Saddler, a choice three-gaited 255 Saddling a horse, best method 222 Saddle gall, horse 273-275-383 — horses 177-255 --horses and hunters 1312 Salivary fistula, horse 273 Saliva, profuse flow of, horse 272 Sallenders, horse 274 — or mallenders, horse 333 Salting butter 800 —the curd 1343 Sand crack, horse 268-274 — cracks, quarter and, horse 286 — in horses 1360 Sarocele, horse 478 Seabright bantams, the 1125 Seedy toe, horse 290 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. 1399 Page S'eive, a good one, horse 232 Sense, use common in all things 241 Septicaemia and pj^aemia, cattle.... 836 Service of the stallion, when 193 — of mare, treatment after 193 Sex at will, horse 1307-1308-1309-1310 Scabies of cattle, or mange 914 Scab, ticks and lice on sheep. . .1074-1075 — parasite, cattle, form and life history of the 915 Scaly legs in chickeni? 1210-1215 Scale of measurements of horse 251 —of points, Berkshires 1293-1294 — of points for hogs of bacon type 1283-1284-1285 —of points for fat hogs 1286 — of points for Jersey cows and heifers 693-694-695-696-697 — of points for short horn bulls.. 674-675-676-677 Scotch and Highland cattle 608 — sheep, black faced Highland, or. 1025 Scours or diarrhoea, cattle 865-866-867 Scientific terms applied to sheep. .. .1069 Scratches or cracked heel, horse. . . . 355 Slaughtering cattle, Swiss contri- vance for 805 Sling in use for fractured limbs, horse 338-339 Shape of fowls, ideal 1162 Sharpless' opinion of milk mirrors. . . 689 Sheath, foul, horse 466 Shearing and washing sheep 1053 Sheep and sheep husbandry 999 — apoplexy of 1071 — and goats, heart-water in 1376 — and wool supply of eleven coun- tries 1040 — barns 1049 —black faced Highland or Scotch. 1025 — blue tongue or malarial catarrhal fever of 1373 — breeding and care of 1041 — care when lambing 1080 — castration and docking 1051 — constant watchfulness necessary.1041 — coupling 1043 — crossing 1043 —dentition of 1004 —dipping and anointing 1054 ^diseases of 1067 — distemper or epizootic catarrh of.l070 — Dor-et 1030 — feeding troughs and racks for. . .1050 —fine wooled 1031 —foot rot 1076 —foul in the foot 1077 —gestation 1043 — grading 1050 —grubs in the head 1070 —hydatids on the brain 1071 — Hampshire-downs 1025 — in general, about 1033 — inflammatory diseases of 1069 — inflammation of the brain of. ..1072 Page Sheep, inflammation of the ej^es 1072 — intestinal worms in 1078 — inversion of the womb in 1073 — keep a record of breeding 1043 — Leicester 1015 — Lincoln 1014 — liver fluke or rot in 1078 — long wooled English 1014 — lung worms in 1079 —maggots from blow flies 1077 — middle and short-wooled British. 1024 — native country of 1001 — navel ill 1081 — new Oxfordshire 1021 — of the world, where located 1038 — origin, anatomy and points.1001-1002 —other breeds of Great Britain. . .1030 — paralysis or palsy of 1073 — parasitic and other diseases of.. 1074 — pasturage for 1044 —Persian ' 1046 — points of, explained 1004 — provide a nursery for 1053 — rabies or canine madness of.... 1073 — ranging and flocking of different breeds of 1006 — regions adapted to 1006 — require protection from insects. 1047 — require water when pasturing. . .1047 — romney marsh 1014 — scab ticks and lice on 1074-1075 — scientific terms 1069 — Shropshire-downs 1026 —South-downs 1026-1028 — sprains, strains and bruises 1080 — standard for American merino.. 1009-1010-1011 —standard for Cotswold 1012-1013 — standard for middle-wooled.. 1011-1012 —swelled head 1072 — symptoms of loco poisoning in.. 1365 — tagging 1053 — tetanus or lockjaw 1072 — the average wool per 1034 — the breeding age of 1041 —the Cotswold 1017 —the, in Australia 1036 —the Oxford-downs 1022 — the proper time for coupling. .. .1043 — their diversified character 1001 — top and vertical views of skull.. 1003 — tympanitis in 1073 — washing and shearing ,...1053 — white-faced mountain 1024 — winter feeding 1048 — worried by dogs 1080 — varieties of, and their character- istics 1014 — vegetable poisoning 1072 Shelter and feeding, influence of, cat- tle 637 Shins, sore, horse 361-362 Shipping fowls to market 1169 Shire, the, horse 145-146-147 Shoe boil, horse 274 1400 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Pag-e Shoeing and care of the feet, horse. 310 — where the bearing should rest, horse 311 Shoes, right and wrong fitting, horse 309 — weight of and how to fit them.. 311 Shoulder and elbow, dislocation of, horse 369 — lameness and sweeny, horse.... 347 Short-horns as beef makers 664 —Canadian 664 — cattle breeds 654 — critically described 666 — during the past 50 years 640 —in America 656-657-658-659 — cow in outline 632 — grade cows and steers 665 — how they were bred up, cattle.. 640 — Kentucky and other importations 660 — origin of modern 654 — ox in prime condition 624 — ribs barrel shaped 670 — the back straight and broad 670 —the body 669 —the bull hubback 655 — the great Ohio importations 660 —the head 666 — the hide, the hair, the color 673 — the legs short and straight 669 —the loin broad 669 —the neck 666 —the Patton family of 665 —the touch 670 — three strains of 641 — westward march of the 664 — what made them famous 655 — wide in the crops 670 Short-wooled British sheep, middle and 1024 Shropshire-down sheep 1026 Shying, horse 263 Siberian boil plague in horses, cattle, sheep, goats and pigs 822 Sick animals must have rest, horse. . 277 — animals, nursing and feeding. . . 276 Side-bone, horse 308 Side views, good and bad shoeing, horse 313 Silky fowls 1127 Silver gray Dorkings 1096 Signs of generalization of the tu- bercle, cattle 852 — of a good milker, their practical utility 685 Sinews, thickening of the back, horse 268 Sires, horse, breed only from pure. . . 190 — in different herds, value of, cat- tle 648 Sitfasts, horse 383 Skeleton, analyzing the, horse 57-58 —of the hog 997 —of the horse, details of 53-54 — the horse, hinder parts 58 —of the ox 621 Page Skin, diseases of the, cattle 906 — of hog, parasites of the 995 —itchy, horse 389 Skull, fracture of the, horse 377 — of sheep, top and vertical views of 1003 Snuffles or catarrh, swine 992 Softening or ramollissement, liver with rupture, horse 517 Sores, jack and stallion 391 Sore head, or chicken pox 1215 — mouth, horse 410 —shins, horse 361-362 — teats, cow 895 — throat in cattle, malignant 840 — throat, laryngitis or common, cattle 843 — throat, malignant, hogs 987 Sorghum poisoning, cattle 840-1355 Southern chunk, a choice, horse 259 South African horse sickness 1371 South-down sheep 1026-1028 Sound animals, avoid hereditary dis- ease, horse 261 Soundness, certificate of, horse 559 — seller's guarantee, horse 560 Sows, Berkshire and Poland China.. 949 — ^^eating their pigs 980 —gestation of 969 —milk fever in 998 Spanish fowls 1105 Spasmodic action of the heart, or thumps, horse 440 — colic, horse 416 Spasm of the neck of the bladder, horse 463 Spavin, bog, horse 274-319 — bone, horse 274-314 —blood, horse 274-323 —brace, for 325 —horse 268 —occult 320 — two stages of, cured spavin and sound hock 321 Spaying cattle 929 — horse 556 Specimen of close breeding, cattle.651-652 Spiralis, trachina, hog 994 Splenic apoplexy, cattle 822 — fever or malignant anthrax, hogs 988 Splint, horse 268-273-329 Sprains, cattle 926 — strains and bruises, sheep 1080 Sprain of the back, horse 375 — of back tendons of the forelegs horse 330 Spraying cattle for Texas cattle tick 1354-1355 Sprung knee, horse 344 Stables and other shelter for the horse 224 — care, general, horse 238 — cleaning the 231 — construction and management of, horse 5S7 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. 1401 Pag-e Stables for horses, how to build 224 — hygiene of, horse 537 — necessity for, horse 537 — temperature and ventilation of. . 225 — the care of stocli when in, horses 543 — yard and outsheds, the 230 Staggers or congestion of the brain, swine 992 — stomach, horse 414 Staling, diabetes, insipidus, or pro- fuse, horse 464 Stallion and mare, selection of 193 — conformation of coach 1318-1319 — conformation of the hackney.. 1321-1322 — conformation of the heavy draft 1316-1317 — conformation of the thorough- bred 1324-1325 — conformation of the standard- bred 1322-1323 — selecting the 261 — sores, jack and 391 — training for service 217 Stall, floor of the, horse 312 Stalls, the arrangement of 226 Standard-bred stallion, conformation of the 1322-1323 Standard for American merino sheep 1009-1010-1011 Standard for Cotswold sheep. . .1012-1013 — for middle wooled sheep 1011-1012 — remedies and their application, horse 579- 580-581-582-583-584-585-586-587-588 Sterility, cow, and nymphomania.... 896 Stifled horse, device for treatment. . 351 — or derangement of the stifle joint, horse 350 Stifle lameness, horse 274 Stilt foot, horse 274 Stings, poisoning from, horse 566 Stomach, rupture of the, horse 421 — staggers, where to tap for, horse 413-414 Stocking, swelling of the legs, horse 353 Stone bruises, horse 307 Stones in the bladder or calculi, cat- tle 875 Strangulation or gut-tie, cattle 870 Strangles, specific blood poison, horse 451 Stricture of the urethra, horse 466 String halt, horse 364 Structure of the ox 620 • Study necessary, horses 49 Stumbling and tripping, horse 264 Suffolk hogs 953 Summary of British breeds of sheep 1034-1035 — of directions for making the tu- berculin test, cattle 858 Sunstroke, effects of, horse. .434-435-436 Surfeit, horse 384 Page Surgical apparatus and appliances, horse 573 — outfit, a cheap and serviceable, horse 575 Suppression of the urine or dysuria, horse 465 Surra, horse 454-455-456 — or swamp fever, pernicious ane- mia, horse ' 470-476 Sussex cattle 719-720 — cattle, distinguishing marks of the 719 —cattle, the color 719 Superpurgation and diarrhoea, horse 422 Supplementary, including Canada, Africa and Australia 1271 Sutures, quilled and twisted, horse. 556-557 Swan, the 1092 Swarm, a motherless 1239 Swarming, bees 1236 Swarms, hiving new 1237 — profitably kept on a farm, num- ber of 1236 Swamp fever or surra, pernicious ane- mia, horse 470-476 Sway-back, horse 273 Sweeny, shoulder lameness and, horse 347 Swelled head, sheep 1072 Swelling of the lymphatic glands, horse 273 — of parotid gland, horse 273 Swine, age of breeding 965 — American vs. Canadian trade 1281 — apoplexy, staggers or congestion of the brain of 992 —Berkshire 948 — breeds of 945 — catarrh or snuffles 992 —Chinese 945 — diflScultv in giving medicine to. 990 —diseases of 981-983 — Essex and Chester white 947 — gleaning in the fields and after cattle 973 — grasses and clover for 973 — feeding and sheltering 971 — history and statistics of 939 — history, management and char- acteristics of 938 — inflammation of the lungs of . . . 991 — Jersey red 959 —judging of bacon type 1282-1283 — necessity of good care of 969 —Neapolitan 946-947 — of Europe, Asia and Africa 940 — roots for 973 — Tamworth 1291 — the common diseases of 991 — the proper food for 972 — trachina and measles 993 — watch symptoms early and use preventatives of disease 990 —various breeds of 1287-1289-1290 Swiss cattle 610 1402 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Page Swollen foot and gravel, sheep 1077 Symmetry in cattle essential what- ever the breed 692 Symptoms and general treatment, diseases of the horse 271 — of internal diseases of the horse 275 Tail, broken, horse 377 —itchy and rat 388 Tails, to straighten crooked, horse . 554-556 Tagging sheep 1053 Tamworth hogs 950 —swine 1291 Tarn worths, judging 1292 Tape worm, cattle 910 — worm hog 993 — worm in ostriches 1378 — worm in turkey 1222 Tapping the abdomen, horses 555 —the bladder of the ox or bull 929 — the belly for flatulence, horse . . 557 —the chest and belly, cattle 927 — the chest, horse 555 Teats, sore, cow 895 Teeswaters, beef from the old 656 —the old, cattle 654 Teeth-ache, decay, filling, wolf teeth, horse 408 Teeth, difference between the foal and horse 114-115 — of horse, true index of age, how to tell : 113 — teeth of the hog, how to tell age. 941 —of the ox 625 — size of horde regulating 116 Tendons, thickened, horse 273 Tenotomy, horse 557 Terms, definition of, cattle 649-650 — used bv poultry fanciers, glos- sary of 1170-1171-1172 — used in diseases of the horse. 277-278 Tetanus or lockjaw, cattle 904 —or lockjaw, horse 432-433 — or lockjaw, sheep 1072 Testing of milk, the 1348 Testicles, degeneration of the, horse. 479 — inflammation of the, horse 507 Texas cattle fever 1351 — fever, Spanish or splenic, cat- tle 818-819 Thickening of the back sinews, horse 268 Thighs, cramp of the muscles of the, horse 348 Thigh, weak, small, horse 275 Thin rind or Hampshire hog 961-962 Thoroughbred gelding or mare, con- formation of the 1325-1326 — horses 152 —stallion, conformation of the.1324-1325 Thoroughbreds, common American, horse 164 —English 152 Thoroughpin, horse 268-275-323 Thrift and unthrift contrasted 241 Thrush, horse 299 Page Thumps, spasmodic action of the heart, horse 440 Thyroid gland, goitre, horse 273 Tick, development on the ground. . . .1353 —life history of the 1351 —spraying cattle for Texas. .1354-1355 — the Texas fever, methods of ex- terminating it 1351 Ticks and lice, scab on sheep. .1074-1075 — how to free cattle of 1354 Time for coupling sheep 1043 — for lambing 1052 Toe, seedy, horse 290 Tongue, blue form, horse 1372 — cattle, glossitis or inflammation of the 860 — cattle, paralysis of the 860 — laceration, horse 409 Tonsils, swine, quinsy or inflamma- tion of the 991 Toulouse geese 1188 Tracheotomy, cattle 928 — inserting tube in windpipe, horse 558 Trachina and measles, swine 993 — spiralis, hog 994 — spiralis, prevention for people. . . 994 Training of rams, management and. 1044 Traits of sire and foal 261 Transmissibility of mange in cattle. 917 Treating, know what you are, horse. 275 Treatment of horse, the economy of humane 240 — of horse, importance of prompt. . 275 —of sick fowls 1205 — symptoms and general, horse... 271 Tripping and stumbling, horse 264 Trotter, the modern 170 Trotters, progenitors of fast 168 Trotting blood, strains of 181 — horses 131 — horses, about 167 — horse, development of the 167 — horses, the breeding of 167 — horse, the movement in 173-174 Troughs and feeding racks for sheep. 1050 True charbon, period of Incubation, hogs 987 Tubercle, signs or generalization of the 852 Tuberculin test, conclusions regard- ing the 857-858 —test, origin of the 854 — test of cattle for tuberculosis... 853 — test, summary of directions for making the 858 — the harmlessness of, cattle 856 — the nature and application of. . . 854 — test, the value and reliability of the 854-855-856 Tuberculous cattle 826-827-828 Tuberculosis, consumption or white plague, cattle 849 — animals that are exempt from. . . 849 — in cattle, acute or chronic 850-851 — in cattle, advanced stage of 851 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. 1403 Pag-e Tuberculosis in cattle, generative... 852 — predisposing causes of 850 — the diagnosis of, cattle 853 — what animals are susceptible to. 849 Tumor, bony, horse 273 — in the false nostril, horse 392 — on the cord of a pig 998 Tumors, horse 378 — in the eye, cancerous, horse 524 Turkey, black head 1221 — caring for the 1179-1180-1181-1182-1183-1184 -cholera 1223 —diarrhea 1222 — diseases of the, causes, preven- tion and cure 1219 —gapes 1219-1220-1221 — tapeworm 1222 — the, and its varieties 1173 — the bronzed-black 1173 — the common 1177 —the ocellated 1177 —the wild 1087 Turkeys, English 1178 — rare varieties 1179 Tying an arterj% horse 279 — the wool of sheep 1053 Tympanitis or hoven, cattle 860 — sheep 1073 Types of cattle, the three principal. . 641 Type of fowls, breed to a fixed 1163 — variation in, cattle 635 Udder, inflammation of the mammary glands of, mare 512 — inflammation of the, or mam- mitis, cow 894 Ulcers and osteo sarcoma, cattle. . . . '828 Unsoundness, horse, what is 264 Uraemia, cattle 836 Urethra, stricture of the, horse 466 Urinary calculi, horse 467 — organs, cattle, diseases of the.. 871 — organs, diseases of the, horse... 459 Urine, cattle, haematuria, or bloody. . 874 — cattle, albuminuria, or albumin- ous 873 — dribbling of the,, horse 465 — haematuria or bloody, horse 465 — incontinence of, or enuresis, cat- tle 873 — retention of the, or dysuria, cat- tle 872 — suppression of the, or dysuria, horse 465 Uterine hemorrhage or flooding, cow 889 Value and reliability of the tuber- culin test, cattle 854-855-856 — of sires in different herds, cattle 648 Variation in type, cattle 635 Varieties and characteristics of sheep 1014 —of domestic ducks 1193 —of honey 1231 Page Varieties of the domestic turkey. .. .1173 —of the honey bee 1229 — turkey, rare 1179 Variola, equine or horse pox 454 — vaccinae, or cow pox 825 Varicocele, horse 479 Vegetable poisoning, sheep 1072 Vein, enlarged jugular, horse 273 — inflamed jugular, horse 382 — inflammation of a, or phlebitis, horse 440 Veins of the horse's foot 312 — the milk, the udder and twist... 687 Ventilation and temperature of stables 225 Vermont draft horse, the 143 Vertigo, fowls 1205-1212 Veterinarian's certiflcate of sound- ness, horse 559 Veterinary medicines and doses, horse . . .575-576-577-578-579-580-581- 582-583-584-585-586-587-588 Vices and disabilities and how to know them, horse 262-263-264-265-266-267-268 —in the stable, horse 533-536 — seller's guarantee should cover, horse 560 Wagon and- carriage floor the 230 Warts, horse 388-479 Washing and shearing sheep 1053 Wasting the grain, horse 535 Water, a good supply of 230 —fowls 1186-1193 — required for sheep 1047 Watering cattle 791 — and feeding stock, horse 541 —and grooming, horses 232-236-238 Wax and how it is formed, bee's 1232 Weaning the lambs 1052 —the pigs 968 Weaving or motion of head and neck from side to side, horse 264 Weights and measures, horse 579 Wens, cattle 926 Wheezing, whistling, high-blowing, grunting and roaring, horse.. 265 Where the world's sheep are located. 1038 Whistling, laryngitis, roaring and, horse 395-396 —horse 265 White Chinese geese 1188 —Cochins 1138 — faced mountain sheep 1024 — Georgian game fowls 1123 — Leghorns 1110 — plague, consumption or tubercu- losis, cattle 849 — Wyandottes 1143 Whites, or leucorrhoea, cow 893 Wild cattle of England 614-615 — goose, Canada or 1191 —turkey, the 1087 Wind galls, horse 274-346-347 1404 ALPHABETICAL AND ANALYTICAL INDEX. Pag-e Wind-sucking horse 534 Windpipe, inserting tube in the, horse 558 Winter, feeding cattle in 790 — feeding, sheep 1048 Wintering bees 1238 Withers, fistulous, horse 273 Wolf teeth, horse 409 Womb, cow, inversion of the 889 — inflammation of the, or metritis, cow 891 — inversion of the, sheep 1073 — metritis or inflammation of the, mare 511 Wool harvest in Australia 1037 — of sheep, division of fine 1005 — of sheep, comparative value of fine and coarse 1005 — per sheep, the average 1034 — supply of eleven countries 1040 Page Wool supply, the world's greatest. . .1039 —tying the 1053 World's greatest wool supply, the... 1839 Worm in the eyes, horse 523 — lard and kidney, swine 995 Worms in hogs 995 — intestinal, chickens 1216 —intestinal, horse 526-527 — intestinal in sheep 1078 — lung, sheep 1079 Wormy corn disease, horse 349 Wounds, cattle 924 —horse 360 — lacerated, how to treat, horse . . 468 — of the penis, horse 508 Wyandottes 1143 Wyandotte bantams 1143 Yellows, icterus or jaundice, horse.. 516 Yorkshire hogs 953-1287 List of Colored Plates and Chart GROUP MORGAN COLTS ONE AND TWO YEARS OLD. Page Fjrs. Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work "VIII. HACKNEY MARES Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work XXXII PRIZE WINNING COACH HORSES. Specially photographed for this work 48 REAR VIEW THREE YEAR OLD PERCHERON HORSES. Noted Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work 64 FRENCH DRAFT HORSES. Noted Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work 80 GERMAN COACH HORSES. Noted Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work 96 FOLDING CHART FOR TELLING THE AGE OF THE HORSE FROM SIX MONTHS TO TWENTY-NINE YEARS. (60 engravings). Frontpage - 112 FRONT VIEW PRIZE WINNING PERCHERON HORSES. Specially photographed for this work 144 PERCHERON HORSES. Many Times Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work - - - 176 FRENCH DRAFT HORSES. Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work 208 IMPORTED GERMAN COACH STALLIONS'. Many Times Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work - - - 240 FRENCH COACH HORSES. Noted Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work 256 THE EXTERNAL DISEASES OF THE HORSE WITH VARIOUS DEFECTS AND BLEMISHES. Specially designed and drawn for this work 272 IMPORTED WEST HIGHLAND CATTLE. Prize Winners in England and America. — Specially photographed for this work 608 DOUBLE STANDARD POLLED DURHAMS. Noted Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work 64t JERSEY BULL. Many Times a Prize Winner as indicated. Sold for $10,000. — ^Specially photo- graphed for this work 61* 1405 1406 LIST OF COLORED PLATES AXD CHART. STANDARD BROWN SWISS CATTLE. Page Prize Winning Group. — Specially photographed for this work 6S8 GROUP OF YOUNG HEREFORDS. Prize Winners in National Show. — ^Specially photographed for this work - - 704 PURE BRED DEVON CATTLE. Many Times Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work - - - 712 AYRSHIRES. Many Times Prize Winners. — ^Specially photographed for this work - - - 728 DUTCH BELTED CATTLE. Standard Type of that Breed. — Specially photographed for this work - - V60 GROUP YORKSHIRES. Pure' Bred and Noted Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work Book III YORKSHIRE BOAR. Prize Winner at Many Expositions. — Specially photographed for this work - 940 TAMWORTH SOWS. Prize Winners and Specially photographed for this work 945 HAMPSHIRE OR BELTED HOGS. Noted Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work .... 960 DUROCS. Many Times Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work - - - 964 WHITE YORKSHIRE HOGS Prize Winners International Show. — Specially photographed for this work - 976 CERVERO, THE LARGEST SPANISH MERINO IN THE WORLD, AND FOUR OF HIS LAMBS. At two years old sheared fifty-two pounds wool. — Specially photographed for this work - - - - Book IV DORSETS. Noted Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work 1009 . LEICESTERS. Noted Prize Winners and Typical of Their Breed. — ^Specially photographed for this work -..---..... ioi2 SHROPSHIRES. Best Type of Their Breed. — Sneciaily photographed for this work - - - 1024 DELAINE RAM, RAMBOUILLET AND TWO RAMBOUILLET EWES. Many Times Prize Winners. — Specially photographed for this work - - 1040 HAMPSHIRE DOWNS. Many Times Prize Winners in England and America. — Specially photographed for this work . . . . . .... 1056